Published with the support of the

Prins Bernhard Fonds and the Royal Tropical lnstitute, Amsterdam, under
the auspices of the lntemational Folk Music Council
 W er sich selbst unt! ant!re kennt,
Wirt! auch hie,. eP'ken~n:
OP'ient uftd Occid~nt
Siftd nicht meh,. n IP'tmn~n.
Sint~ig zwischen beiden Welt~n
Sich m wiegen, lass' ic. f!elten;
Also zwischen Ost ttftd Westen
Sich bewegen sei's eum b'-stefl!
(GoETHE, 'Epigrammatisch ')

X
ETHNOMUSICOLOGY
A study of its nature, its problems, methods and representative
personalities to which is added a bibliography

by

JAAP KUNST
Honorary member of the staff of the Department of Cultural and Physical
Anthropology of the Royal Tropical Institute, Amsterdam,
reader in Ethnomusicology at the University of Amsterdam
and mcmber of the
Royal Netherlands Academy of Sciences

Third much w/argd tdition of M usicologica'

THE HAGUE

MARTINUS NIJHOFF
1959
 TO KATY
WHO KNOWS WHY

o. Ml3542.kgS)t959
Atb,,s. _J---..~/~6~(-~..7...~.l.f_.__ _

~J-j\),)_~

Copyright I959 by Marlinus Nijlolf, The Hague, Nelherlands

All righls rescrved, includi>1g /he righl lo lra>1slatc orlo
reproduce lhis book or par/s lhereof in any jorm

PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

 PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION

This booklet hardly needs a preface; the contents, I think, speak for
themselves. It contains a short and carefully brought up to date rsum
of all that 1, as a prvate University Lecturer in Amsterdam, have tried to
teach my pupils.
It is intended as a general introduction to ethnomusicology, befare going
on to the study of the forms of separate music-cultures.
I sincerely hope that those, who wish to teach themselves and to qualify
in this branch of knowledge, will find a satisfactory basis for selftuition
in the matter here brought together.
Regarding the possibility of a new edition, any critica! remarks or infor-
mation as to possible desiderata would be very gratefully received.
J. K.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION

My request for critica! remarks and desiderata has not been ignored. My
sincere thanks to all who took the trouble to let me know what they missed
in my booklet. Through their collaboration the contents have undergone a
considerable improvement and enlargement as compared to the original
edition issued in 1950 by the Royal Tropical Institute, Amsterdarn, under
the title 'Musicologica'.
1 have taken care to add many particulars from non-European sources,
with the result that now the book is no longer so Europe-centric as it was.
Furthermore, I have done my best to mentan in a special bibliography
all the more important ethnomusicological publications, with the exception
of those issued in the Russian, Arabic, Chinese, lndonesian, Javanese,
Sundanese and J apanese languages and in the languages of the lndian
subcontinent. Besides, inserted are only books and articles specialized in
the field of ethnomusicology, and not the (numerous) reports and studies
on ethnology in general, in which are included sorne (often important) data

V
concerning the music of the peoples treated. Nor are inserted articles con-
taining too many faulty data and those tha.t are quite antiquated or too
superficial. Admittedly, often 1 had to make a rather subjective choice; it
lias already become an impossibility to give a really complete bibliography.
For many more titles 1 may refer the reader to the lists found in the works
marked by an asterisk, especially - for the musics of Asia - to the excellent
and comprehensive bibliography by RICHARD WATERMAN C. S. (4307) 1;
for Indonesia to 2399, 2417 and 2418 for India to 43; for Negro Africa
to 4196 and 2853: for China to 4531a, and for American Indian music (but
only till Igog) to 4088.
Finally, 1 feel impelled to thank Messrs MARTINUS NIJHOFF for the great
care they have given to my booklet and the patience they have shown
in regard to my wishes.

Amsterdam," Ist January, 1955. J. K.

' Fi:ures printed in bold type refer to tbe publications contained in tbe bibliograpby on p. 79
d~ .

VI
 PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION

The second edition was soon exhausted, so now I have the opportunity
to add rnany new (and rnany abusively ornitted old) titles, and to correct
sorne mistakes.
The capitalsA-M behind rnanytitles in the bibliography, representing resp.
eight Dutch librarles, one Belgian, two English, one Danish and one Gerrnan,
indicate where the publications thus rnarked can be found. As far as the
library of the British Museurn (represented, by the capital I) is concerned,
only books and pamphlets have been indicated in this way; publications in
periodicals rnay easily be found by consulting the British Union Catalogue
of periodicals by jAMES D. STEWART, MURIEL E. HAMMOND and ERWIN
SAENGEN (London, 1955 onward). For publications in periodicals to be
found in the libraries of the U.S.A. and Canada, the reader should consult
WINIFRED GREGORY, Union list of serais in libraries of the U.S.A. and
Ganada (New York, 2/1943).
As for rny own publications, 1 have ornitted - as 1 have done in the
second edition - those which have served as prelirninary studies only and
which therefore are no longer required, being incorporated, often in a better
forrn, in the publications referred to in this bibliography. This bibliographic
list, now containing about 5200 entries, goes up to Septernber 1st, 1958.
For publications of a later date 1 rnay refer to the bibliographies, issued
three times a year in the periodical 'Ethnomusicology' of the 'Society for
Ethnomusicology' (II34) (of which everybody interested in this field of study
should be a rnernber, as well as of the 'lnternational Folk Music Council').
In preparing this new edition 1, again, owe rnany thanks to many people,
in the first place to Miss MAUD KARPELES, hon. secr. of the Intern. Folk
Music Council, who purified the text frorn idiornatic blunders and 'holland-
isrns' and gave rnany a good hint; to Miss MARIJKE CHARBON, who made,
on her own initiative, that very useful lndex of periodicals; to Miss EvA-
BRITT HELLIESEN, assistant at the Royal Library, Copenhagen; to Miss
ELISABETH SMIT, ass.-librarian at the Library of the University, Groningen;
to Dr. LGA BoONE, curator at the Congo Museurn, Tervueren, Bclgiurn; to
Dr. G. D. VAN WENGEN of the Rijksrnuseurn voor Volkenkunde, Leyden; to
professor MARIUS ScHNEIDER, head of the Institute of Musical Sciences,
Cologne, and his assistant RonERT GNTHER; to Dr.D.A. GROSHEIDE,librarian
of Utrecht University; to Miss MARIANNE REYERS, assistant at the Library
of the Departrnent of Cultural and Physical Anthropology of the Royal
Tropical Institute, Arnsterdarn, and to my assistant FELIX VAN LAMS-
WEERDE. Many others also, who, 1 hope, Vrill not resent their being not
rnentioned here nominat,:m, can be sure of rny lasting gratitude.
Amsterdarn, rst Septernber, 1958. ]. K.

VII
 N.B. The auth<rr wishes lo appeal lo lile clemency
of his readers should they occasionally stumble on an i>~accuracy: it was found impossible
lo check ea&h separate item of the gmerously submitted contributions.
 CONTENTS

Preface to the first edition . . . ; . . . . V

Preface to the second edition . V
Preace to the third edition . VII
Introduction to ethnomusicology 1

Training possibilities for ethnomusicologists . 67

Bibliography . . . 79
lllustrations . . . 217
Index o subjects . 235
lndex o regions and peoples the music o which has been studied.
andfor recorded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
lndex o authors, collectors and musicians . . . . . . . . . . . . 26g
lndex of periodicals and of sorne publications containing articles by
various authors. . . . . 293

IX
 'Wer die dominierende Stellung der Musik in primitiveren Kultur-
zustanrien, die Viclheit ihrer Formen, die berraschenden Ahn-
Jichkeit~n und Untef"-chiedr:, wer den Zusammenhang der darauf
bezglichen Untersuchungen mit den allgemeinstcn Fragen nach
den Ur$priingen und Formen mensCblicher Zvilisation, nach der
Entwicklung und Ausbreitung der Menschenrassen bedenkt, fr
den b(':darf die Wichtigkeit der Erfonchung aussereuropiischer
Musik (fir die allgcmeine Ethnologie und Geschicbte des Menschen-
~oschlr.chts keines Beweisos. Auch jeder Psycholo~e. jeder Asthe
tiker, der aus dcm Rannkreis der Gelebrtenstube und der Sclbst-
beobachtung hinausstrebt, um seinen Horizont durch objektive
Untersuchun~ mr.nschlieh~n Denkcns und FUhlens in andern
Zeiten und Raumen zu erweitern, sieht bier fruchtbare Aufgaben
vor sich. je unaurhaltsamer europ3.ische Kultur in frcmde Erdteile
rindrin~t und abweichende Formen, wenn nicht sogar ihre Tr:iger,
zum AbsterlJcn zwingt, um so mehr ist es an der Zeit, jene Formen
zu sammcln und zu studieren.'
CARL STuMrtt

T he study-object of ethnomusicology, or, as it originally was caBed:

comparative musicology, is the traditional music and musical instruments
of all cultural strata of mankind, from the so-called primitive peoples to
the civilized nations. Our science, therefore, investigates all tribal and folk
music and every kind of non-Westem art music. Besides, it studies as well
the sociological aspects of music, as the phenomena of musical acculturation,
i.e. the hybridizing influence of alien musical elements. Westem art- and
popular (entertainment-) music do not belong to its field.
The .original tenn 'comparative musicology' (vergleichende Musik-
wissenschaft) fell into disuse, because it promised more- for instance, the
study of mutual influences in Westem art-music- than it intended to com-
prise, and, moreover, our science does not 'compare' any more than any
other science.
The importance of this, still young, science of ethnomusicology for our
own musical culture is as yet insufficiently realized in wide circles which
really ought to be better infonned. There is among Westemers an inclination
to regard all exotic music, even in its highest fonns, as nothing more than
either expressions of inferior, more primitive civilizations, or as a kind of
musical perversion. It is not sufficicntly rcalized that Westem music, after
all, is based on older fonns which are identical with- or, at any rate, compar-
able to- those found today outside Europe and 'European' America. Neither
is it generally understood that, as far as the higher musical fonns of expres-
sion of the Asiatic civilized nations are concemed, their extremely refined

I
specialization renders them d.ifficult to grasp for us Westerners, who are
equally specialized, but in a d.ifferent direction. The d.ifferences are frequently
felt as deficiencies, and strike the hearer more forcibly than the elements
which both types of music have in common.
The position, after all, is that each race, each population group has
its own manner of musical expression, and this spccial manner strikes
a d.ifferent race or people, on first acquaintance, as strange. This manner
of expression, characteristic of a race or people, is not only bound to its
specific psychic structure, but is also physiologically cond.itioned. The .
problems which this situation raises constitute a field of investigation par '
excellence of ethnomusicology. WILHELM HEINITZ (1649-1684) in his article.
Musikwissenschaft und V6lkerkunde (x68o), forrnulated this principie- with
real Gerrnan thoroughness - as follows: 'In Wirklichkeit kann es eine.
grundlegende Musikwissenschaft nur geben, wenn man die musikalische
Gestaltung ansieht als korrelativ bed.ingte Transgredation seelisch-korper-
licher Bewegungsprozesse, die kategorisch ihr subjectives Gleichgewicht
findcn in .dem funktionellen Bezugsystem biologischer Dynamik'. (i.e.: :
Actually, there cannot exist any well-founded musicology unless one
regards musical forrnation as a correlatively cond.itioned transposition of
psychophysiological motorial processes, which categorically find their
equilibrium in the organic-functional relative system of biological dy-
narnics). We in the Netherlands have a simpler interpretation of the con-
dition laid down in this pronouncement, namely- that 'elk vogeltje zingt
zoals het gebekt is', i.e. each bird is known by its song.

Ethnomusicology, as it has developed as an independent science during

the last seventy years, counts only a relatively small number of investigators:
as its principal exponents. It is usual to regard the British mathemaj:ician,
and philologist A. J. ELLIS as its founder (fig. 1).
Al.EXANDER j OHN ELLIS - whose original name was SHARPE - was
bom in 1814. His real subject was phonetics, his main work being Early
English Pronunciation with special rcference to Shakespeare and Chaucer
(I868-I88g, in 5 vols.). But it is through his musicological investigations
that he still lives irn the memory of later gcnerations (xo7o-1o82). A
remarkable fact, when one takes into account that ELLIS was known to be
totally tone-deaf.l
The two works which have remained the best known of his writings
are The History oj Musical Pitch {I88of'8I), very much worth while, but
d.ifficult to obtain, and then the work to which he owes the designation
'Father of ethno-musicology': Tonometrical Observations on some existing

1 On the personality of ELLJS see 2411.

2
 non-harmonic ScaJes, (1884). revised and enlarged ayear later, and published,
under the title of On the MusicaJ ScaJes of Various Nations, in the 'Journal
of the Society of Arts'. Jn 1922, ERICH VON HORNBOSTEL gave an excellent
German translation of it in the first volwne of the 'Sammelbande fr
vergleichende Musikwissenschaft' ( x924).
ELLIS, in his treatise - originally an address with demonstrations -
gives an account and the results of bis tone-measurements, made on a
large nwnber of exotic instrwnents with fixed scales and on string- and
wind-instrwnents tuned by experts, and preceded by a survey of sorne
theoretically known Arabian and Indian scales. He was assisted in his
measurings by the musically gifted Al.FRED jAMES HIPKINS (1826-1903)
(184I-I844).
Er.LIS concludes with a summary of what thdr investigation taught
them, in which he says: 'The final conclusion is that the Musical Scale
is not one, not 'natural', nor even founded necessarily on the laws of the
constitution of musical sound so beautifully worked out by HELMHOLTZ,
but very diverse, very artificial, and very capricious' (xo82, p. 526).
In more than one respect ELLIS and HIPKINS did pioneering work with
theirinvestigation. Not onlybecause they at last opened the eyes of European
musicologists to the fact there could exist, apart from Western scale con-
structions, other ones built on totally different principies, which, by ears
accustomed to them, were experienced as normal and logical, but they
were also the first to apply a method of representing intervals which, since
then, has found general acceptance, because it offers the Westerner ad-
vantages far exceeding all other methods of presentation.
I should like to go into this point in sorne detail. The pitch oj a tone is de-
termined by the nwnber of vibrations, i.e. the number of movements made
by sorne part of the material which is made to sound (string, key, aircolwnn,
tongue, membrane etc.), during one second: the so-called c.p.s. (= cycles per
second) or double vibrations (in French: vibrations doubles (v.d.), in German:
\ertz (H.)), counting the swing to both sides as a single movement. An
interval is expressed by a fraction, of which the vibration figures of the two
tones bordering the interval are the numerator and denominator.
In certain cases this fraction will, of course, be a simple one; thus, the
octave may be represented by the fraction 2 : 1, the perfect fifth by 3 : 2,
the perfect fourth by 4 : 3 - which is to say that the higher tone of each
of these pairs forming the intervals has, respectively, 2, rl/2 and lfs times
as many vibrations as the lower.
When, however, the vibration figures of two tones have no largest
common divisor, the nwnerator and the denominator remain unsurveyable
large numbcrs. The so-called Pythagorean comma, i.e. the cxccss of
\twelve successive leaps of a perft:ct fifth over seven octaves, for instance,

3
has to be expressed by the fraction {3/2) 12 : 27 = 531441 : 524288, or,
which may be easier to grasp, by the decimal fraction I,0136. Often, it is
also impossible, without the aid of intricate computations, to determine
which of two intervals is the larger; for instance, the fact that the intervals
799 : 634 and 592 : 470 are equally large, can hardly be realized at first
sight.
lt has been attempted in different ways to simplify this presentation
of intervals; in the first place by the use of logarithms. By this method
the ratios are reduced to a single figure. This method aJso removes the
complication of the increase of the nwnber of vibrations in respect to the
same interval towards the treble {each next-higher octave having twice
the number of vibrations of the preceding one).
Although this does, indeed, facilitate the getting of a mental picture
of a given ratio, the result is not yet quite satisfying. For, it still remains
impossible to see at a glance what the relation is between a given interval
and the tone-distances in cornmon use in European music - which, after
all, to Westerners, constitutes the basis of all musical determination of
intervals.
For this reason another method was adopted; namely, that of dividing
the octave, theoretically, into a large number of very small equal parts,
as units in which to express the size of intervals. Thus, for instance, the
French physicist SAVART {179I-I84I), who, .because log. 2 is o.30I{03),
proposed a division of the octave in 301 intervals of equal size (called,
after him, savarl). In the 19th century this interval-representation in
savarts has also been accepted by other investigators, but later on it was
generally superseded by other systems, among which I may mention one
that, for obvious reasons, uses the milli-octave (M.O.) {'~2) as a unit. By
applying this M.O.-system it is possible, without further mathematical
computations, to form a mental image of, at any rate, sorne of the most
important intervals; as, for example, the tempered tritone of 500 M.O.,
the tempered major third of 333, and the tempered slndro-interval of
200 M.O. Other intervals, on the other hand, do not convey much to the
mind when expressed in M.O.; whic;h means that we cannot directly compare
their size with that of the intervals aiready known to us; - the fifth, for
instance, which is such an important interval, being rendered by the
completely meaningless figure 583.
Now it is ELus' great merit to have proposed and put into practice,
in this cents system, a manner of representation that creates the possibility
of immediate comparison with all our western scale-steps. For he took
- it was the egg of Colwnbus! - the tempered European semi tone as
unit of measurement, and divided this into roo equal parts called cents
('y~2 = 'V'2)

4
 The expression of intervals in cents is sufficiently accurate, both the-
oretically and in practice (cf. below p. rr).
The only remaining difficulty is that the conversion of intervals into
cents is rather a time-devouring task which, moreover, is not everybody's
job, as it requires the knowledge and ma.nipulation of logarithnc tables.
A logarithm table for the conversion of ratios (and therefore of intervals)
into cents and vice versa is given by ELLIS himself in his treatise, referred
to above: On the Musical Sea/es of Various Nations (p. 487). A description
of the same process is also to be foWld in Appendix XX of the second
edition (from 1885) of ELLIS' translation of HELMHOLTZ' Lehre von den
Tonempjindungen (Sensations of tone) (1074) in VoN HoRNBOSTEL's
German translation of ELus' treatise 1, and, in a slightly different and per-
haps clearer form, originating from T. B. w. SPENCER, in A. H. Fox
STRANGWAYS, The Music of Hindostan (1283), pp. II5 and n6. In the
treatise Vorschlage fr die Transkription exotischer Melodien (1895), written
in collaboration between TTO ABRAHAM (1882-1885, 1889, 1895, 1931)
and ERICH VON HORNBOSTEL, one will find this same kind of table, but in
a slightly simplified form.
In the first four publications mentioned, also a second -aritllmetical -
procedure is given which, besides, is reproduced in GROVE's Dictionary
of Music and Musicians, 3rd. ed., vol. 11, p. 718a, and in CuRT SACHS,
The Rise of Music in the Ancient World, East and West (3567, p. 28). This
second process, however, is not so accurate as the other one, apart from
its taking more time.
Here follows ELus' exposition of the two processes:
'If of the two numbers expressing the interval ratio, 3 times the larger
is not greater than 4 times the smaller, multiply 3.477 by their difference,
and divide by their sum to the nearest whole number, adding 1 to the
result if over 450. Thus, if the ratio is 4 : 5 (where 3 times 5 the larger
number = 15, is less than 4 times the smaller number = 16), the differ-
ence is 1, and sum g, and dividing 3.477 by g, the result is 386, the cents
required.
If the ratio is greater than 3 : 4 and less than 2 : 3, multiply the larger
number by 3, and the smaller by 4, proceed as before, and finally add
498 to the result. Thus for 32 : 45, multiply 45 by 3, and 32 by 4, giving
128 : 135, difference 7, sum 263. Then 7 X 3.477 : 263 gives 92, and
92 + 498 gives 590, the cents required.
Lastly, if the ratio exceeds 2 : 3, multiply the larger number by 2 and
the smaller by 3, and proceed as in the first case, adding 702 to the result.
Thus for 5 : 8, take 3 X 5 : 2 X 8 or 15 : 16; difference 1, sum 31; then

1 1924, p. 8, note 1. "

5
3.477 : 31 = II2, and this added to 702, gives 814, the required number
of cents.
This process is sometimes very convenient, but tedious when a large
number of results have to be obtained. In this case, those who can use
logarithms, will find the following table very simple, and it will give the
result to one-tenth of a cent.

TO CONVERT LOGARITMHS INTO CENTS AND CONVERSILY

cents log. cents log. cents log. cents log.

100 .02509 10 .00251 1 .00025 .1 .00003

200 .05017 20 .00502 2 .oooso .2 .oooos '
300 .07526 30 .. 00753 3 .00075 3 .00008
400 .10034 40 .01003 4 .00100 4 .00010
soo .12543 so .01254 5 .00125 -5 .00012
6oo .15051 6o .01505 6 .00151 .6 .00015
700 .17560 70 .01756 7 .00176 7 .00018
Sao .20069 Bo .02007 8 .00201 .8 .00020
900 .22577 90 .02258 9 .00226 9 .00023
1000 .25086
1100 .27594
1200 -30103

Subtract the logarithms of the pitch numbers or of the numbers of their

ratio. Thus for 32 : 45, lag. 45 = 1.65321, lag. 32 = 1.50515, difference
.14806, the next least lag. in the table, .12543. gives soo C. Subtract
this from former lag., result. 02263, next least .02258, giving 90 C., total
590 C. to the nearest cent as befare. We can now, if we wish, go a step
farther, and subtracting the two last logs, we get .oooos. which in the last
column corresponds to .2 C. Final result 590.2 C. It is, as a general rule,
unnccessary to go beyond the nearest whole number of cents'.
This second process also, though easier to manipulate than the other,
remains for non-mathematicians a rather thorny path. Fortunately, ERICH
VoN HoRNBOSTEL has obliged the musicological world by once and for
all making the necessary computations and combining these in a handy
table. Since then there is not one musicologist left who knows how to handle
a logarithm table ....
On VoN HORNBOSTEL's table, the size of all intervals formed by tones
between 340 and 809 v.d. may be found ata glauce.
I believe that 1 work in the spirit of VoN HoRNBOSTEL by here repro-
ducing (on p. 232) his table -:- which has been of such great help to our

6
science, but which has hitherto been concealed in a somewhat inaccessible
periodical (1923) - together with its author's commentary:
'The reduction of logarithms, even when done with the aid of the familiar
tables, suggested by ELLIS, is always a boring and time-devouring affair.
The methods described by ELLIS and T. B. W. SPENCER, i.e. the direct
conversion of ratio figures into cents without the use of logaithms, are
both complicated and inaccurate. It is possible, however, to make the
whole business much easier by means of a very simple expedient. This is
the computation, once and for all, of the ratios between all integers from
n to 2n, and n. into cents. We shall then find that the cmts figure for the
ratio between any two numbers p : q (between n and 2n) is equal to the
difference between the cents figure for p: n and q: n, since qfn: pfn=qfp.
The .criterion for the choice of n must be the degree of accuracy needed
in the computations, and further the absolute magnitude of the numbers
most generally involved. The table attached hereto is intended to serve
the need of the acoustic specialist who wishes to determine vibration
figures chiefly in the middle register, say, between 400 and 8oo v.d., neg-
lecting, as a rule, interval differences of 5 C. in the lower, and 2 C. in the
higher part of this register. Numbers outside the range covered by the
computation should first be either multiplied or divided (octave transpo-
sition) by 2n; for this reason it was thought desirable to extend the range
of the table over more than one octave; it covers - without thereby be-
coming unwieldy - a minar tenth (1500 C.).l The tens of the vibration
figures are placed right and left, the units above and below in the margin.
Finding the cents figures is simplified by means of group-lines and diflerent
letter-types. -
Here follow a few examples to illustrate the manner of using the table.

l. CONVERSION OF NUMERICAL RATIOS INTO CENTS

(1) Having measured the vibration figures 435 (a') and 652 v.d., we
wish to find the cents figure (.::) for the ratio. For 652 we find in the table
nz6 C.; for 435, 426 C.; so z = II26- 426 = 700 C. (tempered fifth).
(2) Given 290,3 : 435, wanted z. The smaller number has to be brought
within the range of the table by octave transposition: 2 X 290,3 = 58o,6;
we then get, instead of the interval wanted, its extension into the octave:
1200 - z = 926 - 426 = 500; z = 700 C. (The value for 580,6 is ound
by interpolation). Or, direct: z = (1200 +
426)-926 = 700 C.
(3) What is the cents-number that corresponds to the perfect fifth 2 : 3?
Answer: 2 : 3 = 400: 6oo; z = 983-281 = 702 C.

1 Tbe ceuLS-!igures an. furtbe.r. on pri.nted in ttaJics.

7
 ll. CONVERSlON OF CENTS INTO RATIOS

(4) What is the numerical ratio that approxirnately corresponds to the

ternpered fifth 700 C.? Answer: I500 - 700 = 8oo; 700 C. ......, 540 : 809.
(S) Which tone (n) is the ternpered rnajor third (400 C.) of e' = 256 v.d.?
Answer: 256 X 2 = 512; 7o8 +400 = IIo8; n = 645 : 2 = 322,5 v.d.
(6) By how rnany vibrations does the perfect rnajor third (386 C.) differ
frorn the ternpered one at the beginning of the one-lined octave? Answer:
400- 386 = I4 C.; 7o8 (table value for e" = 512 v.d.) + I4 = 722;
(516 - 512) : 2 = 2 v.d.

lll. TRANSPOSITION

(7) Find the interval 443 : 541 based on 613 v.d. (N.B. All numbers in
these problerns are prirne-numbers). Answer: 804- 458 = 346 C. (one of
the 'neutrals' that occur so often in exotic music, i.e. an interval between a
major and a minor third); I020 +
346 = I366; 443 : 541 = 613 : 749
(8) Calculate a cycle of fifths of 678 C. (too small by a Pythagorean
comrna = 22 C.), downwards from the Chinese diapason (pitch-tone) 732
v.d., gathering all the tones within the range of a single octave. To this
end we alternately go down 678 C., and upward by I200 - 678 = 522 C.;
I327- 678 = 649; 649 + 522 = II7I, etc.; we then get: 732, 494 1/z. 669
v.d., etc.
(9) Calculate the Siamese scale of seven equal steps as frorn 378 v.d.:
I200 : 7 = I7I,43 C.; I83 + I7I,43 = 354.43; 354,43 + I7I,43 = 525,86;
.... 697.3: 868,7: I040; IJII,6 c. Result: 378; 4171/2; 461; 509; 562;
620; 68s v.d.
(zo) Enlarge a curve by the ratio 509 : 571. What parameter p2 does
the point p1 = 6o1 get in the new scale? Answer: 897 - 698 = I99."
986 + I99 = II85; P2 = 6741 /2.'

In 1939. Prof. R. W. YouNG has given, in his pamphlet A table relating

Frequency to Cents (4456), a rnethod of calculation, starting from the
equally tempered scale on a' = 440 c.p.s. This table insures great accuracy,
but appears to me to be rather difficult for a non-mathematically trained
musicologist to manipulate.

Another, very practica) method of converting intervals into cents and

cents into intervals, a method that eliminates all cyphering, has, sorne
years ago, been offered and described by Professor M. REINER of Technical
College, Haifa, in his article The Music Rule (3369) and by Dr. E. GERSON-
KIWI of the Conservatory of Music, Jerusalcm (fig. 26), in her treatise
Towards an exact transcription of Tone-relations (1401).

8
 In the last named treatise Mrs. GERSON says:
'A decisive step in this dircction (i.e. the direction of avoidance of lengthy
and troublesome logarithmic or arithmetic calculations) has recently been
done by the construction of a technical device, worked out by M. REINER
(of Technical College, Haifa), and called the 'Music Rule'. Generally,
logarthmc calculation can be facilitated by using the slide rule. In a
similar way, the Music Rule consists of two separate double-scales the
first of which (A-B) confronts the vibration numbers (scale A) in hertz
with the respective eent-numbers (or ellis) (scale B) in a way, that any
required pitch can be read off directly, without calculation. The second
double-scale (C-D) confronts the ellis-number (scale C) with the main
musical intervals (scale D) (p 234, fig. 64).
The scale A represents the tones e' - e" with frequencies of 264 to 528
hertz. Each division on scale A is equivalent to 2 hertz, and each division
on scale B to 10 dlis. (As for other octave ranges one has to multiply or
divide the figures of scale A by 2 (or adding or subtracting 1200 on scale
B).) N ow shift the C-scale against the A-scale, until the base-line of the
C..scale is opposite the vibration nurnber of the lower tone of the interval
to be measured. Then read directly from the C-scale, opposite the vibration
number of the higher tone of the interval to be measured, the size of that
interval expressed in ellis'.
Another recent contribution in this field, made by the Hamburg musi-
cologist HEINRICH HusMANN, excels in that it meets all possible demands
of exactness and is especial!y useful for those unaccustomed to intricate
calculations. His publication has been issued under the title Fnf- und
siebenstellige Centstafel~ zur Berechnung musikalischer lntervalle (2003).
Then there is FRITZ BosE's system (430). It closely resembles that of
Prof. REINER, mentioned above.
And recently, CuRT SACHS has shown us in his book Our musical heritage
(3578), p. 12 ff., a simple and easy way of interval calculation.

How is the pitch of a tone measured? For this, sorne or other measuring
instrument is indispensable. However sharp one's musical ear may be,
however firmly one may be convinced of the infallibility of one's 'absolute
pitch', without a measuring instrument it is impossible to objectivate
one's auditory experience more accurately than by recording, say, a' +;
'between e and j', or, as regards intervals, 'a fourth on the small side',
'fifth-like intervals'; 'about 3/ 4 of a tone', and so on.
Our organ of hearing, moreover, has an unconscious inclination to
'correct' tones anci intervals that do not fit in with our own familiar tonal

9
system, in such a way that they will appear to fit in with it. Hence the
mistaken idea on the part of musically gifted, retired officials from Indo-
nesia that the Javanese slndro scale can be truly playcd on the five black
keys of the piano. In other words: without recourse toa measuring instru-
ment it is absolutely impossible to fathom the nature, the structure of an
exotic scale and to comrnunicate it to others.
In the course of time, the sciences of phonetics and musicology have
developed and obtained the use of a large number of such rneasuring instru-
rnents. Of these, it may broadly be asserted that their precision is in inverse
proportion to their usefulness in 'field work', which after all, dernands
that the instrurnent shall be easily transportable, of a simply rnanipulated
construction, and able to stand a certain arnount of knocking about. It
should further, for preference, not be too expensive to buy and maintain:
musicologists do not, as a rule, excel as possessors of earthly riches, and
only a very few are privileged to receive adequate financia! assistance
from scientific institutions or interested private persons.
In a modernly equipped laboratory it is possible to perform tone-rneasure-
rnents with arnazing accuracy. The so-called 'electric eye' allows of determi-
nations of pitches down to particles of vibrations. Other instruments are,
for instance, tuning forks with adjustable weights that change the pitch as
they are shifted, and with a scale-division on the prongs; APPUNN's tono-
meter (sequences of reed-pipes); tuning- or pitch-pipes; slide- or pistan-
pipes (i.e. with an air-column of adjustable length) with scale-division (e.g.,
the Tonvariator of W. STERN, that made by Messrs. PHILIPS, and other
types); the 'Schwebungstongenerator' (heterodyne tone generator) of W.
LEHMANN 1; VaN HORNBOSTEL's 'Reisetonometer' (a small wind instrument
with freely vibrating reed, adjustable air-colurnn length and graduation
scale indicating pitches). We further know the method followed by E. W.
SCRIPTURE (enlargement and analysis of gramophone curves) 2, the oscillo-
scope method of GRTZMACHER and LoiTERMOSER 3 , the so-called 'soot
method' of MARBE 4, METFESSEL's method of phonophotography (2866),
the chromatic stroboscope as described by R. W. YoUNG and A.
Lom.ns 5 and the ingenious photographic method used by LAV GuRVIN
(zs6o). ELLIS, in his classic investigations, used a- very extensive- series
of tuning forks 6,
My own experience has taught me that, as regards field work, the most
1 WERNER LEHUANN, Helv. Phys. Acta 6, p. 18!!. (1933).
1 E. W. ScRIPTURE, R~searclus in E:eperimenUal Phonetics (1906). Cf. also 5TUMPP 1 Die A.n/litafl
der Jllusik (3995), p. So/~1.
1 'Akustiscbe Zcitschrilt' 1937, p. 247 11.; ibid. 1938, p. 183 11.
'Zcitscbrilt lr Psychologie', Vol. 49, p. 206 1!.
6 In 'journal Acoust. Soc. Aa1er'. X, p. 112 1!. (1938). See about this apparatus also FR1TZ A.
KUTTNER (2445) and MIL TON E. METFESSEL (2867)
ELLJS, 1082, p . .86.

10
 satisfactory instrumerit is the old, well-tried monochord, fitted with a
proper graduation scale. This instruments embodies a generally acceptable
compromise: (r) fairly great precision; (2) easy transportability; (3) it is
practically unbreakable; (4) has good resistance to climatologic influences;
(S) is quickly and easily operated, (6) the cost of purchasc is small and cost
of maintenance nil (fig. 59).
Thc results obtained with the monochord may in most cases be deemed
sufficiently accurate for musicological purposes. Instrumental tone-sequences
- such as played, for instance, on the melody-instrwnents of Javanese,
Balinese or Siamese orchestras - show slight interna! differences in pitch
which are not intended, and, therefore, do not require the use of a more
precise measuring-instrwnent.
Among the sources of errors in measurements such as these, we must
mention in the first place the investigator's organ of hearing, since there
are limits to its precision. He bases hirnseH on the sharpness of his musical
ear:
(a) when, in tuning the string of the monochord to a calibrated tuning
fork, identity of tuning is attempted between a vibrating metal rod and a
string; (in this, the difference in tone-quality (timbre) is a disturbing
factor);
(b) in equalizing the pitch of the monochord string with that of the
tone to be measured (here, too, there is usually difference in both material
and timbre).
There are further the following unfavourable factors:
(e) always the relative inaccuracy of the graduation scale attached to
the monochord, and
(d) sometimes the extra source of error arising as soon as a tone has to
be measured which les outside the register covered by the monochord.
For in this case one has to ha ve recourse to the next higher or lower octave;
and the equalization of the tone to be measured with its octave on the
monochord- as has been proved empirically- cannot be effected with the
same precision that can be obtained in equalizing two tones in the same
octave-register.
In causing to correspond, first, the tones of the tuning .fork and the
monochord string, and, later, that of the latter with the sound-source to
be measured, attention should be given to the 'beats' which are heard
: as soon as the two toneS approach each other. When the beats have disap-
peared, equality has been attained. If beats are still audible, their number
per second should be estimated as nearly as possible. This nwnber is equal
to the diierencc between thc respective numbers of vibration per second
of the two tones.
It is further advisable to repeat, if possible, the measurements after

II
 e time. lt will then be se
,o~e
.. e
One may be better di en that the results slightly differ here and
. sposed at
t:. 0 pobced that the state of th one time than at another; I have
~ esSive heat or cold) may nfl e Weat_her (extreme moisture or drought,
e"ctrllll1ent to be measured or ~:nce elther the_ investigator's hearing, the
jtl 5 ces of error mentioned ab monochord m sorne way or other; the
,o v!
VI
h t _,,_ .
jn t a uuection. It 5 th
lf
flo pterva o sorne days in bet
ove rnay m k h
eretore<lb
.
a e t emse!ves felt, now in this,
..
' a,.v1sa le, to measure tw1ce, Wlth
~Jl 1 ts and di vide the sum b Ween, to add the results of both measure-
tfle~e with the hope that tm?~ or, b_etter still, a third measurement is
tfl~ tWO preceding ones. confJrm the relative accuracy of one of
tlle

0 musicology could neve h
;::tll 0 gramophone had not ; a~e grown into an independent science
tlle . een Jnvent d O .
{ d tbe musical expressions f f . e nly then was it possible to
o! 0 1
rec ~ o onger necessary to rnak ore1gn .
. races and peoples obectJ.v . el y;
t ,V wllich notations, however e lid? WJth notations made by ear on the :
5 r70t' t - i.e. both rhythmicall We -Jntended, usually fell short in every :
r .nec 'bl
reGr pecame poss1 e to mcorporat th
. y and as re ds . h .
gar pite . And m addition 1
.. 't
0 o""' rtant element- into the sub: e style of performance-that extremely
t1JP0 y, it _is not only the inte~~-rnatter of the investigation.
'~1 ..nusJcal forms, are char t . and the rhythm which next to the
acenti ' '
5 ~eC 1 aoner, the style, of perfo
v
5 e of the manifestations of a race. :
r ll h . nnanceis ti .
Tlle pea.rd t em to realize this t a east as unportant. One must
b~ ..e11~etos of the PYgmies, sung ::;;e f~ extent: the mobile, aroazingly
f~Gt ed' vocal sound of the Ja a high head-voice; the passionately
pi:tJc~jcs of thel~donesian wo:e~~~ andC~ese actors; the nas:wzed
me1A ttlerican lnd1ans; the vital . u e pathos m the vocal rendenng of
;v . . o Jty as w ll .
t lle -...Tegro smgmg - one Illust h e as the sonorous seriousness
}l e J.' h . ave hea d h
f t to whic a race 1s charact . r t em to realize to the full the
o .-ee b' . b . enzed by it 1 f. . M
de&'' re t Js 1s emg acknowled d s sty e o mterpretatwn. ore
_.,.,o Jll 05pecial field is WER.NER. DgAe and understood. An important treatise
n tJv Lfe (79J). I would further NCKER.l''
- ... s M . .
. s usJkwtssenschaft und Kultur-
1 . te'' . 1 T'L- IllentJon . h .
k re~s ~-t. O"
,.~'s art1c e "" Yuman M .
t1s1cal St l
m t e same connexwn GEORG
' ,
H~,...,. itl 'Baessler Archiv' ( 1947 ). V Y e (1702); VoN HoRNBOSTEL s
re ...,je'~~
t se''Le Parallelen zur Berb- '. ON HORNBOSTEL and LACHMANN,
~mus, k (
AsiP 1 (1 058); WILHELlll HE:INITz' . 1956); EICHENAUER, Musik und
R asse . " Dienste der Valkerkund ar( bcles Die vergleichende Musikwissen-
chtll ts Jnstrument der Stil- und R
t 11 e 166s) D. . . .
1e vergle1chende Mus1kwJssen-
s }Jtzft flde }Jusikwissenschaft zur dassenkunde (1676), Was kann die ver-
se ,.efl . L- n ogern 1 . .
gteC'' J#ng rass1sc'""' Merkmale a d lan~n rage be1tragenl (168), D1e
ErJof se us er V lk 'k
0 smus1 (1681) and Rass1sche

12
 Merkmale an afrikanischem Musikgut (1683); G. WALDMANN, Musik und
Rasse (4269); BLA BARTK's Rassenreinheit in der Musik (278); HERBERT
HBNER's study Die Musik im Bismarck-archipeJ (1987) ; ROBERT LAcH,
Das Rassenproblem in der vergleichenden Musikwissenschaft (2472); MARIUS
ScHNEIDER's Geschichte der M ehrstimmigkeit (passim) (3734) ; by the same
author: Die musikalischen Beziehungen zwischen Urkulturen, Altpflanzern und
H irtenv6lkern (37 45), and par. V of his contribution Die M usik der N aturv6lker
(3773). FruTZ BosE's Klangstile als Rasenmerkmale (424) and Messbare
Rassenunterschiede in der Musik (43Bb); and, finally, E. Kl.USEN's article Der
Stammescharakter in den Weisen neuerer deutschen Volkslieder (2248).
Ethnomusicology derives still further advantages from the invention of
the gramophone. The phonographic method makes it possible to collect
vastly more material in the available- usually awkwardly restricted- time,
than formerly, when everything heard had to be noted down then and
there - a very troublesome and wearying task. At the same time, too, the
strain on the patience of the players and singers is reduced to a minimum.
Formerly, whenever the melody to be recorded was very complicated,
these people would be asked to repeat it many times over, if possible in
bits at a time; a proceeding which, in actual practice, mostly amounted
to starting right from the beginning over and over again (since the repetition
of a passage in the middle of a piece, as one may imagine, causes con-
siderable difficulty). Now, on the contrary, the players can usually content
themselves- and the recorder- with 'doing their stuff' once only.
As in the case of tone-measurement, so with the sound-recording there
exist a number of different apparatuses, and here, too, the same applied
until recently, i.e. that the technically best method proved less useful in
practice, owing to the size, weight, fragility and costliness of the apparatus
demanded by it.
Until World War 11, therefore,- at any rate when dealing with a territory
where conditions had remained more or less primitive (lacking for instance
motor roads and electric current), and especially in difficult mountainous
or wooded parts where carriers were the only possible means of transport -
the general opinion was that the old-fashioned springdriven phonograph
with wax-cylinders, recorder .and reproducer, s~ch as the 'Edison-Amberola'
and the 'Excelsior', was the proper instrument for this purpose.
Since then, this situation has undergone a remarkable change, as every-
body knows. Various electromagnetic systems, by which the pieces are
recorded on metal wire or on a metallized paper or plastic strip or band
(called 'coated tape'). have summarily caused all other recording methods
to become antiquated. For a survey of various systerns in existence 1 refer
the reader toS. J. BEGUN, Magnetic Recording 1. The new apparatuses not
1 New York.jTorouto, 1951.

13
only enable us to obtain an infinitely better rendering- hardly, if at all,
inferior to the original performance; they also allow of uninterrupted record-
ing lasting, if desired, severa! hours; their manipulation is simple; they are
readily transportable and not very vulnerable or fragile, and,last not least,
their purchase price, although higher than that of the phonograph or
grarnophone, is not an unsurmountable obstacle, whereas their cost of main-
tenance is even less. The only thing most of them require is the presence of
a power source. If there is no local electric network to which the recording
apparatus (which also reproduces the sound) can be connected, one has to
ha ve a transportable power source at one's disposal.
However, recently severa! new types of tape recorders have appeared,
especially suited for research in areas without electric power. This type
of recorder, made both in the United States and in Germany and Switzerland,
is powered by dry cell batteries (for the microphone) and has a mecha:llcal
drive. The weight and the bulk have been reduced seizably. According to
reports this new type is greatly facilitating field recording.
For the spoken word, the wire- and tape-recordings are equally satis-
factory; for the recording of music it appears that a tape-apparatus is
preferable, the more so as it seems that wire-recording has a 'constitutional'
drawback in so far that the wire is subject to the danger of getting tangled. 1
Now whatever apparatus the field worker may have at his disposal,
one thing is certain: on arriving in the loc~ty of his researches, he will
often find himself faced with a certain diffidence and even suspicion on
the part of the population. He will not always find someone who is irnrnedi-
ately eager or even prepared to play or sing to the visiting stranger with
his mysterious-looking instruments. The general - quite understandable
- tendency is 'to wait for the cat to jump'.
Al! the sarne, my experience is that it is Iiot so difficult to get the people
to sing, or dance, unless abnormal circumstances - such as, in North-
Nias, the fear of the Christian mission's hostility to the ancient folk-song
and -dance- have gained the upper hand over the people's natural curiosity
and willingness to perform. The well-tried recipe: first to perform a tune
oneself, say, a European folk-song or a piece on the violin, orto execute a
Western folk-dance, has often worked wonders arnong the lndonesian
peoples in whose midst 1 ha ve made my investigations. They didn't like to
be left behind; they, too, wanted to Jet you hear or show you something of
their own - and this the sooner, once they found that every performance 1

was followed by sorne little reward.

1 See ou the question, wbicb recording equipment one sbould buy, also tbe article by ALAN P.
MERRIAM (2854) and tbe Manual, edited for tbo l.F.M.C. and tbe R. Authrop. lnst. by !IIAUD
l..:ARPJ::LJ::S (2144a). - For historie data couce:rning the recording of sound I m<:~ y refer to RoLAND
G!LATT, Tlle slory of lhe gramophonefrom linfoilto high fidelily (Londou, 1936) .

. 14
 As regard these rewards: a systernatic record of the preference on the
part of a given population group for particular objects would be rnost
useful. The old Dutchmen - crafty traders as they were - realized the
desirability of this policy right frorn the start, and acted accordingly.
The Corte Verclaeringhe per CoRNELIS DE HouTMAN van de Landen ghenaemt
Oost Indien ofte Conquisten van Portugal - the report of a study trip to
Portugal in preparation of 'D'Eerste Schipvaert' of 1595-'97 - already
contains a lengthy list of articles which, frorn Portuguese experience, were
readily accepted by the peoples of the Archipelago in exchange for their
products l.
For those who conternplate rnaking a study trip to Nas or to Flores,
the following suggestions rnay prove useful.
I found that, in Nas, the people were rnost irnpressed by necklaces of
'gold' beads (which were rnade of coloured glass); the red coral neck.laces,
which, in m y eyes, were rnuch prettier, found but scant favour there;
and neither did flashlights, unless they were longer than two batteries.
In Flores, on the contrary, they sniffed at the 'golden' beads, whereas the
red corals were all the rage. They also fell violently in lave with a rather
cornplicated type of pocket-knife, while the srnaller flashlights were also
rnuch in favor. Tobacco, in the forrn of lurnps of chewing tobacco, and
cigarettes, as well as chocolate drops and sweet biscuits, proved a universally
appreciated reward; I could not bring a sufficient store of these to satisfy
all dernands. In South-Nias, the 'Bensdorp' flat round chocolate drops
were at first taken to be sorne sort of rnoney, as they were wrapped in silver
paper.
A rnost irnportant factor for the success of a rnusicological expedition
is some knowledge of the language current in the territory of your in-
vestigation. Y ou should at least know a sufficient number of words and
expressions to enable you to ask a person to sing at the right mornent and
in the right way, or that will be helpful in establishing a friendly contact
with the person you are talking to. In Nas, for exarnple, a set of fourteen
terrns have helped me through rnany difficulties and srnoothed rny way
towards obtaining the goodwill of the population. I was able to say 'yes'
(la' u) and 'no' (16'6); express thanks (sauhagolti); welcorne somebody
(ya'ugo; literally: ('is that) you?') and say good-day (yah); express my
adrniration for a fine song- or dance-performance (slichi-sochi ='fine, fine!'),
and my affection by a friendly tap on the shoulder while pronouncing
the word sifahuhu (= 'friend'). Singing into the hom of the phonograph
was directed by the words lona ('not yet'), taborogo ('start'), hongli ('stop,
silence'), alio ('quick'), balo'i (North Nias) or bes' o (Central Nas) (= 'wait
1 See: J. C. M. WARNSJNCK, De waens&ltappeli)"Ju 11oorbereling van. """ enste scJaipvaarl naar
Oost-Jndi~ (inaugural ~ddrt~ss), 1936, p. 9

I5
a moment'), bua (J liu ('louderl'); while 1 wa;; able to express sympathy
with the experimental persons at the end of the singing or dancing, by
asking in kind, thoughtful tones: rg Jodo? or maras?, meaning 'are yo u
tired now?'.
For the rest there is needed a little tactful handling, a lot of patience, a
smile at the right moment, and the sympathy which will enable you to
detect whether your informants' initial shyness is giving way to sorne
sort of cunfidence, whether he is getting tired and in conscquence a little
irritable or easily distracted, and whether the psychological moment has
arrived to show a little generosity- in short, intuition and t:J.ct, one either
has them or has them not, but they are indispensable if satisfadory results
are to be obtained.

The first phonograms of exotic music to benefit our science were made
by Dr. WALTER FEWKES in r88g, from the singing of the Passamaquoddy
and Zui lndians. These records were passed on for analysis and elaboration
to Dr. B. l. GrLMAN of Harvard University, and this led to the publication
of his study Zmii Melodies (1438), which paper has served as example
to ma.ny later treatises based on phonographic material.
Once the importance and necessity of phonographic recording was
generally realized, many larger and smaller phonogram-archives carne
into being; the oldest established being in the U.S.A. Sorne American
universities now have extensive collections. The American stock of phono-
grams was estimated in 1933 at about r.ooo different records, including
Honolulu. The majority of these are recordings of American lndian vocal
music, and are mostly, as far as I know, on cylinders. 1
Since then the important anc rapidly growing collection of records of
the Library of Congress, Washington D.C., the majority of which were
recorded by means of the most modern apparatuses, have been added to
these as well as the splendid collection, brought together by GEORGE
HER.ZOG, formerly at Columbia University, New York, and afterwards
transferred by him to the Anthropology Department of the University of
Indiana, Bloomington (Ind.), where he is now teaching.
This material has been gathered, studied and still is studied by a number
of meritorious ethnomusicologists. I already nentioned the names of
FEWKES, GrLMAN and GEORG HERZOG (xo:z-1750). Next to them worked
FRANCEs DENSMORE (fig. II} (855-949), HELEN H. RoBERTS (fig. 28)
(3430-3451), EDWARD SAPIR (3648, 3649), FREDERICK R. BURTON (554),

1 Soe: 'Zeit>chrift lilr vergleicbende Musikwissenschaft', Vol. 1 {I9JJ), p. 58.

x6
CHARLES K. WEAD (4315-4317), RosE BRANDEL (468-47oa), GERTRUDE P.
KURATH (1225, 1226, 2419-2438), WILLARD RIIODES (3399-3405a), ALAN
P. MERRIAM (fig. 43) (2845-286o), DAVID McALLESTER (2797-2802), E. R.
CLARK (686), RICHARD A. WATERMAN (1701,4307-4312) andmany others. Af-
ter 1933 American ethno-musicology received a fresh impetus when, owing to
the rise of Nationalsocialism in Germany, SACHS (fig. 3) (1913, 3526-3579g),
VaN HORNBOSTEL (figs. 12 and 18) (1882-1963) and BUKOFZER (fig. 31)
(533-538) carne to the United States and were called to university chairs.
In 1952 MANTLE L. Hoon (fig. 44) from the University of California, Los
Angeles, carne to Europe and specialized in Indonesian music (1877-1879).
French Canada, also, boasts a large and excellent collection of phono-
granls of French-Canadian, English-Canadian and (more than 26oo) Cana-
dian-Indian folksongs, brought together by M. MARIUS BARBEAU (fig. 19)
(233-242, 1360) and housed in the National Museum of Canada at Ottawa.
As far as Europe is concemed, the best known and most important
collections were found in Vienna and Berlin. Of these two, the Viennese
one - the property of the Academy of Sciences - is the older. Its estab-
lishment dates from about 1900; apart from a few thousand speech- and
language-phono,Tfams, it contained, in 1933, about 1500 music records.l
The Academy issued many ethnomusicological studies, based on its phono-
gram collection. Of those I may mention the publications by EXNER and
PCicH (1139), TREBITSCH (4139-4141), FELBER (1217-1222), VAN OosT
(3o66-3069), MURKO (2934, 29JS), BIRO (361), lDELSOHN (2018, 2020),
LACH (fig. 17) (246o-2462, 248o-2485, 2493), NADEL (2956, 2960), GRAF
(1488), jANSKY {2067) and TRUBETSKOY {4152). RecentlyDr. WALTERGRAF
has been appointed as its director.
The Berlin archives- which were destroyed or, at least, dispersed without
the slightest chance of getting them together again 2, during the second
world war - were much larger. They were established in 1902, at the insti-
gation of the great physiologist and psychologist CARL STUMPF (fig. 2),
and were at first - until 1932 - housed in the Psychological Institute of
the University of Berlin, and later in the Staatliche Hochschule fr Musik;
after 1933 they ha ve been incorporated with the collections of the Museum
fr Volkerkunde a.
STUMPF, as far as his musiculogical work is concerned, lives on in the
grateful remembrance of ethnomusicologists not only on account of having
founded this richest and best organized of all European phonogram archives,
luid., p. , 5 .
1 Dr. EMSHEntER told me tbat four erales witb about 1300 cyllnders bave b~.o.oeu recovcred; tbe
resl, packed iu ::o crat.es, tbe Russians took with them aud, ttU::.refore, it ii lost or Western scicucc:.
- Sec also KURT REINHAKD (3376).
a Siuce .1948 some young u1usicologists, in the first place KuRT REJNHARD (337~3388b) aud
HANS HEJNZ DkAGEK (too7-J009a), try lo revive this Berlin centre by lecturing at tb.e receutly
fouuded 'Frcie Uuiversit3.t' aud rebuilding tbe phonogram-archives.

17
but also as the man who, in collaboration with Dr. Orro ABRAHAM (1882-
1885, 1889, 1895, 1931), made the first musicological phonograpbic records
in Germany (from the music of the Siamese court-orchestra which was per-
forming in Berlin at the time), and also as the author of that masterly
treatise Tonsystem und Musik der Siamesen (3993), of a larger work, Anfiinge
der Mnsik (3997), anda number of other publications (3984-3999).
However, the extraordinary growth of the Bcrlin phonographic archives
is not so much due to STUMPF's work, but rather to that of bis pupil and
younger friend ERICH M. VON HORNBOSTEL - facile princeps among all
those who have made ethnomusicology the chosen subject of their studY..
Under bis direction the phonographic collection grew rapidly, until, in 1933,
when VoN HoRNBOSTEL left Berlin, it comprised no less than ro.ooo records.
VoN HORNBOSTEL- at first with the co-operation of Dr. Orro ABR.A.HAM,
later alone - published a series of brilliant studies, based on the analysis
and transcription of the phonograms acquired by the Berlin Archives,
and dealing with the musical expressions of peoples from all parts of the
world (1882-1963, 2509, 2510, see also 2373 and 3579b). Unfortunately
these studies are scattered o ver countlcss periodicals and accounts of travels,
often difficult to obtain. The author never got as far as publishing that
part of bis life's work in a single volume of 'Collected Musicological Essays';
only his articles dating from befare xgo8 may be found together in the first
volume of the 'Sii.nunelblinde fr vergleichende Musikwissenschaft'. 1
The marvellous clarity of mind and wellnigh infallible intuition with
which VoN HoRNBOSTEL penetrated into the - at the time practically
virgin - field of exotic musical cultures will rarely be equalled. He was
for all of us a shining example and unattainable ideal.
The rcmarkable thing is that his greatest service to the science of ethno-
musicology was probably the fact that he put forward a theory wbich
rnight be considered untenable - that is, if later investigators, MANFRED
F. BUKOFZER (534 1 535 1 537) and KATHLEEN SCHLESINGER (3719), who
have attempted to disapprove it, (though with, in my opinion, unsufficient
arguments) are right - but which has, at any rate, succeeded in bringing
clarity into certain very thorny problems in connexion with the structure of,
and possible relationsbip between, instrumental scales of different peoples
living remate from each other, and of both former and present times. 1 ain
of course referring to VoN HORNBOSTEL's fanwus hypothesis of the cycle
of blown fifths, which the readr no doubt knows by name. For the content
of this hypothesis, and the criticism levelled at it, 1 may refer those interested
to my brochure Around Von Hornbostel's theory of the cycle of blown jijths

1 A complete LiLliography of VoN HoRNBOSTEL has been puUlished iu Nt:wsletter No. 2 (Aug.
1954) of Lbe Sociely of Elbuomusicology (1134).

I8
 (2394) and to the articles by HANDSCHIN (fig. 12) (1593) and LLOYD (2639).
VoN HoRNBOSTEL trained a number of talented pupils, severa! of whom
worked for sorne years as his assistants. I would mention GEORG HERZOG
1 (fig. 40a) (1702-1750), now a prominent authority on North American
lndian Music and attached to the University of Indiana, (as an anthro-
pologist), and ROBERT LACHMANN (fig. 20) (2496-2515) who specialized in
the ]apanese Noh- and the Arab and Berber music, and to whom we owe
one of the clevercst and best written ethno-musicological publications, i.e.
Musik des Orients (2502). There is further WALTER WIORA (fig. 29), author
of severa! elaborate and dependable essays on Central European folk-music,
its,nature aild methods of investigation (4394-442oa) ; the prolific HANS
HrcKMANN (fig. 30), an authority in the field of Egyptian and North
African rnusic (1753-184ocL; HEINRICH HUSMANN (2ooo-2oo8a), and the
many-sided MARIUS SCHNEIDER (fig. 24) (2785, 3734-3774b) who, in the first
place, has occupied himself with typology of melodies and their transforma-
tion in the course of history, in the different cultures, races or by migration
(3744, 3747, 3749, 3768, 3773) ; further with the formation of tonesystems
(3767a), rnusic philosophy (3769), symbolism in music (3750, 3752, 3753,
3756, 3764, 3770), sound-languages (3748, 3755), talking drurns (3761),
multipart rnusic (3734) and the spreading of musical forms (3739, 3745,
3746, 3757) . .Al;o MIECZYSLAW KoLINSKI (fig. 22) (2282-2292) may be
reckoned arnong VoN HoRNBOSTEL's pupils, as well as FRITZ BosE (415-438a
and 4492).
But his sphere of influence did not and does not confine itself to his direct
pupils. Among those who have been inspired by his personality and publi-
cations I rnay mention, for instance, HEINRICH SIMBRIGER (3839, 384o),
MANFRED F. BuKOFZER (533-538), SIEGFRIED NADEL (2954-2961), and
myself (2358-2418).
VoN HoRNBOSTEL confined hirnself chiefly to 'home-work'. Most of his
'field-work' was done in the beginning of his career, arnong the Pawnee
Indians. It is probable that his physique would not have stood the strain
of much field-work. In other ways, however, he possessed a11 the necessary
qualities for it, especially tact and intuition, and it is indeed to be regretted
that circumstances finally forced him to work mainly at home. This was a
pity- in the first place for himse!f. For it is precise! y the variation between
the two so diametrically opposed operations, in the field and in the study,
which can rnake the life of an ethnomusicologist so rich and so eminently
worth living. The man to whose lot it falls to be permitted the study of our
science frorn both angles, may, indeed, consider himself lucky. He lives a
'double life' in the right sense of the word; on the one hand a life of ad-
venturc: cnjoying contact with strange peoples, experiencing the enchant-
ment of penetrating into less known regions; on the other hand his scientific
and esthetic inclinations find satisfaction in thorough, far-reaching analysis
of the material collected, which, moreover, is so much more alive for him,
having gathered it himself, than for others who receive the records, musical
instruments and comments by rnail or investigate them in a rnuseum.
However, experience teaches us that the position is often different
in that the two aspects of ethnomusicological investigation rnust necessarily
be kept apart. A. H. Fax STRANGWAYS (fig. 7) (1282-1290, 2515) the author
of Music of Hindostan (1283) - that work beyond praise - in an opening
article entitled East and West in the first volume of the 'Zeitschrift fr
vergleichende Musikwissenschaft', gave the following qualification of the
two categories of ethnomusicologists: 'The workers are in two classes.
There are those who have the health, energy and personality, provided they
have the time and the means, to go and collect material. It is hard to say
which of these is the most important, but the right personality is the
rarest. Without the willing co-operation of the singers and dancers they
will do Iittle, and that willingness is only to be bought with unfeigned
syrnpathy, inexhaustible curiosity, lively gratitude, untiring patience
and a scrupulous conscience. It is easy to fake a tune till it fits a theory.
lt is casy to be content with a dozcn spccimens, ami not to plough on
and get the thirteenth which would have been worth them all. It is easy
to think that it is we who confer the honour by collecting and recording,
until a singer says, as she said to me, that she is not going to deliver her
soul to a piece of wax which rnay get broken in the train.
And there are those who sit at borne and shift and sort. Material comes
in from diverse places and very various rninds. How rnuch credence are
we to attach to each? How are we to fill the lacunae? How reconcile contra-
dictions? What advice is to be given to young collectors? The bare facts
are not of much use without the ideas on which to string thern, and the
natural enthusiasrn of the collector benefits by being set in the proper
proportions'.

In addition to the American and Gerrnan phonogram-archives we should

also briefly rnention the French ones. Extensive collections of ethno-
rnusicological records are in the possession of various organizations, par-
ticularly the 'Socit d'Anthropologie', the 'Muse de l'Homme', the
'Bibliotheque musicale du Muse de la Parole et du Muse Guirnet' 1 and the
'Phonotheque Nationale'.2 They are chiefly on discs, i.e. made according
to the gramophone process invented by BERLINER, in which the recorder

1 See 3951.
2:In 195:: Unesco publisbed a catalogue of the collcctiou o the last named institute (123). lt
contains uo less than 4564 numbcrs. In th same year appe:ued, under the auspices of tbe Ciap,
StMONE RoCHE's Catalogue of the collection of tbe Muse de l'Homme (3458).

20
does not, as in the case of the EDISON phonograph, move vertically, cutting
deeper and less deep cuts into the sensitive wax cylinder, but is moved in a
horizontal plane on a circular wax plate. (The Viennese archives, until
recently, employed an intermediate form between phonograph and gramo-
phone: with the former it had the variable depths of groove in common,
with the lattcr the wax plates).
In Budapest there is the large collection of phonograms chiefly con-
sisting of Hungarian and Rumanian folk music; it comprises over 30.000
records, collected for the greater part by the late BLA BARTK (fig. 9)
(256-283) in collaboration with ZoLTN KoDLY (fig. ro) (261, 265, 266,
28], 2267-2272).
The Musicological Institute at Stockholm (director: Dr. ERNST EMs-
HEIMER) (fig. 26) (1091-II01), also possesses a collection of discs containing,
arnong others, a series of valuable Mongolian and Caucasian records, whilst
the Archives of Dialect and Folklore, Uppsala, contain a large collection of
records of all Swedish provinces, including Lappland.
Further the phonogram archives o Leningrad must be mentioned,
containing, it appears, mainly records of the music of the peoples liviug
inside thc bordcrs of the Soviet Union. The scientific output of the Russia.n
ethnomusicologists since the war is considerable. Because of their publi-
cations being written only in the Russian language and apparently not
available for investigators on this side of the iron curtain, with a fcw
exceptions they have not been included in the bibliography on p. 79 ff.
Many of them, however, one can find in the bibliography of Asiatic musics
by WATERMAN C.S. in 'Notes' (4307).
Many other national institutes also - for the greater part after World
War 11 only- try to preserve on tape or wire the inheritance of traditional
folk songs and folkdance melodies of their countries. So, for instance, in
France (Pars) the 'Muse National des Arts et Traditions populaires'
(CLAUDIE MARCEL-DUBOIS (fig. 31) and MAGUY ANDRAL); in England
(London) the 'Music Department of the B.B.C.' (MARY SLOCOMB, PETER
KENNEDY) and the 'British lnstitute of Recorded Sound' (HYATT KING,
PATRICK SAUL); in the Nctherlands (Amsterdam) the 'Netherlands Section
of the International Folk Music Council' and the 'Codification Committee'
of the 'Raad voor de Nederlandse Volkszang' (Father Eus. BRUNING,
]AAP KUNST, P. J. MEERTENS, jOP POLLMANN, WILL D. SCHEEPERS,
MARIE VELDHUYZEN); in Scotland (Edinburgh) the 'School of Scottish
Studies of Edinburgh University' (STEWART F. SANDERSON); in Wcst-
Germany (Regensburg) the 'Schallarchiv des Institutes fr Musikforschung'
(FELIX HoEJti:IURGER) (xSsS) and in Freiburg i/Br. the 'Deutsches Volkslicd-
Archiv' (ERICH SEEMANN, WALTER WIORA (fig. 29)); in ltaly (Rome) the
'Centro Nazionale Studi di Musica popolare' (GIORGIO NATALETTI); in

21
 Yugoslavia the 'Serbian Academy of Sciences' in Beograd (MIODRAG
VASILJEVIC) (fig. 41) and the Folkloristic Institutes at Zagreb (VINKO
2GANEC (fig. 35), ZoRAN PALCOK), Sarajevo (CVJETKO RIHTMAN (fig. 36) ),
Skopje {GIVKO FIRFOV, EMANUIL CucKov), and Ljuhljana (FRANCE MA-
ROLT (t), VALENS VooucEK {fig. 35) ), e.t.q.
As for the study of folk music behind the !ron Curtain, 1 might quote the
composer and musicologist ANDREY LKHOVSKY, who, in his recent book
Music under the Soviets 1, says: 'The organisation of Soviet folklore studies
is concentrated chiefly in the Institutes of Folklore, attached to the
All-Union and Republic Academies of Sciences and in the folklore depart-
ments of a number of conservatories (e.g. those of Moscow, Kiev, Kharkov,
and Minsk). The rnost irnportant work in the study of the theoretical
problerns of folk rnusic has been done by a group of collaborators of the
folklore department of the All-Union Academy of Sciences in Leningrad,
particularly YE GIPPIUS and Z. EWALD; by K. KVITKA, a rnernber of the
folklore departrnent of the Moscow Conservatory who specialized in the
study of Ukrainian folklore; by the Kiev lnstitute of Folklore (especially
Prof. HRINCHENKO); by the Kiev Conservatory (BEREGOVSKI), and by the
Kharkov Conservatory (STEBLYANKo).'
At the time of writing it seerns that the central position taken up by the
Berlin phonograrn archives until the second. world war, will in future, at
least partly, be occupied by the 'Archives internationales de rnusique
populaire', established at Geneva under the auspices of the UNESCO and
the CIA(T)P (= Comrnission lnternationale des Arts et Traditions populaires).
This institution is under the direction of Professor CoNSTANTIN BRAILOIU
(figs. 12 and 37) (458-467), formerly co-worker of BLA BARTK and, next
to ZoLTN KooLY, the authority in the field of Rumanian and other East
European musical folklore.
On reading an enumeration of the contents of the phonograrn archives, 2
many will have wondered whether the large gramophone cornpanies have
not rnade very considerable contributions towards the work of recording
what is still alive and being played in the way of exotic rnusic. The answer
.to this question, it rnust be said, is rather disappointing; these companies,
being run as they are on a purely cornmercial basis, have not rendered so
rnuch service to ethnornusicology as could be expected. The reason for
this is threefold:
(a) the records of exotic rnusic, which they have rnade, have usually
been on sale only in the country in which the rnusic was collected;

1 New York, Praeger, xgss.

1 A general survey also in: Musique el chansons populaires (ed. by the lntern. lnst. f. lntellectual
Co~operation), Paris, 1934, in Folklcwe m.,.sicale (ed. by id.), Paris, 1939, and in the recent catalogue,
edited for tbe Intern. Folk .Music Council by NoRIIAN FKASER (1298).

22
 (b) these companies were prepared to supply copies of the records in
question elsewhere on condition that at least 25 copies were taken simul-
taneously, a condition which hardly suited the convencience of rnost mu-
sicologists or even rnuseurns;
(e) they usually only produced records when they had reason to expect
them to be sold in quantities; in other words, they usually pandered com-
pletely to the - often regrettable - taste of the larger public and fought
shy of the rarer musical expression-forrns which are important by virtue
of their being ancient, but (possibly for that very reason) no longer generally
current, let alone popular. They also avoided, if possible, making records
exceeding the limit of one side of a disc. There are but sporadic exceptions:
Columbia has recorded Javanese vocal plays (langendrya) at Surakarta
in the Mangku Nagaran in their entirety; the Karl Lindstrom Concern
published an alburn of records, selected and with a cornmentary by VoN
HoRNBOSTEL, containing exarnples of Japanese, Chinese, Balinese, Siarnese,
Javanese, Sundanese, Indian, Persian, Egyptian and Tunesian rnusic.
And if the war had not intervened to spoil rny own plans, I should have
been given opportunity to produce, in collaboration with the Netherlands
lndian Radio Omroepmaatschappij (NIROM), 6o large, double-sided records
with examples of all the musical scales used in Java and Bali; of the sound
produced by, and the manner of playing all instrurnents used by the native
musicians in these islands, and of all types of orchestras and all forms of
compositions.
lf the gramophone companies had only heeded the exarnples mentioned
above, they might have rendered inestimable services to the science of ethno-
musicology. Now, they will have to hurry: for as fast as the recording
processes are being perfected, the musical expressions eligibe for repro-
duction are, under the influence of western civilization and the intensificaton
of world trafic, declining in purity and musical value. In the course of the
years much that was once beautiful and rernarkable has gone to perdition,
without a trace or record remaining. Moreover, instead of giving (or selling)
to a scientific institution the matrices of recordings which, after sorne
years, have been deleted from their catalogues (often containing music
that can no longer be found, even by field-workers). these companies
usually have destroyed them, and so, also in this way, much irreplaceable
material is lost for ever. l

1 Tbe ;ramophone companies bad notewortby classical renderiugs but of tbese eveo tht: master
rt:cords bad l>een &ubsequently destroycd. For tbe policy of the grao1opbooe compauit:s &ubscqucntly
devdopec.l a new cmumercial outlook which hada bad cffect oo our art. Ou tbe oue baud. tbty Ut:gan
to employ for reuderiugs a bitarre background of a varie::.ly of inslruu1cnb, aud on tbe olber, llooded
the market wilb cheap cintma tuues aud 50ng bits' ... (V. RAGHAVAN, 3302, p. 7r).
"Tbe prtparalion of a catalogue of recorded music in India is, in a way, a dilt,lretisiDC task, for
tbe best of tbe mu.:;.ic recorded hu bte.n destroyed witbout any regard for iu artisLic vaJue.

23
 Further, the gramophone companies should always assure themselves of
the cooperation of a specialist who is familiar with the music to be recorded
- as Odeon, very luckily, did at the time, in Bali, where the gifted painter-
musician WALTER SPIES acted as their advisor. This measure would not
only ensure a correct and varied choice of recordings, but would also lead to
a greater likelihood of the records tuming out truer to reality. To give an
exan1ple of this latter point: existing records of Javanese gamelan music
which include the vocal element often allow the voice to be far too promi-
nent, as if it were a solo with accompaniment, while in reality the solo-
and choral voices are nothing more than equivalent elements in an otherwise
instrumental tonal texture; in other words, the singers ought not to have
been placed right in front of the microphone.
By utilizing the knowledge and advice of a musical specialist it will
also be possible to prevent the titles on the records from containing such
an annoyingly large number of spelling mistakes.
Fortunately, in this regard also, the last years have shown a noticeable
improvement. We have already mentioned the widely known album
'Musik des Orients', issued by the Karl Lindstrom Concem, Berlin. ERICH
VON HoRNBOSTEL chose for it from among the records, published in previous
years (more for commercial, rather than musicological purposes) by Odeon
and Parlophon. 1
After Worldwar Il, however, there resulted,.in the nick of time, from the
fertile collaboration of ethnomusicologists with gramophone- or broad-
castingcompanies a number of splendid collections. Of those 1 will cite the
following:
a) issued by the American Columbia (799, 7th Aveuue, New York) under the general
editorship of ALAN LOMAX:
SL. 204. lreland (rec. and ed. by SEAMUS ENNIS);
SL. 205. French Airica (regions: Hoggar, Fezzan, Upper Volta, Somaliland, Niger
Territory, French Sudan, French Guinea, .Madagascar, Togo, Gabon,
Congo) (tribes: Ambilube, Babinga Babcnzl Pygmies, Babinga Ban-
gombe Pygmies, Babinga Pygmies, Badouma, Bawanji, Bongli, Dankali,
Dogon, Gwin, Jarma, Kabre, Koukouya, Kourroussa, N (o)gundi, Okande,
Sakalava,Somali, Sonray, Tuareg, Vezo, Wara) (ed. by ANDR SCHAEH'-
NER (fig. 14) and GILBERT RouGET (fig.34));
SL. 206. England (ed. by l'ETER KENNEDY);
SL. 207. France (and Corsica) (instr.: barre) organ, accordeon, hurdy-gurdy,
bag-pipe (biniou), musette, tamburine, galuubet, oboe, clarinet, bombarde)
(ed. by CLAUDIE MARCEL-DUBOIS (fig. 30) and MAGUY ANDRAL));

Some of tbe most intportant recording companies were and still are mainly foreign concerns and
bave uo respousible artistic adviser.
1f tht sales of a record fail to reach a certaiu figure during a tbrec~monthly period, thc record is
auto1uatically destroyedo o o o Almost all the records of JUusiciaus of tb~ past generatiou ha ve bcen
destroycdo' (ALAIN DANJtLou, 815, Foreword)o
' Rcceutly D<'C~a has reissued lhis collection on lwo L.P. rocords (No. DX 107).
 SL. 208. Australia and New Guinea (regions and tribes: Amhemland, Melville
and Bathurst !stand, Djuan, Unpelli, Karkar, Tami, Wabaga, Orokaiva,
Yute lsland, Gerel>i, Kunimaipa, Fuyuge, Lake Murray region etc.)
(instr.: didjeridu); (ed. by A. P. ELKIN, with contrib. by Father ANorut
DuPEYRAT and the Australian Broadcasting Coy.);
SL. 209. Scotland (regions: Hebrides, Barra, Lewis, Uist, Skye, Mull, lslay, Coll;
Shetlands; Highlands, Lowlands) (ed. with the assistance of the MAC-
LE.ANS of Raasay, HAMISH HENDERSON and WILLIAM MoNTGOMERII!);
SL. 210. Indonesia (islands: East- and West-Guinea, Aru Islands, Babar,
Manuwoko, Kai Islands, Banda, Ambon, Bali, Borneo (Dayak) and
Java) (instr.: New Guinea: flute, jew's harp; Moluccos: gongs, drums,
gambu$; Borneo: jerupai) shawm with free tengue), drums, gongs, $apoh
(lute); Bali: gamelans Angklung, Gong, Gambuh and ]ogM; gender
wayang, flute, jew's harp; Java: the different instruments of the
gamelan (ed. by ] . KuNST);
SL. 2II. Canada (tribes: French Canadians, English Canadians, lroquois, Kwa-
kiutl, Huron, Seneca, Cayuga, Scots-Gaelic, Caribou Eskimo) (ed. by
MARIUS BARBEA U) (fig. 18);
SL. 212. Venezuela (tribes: a.o. Puinabe, Maquiritare, Guaharibo, Kalina,
Yayuro, Piaroa) (instr.: bark homs, pan-pipes, bamboo homs, bull-
roarers, nose-flutes, grass- oboe's', birimbao, bandola, cuatro, maraca$,
harp, stamping tu bes, musical bow, guitar, drums (a.o. mina)) (ed. by
j UAN LISCANO);
SL. 213. British East Africa (tribes: Bukusu, Chewa, Chopi, Ganda, Girimaya,
Haya, Hehe, Karanga, Luba, Luo, NdaufGarwe, Nyamwezi, Nyoro,
ShonaKaranga, ShonajNdaujGarwe, Sotho, Swahili, Zaramo, Zezuru)
(instr.: drums, sanza (mbira), musical bow, flutes, zithers, lyres) (ed. by
HUGH T. TRACE.Y) (fig. 23);
SL. 214. ]apan, Ryu-kyu's, Formosa, Korea) (peoples and tribes:. ]apanese,
Vunun, Saisett, Pyuma, Ami) (instr.: shamisen, kolo, shakuhachi, fue,
taiko, shirabe or shime-daiko, tzu$umi, kane or surigane, samshin, moutb-
ha.rp, janggo, Korean vertical flute, Korean transversal f!ute, harp) (rt:e.
and ed. by GE.NJIRO MAsu);
SL. 215. India (tribes and peoples: a.o. Gond) (instr.: $hahnai, dholak, jhori,
nagara, dukkar, kasavar, do-tara, chang, ekatara, karatala, tippera, vi11a,
sarat<gi, svarama..dala, tampura, tabla) (rec. and ed. by ALAIN DANILOU);
SL. 216. Spain (provinces: Galicia, Asturias, Santander, Leon, Castilla, Andalucia)
(instr.: a.o. bagpipe, castanets, drums, tamburine, guitar, payecha (scra-
ped skillet), ximbomba, rabel, pandero, banduria, oud) (ed. ALAN LoMAX);
SL. 217. Yugoslavia (regions: Croatia, Slovenia, Macedonia, Bosnia, Hercegovina,
Montenegro, Serbia) (instr.: tamburiza orchestra, different types of
bagpipe (dude, gajde, diple), $opele, gusk, dvojnice, tapan, tambura, jrula,
kaval, daire, kemane, darbuka, oud, mandola, dej) (rec. by PETER KENNE-
DY; notes by ALBEKT LORD);
and by the same firm: 'Dancers of Bali' (instr.: gamelan Gong. gamelan
Angklung, gender wayang) (notes by CouN McPHEE) (ML 46r8);
b) issued by the American lndian Soundchief: a series of 78 and 33 rpm records
'Songs of the Redman' (tribes: Arapaho, Caddo, Canada Chippewa. Cherokce,
Cheyenne, Cluppewa, Choctaw-Chickasaw, Comanche, Creek-Sennnoles, Cruw,
Geronimo Apaches, Kiowa, Montana Plain Cree, Navajo, Otoe, Pawnee, Penca,
Sioux, South Dacota Oglala Sioux, Taos Pueblo, Wichita, Zu Pueblo) (for more
particula,rs see 1134 No. 9); . two
e) issued by the Argo Record Company Ltd. (George Street, London W 1 ) Bali
L.P. records 'Music from Bali', played by the gamelan from Pliatan, South
under the direction of ANAK ANAK Go MANDI<A (instr.: camelan Gotlg, ~amelan
.Angklu,.g) (ARS 1oo6 and roo7) = B.A.M., Paris, Nos. L.D. o17 and Oid;

25
d) recorded and edited by Arthur S. Alberts: Tribal, Folk and Caf Music of West
Africa (3 albums) with text and commentary by MELVILLE j. HERSKOVITS,
DUNCAN EMRICH, fuCHARD A. WATERhiAN and MARSHALL W. 5TEARNS (Field
Recordings, New York, 1950);
e) issued by the Barclay Disques, Paris: 'Musique pygme' (rec. by the Ubangi-Congo
Expedition) (No. 86.019);
1) issucd by the 'Boite a Musique', (133 Boulevard Raspail, Paris): a series of
Central African music, recorded by the Ogow-Congo Mission (Messrs. A. DIDIER
and GILliERT RoUGET) (regions: Middle-Congo, Gabon, Ogow, Upper-Volta, as
well Negro- as Pygmee-music) (instr.: a.o. sanza, musical bow, harp-zither,
drums, trumpets, marimba); and further:
L. D. 014. 'Musique traditionelle de l'lnde';
L.D. 015. 'Musique religieuse de l'Inde' (both collected by DEBEN BHAITA-
CHARYA);
L.D. 310. 'Chants folkloriques du Bengale' (sung by LOKENATH BHATTACHARYA);
L.D. 314. 'Musique de la haute fort amazonienn"' (rec. by FRANCIS MAziERE)
(tri bes: Boni and Oayana);
L.D. 326. 'Tribus Proto-lndochinoises Mois' (rec. by FRANTZ LAFOREST; notes
by id. and L. BERTHE) (tribes: Bahnar, l>i, Maa, Sedang, Yarai)
(instr.: bamboo xylophone (laiung), bar-zither (bro or tingning),
hydraulic bamboo carillon (la11g koa), bamboo zitht!r (roding), gong
(gok); drum (gorr), small gongs (lo>~g-lie>Jg). small cymbals (rong ruyh),
mouth-organ (kom boiit), jew's harp (loong), handclapping-bamboos
(pah pung)) ;
L.D. 331. (M.) Musique du Nord-Cameroun (tribes: Foulbe, Kirdi, Lamido,
Massa, Matakam, Moundang) (instr.: agaila (wooden trumpet), kakaki
(long metal trumpet), gou11di (harp); drums, flute, horns) (rec. and
notes: jACQUES and CLAUDE BILTGEN and )EAN BRUGIAL);
g) issued by the Capitol firm: Music of Belgian Congo (Kasougo) (T 10005);
h) issued by 'Chaut du Monde' (32, rue Beaujon, Paris Be): '.MongoliejSin-kiang'
(tribes: Mongolians, Uigurs, Kazaks) (instr.: maya li, tam po-euhr) (LDY 4039)
(rec. by CLAUDE RoY);
Grece No. 2. Egina (rec. by DESPINA MAZARAKI, MELPO MERUER, Lours BERTHE
and PiERRE GoUGUIDIS; notes by LOUIS BERTHE) (instr.; violin, lauto,-santuri
(beaten zither, derived from tbe Persian saulur and played like the Basque
tun-lun));
Chansons populaires du Vietnam (notes: NGUYEN-NGHE) (LDY 4.046);
i) issued by the 'Club Fran~ du Disque': Rythmes et Mlodies de Turquie (instr.:
dif!erent kinds of saz, tu/um (bagpipe), darbuka, mey (shawm), zurna, kemence)
(rec. and notes; BLAISE CALAME);
j) issued by the Colosseum firm:
No. 174. Caucasus (Azerbajjan);
No. 175. Caucasus (Georgia, Armerua);
No. 198. Central Asia (Turkmenia, Uzbekistan);
k) issued by the Cornmodore firm: Music of Belgian Congo (Comm. 30005);
1) issued by 'Contrepoint' (52, rue Hauteville, Paris roe):
MC 20.045 Music of the Malink and the Baoul tribes, Upper Guinea, French
West Africa (instr.: a.o. balafon, harp, flute) (rec. by GILBiiRT
RouGET with the aid of ]EAN KoROMA);
MC 20.093. Music of Dalromey (rec. by G1LBERT RouGET, in collaboration with
PIERRE VERGER);
MC 20.103. 'Chants et danses folkloriques d'Armnie et du Canease';
MC 20.110. 'Musique populaire de l'lnde du Nord' (rec. by DEBEN BAITA-
CHARYA);
MC 20.112. 'Borneo' (tribe: Pnihing) (instr.: suling, sapeh, gongs, drums) (rec.
by PlERRlllVANOFF);
 MC 20.113. 'Bali' (rec. by PIERRE lVANOFF);
MC 20.119. Tibetans of Sikkim (rec. in 1953 by the expedition-BouRGUIGNON
and ed. by GILIIERT RoUGET);
MC 20.137 Brsil (tribes: Gorotire, Kubenkranken, Kwikuru, Yaulapiti,
Kamayura, Kayapo, Kaingang) (rec. and notes by SI140NE DRRYFUS-
h~oCHK);
MC 20.138. Brsil (music of the Negroes of Babia) (instr.: musical bow (birimbau),
flat drum (pandeiro), bamboo scraper (reo:o-reco), rattliug instrument
(caxixi)) (rec. and notes by SIMONE DREYFUs-RocHE);
MC 20.146. Dahomey (musique du roi) et Guine (tribe: Malink) (instr. seron
(harp-lute), kora (other type of harp-lute), drums, balafon, a.o.)
(rec. and notes: GILIIERT RouGET);
EXTP 1033 and 1034). Musique Persane (instr.: Ulr, tabla (drum) (rec. and
notes: NoltL BALLIF);
m) issued by the Cook Laboratories lnc. (101, 2nd Street, Stamford (Conn.) U.S.A.)
'The Japanese Koto' (LP 1132);
n) issued by the Discotheque Contemporaine (Place St. Jean 5, Brussels): a set of
eight 71l-records of Copt music (rec. during the Congress of Arab music, Cairo
1932) (Nos. HD 14-21);
o) issued by the Disques Africavox: a series of 78-records from all parts of the
French African Empire: Niger-Sudan (tribes: Haussa, Songhai-Zerrna, Salakol,
Bambara, Seuoufo); French Guinea (tribes: Bambara, Malink, Toma); Upper-
Volta (tribes: Senoufo, Dioula, Gwin); lvory Coast (tribes: Baoul, Ebri, Kono);
Senegal (tribes: Wolof, Lbou, Peul); Mauritania (Moors); Daliomey (tribes:
Yoruba, Goun, Fon); Togo; Ca1neroons; French Equatorial Africa (Middle-Congo:
tribes: Kuyu, Balali, Batk, Mbochi, Ngund.i; Ubangi-Chari-region (tribes:
Baya, Bu gongo); Gabon (tri bes: Ba.duma, Bawanji, Boungomo, Okand.i));
P) issued by Ducretet-Thomson (41, rue Washington, Paris Be) an 'Anthologie de la
musique classique de l'lnde' (performers: MoHIN UDDIN. DAGAR, I/JIN UDDIN
DAGAR, RAVl 5HANKAR, MISHRA SHYAM LAL, NARA.YAN DAs MISHRA, D. R.
PAI<.VATIKAR, RADHA SHIRl IU-14, S. VIDYA, BALA SARASVATI, T. VISVANATHAN,
MurTu KuMARAM, CHATURLAL, ALI AKIIAR KHAN, Mum KoNDAN C. VENKA-
TARAMA lYER, D. K. PATTAMAL, DEVAKOTAI NAI<YANA lYENGAR, KALYNA
KRlSHNA BHAGAVATAR, RAGHUNTH PRASANNA, NANDAN PRASD, P. R. B.l.LA-
SUBRAHMANYAM, K. PICHIAPPA, KAMAL KRISHNAMURT1, K. GANESHAN, BUDA-
LUR KRISHNAMURTI 5HASTR1) (instr.: sJ.ahna, Star, flute, sdra11gf, Vtld, rurlaugga,
tabla, sarode, ngasvaram, gottuvdyam); (rec. and notes by LAIN DANILOU);
further: A tra.vers la Grece' (No. 26o V o62);
q) i ssued by Electra, Stratford: 'Voices of Haiti' (L.P. Ekl 5) (rec. by MAYA DEREN);
r)i ssued by Elektra Records (361, Bleecker Str., New York 14): Steelband music
from Trinidad (EKL 139);
s) issued by the English Columbia: a series of 78-record.ings, mostly from South-
lndia, among which:
GA 731. (performer: RAJARATNAM PILLAI) (instr.: nagasvara, ottu, tavil);
GE 980. (perf.: VEEN.U DHANAM) (instr.: vi na);
GE 6173. (singer: PA.TTUIAL);
GE 6240. (singer: id.);
GE 6347. (singer: MADURA MANI IYER);
GE 17505. (perf.: ABDUL KARIM KHAN)) (instr.: vina) (North lndial);
A 106. (singer: RAMANUJA lYENGAR) (instr.: violin, mrlangga);
LBE 30. (singer: SuBRAHMANYA lYER) (instr. violin, mrlangga);
1) issued by the English Decca: a series of L.P.-records, collccted by Huc.ll T.
TI!ACI!Y (fig. 23): .
LF 1084. Songs and instrumental music of Ta.nganyika. (tribes: Nya.mwezi, Hehe,
Haya.; instruments a.c. san:a, ligombo (zither), nanga (trough zither),
et~koiw drums) ;

27
 LF II20. The drums of East Africa (tribes: Nyamwezi, NyorojHaya, Ganda,
(Wa)tu(t)si; instruments a.o. enkoito drums, wtenga drums);
LF 1121. Kenya (tribes: Nandi, Kipsigi, Luo, NyikajKambe, NyikafChonye,
Nyika/Girimaya; instruments a.o. kibukaudet (lyre), chepkong (lyre),
oruto (lute), thum (lyre), gara (leg bells), kayamba (castanets), rattles);
LF r rf>9. Talking and Royal Tutsi (Watusi) drums; (tri bes: Tutsi, Lokele);
LF II70. The guitars of Africa (tribes: Swahili, ZulujNdebele, Nubi, Luo, Luba/
Sanga, N gala);
LF II7I. The African Music Society's choice (tribes: LubajSanga, Ganda,
Mbunda, Medje, ZandejBandiya, Nande, Tutsi, Luo; in.struments a.o.
guitar, ennanga (harp), kathandi (sanza), neikembe (id.), kundi (harp),
nyamulera (flute));
LF II72. Congo songs and dances (tribes: Genya, Tutsi, Zande, Luba, Bobwa,
Buudu, Yogo, Mbuti Pygmies, Batwa, ZandejBandiya; instruments a.o.
chizanshi (xylophone), lisanzo (id.), drums, rattles, fintes, kponingbo
(xylophone));
LF 1173 Music of the Uganda Protectorate (tribes: Ganda, NyoroToro, Nyoro,
GandajSoga, Bamba; instr.: drurns, mbira, xylophone, flute, cajabash-
hom, harp, lyre) ; .
LF 1224. Music of the Malink, Baoul, Yoruba, Swahili, Sudan, Ganda, Lanzo,
Mulari, Ekondo, Tabwa;
LF 1225. Music of the Girimaya, Luo, Gogo, Thonga, Bembe, Ndebele-Zulu,
Chopi, Sotho. (Basutoland);
u) issued by the Esoteric firm:
Eso 513. Tribal music and dances of Africa;
Eso 537 Music from Dahomey;
Eso 547 Arabian music;
Eso 2004. Indian.s of the Upper Amazon;
v) issued by Ethnic Folkways (Folkways Records and Service Corp.) {II7 W. 46th
Street, New York 36, (N.Y.)):
FE 4401 (P 401). Music of the Sioux and the Navajo (rec. and notes by WILLARD
RHODEs);
FE 4402 (P 402). Music of Equatorial Africa (tribes: Baduma, Baya, Bongili,
Kukuya, Mboko, Ngoundi, Okandi, Yaswa) (rec.: ANDR DmrER;
notes: GILBERT ROUGET);
FE 4403 (P 403). Drums of Haiti (rec. and notes: HAI!OLD COURLANDER);
FE 4404 (P 404). Folk and traditional music of Turkey (instr.: cura, baglama,
bozuk, meydan sazi, asik sal (5 differcnt kinds of sal), qcmun, kemenc6
(bowed lute with 3 strings), kasik (castanets), zil (fingerbells), zurna,
kaval, darbuka, davul (large drum)) (notes: TAJUK BuLuT);
FE 4405 (P 405). Folk music of Ethiopia (and Erithrea) (instr.: begenna (harp),
tcherawata (fiddle), m'bilta (flute), masonquo (lyre), drum) (rec. and
notes: HAROLD CouRLANDER);
FE 4406 (P 406). Music of Indonesia (Java, Minangkabau, Batak, Bali, Malaya)
(notes: R. 5UWANTO);
FE 4407 (P 407). Folk music of Haiti (rec. and notes: HAROLD CouRLANDER);
FE 4408 (P 408). Folk music of Palestine (Bokhara, Palestine, Yemen, Persia)
(instr.: doyra, tar, durbukki, qanun) (rec. Dept. of Folk music Anthrop.
Inst. of Israel; introd. by RAPHAEL PATAI; notes and transcriptions by
MIECZYSLA W KOLINSK1) ;
FE 4409 (P 409). Folk music of India (Punjab, Bengal, Rajastan, South
India) (instr.: esraj, sitar, flute, gopijantra, dholak, ~urangi, pakavaj,
kartal, vani, mr!langga, shahnai, tabla, baya, tappu) (notes: HAROLD
COURLANDER);
FE 4410 (P 410). Cult music of Cuba (Lucumi, Abakwa, Kimbisa, Djuka,
Arara) (rec. and notes: HA~OLD COURLANDER);
FE 44II (P 411). Music of Spain (Navarre, GaJic41., Asturias, Catalonia, Majorca)
(notes: E141LIO DE ToRRE);
FE 4413 (P 413). Indian music of Mexico (tribes: Y aqu, Seri, Huichol, Cara,
Tzotzil) (instr.: huehuetl, harp, flute, drum, violin, ra.sping sticks, water
drum, music bow (mitote)); (rec. HKNRIETTA YURCHXNCO; notes: GORDO N
F. ECKHOLI4 and HENRIXTTA YURCHENCO); i
FE 4414 (P 414). Folk music of France (Berry, Normandy, Provence, Orleans,
Bretagne, Vende (Poitou), Anjou, Corsica, Angouleme) (instr.: hurdy-
gurdy, tamburine, fluviol (istu, galoubet), tamboril (tun-tun), bagpipe)
(notes: PAUL AR14A);
FE 4415 (P 415). Music of Peru (Aymara, Quechua, Mestizos) (notes: HARRY
TscHOPIK);
FE 4416 (P 416). Music of the Russian Middle East (Azerbaijan, Armenia,
Uzbekistan) (notes: HRNRY CoWELL);
FE 4417 (P 417). Negro Folk music of Alabama. l. secular (rec. and notes:
HAitOLD CoURLANDEl<.);
FE 4418 (P 418). Negro Folk music of Alabama. II. religious (rec. and notes:
HAROLD COURLANDEI<.};
FE 4419 (P 419). Folk music of Rumania (rec. Btu BARTK; notes: HRNRY
COWELL);
FE 4420 (P 420). Music of the American lndians of the Southwest (Navajo,
Zui, Hopi, San lldefonso, Taos, Westem Apache, Yuma, Papago,
Walapai, Havasupai) (rec. and notes: W!LLARD RHooxs);
FE 4421 (P 421). Music of South Arabia (Bedouin, Yemenite ]ews) (rec. and
notes; WoLF LESLAU);
FE 4422 (P 422). Traditional and classical music of India (instr.: dholak, tabla,
sitar, sarinda, algoza, tambura, gharghar, nugara) (performers: TURAYUR
M. RAJAGOPALA SARI4A, KU14ARI SHYAI4ALA, D. K. PATTAI4AL, DATTO-
PANT, KU14ARI jUTHIKA RAY, and T. N. RAGARATHNAI4 PILLA!) (notes:
HAROLD CouRLANDER);
FE 4423 (P 423). Music of Southeast Asia (Thailand, VietNam, Laos, Cambodia,
Burma, Malaya) (notes: HENRY CowELL);
FE 4424 (P 424). Folk and classical music of Korea (notes: KYUNG Ho PARK);
FE 4425 (P 425). Folk music of Pakistan (rec. Govemment of Pakistan);
FE 4426 (P 426). Spanish aud Mexican Music of New Mexico (rec. and notes:
J. D. Roas);
FE 4427 (P 427). Folk Music of tbe Western Congo (tribes: Bambala, Bunda,
Kwcsi, Pende, Pindi) (instr.: talking drurns, san.ra, horns, rattles,
marimba's) (rec. and notes: LEO A. VEKWILGHEN);
FE 4428 (P 428). Songs of the Watutsi (rec. and notes: LEO A. VERWILGHEN);
FE 4429 (P 429). Folk music of Japan (instr.: a.o. samisen, koto, surigane) (rec.
and notes: EDWARD NoRBECK);
FE 4430 (P 430). Songs and Pipes of the Hebrides (rec. and notes: PoLLY
HITCHCOCK);
FE 4431 (P 431). Religious music of India (a.o. Vedic chant) (instr. a.o. ghungara,.,
karatali) (perforrners: T. M. KRISHNASWAI41 IYER, P. R. BALASUBRAH:
14ANYAM, pandit AMARNATHA MISRA, SRI TARAFADA KUNDU, Swann
D. R. PARVATIKAR, pandit RAMJI SHASTRI DRAVIDA, SHYAW LAL, and
KANHAIYA LAL) (rec. and notes: ALAIN DANILOU);
FE 4432 (P 432). Songs and dances of Hait (rec. and notes: HAROLD CoURLANDER);
FE 4433 (P 433). Maori songs of New Zealand (rec. by the New Zealand Broad-
casting Service; notes: HARRY TscHOPIK and ULRIC WiLLIAWS); .
FE 4434 (P 434). Folk music of Yugoslavia (rec. LAURA BoL TON; notes by 1d.
and M. S. FlLIPOVI);
FE 44 35 (P 435). The Black Caribs of Honduras (rec. by P.ETKR KITt: SwiTH;
notes: DORIS STONE);

29
FE 4436 (P 436). Bunnese folk and traditional music (instr. a.o. patt waing,
maung saing, saung, patlala, kim si daw, shwe-bo, do butl, o zi) (notes:
!>lAUNG THAN MYINT);
FE 4437 (P 437). Spain: flamenco music of Andalusia (introd. and notes:
GILBERT CHASE);
FE 4439 (P 439). Tribal music of Australia (Arnhemland) (instr.: didjeridu) (rec.
and notes: A. P. ELKIN);
FE 4440 (P -440). Religious songs and drums in the Bahamas (rec. and notes:
MARSHALL W. STHARNS);
FE 4441 (P 441). Drums of the Yoruba of Nigeria (instr. a.o. dundun, gungan,
i:bin, kanango, kerikeri, gudugudu, bata, shekere) (rec. and notes:
WILLIAM BASCOlll);
FE 4442 (P 442). Music of the Falashas (instr.: gongs, drums) (rec. by WoLF
LESLAU);
FE H43 (P 443). Music of the Ukraine (instr. a.o. duda (bagpipe), balalaika)
(notes: HENRY CowELL);
FE 4444 (P 444). The Eskimos of Hudson Bay and Alaska (tribes: Aevilikmiut,
Qkomiut), (rec. by LAURA BOULTON; notes by id. and HENRY COWELL);
FE 4445 (P 445). Songs and dances of the Flathead Indians (rec. by ALAN P.
and BARBARA W. MERRIAM: notes: ALAN P. MERRIAM);
FE 4446 (P 446). Music from Mato Grosso (tribes: Camayura, Chavante,
1wa!apeti, Kayabi) (rec. by EDWARD WEYEII.; notes: HAII.RY TSCHOPIK);
FE 4447 (P 447). Folk music of South Asia (Nepal, Pakistan, Kashmir, India);
FE 4448 (P 448). Folk music of the Amami islands (instr.: a.o. jyabisen (primitive
shamisen) (rec. and notes: DOUGLAS G. HARING);
FE 4449 (P 449). japanese Buddhist rituals (rec. and notes: DouGLAS G.
HARING);
FE 4450 (P 450). Music of Cape Breton lsland (Nova Scotia) (Gaelic songs);
FE 4451 (P 451). Music of the Bulu of Cameroon .(rec. and notes: EDWARD
CouzENs);
FE 4453 (P 453). Folk music of Jamaica (rec.: EDWARD SEAGA);
FE 4454 (P 454). Folk music of Greece (Epirus, Rhodos, Cyprus, Naxos,
Peloponnesos, Macedonia, Pon tus) (instr.: Pontic Jyre (kemence), Cretan
lyre, lote, bagpipe (gainda, askaulos, lzambuna, askomandura), pipiza,
santuri, kanonion, clarinet (suravli, tzamara, phiamboli, pithkiavli),
drums, homs) (rec.: jAMES A. NoTOPOULos; notes: G. A. MEGAs);
FE 4458 (P 458). Indian music of the Upper Amazone (tribes: Campa, Cocoma,
Conibo, Shipibo) (rec.: HARRY TSCHOPIK; notes by id. and WLLARD
RHooES);
FE 446o (P 46o). Temiar dream songs of Malaya (rec. and notes: D. NooNE);
FE 4461 (P 461). Jamaica cult rhythm (rec. and notes: GEORGE EA TON SIMPSON);
FE 4462 (P 462). Wolof music of Senegal and Gambia (rec.: DAVID AMES);
FE 4464 (P 464). lndian music of the Canadian plains (tribes: Assiniboin,
Blackfoot, Blood, Cree) (rec.: KEN PEACOCK);
FE 4465 (P ..65). Music of Liberia (tribes: Bassa, Gio, Kpelle, Kru, Loma,
Mandinga) (instr.: drums, slitdrums, musical bow, balafon) (rec.:
PACKARD L. K1E);
FE 4466 (P 466). Music of the Philippines (tribe: Hanunoo) (instr.: gitgit (3-
stringed bowed lute), hudyapi (6-str. plucked lute), lantuy (flote), agung
(gong), langkup, pitu (whistles), hudlung (bamboo idiochord), baliwtiw
(id.), kalutang (musical sticks) (notes: HAROLD CoNKLIN and Jost
MACEDA);
FE 4467 (P 467). Folk dances of Greece (Epirus, Cyprus, Crete, Naxos, Pe!o-
ponnesos, Macedonia, Pontos) (instr.: bagpipe, Cretan lyre, a.o.) (rec.:
jAMHS A. NoToPouLos; notes: SPvRos PHlUSl"Eiills);
FE 4469 (P 469). Kurdisb folk songs and dances (lraq) (instr.: juzale (double

30
 clarinet) and klpil (drums)) (rec.: R..u.PH S. SoLKcKI, LAWK, BESTA,
and HAIRAN);
FE 4471-4474 (P 471-.474). Negro olk music of Alabama III-Vl (rec. and
notes: HAROLD CouRLANDER);
FE 4476 (P 476). The Baoule of the Ivory Coast (instr.: homs, whistles, flutes,
harp, gourd, balafon, rattles, drums) (rec. and notes: DONALD THURow);
FE ..So. Arabic and Druse music (Palestine) (instr.: shabbabi, yaYaul, durbakki)
(rec.: SAJo! ESKIN);
FE ..H2. Folk music of French Canada (rec.: LAURA BouLTON, SAM GxssEK and
from the Archives of the National Museum of Canada; notes: MARIUS
BARBEA U, BIDOU, prince EUGENE a.o.);
FE ..83. Music of the lturi forest (tribes: Bandaka, Banguana, Bira, Mandaka,
Mbudo, Mbuti) (instr.: drums, slitdrum, clappers, boardzither, guitar,
musical bow, flute) (rec. and notes: CoL!N T. TuRNBULL and FRANCIS
S. CHAPMAN):
FE 4500 (P 500). Negro folk music of Africa and America (tribes and countries:
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, Baduma, Erithrea, Ethiopia, lbo, Yoruba,
Zanzibar, Zulu; Brazil, Colombia, Cuba, Haiti, Puerto Rico, Trinidad,
U.S.A.) (rec. by MELVILLE J. and FRANCES HERSKOVITS, ANDR DIDIEK,
HAROLD CouRLANDER, WoLF LEsLAu, EMMA CouRLANDER, RICAKUO
E. ALEGRIA, Odeon, Singer and FuENTES) (notes: HAI<OLD CouJ<LANDEK);
FE 450IA/D (P 50IA/D). Folk music of the Mediterranean (Algeria, Sardinia, Alba-
nia, Syria, France, Egypt, Morocco, ltaly, Tunis, Greece, Turkey, Spain,
Serbia, Libya and Palestine) (instr.: beating sticks, double clarinet, oboe,
drum, guitar, oud, qanun, rebab tamburiza orchestra, violin, accordeon,
tamburine, fife (gaJoubet, jishiaJetto)) (selection and notes: HENil. Y
COWELL);
FE 4502A/D (P 502A/n). African and Afro-American drums (Watusi, Baya,
Yoruba, Madagascar, Bambala, Mahafaly, Haiti, Virgin islands, Puerto
Rico, Jamaica, Cuba, Ba!Jamas, Surinam, Brazil, Trinidad, U.S.A.)
(notes: HAROLD Couii.LANDER and MIECZYSLAV KoLINSKI);
FE 4503 (P 503). Africa South of the Sabara (tribes: Amakwavi, Babinga,
Bambara, Bashi, Bechuana, Boungomo, Bulu, l:lushmen, Hororo,
lbani, Kwiri, Ma!Jafaly, Makwa, Mbuti, Mboko, Pende, Pindi, Sudan,
Twa, Wolof, Yoruba, Zulu) (ed.: HAROLD CouRLANDER);
FE 4504 (P so.). Music of the world's peoples (Madagascar, Caucasus, Greece,
Japan, Nigeria, India, Russia, U.S.A., lreland, France, Bali, Arabia,
Tahiti, Tibet, lceland and Spain) (instr. a.c. harp, koto, sho, sat~ai,
esraj, jalatarang) (selection and notes: HENRY CowELL);
FE 4505 (P 505). Music of the world's peoples, vol. II (Serbia, Iran, Albania,
China, Congo, Finland, French Canada, Ukraine, Chile, Italy, Kashmir,
Australia, Cuba, Azerbaijan, Palestine Jews, Sioux) (selection and notes:
HENRY COWELL);
FE 4506 (P 506). Music of the world's peoples, vol. Ill (American Northwest
lndians, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Da!Jomey, Egypt, England, Hunga-
rian Gypsies, Mexico, Peru, Philippines, Puerto Rico, Serbia, Thailand
Trinidad, Turkey, Vietnam, Zulu,) (sclection and notes: HENRY CowELL);
FE 4520 (P 520). Folkmusic from Italy (Albanian villages in Southem Italy,
Calabria, Campobasso, Capri, Frosinone, San Paolo Matese, Sarduua,
Sicily) (instr.: bracea, cornamusa, !lute, guitar, jew's harp, organe/lo,
zampogna, zujolo) (rec.: WALTHER HENNING); .
FE 4525 (P 525). Man's early musical instruments (instr.: oot stampmg, band
clapping, tapping sticks, cymbals, pounding bamboos, beaten pots,
rattles, scrapers, slit drum, fing~r drum, water drum, trame drum,
hollow log drum, drum chimes (patt vaiug), gong chirues (cha111g vawg),
bdls, xylophone, sanza, jew's harp, trumpets, boros, oboe, clannet,

31
 double clarinet, bagpipe, accordeon, vertical flute, transverse flute,
whi.stle flute, one hand flute, pa.npipe, nose flute, ground harp, musical
bow, arched harp, stick zither, tubular zither, bowl zith.,r, langkik, lyre,
long lute, samisen, banjo, guitar, ;usla, surinda, hu ch'in, spike fiddle,
lira, Hardanger violn, hurdy-gurdy, g"nder wayang, Burmese orchestra,
Siamese orchestra, Rumanian orch.,stra, cobla) (compiled and edited by
CURT SACHS);
FM 4000 (P 1000). Hungarian folk songs (instr. a.o. bagpipe) (rec. BLA BARTK;
notes: HENRY CoWRLL);
FM 4003 (P 1003). Songs and dances of Great Lake Indians (tribes: Algonquians
(Meskwaki), Chippewa (Ojibwa), Ottawa, Iroquois (Onondaga, Cayuga,
Tutelo)) (rec. and notes: GEKTKUUE P. KURATH);
FM 4007 (P 1007). Lappish joi.k songs from Northern Norway (rec,: WoLFGANG
LAADE and DIETER CHRISTENSEN);
FM 4ooS (P 100S). Songs and dances of Norway (instr. a.o. Hardanger jiddle,
langleik) (rec. by Norwegian Periorming Rights Soc.; notes: O. M.
SANDVIK);
FM 4009 (P 1009). Lithuanian folk songs (rec. and notes: JoNAS BALYs);
FM 4011 (P IOII). The big drum dance of Carriacou (rec. and notes: ANDREW
C. PEARSE);
FW 6SoS (FP S). Calypso, meringues, =tiv" music (Caribbean);
FW6S12 (FP 12). Chinese classical instrumental music (instr.: ehr-hu, p'i-p'a,
hsiao, t'i, yangchung, yuan, sin se) (rec.: RAYMOND WONG; notes:
HENRY CoWELL);
FW6S15 (FP 15). Songs of Mexico;
r-w6S17 (FP 17). Scottish bagpipe t!lnes, played by Pipe Majar jOHN MACLELLAN;
FQ 8366(FP66). Classical music of India (ped.: NAZIR AL! jAIRAZBHON;
introd.: RICHARD WATERMAN);
FW SSo1 (FP Bo/1). Songs and dances of Turkey (instr.: clarinet, violin, drum,
cura, darbuka, bagpipe (lulum), baglama, s..Z, zurna, duval, flute, kaval,
kemence) (rec.: LAuRA BouLTON);
FC 3576 (FP 76/1). Folk songs and dance tunes of the Netherlands (coll.,
harmonized, annotated, sung and played by jAAP KuNsT, acc. by
ERNST WOLFF);
FE 443S (FP 43S). Cajun songs from Louisiana;
FW68o2 (FP So2). Folk songs and dances of China;
FW6So5 (FP Sos). Songs and dances of Yugoslavia (Bosnia, Hercegovina,
Serbia, Macedonia, Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia) (instr.: gusle, tapan,
zurla, frula, kaval, gajde, dude) (rec. aud not.,s: LAUIU BouLTON);
FW 68o6 (FP So6). Songs and dances of Armenia (instr.: duduk, lar, kemenche,
qanun);
FW6Su (FP Su). Haitian folk songs;
FW6814 (FP S14). Songs and dances of Greece;
FW6S2o (FP 820). Russian folk songs;
FW683o (FP S3o). Songs and dances of the Basques (instr.: txistu, tun-tun a.o.);
FW6S34 (FP S34). Folk music of Honduras (instr.: marimba )(notes by Dorus
STONE);
FWBSso. lndian music of the Southwest (tribes: Apache, Hopi, Mobave, Navajo,
Papago, Pima, San lldefonso lndians, Santa Ana lndians, Taos, Zui)
(rec. and notes: LAURA BouLTON);
FW8851. Music of Indians of Mexico (tribes: Zapatees, Otoini, Yaqui, Maya)
(rec.: LAURA BoULTON);
FW 8S52. African music (French Sudan, Soutbern Nigeria, Cameroon) (tribes:
Bambara, Bini, Kwiri, Kru, Malink, Tuareg) (instr.: druiDS, lute,
musical bow, rattles, balafon) (rec.: LAURA BouLTON);
FW8821. Yemenite Passover, the Hagadah (rec.: SAM EsKIN; notes: THEODOR
GASTER);
32
 FW68.o (FP 8.o). Caribbean dances (Virgin Islands, Martinique, Guadeloupe,
Trinidad, Antigua, Cu~ao) (instr.: steelband, a.c.) (rec.: LisA and
WALTER LEKls);
FW6865 (FW 865). Stedband. Trinidad Panharmonic Orchestra;
FW6<)16 (FP 916). Fol.k music of the S.S.R. Middle Ea.st (Georgia, Tadjik,
Daghstan, Kazak, Azerbaijan, Kabardinian, Tatar Tadjik) (instr.: doira,
dombara, dular, duduk, kaval, kobw:, JUJgara, nai, tambur, zurJUJ) (notes:
HENRI CoWELL);
FW6957 (FP957). Yaqui dances (instr.: haip, violin, rattle) (rec.: SAMUI!.l. B.
CHARTERS; notes: j EAN ZE1GER) ;
FW88u. Carribbean rhythms (San Andres) (instr.: mandolin, guitar, maraca,
horse's jaw, 'tub'-stringbass) (rec.: THOMAS J. PRICE);
FG 3502. 'My life in recording Canadian Indian folklore' (by MARIUS BARBEAU);
FR 8975. Mushroom ceremony o! the Meztec Indians of Mexico (rec. and notes:
V. P. and R. G. WASSON); .
w) issued by His Master'& Voice:, sorne fine 8-records, mostly from North India,
among which:
N 5961. (iustr.: tabla, tampura, sarangi, kattya.vana vina) (performer: MANAHAR
BARV);
N 5994 (instr.: flute) (perf.: D. AlolliL);
N 668. (singer: KAMALA (jHARJA));
N 6982. (instr.: vichitra vina, tabla) (perf.: ABDUL Azu: KHAN);
N 1.56.. (instr.: shahnai, duggi) (per!.: BISMILLAH);
N 15906. (instr.: two-headed drum, sarangi) (perf.: KHAN SAHIB AIU4ADJANA
THIRAKHAVA);
N 16764. (instr.: sarode, tabla) (perf.: Au AKBAR KHAN);
N 168r. (instr.: sarode, tabla) (perf.: id.);
N 18219. (instr.: violin, mrlangga) (singer: Slol, N. C. VASANTHAKOKILAM)
(South India!);
N 20027. (instr.: sarangi, tabla) (singer: R.AviNDIA SHANKAR);
HQ 2. (instr.; sarangi, tabla) (singer: BAI KESARBAI KERKAR);
HQ 83. (instr.: sarangi, tabla) (perf.: BuNDU KHAN);
N 16622. Thibetan instrumental and vocal music;
further some L.P.-recordings, of which I mention:
ALPC 2, a really superb rendering of North Indian music, performed by ustad
ALI AKBAR KHAN (sarode), pandit CHATUR LAL (tabla) and SHIRISH
GoR (tampura), and preceded by an introduction by jEHUDI MENUHIN;
ALPC ,. a no less excellent recording of the sitar playing o! R.Avi SHANKAR, acc.
by CHATUR LAL (labia) and PRODYOT SEN (tanpura);
OALP 7504 and 7505._ Music of the Australian aboriginal (tribes of Arnhem-
land) (instr.: beating sticks, didjeridu) (rec. and notes: A. P. ELKIN);
x) issued by the Malaya Broadcasting Corporation: a collection o music from the
Pl-Trniar, a small tribe of forest nomads in Prak (rec. by the protector of
aborigines, the late H. D. NoONE) (presumably = Ethnic Folkways No FE ..60
(P.6o));
y) issued by 'Musica Viva', Cairo, more than 200 S-record of Egyptian and Sudanese
(Sbilluk) !olk music and of an Ethiopian Mass;
z) issued by 'Musique Monde' (29, rue Vernet, Paris): Chants Kalina (of the Coast-
Caribs) a.nd chants Oayana (from the Upper Marowijne (= Maroni), Dutch or
Frencb Guyana) (red.: G. CHARPENTIER);
aa) issued by 'Pacific' (Paris): Chant religieux du Rab de Tlemcen (chant en
Yiddish) (Morocco) (No. CO goo9);
bb) issu"d by thc Period firm (304 East, .th Street, New York 21):
No. J6II. Armenian and Caucasian music;
No. 1612. Music from Borneo;
No. 1613. Music from Bali;

33
ce) issued by the Philips Concem (Baarn, Holland): ~Begdja, the Gamelan boy (a
story of the lsle of Java, written and told by J AAP KuNST, with musical illustra-
tions by the Study Group for Gamelan Music 'Babar layar') (N 00165 L);
'Ferie sud-Maroca.ine' (rec. and notes: JEAN 111AZEL) (N 76.048 R);
dd) issued by the Reeves Sound Studios lnc., New York: 6 records of African music,
made by the DENIS/RoosEVELT African Expedition (tribes: Man(g)betu, Babira,
Bapere, Mbuti, Batwa, Watu(t)si, Bahutu) (instr.: the Royal Watusi drums,
trumpets, xylophones, beating sticks a.o.) ;I
ee) issued by the Riverside Records (125, La Salle Str., New York 27 (N.Y.)):
RLP 4001. African Coast rhythrns (tribes: Ashanti, Fanti, Ga (all Gold Coast),
Ba'ule (lvory Coast), Buzi or Loma, Mano (both Liberia), Bambara,
Mossi (both Upper Volta), Kissi, Malink (both French Guinea)),
(instr.: drums, balafon, gong-gong, rebec, kora (harp), Kru-harp)
(rec.: ARTHUR and Lo1s ALBERTS; notes: MELVILLE J. HERSKOVITS
and RICHARD A. WATERMAN) (this record is partly a dubbing from
the album mentioned under d));
RLP 4002. 'Voice of the Congo' (instr.: trough zithers, umunahi (musical bow),
Royal Tutsi druiRS, ndingiti (one-stringed violn), ndongo (7-str. harp),
boyeke (scraper), lukombe, menda (blown jug)) (tribes: Bashi, Batwa,
Ekondo, Hema, Hutu, Koga, Mbuti, N gala, Rundi, Tutsi) (rec.:
ALAN and BARBARA W. MERRIAM; notes: ALAN MERRIAM);
RLP ..oo6. Music of the Belgian Congo (tribe: Ekondo);
lf) issued by the Stinson Records :
SLP 50. Folk and devotional music of India (singer: SANGITHA VIDWAN BALA-
KRISHNA) (notes: HANS STEFAN SANTESSON);
gg) issued by the Tempo finn:
TT 2252. Drurns over Afghanistan (tribes: Pashtun, Parsi) (instr.: drums (resp.
daira, dholak, dumbek, tabla), kettle drurns (dum tek), plucked lute
(rebob), sarangi, sitar, dilruba, zurna, triangle) (rec.: LEo SARKISIAN); '\
hh) issued by 'Vitadisc', Port of Spain, Trinidad: many steelband- and Calypso-
recordings, among which sorne outstanding, as, for instance, TC 134 and TC 148;
ii) issued by 'Vogue' (54. rue Hauteville, Paris we):
LDM 30.051. Espagne 1 (Baleares: Majorca, Ibiza) (rec.: ALAN LOMAX);
LDM 30.052. Espagne ll (Jota Aragonaise and folk dances from Majorca) (rec.:
ALAN LOMAX);
MC 20.147 Afghanistan and lran (tribes: Afghans (Pashtun), Kurds, Tadjik,
Turkmenes, Uzbek) (rec.: j. C. and S. LUBTCHANSKY);
LDM 30.057 Gavotte de Bretagne;
ff) issued by Westminster (375, 7th Avenue, New York 1):
WL 5332/... Bedouin tribal songs from Oran;
XWN 2210. Music of India (perf.: GAURANG YooH (sitar) and DINESH PATEL
(tabla));
XWN I8096. EDRIC CONNOR sings calypso;
WP6o37. ]EAN RITCHIE sings songs from Kentucky (instr.: dulcimer);
XWN 2209. Music of Bali (gam. Got1g, gam. A ngklung) (leader: ANAK AGUNG
GD MANDRA);
WP 6055 Music of Kazakhstan, Kirghizia and Georgia;
kk) issued by the World Collection of Recorded Folk Music (p/a Unesco, Avenue
Klber, Paris 16e) (editor: CoNSTANTIN BRAILOIU in collaboration with Unesco):
albums with music resp. from:
l. the Haussa, German Switzerland, Scotland, Rumania, ltaly;
ll. Caribou Eskimo, (incl. Aevilikmiut, Padleirmiut), France, Serbia, the
Spanish Jews, Greece;

1 Re-issued by tbe Commodore linn as a L.P. record (DL 30.005).

 III. Tuareg, lreland, Turkey (Anatolia), Sardinia, Hindostan (Benares) (instr.;
bagpipe, ka.val, saz, la.utmeddas, a.o.);
IV. Fulah (Peul), Rumania, Flanders, Esthonia, Bosnia (instr.: zaza.kua.l
(flute), musical bow, carillon, jew's ha.Ip, bagpipe, bowed bow, gusle,
dvojnice, lamburiza.);
V. Formosa (tribes: Bunun, Tsarisen, Sazek), England (Somerset, Oxord-
shire, Northhumberland, Norfol.k, Wales), Bulgaria, Ukra.i)le, Russia
(distr. Pskoff) (instr.: beakflute (flOte a bec), bagpipe, ga.dulka.);
VI. Japan, France (Brittanny), Belgium (Wallonia), Austria (Tirol), Ethiopia
(Amhara, Kerker);
VII. Middle Congo (tribes: Ngundi, Babinga), Ivory Coast (tr.: Ba'ule), France
(Basques), Norway, Formosa, China (Canton), Algeria (Kabyls);
VIII. Georgia (West-), Corsica, Macedo-Rumanians (Greece), Portugal (Beira-
Baixa), Germany (Suebia, Bavaria, Saxony, Wolga-Gennans, Czecho-
slovakian Germans) (instr.: drum, flute, violin, bagpipe);
11) issued by litAKA, the lndonesian Music Company Ltd.:
LPI 17501. Java.uese gamelan music (region: Jogjaka.rta) (notes: Mr. KAWAT);
LPI 17500. Music of (South-)Bali (gamelan Gong, cond. by Tjokorda Mas)
(notes: Mr. KAWAT);
LPI 17503. Sunda.nese music (regions: Chiandjur, Sumedang) (performers: lu
HADJ1 R:ESNA a.nd ADJENG) (instr.: ka.chupi, suling, la.rawangsa) (rec.
and notes: BERNARD !jZERDRAAT).
Also a number of scientific institutions have, during the past few years,
issued sorne collections of exotic records.
So, for insta.nce, the Muse de I'Homrne, to which the musicological world owes the
publication, first of a large series, on 8-records, of M.algassian music (recorded by the
CLER1SSE mission); then, at the end of 1949 a.nother, stilllargerone, conta.ining m u sic, in-
strumental and vocal, of Negro- and Pygmee-tribes from French Central A frica, recorded
by Mr. A. DID1ER during the Ogow-Congo Mission (1946); in 195oa.nalbum of Rumani-
an fol.k music, recorded by CoNSTANTIN BRA1LOIU; in 1952 a.n album of Africa.n music,
this time especially from the Hoggar, Fezza.n, Adrar des Horas, Tamasna and In
Salab (peoples: Tuareg a.nd Arabian) (instr.: amza.d (bowed lute)) (rec. by HENR1
LHOTE and ALA1N J OSET; notes by ANDR 5CHAEFFNER and GILBERT ROUGET);
in 1953 an album with music of the Upper Orinoco (tribes: Guarahibo, Maquirita.re,
Piaroa a.nd Puinave), recorded by PIERRE GAISSEAU; notes by SIMONE DREYFUS-
RocHE (E 1-5); and another from the Niger (tribes: Haussa a.nd Songhai/Zerma)
(rec. by J. RoucH and R. RosFELDER; notes by G!LBERT RoUGET); further a record
rom Dahomey (tribes: Fon, Goun) (rec. by G!LBKRT RouGRT); another from the
Sudan, rec. by Mrs. DIETERLEN; notes by S!MONE DREv~us-RocHE (Nos 1 and 2);
yet another, from the same region, rec. by Mrs. Pi.QUEs; notes by SIMONE DREYFUS-
RocHE in 1954 and following years a.n album with music of the Upper Arnazone
(tri bes: lawa, Bora) (rec. by BERTRAND FLORNOY; notes by 5IMONE DREYFUS-ROCHE)
(L.D. 3); another album with music of French Guinea (tribe: Toma) (rec. by PJERRE
GAJSSEAU, jEAN FICHTER and TONY 5AULNIER; notes by SIMONE DREYFUS-ROCHE)
(L.D. 4); yet another of the singing of the Yayuro-tribe (Southern Venezuela) (rec. by
H. LE BEsNERAJS; notes by 5IMONE DREYFUS-ROCHE (L.D. 1); Musique Bantou
d'Afrique Equatoriale Franyaise (tribes: BadUina, Bongili, Bongongo, Boungomo,
Kukuya, Mbeti, Mboko, Ngundi, Pomo, Yassua) (rec. by A. DID1ER; ed. by G!LBERT
RoUGET) (L. D. 13); Musique pygme de la Haute Sangha (tribes: Babinga, Babinga
Babenzl, Bangomb) (rec. by A. DIDIER; ed. by G!LBERT RouGET) (L.D. 14);
Musique des lndiens du Rio Xingu et des Kaingang de Santa Cata.rina (rec. and notes
by 5JMONE DREYFUS-ROCHE) (L.D. 15); Popular North lndian music (rec. by DEUAN
BHATTACHARYA; ed. by GILBERT ROUGI::T) (L.D. 8); :Malaya, songs of the Sernang and
Sakai and songs from New Caledonia, rec. resp. by ]EANNE CuJSIN!Eit and MAUI!ICE
LEENHARDT (Z. 1); Pondo kakou, musique de socit secrete (tribes: Ba'ule and

35
others from French Guinea and Dahomey) (MC :zo.r.p); Bushman music (rec. by
the MARSHALL expedition 19.53) and Pygmy music (rec. by the Ogow-Congo expedi-
tion 1946) (tri bes: IKung Bushmen, Babinga pygmies) (notes by G!LIIERT RouGET and
YV!!TTE GRIMAUD; transe. by YVETTE Gi<IMAU!J) (L.D. 9).
Of tbe Phonotheque Nationale, Paris (123) 1 may mention an interesting 78-recording
from New Caledonia (Nos. 3970 and 3972).
Tbe lntern. Library of African Music issued, among others, in 1957 African dances
of the Witwatersrand Goldmines (Nos. LF 1254 and 1255) (tribes: Bacca, Mpondo,
Mpondomisi, Ndau, Sotho, Xhosa, Ziugili, Zulu) (for commentary see 4126).
Also the Library of Congress, Washington, caused many collections of exotic music
to be made, of which I will mention the reconls, maJe of Zui .and Sioux Songs and
Dances (recorded by CHARLES HoFFI>IANN); of lroquois songs (vol. Vl, recorded by
W!LLIAM N. FENTON); of Indian and Negro Folk Music of Venezuela (vol. XV,
recorded hy JuAN LISCANO and CHARLI!S SKI!Gi!R); of Seneca Music (vol. XVII,
recorded by WILLIAM N. FENTON); of Brazil (Airo-l:lahian Religious Songs) (vol. XVIII,
ft!Corded by M. j. HERSKOVITS); of Mexico (vol. XIX, recorded by HB:NRIETTA
Yui<CHENco).
This Library has issued a series of L. P. records which were copied from the origin.al
recordings on wax-cylinders, made many years ago by FRANCES DENSMORE (855-949).
These contain sorne hundreds of songs from different American lndian tribes: vol.
XXII (Chippewa), XXIII (Sioux), XXIV (Yuma, Cocopa, Yaqui), XXV (Pawnee
and Northern Ute), XXXI (Papago), XXXII (Nootka and Quileute), XXXIII
(Menomenee, Mandan, and Hidatsa). To each of those volumes is added an excellent
commentary written by FRANCKS DENSMOtU: hersclf. This series has been followed in
1954 by yet another, recorded and with notes by W!LLARD RHooEs, containing
American Indian music from the Northwest (Puget Sound) {tribes: Lummi, Makah,
Quinault, Skokomish and Swinomish) (L 34); K.iowa (L 35), Indian songs of today
(L 36), Delaware, Choctaw, Creek and Cherokee (L 37), Great Basiu, Paiute, Washo,
Ute, Bannock and Shoshone (L 38), Plain-Indians; Comanche, Cheyenne, Kiowa,
Caddo, Wichita and Pawnee (L 39), Sioux (L 40), Navaho (L 41), Apache (L 42),
Pueblo: Taos, San Ildefonso, Zui, Hopi (L 43).
The Kokusai Bunka Shinkokai (= Society for lnternation.al Cultural Relations),
Tokyo, issued in 1949 an album of Japanese music, containing music of all kinds
(;agaku, Buddhist chant, noh-music, biwa-, koto-, samisen-music and many folk songs),
with notes by KASHO MACHIDA (2686);
the Peabody Musewn of Harvard University in 1952 an album 'Navajo Creation
Chants' (notes by DAVID McALLESTER) (2799);
the 'lnstitut Fran~,:ais d'Afrique Noire' (Dakar, Sngal, A.O.F.) two albums, i.e.
Musique Sosso et Malink (Guine Franya.i.se) (instr.: balafon, kora, drunu;, flute) (rec.:
MAURICE Homs and P. PoTENTIER), and Musique Maure et Peule (resp. from Mauri-
tania and French Guinea) (instr.: kerona (lute), gourd-rattles, one-striuged bowed
lute, tobol (drum), tidinit (string-iustrument) (rec. P. PoTENTIER).

With regard to recordings of Asiatic music 1 may also refer to the Survey
of recordings of Asiatic music in the Urted States (4308) and the Catalogue
of recorded classical and traditional lndian music (815) ; for South African
recordings to the large collection brought together under the auspices of the
African Music Research, since 1946, by the Hon. Secretary of the African
Music Society, the indefatigable HUGH T. TRACEY (23, 4II5-4136); for
Negro music in general to GAY's recent discography (1378), for the Belgian
Congo to PIERRE DENYS' discography (950) and for Australia and New
Guinea to the article in 'Oceania' by A. P. ELKIN (1063a).
In recent times the number of ethnic recorcls has increased in such a way,
that it has become almost impossible to mention them all in a booklet like
this one. Fortunately, they are for the greater part incorporated in the
catalogue made for the International Folk Music Council and Unesco by
NoRMAN FRASER (1298)1. For the Americas see also DuNCAN EMRICH (1090).
Starting with No. 8 of September 1956, the Society for Ethnomusicology
regularly gives in its periodical lists of recently issued ethrc recordings
(1I34)

The transcription of exotic phonograms is one of the most difficult and
intricate tasks which ethnomusicological research has ever put befare
its devotees. BLA BARTK says about this task: 'Although perfection
cannot be attained in transcribing ... folk music, we must always endeavour
to approach an ideal of perfection ... We should never tire of improving
and changing our methods of work in order to accomplish this task as wdl
as is humanly possible' (282, p. 20). Often, in the beginrng, one finds
oneself faced with apparently unsurmountable difficulties, inextricable
rhythmic constructions, indeterminable tones.
Each individual investigator will invent his own method, manners and
expedients. I only recount my own experiences in this field of work, where
each is free to surmount the difficulties according to his own personal insight.
It is best, when proceeding to transcribe a phonogram, to start early
in the morrng; the fresl.er one feels, the sharper one's hearing, the greater
one's patience, and the more subtle one's acoustic imagination. 1 would
rcmind those who are blessed (or cursed) with 'absolute pitch' that fatigue
causes the inner norm of hearing to rise; in other words, that, when one is
tired, as at the end of a long day's work, one is inciined to hear everytlng
slightly sharper (up to half a tone) than it sounds in reality.
When transcribing from flat gramophone records, one should, if at all
possible, obtain the use of an electric gramophone with a pick-up; this
obviates repeated in~erruption and rewinding of the mecharsm, and in
addition ensures constancy of speed, and, with that, of pitch.
One need not stress that the room in which transcription takes place
can never be too quiet; the slightest outside sound distracts the ear and
the mind; more or less 'musical' sounds even make transcription totally
impossible. This is another reason why transcription should preferably
be done in the very early morrng, when most mortals are still asleep.
The gramophone, phonograph or recorder should be placed at one's left
hand. Before setting anything on paper - apart from the title of the piece
to be transcribed and the number o the phonogram- play the whole record
1 to which supplements will fcom time to time be issued.

37
once through, so as to get a general impression of the piece, and to know
whether to put a treble- or a bass-clef at the beginning of the stave. (Ulti-
mately, one generally transcribes in the treble-clef as far as possible, if
necessary with a note to the effect that everything sounds one octave lower
or higher). Another advantage of this preliminary hearing is that it gives
one an opportunity to learn something of the tonality, the rhythrn and the
general structure.
We then start on the actual work of transcription. We first play a few
tones - say, a melodic fragrnent, somewhat rounded-off for preference,
of a few seconds length - and endea vour to write this down at the right
pitch and in the correct rhythrn. We repeat this first attempt a few times,
until we are perfectly sure that the transcription approximates melodically
and rhythmically as closely as possible to the real thing, after which we
take a step forward, also of a few tones, each time again playing the rcord
right from the beginning and taking great pains to check up whether what
has already been written down tallies with what one hears. The result
will frequently be only an approximation - be it a rather close one - to
reality. For, most exotic peoples use tonal sequences and intervals differing
from thos of us Westerners; and rhythrnically ,too, they often do things
that strike us as incomprehensibly complicated and inimitable. The diffi-
culty in this, moreover, is to know what is essential in what we have heard,
and what is due to imperfectin of the singer's. voice or the player's instru-
mental technique, or his rhythrnic feeling. In the case of primitive peoples
we may say: the way they perform a piece is the way it is intended; there
is usually no standard model, no norm hallowed by tradition; what is
played or sung is the emotion, rendered audible, of that particular person
at that particular moment; a subsequent performance by the sarne player
or singer of the sarne piece would turn out differently in many respects,
because the performer's emotion at that moment would be different, for
instance, it would be experienced .either more or less intensely.
However, even apart from this difficulty, there is another, more or less
akin to it: how far should the precision of the transcription be allowed
to go? It is possible, by applying a mechanical-visual method of sound-
registration (e.g., by recording the sound-curves on a rotating cylinder)
to carry the exactitude of a transcription to a point where one cannot
see the wood for trees, so that the structure o! the piece transcribed has
got completely out o hand. In my own view, the transcription by ear,
in European notation, as nearly exact as possible, combined with the
measurement of the actually used intervals is nearly always sufficient
for ethnomusicological purposes. In that case, however, it is to be recom-
mended, when publishing the results, to give sorne sort of account, by
way of introduction to, and justification of, the transcription. For this
purpose, 1 myself use the following method. On a set of horizontal.lines,
each representing the sound-continuum, I place (a} on one of them the
tone-points of the European tempered scale (either all, or only those used
in the transcription of the piece in question}, and (b) on the other(s} the
tone-points of the scales actually used by the perlormers of the piece
transcribed. One of the tonal points of each of the respective scaies is made
equal to the other(s), and, therefore, placed on the same point on both
(or, as the case may be, all) lines; and these corresponding tone-points
are then connected by a vertical dotted line. From the other tone-points
on the lines of the measured scales also vertical dotted lines, intersecting
the European scale-line, are either raised or dropped, to show the extent
to which the tones - and with those, the intervals - of the piece tran-
scribed deviate from the European tones approximating them in the tran-
scription. In addition, the sizes of the intervals are given in cents, and
vibration figures of the scale-tones are also added.
The example on p. 233, fig. 62, in which a comparison is drawn between
the Javanese plog- and slndro- and the European tempered chromatic
scale, may clarify this.
Accidental, involuntary deviations in pitch may be indicated in the tran-
scription itself by sorne mark or other above the notes to which they belong.
Apart from the exact rendering of pitch and rhythm, it may reasonably be
expected that a good transcription gives as many indications as possible
with regard to the style of interpretation. Experience has shown that the
marks used for this purpose in our European notation are inadequate to
this end.
This led Orro ABRAHAM and ERICH VON HoRNBOSTEL to the publication
of their treatise Vorschliige fiir die Transkription exotischer Melodien (1895).
In spite of this, unification of the transcription is still far from being
attained; and so, the CIAP finally convened, in July 1949; a conference
of specialists at Geneva, with instructions to efect, if possible, this unifi-
cation. Naturally the recommendations formulated at this conference
possess no legal sanction and cannot be enorced; it remains to be seen
whether ethnomusicologists in general will be prepared to avail themselves
in future of the transcription-rules recommended by the conference. 1
The musicologist's skill in transcribing must, of course, have attained
a certain leve! of faithful interpretation if bis rendering is to satisfy us.
As we said before, practice plays a considerable part. 1 further believe
that having 'absolute pitch' can be a factor of great utility in this work.
Its possession, however, is no conditio sine qua non; those who do not enjoy
this faculty - and they constitute the majority, also among the musically
1 Oue will limJ a summary of Lhc results, uttainc::d Uy tbis couft:rcncc:, in thc CIAPInlormauou

No. 15/I of Nov.JDcc. 19 49 and iu a Lrocbure, issucd Uy Lhe sawe iuslilulion lD 19~.2 (3044).

39
talented - have generally developed their relative hearing to a far finer
pitch than their 'absolute' colleagues, and are able, it seems, to arrive at
most acceptable results also by this means.
But for either of them the all-important thing is to have a perfectly open
rnind as regards the piece to be heard and transcribed. One must be on
one's guard against the temptation to presuppose or imagine the presence,
in exotic phonograms, of the particular rhythmics and the equality of bar-
length typical of most Western music, or of involuntarily hearing the strange
melody 'harmonically', i.e. as if it were based on unplayed harmonies.
For the sake of legibility, however, it is advisable to put a bar-line in
thse places where the rhythm seems to call foi:' one (roughly, always before
a prominent accent or 'down-beat'), as well as vertical dotted lines whenever
the 'bars' created thereby contain complicated rhythmic formations - in
order to indicate the more elementary rhythmic units. Greater melodic
periods might be closed by a double bar-line.
No doubt one will frequently feel, when tackling the same phonogram
sorne days later, an inclination to distribute the bar-lines differently.
The reason for this is the fact that accentuation in the music of many
exotic peoples is much weaker than that in Western music; in sorne cases
this accentuation is put into it by the investigator, because we Westerners
seem to feel the need of making what is heard more comprehensible by
'phrasing' it in sorne way or other.
When dealing with vocal records one should also try to get hold of the
text which, especially in the case of the prirnitives, is anything but easy
unless one masters the native language (as many rnissionaries do), so as
to understand the words sung in spite of thcir being recorded only indis-
tinctly by the phonogram. To ask for the text just sung, ajter the per-
formance, will generally prove futile; for the texts are vcry often im-
provised during the performance itself. This difficulty is not present to
the same extent in the case of peoples on a higher cultural leve!, for in
their case one frequently has to deal with existing, standardized texts.
But even there it is necessary to collate the text with the vocal tune on
the spot (that is, if one has been able to put the melody approximately
on paper during recording), since the manner in which the words are dis-
tributed over the notes usually deviates considerably from the way in which
we Westerners would proceed. A correct knowledge of the text will often have
influence on the manner in which one thinks the melody should be phrased.
The complexity and arbitrariness of the rhythm of sorne exotic melodies
may be evident from the example on p. 234, fig. 63, which 1 transcribed
sorne years ago from a phonogram taken in Central Flores. When in add.ition,
the voice moves in intervals deviating from our own Western ones (which
was not the case in the district in question), it is easy to imagine the trouble
that must be taken before the melody has been faultlessly caught 'in the
little cage of our musical staves'- as the late Father HEERKENS (1639), an
authority on Florinese music, expressed it.
Recently many difficulties in the realm of rhytlun have been eliminated
by the ingenious contraption, constructed and used by Father ~-M. joNES
(2093, p. 59 ff.), whilst in regard to melody (and rhythm also), LAV
GuRVIN's photographic method (xs6o) and SEEGER's Melograph (3797, 38oo)
deserve to be:: broadly known, as wdl as, in regard to the dificulties in
general to be met with when transcribing phonograms of non-Western
music, the clever article by ZYGMUNT ESTREICHER (fig. 12), Une technique
de transcription de la musique exotique (II33).
1 ha ve further found- especially in the case of vocal, but also in string-
instrumental performances - that the 'corresponding' tones are not quite
stable. Moreover, the entire pitch is, on occasion, gradually raised or
lowered in the course of the performance. In such cases it may be advisable
to indicate this alteration of pitch in the transcription by inserting the
vibration figures above different notes whose pitch could readily be de-
termined (i.e. often those with a fairly long time-value).
This peculiarity is, for that matter, by no means a monopoly of exotic
musical "expressions. Westem vocal music, including that sung by really
good singers, knows similar deviations from the theoretical scale, as is
clearly evident from the tone- and interval-measurernents made by TTO
ABRAHAM from the performance of a song by a well-trained European
singer. 1
It may be apposite at this point to saya word or two about the fairytale
of the 'simple ratios', which, according to the opinion of many, characterize
the European tonal systern as the perfect and chosen one. STUMPF 2, indeed,
was able to prove that intervals which are heard and felt to be perfectly
true by musically trained European ears, are predsely the ones that escape
al! atternpts at representing them by one of the simple ratios in question;
their constituent tones ha ve only approxirnately such ratio; in reality,
consonant intervals felt to be perfectly true proved to be slightly greater
than those which could be represented by the simple proportions (while
the subjective tendency to enlarge them increased in accordance with the
size of the consonant intervals).
There are yet other deviations from this nurnerical simplicity to be
noted in musical practice, apart from those just mentioned.
Thus, European music has for sorne centuries known the so-called 'equal'
(better: 'proportional') ternperarnent, i.e. the 12 steps into which the
1 Dr. O. AtsRAHAY, in Psycholobrische Fonochuugeu', vol. 4, p. 1 ff. (1923).
1 MaaHbestimmwngen ber die Rei"heit con.sona.nter Jnter&~alkm (iu collai.JorS~.tiou) wilh M. MAYJ::K)
13991).

41
space within one octave has been divided, have been made perfectly equal.
The result of this was that nothing whatever was left of that simplicity
of the vibration ratios, with the sole exception of that of the octave itself.
Again, one tone, i.e. the tone preceding the tonic in the scale, is always
taken sharp when, in melodics, the tonic immediately follows it; this
tone (the 'leading not"e') is sung or played on a string-instrument in such a
way that it fonns, with the tonic that follows it, an interval considerably
smaller than a semitone. The same applies to the tones that have a leading
note function in respect to the tonic immediately below it, and in respect to
the dominant.
Generally speaking, moreover, the seconds and sevenths in our tone-
system are in themselves fairly unstable as it is. Professor BALTH. VAN
DER PoL, a Dutch acoustic specialist, in his published lecture Muziek en
elementaire getallentheorie 1, quotes in this connexion the composer and
theoretician PAUL HINDEMITH, who declares as follows: 'Die Sekunden
und Septimen sind stii.rkeren Schwankungen unterworfen als alle anderen
Intervalle; sie kommen in Melodik und Harmonik in den mannigfaltigsten
Grossenabstufungen vor'. (i.e. 'The seconds and sevenths are subject to
greater fluctuations than all other intervals; they occur in melodies and
harmonies in the most multifarious dimensions'). 2
In the summary of his above-mentioned address, Professor VAN DER
PoL declares: 'The correct relative pitch of any_given note depends entirely
upon the organic melodic and harmonic relation between that note and
those surrounding it. Thus, two modulations, e.g., from C to G, may quite
well lead to two different pitches of the respective G's, according to th.e
respective constructions of the two modulations. ldeally speaking, this
fact alone creates certain a priori necessary variations in pitch, which are
conditioned by the organic interconnexion'. 3
Further, a good piano tuner invariably tunes the high register of a
piano a trifle sharp, since it would give a flat impression if it were theo~
retically tuned correctly.
lt should be perfectly clear from the above that Western musical practice
is also far from adhering to the simple quantitative proportionalities of
the so-called 'natural' intervals (which, as we know, are identical with
those of the h~onic overtones). 4
But even assuming that European music should actually have adhered
strictly to this structure, which it postulates as the natural, as its credo,
so to speak - i.e. the scale structure based on the principie of consonance -
1 'Archives du Muse Teyler', vol. 9, p. 597 fL (p. 528), 1942.
1 PAUL HINDEitiTH, Un.lnweisung im TonsaJJ (Ma.iuz, 11)37}, vol. 1, p. 95

' O p. cit., p. 532.

4 Vide also, on tbis question, Yv.Es CnARDON, Ejsais U propos de la j14slesse Gltradive CLa Revue
Musicale', vol. XIII, p. 166 ff.), 19J2.
even then the fact rernains that other peoples have taken quite different
principies as their starting point in constructing their tonal system; or,
rather - since these words, in effect, represent the course of affairs in
reverse order of sequence (i.e., -as if the scales carne first and the music
afterwards), and, rnoreover, attribute to the whole process a far too conscious
and purposive character - that their musical expressions often appear to
rest u pon entirely deviating foundations: foundations which, in the last anal-
ysis, would sometirnes seern to derive essentially frorn a non-musical source.
In many prirnitive musical expressions we may distinguish a number of
'Gerstti:ine' ('skeletal tones'), which are more or less consonant with respect
to one another, and forrn the larger intervals (octaves, fifths, fourths);
these are then subdivided by interrnediary, not quite constant tones.
In this subdivision, what is irnportant is not so much the size of the intervals,
but rather the direction (rising or falling) of the melodic line. To use a
felicitous cornparison of the rnusicologist ROBERT LACHMANN, it is sornething
like the sketching of dance-steps: their direction and order of sequence,
not the precise length of the steps, is what matters (2502, p. 10). Never-
theless, as VoN HORNBOSTEL ascertained, it appears that the smaller
intervals thus forrned do divide the 'skeletal' intervals according to ratios
found in intervals which are forrned according to the consonance principie
(2366, p. 14/15, note 24).
As one of the, in effect, non-musical elements referred to above, we
rnay mention the visual-esthetic feeling which demands, for example,
that the stops on a flute shall be placed at equal distances frorn each other,
or - as on sorne barnboo flutes - always in the middle of each internode;
or, again, that strings shall be subdivided in a certain manner according to
sorne hieratic standard.
This latter point leads us to another non-musical element, narnely the
sanctity of a given standard of rneasurement or a given number. The
fact that so rnany scales contain either 5 or 7 steps to the octave is sometimes
attributed to the sanctity of the nurnbers 5 and 7 This belief in the holiness
of certain numbers is found in large parts of the world; in the majority
of cases .it is the nurnber 7 COMBARIEU, in his Histoire de la Musique (731,
vol. I, p. 39), asserts this in respect of the Chinese, the Hindus, the Chaldeans
(Babylonians), the Phoenicians, the Greeks, the Persians, the Arabs and
the Turks. In the lndian archipelago, too, this special position of the nurnber
7 is upheld. Dr. A. C. KRUYT, in his treatise Measa, een bijdrage tot het
dyuamisme der Bar'e-sprekende Toradja's en cnkele omwonende volker~ 1,
gives severa! exarnples of this. And as regards the sanctity of a linear
rneasure 1 refer the reader to VoN HoRNBOSTEL's irnportant article Die
Maassnorm als kulturgeschichtliches Forschungsmittel (1941).
1 Sccoud parl ("llijdrageu Taal, l.and eu Volkcukuudc', Vol. n (1919), p. 36 JI. (114 JI.)).

43
 Conceptions such as these hold that thcre is - or rather, that there
ought to be - a relation between a tonal system and the structure of the
universe; the hannony of the spheres must be reflected in the hannony
of music. Also the contradistinction between the two basic principies
of Life- i.e. the male and female principies, Yang and Y in- finds expression
in certain scale systems, as, for instance, in the Chinese tonal system.
Tone systems resting on foundations other than the consonance principie
often generate melodies which are esscntially unsusceptible to hannoni-
zation, unless the deviation from the scales based on the consonance
principie is so slight as to be negligible in practice, as in the case of the
European tempered chromatic scale.
In contrast to this, West-European melodies are always susceptible
to being hannonized; even the seemingly monodic West-European folk-
music, in so far as it is not modal, is usually based on unsung and unplayed
simple harmonies, and in this forms a sharp contrast with other, non-
European, as well as many East-European, tunes, which in many cases are
purely and simply melodic.
This, however, does not say that there exists no non-European multi-
part music. On the contrary, Javanese and Balinese orchestral music
- to mention only sorne very conspicuous examples - are there to prove
the opposite. But this multi-part music is n"ot a harmonic one; it knows
of no teaching of the construction of chords; jts harmony has, one might
say, a more or less incidental character. Often we have todo with so-called
'heterophony', a tenn which, in this meaning, was first used by STUMPF 1
This heterophony is the result of the playing around, and making variations
on, a nuclear theme by different instruments simultaneously. Besides this
heterophony we often find multi-part music, based on 'overlapping' and
so leading to primitive fonns of polyphony, even real canons (2401).
Exotic music which gives the impression of being built entirely on the
consonance principie, and in which, therefore, real fifths, fourths and
thirds (including the notorious 'interlocking' and 'pendular' thirds) are
heard, may be found, for instance, in places where a negroid element plays
a role in the miscegenation, as, of course, in Negro Africa, but also in large
parts of New Guinea (2402), in the districts Nag and Ngada in midwest
Flores (2383), and in Melanesia (cf., for instance, I9II).

About the beginning of the 20th century the gradually gathered fact-
material had become already so extensive and variegated, that examination
1 1 t may be uoted that tbt term heterophony is used, iu la ter ycars, agaia in the sense whicb it,
apparently, originally had in PLATO'& famous locus of tbe dialogue 'Laws' (812 D). Cf. J. HANDSCHIN,
M..sikgeschi&hte (Ble, 1948), p. 61.

44
could be made regarding its serviceableness or investigation as to racial
and cultural relationship.
Of the elements brought. into question may be mentioned, in addition
to the aiready discussed characteristics of musical expression (p. 12/13):
a) identity of scale systems, both as regards structure (identity of intervals),
and as regards absolute pitch (identity of diapason) (cf. 1903, 1941 and
2394);
b) identity of melodies or of melodic fragments (cf. 1258, 2339, 2412 and
4405);
e) concurrence in structural melodic characteristics 1;
d) preference for certain rhythms, intervals and tone-successions 2;
e) the occurrence in different regions of the same, exceptionally forrned,
musical instruments s;
/) the occurrence of musical instruments concurring not only in their
essentiality, but also in typical details, which are absolutely unnecessary
for the sound-production. 4

A difficulty in connexion with these data is that it is often impossible

to ascertain whether the stated concurrences find their origin in original
race-rdationship, or in later cultural influences. MARIUS SCHNEIDER's
dictum 'Die Vortragsart ist ein Rassekriterium, der Vortragsstil ein Kultur-
kriterium' (3745) (i.e. the k.ind of expression is a racial, the style a cultural
criterium) will not always help us sufficiently in drawing the borderline
between those two elements.
The pioneers in this field were WILHELM TAPPERT, the author of Wan-
dernde Melodien (4052), SKAR FLEISCHER in his respectively from 1900
and 1902 dating treatises Ein Kapitel vergleichender Musikwissenschaft
(1257) and Zur vergkichender Musikforschung (u58) and ERICH VON HoRN-
BOSTEL who published an article in 19II, titled Ueber ein akustisches
Kriterium fr Kulturzusammenhange (1903). The time, had however, ap-
parently not yet come for such speculations; neither TAPPERT's and FLEI-
SCHER's, nor VoN HORNBOSTEL's treatises found any response. But when
later, about 1921, the last mentioned divulged his hypothesis over the
structure of the oldest pan-pipe- and xylophone-tuning, the later much
1 Cf., for instance, the 'tiled' melodies of the Mamberamo Papuas and of &ome N.W. Australian
lriues (2366, 2402).
2 For iustance the preference for the tritone, combined witb ternary rbytbms, o tbe East-
Florinese, tbe Soutb Niastribes aud the AngamiNaga'& and prohably yet other peoples with a
mcgalilhic culture (2383, p. 35 ff.).
1 F.i. tbose strangely lom1ed metal instrumeo.ts, which, in java, are called kem.anak (fig. 53) aud

do also occur in Central Alrica (lig. 54) aud N.E. Siberia (el. J. KUN6T, D Toonku"d """ ]aw.
(2370), p. I3I/I32 ~id., M"ic in'""" (2399). p. J8J/JH2).
4 Cf., for iustaoce, t.bC 'poiutcd' llute (German: Spitzlbte) of Central Timor, calltd /~kw (fig. 5~),

whicb is ideulical with the dwnd4 ol the proviuce of Sokoto (N. Nigeria) (lig. 56), ah;o in it6 ac
ccssoria. (CI. 2398, p. 9 and figs. 42 and 43).

45
contested 'Blasquintentheorie' (i.e. theory of blown fifths), the activity,
also of other investigators, was roused.
In this connection 1 may mention the Frenchman GEoRGES DE GIRON-
COURT, who in his book La Gographie musicale (1445), an enthusiastically
written synopsis of the differences in musical expression among the peoples
of the world, time and again points out the common elements that suggest
a (? racial, ?cultural) relation, a subject which he, in other publications 1,
worked out at a later date. 2, a.

How did music come into being? Theories galore have been propounded
to explain this phenomenon; one might almost say, as many theories as
there have been investigators of the problem.
Articles summarizing the various hypotheses may be found in, among
other works, STUMPF's Die Anfange der Musik (3995), and G. Rtytsz'

1 Recherches de Gkgrapi&U musicale en Jndo,hint (1448); Recherches de Gographie mwsicaJe au

Cambodge el d java 114491, and otbers.
1 1 t is regrettable tbat thc writer usually does not ta~e into accouut possiblc difieren ces in scale
structure; witb a few exceptions be writes everything in ~uropean staff-notation without further
diacritical signs or tone-nteasurements. Alter all that has already been mentioned. it will not be
necessary to point out bow tbis metbod of work, whicb reminds one o that used in tbe pre-pbooo-
graphic period, can suggest concurrence, that in reality is not there, and miss relations, that exist.
Though we must conclude- from the fact that Mr. DE GIRONCOUR.T speaks (in a laudatory manner)
of other investigators in the same field (at Jeast in bis later writings) - that he was acquainted witb
lheir work, still he calls himself "le crateur d'une nouvelle science, "la gographie musicale" (Le.
lbe creator of a new science, 'musical geograpby'). This creation of bis is then said to ha ve taken place
in 19.z7 in the November number of the periodical'La Gograpbie' aud during a lecture, beld on
ll!ay 25th 1928 for the 'Socit de Gographie', Pars.
Altbough Mr. oa GIRONCOURT in the eyes of other ethnomusicolog:ists occasionally seems to
be a little bit adventurous in bis conclusions, part of bis work, in lhe first place bis study },lotijs
de chanls cambodgiem 114471 and bis Rtche.ches ,U Gographit mwsicale en lndO<hine 114481 - tbe
latter illustrated witb a wealth of excellent constructioudrawings of cornplicated bamboo instru
ments - is worthy of our full attention.
1 Sume other articles and books in this field, cot yet mcntioued on p. 45, are (in chronological

&cqueucel: PAUL DEIIIVILLit, La M"siq"t Cam< a" ]apon ISsol; J. KuNsT and C. J. A. KuNsT-
VAN WELY, De Toonkunst van Bali (2360), especially par. 13; HERBJ:i:RT HHNEk, Die .Alusik im
Bismarck-Archipel lt987l; J. KullST, De /"origine det ch<llts musicales javanobalinaises l2365l;
CURT SACHS, Geist wnd Wern der lrJvsiJcinstrunu:nte (3553); ERICH VON HoHNBOSTKL and RoBERT
LACHMANN, AsiatiscJu Parallelen '"' Berbermusik (1956); HANS WtESCHHOFF, lJie ajrikanischen
1'ronnneln und ihre ausserajrikanischen Be1iehungen (4373); J. KUNST, bude Westersche liederen uit
Oostersclte landen (339); id . Ein musikologische:r Beweis fr KuJturzusatnnk!nhdnge ~wischen
lt~donesien - vermwtliclt jaVIJ - tmd Zer&Jral Ajrik4; id., A musicological Argument jor cultural
Relationsllip belw<en Indonesia - probobly 1/u isl< o/ java - and Central A/rica 123721; W>:RNER
DANCKERT, lVanderude Liedweisen (795); CuRT SACHS, Les lustrwnunts de musique de Madagasc:ar
(3561); HENRY GEORGE FARMER, Reciprocal lnjluenu.s i11 .Alu.sic 't1Di%t the Far and A-Jiddle Etut
11185AI; SH!CEO KlSHIBE, On lh< origin ofllu P"i-p"a 12238); CuRT SACHS, The Histcwy ol Musical
ltastruments (3564); FR!TZ UosE, Klangstile als RassetJme:rkm.alr: (424}; J. KuNST, A hyputhesis about
lh~ oriKin oj lM gong (2395); WAL.Tl:tlt WIORA, Alpe:nl11disclu Liedweisen der Frhzeit ""d ~s
lllittel~llr:r: irn Lichte vngleichender Forsch.ung (4400); id., Zur FrhgeschiciU,: der Alu:;ik in det~
Alperundern l4398l; id., Ewroptii<tlur Volksgesang 144051; J. KuNST, Kwltwrhislorisclu /Je:iehwngen
wischm dem Ballum und lndonesien (Engl. ed.: Ctdlural relalions between 1/u Balkam and 1 ndonesial
l2408 aud 24121.
treatise Der Ursprung der Musik (3394). The latter author gives the more
detailed and extensive survey of the theories put forward. 1
(1) There is, first of all, the hypothesis, which originated under the
influence of Darwinian thought, that singing is an expression whose origin
is purely sexual, justas the singing of birds is supposed to be closely related
to their sex life. This assumption, however, is contradicted (a) by the fact
that many birds sing quite as lustily outside the mating season, and (b)
by the absence of any reason why human call-notes should precisely have
to adopt the form of a melody with fixed and transposable intervals.
(Recent arumal-psychologic investigations, for that matter, have rendered
plausible the theory that the purpose of the bird's song is to mark the
boundaries of each individual bird's 'power-domain').
(2) Another theory is that of 'imitation', i.e. the irnitation of the bird's
song. Against this it may argued that nowhere in the world do we find
any primitive people singing in the manner of any species of bird (although
rnany primitive peoples, especially hunting tribes, intermix their songs
with bird cries )(1905). And further, that the very nature of the bird's song
completely differs from that of human singing, i.e. it represents purcly
'unrnittelbare und zwangsmii.ssig entstandene Reaktionen biologischer
Zustande des Tierindividuums' (i.e. direct, compulsively originating
reactions to certain biological states of the individual animal) 2. lt is 'ein
vererbtes, entwicklungsunfa.higes, unveranderliches, starres Ausdrucks-
mittel' (i.e. an inherited, rigid, unchangeable means of expression, incapable
of development) 3, invariably .sounded by the same individuals at the
same pitch. (Professor RVSZ, in common with STUMPF, considers the
transposability of music one of its typical and fundamental characteristics.
the two others being, according to him, the existence of fixed intervals and
their use in all sorts of tone-combinations in different rhythmic patterns. 4
(3) A third hypothesis is the so-called 'rhythm-theory', which holds
that music generated from rhythrnic movements, especially from those
performed while working 5. The great protagonist of this theory is CARL
BCHER, the author of the well-known book Arbeit und Rhythmus (530).
Both STUMPF and RVSZ reject this theory; the latter, among other things,
on the ground that music could hardly have generated from actions which
1 Cl. also J. liANl>SCHJN, M"-'ikgesc11ichte (1589), p. 29 11.; CH. S. MYJtRS (2950), and SutGPJUl<D
NA DEL (2955).
2 Rtvt.:sz:, op. cit., p. 70.
3 l{tvtsz, op. cit., p. 70.
See also ALI::x. V. ARJ..TON, Sones nd otJur sounds of bi.rJs (lJl); GAiilSTANG, 5oiiJ:S of the birtU
(1366); EMICK M. VON Hott!IIBOSTKL, Afwsikpsychologc:.he /Jermerkwngex Uber Vogel.san~: (1905);
kotu::Kl. LAc.:H, E in~ Studie Uber VoJ:tlgesang (2464); id., Der Ur~prung der Mu~Jk Jm L'chu .Us
Tiergr:.suug,;s (2471); F. ScHUYLJ::R MATTHt:.ws, .feld buok o/ wild bird$ und lluir ,,u:.ic (2790}:
w. lJ. 0Lus, lJirJ-mu.sic (3060); H:UNZ TIESSii.N, ~Jusik der Nlllur (4092). Tbe la~t uam.:d auLbor
1uakes au exccptiou for tbe 'amsel' (black bird}, who, accordiug to him, is a real creative arlist.
1 STUMPt, op. cit., p. 2o; Rtvtsz, op. cit., p. 72.

47
themselves are soundless. lt is, of course, certain, that music proved capable
of lightening communallabour once it had come into existence; as it hap-
pens, however, really primitive peoples do not know any such common
labour necessitating rhythmic movements that might lead to the pro-
duction of working songs. And even at present the number of such working
songs is only small among more primitive peoples; much smaller, for
instance, than that of their magico-religious songs and dance melodies.
(4) A fourth hypothesis derives music from sounds uttered under the
stress of emotion. l These sounds, however, are too spontaneous, too
instinctive; they are too much in the nature of unchangeable reflex-ex-
pressions of affective states to be able to lead to the creation of vocal
music, which precisely presupposes a psychic state that has risen above
the primary affects.
(5) Professor RVSZ also rejects the theory according to which vocal
music arose from the lulling of an infant. l This 'singing' is either produced
quite unconsciously and instinctively, or- even atan early stage- melodic;
in that case, however, it is undoubtedly pre-influenced by the singing of
older persons, or by the child's hearing instrumental music. 2
(6) Finally, there is the theory of 'the melody of speech'. 3 This hy-
pothesis, too, according to both STUMPF and RVSZ, is untenable. The
laws of sound goveming speech are completely different from those of
music. Speech - and this surely is the main contra-argument - knows no
fixed intervals; the movement of its tones depends exclusively on the
person's mood prevailing at the moment of speaking. In contradistnction
to this point of view, see sub (8)).
(7) Both the authors cited above, as well as Father SCHMIDT, conclude
as the most plausible explanation, that it is the call from the distance, of
one human being to another, which should be regarded as the origin of
vocal music 4. I am fully inclined to agree with this hypothesis; indeed,
as early as 1922, and without being aware of the content of the existing
treatises at the time, 1 myself (in a paper on Het Volkslied, published in the
Flemish periodical 'De Muziekwarande') mentioned, more or less in passing,
the call as being the 'germinal cell' of folk-song.
(8) However, one more hypothesis, recently suggested by MAruus
ScHNEIDER (3768, p. 6/J), must be mentioned here, i.e. a common origin

1 Rtvtsz, op. cit., p. 73

1 Ste on children's singing also HJtiNZ WERNER, Die melodische Erfindung im frhen Kindesall.er
(4359), FRITZ BREHM.ER, Melodua,.lfass,.ng "nd melodisclu lJegabung des Kindes (498); llRUNO
NETTL, Notes on itJjant mwsiul developtnenl (2995); id., lnfant musical developmenl atul primilivl
'""sic (2996), and W. PLAn, Child M"su (3197).
1 STUMPP, op. cit., p. 14 ff.: Rtvtsz, op. ci, p. 74; vide also WILHELM ScHMJDT, S. V.O., Ueber

WuNDT's V olkerpsychologie ('Mitteilungen der antbropologischen Geselh;chaft in Wien', vol. 33,

p. 356 ff.).
4 STUMPF, op. &it., p. 26; W1LHELN ScHMJDT, op. &it.; Rtv:t.sz, op. di., p. 75.
of speech and music from ancient sound-languages (typical, for instance,
for many Negro tribes and for the Chinese) l.
Whatever may have been the origin of vocal music, once we come to
the now existing, most primitive, purely vocal melodics, we find that it
obeys certain human, physiologically and psychologically explainable
laws, while, on the other hand, there is not yet any question of real tonal
systems. Such systems do not come into being until a people's culture
has at its disposal musical instruments on which tonal sequences can be
produced; these, however, do not make their appearance until a relatively
late stage of development. It is true that prehistoric flutes, made of bone,
have been excavated here and there in Europe, with fingerholes or stops,
on which tones of different pitch can be played; but these stops appear
to have been placed more or less arbitrarily; the intention of the makers
evidently did not go further than to try to produce difjerent tones, not
tones having a pitch intentionally determined beforehand. But even
supposing that it had been possible to play a consciously intended scale
on these prehistoric flutes, this would not amount to much, since, notwith-
standing their relatively great age, these flutes are already the producs
of a fairly high form of civilization, developed sorne hundreds of thousands
of years later than the period at which we may assume that the first 'music'
was heard on earth.
There is no doubt that vocal music is infinitely more ancient than instru-
mental music (although, according to sorne Africa explorers, the mountain
gorilla's are in the habit of beating with sticks on (?hollow) trees) 2
As regards the origin of instrumental music, there exists a thought-
provoking article entitled knfiinge der Musik by CURT SACHS (3549) 3 , the
great scholar on musical organology, one-time professor at Berln, now
at New York.
Profcssor SACHS points out that vocal and instrumental music originated
from two totally different spheres, and must have existed side by side
1 See also KUTTNI::R, DU verborgenen Btziehungen Jwischen Spro.clu wnd Mwsik (2442). a.nd on

tone lauguages in general: KENNETH L. PlKE (3187).

2 We 1nay a~sume tbat lioNNETl::SOURD.ELOT's cmmuunication iu bis Histoire de la ~llusique (1715),
to the dfect that 'the monkeys in New Guinea play tbe Hule', s not based on tbe author's owu
ol.Jservation (thcre bcing no monkcys at all in New Guinea) - unless it was ru~ant as a hardly
flattering appreciatiou of the, p~rsonahty of tbe Papuas. - ln reg:ard to musical capal>ilities of
monkeys :;ee also J. A. BJERENS DE HAAN, DiscrimiuUion of musica.l tempi by a young chimpau:u
('Archives N:~::rlaudaises de ZoOlogie' Vlll, p. 393 lf.), Ley~en, 1951, from wbich article it appears
lb&~l a chimpan2.ec can bt: made to discrimina te bctwc:eu terupi as close lo eacb otbt:r as Ando~.nte auc.l
Adagio, and H. MUNKO Fox, TJu personaly of anima.ls (American Pelican Books edition). Apdl
1947, wherc we read on p. 52 about playing cbimpanzees: "Al first a pair, tbeu tbe otbers of ~be
apes joiued and circled rouud a tree, otarcbing in orderly fashion. Then they t~ottc!d, :S~&~Illpmg
with oue foot &~ud putting tbe otber dowu lightly, thus beatiog a rhytbm. SomehmtS thc:1r heo~ds
LoLUcd up aud dowu iu time with the starupiug fed." - See furtber also GttoM.Gt~: HM.KZOt.i, Do
Allir~uds /,ave music} (1736). . ,
3 The same subj4.:Clllll.ttcr is also dcall witb iu tbe lnt.roduct1on of tbe saine autbor' Ge1sl wud

ll'erd.en der Mu~ikiu:;trum.cnte (3553).

49
 for a very long time, with hardly any mutual connexion. For, as is con-
vincingly evident from customs and traditions still found today aU over
the world, instrumental music, taken as a whole, derives from the world of
magic ritual; vocal music, although in later periods certainly also used for
magical purposes (incantationl), originating as we suppose, from the call,
will have been, in the first instance, discharg-e of affects.
We modem Westemers are able to imagine ourselves in the emotional
world o the primitive mind only to a small degree; most readily, maybe,
during our dreams. In the waking state, we are too analytically-minded;
we have become too intellectual. Being, thinking, experiencing, feeling:
these are categories which we shall not easily confuse. But the primitive
hardly, if at all, makes these distinctions. He lives far more subconsciously,
and infinitely more from an inner unity of being. His distinction between
Ego and the outer world, too, is more vague; macrocosmos and micro-
cosmos do not, as in our own case, confront him with analogies and paral-
lelisms; they rather appear to him as identical.
On this leve! of consciousness, the aim of aJl actions is the preservati.on
of life.
SACHS, in a masterly and fascinating pericope, has explained this in a
convincing manner; he supports his argument with a wealth of documentary
evidence, mainly derived from the history of the development of two
musical instruments; the drum and the flute. .
These two instruments, for that matter, are not by any means the most
ancient that man leamed to fabricate when he awoke to consciousness
- however early in the history of human development they may have
appeared on the scene. The oldest instruments were fonnd by man on his
own body; stamping and clapping of hands must have provided the first
'instrumental' accompaniment to the dance. 1 Also beating on one's but-
tocks - an illustration of which may still be seen on an ancient Greek
vase (3553, Table 1, fig. 3) - will have provided the rhythmic backgronnd
to certain dances (fig. 45).
We may remark in this.connexion that primitivr. man has the greatest
difficulty- nay, often finds it totally impossible - when singing, to refrain
from making other physical movements. 1 have repeatedly noticed this
during my fieldwork in New Guinea. But even we, cultured as we are,
sometimes catch ourselves gently moving our head to and fro when hearing
certain melodies, or find, when playing ourselves, that we cannot keep
our torso still. This, surely, is the last - evidently ineradicable - rest of
the irrepressible inclination of the primitive (who, thank God, still slumbers
in everyone of us!), to let himself go when hearing rhythmic sounds, and
join in with them with his whole being.
' VIDE also 368o.

so
 Even when a people has already reached a bigh level of culture, this
inclination may still be present to a marked degree. 1We can see tbis, for
instance, on sorne ancient Egyptian sepulchral paintings wbicb bave
come down to us, and on which the singers are invariably depicted as
gesticulating; the basic signification of tbe ancient Egyptian word for
singing is playing with the hand, and is represented by a bieroglyph in the
form of a lower arm with a hand (see fig. 45). From these, at first quite
involuntary, movements there later gr~:w a k.ind of sign-language, in which a
given gesture expressed a certain interval, or, at any rate, the direction
in wbich the melody was expected to move. Tbis is the famous clleironomy
of the ancient Egyptians, wbich served to replace, in this way, a probably
non-existing musical script that thus remained unnecessary, and from
which, it seems, the early Christian neum-notation ultimately developed
in later centuries (3544, p. 9). The Vedic recitations, too, it appears, used to
have a cheironomic accompaniment.
The musical instruments - apart from those directly placed at man's
disposal by nat.ure, sucb as rattles made from the outer shells of fruits -
which we bave sound reason to regard as the most ancient, represent,
as it were, the objectivation and intensification of tbe clapping hands,
stan1ping feet, beating of rolls on the perfonner's buttocks; in brief, of tbe
'music' produced by the body; technically put, they are extensions of
bodily organs, just as, in another field of human activity, the fork is an
extension of the hand and fingers, the spoon of tbe scoping hand, and the
hanuner of the fist. They are the instruments wbich we class as beating-
sticks, stamping tubes, clappers etc. From these, in the course of untold
thousands of years, there originated tbose countless instrumental forms
we k.now today, the majority, of course, not for the purpose of serving
the cause of Beauty, but with tbe aim of obtaining possession of instruments
charged with magical power; others, also, as accompaniment to the (origin-
ally magico-religious) dance.
It was once again SACHS who gave us a concise and striking account
of this development in bis book Die Musikinstrumente (3529, p. 9). He puts
forward the plausible theory that man learned how to increase tbe sound of
stamping by performing it on a flat piece of wood, a rudimentary plank,
instead of on the bare soil, and suggests how the result was found to be
still further improved by digging a cavity underneath the plank. (An
instrument of this k.ind is still found among the negritos (negroid pygmies)
in the Andan1ans (Bay of Bengal); among sorne South-American lndian
tribes, and among the North-Papuas). Or- anotber evolution- the stamping
leg was replaced by a bamboo stamping tube (such instruments are still
found, among other places, in the lndian archipelago, in East Africa, the
Pacific, and in South-America).

51
 From the clapping of hands there arose, by wa.y of extension-forms
of bodily organs, the countless different types of clappers, beating sticks,
beating tubes, 'cymbals', and, finally, gungs; and from the 'snapping'
of the fingers - ultimately, via many more primitive forms - the castanets.
The beating of the player's buttocks was refined and the sound made
louder by using a stick instead of the bare hand, and another stick, a
tube, or a flat piece of wood in stead of the performer's body. It must
then have become obvious that hollow objects make so much louder noises
than solid ones, and further, that smaller and shorter objects produce
higher tones than larger and longer ones. Gradually, the players must
have taken pleasure in the alternation of high and low sounds; at first,
however, without striving to obtain a particular pitch or tuning. This
may have led to that peculiar subdivision into two or three groups, which
were identified with the two sexes or the family relationships. The largest
instrument, with the deepest sound, would then be designated as the
'man'; a smaller, higher-sounding one, as the 'woman', and the smallest
and highest of all as the 'child'. Of this, too, the present time still provides
many examples. As we already have noted above, the Chinese still know, in
musicalibus, the contradistinction yang- yin = maJe - female. But also
the Sundanese in West Java distinguish, in their panpipes, between indung
= mother and anak = child; and all over Java and Bali we find 'male'
and 'female' drums, gongs and kenongs. (A curious thing is that, in the
latter islands, the instrument with the largest dimensions and the deepest
sound is experienced by the people as female, and the smaller one with the
higher pitch, as male).
In the beginning, instruments of different pitches were probably mani-
pulated each by a different player; later on, as people learned how to com-
bine them, a single player could handle the lot equally well, or even better.
The observation that a stamping plank sounds better when a hale is
dug underneath, finally leads to the discovery that a beaten soundtube
or -rod also sounds better when a calabash-gourd is placed under it. In
th..is evolutionary direction lies the development of the later xylophones
and metallophones, which either have a separate sound-body under each
key or sound-kettle (as, for instance, on the Javanese and Balinese gender
and the African marimba, derived from it), ora common sound-box under
the entire range of keys (as in the case of the Javanese saron).
No doubt the wind instruments developed much later than the very
simple instruments of the kinds discussed so far, as they do not constitute
an exten:-ion of bodily organs.
Perhaps the most ancient form was a simple bamboo tube. The incidental
discovery that it issued a tone, when the wind blew against it, may have
been the incentive to produce the aircurrent by mouth. A combination

52
of such tubes of different lengths again produced the pleasant alternation
of high and low tones. At first, each tube will probably have been blown
by a separate individual (as is the caseto this day with the West Florin~:se
hoi, a set of loose pipes, but which belong together) (fig. 58); later on, thcse
tubes were combined into a one-man instrument, and with this the pan-
pipes were boro (fig. 57).
The players further learned how to produce both high and low notes
on one and the same tube, by thc discovery of the 'stops' or fingerholes
- an invention which, no doubt, was hailed at the time as a stroke of genius.
And the difficulty of blowing into an uncut tube was overcome by fashioning
sorne sort of mouth-piece, at first by a simple small notch in the upper
edge of the tube (a modero example of this is the West-Javanese chalinlu);
afterwards by constructing, by sorne means or other, a slit which should
drive the whole of the air blown into the tu be against a sharp edge - which,
as we know, is the origin of the sound produced by a flute.
A similar development may be observed in the case of the 'reed'-instru-
ments or glottophones.
The most ancient and siffiplest example of this group of musical in-
struments is surely the blade of grass which is held tightly between the
thumbs of both hands, as we all know from the days of our youth. Then
follows a tube with a folded blade stuck in the top opening, or a pair of
reedleaves, tied together and stuck on top of a tube; or, again, a tube
into which, by means of a slightly oblique, either up- or downward cut,
a so-called beating reed has been fashioned. (In the first case we are dealing
with a 'free' aerophone, i.e. a so-called 'interruption' -aerophone; in the last
case, with a clarinet; in the othercases, with simple types of the oboe family).
In the East (and for that matter also in Europe until the 17th century),
the players of these oboe- and clarinet-forms manage to get a continuous
sound out of these instruments, by taking the entire mouthpiece into their
mouth. They breath through the nose, and feed the air into the tube by
pressure of the cheeks, just enough to cause the instrumental 'reeds' to
keep vibrating, also during inhalation. At a later stage, the mouth is
replaced as air-reservoir by a calabash-gourd (we think here of the well-
known snakecharmer's shawm of India Proper), and later still, by a flexible
animal skin, sewn together in the form of a sack. This, then, leads to the
development of the bagpipes, and, stilllater, to the church organ.
Of the trumpets - these are the instruments, in which the lips of the
player function as a double reed - the oldest forms were also, without
doubt, stout bamboo segments~ Such bamboo trumpets are still to be
found, for.instance, in New-Guinea. The wooden ones, which presuppose
a fairly well developed boring- and cauterizing-technique, must surely
belong to a later period.

53
 We see from all this how important was the role played by bamboo
in the gcneration of the most ancicnt musical instrumcnts; clappers,
bcating sticks, slit-drums, xylophones, flutes, clarinets, oboes, trumpets:
thcy were all originally fabricated out of ba.mboo.
Of hardly lesser importance, it appears, was the calabash-gourd, which
was especially used for all kinds of rattles, and as sound-intensifying body
or as air-reserve.
The above considerations lead us to the assumption that the first musical
instruments were invented and developed in tropical or subtropical regions.
The two materials mentioned must also have provided the means of
producing the oldest types of drums; for the other materials: the hollowed
out tree-trunk and the earthenware vessel - though already existing in
ancient times - belong to a later cultural-historical period than those from
which the drum originated. SACHS suggests that the drum was invented
from calabash- or coconut-shells containing victuals, which were protected
against dust, loss, decay, or insects by covering them with a tight-fitting
~~M~ .
But calabash and bamboo fuliilled their most important musical function
in the creation - in a much later period - of the first string instniments.
Probably the most ancient, but, especially i~ lndonesian cultural regions,
to this day still perfectly vital form thereof, is the barilboo zither, with
its string(s) 'lifted' out of the tube-wall. It was at first one-stringed and used
alone; la ter - as in the case of the wooden or bamboo keys of the xylophone
and of the flute (see above)- it was combined into series: the so-called raft-
zithers (fig. 49).
In a later phase, the string lifted out of the tube-wall is replaced by a
stretched string made of another material, at first - and here and there
(for instance, in the Nicobar Islands) even today - of rattan; this turns
it from an idiochord into a heterochord. A parallel development transforms
this bamboo zither from a monochord into a polychord instrument i.e. one
with more than one string. In arder to !ay the instrument down flat, it is
cut in half along its longitudinal axis, a proceeding which, later on, leads
to the long-drawn zither forms of China (k'in), Japan (koto) and Further
India (mi gyaung, the crocodile zither of Burma and the Siamese chak,
which although closely akin, has lost its crocodile shape). This sliced bam-
boo zither still survives in a primitive, still idiochord, but already poly-
chord form in Flores and Timar (fig. 48).
Another chain of development sees the fixing of a resonator - again,
of course, a calabash- to the bamboo tube; and along this line there develop
the instrumt:nts that culminate in the royal iustrument which, in North
India, is called bin (fig. 47). and in South India vina.
In addition to all these, a large number of stringed instruments are

54
gradually developed from the hunter's bow, whose string, when the arrow
is shot, produces a humming sound; this development proceeds, via differ-
ent stages during which the mouth serves as sound-intensifier. Later on
a calabash is added which evolves into the actual body o the instrument.
The primitive 'musical bow' (fig. 52), which is still found in the most
unlikely comers of the world, and which has been the subject of a con-
siderable literature, particularly the writings of HENRY BALFOUR (fig. 8)
(210), TOBIAS NORLIND (fig. 5) (3039), PERCIVAL R. KIRBY (fig. 21) (2214,
2223, p. 171 ff., 2225), and CAMP and NE;ITL (fig. 42) (570), also survives
in the mythology of many peoples: Apollo is an archer and at the same time
the god of music; Shiwa, too, is both archer and Lord of the musical bow;
the Japanese godhead Ameno Kamato constructs a string instrument from
a number of hunter's bows (cf. the African lu(n)komba) (fig. 52) l.
The musical bow with resonator is the common ancestor of all higher
developed forms such as harps, lyres and lutes. Their manner of playing
varies greatly; sorne are beaten with a small stick, others are plucked.
Stroking the strings ('bowing') is the youngest playing method. There
are sorne indications, that the use of the bow was first practized in Central
Asia (Mongolia) and, if that is true, a long period must ha.ve elapsed 2 bcfore
the use of the bow reached West Europe.
Thus far our bird's eye view of the development of musical instruments.

Before proceeding now to give an exposition of the system of classification
designed by SACHS in collaboration with his colleague VoN HORNBOSTEL,
following the Belgian musicologist VICTOR MAHILLON, which system
constitutes a most succesful attempt to arrange in logical order all those
instrumental forms, 1 will first give the reader a brief gener.U survey of the
subjectmatter.
One of the features of civilization in its later phases of development is
a certain inclination to classify the available material and to construe
sorne kind of system on the basis of this classification. As far as 1 am aware
this has been done, in respect of musical instruments, three times: i.e. in
China, in India and in modero Europe.
The Chinese classification is based on the material from which the instru-
ments are chiefly fabricated. This classification includes eight groups:
1 Vide also J. MAES, Les L..-kombe ou instrwments de musJqw.c: a cardes IS popu.l4tioru a., K4fl4i

-Lac Uopold - Luknie (2702),

1 Sct:, howcvcr, our figure 50, on which apparently a Uow is used. ]t is regrettable thal uo on~

know~ i11 which pcriod this prchislork painting Wa!ii madc. lt was fouud by G. W. SToW in thc:
hL.duU Muuul..aius uf Uo~ululam.l uu.l t.:u,Vicc.l in ,)itw. Cf. lJa:;w.CIVAL 1<. l\nusv, "J"Iu ~\lwsical /nJ>lrw
,n,uts oJ the Nulive Rares of Soulh .rf/riia (2223, p. 193 f!. aud ronl piclun:) . .Pt:rh01ps it i.::. very old;
perhaps made by .liushwen ouly r~:ceutly.

55
kin (metal), che (stone), t'u (earthenware), ko (skin), hin (strings), p'o
(calabash), chu (bamboo), and mu (wood) (3895, p. 25; 750, p. 8o). But
however attractive, owing to its simplicity, this classification has never been
adopted by Westem scientists, because, after all, severa! instruments are
made from a variety of materials, from the combination of which the
instrument in question acquires its suitability to produce sound.
On the contrary, the old lndian classification in four groups: ghana
(cymbals, gongs etc.), avanaddha (drums, tamburines etc.), tata (string
instruments) and fushira (wind instruments), which is already to be found
in the Natya-fstra, - that large encyclopedic work, attributed to the
great BHARATA and dating from before our era, - strongly appeals to
the Western mind. When, as late as 188o, Europe at last arrives at a
classification of its own, fulfilling all reasonable demands, it appears to
base itself on exactly the same principies as this ancient lndian one.
Until that year, a hopeless confusion generally prevailed in this respect,
also in professional circles. In that same year there appeared the extensive
Catalogue descriptif et analytique du Muse 11strumental du Conservatoire
de Bruxclles, from the pen of the then Conser:vator of that museum, the
musician and instrument-maker VICTOR MAHILLON (1841-1924). In this
work, a logical system of classification, comprising all instruments housed
in the Brussels museum, was for the first time put into practice (2707).
However, owing to the relatively small number of exotic instruments
present in the said museum, the system, in the state it was published
at the time, was still far too much concemed with European musical instru-
ments alone, with the result that, on the one hand, certain features were
given a relatively too important place in the subdivisions (e.g., whether
or not they had a keyboard), while, on the other hand, distinct groups
had been formed which, seen from a more general point of view, were not
logically coi:irdinated (as, for example, the division of aerophones into
(a) reed-, (b) mouth-hole-, (e) polyphonous instruments with air-reservoir,
and (d) funnel-mouthpiece-instruments). lt further appeared, when more
exotic instruments gradually became known, that severa! of thcm could
find no place in this system.
With these facts in mind, VoN HORNBOSTEL and SACHS proceeded,
while preserving the main lines of the system, to extend it in such a way
as to ensure that it would cover all instrumental forms known to them
at the time, as well as any others which, although not yet discovered,
might quite possibly be extant. VoN HoRN!lOSTEL and SACHS, indeed,
succeeded in bringing the task they had set themselves to a most felicitous
conclusion, making use of the decimal systcm of D~WEY (I9IJ).
But although we had, at last, an excellent system of classification at
our disposal, there was still a long way to go before it was generally used
in literature and in the existing museum catalogues. We still find, in many
museums, completely unacceptable headings and subdivisions, in which,
for instance, the mouth-organ (a wind-instrument) and the mouth-harp
or jew's (=? jaw's) harp (an instrument with vibrating lamella) are united
in one and the same group, or in which the most dissimilar forms, such
as drums and gongs, are classed together under the heading 'percussion-
instruments'.
lt is further usual to add, in addition to the group of Percussion-instru-
ments, another two groups, viz. String-instruments and Wind-instnunents.
However, various other types of instnunents cannot be brought under those
headings and these are usually put collectively in a questionable fourth
category 'Miscellaneous'l
In the subdivisions there prevails an even worse anarchy. A large number
of curators and ethnologists do not know the difference between clarinets,
oboes and flutes, while an oboe, if it happens to possess a 'bell' (soundfunnel)
made of tin or other metal, is often listed as a 'trumpet'.
In connexion with this, it may be remarked that the indication of the
native names is frequently anything but helpful, since the same names are
used for different instruments in different places, and sometimes even in
one and the same region. Thus, in a large of part Central Africa, the name
marimba is given to a xylophone, while in the Congo-basin it is also frequently
used to designate quite a different lamella-instrument, usually called
sanza. The chelempung is, in West Java, a bamboo idiochord with either
one or two strings; in Central 'java it is a form of heterochord zither with
13 double strings. But in Siak (Central Sumatra) it is a metallophone
consisting of a range of either 5 or ID small horizontally placed gongs!
In Siam, the name klu'i is given to wind instruments of the most divergent
character, etc. etc.
But where musicologists were completely at a loss was in the case of the
Aeolian harp - a stringed instrument played by the wind - and in that
of the piano and the cembalo, which, although stringed instruments, are
beaten by means of small hammers, and therefore perhaps ought to be filed
with the percussion group.
A further point to be noted is the customary subdivision of orchestral
wind instruments into the 'brass' and the 'wood-wind' groups, a most
peculiar and, surely, equally unsatisfactory classification, sinoe several
instrumcnts of the 'brass' group - particularly the more ancient ones -
used to be made of wood (in sorne cases ivory), e.g. the 'Zinken' (a primitive
type of cornt:t). the 'Serpents' and the Bass-horns, wbereas, on the other
hand, many of the 'wood-wind' group are often - or always - madt of
metal (flutes, saxophones, sarrusophoncs, etc.). . . .
Not only in the museum catalogues, but also in the muscologcal liter-

57
ature, we find, even to this day, years after the creation of such a logical
system of classification, the queerest subdivisions. As one of the most
appalling examples we may mention STEPHEN CHAUVET's beautully
edited book La Musique Ngre (629), in wbich tbis author follows a twofold
classification, namely (a) 'les instruments de rhythme' (according to bim,
these are the drums, the horns ('trompes'), signalling whistles ('sflets')
and rattles ('hochets') ), and (b) 'les instruments de musique proprement
dits' (i.e. genuinely musical instruments). It would be hard to think of a
more unsatisfactory classification.
However, the majority of musicologists today adhere to the system
proposed by MAHILLON, SACHS and VoN HoRNBOSTEL. A few, who, for
sorne reason or other, do not or only partly agree with this; apply a classifi-
cation of their own, for example GEOH.GES MoNTANDON in bis GnaJogie des
instruments de musique et les cycles de civilisation (2907), and ANDR
SCHAEFFNER (3676-3692) the leader of the musicological department of
the Muse de l'Homme at Pars, in bis treatises D'une_ nouvelle classijication
mthodique des instruments de musique (3677) ; Note sur la filiation des instru-
ments a cordes (3678) and in bis book Origine des instruments de musique
(3681). ToBIAS NORLIND, in bis excellent Systematik der Saiteninstrumente
(3039, 3040), has practically adopted in its entirety the classification of
SACHS and VoN HoRNBOSTEL (without the decimal system), except for the
fact, that he unites the idiophone and the membranophone groups 1 under
the heading autophones (3041) and has carried the subdivisions much
further. The above-mentioned, antiquated division into three classes- still
followed at as late a date as 1904 by HENRY BALFOUR in bis Musical
instruments from the Malay Pennsula (214) and again, in 1929, in bis Music
(218) - is deficient not only in its failure to comprise all instrumental
forms, but also m
its lack of homogeneity: on the one hand it places
the method of playing as the criterion (i.e. in regard to the percussion- and
wind-instruments), and on the other the material wbich primarily is made
to sound (i.e. as regards the group of stringed instruments).
MAHILLON's classification, on the contrary, puts forward only one single
criterion for the division into the main groups, namely, the material wbich
is made to sound in the first instance. This author distinguishes four main
classes of instruments, i.e.:
(a) Autoph01us, whose material itself produces the sound, without
being previously stretched in any way whatever;
(b) Membranophones, made to sound by means of a skin or membrane
stretched over the instrument;
(e) Chordophones, made to sound by means of stretched strings;

1 These terms will be discussed in the next alinea.

58
 (d) Aerophones, in which it is not the material from which they are
made, but, in the first instance, the air - in most
cases the column of air inside the instrument -
that is made to sound.
This main classification has been taken over by SACHS and. VoN HoRN-
BOSTEL. The only alteration they made in the above nomenclature was
to replace the term autophone by idiophone, in view of the fact that we
are accustomed, in our technical terminology, to associate the prefix
auto with the concept of movement under a mechanism's 'own' power,
i.e. automatic action.
Each of the above four main groups has naturally been subdivided.
In this subdivision, however, there is not the same wlity of criterion k
seen in the main groups. The idiophones are classed and arranged ac-
cording to the playing method; the membranophones, in the first instance,
also according to the playing method, but further according to shape;
the chordophones are first split into two groups, i.e. that of the simple,
and that of the composite instruments, and they are further classified ac-
cording to shape; in the case of the aerophones we first find a division into
'free' aerophones and wind instruments proper, after which the latter
group is again subdivided according to the manner in which they are blown.
In this subdivision; therefore, homogeneity of criterion is again conspicuous
by its absence. VoN HORNBOSTEL and SACHS, of course, intended this to
be so; indeed, they say, in their Introduction: 'Da wir absichtlich die
verschiedenen Gruppen nicht nach einem einheitlichen Prinzip unter-
gestellt, sondem den Einteilungsgrund allemal der Eigenart der Gruppe
angepasst haben, so sind Gruppen van gleicher Rangordnung im System
durchaus nicht immer koordiniert'. (i.e. Since we purposely refrained from
subjecting the various groups to sorne homogeneous principie, and, on the
contrary, adapted thebasis of our subdivisions in each caseto the typical
character of the group in question, certain sub-groups of the same arder of
precedence are not always coordinated in our system) (1913, p. ss8).
None the less, MoNTANDON rather frowned upon this inequality of
criterion in the subdivisions, and, accordingly, in his own system sub-
divided all groups according to one, the playing method.
ANDR SCHAEFFNER finds that he cannot agree in every respect with
either MAHILLON-VON HORNBOSTEL-5ACHS' or MONTANDON"s cla.ssifi-
cation. As regards the former, he considers the group of the i_diopho~es
not homogeneous enough. Taking MoNTANDON's definition as his startmg
point - which says that the idiophones include ... 'tout corps, dont la
vibration est le fait de leur carcasse et non de membrane, de corde ou
primairement de l'air (2907, p. 47) (i.e. each instrument, in whi~ the
vibration is caused by the body, and not by a membrane, a stnng or,

59
prirnarily, the a.ir) - ScHAEFFNER points out that, in that case, instrurnents
such as the African sanza ha ve, in effect, been mistakenly classified with the
idiophones. For here, it is the plucked metal or wooden tongues and not
the body- a flat piece of wood ora sound-box- that constitute the primarily
sounding material. (These instrurnents with 'hard' tongues also led Professor
A. E. CHERBULIEZ, the Zrich musicologist, to distinguish, in addition to
the four ma.in groups, as classified by MAHlLLON-SACHS-VON HORNBOSTEL,
a fifth, which he calls the linguaphone group. With this group CHERBULIEZ
classes, for instance, besides the sanza, the mouth-harps, and the imitation
drum of the Javanese kowangan (2399, p. 200, and fig. 92)).
According to SCHAEFFNER the same applies - be it in a lesser degree -
to many East-Asiatic and African xylophones and their farnily. Here
also, it is not the body (a wooden box, a woo<.len frame with bamboo tubes,
c.q. with calabash-gourds) that sounds in the first instance - although it
does function secondarily- but another part of the instrurnent, viz. the keys.
As regards MoNTANDON's system, ScHAEFFNER's special grievance is
the use of the general criterion of the playing rnethod all along the !fue.
For, he says, if we do that, then we rnust class a plucked lute with a different
group from that of a bowed lute, despite of the fact that the two are con-
structed exactly alike; one and the same instrurnent may quite well have
started its career as a plucked one, and developed only centuries later into
one played with a bow, for example the ancient Celtic crwth (Latn: chrotta).
And what is one to do about the guitar, which, as occasion may demand,
is made to sound in glissandi, by beating the sound-box, or plucking the
strings? And what about the violn, which, though mostly played with a
bow, is also plucked from time to time? And what are we to do with the
barnboo idiochords, sorne of which are plucked, whereas others are beaten
with a stick?
Taking all this into consideration, ScHAEFFNER finally preferred to
design a classification system of his own. This - two-part - system dis-
tinguishes:
(a) instruments whose prirnarily vibrating material is a solid;
(b) instruments whose primarily vibrating material is a gas, namely,
the air.
The first group, in its turn, is split into two, viz. (1) the sub-group charac-
terized by ... vibration d'un corps solide, non susceptible de tension, et
a intonations invariables ou indterrninables'. and (2) the sub-group charac-
terized by . . . vibration d'un corps solide tendu, a intonation variable'.
In 1936 he made this subdi\ision threefold: frorn the first sub-group
he Jctached as an independcnt one a sub-group 'corps solides flexibles',
among which, he, for instance, classified the sanzas and the mouth-harps
(3681, p. 371 ff).

6o
 There is certainly much to be said for this classification of SCHAEFFNER;
it cannot be denied that it is logical. Nevertheless, in my opinion bis ob-
jections to MAHILLOJ{s system do not hold water; there is not the slightest
reason, for instance, to take that definition of MONTANDON as a standard;
after all, it is neither the sound-box of a xylophone nor that of a sanza,
in short, not the body of those instruments, but the keys themselves which
comply with the criterion of being able to produce a tone without having
been previously stretched, as a string or a membrane is. And although
a homogeneous criterion for the main groups is desirable, it is, in my
opinion, a matter of complete indifference whether one waives this desire,
purely from considerations of expediency, in the case of the subdivisions,
providing always that they are consistent within the range of each sub-
group, that is; neither overlap nor leave part of the field uncovered.
In 1948 a new, very detailed, classification system was proposed by
HANS HEINZ DRXGER in his brochure Prinzip einer Systematik der Musik-
instrumente ( 1 oo). It is constructed on the foundations laid by MAHILLON,
SACHS and VoN HoRNBOSTEL, but attempts to achieve a greater homogeneity
in the criteria. The utility of this system will haveto be proved in practice,
but, personally, I think it is too detailed to be easily handled. The already
existing systems are quite serviceable, and this new one will probably ha ve
difficulty in getting a foothold.
In my work, in common with WALTER KAUDERN in his Musical Instru-
ments in Celebes (:zS). K. G. IziKOWITZ in bis Musical and other Sound-
instruments of the South American Indians (:zo44), CLAUDIE MARCEL-DUBOIS
in her Instruments de Musique de l'Inde ancienne (:z7J:z), and HANS HICK-
MANN in bis large Catalogue (1757). I have thought best to adhere to MA-
HILLON's system, as perfected by VON HORNBOSTEL and SACHS; my own
experience being that only in extremely rare cases does it let the investi-
gator down. Only, when dealing with modern European organology, one
has to add a supplementary group, namely that of the electrophones, of
which, during the last decades, many different types have been created
(for instance, the Trautonium, MARTENOT's Ondes sonares e.t.q.). l
It was CuRT SACHS who first made an attempt to order and classify
the infinite variety of sound-instruments from the cultural-historical
angle. In his book Geist und Werden der Musikinstrumente (3553), a master!y;
authoritative and comprehensive work, he has succeeded in laying down
the main lines of investigation, thus creating a firm basis for subsequent
workers to build upon with confidence. In a later work, The History of
Musical lnstruments (3564), SACHS once again ordered and arranged the

1 lu his article Afusikinstrumenlenkunde (1009a). HA!IIS HEtNZ DRAGKR gives a clear survey of
tbe classilicatic;m problem as it now stands.

61
entire organological material, starting from a somewhat different stand-
point, but with every sign of still deeper and more mature insight.
In the first-named work, the Berlin musicologist enumerates four ways
along which we may come to a classification as intended by him, namely:
(a) the purely musicological way, in which the giding principie is the
greater or lesser development of an instrument. Here, however, we are
faced with unsurmountable difficulties: where are we to look for the evi-
dence of this higher development? In the volume of tone? In the reduction
of the size of the intervals? In the greater purity and refinement of the
tone-quality? In the increasing possibilities to produce rhythrnic or dynamic
varicty? And again, is it possible to test the degree in which each of these
elements is present in each particular case by trying an instrument found
in a museum, and without the coi:iperation of a player who is familiar with
its manipulaton?
(b) the 'ergological' method, in which account is taken of the qualities
showing the degree of craftsmanship needed to fabricate it;
(e) the classification according to the 'Kulturkreise' (i.e. cultural regioris)
in which the instrument is found, as FROBENIUS, GRAEBNER, Fov, ANKER-
MANN and Father WILHELM SCHMIDT have adopted;
(d) the theory that the further an instrument is found from its centre
of origin, the older it is. One could call it the geographical method. This
method can be applied only_ by the ethnomusicologist who, in the con-
troversy 'Entlehnung oder Vi:ilkergedanke' (i.e. assirnilation or pluri-
genesis) has voted for 'assimilation'. And, as SACHS rightly remarks, the
evidence of migration, and adoption by other peoples, of different instru-
mental forms is so overwhelmingly convincing, that musicologists can
hardly be expected to be other than adherents of the 'Entlehnung' theory.
One of the primary reasons for rejecting the idea of plurigenesis (i.e. the
independent appearance of the same instrument in different regions) is the
presence, in so many cases, of perfectly identical, no11-essential features of
the instruments in question.
On the ground, therefore, of geographic diffusion, but also and unmis-
takably guided here and there by the 'Kulturkreislehre' (i.e. cultural
regions-doctrine) of the Viennese ethnological school, as well as taking
into account, where necessary, the structure and craftmanships shown
by the various instruments, SACHS - aided by his phenomenal knowledge
of facts, both in the field of the actual organology and that of comparative
linguistics (he began bis career as a man of letters and as historian of art) -
was able to put sorne arder into the instrumental chaos. He divides bis
subject-matter into three main parts, namcly, thc Stone Age, the Metal
Age and the Middle Ages. The first pcriod is again subdivided into no less
than 12, the metal age into ,_ and the middle ages into 4 periods.
 What strikes one in this is that, generally speaking, the most ancient
strata comprise a wider field than the later ones - resembling what happens
when a stone is thrown, into water: the first circles - i.e. the outer ones-
cover the greatest area. My late colleague J. S. BRANDTS BUYS (471-490),
who made a most meritorious study of the music of Central Java and
Madura, spoke of this phenomenon and the conclusions which were drawn
from it, as the 'fairy circle theory'.
There are many things which point to the probability that this wealth
of instrumental forros for the greater part owes its existence to two very
ancient cultural centres, namely, the Egyptian-Mesopotamian centre and
the ancient Chinese. Also there are a few indications which suggest that,
behind these two civilizations, there must have been a still more ancient
one from which they both originated, and which was probably located
somewhere in Central Asia.

In this booklet many ethnomusicologists of great merit have not yet
been mentioned, because it so happened that they did not fit into the
scheme followed in its composition. For instance the Fillnish musicologists
TTo ANDERSSON (83--94) and A. P. V.iSANEN (4167-4179a) the French
investigators Father .AMIOT (1779)!) (o), .ALEXIS CHOTTIN (644-663, 1783),
ALAIN DANILOU (8o8-818a), RonoLPHE n'ERLANGER (u16-III9),JoANNY
GROSSET (1534, 1535), RAouL and MARGHRITE n'HARCOURT (98, 309,
1599-1607, 1929, 2489, 2490), Mrs. HuMBERT-SAUVAGEOT (1995, 1996,
4IIo), VICTOR LoRET (2657-266o), Lours LALOY (2526-2531), A. MACHABEY
(2678-2684), NoEL PRI (3158), GILBERT RouGET (1524, 3498-3502), a.o.;
the Mongol princess NIRGIDMA DE TORHOUT (4110) the Turkish musicolog-
ists ADNAN AHMED SAYGUN (3665-3668) and RAouF YEKTA (4452, 4453);
the Swiss SAMUEL BAUD-BovY (fig. 13) (294-300); the Angelsaxon scholars
PHYLLIS ACKERMAN (13), EDWIN G. BURROWS (547-552a), CHARLES RUSSELL
DAY (834-838), HERBERT A. PoPLEY (3217), HENRY GEORGE FARMER
(u56-12xo, 3456), EMANUEL WINTERNnz (4393), CouN McPHEE (28o3-
2817), A. C. MOULE (2923-2926) 1 FRANCIS PIGGOTT (3183-3185), LAURENCE
PICKEN (3174-3181), and many others; theDanesERIKDAL(fig.JJ) (8o-
783a) and NILS SCHIIi!RRING (fig. 4) (136, 3703-3705) ; the Dutchmen J. A.
VAN AALsT (1), A. A. BAKE (fig. 22) (17o-198c, 1289), J. P. N. LAND (487,
2533-2537) and CASPAR H5WELER (1867); the African experts K. P.
WACHSMANN (fig. 36) (4254-4262) and HERBERT PEPPER (3135-3152) j
the ludian scholars N.V. BHATKHANDE (353-355), ANANDA CoOMARA-
SWAMY (739-743), c. S. AIYAR (34-41), SR! PADA BANDOPAl>HYAYA (226-
229), V. RAGHAVAN (3252-33o8c), K. V. R.AM.AcHANDRAN (3314-332oa),
Pandit RATANJANKAR (3348-3357), P. SAMBAMURTHY (36o5-3623a) e.t.q.;
the japanese SHIGEO KtSHIBE (2238-2241, 4138), GENJIRO MAsU (2779,
2780), TARO TA (3091), K. SUNAGA (4003), HIDEO TANABE (4041, 4042),
KIYOSI TAKANO (4035, 4036), S. TANAKA (4046) a.o.; the Chinese EN
SHAO WANG (4288) and KuANG CHI WANG (4289-4292); the Siamese
PHRA CHEN DuRYANGA (1026, 1027) and H. E. NAI V. VrcHITR-VADAKARN
(4229); the Bunnese U KHIN ZAW (4477-4478a); the Bulgarians STOYAN
DJOUDJEFF (985-990), lVAN KATSCHULEV (2151r-2155), RAINA KATZAROVA
(fig. 38) (2156-2176), VASIL (STOiN 3958-3965) a.o.; the Yugoslavs VLADIMIR
DJORDJEVIC (979-984), MIODRAG VASILJEVIC (fig. 41) (4198-4201),
CVJETKO RIHTMAN (fig. 3ii) (3422-3424a), GIVKO FIRFOV (1245-1248a) a.o.;
the Rurnanian TIBERIU ALEXANDRU (51-54a); the Australian experts
HAROLD E. DAviES (830) andA. P. ELKIN (1o63-1063b); the Maorispecialist
]OH. C. ANDERSSEN (77-80); the Hungarians ZOLTAN KODLY (fig. ro)
(261, 265, 266, 283, 2267-2272) and LASZLO LAJTHA (fig. 40) (2521r-2525);
the Belgians LGA BooNE (392, 393) and PAUL CoLLAER (719-728a); the
Korean scholar CHUNG SIK KEH (2186) ; the Cuban investigators FERNANDO
RTIZ (3073-3080) and EDUARDO SANCHEZ DE FUENTES (3627-3634) ; the
Uruguayan LAURO AYESTARAN (155, 156); _the.Mexicans CARLOS CHAVEZ
(633) and GABRIEL SALDIVAR (3591); the Brazilians Luiz HEITOR CoRRh
DE AZEVEDO (157-161), Mrs. NEYDA ALVARENGA (63-67) and RENATO
ALMEIDA (6o); the Argentine CARLOS VEGA_ (4207-3213); the Gerrnan
J apan-specialists ETA HARICH-SCHNEIDER ( 1612-1618a) and HANS EcKARDT
( 1044-105oa), and many others who, I hope, will not resent m y omissions.
A variety of subjects, too, sorne of them most important, have been
hardly, if at all, touched upon in the above. Thus, for example, the different
tonal systerns and scale systerns in practical use in the world I, the various
melodic formulae and tonal patterns so characteristic of many non-European
musical cultures (as in the ancient Greek nomoi, the Japanese No-music,
the raga's of India Proper, the Hebrew nigtn, the Javanese pa!et, and
the Persian-Arab maqamat); the forms of multi-part music 2; problems
of metre and rhythm 3; the cultural-historical currents in so far as they
1 For the demonstration of tbe structure of exotic scales there has been developed at tbe Royal
Tropical lnstitute, Amsterdam, a polychord, provided witb 12 graduated scales, moveable bridges
and tunins pegs, whicb can duplicate any kind o! scale of kuowu vibration numbers (fig. 6o). lt is
availlble for any serious musicologist at a ruoderate price (address: Royal Tropical Institute,
Dcpartm~nt of Anthropology, Linnaeusstraat 2A, Amsterdam Oost).
~t Scc, for instance: J 13, 324, 405, 550, J524, J747, 1794, 1822, p. 97 ff., 1899, 1965, 2104, 2209,
2213, 2302, 2401, 2-499, 2625, 2999, p. 77 11. 317-4, p. 239,3176, 3327a, 3423,3424, 3428a, 3551,3635,
3730, 3731, 3734, 3739, 3757, 395-4a, and 4123.
3 lu rcgard to rhythnt, WestEuropean musicians and musicologists are inclined to forget that
tbc greater part of the wbite race is decidedly inferior to rnany nouEuropean peoples, especially
th~ African ncgropeoples. Ample evidence of this may be found in 1384. 1432, 2093 11, 2104, 3523,
and 4310. - For intricate (East-)European rhythmic structures, lmay refer the reader to 120, 462,
464, 771, 985, 987, 2921,3023, 4199, aud 4200.- For proUJems of mctre aud rhythm in general, see:
75, 467, 645, 150-4, 1868, 2oo8b, 2401, 2943, 2944, 3576, 3577, 3774 4033, -4274, 4372, and 4381.
found expression in music 1; problems of style z and forma; the various
exotic musical scripts 4; music and magic 5; music in its relation to work .
music and philosophy 7, psychology of music a, music as a sociological
factor B, music and religion lO, music and medicine u, classification of mela:.
dies 12, music and mission u, music and language 14, melodic typology 16,
etc., cte.
For a more general and systematic exposition of the objects, technical
means and subject-matter of ethnomusicology 1 may refer the reader to
RoBERT LACH, Die vergleichende M usikwissenschaft, ihre M ethoden und
Probleme (2478); WILHELM HEINITZ, Vergleichende Musikwissenschajt
(1659); RoBERT LACHMANN, Musik des Orients (2502); CURT SACHS,
V ergleichende M usikwissenschaft (3554) ; BLA BARTK, Pourquoi et com-
ment receuille-t-on la musique populaire (281) ; FRANK HOWES, M a11,
Mind and Music (1972); WILL G. GILBERT, Buiten-Europese muziek (1435);
A. A. BAKE and MAUD KARPELES, Manual for Folksong Collectors (187);
GLEN HAYDON, Introduction to Musicology (1632, p. 216 ff.); FRITZ BosE,
Musikalische Volkerkunde (432); BRUNO NETTL, Music in primitive culture
(2999); the chapter 'Music' in 'Notes and Queries on Anthropology' (6th
ed., p. 315 ff.) (3045), and, for a standard example, how an investigaban
into the music of a 'primitive' people should be made, for instance, to the

1 See p. 46 note 3, and, for instance, 2:138 and 2a4o.

See 424, 793, 8oo, 1676, 1702, 1944, 1956, 1987, 2472, 2978, 2979, 3734, 3743, alld 3745
a Se!!, for instauce; 1703, aa88, :a6o:z, and 3446.
See for Babylouia: 3546, 3548, 3568, 357oa; lor Sumeria: 1341, Chapler IV; lor Eypt: 1812,
18, p. 4 8 11.; for HeUas: 1397a, p. 12911., 3545 and 3547; lor Arabia: 244oa, 2534, 2537, 3491, p.
2733; for ludia: 41a, 641, 811 11, 1535, p. JOO ff. aud 324, 35::0, ]844, 3846; forTibet: 3892; ior java:
474,489, 2399, p. 346lf.; for Bali: 2360, par. S (p. 47ll.); lor japall: 1osoa (figs 2, 5, 6 aud 15), 1617,
2498 alld 3184, p. 124 11.; for Okinowo: 3516; for China: 750, p. 156 1!., 1555, p. 4/S, aud 114 1!.,
1919, 2255, 2OJ, 3174, p. 239 ff., 4000, 4011, 4144, 4146, 4290, 4549b; for Vietuam: 2519 1 p. 46
11.; lor Khwarizm: 318a; lor Persia: 2534; for Dyzantium: 1373, p. 547 and .~5~ 11., 4339; lor the
Hebrews: 348oa, 4358a, p. 6 zs, and for tbe MeJ.:ican Aztecs: 3046. For a general survey ~: 827,
14o8, 3557a, 4085, 4430, aud 4432.
6 Sc:t, fol" iustance: 128, 154a, 219, 285, p . .53 ff., 445, 529, 533, 730, 83, 891, 1062, 1225, 1459,

2119, 2419, 2421, 2422, 3425, 2545, '571 1 p. 6S, 2585, p. 91 ff., 2741, 28o, 281, 2933, 3201, 3334a,
3446, p. 37, 3487, 3491, p. 2Hoo, 3518, 3529, p. 21 ff., 3670, 3771, 3892, 4007, 4437, 4449, aud 4498.
1 See the famou:::t book by CARL BOcUER, Arb11.iltmd Rhylhmws (530), and, for iustance: HKtNlTZ

(166o), RAMON v RIVERA (3327), and VARAGNAC (4190).

7 See: 55, so, 1532, 1972, 2531, 3170, 3510, 3769, 4144, 4265, alld 4358.
1 See: 46, 6n, 1439, 1590, 1598, 1905, 1931, 1932, 1972, 2067, :1324, 2325, 2440, 2936, 3063,

3081, 3395, 3776, 3777, 3780, 3793, 3984, 3988, 3396, 4222, and 4312.
8 Sec:: ]28, 375, 1972, 2056, 2275, 2406, 4319, and u1aoy otheni, fol" instauce: IOJS, 1478, 1532,

1478, 2274, 2473, 3836, 3871, 4130, 4286, 4287, aud 4434
lo S!!c, ur ius.tauce: 445, 942, 1062, 1099, 1315, 1535, 1532, 1547, 1698, 1717, ao66, 2285, 2393,
2663, z666, 2675, 2737a, 286o, 3114, 3487, 3517, 3820, 3898, and 4370.
11 See, for iustance: 119, 873, 890,936,937,940, 943,3421,2422, a683, 3005, J08l, 3780, 3859a, aud
4007.
u The classification of European folk sougs owes much to luu.RI Kaonw (2332) ; see also: 267,
303, 1653, 1661, 2294, 2565, 2954, 3243, 3594, 4178, and 4497
u See: 2392, 3517, aud 4349
14 ~ce, ur iust..luce: 1710 1 2442, 3984, 3187, 37418, 3755, and 3935,
16 Soc: 1053, 2289, 2603, 3744, 3747, 3749, 3751, 3760, 3872, oud 3873.
excellent study by HELEN H. RoBERTS and MORRIS SWADESH on the songs
of the Nootka Indians (3451).
As said above, SACHS gives a generously ample survey of the develop-
ment of music and musical instruments in the course of the past millennia,
in the two brilliant monographs, repeatedly cited in the foregoing pages:
Geist u11d Werden der Musikinstrumente (3553) and The History of Musical
Instruments (3564) and also in his book - no less recomrnendable - The
Rise of Music in the Ancient World, East and West (3567), while for the
nomenclature of musical instrwnents bis Reallexikon der Musikinstrumente
(3528) - published as early as 1913, but not by any means out of date -
may be consulted with much benefit.
Most of the publications mentioned in these pages deal with problems
and subjects of a general nature. But also for the study of the music of
certain particular parts of the world, a large number of monographs are
available to those interested. Most of them the reader will find listed
alphabetically in the Bibliography, p. 79
lndex l gives the subjects treated and the instrumental names menticined
in this book; Index II the names of the countries, regions and peoples the
music of which has been studied andfor recorded; Index III the names of
authors, collectors and musicians; lndex IV a list of periodicals, containing
ethno-musicological publications. The numbers in brackets refer to the
corresponding numbers of the publications found in the bibliography; the
numbers in italics to the pages of this book.
ADDENDA
p. 25, sub a): KL. 5173 Northem and Central Italy and the Albanians of Calabria
(rec. and notes: ALAN LOMAX and DIEGO CARPITELLA);
KL. 51 H. Southem Italy, Sicily, Sardinia (instr.: a.o. launeddas) (rec.
and notes by id.);
p. 26, sub/): L.D. 333 Musique Polynsienne (islands: Society lslands (Maupiti,
Moorea, Tahiti), Marquesas (= Tiki), Fatu Hiva) (instr.:
guitar, beating sticks. handclapping) (rec. by FRANCIS
M.urtRE);
L. D. 337. Musique d'Afghanistan (instr.: daira, sanlur. lampura, flute,
zerberali, utar, tabla, robab, delroba, latlbur, ritchak) (rec.
and notes: ALAIN DELAPRAZ).
p. 34, sub ii): MC 20.124 Gitans. Plrinage aux Saintes Maries de la mer (rec. by
DEBEN BHATTACHARYA, a5S; by FRANCIS HRTIER);
p. 35, to add: mm) issued by thc RAiliODIFFUSION DE LA FRANCE D'OUTRE-MER:
(.6, rue d'Amsterdam, Paris IX) two L.P.-r~cordings 'Les
Dogon' (instr.: gourd-c:)rums, hourgrass shaped drums, guig-
nerou (small guitar with neck-bells), iron bells, trumpets, bull-
roarers) (rec. by FRANCOIS DI DIO, notes by GERMAINE
DIETERLEN).
nn) issued by tbe Yugoton firm (Ethnophilia): five 78-records
of folk music from the Kroatian littoral and Istria (instr.:
sopele) (rec. and notes by NEUJJ;LJKO KARABAI~).

66
TRAINING POSSIBILITIES FOR ETHNOMUSICOLOGISTS

An inquiry into the training possibilities for students of ethnomusicology

in different countries provided the following results:

BELGIUM

'En fait, les tudes ethnomusicologiques n'ont pas encore fait leur entre,
jusqu'ici, dans les Universits bclges. La musicologie est, en somme, une
branche relativement toute nouvelle dans ce domaine, et son enscignement
s'attache principalement a l'histoire de la musique europenne de l'occident,
telle qu'elle est expose dans les manuels classiques (RIEMANN, ADLER,
SMIJERS, Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft, etc.). Depuis que l'ethnomusico-
logie a pris une place exceptionnellement importante dans le monde entier,
on tend cependant a attirer l'attention des tudiants sur son existance et
sur son intret. Mais cela ne se fait que d'une fa~on assez sporadique et
superficielle, notamment quand le professeur se trouve dans la ncessit
(sic) de s'occuper des origines de la musique ou plus spcialement, de la
chanson populaire. Mais il est sans conteste qu'a l'avenir ces 'embryons' ne
manqueront pas de se developper. Comment pourrait-il en etre autrement,
quand on est tmoin de l'action d'un homme comme M. PAUL CoLLAER,
qui a si profondment pntr dans ce domaine, et qui fait tant pour en
faire comprendre l'importance par des confrences et par des colloques,
comme ceux de Wgimont, si intelligemment organiss par Mme. CLERCX-
LEJEUNE, mon ancienne leve, qui m'a succd a la chair de musicologie de
l'Universit de Lic~ge?
Le cyclc ethnomusicologique, qui a eu lieu a l'Instiiut des Hautes Etudcs
de Belgique, est, de son cot, un tmoignage significatif de l'intret croissant
qui s'attache a cette nouvelle discipline. Mais vous le voyez, il n'y a encore,
la, qu'une esquisse prparatoire. Ce qu'il faudrait, c'est pouvoir faire du
travail de sminaire, sous la direction permanente d'un spcialiste comme
PAuL CoLLAER. j'ai le ferme espoir que son esprit d'entreprise l'amenera,
un jour ou l'autre, a mettre sur pied un centre d'tudes de cette espece.
Mais encore faudra-t-il trouver sur place des lements asscz srieux pour
poursuivre ces tudes en dehor~ de tout a:nateurisme. Les trouvera-t-on? -
that is thc questionl'
CHARLES VAN DEN Bo.IU<cN

6
 CZECHOSLOVAKIA

'Anden UniversiHi.ten der Tschechoslowakei wird Ethnomusicologie eigent-

lich nicht gepflegt, obwohl Wlser Land einen grossen Reichtum an Volks-
liedern Wld Volksmusik aufweist. Nur fr die Hi:irer der Musikwissenschaft
und der allgemeinen VolkskWlde werden 1-2 StWlden wi:ichentlich (2 Se-
mester) eine Einfhrwtg in die Ethnomusikologie mit praktischen Bei-
spiclen (hauptsachlich als gewisse Schulung fr eventuelle Sammeltatigkeit)
eingerichtet. Wenn die Hi:irer ein Thema aus dem Gcbiete der Volksmusik
fr ihre Diplomarbeit wahlen, dann beschriinkt sich die Arbeit meistens
auf musikhistorische oder volkskWldliche Fragen des Landes'.
KAREL VETIERL

DENMARK

'At the University of Copenhagen it is possible to study ethnomusicology

as a special subject for the Master of Arts degree (about the same as German
Dr. Phi!.) and for the candidatus magisterii-examination (teachers in music
at the gymnasium and other highschools). 1 am lecturing this subject but
only as a part of my other duties. Sorne people have already passed ex-
amination in ethnornusicology, e.g. in Kafir-music, Central-Asan music,
Yugoslav music, Faeror-music a.s.o.
It is a pleasure for me to annoWlce you that h has been possible to forro a
(small) institute or centre for ethnomusicology in connection with the
Music Departrnent of the Danish Fol.klore Archives. Address: Torvegade
47, Copenhagen. lt will open about September 1958'.
NILS SCHI0RRING

FRANCE

'11 n'y a pas a la Sorbonne, pour l'instant, d'enseignement spcialis de

l'ethnomusicologie (j'espere que cela viendra Wl jour), mais l'ethnomusicolo-
gie tient depuis plusieurs annes Wle place importante dans l'enseignement
de l'histoire de la musique comme !'un des lments essentiels de la disci-
pline gnrale de 'philologie musicale' qui se dveloppe chaque anne
davantage. Sous ce rapport il m'est permis de vous citer en rfrence la
premiere partie (la seule polycopie) de mon cours intitul 'Formation et
transformations du langage musical'.
11 y a en outre, a l'Institut de Musicologie, depuis cette anne, Wl smi-
naire d'tudes d'ethnomusicologie qui groupe des tudiants dja expri-
mcnts.ll travaille a la mise au point d'une mthode d'analyse des enrcgistre-
ments d'ethnomusicologie et a l'tablissemcnt d'Wle fichier analytique de
ces enregistrements. 11 est dirig par moi-mme et par M. BRAILOIU, en

68
liaison avec le Muse de l'Honune, et se place dans le cadre du '3ieme Cycle'
actuellement.en formation a la Sorbonne pour la prparation au Doctorat'.
]ACQUES CUAlLLEY

GERMANYI
(Cologne)

'Voraussetzung fr das Studium der Ethnomusikologie ist das Abitur eincr

Realschule oder eines Gymnasiums. Die Studenten mssen einen kompletten
Lehrgang in allgemeiner Musikgeschichte, Akustik und vergleichender Musik-
wissenschaft horen (Naturvolker, Hochkulturen, Instnunentenkunde). Fer-
ner mssen sie teilnehmen an drei Seminaren e zwei Semester pro Seminar)
und einem 'privatissime' Seminar (1-2 x wochentlich) zurn Abschreiben
von Bandaufnahmen und Schallplatten wahrend der ga.nzen Studienzeit.
Jedes Jahr muss ein Referat abgehalten werden ber ein von mir gestelltcs
Thema. Als Nebenfach muss Ethnologie studiert werden.
Man kann aber auch als Hauptfach Ethnologie nehmen und Musikethno-
logie im Nebenfach studieren. Dann braucht man keine allgemcine Musik-
geschichte. Der Titel ist Dr. Phil.
Ich habe viele Horer un ter den Kandidaten fr Kirchen- und Schulmusik,
die an der Hochschule fr Musik studieren, aber gleichzeitig 6 Semester an
der Universitat studieren mssen, um spater an einem Gymnasiurn auch
andere Nebenfacher unterrichten zu konnen',
MARIUS SCHNElDER

GERMANY 11
(West-Berlin)

'Fr die Freie Universitat gelten dieselben Bedingungen wie fr alle Univer-
sitaten in Westdeutschland. Nur die Universitaten im sowjetisch besetzten
Teil Deutschlands und in Ost-Berlin haben eigene Regelungen des Studien-
ganges, die von denen in Westdeutschland erheblich abweichen.
Das Studium der Musik-Ethnologie ist an der Freien Universitat kein
eigenes Studienfach, sondern ein Teilgebiet des Faches Musikwissenschait.
Der angehende Musikethnologe ist also verpflichtet, das gesamte Gebiet der
Musikforschung zu studieren. Er muss sich zu diesem Zweck in der philoso-
phischen Fakultat immatrikulieren lassen. Das Fach Musikwissenschaft
gilt als ordentliches Studienfach und selbstandiges Hauptfach. Der Ordina-
rius dieses Fachcs ist hier wohl berall ein Musikhistoriker. Dcr Dozent !r
Musikcthnologie ist Professor Dr. RUin REINHAIW, zugleich Leitcr des
Phonogramm-Archivs bcim VO!kerkunde-Museum in Berlin-Dahlem.
Voraussetzung fr die Zulassung zum Studium der Musik-Ethnologie:

6g
zunachst dieselbe wie fr das Studium aller Facher der philosophischen
Faku!Ui.t, n~lich ein Abschlusszeugnis (Abiturium) eines Gymnasiwns,
bezw. in Berln Oberschule wissenschaftlichen Zweiges mit 13 Klassen.
Dazu noch wie fr alle Studierenden dcr Musikwissenschaft Nachweis aus-
reichender Kenntnisse in praktischer und theoretischer Musik.
Studiengang: im Hauptfach Musikwissenschaft Teilnahme an Vorlesungen
und bungen aller Teilgebiete. Fr die Zulassung zu den Serninar-Obungen
sind Aufnahmeprfungen erforderlich:
a) in das Pro-Seminar, wobei vor allem Kenntnisse in den musikalischen
Fertigkeiten geprft werden, die zum Studiwn der Musikgeschichte
notwendig sind, wie Hannonielehre und Kontrapunkt und das Spielen
cinfacher Partituren vokaler und instrwncntaler Musik u.a.;
b) fr das Hauptseminar, wobei bereits musikwi.Ssenschaftliche Kenntnisse
und Fertigkeiten geprft werden, wie z.B. musikgeschichtliche Daten
und Zusammenhange, das bertragen von Musikdenkmalem aus alten
Drucken und Handschriften u.a. Im Hauptseminar werden die Studie-
rcnden zu eigenen Forschungsarbeiten angchalten; es werden schrift-
liche Arbeiten und mndliche Referate verlangt. Das Teilgebiet Musik-
ethnologie ist ein Pflichtfach fr alle Studiercnden der Musikwissen-
schaft. Diejenigen, die sich hierauf spezialisieren wollen, arbeiten inten-
siever in den bungen des Phonogramrri-Archivs mit und treten mit
eigenen Versuchen der bertragung von exotischer Musik usw. hervor.
Als Nebenfacher wahlen die Studierenden der Musik-Ethnologie meist
Volkerkunde, Philosophie und Psycbologie. Das Studium ist zeitlich nicbt
begrenzt, doch wird es allgemein nicht weniger als 4 Jahre dauem koimen.
Der Abschluss kann erfolgen durch Erlangung des Titels cines Magisters
der freien Knste (Mag. Art. libr.), der dem Namcn mit den beiden Buch-
stabcn M.A. nachgesetzt wird, oder durch Erlangung des Doktorsgrades
(Dr. phi/.) der dem Namen vorangestellt wird. Die Wrde dieses M.A. wird
nach mindestens 8 Semestem verliehen, wcnn der Ka.ndidat in einer schrift-
lichen Hausa.rbeit, die innerhalb von 3 Mona.ten angefertgt sein muss, die
Fa.higkeit zu selbstandiger wissenscha.ftlicher Arbeit und in jeweils 4-stnd-
lichen Kla.usurarbeiten sowie mndlichen Prfungen im Hauptfa.ch und in
zwei gewahlten Nebenfachem die Beherrschung des Stoffgebietes nachge-
wiesen ha t. Fr die Erla.ngung des Doktorsgrades ist eine wnfassende wissen-
scha.ftliche Dissertation vorzulegen, die gedruckt werden muss, und es wird
ein Examen im Hauptfach M_usikethnologie und Musikgeschichte sowie in
zwei Nebenfachem na.ch Wahl, z.B. Volkerkunde, Geographie, Anthropolo-
gie, Philosophie, Psychologie usw. verla.ngt'.
FRITZ BosE

70
 GERMANY 111
(Hamburg)

'U m Musikethnologie in Deutschland zu studieren, muss man sich fr allge-

meine Musikwissenschaft einschreiben. Musikethnologie als Hauptfach gibt
es nicht in Dcutschland, sondem sie gilt als Teilgebiet der Musikwissenschaft.
U m sich a uf der Universitat einzuschreiben gelten die blichen Bestirnmung-
en fr die Zulassung zum Universitatsstudium, d.h. der Student muss das
Reezeugnis einer deutschen Oberschule vorweisen.
Der Student muss insgesamt mindestens 8 Semester studieren, und zwar
allgemeine Musikwissenschaft, Systematik und vergleichende Musikwissen-
schaft, Seminararbeit einbegrfen. Will er sich fr die Musikethnologie
spezialisieren und auf diesem Teilgebiet promovieren, dann gilt fr die
Universitat Hamburg femer die Bestimmung, dass er als erstes Nebenfach
obligatorisch Volkerkunde studieren muss. Die Wahl des zweiten Neben-
fachs steht ihm fre.
Um zu promovieren reicht der Student, der vergleichende Musikwissen-
schaft als Arbeitsgebiet wahlt, seine Dissertation der FakulHit ein. Die
mndliche Prfung erfolgt in Hamburg durch den Fachvertreter der Musik-
wissenschaft {Prof. Dr. HusMANN), den Spezialisten der Musikethnographie
(Dozent Dr. HICKMANN), den Volkerkundler fr das erste Nebenfach (Prof.
Dr. TERMER) und den Vertreter des zweiten Nebenfachs. Nach der Promo-
tion erhalt der Doktorand den Titel eines Dr. phil.' HANS HICKMANN

HUNGARY
'A l'Universit de Budapest, des 1949 jusqu'a 1954, fonctionnait un cours
de la musique populaire hongroise, attach a la chaire de l'Ethnographie.
Le but de ce cours facultatif tait de faire connaitre aux tudiants de
l'ethnographie la musique populaire du pays, mais sans tudes approfondis,
-en consquence, sans aucun examen.
A l'Ecole Suprieure de Musique de Budapest on a cr en 1951 une
Section de Musicologie. Cette section tait divise en trois sous-sections
dont chacune tait autonome et a donn des diplmes aux leves qui ont
pass l'examen du dit cours avec succes. Les trois sous-sections taient les
suivantes: a) cours d'histoire, b) cours de thorie et esthtique, e) cours de
la musique populaire.
La sous-section 'musique populaire' a fonctionne des octobre 1951 jusqu'a
juin 1956. La dure du cours tait cinq ans. Il y avait un concours d'entre
et des examens a la fin des semestres et a la fin de l'anne. Tout leve qui
s'est prsent a ce cours a du avoir l'oreille musicale et certain connaissance
thorique. M. ZOLTAN KODALY a cu des cours thoriques et pratiques sur
les problemes dt la musique populaire hongroise, moi-mme j'ai eu la prati-

JI
que de la notation musicale, systmatologie et ethnomusicologie. En surplus,
les tudiants ont du suivre des cours de l'histoire de la musique, de l'harmonie
et contrepoint analytiques, chant grgorien, palologie et solfege. l'Ecole
Suprieure de Musique a eu des cours, oii les leves pouvaient suivre des
tudes prparatoires pour les trois cours de la musicologie'.
LASZLO LAJTHA

NETHERLANDS
'The student at a Dutch University who wants to make ethnomusicology
the ultimate aim of bis studies, has the choice between two different ways
of approach.
The most normal proceeding is to matriculate in the Department of Arts
and Lcttcrs of a Gymnasium or Lyceum (the nearest equivalent of the
English Grammarschool, take out one's leaving-certicate and then enter
one of the four Universities inc!uding a chair of musicology (i.e. Amsterdarn,
Utrecht, Leyden, or Nijmegen) there to concentrate n the study of general
musicology. After the B.A. examination (Dutch: candidaatsexarnen) the
studcnt could take up cthnomusicology together with cultural anthropology
by way of side-subjects, graduate and then take his doctor'sdegree bywriting
a thesis on an ethnomusicological subject. This degree (Dutch: Doctor in
de Letteren en Wijsbegeerte) is comparable to the Ph. D. of English and
American universities.
The Amsterdam Municipal University has since 1952 been entrusted with
a lectureship in ethnomusicology. Moreover, the Department of Cultural
and Physical Anthropology of the Royal Tropical Institute (2A, Linnaeus-
straat, Amsterdarn Oost) houses an ethnomusicologica! bureau with a com-
prehensive library and an all-compassing co!lection of sound-recordings.
An alternative procedure leads va the study o cultural anthropology,
facilities for which are offered in the Universities of Amsterdarn, Utrecht,
Leyden and Nijmegen. Grammarschool education in both departments
(Art and Letters, as well as Science) is the only prerequisite. After the rele-
vant B.A. examination, graduation must cover the obligatory side-subject:
Cultural anthropology o a non-European region, to be studied in conjunc-
tion with another side-subject, in the present instance of course ethnomusi-
cology. Students are recommended also to taken up general musicology,
though the subject is not listed in the currculum as an obligatory itero.
Like in the first case, the thesis for the doctorate will deal with an ethno-
musicological subject.
The degree to be conferred is, also in this case, that of D. litt. The Nether-
lands Academic Charter does not provide for a specic doctorate in Musico-
Jogy, let alone in Ethnomusicology'.
]AAP KUNST

72
 NORWAY

'Besondere Ausbildung fr Etbnomusikologen gibt es bei den norwegischen

Universitaten (Oslo und Bergen) nicht. Nur an der Osloer Universitat gibt
es zwei Moglichkeiten zur Musikausbildung: r) 'Magistergrad' (Mag. Artium);
2) Musik als 'Bifag' (Nebenfach des 'Lektor' -Examens) fr Philologen,
das die Lehrberechtigung zum Musikunterricht an hOheren Schulen gibt.
Nun sind sowohl die 'Magistergrad'-Studierenden, wie auch die 'Bifag'-
Studiercnden zur Teilnahrne an vcrschiedenen Kursen verpflichtet, dar-
unter an einem zwei-Semester-Kurs (jede Woche drei Stunden) in norwegi-
scher Musikgeschichte, (der mir anvertraut worden ist). Ein- zwar nicht
nnbedeutender- Teil dieses Kursus ist norwegischer Volksmusik gewid-
met, wodurch den Studenten eine Einfhrung in die verschiedenen vokalen
nnd instrumentalen Typen gegebcn wird. Nur wenig berhrt wird primitive
nnd orientalische Musik als Einleitnng des Kursus in allgemeiner Musik-
geschichte (Professor Ouv GURVIN). Es gibt also keine "training facilities'
fr die Ausbildung der Ethnomusikologen als solche, nur mehr oder weniger
zufallige praktische Einfhrungen in volksmusikalische Typen (besonders
einheimische).
Die Personen, die Volksmusik zu studieren wnschen, haben keine be-
senderen Ausbildungsmoglichkeiten. Dass wir, die wir WlS mit Vol.ksmusik
beschaftigen, meistens an der Musikabteilung der Universitat ausgebildet
wurden, deren Unterricht sich auf die kunstmusikalische west-europa.ische
Tradition sttzt, mag, meiner Meinung nach, eine verhangnisvolle Entwick-
lnng der volksmusikalischen Forschung bedeuten, denn ich habe den
Eindruck, dass das Verstandnis fr prinzipielle Erorterungen volksmusika-
lischer Fragen nicht bei den Musikologen, sondern eher bei den Ethnologen
nnd Ethnographen zu finden ist. Die ethnologische Universitatsausbildung
gibt aber ihrerscits keine besondcre volksmusikalische Orienticrung'.
LIV GilliNI

RUSSIA

'Folklore-musicologists are not trained in our Universities. In this country,

the subjects concerning musical folklore and which are included in the
specialized musicological currculum, are taught as part of musical theory
in a conservatory. Such conservatories admit the most gifted pupils who
have passed through a college of music of the ten years course type. There
are also schools with a seven years course; these schools give an elementary
musical training, but do not prepare their pupils for admittance to a con-
servatory.
The folklore-musicologist who completes bis training at a conservatory,
must then matriculate. After this, the most gted among them become

73
aspirants for preparatory scientic research work for a period of three years.
Thcy are then rcquired to write and defend a dissertation. If this is success-
fully accomplished, the aspirant receives thc dcgree of Candidate (Bachelor)
of Arts.
As you will see from the above, the system here differs considerably from
that in use in your country'.
G. SCHNEERSON

SWEDEN

'Das Abitur an einem Gymnasium (so;. halb- oder ganz-klassische 'Linie'}

wird sowohl fr das Studium der Musikwissenschaft als auch der Ethnologie
vorausgesetzt. Der weitere Ausbildungsgang ist dann in grossen und sehr
allgemeinen Zgen folgendermaszen:
Der junge Student hat zunachst einen Kandidatenaufsatz ber ein be-
stimmtes, rnit dem akademischen Lehrer zu vereinbarendem Thema zu
schreiben, der eine gewisse Fahigkeit zu wissenschaftlichem Denken auf-
weisen soll und in einem Seminar zur Diskussion gestellt wird. Gleichzeitig
muss sich der Kandidat in seinem Hauptfach und zwei wahlfreien Neben-
fachern mndlichen Tentarnina unterziehen.
Nach Ablegung des Kandidatenexamens mit dem Tite! fil. kand. pflegt
der Student einen grosseren Aufsatz, die sog. Lizentiaten-abhandlung zu
schreiben, die ihn etwa 2 bis 4 Jahre kostet und die unter Beweis stellen
soll, dass er zu selbstandigem wissenschaftlichem Denken befii.higt ist.
Wird die Abhandlung angenommen, so erha.It er den Tite! philosophiae
liccntiatus (fil. lic.), einen Tite!, der ungefahr dem deutschen Doktorgrad
entsprechcn drfte. Viele begngen sich mit demselben, sofem sie nicht die
akademische Laufbahn ergreen wollen. Diese setzt eine recht umfangreiche
Dissertation voraus, eine Arbeit, die, trotz Stipendien, die bewilligt werden
ktinnen, viele Jahre in Anspruch nimmt und die Aermsten oft in recht
erhebliche Schulden zu versetzen pflegt. Die Abhandlung wird tiffentlich zur
Diskussion gestellt. Die Fakultat ernennt einen Hauptopponenten, der
Doktorand seinerseits einen eigenen. Femerhin kann jeder, der an der
tiffentlichen Doktorsdisputation teilnimmt, als Extra-opponent auftreten.
Fr die Beurteilung der Doktorarbeit, fr die es verschiedene Gradierungen
gibt, pflegt im allgemeinen das Gutachten des Fakultatsopponenten den
Ausschlag zu geben. Fallt diese Begutachtung gnstig aus, so kann der
Doktorand unmittelbar zum Dozenten ernannt werden, und er crha.It das
Recht, an der Universitat Vorlesungen zu halten. Andernfalls muss er sich
mit dem Tite! philosophiae doctor (fil. dr.) begngen, und auf die akaderni-
sche Laufbahn verzichten.
Dies ist - wie gesagt in grossen Zgen - der Gang der akademischen Aus-

74
bildung in Schweden. Besondere Forderungen an den Studenten der Musik-
ethnologie haben sich noch nicht herauskriStallisiert. Instrumentenkund-
licht! Arbeiten setzen bekanntlich nicht notwendig das Studium der Musik-
wissenschaft voraus, hingegen aber das Studium der Ethnologie. Bei anderen
Arbeiten empfiehlt sich naturgemiiss die Kombination des Studium der
Ethnologie mit demjenigen der Musikwissenschaft, gleichviel ob der Be-
treffende anfangs die Ethnologie oder die Musikwissenschaft als Hauptfach
wahlt.
Ich muss darauf aufmerksam machen, dass es hier bisher nur sehr sehr
wenige gibt, die sich musikethnologisch spezialisiert haben. Sie lassen sich
mit Hilfe einiger weniger Finger aufzii.hlen'.
ERNST EMSHEIMER

UNITED KINGDOM 1
'To my shame I have to tell you that there is no training of ethnomusico-
logists in any University in the United Kingdom. Furthermore, there is
no training in any other institution either.
In Cambridge, for example, a distinguished visitar might be asked to
give a public and popular lecture. But though the Faculty Board is just
beginning to think of the possibility of including such a course in the distant
future, it is unlikely to happen for another ten years.
So far as I am aware, Professor FARMER, for exarnple, has never had the
opportunity of teaching the field in which he was expert. I myself have
never given even a single lecture at the invitation of the Music Faculty here.
It is deplorable, and the anthropologists look like doing something about
the situation befare the musicologists get round to doing so. The professor
of Anthropology has considered the possibility of instituting a joint diploma
in Ethnomusicology, combining instruction in the Music School and the
Department of Anthropology. Perhaps now that Wachsmann is fixed in
England, we shall see something of the kind.
I am sorry the survey turns out to be a void'.
LAURENCE PICKEN

UNITED KINGDOM II
(London)

'Although ethnomusicology is not yet officially recognized as a degree-

subject, the School of Oriental and African Studies of the University of
London takes an active interest in the matter as testified by the appoint-
ment of the ReverendA. M. joNES as a lecturer in African music and the

75
existence of a section for musicological research in the Department of India,
Pakistan and Ceylon under my supervision with the assistance of Mr.
jAIRAZBHOY who has been specially appointcd to further research in this
subject.
The possibilities of making this a subject for degree studies are earnestly
explored by the authorities of the School of Oriental and African Studies
and the University.
The extra-mural department has arrangcd a series of six lectures on the
history and scope of ethnomusicology scheduled for the beginning of session
1958-59' at the British Institute of Recorded Sound.'
A.A.BAKE

U.S.A. 1

'Since I am more or less camped in the wild, 1 cannot give you all the data
I could wish in answer to your question about requirements for ethno-
musicologists. Courses offered you have, from Nettl's compilations in a
couple of the past issues of 'Ethnomusicology' (No. 3, p. 5, No. 6, p. 10,
No. 8, p. 6, No. II, p. 18, vol. 11 No. 2, p. 88). 1 These courses are, in effect,
the training facilities offered in this country. If you are thinking of oppor-
tunity to leam exotic instruments and equipment for accurate tuning to
their scales etc., the only place I know of, that has this sort of thing, is
U.C.L.A., where Hood is carrying on your owil good work.
'Requirements for ethnomusicologists' suggests degrees specially in that
field. Unless U.C.L.A. has such a degree 1 don't know of any institution
that has one. The degrees amongst us, who are ethnomusicologists, are in
anthropology and music with a specialty somehow developed in ethno-
musicology. I don't know of a 'Department of Ethnomusicology' in this
country.
The usual procedure is- for a student in anthropology, who shows interest
in this field, to get special training from a man in the department, if they
have one, who can prepare him to do field work and write a dissertation
in the subject. If the student is in music, he takes courses in anthropology.
Rather than departments, we have individuals scattered about in a few
institutions who encourage people to go into the field: MERRIAM (North-
westem), HERZOG (Bloomington), RHODES (Columbia), WATERMAN (Wayne),
Hoon (U.C.L.A.). MERRIAM is compiling a bibliography on M.A. and Ph.D.
dissertations in ethnomusicology. From this he could tell you what institu-
tions are actually producing active workers in the vinyard.
As for Wesleyan University (really a small liberal arts college), the
facilities and requirements are informal and adapted to the condition of the
1) See hereafter p. 168. No. 2993 of the Bibliograpby.

76
student. For the course 1 give, there is an extensive record collection of folk
and ethnic music, a museum of exotic instruments which the studcnts can
use and are expected to familiarize themselves with, and recording equip-
ment. Sorne of the students have had an opportunity to learn techniques
of recording in short field sessions. We haven't the equipment to go into
the physics of scale and tuning, but are now building a laboratory where
this can be done. We hope to obtain one of Seeger's melographs also'.
DAVID P. McALLESTER

U.S.A. 11
(University of California)

A. Los Angeles (U.C.L.A.)

'Training in ethnomusicology at the U.C.L.A., begins with a thourough
education in the history, theory, and practice of western art music. An
introduction to folk, primitive, and non-wcstern art music along with thc
basic principies of ethnomusicology is given in a one year undergraduate
course: Musical Cultures of the W orld. Through the interdepartmental
folklore program under the direction of Dr. WAYLAND D. HAND additional
undergraduate courses may be taken in Folklore, Folk song, Research
Methods and Field Collecting, as well as studies in German, Italian, American,
and Spanish folk materials.
The graduate program in ethnomusicology in the Department of Music
is under the dircction of Dr. MANTLE HooD. Seminars in ethnomusicology,
ethnomusicological bibliography, and graduate coursesin folklore are available.
Advanced students may do special research under the guidance of any of
four music faculty members directly concerned with the field or specialists
from other departments. There are performance study groups in J a vanese and
Balinese gamelan, and Japanese court-music (gagaku). Practica! studies in
other musics are encouraged whenever instruments and instructors are
available. Native experts are invited to teach and study on the campus and
field work in the environs or overseas is required of all researchers.
Special University facilities for ethnomusicological research include a
world instrument museum, an expanding library of tapes, records, and
oriental reference materials, and a special laboratory containing such
equipments as a Stroboconn, a polychord, and a Seeger Melo,rraph.
A more detailed discussion of the U.C.L.A. program may be secn in
'Ethnomusicology' No. II (Sept. 1957) pp. 2-8). 1
'WrLLIAM MALM
1) See herealter p. IH. No. 1879 ol the Bihliography.

77
B. Berkeley
'In view of the rapid development of facilities for ethnomusicology on the
Los Angeles campus and in accordance with the general policy of the
University of California not to duplicate special fields on cach campus, the
Berkcley campus is not attempting to develop an extensive program in,
or comprehensive facilities for, ethnomusicology. However, there are a
number of tape recording collections on campus: ALFRED L. KROEBER,
Professor Emeritus of Anthropology. is working on a collection of California
lndian music which he recorded on wax cylinders in tbe early 19oo's; the
Museum of Anthropology possesses a relatively large collection of tapes
which it is expanding continually; Professor MARY H.u.s in the Linguistics
Department has access to sorne tapes of California lndian music. During
the fall semester 1957, WILLIAM R. BASCOM, Director of the Museum of
Anthropology, conducted a special studies course in ethnomusicology for
severa! advanced undergraduates majoring in anthropology'.
I!ARRIET NICEWONGER

U.S.A. III
(University of Indiana, Bloomington)

'Courses are offered regularly in Folk Music, Primitive Music, Comparative

Musicology, and Oriental Music. Thcse courses are given by myself, except
Oriental Music, which is given by Prof. WALTER KAUFMANN. All except
Comparative Musicology and Oriental Music (which are given in the Music
School) are offered in the Departmcnt of Anthropology, but are available to
students of other Departments or scbools of the University. Occasionally the
Seminar of the Department of Anthropology is devoted to Ethnomusicology.
The second semester this coming year 1 am introducing a new course,
devoted to Transcription of Exotic Melodies. Students can also register for
Rese.arcb in Comparative Musicology in order to receive more attention and
time in the guidance of their research projects. A student with a basic
interest in Anthropology, Folklore, or Musicology, can receive an M.A. or a
Ph.D. degree with a topic in Ethnomusicology.
Arnong the rich resources available at Indiana University to a student of
Ethnomusicology may be mentioned the Archives of Folk and Primitive
Music, with sorne 1o.ooo recordings; my own collection of recordings in
Ethnomusicology, with sorne 3000 recordings, and m y extensive bibliography
and collection of manuscripts. There is also the collection of Musical In-
strumcnts in the Museum of Anthropology, which contains the collection of
ERICH M. VON HORNBOSTEL and of myself.'
GEORGE HERZOG

78
 BIBLIOGRAPHY

This bibliography contains two categories of books and articles:

a) works concerned with music and musical instruments of non-Western
peoples;
b) many (but certainly not all) publications on ancient and early European
music and musical instruments and on Western fol.k. music. (Song col-
lections without important commentary, for instance, are, as a rule,
omitted.)
Publications of a more general character (e.g. reports of travels, eth-
nological expeditions and missionary activities) which often contain inter-
esting data on music and musical instruments, musicians and the role of
music in triballife, are, as a rule, not included. These can easily be located
by referring to the extensive bibliographies found in works marked by an
asterisk. Nor are inserted publications in the Arabic, Hebrew, Chinese,
Japanese, Indonesian, Javanese and Snndanese languages, and in the
languages of the Indian subcontinent.
A capital A behind a title indicates, that the publication in question is
included in the private library of the author (for the time being housed in
the Royal Tropicallnstitute, 2A Linnaeusstraat, Amsterdam Oost), which, on
request, is accessible to everybody interested in this field of study. Similarly
B. represents the Library of the Royal Tropical Institute;
C. the Music Library of the Mnnicipal Museum, The Hague, 41 Stadhou-
derslaan;
D. the Institute of Musical Sciences, Utrecht, 5 Brigittenstraat;
Dl. the Library of Utrecht University;
E. the Institute of Musical Sciences, Amsterdam} both 59. Iste ] aco~
F. the Public Music Library, Amsterdam v. Campenstr.;
G. the Library of Leyden University (incl. the Rijksmuseum voor Volken-
kunde, the Africa Institute, the lnstitute-Kern, the Museum of An-
tiquities, the Department of 'Keel-, Neus- en Oorheelkunde' of the
Academic Hospital, the Zoological Laboratory, the 'Prentenkabinet',
the Museum of Natural History, the Institute of Theoretical Physics
and the Laboratory of Anatomy) ;
H. the Library of Groningen University;
H1 the Institute of Musical Sciences, 34 Oude Boteringestr., Groningen;
l. the Library of the British Museum, London;
J. the Library of the Horniman Museum, London SE 23, Forcst Hill;

79
K. the Royal Library, Copenhagen;
L. the Institute of Musical Sciences
Ll. the Library of the University
L2. the Library of the Ethnographical Museum (Rautenstrauch-
J oest-Museum)
the Seminary of Ethnographical Studies
the Seminary of Oriental Studies
the Library of tbe Museum of East-Asiatic Art
the Library of the Institute of Prehistory
the Library of the Congo Museum, Tervueren (Belgium).
I. Aalst, J. A. van, Chineso ,.,.sic (1884,
2/1933). ABCGI
2. Aarllot, Olav, KinesisA Musikk ('Han-
bBken utgitt av Etnografisk Museum'
No. 2), Oslo, 1948. AIJ
3 Abas, S. P., De mw:iek der Balaks
('Caecilia-Muziekcollege'), May 1931.
ACD'FGH
4 Abbo.suddin Ahmed, Folksongs of Easl
l'akislan (J uly 1956). AF
5 Abdu-1-wahab, Le dveloppemenl de la
musique arabe en Orienl, Espagne el
Tunisie ('Revue Tunisienne' 1918). K
6. Abe!, M. S. C., Father, Knabenspiele auj
Neu-Mecklenburg (Sdsee) ('Antbropos'
1, p. 818 ff.), 19o6. D'GKL1L2M
7 Abert, Hermann, Die Lehre vom Elhos
in der griechischen Musik (Leipzig, 1899).
ACHIK
8. - - Anliko (neu-bearbeitet von Curt
Sachs) (in Guido Adler, 'Handbuch der
Musikgeschichte' 1, p. 35 ff.), 2/1929.
ACDEF
9. Abes, M., Chansons d'amour cluz les
Berbdres ('France-Maroc' 1919).
Jo. AbrahiUDSCil, Erik, and H. Gruener Niel-
sen, IJanmurks gamle folkoviser (Copen-
hagcn, 1935 ff.). K Catalogue July 1951 (]ohannesburg,
1 1. Absolon, K., and H. Kdlilr., Die 411eslen
Mwsikinstrumente der WelJ in Mtihren
enldeckt ('Tagcsbote' No. 184 d.d. 19th
April 1936, p. 4 ff.), Brnn (Bmo). A Border Research Soc.' XI, p. 9 ff.), 1939
12. Acharya, B. T., Haridast1 sahilya, lhe
K arnalic myslics and lheir songs (lndian
Inst. of Culture, Basavangudi, Banga-
lore), 1953
13 Ackerman, Phyllis, The characlef' oj
Persian music (in Pope and Ackerman,
'A Survey of Persian Art. From pre-
historic times to the present', vol. III,
p. 2805 ff.), Oxford, 1939 A cana en la msica nacional ('Ultra',
14. Acquarone, F., Historia da musica Bra-
sileira (Livraria Francisco Alves, Rio
de ] aneiro, undated), p. 99 ff.
15. Adaiewsky, E., Quelques chanls larlares
('Rivista Musicale Italiana' XXV), 1921.
CKL
So
of Cologne
University;
16. Adalid y Gamero, Manuel, La munca
hondurea (' Rev. del Archivo y Bibliote-
ca Nacionales'), Tegucigalpa, 1938.
16a. Adand~, A., L'volulion de la musique
ajricaine ('Notes Africaines' No 5f, p. 39
ff.), 1952. M
17. Adler, Bruno, Pjeifende Pjeile und
Pjeilspilzen in Sibirien ('Globus'
LXXXI), 1902. 'D'L"M
18. Adler, Cyrus, The shoJar, its use and origin
(SmithsonianReport for 1892, P437 ff.).J
19. Adler, GuJdo, Uober Helerophonie
('] ahrbuch iler Mus.ikbibl. Peters' XV,
p. 17 ff.), 1909. CGKLLl
20. Adolf, Heleo, The ass and lhe harp
('Speculum' XXV, p. -49 ff.), 1950.
D1J{Ll
Adriani, N., see No. 2343
21. Advielle, V., La musiq~ chez les Persans
(Paris, 885). Cl
22. Affelen van Saemsfoort, C. A. van, Feesl-
vreugde ('De lndische Gids' XXXIX;
p. 477 ff.), Amsterdam, 1917. ABD'H
22a. Agbayani, A. T.,Philippine music ('Asia-
na' 1, No. 2, p. 49 ff.), 1957
23. African Music, Gramophone Records of,
(' Alrican Muic Trancription Library'),
1951). A
24. Agnew, R. Gorden, The Music of lhe
Ch'uan Miao (']ournaloftbe WestChina
25. Agrawala, V. S., Some early references
lo musical ragas and inslrumenls ('The
]ournal of the Music Academy, Madras'
XXIII, p. II3 ff.), 1952. AC
26. Aguero, Gaspar, El aporte africano a la
msica popular cubana ('Estudios afro-
cubanos' V), Habana, 1940/46.
27. Aguero, Salvador Garcla, Presencia Afri-
Habana, Dcc. 1936), p. 519.
28. AguJlar y Tejera, Augustin, De m"sica
marruqui ('Revista de la Raza' 1928).
29. Ahlbrinck, W., Encyclopaedie der Karai-
ben (Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetenschappen,
Amsterdam, 1931), passim. BD1GH
30. AhlstrOm, 300 nordiska folkvisor, har-
moniskt behandlade (1855).
31. Ahmed, Naz.ir, Th4 Luhjal-i-Sikendar
Shahi. a unique booll on Indian music of
the lime of SikandtJr Shah (' lslamic Cul-
ture' XXVIII), July 1954 G lui Romin (Bucarest, 195).
32. Aima, M. L., Musical inslrumenls ('Kash-
mir'. May and June 1955).
33 - - The folk music of Kashmir ('Marg'
VIl!, p. 154 ff.), 1955 J Bucan:st, 1956.
34 Aiyar, C. Subrahmania, Quartertones in
South lndian (Camatic) Music ('The
Jouroal of the Music Acadl!my, Madras'
XI, p. 95 ff.). 1940. A 54b. Algernon, Rose, Primitivo Africat< ill-
35 - - Comparative music, European and
lndian (ibid. XII, p. 36 ff.), 1941. A sociation' Session XXX, p. 91 ff.),
36. - - Some leading music syslems (ibid.
XIII, p. 21 ff., XVII, p. 97 ff.), 1942 and
1946. AC (xv)
37 - - The Clarinel and classico.l Carnalic
Music (ibid. XIX, p. 51 ff.), 1948. A ehilieJine (' Art populaire' ll, p. 118 fl.),
38. - - A Study oflhe Microlonal Varialions
in Frequencies in Karnatic Music witA
a11 Oscillograph (ibid. XX, p. 114 ff.
1949. and XXV, p. 49 ff., 1954).
AC(xxv)l
39 --Musical res.areh afld frequency
ratios (ibid. XXI, p. 64 ff.), 1950. AC
.o. - - Physics at1d Aeslhelics of Hindu-
sthani Music (ibid, XXII, p. 86 ff.),
1951. AC
41.-- The Grammar of Soulh Ifldian
(Karnatic) Music (Madras, 2/1951). Al
41a. --108 krilis of Sri Tyagaraja: lexl
and notation in Devanagari script with
gamaka signs (Madras, 1955).
42. Aiyar, M. S. Ramaswami. Thiagaraja,
a greal M usician Saint (Madras, 1927).
"43 --Bibliography oflndian music(']our-
nal ol the R. Asiatic Soc.'), 1941.
DIGJKLI
44 Alba, Gregario Hernandez de, De la msi-
ca i"dl:;eu" en Colombia ('llol. Lat.-Amer.
de Msica' IV. p. 721 ff.), Bogot, 1938.
4 5 - - La msica en las esculturas prehist6-
ricas de Sun Aguslin (ibid., p. 733 ff.),
Bogot., 1938.
46. Albersheim, G., Zur Psychologie der Ton-
und Klang<iget~schaflen (1939).
4 7. Albini, Eugenio, La musica in China
('Rivista musicale Italiana' XLII, fase.
1), 1938. CIJKL
48. --lnstrumenli musicali degli Etrucili e
loro origini ('L'Illustrazione Vaticana'
VIII, p. 667 ff.), 1937.
49 - - Lu onusica in China ('Riv. Mus.
Ita!.' 1942). CKL
50. Alden Mason,J., The ancient civillzations
of Peru ('Pelican-book' No. A 395,
London. 1957), pp. 72, 192, 194, 230. B
51. Ale:r.andru, Tiberiu, M uzica populara ba-
naleat~a {i.e. Folk music of the Banat)
(Bucarest, 1942).
52.-- Ti/inca, ei11 wralles rumlinisclu:s
Volksinslrumml ('Studia Memoriae Belae
Bartk Sacra', p. 107 ff.), Budapest,
1956. AC
53 - - Inslrumenlele muzicak ale poporu-
J
54 Bila Barldk si folclorul Rominosc (i.e.
Bla Bartk and the Rumanian folklore)
('Revista de Folclor' I, No. 1-2, p. 22 fl.
A
54a. - - Vioara ca instrurnenl mu.ziCillpopu-
lar ('Revista de Folclor' U, No. 3, p. 29
fl.), Bucarest, 1957 A
slrumenls (' Proc. of the Musical Ass-
London, 1904.
55 Allawercli, M., Tlu: philosop!ty of orienJo.l
music (Damascus, 2/1949).
56. Allende, Umberto, La musique populaire
Paris, 1931. A
57 --C!tilia11 Folll Music ('Bull. of the
Pan American Union' LXV, No. 9, p.
917 ff.), Sept. 1941. K
58. --Los orgenes de la msica popular
chilena ('Antrctica' No. 3, Oct. 194-f,
p. 77 ff.) .
59 AII-It~dia Music Conference, Reporl of
lhe second, (Delhi, 1919).
6o. Almeida, Renato, Historia da Musica
Brasileira {Ro de Janeiro, 2/1942).
61. Alport, C. J. M., Kenya's answor lo IM
Maumau challenge (' African Music' I, p.
75 ff.), 1954. ACJLM
62. Alvad, Tbomas, Tlu: Kafir hurp (.Man"
LIV, p. 151, art. 233), Oct. 1954
BD'GJKL'M
63. Alvarenga, Oneyda, .A JflueJUia tJegrG
na msica brusileira ('Boletn Latino-
Americano de Msica' VI, p. 357 ff.),
Ro de ]aneiro, 1946. AGL
64.-- Muica popular brasileira (Porte
Alegre, 1950).
65. --Tambor-de-Mina e Tambor-crioulo
(Sao Paulo, 1948).
66. --Msica popular brasileira {Ro de
Janeiro, 1950).
67. - - Chga11fa de Marujos (Sao Paulo,
1955).
68. Alvina, Leandra, La musica Incaica
('Rev. Universitaria' XVIII, vol. U, p.
299 ff.), Cuzco, 1929.
69. Amezquita Borja, Francisco, Msica y
Danza (Puebla, 1943).
o. Amiot, Father, Mmoires conc.ernanl les
Chinois, vol. VI, De lu musique des ChiJJois,
lant anciens que modernes (Pars, 17~o). C
71. Amrouche, J., ChtJnls berbdres de Kabyli
(Pars, 1946).
72. Amu, E., How lo sludy A/ricun rh}lhm
('Teacher's Journal', Gold Coast, VI, p.
121 ff.). 1933/'34
81
 73- - - Twenly-five .African songs in lhe 95 Andrade, Mario de, Popular mus& and
Twi language (Shcldon Presa, 193>). song in Brazi/ (1936; Engl. transl. by L.
7-4 A nado/u ilalk sarkilari (- Anatolian V. le Cocq d'Oliveira), Rio de Janeiro,
folk songs), Istanbul, 19>5- K 1943 K
75- Andcrscn, A. O., Gography and Rloylhm 95a. - - A s danfaS dramticas do Brasil
('Univ. of Atizona Fine ArtaBull.' No. 2), ('Bol. Latino-Americano' VI, vol. l, p.
Tucson, Atizona, 1935 49 lf.). lo de Janeiro, 1946. AGL
6. Andenon, Arthur J. O., .Azlell music g6. Andree, R., Die N aser~flle und ihre Ver-
('The WesternHumanities Rcvicw' VIII, breilur~g ('Globus LXXV, No. 9, p. 150
p. 131 ff.). 1954 fl.), llraunschweig. 1899. D1M
77 Anderssen, Johanncs C., Maori Music 97 - - Signu.Je bei Naturvolker ('Z.f. Eth-
('Transactions of the N cw Zcaland lost.' nologie', XX, p. 410 ff.), 1H88.
LIV,p.743ff.,LV,p.68gff.),1923-'24. A BDGHKLIL2M
8. --Maor musiciJl inslrumenls ('Art in 97a. Angles, Hib.jno, Die Bedeulung des
New Zealand' U, p. 91 ff.), 1929. Volks/iedes fr die Musikgeschichle Eur-
79 --.An 1nlroduclion lo Maori Music pu.s (' Kongressbericht Bamberg 1953' p.
('Transactions of thc New Zcaland lnst.') 181 ff.), KasselJBasel, 1954 CDEFL
1926. g8. Angulo, Jaime de, and M. Bclard d'
So.-- Maor Music willo ils Polynesian Harcourt, La musique des 1 ndiens de la
background (Ncw Plymouth, Ncw Zea- Cu.Jifornie du nord ('J. de la Soc. des
land, 1934). Amricanistes', N.S. XXIII), Paris, 1931.
81. Andersson, Nlls, Skdnsha me/odin, Mus- GL
loen i S/uJm ('Svenaka LandsmAl' XIV). 99- Ankermann, Bernard, Die afrikanischen
DG Musikinslrumenle ('Ethnologisches No-
82. - - and Olof AndciUOn, Svenska /dlar tizblatt' lll, p. 1 ff.), 1901. CGIJKL
I-XXIV (Stockholm, 1923 sqq.). 100. --L'EIImographie actue/ de l'Afrique
83. Andcrsson, Otto, Ueber schwedische Volks- miridionu.Je. VII. La musique (' Anthro-
/ieder und Vo/ksUinze in Finnland ('Brage' pos' I. p. 926 11.), 1906. D 1GKL'LM
Ill, p. '45 11.), Abo, 1908 (1909). . 1ooa. Anki, F., De naire musique ('Voi.x du
84. - - A llerlmliche Tonarun in der Vo/ks- Congolais' 1952, p. 683 ff.)' M
musik ('Kongressbcr. Wicn 1909', p. 259 101. Arma/es du Musie du Congo. Elhno-
11.). e graphie el anlhropologie. Srie 11 I. Notes
"85. - - Slrdkharpan ('F!lrcningcn l!lr analytiqu.es sur las collections ethnogra
Svensk Kulturhistoria' IV). Stockholm, phiques du Muse du Congo. Tome I,fasc.
1923. A 1. Les A rls: 1 nslrumenls de musique.
86. - - Violinisls and dancelunes among lhe Musique-chanl-danu (Brussels, 1902).
Swedisls population of Finland lowards CM
the middJe of the nineteeruh century ('Re- 102. Anonymous (George Grave?), Notes on
port of the 4th Congress of the lotero. Siamese musical instrumetds (London,
Music Soc., London 1911', p. 159 ff.), 1885)-
London, 1911. CF 103. Anonymous, Les instruments de musique
8. - - The Bowed Harp (transl. by Kath- en usace aZanzibar ('Revue Musicale' VI,
leen Schlesinger), London, 1930. CIJ p. 165 ff.). 1906. K
88. --Musik och Musikinslrumenl ('Nor- 104.-- Spielleule und MIJrchenerziJh/er In-
disk Kultur' XXV), StockholmJOslo/ nerafrikas ('Westennanns Monatshelte'
Kopenhagen, 1933. Al CXV. p. 573 ff.), Brunsvik, 1913. L1
Sg. - - Nordisk musilikullur i IJ/dsla lder 105. - - Music in Trinidad (British lnfor-
('Nordisk Kultur Musiklt og Musikk- mation Services, Reference Division, III,
instrumenter', p. 3 ff.), StockholmJOslo/ p. 45 ff.), May 1950.
Kopenhagen. 1934 A 106. --La musique Ethiopienne ('Schweit-
go. - - Nordisk fo/ksmusik i Finland (ibid., er Zeitung f. Instrumentalmusik' XXIV
p. 1J3, ff.), 1934 A pp. 294 ff . 519 ff., 544 {f., 567 {f., ibid.
91. - - Fulksmusiken i Svenskeslland (ibid., XXV, pp. 15, 41, 63 ff., 207 ff., 303).
p. 159 ff.), 1934. A 107.-- The Music oflhe Swazis ('Aflican
92. On Gaelic Folk Music from lhe 1sle of Musik Society Newsletter' I, No. 5, June
Lewis ('Budkavlen' XXXI, p. 1 ff.), Abo, 1952, p. 14). ACJM
1952. AK 108.-- The Arbalsky Col/ection ('Newberry
93- - - Allnordische Streichinslrumenle Library Bulletin' lll, p. 170 ff.), 1954
( Kongressber. des 4. Kongress der In tero. AK
Musikges', V.ienna. 25-29 May, 1909). C. 109. - - African music ('Lantern' V, vol. 5
94- - - Fir~/u.nds svenska fo/kdiklning. V. No. 1, p. 35 ff.), Pretoria, JuliJSept.
Folkvisor. 1. Den tJJdrejolkvisan (Helsing- 1955. BG
fors, 1934). no.-- Mtmorandum 0r1 calaloguing and

82
 classification of sound recordings of jo/k 122a. Arha15ky, Yucy, Da.s Verlu:irzeM der
music (London, no date). A Volkslieder bei den nuueJonisclum Guslu-
JI l. - - De wassching v11n de lseilig gott: u rex vom mu.sikalischen Stand,p,.,xkte uu.s
Lodajo ('Weekblad v. Ned.-lndi~' IX, p. ('Sdostforschungen' IX, No. 10, p. 402
202), 1912/'13. A ff.), 1944/'45
1 1 2. - - A n&ient mu.si&Gl instruments 123. Archives of , rcorded "'usic. ColleclioK
('People's China' 1957, No. 16, p. 39), ojllse PlwneUgue National, Paris (1952)
Aug. 1957 A B
112a. - - Spevy n11sho l'udu (Bratislava, 124. Aretz-Thielle, Isabel, El folklore musical
1953). argenlit~o (Buenos Aires, 1952).
ll2 b. - - Selecled A ncunl bronze drums 12-4a. - - Musica lradicionaJ Arget~lina. Tu-
fout~d in China 11nd SouSheast Asi" (Pe- cvmaJJ historia y folklore. (Buenos .Alres,
king n.d.) 1946).
112c. - - A rl musical indiglne au Solidan 125. - - E l canto popular ('Boletin del In-
('Brousse' 1946, Nos. 1-2, p. 28), 1946. M stituto de Folklore' I, No. 3. p. i3 ff.),
112d. - - Musiciens indig<nes ('Rayons' 1954
1945, No. 1, p. 8 lf.). M 126.-- Matu!ras typicas del cantar Venezo-
JJ3. Antonowytsch, Miioslav, Die Mehr- lana (ibid. No. , p. 171 11.), 195-4
slimmigkeil in den ukrainischen Volkslie- 127. --Musicas penlalonicas en Sudamerika
dern ('Kongressber.lntem. Ges.l. Musik- ('Archivos venezolanos de folklore' 1, No.
w., Utrecht 1952', p. 55 11.). 1953. ACD 2, p. 1 ff.), Caracas ]uly/Dec. 1952.
ll3a. - - Oekraine ('Eisevier's Encyclopedie na. - - and Luis Felipe Ramon y Rivera,
van de Muziek' IJ, p. 407). ACDEFH1 Resume, de "" estudio .sobre las expresio-
ll3b. Apkal.n.o, L., Die leUiulse Volksmusik nes negras en el folklore musical y coreo-
aus der Sichl der kulturhislcwischen Geg- grfico de Venezuela ('Archivos Venezo-
betiheilen des ballisclsen Raumes (' Anthro- lanos de Folklore' IV v, vol. 111, No. 4
pos' 195., p. xxx ff.), in preparation. p. 65 ff.). Caracas, 1955/'56.
ABD1GHKL1L2M 128. Arguedas, Jos Maria, Cuentos mgico-
113c. Apti, V. M., Sorne f>roblems regarding realistas y cancimses tU fiesta tradicionales
Samagana thaJ await nve.digation: a ('Folklore Americano' 1, p. 101 fl.), Lima.
slalemenl ('Bull. of the Deccan CoUege 1953
Rescoarch lntitute' IV, p. 281 11.), 1943 uSa. - - Songs o/ lhe Quechua.s (' Americas'
113d. - - Sound rocords of Siimagiina, a pros- IX, No. 8, p. 30 ff.), August 1957 B
pea and relrospecl (ibid., p. 296 11.), 1943 128b. - - The singing mountaineers; song.s
114. Araujo, AJceoMaynard,JnstrunuJJ.tos mu- at~d la/es of lhe Quechua people (ed. by
sicais e implementos ('Revista de Axquivo' Ruth Stephan), Edinburgh/London,1958.
No. 157. p. 147 11.), Sao Paulo, 1954 129. Arian Emile, Preuve irrfulable de la divi-
115. Aravamulhan, T. G., Pianos in Stcmes sion de z .chelle mw.sicaJe orienta/e "" 24
('The J ournal of the Music Academy, Ma- quarls de Ion ('Bull. de l'Egypte' VI, p.
dras XI V, p. 109 lf.), 1943 159 ff.), Cairo, 1934
ll6. Arbatsky, YIUy, Albaniet1 ('Die Musik in 130. Arinla, D., Japanische Musikgescloiclile
Geschichte und Gegenwart' I,col. 282 11.), auf Grund der Quellenkut~de (diss. Vienna,
1951. ACDEFGH1KL 1933)
ll. - - Ba/licum (ibid. 1, col. n8 ff.), 131. Arlton, Alexander V., Songs and olhn
1951. ACDEFGHlKL sounds of birds (WashingLOn, 1949).
118. --Communicalion on the chromatic 132. Armstrong, Robert Bruce, Musical it~
Balkan-scaJe (']oumal ol the Amer. Mu- slrumenls. l. The Irish and Highl11nd
sical. Soc.' V, p. 150 fl.), 1952. ACFKL harps. 1 l. English 11nd Irish inlrumenls
ll9. - - The Rog11, a Balkan bagpipe, ""d ils (Edinburgh, 1904/'10), J
medico-magcal conjurations (Paper read 133 Armstxong, Robert G., Talking inslru-
at the Annual Meeting of the Amer. Mu- menls in Wesl Africa ('Exploratiou' IV,
sical. Soc., in Chapel Hill, N.C.), Dec. p. 140 lf.). 1955
1953 (stencilled). A 134 - - Talking drums in lhe Benue-Cross
120. - - Beuling lhe Tupan in lhe Central Riuer Region of Nigeri11 ('Phylon' XV, p.
Balkans (Newberry Library, Chicago, 355 ff.), 1954 M
1953). ACFJ 134a. Arnaud, M., Kangombiyo ('Prsence
121.-- A Triplych from lhe Arbatsky Col- Alricaine' 1948, No. 3. p. -470 fl.). M
lectio" al lhe Newberry Library (Chicago, 135 Amaudin, Flix, Chanls populaires de la
1954). ed. by Walter G. Nau. A grande Lande el des rgions uuisines (La-
122. Arbatsky, Yury, Jaap Kunst and J. H. bouheyTe, 1912), vol. l.
Hauford, H ellenic influence in folk music 136. Arnholtz, A., Nili Schiarring and Finn
of lile modern BaJk11>1S ('Atl1ene', autumn Vider10, Gamle da.,ske Vier(5 voU..),l':J~2/
1955, p. 3 lf.). A '43
137. Arro, E.,Zwm Problem dor Kannl ('Proc.
G~lehrte Estnillche Ges.', Tartu, 1931).
138. - - Geschichll d6r eslnisclum MusiA
(Tartu, 1933).
139. Arsunu, Ferruh, Kisdzsiai lrok pe111al011
dallamok (Des mlodis pen1al011es des
Turcs d'A sie Mineuro) (in 'Mlaoges ol-
lerts a Zoltao Kodly a l'occasioo de son
6oieme aoniversaire', p. 322 ff.), Buda-
pest, 1943 ACK
140. Artemide5, Cleobulos, Fromlho Folks011gs
of CyjWus ('Folkloristic Suppl. of Cy-
priot Studie;' XVI), Nicosia, 1953
141. Arvey, Verna, Ancienl Music and Dance
in Modern Ceylon ('Etude'LX, p.656 ff.),
1942.
I.f2. Azwidsson, Adolf lwu, S~"slla fom-
stinger (Stockholm, 1834-'42).
143 Aneno, Julio, Del folklore musical domi-
nicano (Santo Domingo, 1927).
144. Askew, Gilbert, A bibliography of lhe
bagpipe (Newcastle-on-Tyne, 1932).
'45 Asturias, Miguel Angel, Marimba locada
por l>1dios ('Repertorio Americano'
XLIV, No. 4), Costa Rica, Aug. 1oth,
1948.
145a. Ataogana, T., Le canlique en langue
indigene ('Grands Lacs' LXII, p. 122 ff.),
1946/'47 M ('Studia Memoriae Belae Bartk Sacra',
146. Aubry, Pierre, A u Turkestan, JJotes sur
quelques habitudes musicales chez les T ad-
iiks el chez les Sarles ('Mercure Musical',
Paris, 1905).
147. - - Essais de musicologie compar<
(Paris, 1903).
148. Audisio, G., Les soirO.s de Bagdad ('Re-
vue musicale' XI, No. 102), March 1930.
CDIGKL
149. Augusta, Fr. Felix, Zelon Arauka>~erlieder
('Anthropos' VI, p. 684 ff.),1911.
DGKL'L2M
A usserdeulsche V olksmwsik, see Pauli,
F.W.
150. Avasi, Bla, Tonsysleme aus lnlervall-
Permulalionen ('Studia Memoriae Belae
Bartk Sacra', p. 249 ff.), Budapest,
1956. AC
151.-- {}tfoksgbol hlfoksg (i.e. The
development of pentatonic scales into
diatonic scales) ('Ethnographia, a Ma-
gyar n~prajzi trsasg folyirata' LXVII,
p. 262 fl.), Budap~st, 1956. B XIX, p. 418 ff.). 188. BDGHKL'L2M
152. --Die Harmoniegestallung eines un-
garischen Volksmusikorcheslers ('Acta
Ethnographica' IV, p. 479 fl.), Budapest,
19". A 169. Baines, Anthony, Recordings and lhe
153 Avelot, La musique chez les Pahouins, les
Ba-/(a/ai, les Eshira, les l~eia 11 les Ba-
vili (Co>~go Fran~ais) (L' Anthropologie'
XVI, p. 287 fl.), 1905. D 1GHL 1L
154 Avenary, Hanoch, Abu'l-Sall's lrealise
on Music ('Musica Disciplina' VI, p. 27
11.), Am.er. Inst. ol Musicology, Rome,
1952. CKLLl
154a. - - Magc, symbolism and allegory of
lhe old-Hebrewsuund-inslrumenls ('Collec-
taoca Historiae Musicae' II), Florence,
1956.
154b. - - ]dische Musik ('Die Musi.k inGe-
schichte und Gegenwart' VII, col. 224
11.), 1958. ACDEFGH'KL
154c. Avermaet, E. van, Les lons en kiluba-
samba el le lambour-lilplwne ('Aequa-
toria' VIII, p. 1 ff.), 1945 L 1M
155 Ayestaran, Lauro, Fuenles para eleslwdio
de la mwsca col011ial Uruguaya (Mont&-
video, 1947).
156. --La msica indgena en el Uruguay
(Montevideo, 1949, 2{1953 (vol. I)).
'57 Azevedo, Luiz Heitor Correa de, Escala,
ritmo e meloda na mwsica dos indios
brasileiros (diss.), Rio de Janeiro, 1938.
158. - - Brazi/ian Folk Music ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. III, p. 198 fl.),
1954 ACFH 1K
159.-- Tupynamba me/odies in ]ean de
Lry' s H isloire d'un voyage faicl en la lerre
du Brhi/ ('Papers of tbe Am~rican Mu-
sical. Soc.', Annual meeting 1941, p. 85
ff.).
100. --La guilare archaique "" Brsil
p. 123 11.). Budapest, 1956. AC
161. - - A msica brasileira e seu.s funda-
mentos (Washington, 1948). K
162. Azzawi, Abbas Al-, lraqian mwsic under
11.- Mogo/s and lhe Turkmans 1258-1534
(Bagdad, 1951).
163. B. Musica e danza nella Tripolilania
('Musica' 1911).
164. Baas, F., The Cenlral Eskimo ('Ann. Re-
port Bur. Amer. Ethnol.' VI), Smithso-
nian lnst., Washington, 1888 (with mu-
sic). GKL
165. Bachman, W., Die Verbreilung des
Quintierens im europaischen Volksgesang
des sp41en Mille/allers ('Festschrift-Max
Scbncider' p. 25 ff.), 1955 C
165a. Bagatti, B., Arpa e arpisli (1932).
166. Baglioni, S., Ein Beilrag zur Kentnnis
der natrlichen Musik ('Globus' XCVIII,
pp. 232, 249, 264), 1910. DlL2M
167. Bahadhurji, K. N., Ein indisches Sailen-
inslrumenl, genannl Taus (Z. f. Ethnol.'
168. Baillet, Auguste and Jules, La chanson
chez les Egypliens ('Mmoires de l'Inst.
Fran~ais d'Archologie orientale' 1934).
sludy of musical inslrwmenls (' Bull. of the
British lnst. ol Recorded Sound' 1, p. 6
11.). 1956. 1
169a.-- Woodwind instrumenls and lheir
hislory (London, 1957). CJ
170. Bake, Aroold A., A la/k on folk-music
 ('The Visva-Dharati Quarlerly' V, p.
114 ff.), Calcutta, July 1927.
1 71. - - BjtiYage lol de kennis der Voor-
lndisclu muziek (Paris, 1930). AG
172. - - Indische muziek en de composties
van Rabit~dranatlo Tagore ('De Gids',
1930). ADIGHK
173. - - Over de muziek van Tagore ('Muziek
en Religie' 1929, p. 9 ff.), 1930. A Javanese music' ('Music a: Letters". Ma)'
17-4. - - Indian Music and Rabindranath
Tagore ('lndian Art a: Lettera" V), 1931.
AGlK
1.75 --Die Bedeulung RabindranatA Ta-
gores fr die indisclu M usili ('Wiener Bei-
trage zur Kunst- und Kulturgeschichte
Asien.s" VI, p. 6o ff.), 1931. G nary' 5th ed., vol. IV, p. 46o !f.). 1954
176.-- Indian Music (London, The India
Soc . 1932). . 0 196.-- Indian M"si& ('The New Ox!ord
177. - - Researclus in Indan 111usc ('ln-
dian Art and Letters', New Series VII, p.
JO ff.), 1933 GIK
178. - - Leclures on lndian music (Baroda,
1933). G ACDEFGH'
178a. - - The practce of Samaveda ('Proc.
of the 7th All India Oriental Congress,
1933').
179. - - Different Aspects of l>~dia>~ Music
('lndian Art and Letters', VIll, p. 6o
ff.), 1934. GlK
180. --26 Chat~sons de Rabindranath Tagore
('l:libl. musicale du Muse Guimet', 1st
series, vol. U). Paris, 1935 AKL
181. - - lndian F olk M usic (' .Proc. of the
Musical Association' LXIII, p. 65 ff.),
1936/'37
182.-- Some Follidances in South India
('Asiatic Review' N.S. XXXV, p. 525 ff.)
1~~ A~
183. - - t;:ri Chaitanya Mahaprabilu ('Me-
dcd. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. W., Afd. Let-
terk., N.S. XI, No. 8). Amsterdam, 1948.
GHI
184. --lrtan in Bengal ('lndian Art and
Lctters' N.S. XXI, p. 34 ff.). 1947 GlK
185.-- bzdian Folk Dances ('journal of
the Iutern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 47
ff.). 1949. ACKL
1ij6. - - Der Begriff N4da in der indiscllen
1Ylusik ('Kongressber. I.M.G., Ble,
1949". p. 55). ACDEFL
187. --(in collab. witb Maud Karpeies),
Manualfor Folk Music Collectors (1951).
A
188. - - A] avanese musicological puzzle
{"Bingkisan Budi', p. 24 ff.), 1950. A in music ("Silver Jubilee Souvemr uf the
189. - - Some aspects o/ the development of
lt~dian Music ('Proc. R. Mus. Ass.',
Session LXXVI, p. 23 ff.), 1950. A 205. Baldus, Herbert, India.ner StudieiJ itn
1\jo. --Die beide Ton;eschlechter bei E ha-
ruta ("Kongrcssber. D.G.M., Lncburg
1950'. p. 158 ff.). ACDEI'KL
191. - - Thc lt~tpact of Western Music on the
1 ndiu" Musical System (' J ournal o! the
Jntem. Folk Music. Council" V, p. 37 H.).
1953 ACjKL
192. - - Beruerku11gen zur Entslehungsge-
scloiclaJe eines Modus ("Kon;rcss-l>cr.
Bamberg 1953' p., 184 ff.), Kasscl, 1954.
ACEF
193 - - Review of Mantle Hood, 'Thc nu-
clear ti>eme as a determinant o! pa\<=t in
1955). AFKL 1
194 - - Review of Mantle Hood, 'The nu-
clear theme as a determinant of pa\<=t in
Javanese music' ('lndoneia' VIII. p.
354 ff.), 1955 AD 1GL
195 --Indo11esian Music ('Grove"s Diction-
ACFHIK
History o! Music', 3rd ed., vol. 1; p. 1<)5
f!.), 1957 ABCD 1FGHIJK
197. --India ('Encyclopedie van de Mu-
ziek' l, p. 52 ff.), Amsterdam 1q56.
198. - - l11dia (ibid. Il, p. 171 ff.). Amstcr-
dam, 1957. ACDEFGHI
0 198a.. --lndischeM ..sik ('Die Musik inGe-
schichte u. Gegenwart' VI, col. 11.~o H.).
1957. ABCDEFHIKL
198b. - - Bharata's e:rperiment with tlze tuoo
vinas ('Bull. of thc School o! Oriental
and A!ricau Studie' XX, p. 61 !!.),
Loudon. 1957 AHM
199 Baker, St. B. R., A frica drums (Londun.
~~-
200. Baker, Theodore, Ueber die Jo,fusik du
1
Nordamerikanisclu Wilde10 (Leipzig,
188>). CG
200a. Bakov-PaulovovUova, Luba: Spevy od
Hrona (Bratislava, 1956).
201. Balaci, Emanuela and And.rei Bucsan,
Folclorul coreografic din Sibiel ("Revista
de folclor' 1, Nos. 1-2, p. 213 ff.), Duca-
rest, 1956. A
202. Balade populare (Editura de Stat pentru
literatura si ArtA), Bukarest, 1954
202a. Balanchivad:r.e, V., Donadze, V., and
Tsutsua, P., Grousinskaia mukaluu.iu.
kultura ( ~ The musical culture of the
Geor;ians), Moscow, 1957.
203. Balandier, Georges, Femmes possd>"
et leurs chants ('Prsence Africaine V,
p. 749 !f.), 1948.
204. Balasubrahmaniam, G. N., Give and take
Marris College of Hindustani music,
Lucknow, Nov. 1952'), Lucknow, 1953
nordstliclun Chaco (Leipzig, 1931), p.
102 ff. AB
206. Balloort, Dirk J.,. JndutuSi:iGhe mu.:&eh-
iustrumenteu :n het murit:khi.slo,ische
museumS&Aeurleer le 's GrtJvtmluJge ('N~-
ss
 derlandsch lndii! Oud .t Nieuw' XV,
p. 2 ff.), 1930/'31. ABDIFGHL
207.-- Eiget~arlige Musihinstrumenle (The
Hague, Kruseman, und.). AC
2o7a. - - Ooslers&Ju oorsprong van Wester-
sche muziekinslrumenlon ('loniek van
hedeudaagsche Kunst en Kultuur' Il,
No. 7. p. 209 ff.), Amsterdam, May 1937
208. Balfous,Henry, TheOid British 'Pibcorn'
or 'Hornpipe' a11d ils A/finilies ('Joumal
of the Royal Anthrop. lnst. of Gr. l:lri-
tain and lreland' XX, p. 142 ff.), 1890.
ACKLILM
209. - - A primitive musical in.drumetll
(lhe wilil-horfl) ('Reliquary aod lllustr.
Archaeologist', N.S. ll, p. 221 ff.), 1896.
K 1946.
210. - - The NaJural Hislory if lhe Musical
Bow (1899). ACIJL 2 M
211.-- Three bambu Trumptls from NV1'-
Ihem Terrilory, Soulh A uslralia ('Man' 1,
Nos. 28, 33-34), 1901. BDIGKL 2 M
2 1 2 . - - The guu,.a, a stringed wiud musical
inslrumenl oflhe Bushme11 and HollenJols
(' Journal of the Royal Aothrop. lnst.'
XXXll, p. 156 ff.), 1902. ACGIJKLLM
213. - - Review of C. W. Mead, 'Tbe music-
al instruments of the Incas' (New York,
1903), ('Man' lll, Nos. 112, 191-192),
1903. BD1GKLM
214.-- Reporl on a colleclion of musical,_
slrumenls from lhe Siamese M alay SlaJes
and Perah ('Fasciculi Malayenses', An-
thropology, Part ll), Liverpool, 1904. J
215.-- Jl!usicallnslrumnJs from the Malay
Pet~it~sula ('Fase. Malayenses' 1901-'02,
Part. ll), Liverpool, 1904. AC
216. - - Musicallnstrume11ts of South A frica
(' Report of the Britisb Association,
South African Meeting, 1905'), p. 528 ff.
217.-- The Friction Drum ('joumal of the
R. Anthrop. Inst. of Gr. Britain aod
lreland', XXXVII, p. 67 ff.), 1907.
AGIJKL'LM
218. --Musical Section in 'Notes and
Qucries on Anthropology', pub!. by the
R. Anthrop. Inst., p. 295 ff., (5/1929). A
219. - - Ritual and secular uses of vibrating
tnembranes as voiu disguisers ('J. Royal
Anthrop. lnst. of Great Britain and
lreland' XXXVIU), London, 1951.
GIKL1L2M
220. Dali, Roy Umanath, Tribhuvaoa Natb
Sinha and Ratanjankar, Si/ver Jul>ilee
Souvenir of the M arris College of Hindus-
lani music, Lucknow, Nov. 1952 (Luck-
now, 1953).
221. Ballanta, NicholllS George Julius, A n
A frican scale ('Musical Courier' 84/26, p.
6 ff.), 1922.
222. - - Gathering fu/k tu..es in the African
country ('Musical America' +t/2J, p. 3
and 11), New York, 1926.
2>3. - - Alusic of the African races ('West
Africa' XIV, p. 752 ff.), 1930.
223a. Bauaitis, W., KanotJfonnen in der Li-
thuuischen Vo/ksmusik ('Pro Musica' 1958
l. p. 4 ff.). A
224. Bai\a> y Castillo Raymuodo, The Music
und Thaler ufthe l'hilipino People (Ma-
nilla, 194).
225. Bandar, Mahawala, Kandyan Music
('] ournal of the R. Historical Soc. of
Ceyloo' XXI, p. 129 ff.), 1909. K
226. Bandopadhyaya, Sri Pada, The Music oj
India (D. B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.,
Hombay, und.). CKLL'
227.-- The Origin of Raga (a short his-
torical sketch of Indian Music). Delhi.
228. Bandopadhyaya, S., The music of India.
A popular handbook of Hindoslani music
(Bombay, c. 1947). G
229. - - Tanluvidya ('Lakshya Sangeet' 1),
Delhi, HJ54/' 55
230. Bank, J. A., He/las ('Eocyclopedie van
de Muzi~k' 1, p. 66 ff.), 1956.
ACDEFGHl
231. - - Rume (ibid. 1, p. 75), 1956.
ACDEFGH1
232. Baratta, Maria de, Ensayo sob,.e musica
i11digena de el Salvador ('Revista de
Estudios musicales' 1, No. 3, p. 61 ff.),
Mcndoza, Argentina, 1950. AEKL
233. Barbeau, Marius, Veillies du Bon Vieux
Temps (Montreal, 1919).
234 - - Folksongs of Frmch Canada (in
collab. with Edward Sapir) (Yale Univ.
Prcss, 1925).
235. - - Songs o/ 1/e Norlhwesl ('The Musical
Quarterly' XIX), 1933. C
236. - - Folk Songs of 0/d Quebec (Nat. Mus.
of Canada, 1935). A
237 - - Asialic survivals in lndian Sones
('The Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 107 ff.)
1934, (C) = 'The Scieotific Montbly',
Wasuington, April 1942. DG
238. - - Alouelle (Montreal, 1946).
239 --'Archives de Folklore' I, Il, Ill
(Montreal, 1946, '47, '48).
240. - - Cowe a Singing (in collab. with
Arthus Bourinot and Arthur Llsmer)
(Nat. Mus. of Canada, 1947). AG
241.-- The Dragan Myths and ritual songs
of lile lroquoians ('journal of the lotero.
Folk Music Council' III, p. 81 ff.), 1951.
ACJKL
242.-- Folkmusic (in Canada) (in Ernst
Mactuillan, 'Music in Canada'), Univ.
of Toronto Press, 1955
243. Barbes, L. L., La musique musulmane en
Alg4rie ('lnfortnation coloniale' No. 33),
1947
244 Barbier, Picrre, and France Vernillat,
Histuire de France par les chansons l.
lJs cruisades a Richelieu. 11. Mazarin el
86
 Louis 1 V. III. Du Jansenisme au Scl
des Lumires, IV. La Jliuoluticm (Paris,
Gallimard, resp. 7/1956, 7/1956, 3/1957
8/1957). Ae
o44a. Bll.lblan, Guglielmo, 111KSiche e slrumen-
li muiculi d'ell A frica Orienta/e Italiana
(Naplcs, 1941). L laires de 1"ransylvanie (Budapest, 1921),
245. Brdos, Lajo, Nalrliche Tonsyslenle
('Studia Mcmoriae Belae Bartk Sacra',
p. l09 ff.), Budapest, 1956. AC
246. - - Gyon:yvirg. 92 Magyar nipdal
(Budapest, 195~). K IV), Mnchen, 1923.
247. Ba.rkechli, Mehdi, La gamme persane el
ses rapporls auec la gamme occidenlale
('Olympia' I, p. 53 ff.), 1950. G 265. - - and ZoltaJJ Kodly, Erdlyi ma-
248. --La gumme de la musique iranienne
('Annales des Tlcommunications' V,
p. 5 ff.), May, 1950.
249. --L'arl Sassanide, base de la musique
arube (Teheran, 1947).
250. Ba.rlow, Roberto, and Henri Lehmann,
Statueltes-grelols o.zldques de la valUe de
Mexico ('Tribus' IV/V, p. 157 ff.), Stutt-
gart, 1956. BGLI
:zsi. BI:U'riuso, P. G.,LCJ mUsica hispano musul-
mana eJI .111 arruedos (lnst. de Estud. Afri-
canos, Madrid, 1950).
252. Bll.lrow, John, Voyage en Cnine (traduit
de l'an;lais par ] . Castera), Paris, 1805.
e 270. --Les recherches sur le folklore musical
252a. Barry, Phillips, La msica del pueblo
estuduu.nidense CBol. Latino-Americano'
V, p. 369 fl.), Montevideo, 1941. AGL
"252b. - - Folk music in America (with an
introductory essay by George Herzog)
(National Service Bureau Pub!. No.
8o-S), )une 1939. A . auf die Musik unserer Zeil (1921) (repr.
253. Barlha, Dncs von, Neue ungarische
Lil<ratur zur vergleichenden M elodiefor-
schu~tg ('Acta Musicologica' VIII, p. 38
fl.), 1936. eDEH1KLL'
254. - - Uutersuchungen zur a~ngarischen
Volksrnusik ('Archiv f. Musikforschung'
VI, fase. 1 and 4), 1941. eHIKL
254a. - - A varisc/e Doppelsc/ulmei vcm
janos}ida (Hudapest, 1934). L ('Archivum Europae Centro-Orientalis'
255. Bartholomew, Wilmer T., Acouslics of
Music (New York, 1946).
256. Bartk, Bla,l) Canlece popolare ronul-
"esti din Comilalul Biilor (Cbansons
populaires roumaines du Dpartement
Bihor). Bukarest, 1913.
257. - - A hunyadi romn nip enedialek-
tusa ('Etlmo;raphia' 191-4, p. 108 ff.).
Gcrman transl.: Der Musikdialekl des
1'UJuti1Jischen Volkes iJJ liut~yad ('Z. f.
Musikw.' 11, p. 352 ff.), 1920. eDH1KL
258. - - lJie Volksmusik der A ruber on Bis-
kru Ulld u,cbmt: ('Z. f. Musikw.' 11,
P 409 lf.), 1920. eDHIKL
259. - - The relalion offolk-song lo lhe d-
1) See also No. 4021c.
lopmelll of lhe arl music o/ our lime ('The
Sackbut' 11, No. 1, p. 5 ff.), ]une, 19Jl.
26o. --La musiqUII popuJaire il<nrgruise
('Revue musicale' ll, No. 1), 1st Nov.,
1921. CD 1FGHKL
261. - - and Zoltan Koda.ly, Clumsons pupu-
262. - - Jlumanian folkdallcos (Yienn.a,
1922).
263.-- Volksmusik der Rumljnen v011 MtJ-
ramures ('Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.,'
eGIKLLI
26-f. - - Vier slovakische Volksluder (Copen-
hagen, Atelier Electra, no date). K
gyarsdg Npdalok {"150 Hung. Folksongs
from Siebenbrgen), Budapest, 1923.
266. - - and Zoltan Kodly, Transsylua,.itJa
Hungarian Folksongs (1923).
267. - - A magyar nipdal (Budapest, 1924).
German transl.: Das mgarische 1'olks-
lied. Yersu&h einer Systemasisi1nmg der
ungarischen Bauern~nelodun ('Ung.
Bibl.' vols. I and ll), Berlin, 1925. KL
Engl. transl.: Hungarian Folk Mwsic
(London, 1931).
268. --llut1gari<n Fvlklu11es (New York,
1927)
26g. - - Slovakische Volkslieaer (1918/'29).
en Hongru ('Art populaire' 11, p. 127
ff.), 1931. A
271.-- Hungarian Pasanl music ('The
Musical Quarterly' XIX, p. 267 f!.),
]uly 1933 e
272. - - V om Einfluss der Bauernmusik
in 'Musik der Zeit' lll, p. 18 ff.), 1953. A
273. - - Npzennk s a szomszed "pek
npzenije (Budapest, 193-tl - German
transl.: Die Volksmusik der M ag)arn
u11d der bmachbarlen Viilker ('Ung. ]alu-
bchlein' XV, p. 194 ff.), Berlin, 1935.
(1) - French transl.: La musique pupu-
laire des Hongrois el des peuples uuisins
ll), Budapest, 1937 D'K
274 - - Melodien der rumllnischea Kolinde
(i.e. Christmas son;s), Vienna, 1935
ACKL
275 - - A uf Volkslied-Forschwngsfahrl ia
der Trkei (1937) (repr. in 'Musik der
Zeit' Ill, p. 23 ff.), 1953 A
276. - - Musique el chanson populaires
('Acta Muicolub'ca, Vlll, p. CJ7 11.),
1936. eDEH 1KLL'
277. - - Fifteen Hungarian Peasanl Songs
(New York, 1939).
271!. - - Jla>senreit~}eil in der MusiA (1942)
(repr. in 'Musik der Zeit' 111, p. 1 ff.),
1953 A
87
279. - - Ueber die Glte '"'garisclte Bauern-
musik ('Mlanges ofertes i Zoltan Kod-
ly a l'occasion de son 6oicme anniver-
saire', p. 5 ff.), 1943 ACK
28o. - - Gypsy musie or Hunganan ntusieJ
('The Musical Quarterly' XXXIII, p.
240 f.), 1947 CDFK
281. - - Pourquoi u eo~r~mettl reeeuille-t-on
la musique populaird (Genova, 1948). AF
282.-- and Albert B. Lord, Serbo-Cro.Uian
Folk Sungs. Te:ds and transcriptions of
75 folk songs from tite Milma" Parry
eolleelion and a morphology of Serbo-
Croatian Fol/1 melodies (New York,
1951). DL
283. - - and Zoltan Kodly, Magyar npzene
tra (Corpus musicae popularis Hungari-
cae). l. Gyermekjlkok (Children's ongs)
Budapest, 1951) ACDFL; ll. ]eles napok
(ibid. 1953) CDF; III. kodalom (ibid.,
1955) CDFL (I and Il ed. by Gyrgy
Kernyi; Ill by La jos Kiss).
283a. - - NpdolkuJ.Uds Keleturpdban ( =
tbe study of folk song in Eastern
Europe) ('Emlkknyv Kodly Zoltn
70. zlctsnapjra' p. 73 ff.), Buda-
pest, 1953 A chives musicales de folklore )(lntroduc-
283b. Bartk, Jnoo, Az tfoksg formi np-
ze,.inkben (- The pentatonic form in
our folk music) ('Emlkk!inyv Kodly
Zoltn o. szletsnapjra.', p. 733 ff.),
Budapcst, 1953. A stiuct ('The Musical Quarterly' IX, p.
284. Bartsch, Christian, Dainu Bolsai, Melo-
dien lithauischer Volkslieder (2 vals.),
Heidelberg, 1886-'8g. AKL
285. Barzaga, Margarita Blanco, La msiea d
Haiti (Habana, 1953).
286. Bascom, William R., Folklore andA "lhro-
pology ('J. of Amer. Folklore' LXVI, p.
283 ff.), 1953 GK
28. Basden, G. T., Nger Ibos (London,
1938), Chapter XVII. Musie (p. 356ff.).
J A merieun folk music ('Midwest Folklore'
288. Basedow, Herbert, The Australian abori-
g,.al (Adelaide, 1925), Chapter XXX.
Music and Danee (p. 371 ff.).
289. Basile, P., A ux rythmes des tambours
(Montreal, 1950). K Folklore' LV, p. 248 ff.), 1942.
289a. Basoski, Comelis, some articles in
'Eisevier's Encyclopedie van de Muziek',
vol. ll: ]oegoslaui (p. 204), Rusland.
Volksmuziek (p. 536), Tsjeehoslowakije.
Volksmuziek (p. 647), Amsterdam, 1957.
ACDEFGH'
29o. Basset, Ren, L'insurreelion algrienne de
r87r da"s les ehansons pupulaires Kaby-
les (Louvain, 1892).
291. Bastos, Maria Heruiqueta Cal~ada, Tres
eanfes dos Maputo ('Mo~ambique' U,
p. 29 f.), Lorenzo Marques, 1935
292. - - and C. Montez, Canfes Djo>tgas
(Magude) ('M~ambique' III, p. 17 fl.),
Lorenzo Marques, 1935
293. Batra, Rai Bahadur R. L., Scienee and
Arl oflndian Muse (Labore, 1945). K
294. Baud-Bovy, Samuel, La ehanson popu-
luire reeque du Dodeanise (2 vals.)
(l'aris, 1935 and 1938). L
295 --La ehanson clephtique (' J ournal of
the Intem. Folk Music Council' 1, p.
44 ff.), 1949. ACKL
296. - - Sur la prosodie des ehansons eleph-
liques ('Dmosieun1ata. etaireias Make
donikoon spoudoon' 1953, p. 95 ff.),
Tessalonica, 1953. A
297. - - Chansons du Dodca>!Jse (2 vals.)
(Athens, 1955).
298. - - Sur la el1a nso>1 grecque antique et
moderne ('Schweizerische Musikzeitung'
XCIII, p. 4 18 ff.), 1953. C
299. --La slrophe de distiques rims dans la
ehanson grecque ('Studia Memoriae Belae
Barlk Sacra', p. 365 ff.), 1956. AC
300.-- E'l,rcgis~remetlts en Crete ("Les Col ..
laques de Wgirnont' I, p. 206 ff.), Brus-
sels, 1 956. ACL
30oa. - - Eludes sur la ehanson de/tique
(avec 17 chausons clcftiqucs de Roumlie
transcritcs d'apres les disques des Ar-
tion de Mad. Melpo Mcrlier) (Coll. de
l'lust. Fran~ais d' Athnes),Athens, 1958.
A
301. BaUer, Marion, The primitive arl .,,. .
157 f.), 1923. AC
302. Bayard, Samuel Prestan, Bailad tunes
and 1/u H ustvedt indexing method ('J. of
Amer. Folklore' LIV, p. 248 ff.), 1942. K
303.-- Aspects of melodie kinship a>~d
variation in British-American folk-tunes
('Papcrs lntern. Congress of Musicology,
New York 1939', p. 122 ff.), New York,
1944. AC
304. - - Declitte and Revvol of Anglo
V, No. 2), 1955.
304a. - - Prolegomena lo a study of the
J principal melodic jamilies of British
American folk song ('J. of American
K
305. Beart, Charles, Contrbution 4 l'tude
des langages tambourins, silfls, musi-
caux ('Notes Africaines' No. 57, p. I I
ff.), Jan. 1953 AL 2 M
306.-- ]eux et jotuJts del'ouest Africain. ll,
Chapter 29: La musique ('Mmoires de
l'lnst. Fran~ais d'Afrique naire' No. 42),
Dakar, 1955. GL2
307. Beaver, W. N., A further Note 1>n the
Use of t},e Wouden Tru,tpet in Papua
('Man' XVI, p. 23 ff.), 1916. BD'GJKLM
308. Becking, Gustav, Der musikalische Bau
des M ontenegrinisehen V olks<pos (' Proc.
of the Intern. Congress of Phonetic
Sciences, 1932', p. 53 ff.), 1933
88
309 Bclard-d'Harcourt, Margbcitc, La mu- 329a. Bennet-Oark, M. A., /ron gor~g from
sique inditnne chez les anciens civilisis lbe Congo ('Man' LV, p. 176, No. 196),
d'Amriq'". 11. Le folklore musical de la 1955. BD 1GKLILM
rgion anditu. qu.alt:ur, Prou, Boli&tie 330. Ben Smail, Sur Jo mu.sique el les musicen,s
(1920) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la Mus.' p. arabes ('France-Maroc' 1919).
3353 ff.), 1922. ACDEFHJK 331. Bc.ntoiu, Pascal, Cteva &On.si.derali.,,i
310. Beb.n, Friedricb, Die M .. sik im rmi- as"pra rilmului si notatiei melodiilor de
scben Heere ('Mainzer Zeitschrilt' VII). joc Rominesli (i.e." The rh ytbm in the
1912. GK Rumania folk tunes and dances) ('Re-
311.-- Eine <mlike S;yrin% aus dem Rbein- vista de Folclor' l, No. 1-2, p. 36 fl.},
land ('Die Musik' XII), 1913. CDFKL Bucarest, 1956. A
312. --Die Laute im Allerlum ""d friihtn 331&. Berendt, Joacbim Emst, Bl'"s (Mn-
. Millelalter ('Z. f. Musikw.' l, p. 89 ff.), chen, 1957}.
1918. CDHIKL 332. Brenger-Fcaud, L. J. B., Elude sur les
313.-- Die Musik des Altertums (Mainz, griols des peuplades de la Sinigambie
1925). G ('Revue d'Ethnographie' V, p. 266 fl.}.
314.-- Musihleben im Alterlum ""d frben Paris, 1882. KL
Mittelulter (Stuttgart, 1954). C 333 Berggreen, A. P., Folkesange og Meludier,
315. Beicbert, E. A., Die Wissenschafl der faedrelandske og fremmede 1-Xl), Copen-
Musik bei Al Farabi (diss. Berlin, 1936). hacen, 1/1842-'55. 2/186o.
G 334 Bergstrasser, Gotthelf, Rarnadan-Ki>~der
316. Beier, H. Ulli, Yor,.ba folk operas ('Afri- liedzr aus K airo ('Z. f. Semistik' V 11!,
can lllusic' 1, p. 32 ff.), 1954. ACJLM p. 149 11.), 1932. KL
317. - - Tbe talking dr"ms oj lbe Yor..ba 335 Bernard, R., Cotagres de musique maru-
(ibid. p. 29 ff.), 195'1 ACJLM caine 4 Fts ('Revue musicale' 1939).
318.-- Yoruba vocal music ('Airican lllusic' DGKL
I N". 3, p. 23 lf.), 1956. ACJLM 336. Bernatzik, Hugo Adolf, Afrika>Iiscbe
318a. Belayev, Vi.ktor, Khoresmion nolaJion M usikinslr,.,..nle (' Atlantis' VI, p, 45
('The Sackbut' 1924). 11.), Leipzig, 1934. D 1L'L 2
319. - - Turkomanian Music ('Pro Musica 336a. - - Afrika, Ha,.dbuclo dzr angewalld-
Quarterly' V, No. I, p. 4 11.), 1927; len Ylkerk,.nde (Vienna, 1947), lndex
(ibid. V, No. 2, p. 9 ff.), 1927. s.v. Musik. B
320. - - Tlle Lo,.gitudinal Open Fltlles oj 337 Berner, Alfred, Studien zur arabisch.,.
Central Asia ('Mus.ical Quarterly' XIX, Musik auf Grur~d der gege11wartiget1
p. s4 11., 1933. e Tbeorie u>~d Praxis in Egyplen ('Schril-
321.-- Turkish M"sic ('Musical Quarterly' tenreihe des Stl. lnst. f. deutsche J.l.lusik-
XXI, p. 356 fl.), 1935 (transl. from tbe forsch ung', Heft 2), Lei pzig, 19 3 7.
Russian by S. W. Pring). CD ACGIKL
322.-- Muzykalnye inslrumenty Uzbekis- 338. - - Neue Beslrebu11gen der arabischen
laua (i.e. Musical instruments o Uzbe- Musik in Aegypten ('Allgemeine Musika-
kistan), ~loscow, 1933. lische Zeituug' 1942). D 1KL
323. - - lsluriya rarvitiya s drevneishikh 338a. Bersa, Vhldoje, Zbirka narod11ib popie-
vremen (Le. The history o! musical vaka in Dalmacije (Zagreb, 1944).
dcvdoiJment since aocient times). 339 Bertho, Jacques, Jnstruttumts de ms.uiq'"
324. - - Eurly Russian Polyphony ('Studia des rois de Nikki, au Dahomey ('Not"s
11emoriae Belae Bartk Sacra', p. 307 Africaines de l'lnstitut Franyais d'Afri-
H.). Budapest; 1956. AC que Noire LII, p. 99 fl.), 1951. LM
325. - - Th folkmusic of Georgia ('The 339a. - - Personificalion d'inslrumenls de
Musical Quarterly' XIX, p. 417 fl.), musique a percussion au Dahomey
1933. e ('Notes Africaines' XXV, p. 1 ff.), Da-
325a. - - A nipi harmnit:arendszer (= The kar, '945 M
harmonic system ol the lolk) ('Emlk- 340. Bertholon, L. and E. Chantre, Rechucbes
kownyv Kodly Zoltin 70. szletsnap- anlhropo/ogiq'"s tms la Berberie Orien-
jra". p. 75 fl.). Budapest, 1953. A lale (Lyon, 1913), Chapter VI. La "'ui-
32. lldden, H. M., Ballads and songs, col- que ella danse (p. 495 ff.). J
lcclcd by the Missouri Folklore Sociely 341. Bessa, Bento, Antonio 'Mourinbo a.nd
(1/19i0, 2/1953). Santos jnior, Coreografia popular lras-
327. lldik, Vratislav, Horaclq zpevnik (1954). monta>Ja IV. O Pi>agtJCho ('Douro Litoral'
32H. l:1elviane:s, Marcel, Sociologie de la 8th series, p. 1 11.), Porto, 1957 A
Musique (Paris, 1951). A 342. Bessa.raboff, Nichola.s, A ncienl Eu,o-
329. Bt:ne:t. Sub. Song, dance and customs oj pean M suical 1nstrume1JIS (Cambridge:,
pcasuut Pola11d (LondonfNew York, Mass, Harvard Univ. Press, 1~41). J
1951). 343 Besseler, Heinricb, Cobla ('Die Musik in

Bg
 Geschichte und Gegenwart' lJ col. 1517
ff.), KasselfBasel, 1952. ACDEFGH 1KL
344 - - Kalalanische Cobla und AUa-Tanz-
kapelle (' Kongress-Bericht d. Intern.
Gcs. f. Musikwiss., Basel 1949', p. 59 ff.),
Hasel 1950. ACDEFL
344a. --La cobla catalana ('Anuario musi-
cal' 1V), 1949. CL
345 Best, Elsdon, Macwi Songs ('New Zea-
laud Official Yearbook' 1918, p. 739). G
346. - - Tile Maori (Wellington, N.Z.,
1924). 11, Chapter XII. Vocal and instru-
mental '"usic (p. 135 ff.). J varisk rekke, No. 1), Bergen, 1946.
347 Betz, R., Die Trommelsprache der Duala
('Mitteil. aus den deutscben Schtzge-
bieten' XI, p. 1 ff.), 1898. GKL 1
348. Bevan. P . H armOKi.,s itt Ja.patUse music
(London, 1898).
349 - - ]apanese music ('Transactions and
Proceedings of tbe Japan Soc.' V,
p. 312 ff.), 1901. J aborigines. A siwrt description of lile
350. Deyer, Hennan, M1xican boru rattles
(Mari publication, No. V-), Tulane
Univ. New Orleans.
351. Bhandankar, Rao P. R., Contribution lo
lhe study of atJCier~t Hindu tnusic ('!odian
Antiquary' 1912). GK
352. Bhanu, Dhanna, Promoti<m of music by
li Turko-Afghan rultn's of India ('lsla-
mii:: Culture' XXIX), Jan. 1955 G
353 Bhatkande, N. V., A shcwt historicaJ survey
ofthemusicof Upper Jndia(Bombay,1934).
354 - - A Comparalive Study of so,.. ofthe
Leading Music Syslems of rsth, r6th, r7tla
and r8th Centuris (Madras, 2/1949)
355 - - Slwrt hislorical survy of the music
of Upper India (Bombay, 1934).
355 Bielawsld, Ludwlk, and Jan Steszewski,
Le folklore musical ('Feuilles Musicales'
XI, Nos. 2 and 3, Numro spcial sur la
vie musicale en Pologne), 1958.
356. Bielenstein, J., Lottisclu Volkslieder
(lga, 1918).
351 Bigoshak, Music, light or classical~
('] ankar music circle 1953 souvenir'),
Calcutta, 1953
358. Birket-Smitb, Kaj, The Eskimos (transl.
from the Da.nisb by W. E. Calvert),
London, 1936. BK
359 Birnbaum, Ma.rtin, The long-headed
Mcmgbetus ('Natural History' XLlll,
p. 73 ff.). Febr. 1939.
360. Biro, Ludwig, Beschreibender Katalog der
ell,.ographischen Sammlung aus Deutsch-
Neu-Guinea (Astrolabe-Bai), Budapest,
1901 (p. 176 ff.). J various authors', p. 209 ff.), Calcutta,
361. - - Macyarisc/ae Sprac!a- und Gesangs-
aufnahme" (1913).
362. Bishop, Marcia Brown, Hawaiian life of
liu Pre-European period (pub!. by tbe
Peabody Museum, Salero, 1940), p. 52
ff.: Anciem Hawaiian music and musical
instruments.
363. Bjerndal, Arne, T he H ardanger fiddle ('J.
ol the lotero. Folk Music Council' VIII,
p. 13 ff.), 1956. ACJKL
364. - - Norsk Folkemusikk (Bergen, 1952).
365. - - Norske s/tlar (Oslo, 1911).
366. - - Gamle slallar (Oslo, 1929). A
367. --Dei gamle Spelemennene. Martinus
Gjelsvik, r826-r886 (rbok for Nord- og
Midthordlaud sogcla;'), 1948. A
368. - - Dd ein heyrde "underjordisk musikk'
pd Kyrkje-Byrkjeland i Fa>~a ('Bergens
Museums Arbok, 1945, Historiskantik-
A
369. Blacking, Jobn A. R., Sorne notes on a
theory of A /rican rhylhm advanced by
Erich von H ornbostel (' African Music' 1,
No. 2, p. 12 ff.), 1955. ACJLM
370. - - Eighl flute tunes from Bulembo
(ibid., p. 24 ff.), 1955. ACJLM
371.-- Musical instrumenls oflhe Malayan
cuUeclions in the Perak Museum, Tai-
ping, lhe Selangor Museum, Kuala Lum-
pur, and tJ.e 1/af/les Museum, Singapo,.
('Federation Museums Journal' N.S.
vols. 1 and II, p. 35 ff.), 1954/'55
372. Blackwood, Beatrice, Both sides of Buka
passage (Oxford, 1935), p. 52 ff.: Musical
ius/rumenls. J
373 Bla'es, Jacob, Die Kinder-Singspiele auf
der 1nsel A li, nordiisl N eu-Guinea
('Anlbropos' XLI-XLIV, p. II9 ff.),
1946-'49). BD 1GHJKL1L2 M
373a. Blaho, Jonas, Zahorck pjesf.itky (vols.
I and JI), Hratislava 1952 and 1954
1 373b. Dlainville, de, Histoire gnirale, critique
et philologique de la musique (Pissot,
Paris, 1767): cbapters on Turkisb and
Hebrew music with pictures and musical
examples. e
374 Blanco, Pedro, La musique populaire
portugaise ('Revue muoicale Bull. fran-
~aise de la Socit lntem. de la Mus.',
p. 41 ff.), 19 .. ? AD 1K
374a. Blankenburg, Walter, Kirchenlied und
Volkslicdweise (Gtersloh, 1953). L
375 Blau.kopf, K., Musiksoziologie (1950).
ACG
375a. Block, Edward A., Chaucer's Millers and
lheir Bagpipes ('Speculum' XXIX, p.
239). 1954
376. Blockmann, H., The NaqqarahkJ.anah
and the imperial musicians (in Surindro
Mohun Tagore, 'Hindu music from
1882. CFIKV
377 Blume, Friedricb, Das Rasseproblem in
der Musik (Wolfenbttel, 1938).
3 78. Boas, Fran:r;, Chit~ook Songs ('] ouroal of
American l'olklore' I, p. 220 ff.), 1888.
GK
J 379 - - Songs and Dances of tlae Kwakiutl
90
 ('Journal o! American Folklore' I), 1888.
GK
380. - - The Centr<Jl Eski.,.o (1884), p. 648!!.
381. Boden Closs, C., M Glayan musicGJ instru-
menls ('J ournal of the Royal Asiatic
Socicty 111alayan Bra.nch' XLV, p. 185
!f.), 1906. DKLI
3112. Bodro;i, Tibor, Y abim drums in tlu
Biro colleaion (Orszaos Neprajzi Mu-
scuru, liudapest, 1950). J 394 Borchart, L., DU RalunuJtromnul im
3~3. Bochme, Franz Magnus, Deulsches Kin-
derlied und Kintrspiel (Leipzig, 19>4).
383a. - - Altdeutsclus Liederbuch (Leipzig,
1925). L la musi.que anci.enne et modcr"e (-4 vols.),
384. Boelaert, E., De zwarte te/efoon ('Congo'
1933. p. 356 ff.), Brussels. GKLL
385. - - aud G. Hulstaert, La musique 11 la
danse cilez les Nkundo ('Brousse', 1939,
IV, p. 13 ff.). M 397 - - Cetll chausons populaires basques
38 sa. Boerens, H., La musique i"digine a u
Katanga ('Revue Congolaise Ulustre'
XXII, No. 10, p. 25 !!.), 1950. M 399 - - IZ Chansons amoureuses du pa)'S
385b. l:l!lrnstein, Ethnograpiliscl~e Beilrage
aus dem BistnarcharcAipd 1: Tromtn.el-
sprache und Musik ('Baessler Archiv' V),
1916. BD1GKL
385c. l:l!ltlger, Walter, Einige Bemerkungen
zur kultisclun V erwendung menschlicher
Hirnschalen in Zentralasien ('Jahrbuch
des Muscums fr Volkerkunde zu Leip-
zi;' XV, p. 16 ff.), Berlin, 1957 B 402. Bom, Einige Bemerkungen ber Musik,
385d. Boggs, Ralph S., La rtcoleccin t la
msica folhlrica en el Nuevo Mundo
('Bol. Latino-Americano' V, p. 221 ff.),
Montevideo, 1941. AGL
386. Bohlin, Karl, Folkloner frdn ] amtland
('Svcuska LandsmAl' ll, p. 10 ff.),
Stockholm, 1883. D'G
386a. Bois, F. du, The gekkin musical scale
('Transactions of the Asiatic Soc. of
Japan' XIX), 1891.
387. Bojanus, Wilhelm, Ueber die Musik auf
.Java ('Z.f.Musik' XCV,p. 271 ff.),1928. L
388. I:Jolinder, Gusta!, Busintana- Indi.aner-
nas Musikbage ('Ymer' XXXVII, p. 300
ff.), Stockholm, 1917. GK
31:!9. Bomos, J., Musih in Sdafrika (Brugge,
Uitg. Voorland, 1946).
390. Bonaccorsi, Alfredo, Italian Folk Mu.sic
('Grov~s Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. III,
p. 299 ff.), 1854 ACFH 1K
"39oa. - - lta/ien. Volksmusik ('Die Musik
in Geschichte u. Gegenwart' VI, col.
1552 ff.). 1958. ACDEFGHKL
391. Bonvin, L., On Syrian liturgical chant
('The Musical Quarterly' IV, p. 593 ff.),
1918.
392. Boone, Oiga, Les Xylopho11es du Congo
Helge (Anuales du Muse du Congo
l.idgt:, Ethnographie, SCrie 111, Notes
an .. lyliques sur les Collecliollll du Mus6e
du Con;o Beige, vol. !ll, fase. 2. p. 6g
H.), Tcrvueren, 193b. ABCJM
393 --Les Tambours du Co11go Beige tt Ju
Ruauda-Uru11di (ibid . N.S. Scicnces <le
l'Homme. Ethnographie, vol. 1), Ter-
vueren, 1951. ACIJM
393a. BooU;, Mrs. J. L., Korean musical N>Iru
ments and aft inlroductioa to Kortu"
music ('Tra..nsactions of the Korean
Branche of the R. Asiatic Soc.' XXX, p.
1 ff.), Seoul, 1940.
Museum 6U Kairo ('1\tlauges Maspro'
1, 'Orient ancien'), Cairo, 1934
395 Borde, Jean Benjamn de la, Essai sur
Paris, 1780. Vol. 1, chapter XV: "De
la M usiqu.e des Chiuois'.
396. Bordes, Charles, La musique popu.,,.
diS Basques (l:'aris, 1899).
(Paris, tB94).
398. - - I 2 Noelsbasquesaucims (Paris,1ll97)
basque fraufais (Paris, 1910).
400. Borisoff, Boris, Der Norwegisdu Lauge
leik ('Pro Musica' IV, p. 115 ff.), Tros
singen/Wollenl>ttel, 1957 A
401. Bormida, Marcelo, Pampidos y .A ustra-
loides; CoMrencias ergologi.cas y mit icas
('Archivos Ethnos' I, fase. 2, p. 51 ff.),
Buenos Aires, Sept. 1952.
Dichtkunst und Tanz der Yapleute ('Z.
f. Ethnologie' XXXV, p. 134 ff.), 1903.
ABD'GHKLLM
403. Bomemann, Erncst, Les rtJCines de la
rnusique amricaine twire ('Prtience
Africaine' IV, p. 576 !!.), 1948.
404. Bornemann. Fritz., H. E. 1\aujmauns
So11gs oj lile Naga Hills (' Antluopos'
XLVIII, p. 613 ff.), 1953.
UD'GHji{L'LM
405. Borre!, E., La question de la pulyphunie
en Orienl ('Tribune de St. Gervai.s' XXII,
p. 57 ff.). 1921.
4o6. --La Musique turque ('Revue de
Musicologie' III, p. 149 ff.; IV, p. 21>
ff. and 6o ff.), 1922(23. CD 1LL 1
"407. - - Conlribution la bibliograpilie de la
musique turque au XX siecle ('R~vue dt::i
Etudes lslamiques' II, p. 513 ff.), Paris,
1928. CGKL 1
4o8. - - Publications musicologiques lur
ques ('Revue de Musicologie' XIV, p. 235
ff.), 1933 CDIEKLLI
409 - - Sur la r11usique secrete des tribus
turques A/vi ('Revue des Etudes Islami-
ques' VIII, p. 241 ff.), 1934 CGKL 1
..po. - - L e crise t la musique en Orienl
('Guide musical', Paris, 1934).
411. --La musique lurque (in Norbert Du-
fourc. 'La Musique des ori&rines a nos
jours', ed. Larousse, p. 433 l!.), 1946.
ACDEFHJK
91
412. --Les podles Km/ Bac/1 el /eur
'"usique ('Revue des Etudes lslamiques'
XV, p. 157 ff.), 1947 GKL 1
412a. llorris, S., Einf/uss und Einbruch
primitiver Musilr i" di1 Musik des
Abendlandes ('Sociologus' Il, p. 52 ff.),
1952. L2
413. Borsy, lstvan, and ErnG Rossa, Tis:an
in11en, dunan tul, ISO magyar nipdal 1 V,
iaviloll kiads (Budapest, 1954). K VIII, p. 178 ff.), 1954.
414. Bosanquct, R. H. M., On 1111 Hindoo
Division of 1111 Octave, wilh so,.. ad-
ditions lo lhe Theory of Syslems o/ Higher
Orders (' Proc. of the R. Soc. of London'
XXVI, p. 372), 1877 (DIHLI); rcprinted
in S. M. Tagore, 'Hindu Music frorn
varioua authora' (Calcutta, 1882), p.
31 7 11. CFIKL 1
415. Bose, Fritz, Die Musik der Uilolo ('Z. f.
vergl. Musikw.' ll, p. 1 ff.), 1934 ACK
416. --Lieder der Volker. Die Musikplallen
des /nsliluls fr Lautforschung. Katalog
und Einfhrung. (Berlin, 1935). L 438a. - - Law at1d freedom in the interprel-
417. - - Musik der aussereuropaiscllln Vl-
ker ('Atlantisbuch der Musik' 1/1937.
8/1953). p. 789 ff. CEF
418.-- Typen der Vollrsmusik in Karelien
(' Archiv f. Musikfonchung' lll, p. 96
ff.), 1938. CDH1KL.
419. - - Musilr und .Musikinslrumenle des
Balka11 (' Atlantis' 1938, fase. n). D1LILI
420.-- Klangprobleme in der Musik aus-
sereuropttischer V~lker ('Z. f. lnstrumen-
tenbau' LVU, p. 214, 217), 1938. D 1L
421. --lntroduction and sorne chapters in
Elsa Ziehm, 'Rum:lnische Volksmusik'
(Berln, 1939). 1 (BalladePoesie) vol. l. Woorde mel Toe-
422. - - Einf/uss der lo.fusilrerziehung auf
Begabung und Leistsmg ('D.er Erzieher'
No. 37. 1940, p. 3 ff.).
423. - - Musilrpolitisc/11 Aufgaben in Afrika
('Koloniale Rundschau' 1941). LM
424. - - Klangstile als Rassenmerkmale ('Z.
f. Rassenkunde' XIV, p. 78 ff. and p. 208
ff.), 1943/' 44 GHL 2
425. - - Hassenlheorie und Rassenforschung
in der vergleichenden M usikwissenschaft
('Musikbl:ltter' No. 16, 1948, p. 5 ff.).
426. - - Vergleichende Musikwissenschafl
heule ('Musica' lll, p. 255 1f.), 1949.
CDKLLl
427.-- Das Verstehen uotischer Musik
('Melos' XVJI, p. 244 1f.), 1950. KL
428. --Das Sprache-Musik-Problem ('Mu-
sica' V, p. 82 11.), 1951. CDKLL 1
429. - - Messbare Rassenunterschiede in der
.Musik ('Horno' 11. Heft 4, p. 147 ff.),
Gottingen, 1952. D 1GHM
430.-- Ein Hilfsmillel zur Bestimmung der
Schrittgrosse beliebiger /nterva/le ('Uie
Musikforschung' V, p. 205 ff.), 19_52.
ACEIKLLl
431. --Die finnisc/11 Kanlele, die aeltesle
Zither Europas ('AUantis' XXIV, p. 328
11.), 1952. D'
0 432. - - Musikalisc/11 Vlkerkunde (Frei-
l>ur~ iJBr., 1953). AJL
433 --Die Tonqualitll.len. Erich M. von
Hornbostel zum Gedllchtnis (1877-1935)
(' Z. f. l'honetik u. all~em. Sprachwissen-
schaft' VIl, p. 283 fl.), 1953. AGHKLl
434 - - Volksmusik in /ndien ('Musica'
ACDKLLl
~35 - - Iustrunz.eutalstile in primitive1'
Musik ('Konressbericht llamberg 1953',
p. ~12 ff.), 1954 ACDEFL
436. - - ludische Musik ('Atlantis' XXVI,
p. 17 ff.), 1954 D1
437 - - Musik und Fo/klcwe in Amerika
('Atlantis' XXVII, p. 319 ff.), July 1955
Dl
438. - - Folk music .esearch and 1111 culti-
va/ion of folk music ('J. of the Intern.
Folk Music Council' IX, p. 20 fl.), 1957
ACJKL
ation of Europeun folk epies (']. of the
lntern. Folk Music Council' X, p. 29
ff.), 1958. ACIJKL
438b. Bose, Narendra Kumar, Me/odie types
of Hinduslan, a scientific survey of lhe
Raga syslem of Norlhern India ('The J. of
th~ Music Acaderny Madras' XXVII, p.
151 ff.), Madras, 1957. A
439 Base, S., The Theory of Melodies: Some
Aspects of /ndian Music ('Perspective'
11, p. 47 ff.), Sept. 1947
440. Boshofl, S. P. E., and L. J. du Plessis,
A Jrikaanse volksliedies. Piekniekliedes
/igtinge; vol. Il. Woorde mel Wijsiemu-
siek (PretoriaJAmstcrdam, 1918). AF
440a. Bossche, A. van den, Arl Bakuba
('Brousse' N.S .. l. p. 11 ff.), 1952. M
441. Boucbeman, A. de. Quartorze chan.sons de
1' A rabie du N ord accompagnes a la
rabba ('Bull. d'Etudes Orientales' 1945/
,..\ '46). KL
442. Douisset, Max, La Musique au Vilt-
Nam ('Sud-Est' Dec. 1950, p. 48 ff.). A
443 Boulton, Laura C., Wesl African music
('Man' XXXVII, p. 130 ff.). Aug. 1937
BD'GKL'LM
444 - - lironze artists of West A frica
('Natural History' XXXVI, p. 17 ff.),
New York, 1935 G
445 Bouteiller, Marcelle, Chamanisme el gu-
risot~ magique (Pars, 1950).
446. Bouvei;nes, Olivier de, La musique indi-
gene a u Congo Beige (' African M u sic
Society Newsletter' 1, No. 3, p. 19 ff.).
1950. ACJM
447 --Les danses negres (lbid. I No. 5,
]une 1952, p. 21 ff.). ACJM
448. --Le rythme dans la musique Jltgre
92
 ('Revue nationale' XXI, p. 193 ff.), 465. - - Sur une tn4lodie russe (in Pierre
Brussels, 1949 Souvtchinsky, 'Musique l:tusse' vol. 11,
41tla. --De it~l.ee,..e m~Uiek in Bell{isch- p. 329 fl.), Paria, 1953 .
Konco ('Hand' X, p. 95 fl.), 1951. M ..66. --Le ers populuire RoumaiH &htmli
418b. --La m..siqwe indig4ne "" Congo (' Revue des tudCii rouiWI.in.,. 1950,
Beige ('Trait d'Union' XXI, p. 13 fl.), ~7~ ~
1953 M 467. --Le rythme e11{antiw ('Les Colloque:~
448c. - - De inloeemse muziek in Belgisch de Wgimont' l, p 1 64 f.), l:lrllsseLi,
Kongu ('Kengele' XXI,_p. 13 ff.), 1953 1956. . ACL
M "467a. --l'EtJ.,somusicologie (in: Jacques
448d. - - Musi<a indigrna nel Congo Belga Chailley, 'Prcis de Musicologie'), Pa.ris,
'Aflrica' VI, p. 323 ff.), 1951. M 1958 (Chapter IV, p. 41 !f.). A
448e. --La musiqw i>Jdig4n au Congo 468. Brandel, Rose, Sounds Jrom IU equator
Beige ('Les arts au Congo Del e et a u (New York Univ., master'a thesis, 1y5o).
Ruanda-Urundi' 1950, p. 72 ff.). M 469. - - Music of 1/oe Gianls a11J Pygmies oJ
419 Bouws, Jan, Zuid-Ajrikaans olksmu- llu Belgian Congo (Wat..si, Bahulu, Bat-
ziek ('Mem en Melodie' V, p. 125 ff.), wa} (']ournal of tbe Amer. Musical.
1950. AC Soc.' V, p. 16 ff.), 1952. ACFKL
450.-- Afrikaanse olksmuziek ('Die Tijd- 470.-- The m".sic of African c:ircumdsioN
skrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns', April riiNals (ibid. VII. p. 52 ff.), 1954 ACFK
1951, p. 123 ff.). ADlFGM 470a. - - Review of Sukebiro Shiba, ':Score.A:
451.-- M..siek in Suid-Afrika (Bruge, of Gagaku, ]apanese classical court )
1946). K music' vol. 1: Kangen-orchcstra in
152. - - I n die oetspore an die Afrikaanse Haya-gaku and Haya-tada-bysbi' ('J.
volhslied ('Tijdskrif vir Wetenskap en of tbe American !1111sicological Soc. X,
Kuns', April 1956), p. 51 ff. ABDIG No. 1, p. 39 ff.), 1957. A
453 Bowers, Faubion, Theatre in lloe Easl. 471. Brandts Buy>;, J. S., Over hel onderoek
A sian da,ce ond drama (Thomas Nelson, der Javaansc.Ju dn daarmee vtrWtude mu-
LondonfEdinburgh/Pa.risfMelbournefTo- ziek ('Koloniale Studien' IV. no. 3. p.
rontofNew York, 1956). 155 ff.). 1920. ABDlDGU
454 - - jupane.,lluatre (London, no date). 472. - - Oer de o111wikkelingsmogelijkhede11
e an de miUiek op Java ('Djawa' l, Pre-
155 Bowles, E. A., Haut and Bas: 1/u group- minary Advices, vol. ll, p. 1 ff.), 1921.
ing oj musical instrwmenls in the mi.ddle- AHDIG
ages (Massachusetts lnstitute of Tech- 473 --(in collab. with A. Brandl& Buy>;-
nology Publ. No. 13). AC Van Zijp) Snorrepijperijen ('Djawa' lV
456. Bowles, Paul, Calypso-musi< of the A n- (1924), p. 18 fl.; ibid. VI (1926), p. 318
tilles ('lllodern Music' XVU, p. 154 ff.), ff.; ibid. XI (1931). p. 133 ff.; ibid. XII
Jan./Febr. 1940. (1932), p. 50 ff.; ibid. XIII (1933). p. 205
457 Boys, R. S., Music in Toowoomba ff. and 341 ff.). ABD 1G
(Queenslund) ('The Canon' IV, p. 300 4H - - Uitslag an de prijsvraag i112ak
fl.). 1951. een J aaans muziekschrijl ('Djawa' l V
.58. Brailoiu, Constantin, Cnt~a b4trne~ti. p. 1 fi.), 1924. ABDIG
diJ., 0/icuia, ll-funtenia, .A1oldova si BU&O- 475 --(in collab. witb A. Brandts Buys-
viua ('l:'ubl. o! the Folklore Archives', Van Zijp), Oude klanken (ibid. V. p. 10
Bukarest, 1932). . 1 fl.), 1925. ABDIG
459- - - Esquisse d'une m41hode de folklore 476. --(in collab. with id.), Toeters ell
music"l ('La Revue de Musicoloie' piepers (ibid. V (1925). p. 311 ff.; ibid.
No. 40). 1932. CDIEKLLl VI (1926), p. 27 ff., 76 ff. and 318 ff.).
460. --Die rumanische Volksmusik ('M- ABD'G
langes ollertes a Zoltan Kodly' p. 300 477 --(in collab. with id.), Over muziek in
h.). 1943. ACK het Bat~joewat~;ische (ibid. VI, p. 205 ff.).
461. --Le Folklore musicale ('Musica Ae- 1926. ABD 1G
tcrno.', French edition, vol. U, p. 277 478. --(in collab. with id.), Over fluilm
1!.). 1948. A ('Ned.-Indie 011d & Nieuw' Xl, p. 57 ff.
462. --Le rhylme Aksak (Abbcville, 1952). and 155 ff.). 1926/'27. AHD 1GH
AL 479 --(in collab. with id.), Over spleet-
163. - - A propos du jodel ('Kongressber. tromorkestjes ('De Muziek' II, p. 309 11.
lntern. Musikges., llast:l 1949', p. 6g). and 437 ff.), 1928. ACDEFU
ACDEFL 480. - - (in collab. with id.), De luonkN,.SI
464 --Le ciuslo syllabique bichrone ('Poly- bij de .Madoereezen ('Djawa' Vlll, p. 1
phmue' 1948, No. 2, p. 26 ff. (K) and ff.), 1928. ABD'GJ
'Anuario musical' VII, 1952). CL ..81. - - (in collab. with id.), Een en amler

93
 over J avuansche m!UieA (' Proboram of the
Java-Congress, held on 27-29 Dec. 199
at Solo, on the occasion ol the 1oth
anniversary ol the Java-Institute' p. 45
11.), 1929. A aogewandte Psychologie' 1927, Beiheft
482. --(in collab. with id.), Inlandsclu
duns en muziek ('Timboel' III, nrs. 13,
15. 16, 17 and 18), 1929.
483. - - Tooverklanken. MIUikale pikoelans
('Djawa' Xll, p. 341 11.), 1932. ABD 1G
484. - - Detjuntanc balong's (ibid. XIII, p.
258 11.), 1933 ABD 1G
485. --De muziek van d SekaUn-camelans
(ibid. XIV, p. 243 H.), 1934 ABD1G
486. - - (io collab. with A. Brandts Buys-
Vao Zijp), OmJrenl ttOtatios en lraft-
scri pties en over tU constrvctie van ftJnu-
latiSiukken (ibid. XIV, p. 127 1!.), 1934
ABD1G
487.-- (in collab. with id.), Lands tran-
. scripties van t:endint:s (ibid. XV (1935),
p. 174 ff.; ibid. XVI (1936), p. 230 11.;
ibid. XVIII (1938), p. 182 11.). ABD1G
.HS. - - (in collab. with id.), Omlretd de
rebab (ibid. XIX, p. 3b8 ff.), 1939.
ABD1G
489.-- Het cewone ]avaansclu tooncijfer-
schrift (hel Solosciw kepatihan-schrift)
(ibid. XX, p. 87 ff.), 1940. ABD1
490. - - Roneographieen van de gereconslru-
eerde cending-transcripties va" Prof. Dr.
]. P. N. Land (Jogjakarta, 1939). AC
491. Braschowanow, St., Das bulg~>risclu
Volkslied a/s Brauchtum und Kunsl
(' J ahrbuch des Auslandamtes der deut-
schen Dozentenschaft', Leipz.ig, 1942).
492. - - BulgArische Musik ('Die Musik in
Geschichte und Gegenwart' II, col. 453
ff.), 1952. ACEFGH 1KL
493 Brasseur de Bourbourg, Charles Etienne,
Gramdtica tk la lengUA quichJ. GrAm-
'"aire tk la IAngue Quich-espagnole-
jrantaise . . . servan/ d'ittlroduction at1
Rabinal .A chi drame indig4ne avec s<J
musique oricin<Jie etc. (Paris, 1862).
493a. Brauns, D., Tr<Jditions japonaius sur
la chanson, 14 musique el la d<Jnse
(Paris, 1890).
493b. Braunwieser, Martin, O Cabafal ('Bol.
Latino-Americano' VI, vol. I, p. 6o1 11.),
Rio de Janeiro, 1946. AGL.
494 Brazys, Th., Die Sincweisen der lilaui-
schen Daina (in 'Tauta ir Zodis' IV),
Kaunas, 1918.
495. Breazul, G., ( = G. Georges Cu-Breazul),
Patriun carmen. CorJtributie la studiul
muzicii Rominest (Craiova, 1941).
496. Bredicianu, Tiberius, Historique el tat
actuel des r4chercbes sur la m.usique
populaire roumaine ('Art populaire' ll,
p. 133 ff.), Paris 1931. A 1921>).
497 - - Muzicu papulara din Banal. Cerce-
talorii si cultivatorii ei (in vol. 'Banatul.
94
Contribulii la cunoastt:rea unei provin
cii'), l:!ucarest. 1943.
498. Brehmer, Fritz, M elodi<aulfassung ""d
melodiscl~e Be;abung des Kindes ('Z. f.
36). DIHKLI
499 Breloer, Bernhard, Die Grundeler~UnJe
der ultindischen M usik nach dem Dhara-
tiyu-natya-fstru (l:lmn, 1922). G
soo. Brenec.ke, Ernest, The 'Country Cryes' of
Hichard Deering ('The Musical Quar-
terly' XLII, p. 366 11.), 1956. CDFKLl
501. Briceo, Oiga, Mslsic" falklrica venezo-
la1Ja ('Bol. de la Union Panamericana'
LXXXII), Washington, 19.8.
502. Bricqueville, Eugene H. de, Notiu sur ,.
vielle (Paris, 2/l9IJ). A
503. --Les museltes (Paris, 1894).
504. Brin ton, G., N ative stringed musical
instruments ('American Antiquarian'
1897)
sos. Bris, E. le, Musique annamile: .Airs
lraditiun1Jels. ('Bull. des Amis du Vieux
Hu' IX, p. 255 ff.), 19U .
5o6. - - .fltJusique Q~UIUHIle; /es musicienS
aveu;les de HuJ (ibid. XIV, p. 137 ff.),
1<)27.
so. Briton, H. H., l'hilosuphy of Music
(1911).
soS. Broadwood, Lucy, and J. A. Fuller Malt-
i&nd, Ent:lish county songs (London,
1893). K
509 Broholm, H. C., J. P. Larsen and G.
Skjeme, The Lures of the Dronze Age
(Copenhagen, 1949). ACGL
510. BrOmse, Peter, FlOten, Schalmeien t.~nd
SackPfeifen Sds/awiens ('Vertlffentl. des
Musikw. Inst. der deutschen Univ. in
Prag'), Brnn, 1937 CL
su.-- Va" sdslawischer Volksmusik
('Musikblll.tter der Sudetendeutschen'
II).
512. Bronson, Bertrand Harris, Mechanical
help in the study offolk song ('J. of Amer.
Folklore' LXII, p. 81 ff.). 1949. GK
513. --Me/odie stability in oral lrans-
mission ('J. of the In tero. Folk Music
Council' III, p. 50 ff.). 1951. AC
514. - - Falkso"t: and the modes ('The
Musical Quarterly' XXXII No. l, p. 37
!f.), Jan. 1956. CDFKL1
515.-- Aboutthe commonesl Biritsh ballads
('J. of the Intern. Folk Music Council'
IX, p. 22 ff.), 1957 ACKL
516. Bruce-Mitford, R. L. S., Tlu Sutton
Hoo Ship Buria/ ('Comm. ol the R.
lnst. ol Great Britain', 21th Oct. 1949).
A
517. Brcker, Fritz, Die Blasinslr"Mmt:nle in
dtr u.lljran:scben Lileralur (Giessen,
518. Bruning, Father Elis., Neder/andse volks-
muziek ('Eisevier's Encyclopedie van de
 Muzi~k' li, p. 388 ff.), Amsterdam, 19~7
ACDEFHt
~18a. - - Volkslied (ibid. ll, p. 678), Am-
st~rdam, 1957. ACDEFHt
518b. - - Hel Nederlande Ke,.llied (Til-
burg, 1941). ACL
519. Bryan, Charles Faulkner, American folk
inslrumenls. l. The Appalachian moun-
lain dulcimer ('Tennessee Folklore So-
ciety Bulletin' XVIII), March 1952. C
~20. --American jolk inslrumenls. ll. The
hummered dulcimer (ibid. XVlll), ]une
1952.
521.-- American folk inslrumenls. III.
lmprovised inslrumenls (ibid. XVIII),
Sept. 1952.
~22. Bucbanan, Aonabel Morris, Modal and
me ludie struclure in A tJglo-A rt~erican folk
m u sic - a >1eulral mode (' Papers read at
the lotero. Congress of Musicology,
held at New York, Sept. 1939', p. 84 ff.),
Ricbmond, 19H AC
523. Buchner, Alexamder, A!usikinslrumet~te
im Wa,.del der !Zeiten (Artia Prague
1956). ci
5 2-i. - - lt1 usical itutnunents thruugh the
oges (London, 19~. 1).
52~. Duck, l'eter H., (- Te Rangi Hiroa)
The material culture of lhe Cook 1 slcmds
(New Plymouth, N.Z., 1927), p. 3~4 ff.:
Musical instrumetUs.
~26. - - Sumoan muterial culJure (Honolulu,
1930), p. 57~ ff.: Musical instrumenls. J
~27. --Pan-pipes in Polynesia ('Joumal
of the Polynesian Soc.' L, p. 173 ff.),
1941. ABGLJ
528. - - The coming ojlhe Maor (Welling-
tou, N .Z., 19~0), Chapter X, p. 252 tf.:
Musical instruments.
~28a. - - Arls and crajls of Hawaii (Publ.
No. 45 of the Bemice P. Bishop Mus.).
Honolulu, 1957 (p. 387 tf.). AB
529. Budde, Karl, Das Schwirr}wlz W.rk-
zeug der allleslamenllichen Totenbeschw-
rut~g? ('Z. f. d. Alttest. Wiss.' XLVI, p.
75 ff.), 1928. D'GHKL'
530. Bcher, Ka.rl, Arbeil und Rhylhmus
(1M96, 5/1918). CJL'
531. Drchner, L., Griechisclle Volksweisen
('Sammelb. d. Intem. Musikges.' Ill),
19ot'o2. CDFH'L
532. Buhle, E., Die musikalischen l>slru-
tn.t~tte in den Miniaturen des frhen
Mttdalters (Leipzig, 1903). C p. 9 11.), Jan. 1958.
533- Bukofz.er, Manfred, Magie und Tech-
>~ik in der A lpenmusik ('Schweizer An-
ualcn' 1926, Hdt !11, p. 205).
534 - - PrtJ.zisiOI'lsmessu.ngen "" primitiven
Mu>iki>~slrumcnten ('Z. t. Pbysik' vol.
!19. p. 643 fl.), 1936. CDlGHLt
535 - - Kutnl dit Blasquintenlheorie zur
Erkliiru>~g ezotischer Tonsysleme beilra-
genJ ('Anthropos' XXXU, p. -f02 tf.),
1937 AD 1GHKL 1 L 2 M
536.-- The Evolulior~ of javaiUSI ToJe-
systems ('Papera read a.t thc lotero.
Congreso of Musicology, held at New
York, Sept. i1th to 16th, 1939', p. 241
ff.), New York, 19+4 AC
537 - - lJlasquir~ll (in 'Die Musik in Ge-
schichte und Gegenwart' I, col. 1918 ff.),
1951. ACDEFGH 1KL
538. - - Observatior~s OK lile study of null-
weslern music ('Les Colloques de wgi-
e mont' l, p. 33 tf.), Brussel:;, 1956. ACL
539 Bukoreschliev, A., Vasil Stoin and Raina.
Ka.t2arova., Rodopslii pesni (coll. of 125
C songs) ('Sbornik za oarodni umotvore-
niya' XXXIX), Sofa, 1934.
540. Bunting, Edward, An&ienl music of
lreland (Dublin, 1796).
~41. - - Ancienl music oj Jreland (Dublin,
1809).
542.-- Ancienl iris/a music (London, 184o).
~43 Burlin, Nathalie, TJ&e /ndian's Book
(New YorkfLondon, 1907, 3/1935). 1
~H - - Songs and tales from lhe Dark
Conti11ent (New York, Scbirmer, 19Jo),
J p. 81 ff.
545 --American lt~diu" cradle-suugs ('The
Musical Qu..rterly' VU, p. 549 tf.), 1921.
546. Burnier, Th-, Chanls ambziens (Par,
undated).
J 546a. --Notes d'ethnographie :ambisien11e
(' Arch. Suisses d' Anthropologie gnrale'
XII, p. 92 tf.), 1946. M
547 Burrows, Edwin G., Sorne Paumolu
chanls (' J ourual of tbe Polynesian Soc.'
XII, p. 021 tf.), 1903. BGL
548. - - Nativ music o/ lhe Tuamotus
('Bull. No. 109 ol the Ber. F. Bishop
J Mus.'), Honolulu, 1933 lL
549 - - M usic ofthe Tahuki chanls (in J. F.
Stimson, 'The legends of Mani and
Taba.ki') (Bull. No. 127 of the Ber. F.
Bishop Mus.), Honolulu, 193-f
~50.-- Polynesian parl si>~ging ('Z. f. vergl.
Musikw.' 11, p. 69 tf.), 1934 ACK
551. - - Polynesi"n music aud danci11g
(']ournal of th~ Polynesian Soc.' XLIX,
p. 331 tf.), 1940. ABGL
~52.-- Songs of Uuea and Fuluna ('13ull.
No. 183 of the Ber. F. 13i:;hop Museum'),
Honolulu, 194~. ADL
5~2a. - - Music on lfaluk aloll in lhe Caro-
;,., islands ('Ethnomusicology' U, !\o. 1,
AGL
553 Burssens, A., Le Lubu, laugue a into-
nalior~ el le tambour-signal (' Proc. of the
Third lntern. Coogr~ss of Phonctic
Sciences, Ghcnt, 193~. p. 503 fl.).
554 Burton, Fredcrick R., A mericu" primi
tive mu.sic, wilh upeciul ulln&liuu lu lhr
sougs of lile Oiibways (Ncw York, 190<)). 1
555 Buitree, Julia M., The rhytm of lh
95
 red tnau: in song, danu Gtul de&oraticm
(Barnes, 1930).
556. Buvup, Hans, Studul av Folkemusik-
ken. Problemer verdr11rnule del melodiske
Grunnlag ('Norveg' Il, p. 133 11.), Oslo,
1952. AK
557 - - Review of Christian Leden, 'Ueher
die Musik dcr Smith Sund Eskimos und
ihre Verwandtachaft mit der Muliik der
amerikanillchen 1ndianer' ('Norveg' 111,
p. 233 ff.), Oslo, 1953 K AC
558. Cabra!, Jorge, La msica i,.,;aica (Buenos
Aires, 1915).
559 Cabussi-Kabuscb, N., Bulgarische Volks-
musik ('Die Musik' 1931). CDFKL
56o. Cadilla de Martlnez, Maria, La msica
popular en Puerto Riro(Sanjuan, 194 1).
561. Cadman, Chules w_, The 'idealization'
oj lt1dian music ('The Musical Quarterly'
1, p. 387 ff.), 1915.
562. Cadwell, Hden, Hawaiian music ('Ha-
waiian Annual' 1916, p. 71 ff.).
563. Caferotlu, Ahmed, 75 azerbaylanische
Lieder 'Bayaty' in der Mundarl von
Ganta nebst1iner spraehlichen Einleitung
('Mitt. d. s.,minan f. Orientaliachcu
Sprachen zu Bern' XXXII, 2 Abt.
p. 55 ff. (1929), p. 105 ff. (1930). D 1L
564. Cahen, Abraham, H.lbrewr (undated, but
befare 1913) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la
Mus.' 1, p. 67 ff.), 1922. ACDEFHJK
564a. Calame-Griaule, Genevlhe, Note rom-
plmenlaire sur le symbolisme du lambour
kunyu (Soudan franfais) ('Notes afri-
caines' Oct. 1956, p. 62 ff.). GLM
564b. - - and Blaise Calame, probltme
des langages lambourinis ('La Revue
Fran~aise' Jan. 1956, p. 68 ff.).
564c. - - and id. Symbolisme de la musique
africaine ('Essec', Reflets d'une promo-
tion, 1956, p. 73 ff.).
564d. - - and id. lnlroduclion 41 l'itude de
la mwique africaine ('La Revue Musi-
cale' 1957. No. spcial No. 238). ADGK
565. Calleja, R., Coleccidn de canciones popu-
lares de la provincia de Santander
(Madrid, 1901).
566. Callenfels, P. V. van Stein, The age
oj bronze kellledrums (' Bull. of the
Raffles Mus.' Series B, vol. I no. 3. p.
150 ff.), 1937 Dl
567. Calmet, Augustin, Dissertations sur la
posie el la musique des anciens en ginral
el des Hbrewr en particulier. Avec les
figures des inslrumenls de musique (Am-
sterdam, 1723) e 1903), p. 39 and 217/8.
568. Caluza, Reuben Tolakele, African music
('Soutbern Workman' LX, p. 152 ff.),
Hampton, 1931.
569. - - Three Zulu soMgs (in 'Negro an-
tbology' ed. by Nancy Cunard, p. 415
ff.), Wishart., 1934
570. Camp, Ch. M., and Bruno Nettl, The
g6
musical bow in Soulhern A frica ('Anthro-
pos' L, p. 65 ff.), 1955. BD 1GHJKL 1L 2M
571. Campbell, Notes on lhe musical inslru-
metJts oflhe Nepalese (in S. M. Tagore,
'l:lindu Music from various authors'),
Calcutta, 1882 (vide helow No. 4031).
CFIKLI
572. Campbell, A., Herdman's songs and yoik
in norlhern Sweden ('J. o! the Intern.
J'olk Music Council' Ill, p. 64 ff.), 1951.
513 Campbell, J. L., Gaelic folksonrs from
the 1sle of Barra (ed. by the Folldore
1nstitute o! Scotland), undated. G
574 Campen, C. F. H., Eenige mededeeli11gen
over de Aljoeren van Hale-Ma-Hra ('Bij-
dragen tot de Taal-, Laod- en Volkenk.
van Ned.-1ndie' 4th series, VIII, p.
187 ff.), The Hague, 1884. ABDIGL2
575 Campos, Rubn M., El joll<lore y la
musica me:ricat~a (Publ. of the Secr. of
l'ubl. Educ.), Mexico, 1928. 1
576.-- El folklore musical de Me:rico ('Es-
tudios Latino-americanos' III, p. 13 7
f!.), 1937 .
577 --La msica popular de Me:rico
('Revista de estudios musicales' I, p. 81
ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, 1949 AKL
5na. Candied, Fr., Muziek en zaMg in Kongo
(''l;'oren', Sept. 1951, p. 23 ff., Oct. 1951,
p. 37 ff.). M
578. Cano, D. M., Fiesta en un poblado Bubi
(' Africa' (Madrid), No. 114, p. 23 U.),
1951. M
579 Cantdoube, J., Anthologie de chanls po-
pulaires franfais groupis el prsents par
pays ou provinces (4 vals.) (Paris, 1951).
L
580. Canto popular, El, - Documentos para el
etudio del Jolk-lore argentino, vol. l. M -
sica prerolombiat~a (Buenos Aires, 1923).
K
581. Canziani, Estella, Coslumes, lraditions
a11d songs of Savoy (London, 1911).
81a. Canzooeri, V., A theory oj lhe modes
in j apanese popular lraditional music
('Ty-oogakukenkytl' 1), 1938.
582. Capitan. L'omiehicahuatzli me~icain et
son a11cetre de l'poque du renne en Gaule
('Proc. Congress of Americanists_' XVI),
Vienna, 1908.
583. Capmal\y, A., Canfoner popular (3 series),
Barcelona..
584. Cappelle, H. van, De binnenlanden van
hel districl Nickerie (Suriname) (Baarn,
A
585. Capus, M. G., La musique chez les Khir-
gizes el les S artes de 1' A sie Centrale
('Revue d'Ethnographie' 111), 1884. G
586. Carmbula, Rubn, Negro y tambor. Poe-
mas, pregcmes, daJJzas y leye11das sobre
motivos del folklore afrorioplalense. M elo-
dias y anotaciones sobre el candome etc
 (Buenos Aires, Folklrica Americana,
1952).
587. Carlheim-Gyllensldllld, Visor ocli fiUlo-
dier ('Svenska Landsm~l' VII, p. 7 ff.),
Stock.holm, 1892. DlG
588. Carp, Paula, Citeua cintece de ieri si do
azi din comuna Batrini ('Revista de
folclor' ll, Nos. 1-2, p. 7 ff.), BucaJest,
1957. AC
589. Carpentier, Alejo, La musica en Cuba
('Coleccin Tierra Fizme' No. 19), Me-
xico, 1946.
590. Carr, Andrew T., A Rada community in
Trinidad ('CaJribbean Quarterly' III,
No. 1, p. 35 ff.), 1953. B sicales de los Afrocuba.nos ('Archivos del
591. Carca de Vaux, Le traiti dts rapports
musicaux o" l'ptlre a Scharaf ed-Din,
par Safi Ed-Din Abd El-Mwnin (Paris,
1891).
592. Carrington, J. F., A compa.raliue study
of some Central A frican Gong-languages
('Mm. Inst. Royal Col. Beige', Brussels,
and Carey Kingsgate Press Ltd., Len-
don), 1949 AM
593 - - The drwm language of lhe Lokele
tribe (' African Studies' lll, p. 75 ff.),
June 1\144 KM
594 - - Nutes 011 Gn idiophontS w.sed in
'kabile' initialion riles by lhe Mba.e
(' African Music' 1, p. 27 ff.), 1954
ACJLM
595 - - Talking dr"m.s of A frica. (Carey
Kingsgate Press Ltd., London, 1949).
CIJM
596. - - Ajrican music in Christian .worship
('lntern. Review of Missions' XXXVII,
p. 198 ff.), April 1948.
597 --Individual na.nJes given lo lalking
gongs in 1/k! Y a.lemba area oj Belgian
Congo ('African Music' l, No. 3. p. 10 ff.),
1956. ACJLM
597a. - - Four-ton~d annuwncements on
Mbele talking gongs ('African Music' 1
No. 4 p. 23 ff.), 1957. ACJLM
598. CasroU, Father K., Yoruba. religious
music ('African Music' l, No. 3. p. 45
lf.). 1956. ACJLM
599 Caryb, O jogo da capoeira (Bahia, 1955).
6oo. Castagn, J., Cha.nts et dans.s populaires
folkloriques de quelques Orienta~<X de
!'U.R.S.S. ('l'Ethnugraphie' N.S. No. 51,
p. 62 1!.), Pa~is, 1957 ABD 1GK
601. Castaeda, Daniel, Las flautas en las
cit,ili;.aciones azteca y tarasca ('?.fusica,
Revista Mexicana' Il, Nos. 2-.), Me-
xico, 1930 and '31.
6 0 2 . - - and V. T. Mcndoza, Los percutores
precortcsianos ('Anales del Museo Na-
cional de Arqueologla' Vlll), 1933
6o3. - - and - - Los t~ponaztlis en las
civili;aciunes pr~cortesianas (ibid.), 1933
bOJa. Casteele, J. M. van de, La place dv ca11-
tique dans lu musiqu~ religieuse indigJne
('Rcvue du Oerg Afiicain' IX, p. 15 a
ff.), 195-4 M
6o3b. - - Musique religieuse africain et
negro-pirituals (ibid. IX, p. 396 11.).
195-4 M
6o3c. - - E en Otdroerend lilaaglied (' J ezuio:-
ten-Missies' 19-47, No. H p. 72 ff.). M
6o3d. - - Muique indige11e - tnusique reli
gieuse (' Revue du Clerg africain'
(Mayidi) III, No. 5. p. 392 ff.), 19~8. M
6o3e. --L'avvenire dell" musica ujri&a"a
('La Nigrizia' LXIX, No. 5. p. ~b !!.),
1950. M
6o-4. Castellanos, Israel, I nstruoneutos mu-
Folklore Cubano' II, p. 193 ff.), Havana,
1926.
6o5. Castillo, Jesus, La. ttJsica. autctona
('Anales de la Soc. de Geografia e His-
toria' IV), Guatemala, 1927.
6o6. Castro, JoS<!, Sistema pmtafd,.ico en la
msica. precolonia.l del Peru ('Bol. Lat.-
Amer. de Msica' IV, p. 835 tf.), Bogot,
1938.
6o6a. Caughie, Catherine, The scales of some
CetJiral A ustralia.n song ('J. of the
lntern. Folk Music Council' X, p. 57 ff.).
1958. ACIJKL
6o7. Caussin de Perceval, A., Notices anecdo-
tiqwes sur les principauz musicien.s tArabes
des trois premiers sueles de 1' Islam istne
('J. Asiatique'), Dec. 1873. CDIGHKLI
6o8. Cavazzi, P., Relalion historique del' Etltio-
pie occidental (Paris, 1732), p. 48 ff.
6og. Cesky, Lid, Sbornik uenova.ny sludiu lid"
skho v techti&h na morave. ve slezsk" A
na. slovensku (vol. 1), Prague, 1892.
610. Cbailley, Jacques, La nolaliotl rnuicale
(in Dufourcq, 'La musique des origines a
nos jours', Paris, ed. LaJousse, p. 515
ff.), 1946. ACDEFHJK
61oa. - - FormaJion el lransjorr~~ation.s du
Jangage musical. l. I nlerva/les el Jchelles
(Centre de Documc:mtation Universitaire,
5, Place de la Sorbonne, Paris n.d.). AC
6JJ. Cbaitanya Deva, B., T he emergence of
lhe drone in I ndian mu.sic, a psychologicaJ
approa.ch ('The Journal of the Music
Academy, Madras' XXIII, p. 126 f.),
1952. AC
6ua. --Tonal sructurc oj tambura ('The
J. of the Music Acaderuy !IIadras'
XXVII, :i. 89 !f.), Madras, 1957 A
6ub. - - Psy&hology of the droue in nela
die m"sic ('Bull. of the Deccan CoUego
Reseo.rch Inst.' XI), 1950.
612. Chakravartbi, Surub Cbandra, 1 ndia itt
Music ('jhankar music circle 1953
Souvenir'), Calcutta, 1953
613.-- TJ.e fulk music of lincul ('SanGcd
Natak Akadami Bull.' No. 2), ~51
61-4. - - A cultural survey of Uajtulloutt fol4
mtertainment (iLid.), 1951
97
615. Chambers, G. B., Folksong-Piainsong. A pared ('China Review' V), Hongkoug,
study in origins and musical rei<Uionship 1877. G
(Merln Press, London, 1956). 633. Chavez, Carlos, La Musica. Parl l. La
616. Chandra Ved!, Pandlt R. Dllip, Comp<>- "'sica en las culturas lt~dias ('Mexico y
sitions a>td the siz fursdamesllal Ragas of la Cultura', p. 475 ff.), Mexico, 1946.
Hinduslharsi Music ('The Journal of 634. Chavez, Franco M., La marimba. Visitas
the Music Academy, Madras' XX, p. al Museo de Guayaquil ('Revista Muni-
104 ff.), 1949. A cipal de Guayaquil', Sept. 1927).
617. Chao, Mei-Ba, La doche jasme (Brussels, 635. -.- E l lundy y la marimba (ibid. ?,
1932) (English translation: Baltimore, 1929?).
636. Chengalavarayan, N., Music and musical
1934) J i">lrumenls uf lile ancienl Tamils ('Quar-
618. ChMo, Wel-Pang, Moderro Chinese Folk-
tcrly Journal of the Mythic Soc.' XXVI),
lore 1 nvestig<Uion ('.Folklore Studies ol
the Museum ol Oriental Ethnology, Ca- 1935 G
0 637. Cherbuliez, Antoine E., Swiss Folk
tholic Univ. ol Peking' J, p. 55 ff. and Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol.
JII, p. 79 ff.). 19'12 and '43 . G lll, p. 376 fl.), 1954 ACFH 1K
619. - - Yang-ko: the Rural Thealre in Ting-
638. Cbild, F. J., The English and Scottish
hsien, Hopei (ibid. JII, p. 1 ll.), 1944 G popula ballads I-V (Boston, !882-1908),
620. Chao, Y. R., Singing in Chinese ('Le reprintcd in 3 vals. by B. H. Hronson
Mattre phontique' XXXIX), 1924. (Ncw York, 1956).
62oa. - - .A note on Chines~ sc:ales atcd modes 639. Chllesotli, O., Le scale arabico-persana e
('Oriens' X, p. 140 ff.), 1957 inJu ('Sammelb. der Iutero. Musikges.'
621.-- Music (in Sophia Chen Zen. 111, p. 595 ll.), 1901/'02. CDFH'L
'Symposium on Chinese Culture'), 6-40. Chiuchore, Prabhakar. and Imagen
Shau;hai, 1931. Holsl, Ten 1 t~dian Fulktunes for Sulo
621a. Chapn, James P., The lravels of a Desean/ Recorder (Soc. ol Recorder
talking drum ('Natural Hstory' L), Playcrs, No. 19, Scbott & Co., London),
New-York, Sept. 1942. undaled.
622. Chappel, Louis W., Folk songs of Roanoke 641. Chinnaswamy Mudaliar, A. H., Oriental
and the Albemar/e ('Soutbem Folklore Musicin Stalf Not<Uion (Madras, 1892). A
Quarterly' V, p. 202 ff.), 1941. 642. Chinnery, E. W. P., Further Notes on
623. Charlton, George V. B., The Norlhum- lhe Wooden Kipi Trwmpet and Conch
brian bagpipt (Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Shell by the N <Uives o/ Papua ('Man'
1930). J XVII, p. 73, No. 55), 1917.
624. Chase, GUbert, The music of Spain (New BD'GJKLM
York, 1941). K 643. Choleau, Jea>. and Marie Drouart,
625. - - Amuica's music (New YorkfToron- Chansons el danses populaire de H aule
to/London, 1955), Chapter XX. Jndian Brelagne (Pars, 1938).
tribal music (p. 403 ff.). A 644. Chotlin, Alexis, Airs populaires re-
0 626. - - Bibliography of Amuican folk ceuillis a Fs ('Hespris' III, p. 275 fl.;
music (Washington, 1942). K IV. p. 225 lf.), 1923/'24.
627.-- A guid lo L<Uin Amtrican music DI (IV only) GKL
(Washington, 1943). K 645. - - Nute sur le yhylhmo a cinq temps
628. Chaubey, S. K., The arl and 1/oe person- ('Hesprs' 1928). DIGKL
alily oJ uslad Faiya.r Khan ('Silver 646. --La musique maro&aine ('France-
Jubilee Souvenir of the Marrs College Outre-Mer' March 1929).
ol Hindustani music, Lucknow, Nov. 648. --Les genres dans la musique maro-
1952'), Lucknow, 1953 caine ('Revue musicale du Maroc' 1930).
629. Chauvet, Stephen, La musique ,.gre 649. --Les visages de la musique marocaine
(Pars, 1929). CFIJKLL2M ('Le Mnestrel' vol. 93. p. 217 and 230),
629a. - - L a musique negre ('Encycl. Col. et 1931. . K
Maritime', Afrique Occidentale Fran:aise 650. --Corpus de musique marocaine, fase.
vol. U, p. 371 ff.), Pars, 1949 . M I: Nouba de Ochchak (Pars, 1931).
630. Chavannes, Edouard, Le chants du 651.-- Airs populaires marocains ('Le
bureau de la musique: de< rapports de la Mncstrd' vol. 94, p. 351, 359, 367),
musique grec:q.u avec la musique chinoise. 1932. K
Les M moires historiques de Sema 652. - - Cha11ts el danses berbres au lvl aroc
Ts'ien (Pars, 1895), vol. lll, part ll, (ibid., vol. 95, p. 359), 1933 K
App. 1 and 2. 653. - - JJslrume-nts, musique el danse
631. - - Sur la musique chinoise ('lndian chleuhs ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' 1, p. 11
Antiquary' XII), Bombay, 1912. GK ll.), 1933. ACK
632. - ,- Chinese and J apa ..ese music com- 654. --La pratique du chanl chez les musi-

g8
 ciens marocains (ibid. l. p. 52 fl.), 1933
ACK
655. --Corpus de musique tnarocaine, fase.
2: M usiqou el danses berberes du pays
chJeuh (Paris. 1933).
656. - - lJsat ('Revue de Musicolo;ie'
XVIII. p. 66 ff.)~ 1931 CD'EKLLl
657.-- Y Asa/4, complainte arabe sur la
perle de /'A ndalousie (' Z. f. vergl. Mu-
sikw .' Ill, p. 83 ff.), 1935. ACK
b58. - - Chanls el da>~ses berberu ('Revue de
Musicologie' XX), Pa.ris, 1936.
CD'EKLLl
1>59. - - L e c/uml el la dat~se berberes dans le
fulk/ore europen ('Proc. ut lntern.
Conb'Tess o! Folklore, Tours, 1938'), p.
151 ff.
6o. - - Tahleau de la musique marocaine
(Paris, 1939). ACGL
661. --La musique musulmane (in Du-
fourCl}, La Alusiq Ut: des origines a nos
jours', ed. Larousse, p. 71 ff.). Paris,
194b. ACDEFHJK
662. - - (in collab. with Hans Hickma.un)
Arubische Musih ('Die Musik in Ge-
chichte uud Gcgenwart' 1, col. 577 ff.),
1951. ACDEFGH1KL
b63. - - Visages de la musique marocaine
(' Encycl. coloniaJe et maritime', vol. l V.
Mar oc: Fase. 14), Paris, 1949. AM
664. Clwu king, Le, traduit et eurichi de
notes par feu le P. Gaubil, missionnaire
a la Chine. Revue et corrig par De
Guignes (Pars, 1770). C 682. Ciurlionyte, J., Litiluanian Foil< Me/odies
665. Chowdhuri, B. K. Roy, Tan Sen,
brigJ.tesl cem of Ahbar's courl ('Silver
]ubilee Souvenir of the Marris College of
Hindustani music, Lucknow,Nov. 1952'),
Lucknow, 1953
666. --jo~ and Bols ('Lakshya Sangeet'
1), Dclhi, 1954/'55
067. Christensen, A., La vie musicaJe dans
la civilisation des Sassanides (' Bull.
de 1' Association Franpise des Ami es de
. l'Orient', Paris, 1926, p. 24).
b67a. Christensen, Dieter, Die Musih der K ale
""d Sialum (diss.), Berlin, 1957 A 686. Clark, E. R., Negro jo/k music in
668. Christian, Geoffrey, .A new musical
instrum<n/ jrum Papua ('Man' XXXll,
p. 70, No. 83), 1932. ABD'GKL'LM
66g. Christianowitsch, Alexandre, Esquisse
histuriqwe de lu musique 11rabe aux temps
anciws (Cologne, 1863). CG
l>o. Christiansen, L., Sowremenuj narodnoj
pjessmnoj twor/sjestwo Sw.rdlowshoj ob-
lasli (i.e. The creation toda y of folk songs
10 thc district of Swerdlow), Moscow,
1954-
671. Chrislov, Dobri, Ritmitchnite osnovi na
11a,.odmda ni musica ("SL>ornik za narodni
uu1otvur~niya' XXVll). Sofa, 1913.
672. - - Bu/garskata narudna musika (Sofia,
19 .. i).
99.
673. - - Tehhnitcileskiyal slruezh tia b!J-
garskala narodna musiku (So!ia. 1928).
674. - - 66 cllansons populaires des lJu/gares
maddoniens (Sofia, 1931).
675. Chrysander, Friedrich, Ueber die al/-
indisc}e OpfernJusih ('Vierteljahrschrilt
f. Musikwiss.' J), 1~85. CFKL
66. Cibot, Father, Essai sur les pierres sot~u
res de Chine ('Mmoire.; concernant
l'histoire, les sciences, les art. etc. des
Chinois' par les missionnaires de Pkin,
VI), Paris, 1780.
66a. Ciger, Anton, Sto sarisskych piemi
(Bratislava, 1956).
677. Ctnlece si Doine, zoo, (Bukarest, 1955).
68. Ctnlese ~i jocuri, penlru orcheslra pupu-
/are, vol. 1 (Bukarest, 1954), vol. 11
(Bukarest, 1955).
69. Ciobanu, Gh., Despre faclorii care in-
Jes,.esc evolutia mwzic.ii popular~ (i.t:.
The e.ssential factor present in thc
evolution of folk music) (' Hevista de
Folclor' 1, No. 1-2, p. l>ll ff.), Hucarest,
1956. A
68o. - - Conlributii la dnlecului noslru pu-
pulur ('Revista de folclor' U, No. 1-l,
p. 149 ff.), Bucarcst, 1957 AC
68oa. - - Un cfntec al lui Dimitrit Ca,temir
in colectia lui A nlon Punn ('Revista de
Folclor' ll, No. 3, p. 81 ff.). Bucarest,
1951 A
681. Ciortea, Vera Proca, jocuri populare
Hominesli (Bukarest, 1954).
('Tautosakos Darbai' V). Kaunas, 1938.
683. Clapham, John, Dvorh, lrokzov a
Kichapov (i.e. Dvork, the lroquois
and the Kickapoos), ('Hudebn!, Rozb-
ledy' X, No. 23, p. 983 f!.), Pra:ue, 1956.
684. - - The power o/ primilive music
('Musical Opinion' LXX VIl, p. 525 1!.),
June 1954
685. Claridge, G. Cyrill, Wild busil lribes of
tropical A frica. Chapter XX (p. Hl ff.):
Nulive music; Chapter XXI (p. 233 ff.):
llfusica/ inslrumenls (London, 192>).
America ('Joumal of American Folklore,
LXIV, No. 253. p. 281 ff.), 1951. GK
68. Clarke, Roger T., The drum lat~guage of
the Tumba people ('Amer. J. of Sociolo;y'
XL, p. 31 ff.), Chicago. 1934- GK
688. Classe, A., The Silbo Gomero ('Scientific
American' 1956). D1
688a. - - Phonelics of lhe Silbo Gomero
('Archivum Linguisticum' IX, p. H ff.).
Glas:ow, Sept. I957 A
688b. - - The unusual wliislle /a.,guuce of
the Catlary sland.us ("The Uncscu
Courier' X, Nov. 1957. p. 30 fl.). ADD'K
689. Cleather, Gabriel G., TJu mu.:.icaJ cJlf'tel~
of drums ('J. ol the Hoya! Suc. of ArL
LVJl), London. 1909.
69<>. etemcns, W. M., Scmgs ofllo# Soulh Sea
ilanders ('Munsey'a Magazine' Febr.
1901).
691. etements, E., 1nlrodu<liott lo lloe Sludy
of 1 ndian M uic (<no allempl lo recottcile
modern Hindostani mu.sU: wiiA t~ncient
musical lheory and lo propound an
accurt<U and compreheriSive melhod of
lreatmml oflk subjecl of Jndian musical
inlvnation) (LondonJNew YorkJBombay/
Calcutta, 1913). Al
1>92. --Leclures on India""'"'" (Bombay,
1927). Gl
69za. - - Tk rt1gas of Hinduslafl (The
philharmonic Soc. of Westem India,
Poona, 1917).
692b. - - Tk rdgas oj Tanjore. Sones and
hynms from lhe reperloire ofllu Karnatic
singer Natrajan (London, 19l0).
93 Clo&son, Ernest, L'instrununt tU mu.si~
que comme documenl ethJOographique
('Guide Musical', p. 2 ff., Bruxelles.
1902).
693a. --Notes sur l'cmomatopk dafiS la
terminologie organologiqau ('J. of the
Intem. Music $uc.' VIl, p. 16 ff.), 1911.
1>94 --Les conques so10ors dans la pr-
hisloire ('Le Guide musical', BruxeUes,
1912).
695. - - Notes ur-la chanscm populairo .,.
Belgique (Brussels, 1913).
696. - - M . von Hornbostel ell'ethnograPIie
musicale ('Guide Musical' LX, p. 335
ff.), Bruxelles, 1914.
697.-- A propos de la Zambumbia colom-
bienne ('Acta Musicologica' ll, p. 122
ff.), 1930. CDLL'
698. - - Une nouvelle sbi de loaulbois lgyp-
liens antiques ('Fest.schriftGuido Adler',
p. 17 ff., Berln, 1930).
6<9. - - Un principe :tolique incon"u d'or-
ganologie musicale ('La Revue musicale'
XIII, p. 200 ff.), 1932. AeDFGHKL
oo. --La fl!lte gyptienne anlique de
Flis ('Acta Musicologica' IV, p. 145 ff.),
1932. eDEKLLl
701.-- Questionnaire d'Eihnographie. Mu-
sique (' Bull. de la Soc. Royale Beige de
Gographie' XLIX, p. 132 ff.), 1925. CD'
702. - - Les mlodies lithurgiques syrintUJs
el claldiennes ('La vie et les arts li-
thurb'<ues' No. 134, p. 178 ff.), Paris,
Febr. 1926.
703. - - L a musique Clainoise ('Le Flam-
beau', undated).
704. - - L e fulklore (in: 'La musique en
Belgique du ruoyen age a nos jours', p.
301 H.J. 1950.
705. - - L a claanson populaire en Belgique
('J. of the lntem. Folk Music Council'
Il, p. 50 ff.), 1950. ACJKL
osa. - - L e Lied Nerlandais ancien dans
ses accointances avec le Liod populaire
allemand (' Annuaire de la Comm.ission
de la vieiUe chanson populaile' 1939),
p. 106 ff. (Antwerp, 1939). A
7o6. etyne, Anthony, Tk skirl ofllu bagpipe
('The Sackbut' VIl, p. 43 ff.), 1926.
o. eoart, E., and A. de Haulleville, La mu-
sique (' Annales du Muse du . Congo
beige' lii, tome I, fase. 1, p. 145 ff.),
Brusscls, 1906. GKM
o8. eocchiarl, G., and F. B. PrateUa,L'anima
del popolo italiano ni suoi canti (Milan,
1929)
709 Cocisiu, Ilanon, Despre armonia lonala
si armonia modala in &intecul popular
(i.e. Tonal and modal harmonies in
folk music) ('Flacara' 1948, No. 49,
p. 4l
ro.-- Un strin (anonim) despre mu.rica
llo"'l11easc la tnceputul ecolului al
X/X-Lea (i.e. Commentary of a (anony-
mous) stranger about the Rumanian
music at the beginning of the 19th
century) ('Revista de Folclor' I, No. 1-2,
p. 271 ff.), Bucarest, 1957. . A
u. eocks, WilliiWl A., Bagpip ('Grove's
K Dictionary' sth ed., vol. I, p. 344). 1954
ACFH 1K
712. eoeUo Ramos, Rafael, La cultura musical
del .pueblo hondureilo ('Bol. Lat. Amer.
de Musica' IV), Bogot, 1938.
713. eoeuroy, Andr~. Le folklore ella chansa..
populaire en Europe (in: Dufourcq, 'La
Musique des origines a nos jours. ed.
Larousse, p. 83 ff.), Pars, 1946.
ACDEFHJK
*714. - - and Andr~ Schaeffner, Lo jazz
(Pars, 1926).
715. Cohn-Antenorid, W., Chinesiscloe Jl.!usik-
aeslktik ('Monatshefte f. Musikgesch.'
e XXXV, p. 1 U. and 30 ff.), 1903. eKL
716. Coirault, Patrice, Notre chanson folklo-
rique (Picard, Pars, 1942). C
717.-- Formaticm de nos chansons folklo
riques (ed. du Scarabe, Pars, vol. I,
1953. vol. 11, 1955). eF
717a. - - llecherches .sur nolre ancUnne
chanson populaire lraditiontUJlle. E.:.-
poss 1-V (Pars, 1933).
718. Coliac, Chansons berbtres de la rgion
d'Azilal ('France-Maroc' 1920).
719. CoUaer, Paul, lmportance des musiques
eUntiques da'I'IS la culture musicale con-
lemporaire (' J ournal of the Intem. Folk
Music Council' IV, p. 56 ff.), 1952.
e ACJKL
720.-- Notes sur la musique d'Afrique
ct>1lrale ('Prohlcmes d'Afrique Centrale'
e No. 26, p. 267 ff.), 1954. AGJKM
722. --Les phnomtaes primilifs de l'inven-
tion "'usicale ('Acta Oto-Rhino-Laryn-
gologica Belgica' 1954, fase. 1, p. 9 ff.).
AH
lOO
723. - - Musique c11r11ibe el "'""" ('Studia
1\lemoria.e lllae Bartk Sacra', p. 125
11.), lludapest, 195b; AC
72-4. --Notes eoncernanl certaitts &hants Es-
pagnols, H ongrois, Bulgares el Gorgiet<S
('Anuario Musical del lnst. Espailol de
Musicologla' IX, p. 153 ff.), Ha1celona,
1954 ACL
725. - - ElaJ IUluel des connaissances rela-
lives a la perceplion audilive, l'mission
voc.ale el la mmore n&usiu.Je. Conclusions
uu sujet de la mesure des frq;,ences vibru-
loires el des ryll~t~us ('Les Colloques de
Wgimont' 1, p. 37 ff.), Brussels, 1956.
ACL
726. --Le lambour a /ricJion (Rommelpot)
m Flandre ('Les Colloques de Wgi-
ruont' 1, p. 11!8 ff.), Brussels, 1956. ACL
727. --Les culloques de Wgimonl. Cercle
1 ntemulionul d' Eludes E timo-M usicolo-
giques vol. 1 (Brussels, 1956). ACJL
728. - - A series of articles in 'Elsevier's
Encyclopedie van de Muziek': vol. l.
Achler-lndii (p. 232), Albanii (p. 239),
A rabie (p. 255), Armenii (p. 262), Aus-
lralie. Volksmuziek (p. 272), B ..sken
(p. 296), Ceylon (p. 404), China (p. 411),
De11emarken. Volksmauiek (p. 464),
Duitsland. Volksmw.riek (p. 497), Egypte
(p. soS), Ethiopii (p. 522), Finlatul.
Vulksmwziek (p. 542), Frankrijk. Volks-
mwziek (p. 566), Griekenland. Volksmu-
ziek (p. 622), Groot-Britlannie. Volksmu-
ziek (p. 629) ; vol. U. llalii. Volksmuziek
(p. 192), ]ap11n (p. 198), Kelten (p. 219),
Madugusc11r (p. 307), Melanesii (p. 331),
Mexico (p. 341), Noorwegen. Volksmu-
ziek (p. 400), Polynesie (p. 471), Tibel
(p. 631), Yslund (p. 706), Zigeuners (p.
712), Zwitserlllnd. l'olksmuziek (p. 717)
(Amsterdam, 1957). ACDEFGHI
728a. - - Similitudes entre des chanls espag-
t~ols, hongrois, bulgares et gorgietls (ad-
dendum) ('Anuario Musical' X), 1955 CL
728b. - - Muziek ('Kunst in Kongo', Chap-
ter 3), Brusscls, 1958. BM
728c. - - Carlography 11nd elhnomusicology
('Ethnomusicology' li No. 2, p. 66 ff.),
May. 195!!. AGL
729. CoUangettes, Father, Etude sur la musl
que arabe ('joumal Asiatique' 1904, p. 6
11.). D'GHKLI
7)0. Combarieu, Jules, La mwsique el la
JUagie. Etude sur les origines populaires
de l' art mus&cal, son influence et sa
/un el ion d11ns /.es sociils (Paris, 1909).
AIKL
731. - - Hisluir. de la Musique (Pariti, 1913),
vol. l. AC
732. Comettant. Osear, La musique, les musi-
ciens el lu inslruments de rnusique c;hez
les dif/rents peuples du monde (Pars,
IBbg). J 749 Coslcrma.ns, B., .A1u.ziekin.slrumenlen van
101
732a. Comha.ire-Sylvain, S., La chanson hai-
lienne ('Prsencc Africaine' X:ll, p. I
ff.), 1951. M
732b. - - s dauses NJnnJdu du Territoire
d'Oshwe au Congo Beige ('African Studies'
VI, p. 124 ff.), 1947 KLZM
733 Comise!, Emilia, La ballai pof>ulaire
roou11aine ('Studia Memoriae Blae Bai-
tk Sacra' p. 27 ff.), Buda.pet, 1956. AC
734 Comvaliw;, Thcod. A. C., Hel Suri11aam>0
necerlied: I banja en de doe ('West-
lndische Gids' XVII, p. 213 f!.), 1935
BDIG
735 - - Een der vormen van Aet Surir~ll.amsll
lied t<a :r863 (ibid. XXI, p. 355 ff.), 1939.
ABD 1G
736. Condominas, G., Le lilhophoue pr-
hisloriqwe de Ndul Lieng Krak ('llull. Je
l'cole Fran~aise d'Extr~me Orient'
XLV, p. 359 tf.), Hanoi 1952 (written in
1950). AGK
737 Conklin, Ha.rold C., and William C.
Sturtevant, Seneca lndian Sit~t:ing Tovls
al Coldspring Longhowse ('Proc. Amer.
Philos. Soc.' XCVII, p. 262 ff.), J une
1953. CG
738. Couklin, Harold C., and Jos~ Maceda,
Hanuno music from lhe Philippi>~es
(commentary to Ethnic Folkways Libra-
ry Album P. 466), 1955 A
739 Cooma.raswami, Ananda K., Thirly songs
frorn lhe Punjab 1111d Kashmir (1913). 1
740.-- lndian Music ('Tbe Musical Quar-
terly' 111, p. 163 ff.), 1917- e
741. - - The parls of a Vina (' Joumal of thc
Amer. Oriental Soc.' L, p. 238 ff.), 1930.
. ADK
742.-- The old lndian Vina ('Journal of
the Amer. Oriental Soc.' LI, p. 4 7 ff.),
1931. AD 1GKL1
743 - - A passage ot1 Vinii-playit~g ('Z. f.
vergl. Musikw.' 111, p. 8!1), 1935 ACK
7.f4 Coopersmith. J. M., Music and musicit.ms
oflhe Dominica" Republic (Msica e m-
sicos de la Repblica Dominicana), Pan
American Union publ., Washington
D.C., 1949 F
745 Copyrighl in folk music, Stalemenl 011,
('Bull. of the In tero. Folk Music Council'
XII, p. 25 ff.), Sept. 1957. ACJ
0 746. Corbel, Augusl L., Nelherlandish Fu/k
Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th. ed.
vol. 111, p. 317 ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K
747 Cornell, C. H., Mwsic in lhe Old Teslll-
menl (Chicago, 1909). 1
747a. Cornevin, R., Note documenlaire sur les
11rts, la ot~usiqwe ella loponymie ('Encycl.
Aricaine J:o..ran~aise' s.v. Cameroun
Togo, p. 564 ff.), Paris, 1951. M
748. Costello, Edith, A mhrain mhwi;l~e siola
(Folk-songs of Galway and Mayo),
Dublin, 1916.
 Watsa-Gombari 1n omslreken ('Zalre' I,
p. 514 !!. and 629 !!.), 1947 D1GL'L 2 M
749a. - - Ter,.ielen-larvenoogsl bij tk Lago
, ongo-Overzee' XVI, No. 4 p. 185
!f.), o. D1GKL'M ~~ 1899.
750. Coura11,1, Maurice, Essai hislorique sur
\ ~--'!!~jjue classiqUI tks Chinais, avec
..., un appe>~dice relatif d la musique co-
"-,.( rienne (1912) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la
't-"1!' M u.', vol. 1, p. 77 ff.), 1922. ACDEFHJK
751. - - Jupon, noliu laisloriqUI (1912) (ibid.,
._ p. 242 !!.), 1922. ACDEFHJK
752. Courlander, Harold, Notes from a Abys-
siniatJ diary ('The Musical Quarterly'
XXX, p. 345 ff.), 1944 . C 1954
753 --Hait si11ging (Chape! Hill, Univ. al
N. Carolina Press, 1939). 1 lendarin SI. Lucia('CaribbeanQuarterly'
754 --Musical instrumenls of Hait ('The
Musical Quarterly' XXVII, No. 3), 1941.
H'
75.5 --Musical instrunents of Cuba (ibid.
XXVIII, p. 227 f!.), 1942 . CH'
756. Cou.sins, Margare!, E. The music of
Orienl and Occtknt (Madras, 193.5).
757 Coussemaker, E. de, Cla ..nls populares
des Flamands de France (Gent, 1856).
D1HL
757a. Coutts, P. G., Some musclll inslrumnls
of Usuku ('Uganda Journal' XIV, No. 2 ,
p. 16o ff.), 1950 . M gypsies it~Hungary) (in 'Mlanges offerts
758. Couvreur, J., Over krontjongmuziek en
nog wat ('Onze Stem' 1930, p. 737 f!.). B
759 Cowell, Henzy, Dos estudios: la msica
entre los pueblos primitivos ('Bol. Lat.
Amer. de Msica' V, P 10.5 ff.), Monte-
video, 1941. AGL
759a. --Orimtatische Musik ('Encycl. of
Social Sciences' XL, p. 152 ff.), New
York, 195 L Alrican Revue' XXIV, p. 434), 1953
759b. Cox, John Harrington, Folk songs main-
ly from W esl Virginia (with an introduc-
tory essay and supplementary referenct!S
by Herbert Halpert) (National Service
Bureau Pub!. No. 81-S), June 1939 A
759-C Coyne, A. E., Visual ndicalion of pitch
('A!rican l\1usic Soc. Newsletter' 1,
No. 4. p. 19 ff.), 19.51. ACJM
760. Crampton, H. E., The songs of Tahiti
('American Museum Journal' XII, p.
141 ff.), 1912.
761. Crawfurd, Music and dancing (in Suren-
dro Mobun Tagore, 'Hindu music from
various authors', p. 295 ff.), Calcutta,
1882. CFIKL
76Ia. Creighton, Heleo, Sotrgs and Ballads
from Nova Scota (Taranta, 1932).
761b. Cresson, H. T., Azlec music ('Proc.
Acau. of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia' XXXV (1883), p. 116 ff.), Phila-
dclphia, 1884.
762. Cringan, Alexander T., Iroquois Folk
Songs ('Archeological Report, Appendi.x
102
to Report o! Minister o! Education',
Toronto, 1902, p. 137 !!.).
763. - - Music of lhe pagan /roquois (Ar-
cheological Report, Appendix), Toronto,
764. Crossley-Holland, P., Chines music
('Grove's Dictionary of Music and Music-
ians' 5th ed., vol. 11, p. 219 !!.), 1954
ACFH 1K
"765. - - Tibela" Music ('Grove's Diction
ary' 5th ed. vol. VIl, p. 456 !!.). 1954
ACFHK
0 766.-- Welsh Folk Music ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' 5th ed., vol. 111, p. 398 ff.),
ACFH 1K
767. Crowley, Daniel J., Festivals of the ca-
IV, P 99 ff.), Dec. 195.5 B
768.-- Song and dance in SI. Lucia ('Eth-
nomusicology Newsletter' No. 9, p. 4 ff.),
Jan. 1957 AGL
769. Cruz, Clment da, Les nslruments tk
musque dans le Bas-Dahomey (popu-
lations Fon, Adja, Katafon, Pida, A Jzo)
('Etudes dahomiennes' X.ll), Porto
Novo, 1954 GLM
770. Csenld, lmre and Sndor, Npdal-
gyjts a magyllrorszgi cgnyok kDrt:m
(A co/leclion of folkmusic among lhe
a Zoltan Kodly a J'occasion de son
6oieme anniversaire', p. 343 f!.), Buda-
pest, '1943 ACK
771. Cufkov, Emanull, Conlenw idologiqw
el proces rhythmqw tk la danse populaire
macdonienne ('Journal of the Intern.
Folk Music Council' IV, p. 39 ff.), 1952.
ACJKL
771 Cudjoe, S. D., Arl in Ajrica ('West
a.
772. - - The techniques of Ewe drumming
a .. d the social import11nce of music in
A frica ('Phylon' XIV, p. 2 80 ff.), 1953.
772 Cuisinier, Jeaune, Le tilatre d'ombres 4
a.
Kelanlan (Pars, 1957), Chapter ll.
L'orchestre (p. 59 f!.). A
773 Cultrera, G., 1 canti di Libia (Catania,
1936).
774 Culwick, A. T., A Pogoro flule ('Man'
XXXV, p. 40 (No. 39)), 1935.
. BD'GKL'LM
775 Culwick, G. M., Degeneralion of a wind
i"slrument ('Man' XXXIV, p. II2,
(No. 138)), July 1934 BD1GKL'L 2 M
776. Cummings, Charles Gordon, The Assyr-
ia" and Hebrew Hymns of Praise (New
York, 1934).
777 Cuney-Hare, Maud, Negro musicians and
. , their nmsic (Washinb<ton, 1934). K
-.'77s." C..,.nningham, Eloise, The J apanese Ko-
' -- uta and Ha-uta, the 'little songs' of lhe
I7th cenlury ('The Musical Quarterly'
XX?C!V, p. 68 ff.), 1948. CDFKL1
778a. eunnison, 1., Central Afri&Gn &hronology
('Man' LV, p. 143. No. 157), 1955.
BD'GKL'LM
179 Cur&, M., DAS serbis&he Vulklied {Leip-
zig, 1905)-
eurtis, Natalie, see Budin.
So. Dal, Erik, Scandinauian Folk Musi& ('J.
of the Intem. Folk Music Council' VIII,
p. b 11.). 1956. AeJKL
781. - - Glimt af inter>JaJional fulkemusik-
forsk>~i>~g ( Nordisk Musikkultur' 1, p.
1 798. --Die alte5t6H Spuren germUJjisch~r
340 11.). 1952. AK
"782. - - Nordisk falkvieforskning iden
I8oo (Copenhagen, 1956). AeK
783. - - Opgaver og muliclleder i folkemuik-
forskt~ingm belyst gent~em anmeldelser af
ny udmlandsk litteraJur ( = Problems a.nd
possibiJities in folk music resca.rch, illus-
tra.ted by reviews of recent foreign liter-
ature) ('Dansk Musiktidsskrift' XXXII,
p. bg ff.), Copenha:en, 1957 AK
783a. - - TIIIJ Faroee folh-ong &hain dan&e
('The Folklorist' IV, No. 4 p. 106 fl.),
Manchester, Winter 1957/'58. A Bol.-- Wesn und Urspru11c der Tonwell
783b. - - The linked stanza in Danish
ballads: its age and its analogues (' J . of
the Intern. Folk Music Council' X, p. 35
11.). 1958. AeijKL
8.. Dala!, Navinkumar, Die Pflege der in-
discJ.en Kunstmusik ('Musica' Vlll, p.
182 fl.), 1954. eKLL'
785. Dalberg, F. H. von, Ueber die Musik der
lndier (ein Abhandlung des Sir William
Jones), translated from the English,
with additions by--). Erfurt,.I8o2. e
786. Dalmao, G., ArabisciiiJ Ges/Jnge ('Palas-
tina-Jahrlmch' 1924, p. 17 ff.). D1K
787.-- Nacillese arabis&ler Lieder aus Pa-
liisti>u (' Beitrage zur alttestamenti.schen
Wissenschaft' 1920, p. 43 ff.).
787a. Ualycll, John, Musical memoirs of Srot-
larul, with his~orical notes a1jd auf'o-
tutiuus (Edinburgh, 1849).
88. Uan1, Tbeodore van, The influence ofllu
IV ~$t A {ricen! sotlgs of deri.sion i11 the
New World ('African Music' 1, p. 53 ff.),
1954. Ae
789. Damais, E., Chanls Africains 11ots (in
Hubert Caron, 'Rybani'), Le Havre,
19J6.
790. Dam Bo, TJ.e music of lile Pemsians
('The ] ournal of the Music Academy,
.Madras' XXI, p. 139 ff.), 1950. Ae
791. Danckert, Werner, Ursymbole melo-
discJ.er Gestaltu11g (Kassel, 1932). A Calcutta, 1950): 11. The tnai" Ragas. An
792. - - Ostasiatische Musih!Jstlutik ('Osta-
siatische Zeitscbrift' N .S. VII), 1931.
DlGKLI
7\13- - - /llusikwsenschaft und Kulturkreis-
lehre (' Anthropos' XXXII, p. 1 ff.), 1937.
BD1GHKL1L2M
794 - - Musiketh11ologische Erschliessu11g
der Kulturkreise ('Mitteil. d. Anthrop.
!03
Geo. Wien' LXVII, p. 53 11.). 1937.
D 1GHL
795 - - Wanderntk Liedwie11, eitte Gr,.nd-
frage volkksmdli&her Musikforch""C
(' Arcbiv f. Musikforchung' II. p. 101
ff.), 1937 . eDH 1KL
796.-- Grundriss tkr Volksli#dkunde (Ber
lin, 1938). IL
797 --DAS europ4ische Volkslied (Ikrlin,
1939). DFHlJL
Vulhsmuih ('Z. f. Volkskuude' XLVlll,
p. 137 ff.), 1939 AU 1KL1
799 - - A filhang nilkli penlaloni&a erJete
(The origitt of aOJhemitoOJic pe,.luJoOiic
sea/es) in 'Mla.n;es offerts a Zoltan
Kodly a l'occasion de son 6oime
anniversaire', p. 9 11.), Budapet. 1943
AeK
Soo. - - Altesle Musiktile u01d Kulturschich-
ten in Ozean&en und lndunesien ('Z. f.
Ethnologie' vol. 77. p. 198 ff.). 195'
ABD'GHJlCL'LM
im Mylhos ('Archiv f. Musikw.' XII.
p. 97 ff.), 1955. AeDFGKLL 1
Bo2. - - Melodieslile tkr filmisch-ugrischen
Hirtenvlher ('Studia MeUloriae 13elae
Bartk Sacra', p. 175 ff.), Dudapest,
1956. AC
803. - - TonmuJerei und To01symbolik in tkr
Musik tkr Lappen ('Die Musik!orschung'
IX, p. 286 ff.). 1956. AeEFIKLL'
804.-- Hirtenmusiil ('Archiv f. Musikwiss.'
XIII, p. 97 ff.), 1956. UFGKLLI
805. - - Melodiestile der Ob-Ugrier ('Acta
Musicologica' XXVIII, p. 122 ff.), Ba.sd,
1956. AeDGH 1 KLL 1
Bo6. Daniel, F., Note on a go11g of bro>~ze from
Katsina, Nigeria ('Man' XXIX. No. 113,
p. 157 11.). 1929. BD 1GKL 2 M
So. Daniel, Gaston, La musique uu Cuugu
('].de la Soc. Intcm. de Musique' VIII,
p. 56 ff.), Paris, 19ll.
8o8. Danilou, Alain, JJ,troductiort lo tlle
Study of Musical Scales (London, 1943).
Aej
809. - - The calegories of i1ateruuls or Sruti
J atis ('The Journal of the M u sic Aca
demy Madras' XVII, p. 74 f.), 1946. e
810. - - The dilferenJ schoo/s of ltadia01
Music (ibid. XIX, p. 165 11.), 194~ .
Su. - - Northem lndian Music (2 vols.): l.
History, Theory a11d Teclmique (Londonj
ana/ysis and nolation (London, 1953).
AeD (1 only). G (id.) lKL
812.-- A Commeutary on the lllah,;svaru
Sutra ('The J ournal of tbc Music A ca de
my, Madras' XXII. p. 11!1 !!.). 1951. AC
813.-- Notes on the Sa11;ita Damodaru
(ibid. XXII. p. 129 fJ.), 1951. Ae
814.-- So""' Problems jat1g research on
 l>1diari Literatures on Music (ibid. XXIII
p. 117 11.). 1952. Ae
815. --Catalogue oflHdian Music (Unesco,
Paris, 1952). AeGjL
816.-- Hesearch on lndiatl Mvic ('The
Journal o! tbe Music Academy, Madras'
XXIV, p. 57 !!.), 1953 Ae
817. - - Le art lraditicmel5 el leur place
dan la culture de 1'1nde ('L'originalit
des cultures', p. 200 ff.), Pari& (Unesco),
1953. 2/1954
818. - - Catt harmony be introduced in
lndian musicl ('Silver Jubilee Souvenir
o! the Marris CoUege o! Hindustani
music, Lucknow, Nov. 1952'), Lucknow,
1953
818a. - - Ethno-mu.icology ('The J. o! the
Music Academy Madras' XXVII, p. 47 ,1
!f.), Madras, 1957 A 1338. - - DmkmiJ/er der japanischen Ton-
818b. - - La musique du Cambodge el d
Laos (Pub!. of the Institut Fran~ais
d'lndologie No. 9), Pondichery, 1957 A
819. Darmsteter, James, Chanls populaires
des AfghaKS ('Soc. asiatique, CoUection
d'ouvrages orientaux', 2nd series), Paris,
188<>-1890 (2 vols.).
82o. - - Afghan Songs ('Selected Essays' p.
105 ff.), Boston, 1895.
821. Das, K. N., The Music of Anam ('The
Joumal of the Music Academy, Madras'
XXI, p. 143 ff.), 1950. Ae
822. - - Time TJ~eory of lhe Raga5 (ibid.
XXII, p. 69 ff.), 1951. AC
822a. Das, J. Srinivasa; Music phonography
('Tbe J. of the Music Academy, Madras'
XVII, p. 4 1 ff.), 19 4 6. e . . armenie11nes. etc.
823. Daugberty, D. N., A bibliography of
periodical lileralure in mu.icology and
allied fields and a record of graduate
lheses accep14d (American Council of
Learned Societies, Washington, 1940).
824. Daumas, G., L' A trique qui chanle ('Revue
Grgoricnne' XXI, p. 165), 1938.
825. Davenson, Henri, Le livre des chansons
(Ncuchatel, 1946).
82 5a. - - 1 nlroduciO>I a la chanson popu-
laire /ra>~fase(Paris, 1944). L iu:.trumettt de mwsique du SudOuest de
826. David, Ernst, La musique chez les Juifs
(Paris, 1873). e p. 341 ff.), 1940/'41.
827. - - and M. Lussy, Histoire de la nolalion
musicale depuis ses origines (Paris,1882).
*828. David, Paul, Basque Folk Music ('Gro-
ve's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. lll, p. 193
ff.), 1954. ACFH 1K
829. Davidson, H. G., Recenl musical progreS5
,. Egypl ('Musical Courier', New York,
1932).
830. Davies, Harold E., Aborigitlal Songs
of Central- and Soulh-A ustralia ('Ocea-
nia' Il, p. 454 ff.), 1932. BD GjL
1 2
831. Davy, J., Music o/ Ceylon (in: S. M.
Tagore, 'Hindu Music from various
authors'), Calcutta, 1882. eFIKL
832. Dawes, F., Six essays on tite tJ1JCients,
their tnusic: and i11stt'urnents. l. Chinese.
jupanese, lli11doos (Oxford, 1893). e
833. Dawson, Warrington, Le caracl~re spJ-
ciul de la muique ngre en A mrique
(']ournal de la Soc. des Amc!ricanistes'
XXIV, p. 273 ff.). Paris, 1932. GLI
834. Day, Charles Russell, The Music and
Musical 1 nslrumenls of Soulhern 1 ndia
and lhe Deccan (New York/l..ondon,
1891). eL
835 - - Music and musical instruments of
Soulhern lt1dia (London, 1891). 1
836.-- Native musical inslrumenls (in:
A. F. M. Ferryman, 'Up the Niger',
Philip, 1892), p. 264 ff. 1
837.-- Notes on lndian Muic ('Proc. of
the Mus. Ass.' XX, p. 45 ff.), 1893/'94.
:r kunsl (Tokyo, 1930).
839. Dcacon, A. Bernard, Malekula. a uanis-
hing people in lhe New llebrides (London,
1934), p. 41 ff., 391 ff. and 498 ff. B
*84o. Dean-Smith, Margare!, A guide lo
E>~glish folk song colleclions I8zz~I95Z
(Liverpool, 1954).
841. - - Hornpipe ('Die Musik in Geschichte
u. Gegenwart' VI, col. 756 ff.), 1957
AeDEFGH'KL
842. Dechevrens, S. J., Eludes de science
musicale (Paris, 1898), 4 vals, containing
a. o.: Systeme model de Pythagore el de
Grecs poslirieur<; La musique grca-
romaine el 1'ocloechos; Chanls lilurgiques
chez les J uifs el les Orienlaux; M dlodies
843. - - Elude sur le syslme musical
chit1ois ('Sammelb. d. Intern. Musikges.'
11, p. 485 ff.), 1901. eDFH'L
843a. Degani, Mario, La musica nella preisto-
ria e nel/e antiche civilla (no place, 1939).
L
844. Dejardin, A., Alain Gheerbranl aur
suurces de l'homme ('Syntheses' VII, No.
?8. p. so ff.). 1952.
844a. Delachaux, Thodore, Omakola (eko/a),
l'Ancola ('Anthropos' XXXV-XXXVI,
BD 1GHJKL'L"M
845. Delavignette, Robert, Du tam-lam 4
!'imprim ('La Revue de Paris' LXII,
Dec. 1955, p. 64 !f.). GHK
846. Delgadillo, Luis A., La M usica 1 ndigena
y Colcmial en Nicaragua ('Estudios Musi-
cales' 1, No. 3, p. 43 ff.), Mendoza, AI-
gentina, 1950. A
847. Deliz, Monserate, Renadi6. Del cantar
folklrico de Puerto Rico (Madrid, 2nd
ed. 1952).
848. Delmas, Simon, Ami hune (chanl de
cunnibales) ('Bull. de la Soc. d'Etudes
Ocanieones' lll, p. 254 ff.), 1929.
849. Ddphin, H., and L. Guin, N ole< sur la
104
 poisie et la musique arabes dans le
M acl.reb algirien (Paris, 1886).
Sso. Doruiville, Paw, La Musique """"'
au japon ('Etudes Asiatiques', vol. 1, p.
199 ff.), 1925. ABG
851. Dnes, Ba.rtha, and KW, Jzse!, OJd
flsrr nekek (Buda.pest, 1953).
852. Denis, Valent.in, De mauieJ.instrumenJen
in de Netkrltmden en in lla/ie naar hun
afbelding in de r 5de eeuwscht ku11sl
(Leuven, 1944). AGL
852a. - - Hel volksli.ed ;,. Ylaandereu tot on
slreeks r6oo (Brussels, 19.p). L 872. - - Ma,.dan and Hidatst~ Music (ibid.
853. Denny, S. R., Some Zambesi boa/ songs
('Nada' XIV, p. 35 U.), 1936/'37. M 873- - - J.f usi& in lhe lreatmeut of tht sick
854. Dennys, N., Shorl notes on Chineso inslru-
mells of music ('J. of the R. Asiatic Soc.,
North-China bra.nch' VIII, p. 93 ff.).
CKL
855. Densmore, Frances, The Music of the
Philippws ('Amer. Anthrop.' Vlli No.
4, p. i>II fl.), 1906. GLI
856. --Sea/e formation in primilive music
(ibid. N.S. XI, p. 1 ff.), 1909. GL'
857. - - Chippewa Music ('Bull. of the
Burea.u of American Ethnology' Nos. 45
and 53), 1910 and 1913. ACDIGHIJKL
858. - - The sludy of /Kdian music ('Thc
Musical Quarterly' 1, p. 187 ff.), 1915.
859.-- Preservatm oflndiato music ('Ex-
ploration and Fieldwork Smithsoniasl
Inst. in 1915', p. 81 ff.), 1916.
86o. - - Study of ],.diato music ('The
Musical Quarterly' U, p. 108 ff.), 1917.
861. - - Music in its relation lo tht religious
llwught ofthe Telon Sioux (in: 'Anihropo-
logical essa.ys presented to William Hen-
ry Hulmes') ('Holmes Anniversary Vo-
lume'), p. 67 ff. (1916).
862.-- Study of lndian music ('Explo-
ration and Fieldwork Smithsoniasl lnst.
in 1916', p. 108 ff.), 1917.
863. - - Hecwl developmenls in the sludy of
hdia" music ('Proc. 19th Intern.
Cougress of Americanists, Washington
1915'), 1917.
864. - - Th rhylhm of India" songs ('Music
correspondence Burea.u, Theosophical
Soc., Amer. Section', June/July Letter,
1917).
865. --Teto" Sioux lofusic ('Bull. of the
Bureau al Amer. Ethnology' No. 61),
1918. CD'HIJKL
866. -.-.- The study oflndian music ('Scien-
uhc American' Suppl. 2207), April 2oth,
1918. . instruments ,. tlu U.S.A. Nat10J1al
867. - - J,.dian action songs. A col/ection of
d-.criplive songs ofthe CJ.ippewa ludians,
W1/! di~ections jor pantomimic rt.presen-
taiJOJI u1 schools a11d ,ommsmity en-
sembles (Bastan, 1921).
868. - - . Recent developmenls in lhe study of
lnda" music ('Proc. of the 19th lntern.
105
Congress of Americanists', W ashinb>1.0n
1915. (Reprinted in 'Scientific Au1er.
Supplcmcnt', April 20, 1918).
86g. - - 'J'he rhylhm of Sious and Chippewa
music ('Art and Archaeology' IX, p. 59
ff.), 1920. G
870.-- Music o/ lhe Papago and Pawn.e
('Explora.tion and Fieldwork Smilhson-
iasl Inst. in 1920', pl102 ff.), 1921.
871. - - Northtm Ute Music ('Bull. of the
Burea.u of American Ethnology' No. 75),
1922. CDIHIJKLl
No. So), 1923. CD 1HIJKL
by American Indians ('Hygeia' April,
1923, p. 29 ff.). H
874. - - Fi.eld studies of 1 ndian mus&
('Exploration and Fieldwork Smithso-
niasl lnst. in 1923', p. 119 ff.), 1924.
B75 - - Rhylhm itlli.e music uflht Ameri<u
Jndian ('Annales XX Congreo;s Interna-
cional de Americani.sta.s' Rio de Janeiro,
1924, p. 8s ff.).
876.-- Field studies of lndian music
('Exploration and Fieldwork Smithso-
nian Inst. 1923. p. 119 ff.), 192-f.
877- - - Study of Tule lndian music ('Explo-
ration and Fieldwork SmithiiOniasl lnst.
in 1924' p. 115 ff.), 1925.
879.-- Tht music ofthe American lt1dians
('Science' LXII, p. 565 ff.), 1925.
DGHL'
88o. - - Music of 11.. Tule lndians of
Panama ('Smithsoniasl Miscellaneous
Collections' vol. 77. No. 11, puW. No.
286.. ), 1926. I
881. - - Studies of lndian music ""wng tht
Menotninee of Wisumsin ('Exploration
and Fieldwork Smithsonian Inst. in
1925', p. 119 ff.), 19l6.
882. - - The sungs oj lht /ndians ('The
American Mercury', Jan. 1926, p. bS ff.).
K
883.-- 'Sep', an Indian so,.g-gume ('Music
and Youth', May 1926).
884.-- The American J,.dians and their
Music (New York, 1926, 2/19Jb).
885. - - The Study of /ndian Music in lhe
r9th cenlury ('American Anthropologist'
XXIX, p. 77 ff.), 1927. GL 1
886.-- Field studies o/ /KdiaH music
('Exploration and Fieldwork Smithsu-
nian Inst. in 1926', p. 247 ff.), 1927. D 1
887. - - Handbook oftht wl/eclion of musicul
museum (Washington, 1927). CGIJL
888. - - Tht study of J .. diatl music in /J.e
nineleenlh cenlury ('Amer. Anthropolo-
gist' XXIX, p. 77 f!.), 1927. GL
88g. - - Musi&al eumpositioH t.un.ong lhe
American Jndians ('Amer. Speech' 11.
p. 393 ff.), 1927). K
890.-- The use of music in lite lrealme ..t
of lhe sick by .4 merican I ndians ('The
Muical Quarterly' XIII, p. 555 !!.),
1927.
891. - - How lhe Indian seeks powor througla
dream music ('Musical America', Jan.
IIth, 1927).
892.-- Some resulls o/lhe Study of Ameri-
can I ndian M usic (' J oumal of the
Washington Acad. of Science' XVIII).
1928. H 915.-- Sludyi>~C ],dian music in lhe Gulf
893. - - Musc of lhe Wit~nebago Indans
('Exploration and .Fieldwork Smith-
sonian Inst. in 1927', p. 183 ff.), 1928. D 1
894.-- The melodic formalion of lndan
songs ('Journal of the Washington Acad.
ol Sciences' XVIU, p. 16 ff.), 1928. H L
895. - - Some resulls oflhe sludy of lndian
mwsc ('J. ol the Washington Acad. of
Sciences' XVIII, p. 395 !f.), 1928. H
896.-- Papago Mwsic ('Bull. of the Burea.u
of American Ethnology' No. 90), 1929.
ABCD'IDJKLI
897. - - PawntJe Music (ibid. No. 93), 1929.
ABCD'HIJKL1
898. - - Mwsic oflhe Wim~ebago und Meno-
mi,.ee Indians of Wisconsin ('Explo-
ra.tion a.nd Fieldwork Smithsonia.n Inst.
in 1928', p. 189 ff.), 1929. D1
899. - - W hat nlerva.ls do I ndians sing)
(' Amer. Anthropol.' XXXI, p. 271 ff.),
1929. GJL1
900. - - The music oflhe American Indians
al public galheri>Jgs ('The Musical Qua.r-
terly' XVII, p. 464 ff.), 1931. C ff.). 1940
901. - - Pecwlarilies in the singing of lhe
American Indians ('Amer. Anthropol.'
XXXII, p. 651 ff.), 1930. GjLt
902. - - Music oflhe Winnebago, Chippewa
und Pweblo Indians ('Explor. and Field-
work of the Smithsonia.n Inst. in 1930',
Publ. 3111, p. 217 ff.), 1931.
904.-- Recording Indian mwsic ('Explor.
and Fieldwork Smithsonian Inst. in
1931', p. 183 ff.), 1932. . D1
905. - - The nalive music of American Samoa
('Amer. Anthropologist' XXXIV, p. 415
ff. and 694 ff.), 1932. GL 1
go6. - - Me>Jominee Music ('Bull. o! the
Bureau of Amer. Ethnology', No. 102),
1932. ABCD'GIDJKL
907.-- Yuman and }'aqu Music (ibid. No.
11o), 1932. ABD'IDJKL
908.-- The music of lhe Norlh American
1 t~dians (' Proc. of the XXV lngress of
Americanists, 1932', p. 119 ff.), 1932.
909.-- A resemblance belween Yuman and
Pueblo Songs ('Amer. Anthropologist'
XXXIV, p. 694 fl.), 1932. GLI
910. - - Recording Seminole songs in Florida
('Explor. a.nd Fieldwork Smithsonian
Inst. in 1932', p. 93 ff.), 1933 D1
911. - - The songs of lndian soldiers during
106
lhe world war ('The Musical Quarterl'
XX, p. 419 !!.), 1934. CD
9" - - A Study of India" Music in lhe
Gwlf Sial es (' Amer. Anthropologist'
XXXVI, p. 386 ff.), 1934 GL 1
913. --On 'ezp,.ession" in Indian singing
(ibid., p. 487 ff.). 1934 GL1
914. - - 'Four Saints' and some American
lndian music ('Musical America.' Aug.
nth, 1934).
Stales ('Explor. and Fieldwork Smithso-
nian lnst. in 1933). 1934 D'
916.-- A sludy of Cheyenne and Arapaho
music ('The Masterkey' IX, No. 6, p. 187
ff.), Southwest Mus., Los Angeles, 1935
917. - - CJ.eyenne and A rapaho M usic
(Publ. o! the S. W. Mueum, No. 10),
1936.
918.-- The Alabama Indians and lheir
music ('Straight Texas', No. 13, p. 270
ff.), Austin, 1937
919. - - M usic of Sanlo Domingo Pueblo,
New Mexico (Publ. of tbe S. W. Mu-
&eum, No. 12), 1938.
920. - - The inflwmce of hymns on lhe form
of lt~dian sones ('Amer. Anthropol.' XL,
p. 175 ff.), 1938. GL 1
921. --Musical inslrumenls of lhe Maidu
1ndians ('Amer. Anthropol.' XLI, p. II3
ff.). 1939. GL
922. --"The use of lhe lerm 'lelrachord' in
musicology ('Joumal of Musicol.' I, p. 16
923. - - Noolka and Quileule Music ('Bull.
of the Bureau of American Ethnology'
No. 124), 1939 ABCD 1IDJKL 2
924. - - Nalive songs of lwo hybrid cere-
monUs among the Ameri,an lndians
('Amer. Anthropol.' XLIII, p. 77 !!.),
1941. BGL1
925. - - M usic of lhe 1 ndiam of Brilish
Columbia ('Anthropol. Papers' No. 27,
Bull. No. 136 o! the Bureau of American
Ethnology' p. 1 !!.), 1943.
ABDIHIJKL
926. - - ChoclawM usic (' Anthropol. Papers,
No. 28, Bull. No. 136 of the Bureau o!
American Ethnology', p. 101 ff.), 1943
ADIHIJKLt
92 7. --La msica de los indios norle-
americat~os ('Boletn Latino-Americano
de Msica.' V, p. 363 !!.), 1941. ABL
928. - - The sludy of 1ndian music ('Annual
Report, Smithsonia.n Inst. for 1941', p.
527 ff.), 1942. D 1JL2
929. - - The use of meaningless syllables in
lndian songs ('Amer. Anthropol.' XLV,
p. 16o !f.), 1943 GLZ
930. - - Traces of foreign influences in lhe
music of lhe American Indians (' Amer.
Anthropol.' XLVI, p. 106 ff.), 1944. G
931. - - The survival of Omaha sones
('Amer. Anthropol.' XLVI), 1944). BG
932. - - A sear&h for scmgs among tlu
Chilitnacha lndians of Louisiat1a ('llur.
Amer. Ethnol. Bull. No. 133, Anthropol.
Papcrs No. 19, p. 1 f.), 1944 ABD 1KLZ
933 - - The origin of a Siwah so11g ('Amer.
Anthropol.' XLVII, p. 173 f!.), 1945 BG
934 - - Pre/ude lo the study of Jndian music
in Min>~esota ('The Minnesota Arcbeolo
gist' XL, p. 27 fl.), 1945
935 - - The importanu of re&ordings of
lndian songs ('Amer. Anthropol.' XLVII
p. 4), 1945. G en Perse (' Revue et Gazette musicale
936. - - The uses oj music in the treaJmenl of
lhe si&k by Am.rican Indians ('Music
and Medicine' p. 25 fl.), New York, 1947
937 - - WhaJ lhe Indians Jmew aboul
musical therapy ('Musical Courier', March
15th, 1948). K Musik der'Arapai (in Felix Speiser, 'lm
938. - - The music of lhe Sious bdians
('Pro,'Tam National Folk Festival St.
Louis', April, 1948).
939 --Foil< songs of lhe American ('The
Masterkey' XXIV, No. 1), Los Angeles,
1950. GL
940. - - The use oj music in the trealment of
lhe sick by American Jndians ('Annual
Report of the Smithsonian lnst. for
1952'. p. 439 f.), 1953. D 1HJL'
94 l. - - T e&h>~ique in the music of lhe
American 1 ndians (' Anthropol. Papers'
BuU. No. 151, p. 213 ff.), 1953. AJ
942. - - The belief of lhe lndians in a
connection betwetm sonc and the super-
natural (' Anthropological Papers' Bull.
No. 151, p. 219 ff.), 1953
943 - - lmporlance of rhythm in songs jor
lhe lreatmenl of the sick by American
lndians ('Scientific Monthly' LXXIX,
p. 109 fl.), 1954. G ed by Somanatha (Poona, 1916).
944- - - The music of the American lndians
('Southern Folklore Quarterly', Sept.
1954)-
945 - - For the sake ol lndian songs ('The
Masterkey' XXIX, No. 1, p. 27 fl.), Los
Angeles, 1955. GL
946.-- Music of t/.e Maidu bdans of
Northem California (in preparation).
947 - - Seminole music ('Bull .of the
Bureau of American Ethnology', No.
t6t), 1956. B ff.), 1953.
9.a. - - 111 usic of A coma, I slela, Cochiti
a>~d Zui Pueblos ('Bur. Amer. Ethnol.
Bull.' No. t5), 1957. BCJL
948. - - Songs of the Chippewa (notes for
the all.>um XXII and the L.P. record
L 2 o issued by the Library of Congress),
Washington, undated. B ques, hindoues ('Revue de Psychologie
949- - - Songs of the Sious (notes for the
L. P. record L 23, issued by the Library
of Congress), \Vashington, undated. B
950. Denys, Pierre, Discographie du Congo
107
Belg ('Les Colloques de W;imont' 1,
p. 222 ff.), Brussels, 1956. AC
951. - - Derwil, G. and Es.sa.fi, Chansons
marocaines (' Revucs Mditerra.ne', J une
1932).
952. Desai, Vibhukumar S., HazraJ lnAyal
K han, lhe Suf musician of Baroda ('J.
of the Oriental 1nst., Baroda' lll, p. 28s
ff.), 1953/' 5~ DI
953 - - Ragatattvavibodha of Srillivasa
(Gaekwad's Oriental series, No. CXXVI,
Oriental Institute Baroda, 1956). A
95f Desprcz, Adrien, LA musique dramaliqu.
de Paris' XL, p. 236 ff.), 1873. C
955 Desvallons, Gilbert, M usique el danse du
Gabon ('La Revue Musicale' XXX, p.
215 ff.), Paris. DGK
956. Deuber, Arnold, Musikinslrumenle und
Dster des Brasilianischen Urwaldes'),
Stuttgart, 1926.
95-j-. Deubner, Ludwig, Die viersaitige ier
('Mitt. d. Deutschen Archl!.ologiscben
lnst., Athenische Abt.' LIV, p. 194 ff.),
1929. GLI
958. Deutsches Jahrbuch fr Vo/kskunde (Ber-
lin, 1955 - in prob'Tess). A
959 Deutsche Voli<s/ieder mil ihren Me/odien
(herausg. vom Deutschen Volkslied-
arcbiv). vols. 1 (1935), 111 (1937), ll 1
(1939), llll (1939), lll 1 (1954). H
960. Dev, G., Essai nouveau SMr la musiqwe
cl.ez les Chinois ('Magasin pittoresque'
1885, tome 3 etc.). CK
961. Deval, K. B., Music East and Wesl
compared (Poona, 1908).
962. - - The Hindu musical scale and lhe :n
shrutees (Poona, 1910). 1
962a. - - Theory oj 1 ndian music as espound
963. Devria, Cbarlotte, Essai nouveau sur ,.
musique chez les Chinois ('Magasin pitto
resque' pp. 234 ff., 287 ff., 327 ff., 390
ff.), 1885 . CK
964. Devi, Ratan, Thirty lndian songs with
tests and translations by A. K. Coomaras
wamy (London, 1913).
965. Dvigne, Roger, Rapport sur ls Phono
tMques el/eur rle dans la culture musicale
mondiale ('Orphe 1, 4th quarter, p. 30
A
966. --L'Indochille folklorique. Ch<Jnls el
musique du Laos, du Cambodge el de
l'Amam ('Orphe' 1, .th quarter, 1953,
p. 11 ff.). A
967. - - Eth>Jographie sonare. Musiques af
ricainu. mlan.siennes, maJaises, islami
des Peuples' XI, p. 425 ff.), 1956. AB
968. Deydier, H., Notes sur 14n lambour de
bro>lze au M use de Batavia (' Bull. Soc.
Etudes 1ndochinoises' 1943). L1
969. Dbarma, P. C., Mu.sical Culture in lhe
Ruma)alla ('!odian Culture' IV, p. 447
fl.), 1937 DIG
99a. Dietcrlcn, Gcrmaine, La morphologie 1
la symbo/iqu de dewt ioiSiruments de
musique bambara: la gutare du s.ma el
le lambour royal (Proc. of the 'Sances
de l'lost. Fran~ais d'Antbropol.' L, 3rd
fase., p. 13 fl.), 1947/'49 M 990a. Djuri~-Klajn, Stana, Yugoslawien. II.
970. Dincsr, Oszku, ll'ogulische und ost-
jakische ll1elodin ('A Ncprajzi Muzeum
rtesitoje' 1938, No. 1).
971. - - J(t Cslki loangszn mozsika s
gardon (i.e. Two musical instruments
from tbc district Cs!k), Budapest, 1943.
972.-- Die Prob/eme der Varianl.,. ttl dw
111 usikforschung (Gene va, 1947).
973 Din fo/c/orul noslru. Culegro de Te:rle si
Melodii (prefata de M. Beoiuc), Buka-
rcst, 1953
9H Di..rr, A., :15 Georgische Volkslider ('An-
thropos' V), 1910.
975 Dittmer, Kwu, Mu.sikinslru,..,nle der
V6/k.,, Ei,.fhrung in die Musikinstru-
meulenkutJde der aussereuropaisclwn V6l-
ker (Hamburg, 1947).
976. --Zur Et~lslhung der Kernspal1fl6te
('Z. f. Ethnol.' LXXV, p. 83 ff.), 1950.
BDIGHJL1L'M
977- Dixon, Roland B., Th musical bow it1
Califot~ia ('Science' N.S. XIII, p. 274
ff.), 1901. ALl
978. Djarwo, S., and M. M. Daroesman,
Kro>lljcmgmuziek ('Cootact' IV, p. 152
ff.), 1937. AB
979 Djordjevic, Vladimi..r R., Skopke gai-
dardjie i njihovi '""sillli instrurrutUi
(Skopje;' 1926).
980. - - Nekoji delji narodni muzilki itt-
slrumenli ('Svete Cecilije' XXII), 1928.
981. --MI/odies populaires s.,b,. (Setbie
du sud} (Skoplje, 1928).
982.-- Mlodies populairos serbes (Beo-
grad, 1931).
983. - - CollecJiott of I:l5 serbian folk songs
(Beograd, 1933).
984. - - 55 Serbian folkdance melodies
hai11lonized for small orchestra (Beo-
grad, 1934).
985. Djoudjeff, Stoyan, Rythme 11 Mesure
dans la M usiqu popo.Zaire Bulgare
(Pars, 1931). AHIL
986. - - Bulgarska narodna horogafia (So-
fa, 1945).
987.-- Teoria na Bulgarskata musika. vol.
l. Ritmika i melrika (Bulgarsko durJarmo
izdaJdstvo}, Sofa, 1950.
988.-- Teora na Bulgarskata musika, vol.
11. Melodica (ibid., 1954).
988a. - - Rilmul ~i m4sua in muzica popu-
larti bulgar (Rhythm and measure it1
Bulgarian folk music} (with an English
surumary) ('Revista de Folclor' III No.
2, p. 7 ff.), Bucarcst, 1958. A
989. - - Le folklore musical en Bulgarie
(' Revue lntern. des Etudes Balkaoi-
ques' 1 V), Beograd, 1936.
990 - - Mewdies bulgares de l'Albanie du
sud (Boograd, 1936).
Die Va/ksmusik. 3b. Monlenegro ('Die
M usik in Gcschichte u. Gegenwart' VII,
col. 3u4), 1958. ACDEFGHlKL
991. Dobroni~. Aoton, A sludy of jugoslav
mus (''fhe Musical Quarterly' XII, p.
5<> H.), 1926. e
A 992. Dodge, Ernest, aod Edwin T. Brew-
stcr, The acoustics of three M aori flules
(' J ournal of the Polynesian S oc.' LXIV,
p. 39 ff.), 1915 BGL1
993 Doi>1e, Ctntece, StrigaJuri (Bukarest,
1955).
994 Doke, Cleruent M., Games, plays and
dances oflhe .,.Khomani Bushmen ('Han tu
Studies' X, p. 461 ff.), 1936. KLM
995 - - The Lambas of Norlhern Rhodeisia
(Loodon, 1931), Chapter XXII, p. 352:
A Folklore and music. J
995a. Dolansk, Vera, Volkslieder aus der
Tschcchoslowakei (Prague, 1955).
996. Dominguez., Francisco, Msico Y aqu
('Mexican Folkways'), Mexico, July
1937
997 Domokos Pl, Pter, and Benjamin
Rajeczky, Csngo npzene vol. 1 (coll. of
folksongs of Huogarians, who ha ve been
immigrated from tbe Moldau to Hun-
gary) (Budapest, 1956).
998. Dooingtoo, Robert, Imtrumenls ('Grove's
A Dictionary' 5th ed., vol. IV, p. 487 ff.),
1954 ACFH 1K
999. Donostia, Fatber Jos Antonio de,
A Ba.sken ('Die Musik in Geschichte und
Gegenwart' I, col. 1366 f!.), 1949-'51.
A ACDEFGH'KL
Jooo. --Instrumentos musicales del pueblo
A vasco ('Anuario Musical' VII, p. 3 ff.),
Barcelona, 1952. CL
A 1001. --Les inslrumenls des danses popu-
laires espagnoles (' J ournal of the lntern.
Folk Music Council' VI, p. 26 ff.), 1954
A ACJKL
1002. --La musica popular vasca (Bilbao,
1918).
1003. - - and J. Toms, lnslrumenlos de
msica popular espa1lola. Terminologa
general. E mayo de clasificacin (' Anua-
rio Musical' Il, p. 105 f!.), 194 7 CL
1004. --Notas acerca dt las cauciones de
trabajo ~n el pais vasGo ('Anuario musi-
cal' lll, p. 163 f!.), 1948. CL
1005. - - Tipologa musi;a/ y literaria de la
canci.ln de cuna en Espaa (ibid. III,
p. 3 ff.), 1948. CL
I08
1005a. - .-El moti<> de mi en la <<>ncin popu-
lar espaola ('Anuario musical' 1),
1946. eL
1005b. --Historia de las danzas de Guipz-
coa can sus me/odias a.Uicuas (ibid. IX),
1954 eL
1006. Douoias, Mioos E., Griechenland. C.
Vo/ksmusik und fleuere Musik ('Die
Musik in Geschichte und Gegonwart' V,
col. 8!12 ff.), 1956. AeDEFGH1KL
1007. Dra;er, Hans Heio:<, Priruip einer
Syslemali/i der Musiki..slrume.U. (Ka.s-
sel, 1948). Ael
1008.-- Das Inslrumrnl als Tr1Jg1r und
A usdruck des musikalis;hen Bewusslseins
('Konb'Tess-BerichtBamberg 1953' p. 67
u., 1954. e religion des Pramalai Kallu (The
1009. - - Hackbrell ('Die Musik in Geschich-
te und Gegenwart' V, col. 12 IO ff.),
1956. AeDEFGHIKL
10oga. - - Musikinslrumrnlenkunde .('Die
Musik in Goschichte u. Gegenwa.rt' VI,
col. 1288 ff.), 1957. ABeDEFGHlKL
1010. Drgoi, Sabio, Musical jo/l<lore re-
search in RumatJia and Billl Barl&k's
conlribution lo it ("Studia Memoriae
Bc!lae Bartk Sacra', p. 9 ff.), Buda-
pest, 1956. Ae
IOtoa. - - 20 colinde din comuna Zam
Hunedoara ('Revista de Folclor' II,
No. 3, p. 55 ff.), Bucarest, 1957. A w..tern Jriusi< ('New&letter of the
1011. Draws-Tychsen, Hellmut, SiamsiJng
(Leyden, 1955).
1012. Driver, Harold E., The SpaJial and
Temporal Distribwtion oj lhe Musical
Rasp in lhe New World ('Anthropos'
LVIII, p. 578 ff.), 1953.
BD1GHJKL1L2M
1013- Drost, Dietrich, Tnerne Trommeln in
A jrika ('] ahrbuch des Museums f. V61-
kerkunde, Leipzig' XIV, p. 31 ff.),
1955. GKL
101.~. Drucker, Phip, Indians oj lhe Norlh-
wesl Coasl (New YorkJTorontoJLondon,
1955.) AB
1o 15. Dubois, Henri, Le rperloire ajricain
(Rome, St. Claver Soc., 1932).
1016. Dubois, H. M., Monographie des Be/si-
leo (Madagascar) ('Travaux et mmoires
de l'lnstitut d'Ethnologie' XXXIV,
p. 1156 ff.: I t~slrumenls de musique,
ele. ABJ
1016a. Duchemin, G. J., .Autour d'un are
musical dw Saloum oriental ('Proc. of
the 1st. lntern. Conf. of the Africauists
o! the West' vol. 11, p. 248 ff.), 1951. M
1017. Ducheuet, Edouard, Le chanl dans le
folklore Somali ('Revue de folklore
Fra.nc;a.is' IX, p. 72 ff.), 1939
lOIH. Ducbesne, J. and Marcelle Guillemin,
La hur pe e)l A sie occidentale unci~n~Je
('1-tcvue d'Asyriolo;ie' XXXIV), 1937.
GHKL 1
109
1019. Duesd, Ja.kob, Der ]odeJ und das jode/.
lied in der S~:hweu ('Hoimatleben'
XXVIII, No. 2), 1955.
1020. Dufayo, FeliJ:, Lied md Gesa11g bn
Braulwerbung ulllli Hoch1eil in Muiera
Ruanda ('Anthropos' . IV, p. 847 ff.),
1909 D1GKLIL2M
1021. Dufourcq, Norbert, La musique des
origines 4 nos jours (Paris, ed. La.rousse,
19-f6, 2/1957). AeDEFHJK
1022. Dubamd, M., Les IS molles de la mu
sique brelonne ('Anuales de Breta;no'
XXVI No. 4), 1911. 1
1023. Dumont, Louis, u... sous-caste de
I'Inde du Sud. Organisalion sociale el
Hague, 1957), p. 33, 47 49, 217 ff.,
239, 246 ff., 349, 35-t. 381, 386-7. 394 B
1023a. Dumoutier, G., Les chanls el los lradi-
lions populairtJS des .A.nnamiles (Paris,
1890). e
1024. Duncan, T., Soulh A/rican songs and
Ne;ro SpiritwJs ('Music Journal' Vlll),
Mayf]une 1950.
1025. Duran, SU.to M., La musiqve aborig~m
el populairo de /' Equuleur (' Art popu-
la..ire' Il, p. u ff.), Pari. 1931. A
1026. Duriyanga, Phra Chen, A Talk on lhe
T ech11ic of Siamese M usic in r.taJion lo
African Music Soc.' 1, No. 4 p. 2 !f.),
1951. Ae
1027.-- Thai Music (3rd ed., Bangkok,
1954) ~ Siamese music in theory aud
practice as compared with the West
and a description of the piphat baud
(Bangkok, undated). AGL
1028. Dutt, Benoy Krishlla, Musi<, a vital
democrali< arl ('Eutally Cultural Conler-
ence, 8th 5ession, Jan. 1955'), Calcutta,
1955-
1029. Duyse, Florimond va..o, De metodie vun
}eJ N ederla11dsche volkslied en haar
rhylhmische vormen (The Ha.gue, 1902).
DHIL
*1030. - - Hel oU<k Nderlandsche lied (Den
Haag, 1903-'05). AeDFH
1031. Dwora.kowska, Maria, The origin oj bell
a11d drum ('.1-'race Ethnologizne' 1931!).
1032. Dybeck, Richard, Svmska jolkmelodier
(Stockholm, 1853-'56). K
1033. Dyer Ball, J., and E. ehalmero Werner,
Things Chinese, or notes cvnnec/ed walh
Chit~a (Shanghai, 1925). pp. 26, 21!,
68, 6g, 11-f, -fD-f, -fO, -to8--t1J. 651!,
659. 674 715-
103-f Dygacz, Adolf, Piesni l..dowe oluska
opolskigo (Krilk.au, 1954). .
1035 Dzam~u.l. Mei" Ltben ('lnli!CD. L1tt.cna.
tur' Vil, No.'" 1' 77 11.). Mu.cuw,
1939-
1036. Eastlake, F. W., T!oe '"silo" or Chi"ese
 reed organ ('China Review' XI, p. 33
fl.), Hongkong, 1882/'83.
1037. Ebd.ing, F., and J. ltbnann, Religis
Gesnge AUS dem nrdJichen W aldland
von J(amerun (' Afrika und Uebersee'
XXXIX, p. 169 ff., XL, p. 39 U.), Nov.
and Dec. 1955 GKM
1038. Eberhard, W., Chinas Geschichle (Bern,
1y4~) (Transl. of "History of China"),
pp. 123, 194. 196. 294
1038a. Eberhardt, Ch. C., Sound signalling by
1 ndia11s of tropical Soulh A merica (in:
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collection'
LU, vol. 2, No. 1823), Washington,
1918.
1039. Eberlein, P. J., Die Trommelspraclu
auf der Gazelle-Halbinsel (Neu..Pom-
"'"'") ('Anthropos' V, p. 635 fl.), 1910.
DIGKLIL2M
1040. Ebne.r. Carlos Borromeu, Beitrage zwY
Musikgeschichle am Amazonas ('Anais
missionarios do preciosissimo sangue"),
Belem, 1950.
1041. Ebou~. Flix, The Banda, 1/toir music
and lancuage ('Revue du Monde Noir'
April 1932.
1041a. --La ele/ musicale des langages
lambourins el siffls ('Bull. de la So-
cit des Recherches Congolaises'
XXVIII, p. Sg ff.), Brazzaville, 1941.
1042. Echegaray, Carlos Gonzlez, La msica
indgena en la Guinea Espailola (' Ar-
cl!.i.Yllli. .del lwotiWt.Q. de Estudios Afri-
ca.nos' No. 38), 1957----
1043. Eckardt, Andrea.s, Kortanische Musik
('Mitteil. d. deutsche Ges. f. Natur- u.
Villkerk,,Ost-asiens' XXIV, B), Tokyo,
1930. ; AGI
1044. Eckardt, Hans, Die Ei tmd Saemri,
verschollene ""'lismatisc/to Gesangsfor-
men im ;apanischen Tans ('Kongress-
ber. D.G.M., Lneburg 1950', p. 170
. ff.), 1951. ACDEFKL
1045. - - Ryw ('Sinologica' 111 No. 2, p.
., .. u off.), 1952. ..: ~-- .. AD 1GKLI
'1046. - - Asialische Musik ('Die Musik,
in Gescbichte und Gegenwart' l. -col:
750 ff.), 1949/'51- ACDEFGH'KL
0 1047 --Chinesische Musik ('Die Musik in
Geschichte und Gegenwart' 11, col. 1205
ff.), 1952. . .. ACDEFGH'KL
1048. - - Somakus ('Sinologica' III No. 3;
P 174 ff.), 1953- ....... AD GKLI
1 1063a. - - Auslralian and New Guinea
1049. --Die geislige Umwell des Tachibana
N arisue ('N acbrichten der ost-asiati-
schen Ges.' No. 34). Hamburg, 1953. A
1050.-- Das Kokonchomonsh des Tachi-
bana N arisue als musikgesclichlliche
Qw:U.. (Wiebaden,' 1956), CL
1osoa. - - japanische Musik ('Die Musik
' in Geschichte u. Gegenwart' VI, col.
17~0 ff.), 195H. ACDEFGH 1KL
1051. Ecker, L. E., Arabischer, provenzaliscl.er
IIO
uud deutscher Minnesang: ein motiv-
G geschichlliche Unlersuchung (BernJLeip-
zi:, 193.).
1052. Edelman, Albert, Toggenburger Lieder
(Hasel, 1/1945, 2j1955).
1052a. Edge-l'artington, J., A new Zealand
flugeulet ('Mau' lll), 1903. BD 1GKLM
1053. Edw .. rds, Artbur C., The arl of melody
.J.Ncw York, 195b). AE
~Ja. Edward.s, E. D., Principies of whislling
( - . - Hsiau chih - ano>~ymous ('BuU. of
'? the Scbool of Oriental and Alrican
, Studi~ -~~.. l' ':_1] IJ:J....J,ondon, 1957.
. -- .. BM
L . o{.: Edwards, L. F., Notes on lhe orienW
'? scale syslem ("!'h S~~~~~!l, Nj.ll,
, p. I:J.fJ..l..JWI.C . 1922. ...~
1055"E'dWarifs, S. Hylton, Music in A/rica
('J. ol th< R. Soc. o! Arts' Clll, p. 704
fl.), 19 Aug. 1955.
1056. Eggen, Erik, Skalasltulier (Oslo, 1923).
1056a. Egorova, V., Muzikal"aia kultura
Avtonom11ii liespublik (= Tbe musical
culture ol the Autonomous Republics),
Moscow, 1957
1057 Ebrenrcicb, Paul, Der Fltentanz der
Moili ('Z. f. Ethnol.' XXXII, p. 494 fl.),
1900. BD 1GHKLIL'M
1058. Eichenauer, Musik und Rasse (Munich,
1932). 1
1059. Elbcrt, Johannes, Die Sunda-E.:rpedi-
lion des Ver. f. Geogr. u. Sial. zu Frank-
furl ajM. Festschrifl, vol. 11, p. 70 ff.
B Die Insel Sumbawa. l. Das Sullanal
Bima. Religion und Gebriiuche der
Donggos (Frankfurt ajM. 1912). AB
1o6o. Elbert, Samuel H., Chanls and /ove
songs oflhe Marquesas lslands, French
Oceania ('The J. of the Polynesian Soc.'
L, p. 53 fl.), Wellington N.Z., 1941.
ABGL
1061. Elia, Piero, La canzone napolitana
(Rome, 1952).
1062. Eliade, Mircea, Le chamanisme d les
techuiques ""'haiques de l' extase (Pari.s.
1951).
1063. Elkin, A. P., Arnhemland Music
('Oceania' XXIV, p. 81 fl., XXV, p. 74
fl., XXVI, p. 59 fl., p. 127 fl., p. 214 ff.,
252fl., resp. Dec. 1953, Dec. 1954.
Sept. 1955. Dec. 1955, March 1956,
June 1956). ABD 1GL2
musical records ('Oceania' XXVII,
No. 4. p. 313 ff.), Sydoey, Juoe 1957 B
to63b. - - and Trevor A. Jones, Arllhem-
land M usic (Oceana Monograph No. 9),
Sydney, 1957- (being a corubination of
Nos. 1063 and 2106).
1063c. - - TI.- A uslrulian aboriginals (Syd-
ney JLondonjMelbournoJWellington,
1938, 3/1956), Chapter X. Music and
danciug. DI
 1064. Elkin, Clarcncc, M~MWi Melodis (Syd-
ney, 1923).
1065. Elling, Catharinus, Vare Folhemelodier
('Videnskahsselskabets Skrifter' 11,
Hist.-fil. Kla.sse, Oslo, 1909, p. 5 ff.).
1o66. - - Vare Kjaempevis~r belysl fra mu-
sihalsh sy11spunhl (ibid. 1913, p. 4 ff.).
1067. - - Norsh Folhemusih (Oslo, 1922).
1068.-- V ore Slaaller ('Videnskabsselska-
bets Skrifter', Oslo, 1915, p. 4 ff.).
1o6g. - - V ure religieso folketoner (Oslo,
1927)
1070. Ellis, .Ale:.ander . On lhe Conditions
- ----o er ee unU S cale on l nstru-
, menls wilh Fixed Tons (Publ. of the
' I<oyal Society, 1864). D'
1071!. - - On the Physical Conditions and
' Relations of Musical Chards (Publ. of id.
1864). DI
107f --On the Temperamenl of lnslru-
menls with Fized Tones (Pub!. of id.,
1864). DI
10p. - - On Musical Duodenes (Theory of
Constructing ln.slruments with. Fixed
' To11es ,. jusi or praclicu.Jiy jusi 1 nlo-
natio11) (Publ. of id., 1874). ADI
1q74. - - Translation of and Commentary
on Helmholtz, 'Lehre von den Tonem-
. pfindungen' (1875).
>P75 - - Translation of and commentary
~ on Preyer, 'Ueber die Grenzen der Ton-
wabrnehmung' (1876/'77).
1076. - - On lhe Measuremenl and Selll-
. menl of Musical Pilch (Publ. of the
Musical Association, 1877).
~on. - - The Basis of Music (Publ.' of id.,
1877)
1078. -.- Pronuncialion far Singers (Publ. of
Id., 1877).
1079 - - Speech in Song (Publ. of id., 1878).
, . e bericht Deutsche Go:s. f. Musikfor-
\1c;>~o. - - The History of Musical Pitch
(188of'!!1). Al
V'Io8I. - - Tonometrical ObservaJions OH some
e%isting non-barmonic Scales (' Proc. of
..-U....:U..,Soc.', 1884). D'lllL'
(fo82.--,2n lhe Musical Scales of Various
"--Nahu11s ('Joumal of the Soc. of Arts',
1885) (Cf. No. 1924). BCI
1083. Elwin, Verrier, Folhsonc ofthe Muilial
hiUs (1914).
1084. - - Folksongs of Chhallisgurh (19'16).
1085.-- Musical inslruments of tribal
India ('Ill. Weekly of India' 27 Nov.
1955, p. 26 ff. and 4 Dec. 1955, p. 48 ff.)
1o86. - - The Muria a11d their Ghotw (Ox-
ford Univ. Press, 1947), Chapter XX,
p. 521: Musical inslrumenls. J Music Library, 1929)..
1087. Emerson, Joseph, S., Music of /he
Hawaiians. Singing. musical instru-
mets ('Mid-Pacific Magazine' Xll, p.
579 ff., XIII, p. 249 ff.), 1916 and '17.
1oij8. Emerson, Nathan.iel H., Unwritun
III
Literal" of Ho.waii. TAe sacred songs of
the Hula ('Bull. o the Bureau of Ao>e-
rican Ethnology' No. 38), Washin;ton,
1909
1089. Elll.Dlanuel, Mauricc, Gru (A rl Grico-
Romain) (1911) (inl..avignac, 'Hist. de la
Musique' I, p. 377 ff.), J922.
: ACDEFHJK
1090. Emrich, Duncan, Folk Music of lho
Uniled Slales and Lat A merica (co"'-
bined catalogue o/ phonograph ,.cords)
(The Library of Congress, Washington
D.C., 1946). A
1091. Emsheimer, Ernst, Drei Tanzgesli,.ge
der Alio.mbo. ('Ethnos' 1937). L'M
1092. - - Ueber das Varhtnnmn und di
Anwendungsarl der Maullrommel in
Sibirien und ze,.lralusien ('Ethnos'
__ H!~1, p. 109 ff.). AL 2 M
oi)3. ----y The Music oflhe Mongols. Mw>ic "'
, o/Easurn Mongolia ('Reports from the
scientific expedition to the NW provin-
ces of China under the leadership of Dr.
Sven Hedin', publ. 21, p. 6g ff.), Stock-
holm, 1943. ACIK
1094. - - .Musikelhnogro.phische lJibliocra-
phie der nichtslavische V lker in Russ-
land ('Acta musicologica' XV, p. 34
ff.), 1943. ACEKLV
1095. --Zur ldeologie der Jappischen Zau-
berlrommel ('Ethnos' 1944, p. 141 ff.).
AL 2M
1096. - - Schamanenlrommel und Tromnul-
baum (ibid. 1946, p. 166 ff.). AL 2 M
1097 - - Eine sibirische Parallele zur lap-
pischen Zauberlrommeli (ibid. 1948, p.
17 ff.). AGL 2M
1098. - - A Lapp musical inslrumenl (ibid.
1947, p. 86ff.). AGLM
1099. - - Lo.ppischer K ultgesang (' Kongress-
schung, Lneburg, 1950', p. 153 ff.)
Kassel/Basel, 1951. ACDEFKL
uoo. - - Schallaufnahmmgeorgischer MeJ.r-
stimmiglieil (ibid. p. 172 ff.), Kassd/
Basel, 1951. ACDEFKL
IIOJ. - - Singing conlests in Cetllral Asia
('J. of the Intern. Folk Music Council'
VIII, p. 26 ff.), 1956. ACJKL
1102. Ende, A. von, Die Mu.sik der amerika-
nischen Neger ('Die Musik' V, fase. 24),
1CJ05/'o6. CDFKL
1 1 0 3 . - - Die Musik der nordamerikanischeu
Jndianen ('Die Musik' ll, fase. 10),
1903. CDFKL
II04. Endo, Hirosi, Bibliography of Oriental
and Primitive Music (Tokyo, 1'he Na.uki
K
1105. Engel, Carl, The music of tloe mosl
andent JJations, particularly of Jhe
Hebrews. with special rejereuce Jo reunt
discoveries itJ H'ester" A si a uuJ i" Egy pt
(London, 1864). JLLS
1106. --Musical mytlu and Jaets (London,
1876).
1107. --Musical,.,,,..,,.,,.,, (London,
1875 CJ
1108.-- ResearcMs into IM e11rly history
o/ IM vio/in /11mily (London, 1883). CJ
110<). - - Mwical instruments (Handbook
Victoria .t Albert Muaeum), London,
I~L J bous (' J:!ull. de la Soc. neuchateloise de
1110. Engel, Hans, Ueber indisclu Musik
(' Arch. f. Musikforschung' IV, p. 202
fl.), 1939. CDH1KL
1111. Et~glish Folk D11Hce 1111d Song Society,
Joum/ of the, (London, 1932- in pro-
gress). A ("J. de Soc. des Amricanistes'
1112. Enright, D. J., Arllb music ('Music &
Lettcrs' XXXIII, p. 27 ff.), 1952. KLl
11 ua. Erdlyi. Jnos, c.s., Magyar Npk61-
lisi Gyjteminyi (Budapest, IB-t6-
I941).
1113. Erdmann, Hans,Zur musikalischen Pra-
zis des mecklenburgischett Volkst11nzes
('Dcutsches Jahlbucb fr Volkskunde'
Il, p. 212 ff.), Berlin, 1956. A d"Jwmmes Bororo ('Bull. de la Soc.
III-f. Erk, Ludwig, and Father M.. Bllhme,
DeulscMr Liederlwrt (Leipzig, 1893-'94).
3 vols. DlH
1115. Erkmann, R., Der Einflus der riJbisch-
spanischen K ultur uf die EHtwicklung
des Minnes11ng ('Deutscbe Viertel-
ja.hrschrift f. Literatur' 1931, p. 240
ff.). DIKLl
1116. Erlanger, Rodolpbe d', La musique
arabe ('Revue musicale' XIII, No. u8),
JulyfAug. 1_932. CDIGKL
1117. --La mtisique "'"""(S vols.), Paris,
1930/'49
A (vol. 1 only) CD (1-4 only), GIKL
1118. --L'ArcMologi muica/1. Urt v11ste
champ d'investig11tions pour les musi- .
ciens de la jeune :Jnrution ('Revue Mu-
sicale' XI, part 2, p. 45 ff.), 1930.
CDGKL
1119.-- Mlodie tu..tsien,..s (Hispano-
arabts, araboberWres, ;wiu1, ru!gre)
(Pars, 1937). K 1135 Evans, Ivor H. N., A bra.s drum /rom
1120. Erza.kovitscb, B., N11rodnya pesni Kll
zakhstana (i.e. Folksongs of Kazakh-
stan), .... 1136.-- Among primilive peoples in Bor-
ll21. - - 1storitsheskiye viazi ruslkoi i
kazakhkoi muzyki (i.e. Historical con-
nections between Russian and Kazakh
music), ....
1122. Espinet, Charles S., and Harry Pitts,
Land oflhe Calypso: the origin and deve-
lopment of Trinidad's fo/k ong (Port
of Spain, Guardian Commercial Prin-
tery, 1944).
1 1.!2a. Esser, J., Musique de l'A/riq.u naire
('Revue Congolaise IUustre' XXVI,
No. 3, p. 17 ff.), 1954. M guinea (1905).
1113. Estella, Pe. H. Olazaran de, Tzistu.
Tratado de flaulll V asea (Ediciones
musicales ordorico, Bilbao, 2/1951).
JI24. Estreicher, Zygmunt, The Music o/IM
Caribuu-Eskimo ('Encl. Arctica' ll:
Anthropology), New York, 1931.
1125. --Zur Polyrhylhmik in der Musik
der Eskimos ('Scbw. Musikzeitung'
LXXXVll, p. 4II ff.), 1947 A
u26. --La musique a.. Equimauz-Cari-
Go,raphie' LIV, p. 1 ff.), 1948. AG
1127.-- Teora dwytonowych melodii
('Kwartalnik Muzycky' VI, p. 208 ff.),
Warschau, 1948. A
1128. --La polyphonie CMZ les Esquimauz
XXXVll, p. 259 ff.), 1948. AGL 1
II29. --Die Musik der Eskimo ('Anthre>-
pos' XLV, p. 659 ff.), 1950.
ABDGHfJKLLILBM
JI)O. - - Eskimo-Musik ('Die Musik in Ge-
schicbte und Gegenwart' Ill. col. 1526
ff.), 1954 ACDEFGHIKL
II31. - - Cha11ls el rhylhmes de la danse
Neuchatcloise de Gographie' LI, fase.
s. p. 57 H.), 1954/'55 ABM
II32. - - Ci>~q chanls des Esquimaux A hear-
miul (in Geert van den Steenboven,
'Researcb-report on Caribou Eskimo
law'), The Hague, Aug. 1956. AB
II33 - - Une kchnique de lranscription d
la musique ezotique (ezpritnces praii-
que$) ('Rapport des Bibliotbeques et
Muses de la Ville de Neucbatel, 1956'),
Neucb;ltel, 1957 AL
0 1134 Elhnomusicology, Newsletters No. 1
(Dec. 1953), 2 (Aug. 1954), 3 (Dec. 1954)
4 (Apr. 1955), S (Sept. 1955), 6 (Jan.
1956), 7 (April 1956), 8 (Sept. 1956);
9 (] an. 1957). Jo (May 1957), JI (Sept.
1957), 12 (Jan. 1958) ( = E1hnomusi-
cology 11 No. 1), (in progress) issued
bij Alan 1'. Merriam c.s., cfo Dept. ol
Anlhropology, Northwestern Univ.,
Evanslon (111.), U.S.A. AL
JJort~eo ('Man' XVIII), 1918.
BDIGKLM
neo (London, 1922), Chapter XIV, p.
130 ff., Musical instruments, music and
dancing. BJ
1137 - - The Negrito of Malaya (Cam-
bridge Univ. Press, 1937), Chapter XII,
p. 114 ff.: Musical inlru,..nl, singing,
dat~cit~g. J
II38. Evrard, W,, Sur 1.. zylophones africains
("Brousse' 1940), U). M
1139 El<Der, F,, and R. Pllcb, Phonographi-
che Auft~ahmn in lndien und Neu-
1140. Ezgi, Suphl, Amllt ve Nazart Trk
Musiki&i (i.e. Practice and Theory of

II2
 Turkish Music), vols. I and II (1953),
lll (uodated), IV (1940), V (1953).
1141. Faber, E., The Chinese theory of mu.si
('China Review' 1873).
1142. Faber, G. H. von, Van krontjonglied
tot 'lagoe nwdern' ('Cultureel Nieuws'
1951, No. 9, p. 23 ff.). AB
1143 Fab, Bertalan, A magyar npdal zJUii
fejlodse (i.e. The development of Hun-
garian folksong), Budapest, 1908.
"H Faddegon, Bazend, Studies o.. tJu: Sama-
veda, Part.I. ('Verha.od. Kon. Akad. v.
Wetensch.' Aid. Letterk. N.S. LVII,
No. 1), Amsterdam 1951. AD'EGHKL'
1145. Fa;g, BernaJ:d E. B., The cave pt~ituings
t~nd rock gongs o/ Birni11 Kudu ('Proc.
3rd Pan-Africa.o Congress of Prehistory'
1955). in the press.
1146. - - The discovery of multiple rock
go,.;s i" Nigerit~ ('Ma.o' LVI, p. 17 ff.,
No. 23), Febr. 1956. BDGKL'L'M
repr. in 'African Music' I No. 3. p. 5
ff.), 1956. ACJL
"47 - - Rock gongs t~nd rock slides ('Ma.o'
LVII, p. 30 ff., No. 32, and p. 112, No.
1p), 19.57. BD 1GKL'L'M
1148. Fagg, William, A Yoruba xylophone of
musicaltype ('Ma.o' L, p. 145, No. 234),
1950. BDlGKL>LZM
1148a. - - A drum probllbly /rom the Jvory
Coasl ('British Museum Quarterly' XV,
p. 109 ff.). 1941/'50. 1M
1149. Falconi, Gerazdo, Geografa y paisaje
del ritmo ('Anales Universidad Central
del Ecuador' LXXXII, No. 337. p. 195
ff.). 1954-
1150- Falla, Manuel de, El canto jondo: cauo
primitivo andaluz (Granada, 1922);
(French translation in Revue musicale'
IV, p. 256 ff.), 1923. CDFGHKL
1151: Falls, J. C. E .. Beduinenlieder der liby-
sche" Wste (Cairo, 1908).
1151a. Faly, l., Musique indigine, musique
religie1,se (' Rc:vue du Clerg Africain'
IV, No. 1, p. 34 ff.), 1949
1152. Fara, Giulio, Su uno strumento mu.si-
cale sardo (Turino, 1913).
I 153. - - Giocattoli di musica rudimentaJe in
St~rdcgna (Cagliari, 1916).
1154 --L'a11ima della Sardecna. L" mu-
sica trudizionale (Udine, 1940).
"55 Farag, Jzsef, and Jno jagamas,
M oldvai csng npdalok s t~pballadlk 1173. - - Tlu: Organ of the A ncients: from
(Bukarest, 1954).
1156. Farmer, Henry George, The music and
musical instrummts of the A rab, by F.
Salvador-Daniel (London, 1915). I 'The Legacy of Islam'). London, 1931.
''57--- The Arabln/lue11ce on Music in the
Westert~ Sudan, including Rejeret1.ces to
Modern Jazz ('Mu>ical Standard' N.S.
XXIV, p. 158 ff.), 1924. D 11
ll58. - - Clues for the A rabian lnfluence on
Europea" Musical Theory ('The Joumal
of the R. Asiatic Soc. of Gr. Britain ana
Ireland' 1925). D 1GIKL'
11,59.-- Byzantine Musical l11strumenls i
tlu: NiKtit Century ('ibid. 1925, p. 299
ff.). CDGIKL'
116o. - - Tlu: Ara.biax influence on musical
tlu:ory (London, 1925): Gl
0 1161.-- Tlu: A rabie musical MSS. in tlu:
Bodleit~n Lilwary (London, 1925). K
1162. - - Fa&ts con&ert~ing tlae .A rabian tnu-
sical influexu ('Musical Standard'
XXVI, p. 215 ff.; XXVII, p. 9 ff.,
29 ff., 43 ff., 61 ff., 75 ff., 98 ff., 113 ff.,
132 ff . 161 ff., 175 a.od 196 ff.), 192.5
and'26. 01
1163.-- Tlu: it~/ltunce of mu.sic: /rom Ara-
bie sources. Lecture delivered befare the
Musical Association (London, 1926). 1
1164. - - The Canott and Eschaquiel of tlu:
Arabs (' J ournal of the Royal Asia tic
Soc.' 1926, p. 239 ff.). AD 1GIKL 1
116,5. - - Tlu: old Persian musical ...odes ('].
of the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1926, p. 93 ff.).
D'GIKL'
1166. - - /bn Kurdadhbih on Musicalhulru-
""'nls (' Journal of the Royal Aaiatic
Soc.' 1928, p . .509 ff.). DGIKLl
1167.-- A Nort!t A/rican folk instramteHI
(guenvri) ('J. of the R. Al;ia tic Soc.',
Ja.o. 1928). D'GIKL'
0 1168.--A History of Aro.bian Mu.sic
(London, 1929). ABCGIKL
u6g. - - The evolulion of tlu: lambur or
pt~ndore ('Transactions of the Glasgow
Univ. Oriental Soc.' V), 1930.
1170.-- Greek Theorists o/ Music in Arabic
Transla/ion ('lsis' XIV, p. 325 ff.),
1930. GL 1
1171. - - H istorical Jacts for tlu: A rabit~n
musical in/ltunce (London, 1930). GIL
JI 72. - - Studies in Oriental musical 1 nstru-
ments (1st series), London, 1931, cou-
taining:
A. The Medieval Psa/tery in the Orimt
B. The Origin ofthe Eschaquiel
C. Two Eastern Organs
D. A North A/rican Folk Jmtrume>1
E. Ninth Century Musical h1Strumetnls
F. A Note on the Mizmar and N ay
G. Meccan Musical Jnstrumen/s
H. The Origin oflhe Arabit~n Lute and
Rebec ACGIJ
Eastern sources (Hebrew, Syria& u11d
Arabic) (London, 1931). Cl
1174 - - Music (in Arnold and Guillaume,
1175.-- The influence of Al-Fart~bi's 'lhsa
'al-'ulum' (De Scientiis) on the writers ou
m..sic in Western Europe- (' Journal of
the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1931, p. 349 ff.:
ibid. 1932, p. 99 ff. and 379 ff.).
D'GIKL'
II3
1176.-- The 'llssa 'al- 'adwm' ('Journal o(
the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1933, p. 906 fl.).
D1GIKLI
1177.-- Maimonides on lisleniKC lo mwsic
(ibid. 1933. p. 867 ff.). D1GIKL1
1178. - - A ,.rlher Arabic-LAJin wriling on
111 ,.sic ('Jo urna! o( the Royal Asiatic
Soc.' 1933. p. 307 ff.). D 1GIKL1
1179 - - Al-Farabi's Arabic-Latin Wrilings
on Music (Glu.sgow, 1934). A 1195 - - 'Ghosts'; au .Excursus m1 .A rabie
1180. - - A ucienl Egypliun inslrunutliS oj
music ('Trausactions Gwgow Univ.
Oriental Soc.' VI), 1934
1181. - - Sa'adyah G1J011 on lhe lnfluence of
Mwsic (Glasgow, 1934, London 1943).
CHK
1182.-- Twrkisls lnslrumellls of Music in
llse Sevenleenlb Ce..tury, as described in
lhe Siyu/IJI N ama of Ewliya Cbelebi
(Glasgow, 1937). CGJ
1183. --Outline Hislory of Music (in
Arthur Upham Pope, 'Survey o( Per-
sian Art'), London, 1938.
IIB-t-. - - Ancienl A rabian musical inst,.u-
menls (translation o( tbe Kitab al-
malahi' by James Robson; Notes on
the instruments by Fanner), Gwgow,
1938. ACG
1185. - - Studies in Orimlal musical inslru-
tnenls (2nd series), Glasgow, 1939, con-
taining:
A. Reciproca/ lnfluence! in Muic
'Twzlllse Far and Middle Easl
B. A Maghribi Work on Musical Jnslrl4-
,,enls
C. An Old Moorisb LuJe Tutor AG
D. The Lule Scale of Avicenna
E. Was lhe Arabian and Persian Lut
frelledJ
F. T he lnslrumenls of M usi& on lhe Tiiq-
i-Bustn Bas Relief
G. The Struclure of lhe Arabian and
Persian Lule in lhe Middl Ages
ABC
1186. - - Tile music ojlhe Sumerian ('J. of
the R. Asiatic Soc.' 1939).
ACD1GIKL'
1187. - - Early RejeretJces lo Music in the
Weslern Sudan ('joumal o( the Royal
Asiatic Soc.' 1939, p. 569 ff.). D 1GIKL'
1188. - - Twrkis/1 Jmlrumenls of Music in
the Fjleenlh Cent,.ry ('joumal of the
Royal Asiatic Soc.' 1940, p. 195 ff.).
D1GIKLI
1189. - - 1'he Sources of A rabian Jl.1 usic, an
A n>wlaled Eibliography (Bt:arsden,
1940). GHIK
1190.-- The Jewih Debl lo Arabic Wrilers
on .Music ('lslamic Culture' XV, p. 59
ff.), 1941. G 1954
1191. - - .IIJusic: The Priceless Jewel (from
thc 'Kitab al-iqd al-farid' o( lbn 'Abd
Uabbihi (d. 940)), Uearsden, 1942. A
1192.-- Wechselwirkam;en miltel- und osl-
asiatischer .JI.lusik ('llllanges oflerts a
Zoltan Kodaiy' p. 32 ff.), 1943. ACK
1193 - - The Musc oflhe A rabian Nighls
(' Journal o( the R. Asia tic Soc.' 1944,
p. 172 fl.; ibid. 1945, p. 39 U.).
D'GIKL1
ll94 - - Tile Minslre/sy of lbe A rabian
Nighl! (llcarsden, 1945). IK
Musical lJibliograpilie! ('!Hia' XXXVI,
p. 123 ff.), 1945/'41>. GL 1
1197 - - Oienlal Studiu, mainly musical
(London, 1953):
A. Whal is A rabian Music}
B. Arabian Musical lnslrumtnls on a
Thirlee>lll Century Brome Bowl
C. Turkish Musical lnslruments in tbe
Fifteenlh Cenlury
D. Tne lmportance of Elhnological
S ludies
E. Early References lo M usic in lb.
W estern Sudan
F. 1'/~e Musical lnslrumenl! of lbe
Sumerians and Assyrians
G. An early Greek Pandore ACIL
1198. - - Arabian Mwsic ('Grove's Diction-
ary' sth ed., vol. I, p. 179 U.), 1954
ACFH 1K
1199. - . - Berber Music (ibid. vol. I, p. 632
ff.). 1954 ACFH 1K
0 1200.-- Egyptian Mwsic (ibid. vol. ll, p.
891 ff.), 1954. ACFH 1K
1201. --Iraquian and Mesopotamian Jl;fu-
ic (ibid . .vol. IV, p. 529 ff.), 1954
ACFH1K
1202. - - Maghribi Music (ibid. vol. V, p.
504 ff.), 1\154 ACFH 1K
1203. - - Moorish Ml4sic (ibid. vol. V, p.
86!1 ff.). 1954 ACFHK
1204. - - Persian Music (ibid. vol. VI, p.
6 U.). 1954. ACFH 1K
1205. - - Syian Music (ibid. vol. VIII, p.
251 ff.). 1954 ACFH 1K
120,5a. - - Turkeslani "'usic (ibid., vol.
Vlll, p. 610 H.), 1954 ACFH 1K
1206. - - The Music uf Ancielll Mesopota-
mia ('The New Oxford Hi>tory of
1\lusic', 3rd ed., vol. 1, p. 228 ff.), 19.57
ABCD'}o"GH1JK
1207. - - The Music of Ancie>Jt Egypl
(ibid., yo!. I, p. 25.5 H.). 19.57.
ABCD'FGH1JK
0 1208.-- The Music oflslan (ibid., vol. I,
p. 421 ff.), 19.57 ABCDFGH 1JK
1209. - - Pandur or Pat~lur ('Grove's
Dictionary of Music and Musicians'
5th ed., vol. VI, p. 535), 1954 ACFH 1K
1210. - - Pndoura (ibid. vol. VI, p. 534),
ACFH 1K
1211. Farnswurth, P. R., J. C. Trembley,
and C. E. Dutton, Masculinity and
Femininity of musical phewmena (' J our-
 nal Aesth. Art. crit.' IX, No. 3, p. 257 ('Bureau o! Amer. Ethnology, Smith-
ff.), 1951. K onian Inst., Bull. No. 156'), 1953. BF
1212. FW"ougby, A., ~ umc:.ise Persian 1227. - - Songs from the Iroquois longhouse:
Grammar (New York, Orientalia loe., program notes Jor n tUbum oJ A mericaH
1944). p. 174 ff. l11dian music from IM Eastern wuod
1212a. Fauble, J., L'ethnographie de M ada- lands (W ;uhington, Smith.sonian lnst.,
gasear (with the collaboration of R. 1942). AK
Falck, R. Hartweg, G. Rouget), Paris, 1227a. Fenwick Jonu, G., Wiltenwer's Beclci
1946. JM cu1d the medieval ba;pipe ('J. of EngW.h
l:ll2b. Faulkner, Maurice, Korean music and and Germanic philoloy' XLVUl, pp.
Americu'' mililury governm~nt ('Korean 209 ff. and 2191!.), 1949.
Survey' V, p. 10 ff.), Jan. 1956. u:t8. Fcrilnd, Ernsl Th., 7"114 'huwlmg iN
1213. Favari, Alberto, Corpus di musiche seconds' of the Lombards ('Musica.l
popolari sidliane, a ""a di Ottavio Tiby Quarterly' XXV, p. 313 ff.), 1939. ACD
(' Acad. di Scienze, lettere e arti' 1, u:tg. --Die Improvisaliot< iN der MusiA
p. 172 ff., 11, p. 582 ff.). Palermo, 1957 (Zrich, 1939), Chapter 11. Die Primi-
L tive, der Orient und das alle H ellas. C
0 1214. Feather, Leonard, The encydopedia of 1230. Ferguson, John, Twu bronse drums (Pei-
jazz (New York, Horizon, 1955). ~-.pi,:, 1932). ,
1215. Fedeli, Vito, Zampogne Calabre.e ('Sam- {1231. FernliJd,- "Heleo E., A11cient Chines.
melb. der lntern. Musikges.' XIII, p. ~Musical lnstruments (']oumal of the
433 ff.). 19II/'12. CDFH'L Univ. of Pennsylvania MWieum' XVU,
0 1216. Feilbcrg, C. G.,Les Papis (tribu persaru ,...p. 325 ff.), 1926. GJ
de nomades motuagnurds du sudouest de 1 2 32. - - A n&ient Chinese mwical inslru-
1

I'Iran ('Nationalmuseets Skrifter', Eth- 1\.,.-.~- menls as depic.ted on .5ome early monu-
no;rafisk Raekke IV, p. 156 ff.), Co- ments (in Hsiao Ch'ien, 'A harp with a
penhagen, 1952. AK ..--1:housand strings: a Chinese antholo;y')
1217. Felber, Erwin, Du Musill in den i / London, 19+4
Marclm und Alythen der uerschiedenen \ 1233 - - A selection of Cloiruse music and
Volker ('Report of the 4th Congress of \... stmgs (ibid., p. 515 ff.).
the lntem. Musical. Soc., Loo don 1911 ', 1234 Ferreira, AK:enso, O Bumba-Meu-Boi
p. 167 ff.), London, 19n. CF ('Arquinos' lfll, p. 121 ff.), Recife,
12 18. - - Das Gesetz der Zahlenuerschiebut~g 1944
im Marchen und Mythos und sein 1235. Ferrero, E., La auuica dei negri am~
Einfluss uuf die SAalenbildung ('Report ricani (' Rivista musicale 1taliana'
of the 4th Congress of the lntern. XIII), 1906. CKL
Music Soc. London, 1912', p. 178 ff.), 1236. Fewkes, J. W., On 1/e use of the phono-
Loudon, 1911. CF graph among the Zulli lndians ('Amei.
1219.-- Die indische Musill der uedischen Naturalist' XXIV, p. 687 ff.), 1890. ,
und der klas.ischen Zeit ('Sitzun:sber. d. 1237. Ficker, Rudolf von, Pritniire Kl,.ng-
Kais. Akad. d. Wiss., Wien', Phil.-hist. formen (' Jahrbuch-Peters' XXXV),
Kl. vol. 170 No. 7), 1912. ACD1GILI 1929. CGKLI
1220.-- Oost en West in de muziek ('De 1238. Fiedler, Hermano, Die lnSII Timor
Muziek' lll, p. 398 ff.). 1929. ACDEFH (1929), 111. Sitien und Gebrliuche bei
1 2 2 1 . - - Der Gesang im Orienl und bei dt:tJ .Aioni und Belu. o. Musiki,.strumente
NaturviJiken ('Die Musik' XXII, p. 828 ' (p. 53 ff.). AB
ff.), 1930. CDFKL 1239. Fillmore, John Comlort, The harmonic
1 2 2 2 . - - New approaches lo primitive music struclure of 1 ndian M usic (' Archiv f.
('The Musical Quarterly' XIX, p. 288 An thropolo:ie 1, Fase. 2), 1899.
ff.), 1933. e DGKL'
1223. Feline, Pierre, Le plaisir musical chez 1240. - - U'hat do lndia11s mean when they
I'Europen el che: I'Arabe ('Me~cure de sing and how ,.,do they succeedl ('J. of
France', 15th Febr. 1937). D1 Amer. Folklore' VIII, p. 138 ff.). 1895.
1224. Felleror, Karl Gustav, Die Musik im GIC
Wcmdel der Zeilet~ und Kulturen (Re- 1241.-- The harmoni& struclwre of /ftdiutJ
gensbergJMnster, 1948). A ruusic ('Amer. Anthropol.' 1, p. "97 ff.),
"~5- Fcnton, William N., and Gertrudc P. 1888. GL 1
Kurath, The Feast of the Dead, or 1242' - - A wOHiaK's song of the Kwakiutl
Ghosl Dauce at Si1r Nations Resen;e, I11dians (ibid. VI, p. 285 ff.), 1H93. GL
Cunada (Bureau of Amer. Ethnol., 1243 Finesinger, Sol Buuch, Musical loutrw
Smithsonian Inst., Bull. 149, No. 7). me.Us in the Old Testament (Baltsmore,
Washinboton, 1951. B 1926).
1226.-- and - - TJ.elroquuisEagleDa11ce 1244. Fink, Gottfried WUhclm, Notiz<n ber

IIS
 Musik und Gesange der malaiischett
Eogebornen auf den sut1dischen utld
tnolukkischen Jnsel,. (Ost-Jndien). Vena
einem Ohre>Ozugen ('Ailgcm. Musikal.
Zeitung' XLII, p. 1057 ff.), 184o. CD 1K '
1245. Fiov, Givko, Makedot~ski musicki folk-
lore (Macedonian Music Folldore),
Skopje, 1953.
1246. --Les caracteres mtnques dans la
musique populaire macdonienne (' J our-
nal o! the Intern. Folk Music Council'
IV, p. 49 ff.), 1952. ACJKL
12 47. - - M akedonski narodni pesni vola. 1-
IV (Skopje, 1956).
1248. - - and Paitonjiev, Gancho, Makedon-
ski narodni ora (Macedonian Folk
Dances) vol. I (Skopje, 1953). A No. 36, p. 37 ff.), 1914-'15.
1248a. - - Yugoslawien. II. Die Vol/IS-
musik. 4 Mazedonien ('Die Musik in
Geschichte u. Gegenwart' VII, col. 364
ff.), 1958. ACDEFGH 1KL
1249. Fischcr, Adolf, Die Herkunfl der Shan-
lrcnnmeln ('Z. f. Ethnologic' XXXV, p.
668 ff.), 1903. BDGHKL'L'M
1250. Fischcr, E .. Patagonische Musik ('An-
thropos' III), 1908. D1GKLLM
1251. - - Beilrdge zur Erjorschung der chine-
sischen Musik ('Sammelb. d. Intern.
Musikges.' XII, p. 153 ff.), 1910/'II.
CDFH1L
1252. Fischcr, Hans, Zwei einjache Musik-
instrumeute au.s Blalt in Ozea11ien
(' J ahrbuch des Museums f. VO!ker-
kunde zu Leipzig' XIV, p. 67 f!.), 1956.
GKL1
1253. - - Ueber slehe11de Schlilzlrommeln auf
den Neuet1 Hebriden und am Sepik ('Z.
f. Ethnol.' LXXXII, p. 58 ff.), 1957.
ABDGHKLIL'M
0 1253a. - - Schallgerllle in Ozeat1ien.
Bau
und Spiellechnik; Verbreitung u11d
Funkliun (Baden-Baden, 1958). AC
1254 Fischcr, H. W., Een rammelaar als
hulpmiddel bij de vischvangst ('Intem.
Arcbiv f. Ethnogr.' XVIII, p. 179 ff.),
1908. BD1GKL
1255. Fishcr, Miles Mark, Negro slave songs in
the United States (with a foreword by
Ray Allan Billington), lthaca, Comell
Univ. Press, 1953
1256. Flanders, Helen Hartness, and Marghe-
rite Olncy, Ballads migrant in New
Englat1d (with an introduction by
Robert Frost), New York, Farrar,
Straus and Young, 1953.
1257 Fleischcr, Oskar, Ein Kapitel verglei-
cloender M usikwissenschafl ('Sammelb.
d. lntern. Mus. Ges.' I), 1900. CDFH1L
1258. - - Zur vergleichenden Musikfurscloung
(ibid. III), 1902. ACDFHIL
1259. Fleschc, Francis la, The Osage lribe
('Annual Report of thc Bur. of Amcr.
II6
Ethuology' No. 45, p. 529 ff.), 1927/
'28, pub!. in 1930. BGKL
1261. Fletchcr, Alice Cunninham, A Study of
0/oao~aa J.odiat1 music (Harvard Univ.
Cambridge Mass., 1893). IL
1262. --Indian Story and Song from NoriiJ
America (1900).
1263. --1'he Hako ('Annual Report of the
Bureau o! Amer. Ethnol.' No. 22, part
2), Washington D.C., 1904.
1264. - - .Afv.sc and musical instrumenls
(in: Fred. Webb Hodge, 'Handbook
of American lndians north ol Mexico'
part 1), Washington D.C., 1907.
n65. - - The Osage Tribe ('Annual Report
ol the Bureau of American Ethnology',
GKL 1
1266. - - and Francis la Flesche, The
Oonaha 1'ribe (' Annual Report ol the
Bur. of Amer. Ethnology' No. 27). 1906,
pub!. in 19II. GKL
n67. --ltldian games and dances (Boston,
1915)
1268. Flood, William H. Grattan, The story of
lhe bagpipe (London, 191 1). ACJ
126g. - - The slory of lhe harp (London,
1905). CJ
1270. Focke, H. C., De Surinaamsche neger-
muzijk ('Bijdr. tot de bevord. v. d.
kennis der Ned. West-lnd. koloni~n,
Haarlem, 1858, p. 93 ff.). C
1271. FGkGvi, Die Zigeunermusik in Ungarn
('Monatshefte f. Musikgesch.' XXX,
No. 12), 1898. CKL
1272. Foldes, A., Impressions of a musical
ourney lo A frica ('Etude' LXXI), 1953.
1273. Foley, Rolla, Song oj 1/oe Arab. The
Religious Ceremonies, Shrines, and Folk
Music ojlhe Holy Land Christian Arab
(New York, 1953).
1274 Folklore musicale (ed. by the Intem.
Inst. l. Intellectual Co-Operation),
Paris, 1939.
1275. Folk-Song Society, Journal of the, (Lnn-
don, 1899-1931 - 35 Nos.). A (partly)
1276. Filrde, F. voo der, Die Musik bei den
Eingeborenen auf den Sdsee-lnseln
('Der Erdball' IV, p. 47 ff.), 1930. DI
1277. Foucart, F ... La musiqve dans l'ancienne
Enpte ('Musica' 1933). K
1278. Fourneau, J., Des transmissions acousti-
ques cloez les indigjnes du Sud-Cameroun
('Togo-Cameroun' 1930, p. 387 ff.),
Paris.
1279. Fowke, Edith Fulton, and Richard
Johnston, Folk songs of Ganada (Water-
loo, Ontario, 2/1955).
1280. Fowke, Francis. On the vina cw Indian
lyre (in Surindro Mohun Tagore, 'Hindu
music from various autbors', p. 191
ff.), Calcutta, 1882. CFIKL
1281. Fox, C., Annals of lhe lrish harpers
(London, 1911).
1282. Fox Suangways, A. H., The Hindu
Scak ('Sammelb. d. lntero. Musikges.'
IX), 1908. CDFHIIL
1283. - - J'he Music of Hi,.doslan (Oxford,
1914). ACFGJK
1284.-- Exotic Music ('Music and Letters'
VI, p. 119 f.), 1925. KLI
1285. - - TJ.e Pipes of Pun ('Music and
Letters' X, p. 57 ff.), 1929. KLI
1286.-- Easl and Wesl ('Z. f. vergl. Mu-
sikw.' 1, p. 2 ff.), 1933 ACK
1287.-- Tlle Gundharu Gruma ('Journal R.
Asia tic Soc.' 1935. p. 689 ff.). D 1GIKL1
1288. - - Music (in G. T. Ganatt, 'Tbe
Legacy of India', p. 305 ff.), Oxford,
1937
1289.-- Indian Music (rev. by A. A.
Bake) ('Grove's Dictiona.ry' stb ed.,
vol. IV, p. 456 ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K
1290.-- Indian music ('Eucycl. Brittan-
nica' XII, p. 241 ff.), 1951. B den K reo/en A merikas (Berlin, 1913).
1291. Foy, Wilhelm, Zur Verbreilung d.er
Nasenflote ('Etbnologica' 1, p. 239 ff.),
1909. GJKL
1292.-- Zu den Bron.zepauken aus sdost-
A sien (' Abbandl. u. Berichte des kgl.
Zool. u. Anthrop.-Etbnogr. Museums
zu Dresden' IX No. 6, Etbno,'T. Miscell.
1 von A. B. Meyer und W. Foy und
O. Richtcr), p. 145 ff.), 1900/'0I.
1293. Fraknoi, Karoly, Jewish folk chorusses
('Goldmark Music School Libr.' I),
Budapest, 1948.
129-4. Francke, A. H., La musique au Thibel
(1906) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la Mus.'
V, p. 308-4 ff.). 1922. ACDEFHJ
1295. - - M usikalische Studien in W est-Tibet
('Z. d. Deutschen Musikges.' LIX) 1905.
1296. Fran~ois, A., Musique indigitoe (Com-
mmoration du cinquantieme anniver-
saire du Comit spcialis du Katanga)
(" lteport of the Congress of Science,
ElisabethviUe, Aug. 1950', VI, p. 1bg
ff.). M News' 19th April 1952, p. 668 ff.). AJ
Ll:97 Fra.ser, A. D., Some Remi"isce1Jses and
lile Bagpipe (Edinburgh, 19c.). AJ
129S. Fraser, Norman, JnternaJional Cata-
logue of recorded Folk M usic (ed. for
Unesco aud the lntem. Folk Music
Council), London, Oxford Univ. Press,
195-4 AL
1299. - - South American (except Brazilian)
Folk Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5tb
ed. vol. 111, p. 361 ff.), 195-4. ACFH 1K
1300. Fraser, S., The airs und me/odies pe-
culiar lo the Highlands oj Scot/and and
tloe isles (Edinburgh, und.).
1301. Frdric, Louis, La da11se sacre d.e
1' bode (l'aris, 1957). B Music among .Arabians and N~g,.ues
1302. Frdricq, Paul, Onze historische vo/ks-
Jiederen van vdr de gudsditmstige be-
roeringen der :r6de eeuw (GentfTbe
Hague, 1894). DF
II7
1303. Fredin, August, Gollandstoner ("Svcnluo.
Landsmll.l' 1909-1933). DG
1304. Freema.n, Linton C., and Ala.n P. Mu-
riam, SJaJisti&alClassificdJio,. in AntJaro-
pology: an Applicatior~ lo Et~ ....
musicology ('American AntbropoloKist
LVIII, p. 464 ff.), 1956. ABGL'M
1304a. Freema.n, Linton C.; The chancing
functions of a fo/ksong ('J. of American
Folklore' LXX, p. 215 ff.), JulyfSept.
1957. GK
1305. Frencb, P. T., Catulogue of l11dian
Musicul Jnslruoneuts (in: S. M. Tagore,
Hindu Music from various authors').
Calcutta, 1882. CFIKL
1306. Friedenthal, Albert, Der Gehrsinn d.er
Chinesen ('AIIgem. Musikzeitung'
XXXIV), 1907. D 1L
1307. - - Musik, Tanz und Dichlu11g bd
1307a. FriediAnder, Max, German Folk-sot~gs
wilh reference lo EnglisA and American
Fo/k-songs ('Report of tbc 4th Congress
of the Intem. Musical Soc.', p. 59).
London, 1911. CF
IJ08. Frobeniu.s, Leo, Die Sailenit..slrumeute
d.er Naturv6/kor ('Prometbeus' Xll, p.
648 ff.), Berlin, 1901. G
1309.-- Atlas Ajricunus. Heft 3, Blatt 17,
No. 8 (Mnchen, 1922).
1310. Fryklund, Daniel, Etymologisclle Stu-
dien ber geige-gigue-jig ('Studier i
modern Sprakvetenskap' VI, p. 101 ff.),
1917. e
1311.-- Studien ber die Pochelte (Sunds-
vall, 1917). e
1312. - - Studier ver A1ariutrumpeten
('Svensk Tidskrift fiir Musikforskning'
1, p. 40 ff.). 1919. CK
1313. Frer-Haimendorf, Christoph von, Fu/k
mwsic oflndia: prm_ilive iustrunumts of
prionitive peoples ('The lll. London
1314. Frst, H., Musiques persunes ('Revue
musicale' VII, No. 5). ISt March l<jlb.
CDIGHKL
1314a. Fuhrma.un, Ernst, Die Garamut oder
Signaltrommel der Papuas ('Steyler
Missionsbote' XLI), 1913/'1-4.
1315. Fuj, Seishin, A buddhismus s a zene
(Der Buddhismus und die Musk) (in
'Mlanges offerts 1!. Zoltan Kodaly 1!.
l'occasion de son 6oieme anniversa.irc',
p. 139 ff.), Hudapest, 194.3 ACK
lJI6. Furlong, Guillermo, .Jl.!ncos argt,dlti()S
(Buenos Aires, 1944).
1317. Funu:ss, Cl.ton Joseph, Commwual
('The Muical Quarterly' XVI, p. 38
ff.). 1930. e
1318. Fyzee-Rahamin, Atiya Begum, The
music of India (London, 1925). GIKL
1319. Gabus, Jean, Vie el cowlu""'s des Esqui-
maux Caribou (Lausanne, 1914).
IJZO. Gad:r.ekpo, Sinedzi, MakiHt music in
Eweland ('West African Review' XXIII,
p. 817 fl.), 1952. G 1341.-- The Music of lhe Sum~rians and
1321. Gagnon, E., Chansons populairos du
Ca11aJa, receuillis el pllbliJes auec anno-
lalions (Qu~bec. 188o).
1322. Gallhud, A., TMalrt el musiqw mo-
dernes e>1 Chi>1e (Paria, 1926).
1323. Gairdner, W. H. T., Oriental Aynullsmes,
Ecyptian and Syrian (London, 1930).
1324. GaJe, Albert, Mus< (in Fay Cooper
Cole, 'The Tinguian', p. H3 fl.), 1922.
A tionary' 5th ed. vol. 1, p. 282 ff.), 1954
IJ2<fa. Gatis, K. W., Papwa's van de HwmboldJ
baai. Bijdrace lol un eiAnografu (diss.),
Den Haag. 1955 (p. 150 ff.).
1325. Gallop, Rodney, Music oflhe Soulhem
Slavs ('The Musical Quartcrly' XXIII),
1937. CD
1326. - - Basqwe wassailinc songs ('Music &
Letters' XI, p. 324 ff.), 1930. KL'
1327.-- The deuelopmenl of folksonc in
Portugal and lhe Basque counlry (' Proc.
of the Musical Association' LXI), 1935.
1328. - - Folkso11gs of mod1r11 Greeu ('The
Musical Quarterly' XXI, No. 1), Jan.
1935 CD
1329. - - The folk-music of Easlern PorlucaJ
('The Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 96
ff.), 1934. CD
1330. - - Basque songs from Soule ('The
Musical Quarterly' XXII, p. 458 ff.),
1936. CD
1331. - - The music of l01dian Mexiko ('The
Musical Quarterly' XXV, p. 210 ff.),
1939. CD
1332. - - Olomi lndiaH music from Mexiko
('The 1\lusical Quarterly' XXVI, p. 87
ff.), 1940. CDH'
1332a. - - !llexican Mosaic (London, 1939).
1332b. Galms, Antonio, Mallorca. Menorca,
Ibiza Folklore (Mallorca, 1950). L ff.). 1938.
1333. Galpin, Frands W., Azlec lnflumce on
American l01dian Jnslrunumls ('Sam-
melb. d. Intern. Musikges.' IV, p. 661
ff.), 1902/'03. CDFH'L
1334. - - The Whislles and Reed l>~slru
,.,.,.ls ofl/u American lndians of Norlh-
Wesl Coasl ('Proceedings of the Musical
ASsociation' XXIX), 1903 J ff.J, 19 4 6.
1335. --Notes on a HydrauJis ('The Reli-
quary and Illustr., Archaeologist', 1904).
CK
1336. - - The Sackbwl ('Proc. of the Musical
Association' XXXIII, p. 1 ff.), 1907.
1337; - - Old E>~glish l01slrumenls of 111usic
(London, 1910). CIJ
1338. - - The origin oflhe clarsech or lrish
harp (' Report of the Congress of the
lntern. Mus. Soc., May/June 1911'). e
1339. - - The Sumerian Harp of Ur ('Music
II8
and Letters' X, p. 108 ff.), 1929. AKL 1
1340. - - Mo>1sieur Prin and His Trumpel
Marine ('Music and Letters' XIV, p. 18
fl.), 1933. KLI
llteir immediale sucussors, the Babylo-
nians and Assyrians (Cambridge, 1937).
ABCGK
1342. - - A Texlbook of European Musical
Jnslrumwts (London, 1939). ej
1343 - - Rcview of Kathleen Schlesinger
'The Greck Aulas' ('Music a: Lettera'
XX, p. 35 ff.), 1939. KLI
1344 - - BabyloniaJS Music ('Grove's Dic-
ACFH'K
1345 - - Hurdy-gurdy (ibid. vol. IV, p. 415
ff.), 1954 ACFH'K
1346. - - Hydraulis (ibid. vol. IV, p. 423
f!.), 1954 ACFH'K
1347 --Jew's harp (ibid.voi.IV,p.636ff.),
1954 ACFH1K
1348. Ganay, Solange de, Le xylof>hose chez
les Sar du M oyen Chari ('J. de la Soc.
des Africanistes' XII, p. 203 ff.), Paris,
1942. GL 1 M
1348a. Gand, Hanns in der, Volkslum/iche
M usiAinstrumenle in der Schweir (Basel,
1937). JL
1349. Gangadhara, Th.ary aJSd pracliu of
Hindu music and lh uina lwlor (Madras,
1914). 1
1350. Gangoly, Ordbendra Coomar, Ragas
and Faginis, a pictorial and iconograplaic
sludy ofl>~dia" musical modes, based OJS
original sources (2 vols)., Calcutta, 1934
G
1351.-- The Birlh of Me/odies: an lndian
View ('Aryan Path' VIII, p. 14 ff.),
1937
1352.-- Non-Aryan Contribulion lo lndian
M usic (' Annals of the Bhandarkar
Oriental Research Inst.' XIX, p. 263
1353. - - Visual aspecls o/ Hindu me/odies
(' Entally Cultural Conference, 8th
Annual session, Jan. 1955'), Calcutta,
1955
1353a. - - The mannor of 'applause' in
anciml 1ndian slage ('The J. of the
Music Academy, Madras' XVII, p. 141
e
1354 Gangopadhyaya, Ardhendra Kumara,
Ragas and Raginis. A pict01'ial icono
grapllic study of lndian musical modes
based on original sources (Nalanda
publications, Bombay, 1948). 1
1354a. Gani, 0., Notes sur les coulumes funl-
raires des Pila ('E tu des Daltomen-
nes' IV, p. 13 ff.), 1950. M
1355 Garay, Narciso, Tradiciones y cantares
de Panama (1930). A
1356. Garcia, Angetica de Rezende, N ossos
 Avos contavam 1 cantavam. Ensaios
lulc/oricos e lradfOOS brasileiras (Belo
Horizoute, 1949).
1357. Garcia Barriuso, Patrocinio, La M usi&a
hispanomusulmatta en Marruecos
(Publ. del Inst. General Franco para
la investigacin hispano-acabe, Ser. VI,
No. 4. 1941 ~ Inst. de Estud. Afri-
canos, Madrid, 1950). IL
1358. Garcia, Juan Francisco, PatJOrama de la
msica dominic11na (Ciudad Trujillo,
1917). K 1379. Gazimihll, Mahmut R .. Aperrus prli-
1359. Grdonyi, Zoltan, Npzendnk s 11 Zenei
Forma Elemei (i.e. our popular music
and the elements of musical form) (in
'Emlkkonyv Kodly. 1, 70 Zsultes-
napjra' p. 405 ff.), Budapest, 1953 A
136o. Garfield, Viola E., Paul S. Wingert
and Marius Barbeau, The Tsimshian:
IJ.eir arls and music (New York, 1952).
1361. Garms, J- H., Over slraaluilroepen en
primitieve muziek ('T. v. Nederl. Mu-
ziekgeschiedenis' IX, p. 1 ff.). Amster-
dam, 1909. ACFHl
1362.-- "Suid-Afrikaanse volkspoesie"
('Caecilia en het Muziekcollege' Nov.
1928, p. 21 ff.). ACDIF
x363. Garnault, Paul, La lrompetle marin1
(Nice, 1926).
1364. Garner, F. H., and Alan P. Merri&m,
]azz (a definilion), 1955 A Newsletter 1 No. 5, p. 30 ff.), 1952. Cl'.l
1365. Garnot, Jean Sainte-Fare, L'offrande
musicale dans I'Ancienne Egypte ('M-
langes d'histoire et d'esthtique musi-
cales, offerts Paul-Marie .lrlassol'' p.
89 ff.), Paris, 1955 F Music' 1, No. 1, p. 62 ff.), 1954 ACJLM
1366. Garstang, Songs of lhe birds (1912).
1367. Gascu, F., Origen de la musica popular
vascongada (' Rev. in tero. de Es tu d.
vascos', 1913).
1367a. Gaspar, D., Quand I'Afrique chante el
danse ('Revue ColoniaJe Helge' VU,
p. 170 ff.), 1952. M 1388. Geiger, P., Volksliedinteresse uud Vulks-
1368. Gassmann, A. L., Das Volkslied im
Luzt:ruBr W igg~ytuJ und H int~rland
(Base!, 1906).
1369.-- Naturjodel des josef Felder 11m
E11tlebuch (Zrich, 1908).
1370. Gasler, Theodor Herz.l, Thespis; ritual,
myth and drama in th~ ancienl n~ar east
(New York, 1950).
1371. Gastou, AmMe, L'Armnie el son arl
lraditionnel (' Revue de Musicologie'
Xlll, p. 194 ff.), 1929. CD 1EKLL1
1372. --La musique byzauline (in Dufourcq,
'La Musique des origines a nos jours,
ed. Larousse, p. 69 ff.), Paris, 1946.
ACDEFHJK
1373. --La musique byzatine (1912) (in
Lavignac, 'Histoire de la Musique' I,
p. 547 !f.), Paris, 1922. ACDEFHJ
1374. Gaudefroy-Demombynes, J., Musiques
europmnes. Le peuple arabe ('Revue de
:ug
Psychologio des Peuples' XI, p. 3 79
ff.). 1956. AB
0 1375 Gaukstad, 0stcin, Norsk folkemus;J&k.
Ein bibliografi (Oslo, 1951).
1376. Gavazzl, Milovan, Jadranska 'Lira -
'Lirica' (Zagreb, 1930). A
1377 Gay, R., Les 'constaal1s .Ugres' dans la
rnusique amricaine (' Prol>l~mes d Afri-
que' No. 26, p. 316 ff.), 1954 AGJKM
1378. - - Essai de discogr11phie ,.gre afri-
caine (ibid., p. 345 ff.), 1954 AGJKM
rninaires sur 1'origine 11sialique de qull-
ques inslrumenls lurcs (Uvodni pogledi
na azijsko parijeklo nekih Turski11
muzickih instrumenata) ('Bilten Inst.
za prouavanje folklora Sarajevo' III,
p. 125 ff.), Sarajevo, 1955 A
1380. Gbeho, Phillip, Ajrica's Drums Are
More than Tom-Toms ('West African
Review' XXII, p. 1150 ff.), Oct. 1951.
G
1381.-- Beal of the Master Drum (ibid.
XXII, p. 1263 ff.), Nov. 1951. G
1382.-- A/ri,u.n Musi' Deserves Gen,ow
Recognition (ibid. XXII, p. 910 ff.).
Aug. 1951. G
1383. - - The lndigenous Gold Coasl Music
('United Empire' XLII, p. 121 ff.),
May-June 1951 ~ African Music Soc.
1384. - - Cross Rhylhm in Africatt Music
('West African Review' XXIII, p. 11
ff.), Jan. 1952. G
1385.-- Music of the Gold Coasl ('African
1386. Gebik, Wladislaw, Piosenki M azurski
(Krakau, 1955).
1387. Geering, Arnold, Quelques prob!Jmes
tou,}~ants la 'hanson populaire en Suiss.~
(' f of the Intem. l'olk Muic Cauncil'
II. p. 37 ff.), 1950. ACJ
liedforschung in der Schweiz bis zum
jahre I8Jo (Bem, 1912).
1389. Geiringer, Karl, V orgeschichle und Ge-
schichte der europti.ischen Laule ('l. f.
Musikw.' X). 1928. CDHIKL
1390.-- Musical Jnslrumenls. Theor Jus-
lory from the slone age lo the prese>&l da y
(New York, Oxford Univ. Press. 1945). J
1391. Gelats, joan Amades, Ritos primitivos
de Siembra ('Miscelanea de Estur.los
dedicados al Dr. Fernando Ortiz' vol. 1,
p. 63 ff.), La Habana, 1956.
1392. Geller, H.,I pifferari (Leipzig, 1954). AC
l393 Ge.nin, Augustc, Notes sur l~s d~u.51S,
la musiqu~ et les chanJs ~s M ~.ncans
an,ien,s et modern~s ( Pa.ns, 191 3). C
1394 _ _ Nutes on tlt.e DarJces, M'W.51C, an~
.
Scmgs o/ the AJIC~enl a'tld Modern MtXI
tans (Publ. Sn>tbsomao loat .. Rt:port
 for 1920) p. 657 U.), Washington D.C.,
1922. CD 1JK
1395. - - The MusicAl Inslru,.uml5 of lhe
Ancienl .MexicAn5 ('Mexican Magazine'
111, p. 355 ff.), 1927.
"1396. George, Zelma Watson, A guide lo
Negro music. A n Annola.led bibliogrAphy
of Negro folk music and Arl music by
Negro composot5 or based on Negro
lhemalic ma.leri..Z (Ann Arbor Uruv.
Microfilms, Pub!. No. 8021), 1953.
1397. Geor;iades, Thrasybulos, Der griechi
sche llhythmus. Musik, Reigen, Ver und
SprAChe (Hamburg, 1949).
1397a. - - Greek music, uerSI and dance
(Merlin Music Books vol. V), Ncw York,
,.1410. Gibson, H. E.,.Music and musical instru.-
1958.
0 I397b. - - MuiA und Rhylhmus bo den
Griechen. Zum Ursprung der abend \:~
landischen MusA (Rowohl~ deutsche
Enzyklopadie, Hamburg, 1958). A 1.p1. Gide, Andr, Musiques el danses av
1397c. Germano, P . Zwei Trommeln aus Da-
homey im Leipziger Mu5eum fr Volker-
kunde ('jahrb. d. Museums f. VO!kerk.'
Xl, p. 101 U.), 1953. M
1398. Gerson-Kiwi, Edith, The lranscription
of Orimtal Music ('Communities' Ill,
p. 11!1 U.), 1947/'41!, (A)~ 'Edoth' III,
p. 17 ff. (1947/'48). AK
1399.-- Wedding Dances and Songs oflhe
J ews of BokhAra (' J ournal ofthe Intem. 1414. - - RomAnces popuiArts de ExtremA
Folk Music Council' Il, p. 17 lf.), 1950.
ACJKL
1400. - - Migrali011S and Muta.tions of
Oriental Folk Inslrumenls ('joumal of
the lntem. Folk Music Council' IV, p.
16 U.), 1952. ACJKL
1401. - - Towurds an exact Transcriplion of
Tone-Relations ('Acta Musicologica'
XXV, p. So ff.), 1953 ACDEFGH'KLL 1
"1402. - - Jewis}, Folk Music ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' 5th ed., vol. IU, p. 304 lf.),
1954 ACFH 1K
0 1402a. - - Jdische Volksmusik ('Die Mu-
sik in Geschichte und Gcgenwart' VII,
col. 261 U.), 1958. ACDEFGH 1KL
1402b.-- Musicology in Israel ('Acta Mu-
sicologica' XXX, p. 17 ff.), 1958.
ACDEFGH'KLL'
1402c. - - The musicians of lhe Orient
('Edoth' I), Jerusalem, 1945 K 1421.-- Madrid en la tradicidn popular (in
1oto2d. - - Musique dans la Bible ('Diction-
naire de la Bible', Suppl. vol. V), Paris,
1957
1403. Gersonl, C., I canli popolari letloni
(Home, 1933).
1404. Gesemann, Gerhard, Ueber jugoslawi-
sche V olksmusik oder zur Wahrung des
kullurellen A nsehens uor der Well ('Sia-
wische Hundscha.u' 111, p. 5 lf.), 1931.
GK
1405. Gcijer, E. G., and A. A. Mzeliw;,
120
SvwskA folk-uisor frdn fornliden I-III
(Stockbohn, 181'1-'16).
14o. - - and - - Svcnska folkuisor, ny, bo-
tydligl tillokad upplaga ued R. Berg
slrm & L. Hoijer (Stockholm, J88o). K
1407. Geurtjens, Fa.ther H., Het leven en slro-
um der I >~lAnders op de Kei-lAnden
('s Hertogcnbosch, 1921), Chaptcr XI.
Spel en dAus {p. 6g ff.). AB
1408. Ghose, Loknath, 1'he music and musicAl
nutation oj variou.s natimu (Calcutta.
1874). K
1409 Gibling, R. Styl<, Notes on lhe La.tin
American t~ational danees CAfrica.n
Music Society Newslettcr' I, No. 4, p.
31 ff.), 1951. ACJM
d)1 ments of the Shang ('J. of the R.
Asiatic Soc., North-China Branch'
LXVIII, p. 8 U.), Shanghai 1937. KLI
Tchud ('Revue musicale' IX, p. 97 U.),
1927). CDFGHKL
1.p2. Gigliolo, Enrico H., LA kpweu,lromba de
guerrA delle A mazzoni del Dahomii
('Archivio per I'Antropologia e la
Ethuologia' XXVI, p. 106 ff.), Floren-
ce, 1~96. Ll
1413. Gil Garcia, Bonifacio. Cancionero popu-
. lar de E:.tremadurA (1 (1931); U (Bada-
joz, 1956).
dur,. (Badajoz, 194'1)
1415.-- Folklore musical extremeo. Prin-
cipales rasgos de su origen y riquiza
lon..Z ('Revista del Centro de Estudios
Extremeos' IX), 1935.
1416. - - Folklore musical Extremeo. La
cancion extremea en el folklore espanol.
Comparaciones textuales e influe,ncias
reciprocas (ibid. X). 1936.
1417. --Folklore extremeo. Ex/remadura y
la posible ''regionalizacin" ele .su m.sica
popular. LA tradicidn en la cancidn
extremea y suevolucidn (ibid. XI), 1937.
1418. - - E l cantu de reiAcidn en el folklore
infu>~lil de Extremadura (ibid. XVI),
'9P
1419. --Cancionero infantil universAl (in
preparation).
1420. - - Folklore i>~/at~til (in preparation).
preparation).
1422. --Mosaico folklorico de Extremadura
('Estudios musicales' I, No. 3, p. 197
ff.). 1950.
1423. Gilbert, Dorothy R., The lukumbi, a six
ton,d slit drum oflhe BateteiA ('Africa.n
Music' I, No. 2, p. 21 U.), 1955.
ACJLM
1'124. Gilbcrt, Hcnry F., Folk-music in A rl
mu.sic, a discussio,., anda lheory ('The Mu-
sical Quarterly' 111, p. 577 ff.). 1912. e
 1425. Gilbert, Will G., En en ander over
mgroide muziek vaft Suriname (Meded.
van het Kon. Inst. voor de Tropen No.
LV), Amsterdam, 1940. ABCFGHLM
1426.-- Gewijde lrommen op Haiti en in
SuriJil.tme ('N. Rotterdamscbc Crt.'
31th Dec. 1939).
1427.-- AulhetJiieke Negro-Spirituo.ls
('Studicn' LXXII), 1940. AC
1428. - - Negerm!UUk uil de Nederlandsche
Wesl ('N. Rotterdamscbc Crt.' 1oth
Febr. 1940).
1429. - - O>Jderzoek ftaar hel ontsi41Jn van de
"nhemitonische penlatonische loonll'dder
in verband mel de spraakmelodie ('De
Wereld der Muziek' VIII, No. 9, p. 277
ff.), Juni 1942. ACDEFGH
1430. - - Muziek uil Oost en Wesl (The
Hague, 1942). ACFI
1432.-- Negerrhylhmeft (ibid. IX, p. 131
ff.), jan. 1943. ADEFGH
1433. --De cultuurhistorische beleekenis van
de marimba ('De wereld der muziek' IX,
p. 3H ff.), 1913 ACDEFGH
1134 - - Rumbamuziek (Thc Hague, 1945).
AC
1435. - - Inleiding lol de builen-Europese
muziel< (The Hague, 1950). ACFH
1436. - - Z1<id-zuidoosl van Marakesch
('Luister' No. H p. 219), Amersfoort,
15th May 1956. A sian Music ('New Asiatic Miacellany'
1437 - - Langs de oude Baravaanwegen van
Marco Polo (ibid. No. 48, blz. 306 vv.),
Sept. 1956. A gore, 'Hindu music from va.rious
1437a. GiUc, A., L'Umuganuro ou fte du
sorgho en Urundi ('Bull. Jurid. indig.'
XIV, No. 11, p. 368 ff.), 1946. M 1453a. Goddard, P. E., A graphic method of
1438. Gilman, B. J., Zuili Me/odies ('Journal
of Arner. Archaeol. and Ethnol.' I),
~~ 89 I.O~.s~~. psychologico.l aspecls ofthi:
Chine~.&.. Musical syslem ('Philosophical
....,-.
:Review' I), reprinted with notes in
. 1H92.
1440.-- Hopi Songs ('Joumal of Amer.
Archaeol. and Ethnol.' V), 1908.
1441. - - The Science of Exotic Music
('Science' N.S. XXX), 1909. L1
1442. Gil-Marchex, Hcnri, La musique au
]apon ('Revue musicale' Xll, No. 120),
Nov. 1931. CD1GKL
1443. Giorgetti, Filiberto, Note di musica
Z ande (cot~ tran.scrizioni musicali di
uccelli, tamburi, xilofoni e canti Zande),
Verona, 1951.
1443a. - - Musica e lamburi fra gli Azand
('Nigrizia' LXX, p. 15 ff.), 1951.
1443b. - - Musica e tamburi fra gli Azande.
Hanno la musica nel .sangue ('Africana
11, p. 12 ff.), 1955.
1443c. - - African music (wit}, speoiul refer
e>ICe lo tJe Zat1de tribe) ('SudiUl Notes 1t
Records' XXXIII, p. 210 ff.), 1952. M
11H Girud, Rafael, Ein Mythos aus Gwal
mala ber den Urspr~mg dcr Ka/ebassen
rassel (' Paideurna' Vl, Hdt 4, p. >35
ff.), Nov. 1956. B
1445 Gironcourt, Gcorgeli de, La Glographie
musicale (Nancy, 1932). Al
1446. - - Recherche de giographie musicale
dans /e Sud tomlsien ('La Gographie' 1,
No. 2, p. 65 fl.), 1939 CDIGKL'
IH7 - - Motifsde chant C~>mbodgiens ('l:lull.
de la Soc. des Etudes Indochinoiscs',
N.S. XVI no. 1), 1941. ABL1
I-1of8. - - Recherches de Giographie mo.sico.le
"' lndochine (ibid. XVII no. 4), 1942.
ABCL'
1449 - - Recherches de Gographie musicale
au Cambodge el java (ibid. XIX no. 3),
1944 ABCLI
1450. - - Enqule de go:raphie musicule
aux tles Murquises el aux Samoa ('Bull.
de la Soc. des etudes ocaniennes' IX,
No. 106, p. 212 ff.), Papeete, 1951
1451. - - Enqute de glographie mus cale aux
tles Sows-le-Venl. Epei de Mawpiti.
Patio d Tah41J. (ibid. IX, No. ro, p.
231 ff.), Papeete, 1954
1451a. Giurchcscu, A., Jocurile din Vrancea
('Revista de Folclor' 11, No. 4 p. 55
ff.). Ducarcst, 1957 A
145 GladwiA, Franccs, An Essay on Per-
I, p. 261 ff.), 1789.
1453 - - Sungeel (in Suriodro Mohun Ta-
authors', p. 199 ff.), Calcutta, r882.
CFlKL
recording songs (' Antbropological l'a
pers' p. 137 ff.), 19 ..
1454 Goeie, C. H. de, De Wiri-wiri, een
rnt~.tiekinstr'Ument van Curufao ('West
Indische Gids' XXIX, p. 15 ff.). 1948.
ABD'G
1455 - - Verwanten van de CwrafaoSe Wiri-
wiri (ibid. XXXI, p. 180 ff.), 1950.
ABD1G
1156. Goethem, L. van, Loko/e of Tam-Tam
bij de Nkundo-negers ('Congo' 1927.
p. 711 ff.), Brussels. D1GKL'L
1457 Goetz, L. K., Volkslied und Volksleben
der Kroaten und Serben (2 vols.) (Hd-
delberg, 1937). L
1457a. Gojkovic, Andrijana, The main charac
leristics of folk-music in Yugoslavia
M ('Tbe Folklorist' IV, No. 3, p. 79 ff.,
No. 4 p. 114 ff.), 1957 A
M 1457b. - - Characteristic folk insJrumenls of
Yugoslavia ('ibid. IV, No. 5. p. 139 fl.)
(to be continued), Spring 1958. ~
M 1458. GoldsteiA, Waltcr, The ,.aturul harmo"'c
und r/Jythmi& unse of th11 Ne,;ru (' Proc.
uf lhc Mu1:1ic T~achcr'li National Aw-
sociation' 1917, p. 29 ff.).
121
1459. Goloubew, Victor, Les tambours magi-
ques e>t Mongulie ('Bull. de l':;cole
Fran~aise de l'Extrme Orient' XXIII,
p. 407 ff.), 1923. BK
1460. - - Reporl on tlu maki>tg and dilfusion
of metalli& drums lhrough To>tkitag 1111d
Norther11 Annam ('Proc. of the 4th
Pacific Science Congress, Java, 1929').
1461. --Sur l'origine eJ la dilfusion des
lambours mtalliques ('Pre-historie&
Asiac Orientalis' 1, p. 137 ff.), 1932. G
1462. --L'ar&loiologie du Tonkin el les
fouilles de Dcmg-So'n (Hanoi, 1937).
1463. - - L e tambour mtallique de Hoang-
Ha ('Bull. de :;cole Fran~aise de 14 78a. Gosvami, O., T he slory of 1 ndian musi&
l'Extrme Orient' XL, p. 383 ff.), 1941.
BK
1464. Gombosi, Otto, Tonarten und Stim-
mungen der antiktJs Musik (Copen-
hagen, 1939). e 1/u Wolof, Mandit~gu, Ewe, Yoruba, and
1465. - - The melody of Pindar's 'Golden
Lyre' ('The Musical Quarterly' XXVI,
p. 381 ff.). 1940. CDHI
1466. - - Studien zur To>tarlenlehre des fr-
hen Millelallers ('Acta Musicologica' X,
p. 149 ff., XI, p. 28 ff. and 128 ff., XII,
p. 21 ff. and 29 ff.), 1938/'40. CDEKLLI
1467.-- Musi& in an&ie>tl Crele and Myu-
nae ('l:lull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.'
VI, p. 25 ff.). 1942.
1468.-- NewLight on An&ie>tl Greek Musit:
('Papers lntern. Congr. of Musicol.,
New York 1939', p. 168 ff.), Ncw
York, 1944. AC
1469. - - Key, Mode, Species ('Kongressber.
der Intern. Ges. f. Musikwiss., l:lasel,
1949', p. 133 ff.), Base! 1950) ('journal
of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' IV, p. 20
ff.). 1951. ACFKL
1469a. Gomes. A., Notas solw~ a nav.sica indJ-
gena da Gui>tJ ('l:loletin Cultural Guin
Port.' V, No. 19, p. ofll ff.), 1950. M von Zeremonialfliiten von der Nordks/e
I.of.70. Gomes, Edwin H., Seventem years
among ll~t Sea Dyaks of Borneo (London,
19Il), Chapter XVIII, p. 225 ff.: Song
and musi&. J logischer Forsclsut~g (' Anzeiger der phil.-
1471. Gonzales Bravo, A., Kenas, pi>tcollos )1
larkas ('Estudios Latino-americanos'
III. p. 25 ff.), LaPa., 1937
1472. --Trompeta, flaulo traversa, tambor
y &haratago ('Bol. Latino-Americano'
IV). Bogot, 1938.
1472a. Good, A. l., Drum lalk is 1/u 'A/ri<an's
wireless' ('Natural History' L, p. 6g ff.),
1942
1473. Goodwin, A. J. H., Ro&k go11gs, &hules,
painlings and fertility ('The South
African Archaeological Bulletin' VII,
No. 45. p. 37 ff.), Capetown, March
1957 . . B 1491. - - Reprasentant der verglei&henden
1474. Goodrich, L. C., Tlu Chinese slung and
weslern musi-'al inslruments ('China Ma-
gaziu' ~yn. p. 10 ff.), New York, 1941.
122
14 75 Goossens. Han. De dra.ailier. eetJ ver-
gel en instrument ('t Getouw' XIV, No.
5. p. 1> ff.), 1957
1476. Gosh, joao Prakash, lndian or&hestra
wilh a referen&e lo A 11 1 ndia Radio
('jhankar music circle 1953 souvenir'),
Calcutta, 1953.
1477 Goswami, G. N., An epo&h in &lassi&al
musi& ('Silver jubilee souvenir of the
Marris Collcge of Hindustbani music,
Lucknow, Nov. 1952'), Lucknow, 1953
1478. Goswami, Kanai La!, Music a>td so&iety
('J hankar music circle 195'1 souvenir'),
Cakutta, 1954.
(l:lombay, 1958). AB
1478b. Gover, Charles, Badaga songs ('Orient
Review' XL, p. 19 ff.), Aug. 1956.
14 79 Goveroor of Lagos, On the melodies of
Ha usa people of W esl A frica ('J. of the
Maochester Geographical Soc.' V, Nos.
7-<,l). Mareh 1890.
,,.so. Gra~a. Fernando do Lopez, PDf'IU-
guese Folk Musi& ('Grove's Dictiooary'
5th ed. vol. lll, p. 339 ff.), 1954
ACFH'K
1481. Grace, C. W., Songs and poems from
Aotearoa (Wellington, 1924).
1482. Gradcnwil2, Peter, The Musi& of
1 sruel; its Rise and Grow/h through 5000
yeurs (New York, 1949). CL
1483. Graebner, F., Holztrommeln des Ramu-
Distrikles au/ Neu-Guinea ('Globus'
LXXXIV, p. 299 ff.), 1902. D 1L 0 M
1484. Graf, Walter, Das estnische Volkslied
(Vienna, 1933).
1485. - - Ueber den deu/S&hen Einfluss auf
den estt~ischen Volksgesang (diss.), Vien-
na, 1933
1486. - - Zur Spielte&hnik und Spielweise
Neuguineas ('Archiv f. Vlllkerk.' 11, p.
87 ff.). 1947 AGKL 1 L 2
1487.-- E in dedukliver Ansalz musikethtao-
hist. Klasse d. Oesterr. Akad. d. Wis-
senschaften' 1948, No. 46, p. 2 l l ff.).
AK
1488. --Die musikwissenS&haftli&hen Phono-
gramme Rudolf Pii&hs von der Nordkste
Neuguineas (Vienna, i950). AC
1489. - - Esige Bemerkungen zur S&hlitz-
/rommei-Vers/ndigung in Neu-Guinea
('Anthropos' XL, p. 81:>1 ff.), 1950.
ABD'GHJKVLM
1490. --Zur lt~dividualforschung in der
Musik-Ethnologie ('Kultur und Spra-
che', Festschrift, p. 218 ff.). 1952. AB
MusikwissenS&h.,/1 (in: Robert Lach,
Persnlichkeit und Werk, zum So. Ge-
burtstag, p. 13 ff.), Vieona, 1954 A
1492. - - Oeste"ekhs Anteil an der musik-
ethwlugischen Forschu"g ('Wiener vOl-
korkundige Mitteilungen' ll, No. 2,
p. 2oo 11.), 1954 AGL 1
1493.-- Siud palaoadhrctpologisc/u: Hin-
weis~ seitens der M usikwissenscha/1
mglicM ('Mitteilungen d. Anthrop.
Gcs. in Wicn' LXXXIII, p. 205 11.),
1954 AD 1GHV
1494.-- Musikethnologie und Quellenkritik
('Die Wiencr Schule der Volkerkunde,
Festschrift zum 25ja.hrigen Bestand
1929-1954 ', p. 111 11.).
1495.-- Die Tanzschrift als wissenschaft-
liches Hilfsmittel ('Mitteil. d. Anthrop.
Gcs. in Wicn' LXXXIV/LXXXV, p.
83 ff.). Vienna, 1955. AD'GHLS
1496. - - Musikethnologische Notizen zum
Orpheus von Enns-Lorch (' Anthropos'
Ll, p. 735 ff.), Fribour, 1956.
ABD'GHJKLLM
1497. Gratr, Ragnwald, Music of Norwegian
Lapland (']oumal ol the Intem. Folk
Music Council' VI, p. 29 11.), 1954
ACJKL
1498. Gro.bam, David Crockett, Songs and
sturies uf tl~e Ch'uan Miao ("Smithso-
nian miscclla.neous collections'. vol. 123
No. 1), Washington, 1954
1499. Graham, W. A., Siam (London, 1924),
p. 195 11.: Music, dancing '"ul the
drama.
1500. Grainger, Percy, The impress of person-
ality l uttwrtlen music ("The Musical
Quarterly' 1, p. 416 11.), 1915.
1501. Granet, Maree!, Fites e# ch"ansons
anciennes de la Chine (Paris, 1919); ~
Festiva/s and Songs of A ncienl China
(transl. by E. D. Edwards), New York,
1932.
1502. Granner, Erwin, Ein ajrikanische.s Mu-
sikinslrument ('Koswos' X, p. 26<j 11.),
Stuttart, 1913.
1503. Grant, John, Piobaireachd: its orign
and co11slruction (Edinburgh, 1915).
1504. Grasserie, R. de la, Rhylhmics of the
Awbian and Mussulmun nalions ('Ba-
bylonian and Oriental record' 1891, p.
253 lf.; ibid. 1892, p. 62 ff., 78 ff., IIO
11., and 133 fl.). GK
1505. Grattan, C. Hartlcy, The A ustralian
b"shsongs ('The Musical Quarterly' XV,
p. 426 11.. 1929.
Grattan Flood, William H., see: Flood,
William H. Grattan.
1506. Gray, H. St. George, A 111aori jlageo-
lel ('Man' IV), 1904. BDGKL2M
1507. Grbcrt, M. F., L'Arl musical chez les
Fa,g du Gubon ('Archives suisses d'An-
thropoloie gnrale' V, p. 75 11.), Ge-
neva, 19"8.
1508.-- A u Gabon (Paris, Soc. des Mis-
sions Evang~liques' 1922), p. 69 11.
1509 Green, G. P., Some aspeas of ChiN"'
music (London, 1913). l
1509a. Greenlea!, Elizabelh, and Gro.ce Y.
Mansfteld, Ballads ""d Sea Song of
Newfoundlaul (Cambridge, Mass.,
1933).
1510. Greenway, John, American folk so,.gs of
prolesl (Philadclphiaand Loudon, 1953).
1511. Greig, Go.vin, Las/ Leaues of Tradilio11al
Ballads and Bullad Airs (Aberdeen,
1925)
15n. Grenet, Emilio, Popular Cuban music
A (Habana, 1939).
1513. Greni, Liv, Ueber Vokallradilion in nor-
wegischer Volksmusih ('Les Colloques
de Wgimont' l, p. 154 lf.), Brussels,
1956. ACL
1514. Gressmann, H., Musik und Musikin-
slrunumle im Alle,. Teslanenl ('Reli-
gionsgeschichtliche Versuche und Vor-
arbeiten' Il), Giessen, 1903. ClK
1515. Greyerz, O. von, D"' Volkslied der
deuls~hen Schwiz (FrauenleldJLeipzi,
1927).
1516. Griaule, Mo.rcel, Symbolisme des lam-
bours soudan..is ('Mlanes d'histoire
et d'esthctique muicales, offcrts a
Paul-Marie Masson', p. 79 11.), Pari;;,
F 1955 FM
1517.-- and G. Dieterlen, LA harpe-lulh
des Dogon (' J ournal de la Soc. des Afri-
J canistes' XX, p. 222), 1950. GL 2M
1518. - - Nouvelles remarques sur la harpe-
lulh des Dogon ('J. de la Soc. des Alri-
canistes' XXIV, p. 119 11.), 1954 GLM
1520. Griffith, Charles E., Folh Music in
lhe Philippines ('Music Supervisors'
Journal' X, p. 2611. and 62 11.), 1924.
1521. Griffith, john, The Aianla cavepainli11gs
(']. o{ Indian Art and Industry' Vlii,
No. 61), London, Jan. 1898. C
1522. Grillilh, W. J., On lhe appreciulion of
African music ('Nigerian Field' XVI, p.
88 11.), 1951. M
1523. Grigson, W. V., The Muria Gonds uf
Bastar (London, 1938), p. 181 ff.: Muso-
cal inslrunc,Jts. J
1524. Grimo.ud, Yvctte, and Gilbert Rougct,
Notes on the Music of lhe Bushmen
compared lo lhal oflhe Babinga pygmies
(issued as L.P. record L.D. 9 by the
Peabody l\Iuseum, Harvard Univ.,
e Cambridge (.Mass.) and by the_ Muse
de I'Homme, Dept.oiEtlmomusJcology,
Paris). A
1525. Groeger, H., Die MusikinstrurneuU .,.,.
Kull der Afrihaner (Vienna, 1<.6).
15:z6. Grolimund, S., Volkslieder uus de m Kan-
Ion Sololurn (&sel, 1910). L
15:z7. - - Volkslieder aus dom Kanlon Aar-
11 gau (Basel, 191I).
1528. Gronema.n, J., De gamelan le Jocfuku,./a
(1890). ACHIJ
123
1529. - - I n den /edant le jogjakarla
(uidcn, 1 888). BC
1530. --De garebeg's le Ngajogyakarta
(TheHague, 1895). AB
1531. Groot, J. J. M. de, De an.liehe /etellrom-
men in den Oosl-lndiscltm archipel en
op hel vasleland van Zuidoost-Aeii
('Versl. en Meded. der Kon. Akad. v.
Wetensch., afd. Letterk.', 4de reeks, 2de
dl., p. 330 ff.), 1898. D 1GH
1532.-- UniversismUJi. Di Gt-tmdlage der
Relcion vnd Ethilt, des SlaatsweSins
und der Wissenschaflen Chinas (Berlin,
1918), pp. B ff., 154 ff.. 165, ICJ, 179,
240, 343
1532a. Grootaert, J. E. A., Pen5es auloNr
d'rm tam-tam 'lokombe' (Muleto/a)
'(13rousse', 1946, Nos. 3-4, p. 20 1!.). M
J 53 3. GrosUer. George, Reilaerches sur les
Cambodgiens (Pars, 1921), p. 125 11. A
15H Grosset, Joanny, Contribution a l'tude
de la musique hindoue ('BibliotMque de
la Fac. des Lettres de Lyon' VI), 1888.
1535 --lnde. Hisloire de/a ml'siql'e depuis
/'origine ju5qu'a tlus jours (1907) (in La-
vi;nac, 'Hi:<t. de !u Mus.', I, p. 257 11.),
1922. . ACDEFHJ
1536. Grottanelli, Vinigl L., Asiatic influ-
ences on Somali culture ('Ethnos' XII,
p. 153 U. (espec. sub VI, p. 172 ff.)),
lll. N.N., Reflecticms of a nnssoonary
(' African Music Society Newsletter' I,
No. 2, p. 9 ff.), 1949. ACM
1548. Guenther, E., Die schlesische Volkslied-
forschung (Breslau).
1549 Guerrero, Ral G., La msica zapoteca
('Neza' IV, No. 1), Mexico, 1939
1550.-- Msica de Chiapas ('Revista de
Estudio musicales' I, No. 2, p. 129 ff.),
Mendoza (Arg.), Dec, 1949 A
1550a. - - Cousideraciunes sobre la msica
tarasca ('Bol. Latino-Americano' V, p.
477 ff.), Montevideo, 1941. AGL
1551. Gugitz, Gustav, Lieder der Strasse. Die
Buk<lsnger im josephinischen Wien
(Vicnna, 1954).
1551a. Guiart, Jean, Notes sur les tambours
d' A 111brym (']. de la Soc. des Ocanistes'
XII, p. 334 ff.), 1956. BGL1
1552. Guillemin, M., and J. Duchesne, Sur
l' origine asiatique de. la cithare grecque
('L' Antiquit Classique' IV), 1935. D 1HK
1553 Guillemin, L., Le tambour d'appel des
Ew011d ('Etudes Camerounaires' I),
1948. G
1554 Gulik, R. H. van, On three antiqu lutes
('Transactions of tbe Asiatic Soc. of
japan' XVII, p. 153 !f.), Dec. 1938.
CGKL0
0 1555 - - The Lore of /he Chinese Lute

1947. AGL 2M (Tokyo, 1940). A

1537. Groven, Eivind, Natur5kalaen (Skien,
1927)
1538.-- Eskimome/odier fra A/a5ha. Stu-
dier over lonuyslemer og rytmer (Oslo ?).
Stencilled.
1539. Gruener Nielsen, H., V ore aeldsle folhe-
danse, langdaru og polskdafll (Copen-
hagen, 1917).
1540. - - Folhelig Val (Copenhagen, 1920).
1541. - - Nyit~dsamling af faerssk fo/ke-
musik ('Musikhistorisk Arkiv' 1932, p.
137 ff.)
"1542. - - Folkemulih i Danmark ('Nordisk
Kultur. Musikk och Musikkinstrumcn-
ter', p. 81 ff.), 1934 AK
1543 - - Faersshe Folkemelodier (ibid., p.
152 ff.), 1934 AK
1544.-- De faersske Kvadmelodiers Tona-
lite/ i M iddelalderen (Copenhagen,
1945) (with an English summary).
1545. Grundtvig, Svend, Axel Olrik and H.
Grner-Nielsen, Danmarhs gatnle Folke-
viser (1853-1923).
1546. Gudenian, Haig, The cal/ ofllu ancient
East. A few suggestions fur the Nnder-
5/anding of it throl'gh pure oriental
music (und., 1930 ?).
1547 Guebels, L., African Music and the
Chrtian outlook: l. R. P. Peeters, P.B.,
N ative M usic and /he Caiholic religion;
11. 1dohou, 1 ndigenous and 5acred music
1556.-- Hsi K'ang and hil poetical E5Say
1 on l11e Lute (Tokyo, 1941). A
1551 - - Brief Note on the Cheng,the Chinese
Sma/1 Cither ('Jo urna! o! the Soc. for
Research in Asiat. Mus.' No. 9. p. 10
ff.). 1951. A
1558. - - The Lore of lhe Chinese Lute.
K Adde,.da el Corrigenda (Tokyo, 1951). A
1559. Gulliver, Pamela, Dancing clubs of the
K Nyasa ('TanganyikaNotes and Records'
XLI, p. 58 ff.), Dec. 1955. M
1560. Gurvin, Olav, Pholography as an aid in
K follm&usic research ('Norveg' Ill), 1955
AK
156oa. - - ass. by Eivind Groven, Truls
"'rpen and Arne Bjomdal, Norwegian
Folk Music. Harding fiddle music (6
vals. of which the 1st. will appear in
autumn 1958) (Norvegian and English
text), Univ. Press, Oslo. A
K 1561. Gustaver, B., On a peculiar type of
whisUe found in ancient A mericaH
h1dian graves ('American Anthropolo-
K gist' XXIII, p. 307 fl.), 1923. GJL 2
1562. Gwynn Williams, W. S., Wellh National
Music and Dance (London, 1952).
1562a. Gyai, F., Ueber i11dische Musikauffas-
1 sung ('Schweitzerische Musikzeitung'
1924. p. 341 ff.).
1563. Gysi, Friu, Herkunfl und Verbreitung
des Alphorns ('Heimatleben' XXVIII,
No. 2), 1955.

124
1564. Haase, R., M wsill wnd A slrologie
("Musica' XII), 1951. C grubacin de canciones folalricas ('Bol.
1565. Habig, J. M., La vakur du ryt/une dans
la musique bantoue ('Probleme. d'Afri-
que Centralc' No. 26, p. 278 ff.), 1954
AGJKM
1565a. --Le rylh.me dans la vu indigtne
('Bull. de l'Union des Femmes colonia-
les' XVlll, No. 199. p. 6 ff.), 1917. M
1566. Haddon, A. C., Sound-producing /nstru-
ments (' Rcports of the Cambridge
Antbropol. Exped. to Torres Straits'
IV (Arts and Crafts), p. 270 f!.), 1912. B
1567. - - Scmgs (ibid., p. 2!14 ff.), 1912. B
rs68. --Notes on Wooden Trumpets in New
Guinea ( Man' XVU, p. 77 f!., No. 56),
1917. BD'GKL'M
159 Haden, R. Allen, Danu .Mwsic of tiae
Temiar ('Asia Magazine' XXXIX, p.
II4 ff.), 1939
1570. Hadti Manov, Vasil, Makedcmsili na-
rodni pesni vals. I-IV (Skopje, 1956).
1571. Hagen, Karl, Ueber die Mwsik einiger
Natwrvlker (Auslralier, Melanesier, Po-
ly>~esier) (Diss.), Hamburg, 1892. Ll
1572. Ha;ue, Eleanor, Eskimu sones ('J. of
Aruer. Folklore' XXVUI, p. 9b tf.),
1915. GK
1573 --Latin American Folk music (in
Thompson, 'The intern. Cyclopedia of
music and musicians' (1939), p. 575 f!. C
1574 --Latin American mwsic, past and
presenl (Santa Ana, Cal., 1934).
1515 - - Music in "ncient Arabia and
Spain, beinc 'La Musica de 1<'5 Can-
tigas' by Julian Ribera, transl. and
abridged by - - and Marion Leffing-
well (Stanford Univ. Press, Cal., 1929).
(C!. No. 3408). D (Bern, 1957). p. 385 ff.
1575a. Hahn, Kurt, Verzeicilnis der wissen-
sc}ajtlichen Arbeiten von Cwrt Sacios
('Acta Musicologica' XXIX, p. 105 ff.),
1957. ACDEH'KLL'
1576. Hajek, L., Das Phonogramm-Archiv der
Akademie der Wissenschajten ('Z. f.
vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 15 ff.), 1933 ACK
1577. Halde, jean Baptiste du, Description
... de l'Empire de/aChine . .. (5 vals.),
Paris, 1735. Vol. lll, p. 264 !f., vol. V
(musical examples).
1577a. Halim, A., Music and musicians of
Sha/1 jahan's court ('lslamic Culture'
XIX No. 4), Haiderabad, Oct. 1945
1578. Hall, Henry Usher, A drutn Jrom Benin
('Mus. Journ. Philadelphia' XIX, p. 130
ff.), 1928. JL
1579. Hall, Jody, and Bruno Ncttl, Musicul
style of lhe Modoc ('Southwestern
Jo urna! of Antbro.ology' XL, p. 58
ff.), 1955. D'GLI
15So. Hall, Leland, Whal price harmonyJ
('Atlantic MontWy' CVLIV, p. 511 ff.),
Oct. 1929.
125
158oa. Halpert, Herbert, La licnicu para 111
Latino-Americano de MU.Sica' V, p.
177 ff.). 1941. A.
1581. Halski, Cuslaw R., Polisla FoJA Mwsic
('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III,
p. 326 ff.), 195-f ' ACFHK
1581a. Hambruch, PaUI, Ueber Trommel-
sprache (in: TbileniusJMeinhofJHeinitz,
'Die Trommelsprache') ('Vox' XXVI).
1916. G
1582. Hamilton, l., Lstening jor the drums
(London, Faber /le Faber, 1944).
1583. Hammerich, Angul, Studun ber is-
Jandisc/.e Musik ('Sammelb. d. intern.
Musikge..' l, p. 333 tf.), 1899-1900.
CDFH 1L
1584. --Les lwrs de l'dge de bronze "'"
muse national de Copenilagwe (' Mc-
moires de la Soc. Royal des Anti-
qua..irs du Nord' N.S., 1892), p. 137 ff. C
1585.-- Studieroverislandisk Musik ('Aar-
ooger for nordisk Oldkyndighed og
Historie' 1899, p. 1 tf.).
1586. Handschin, jacquc:5, Menn)lisg es
mi11ds: " zenben (Quantit 1 qualit
dans la mwsique) (in 'Mo!langes olferts a
Zoltan Kodaly a l'occasion de son
6oieme anniversaire', p. 55 ff.), Buda-
pest, 1943 ACK
1587. --Jndische Musik ('Neue Zrcher Z.'
No. 20-40), 1932; reprinted in 'Gedenk-
scbrift Jacques Handschin' (Bern,
1957). p. 306 ff. AD
1588. - - Ericlo M. 11on Hornbostel ('Neue
Zrcher Z.' No. 2209), 1936; reprinted
in 'Gedenkschrift J acques Handschin'
AD
1589.-- Musikgeschichte (Bil:lel, 19-.8). A
1590. - - Der Toncharacter (Zurich, 19.8). A
1591.--La musique e;rotiqwe (in 'Musica
Aeterna', vol. l, French ed., p. 129 !!.),
1948. A
1592.-- Review o! Kathleen Schlesinger,
'The Greek Aulas' ('Acta Musicologic'
XX, p. bo ff.), 19_.8. ACEFH 1KLL 1
1593. - - Review of J. Kunst, 'Music in
Java' ('Acta Musicologica' XXII, p.
156 ff.), 1951. ACDEFHKLL'
1594 --La JUusique paysauue ru~se
('Schwdzerische Musikzeitung' XCII,
p. 289 ff.). 1952. CL
1595 Handy, E. S. Cra..ighill, The nat1ve
culture in the M arques as ('Bull. Bero1ce
P. Bisbop Museum' IX, p. 31011.:
Musical imtruments), Honolulu, 1913. J
1596. Handy, E. S. Craighill, and J. L. Winnc,
M usic in the M arques as 1si~ 01ds ( l.kr.
P. Bishop Nus. Bull. XVII). Honolulu,
1925. AGK
1597. Hannagan, M., and S. Ciandillon, So01;s
oJ the Iris/o Gaels wilh 11.. mwnc and
 English melrical lrtnu/ati011. 3 vols.
(London, 1927).
1598 .Harilp, Louis, 50ft1Jl H ellenic 1deas o"
Music and Characlor ('Musicil Quarter-
ly' XXIV, p. 153 ff.), 1938. CD
1598a. Haraszti, Emile, La questio" Tziga>~e
Ho>~groise au poi"l de vue de l'histoire
de la musiqt.e (' Kongressbericht Lne-
burg 1950', p. 140 ff.). ACDEFKL
1599 Harcourt, Raoul D', La musique i>~
dieJme clu:z les a11ciens &ivili.ss d' A mJ,.
rique. l. Les instrume~tls de musique des
Mezicains el des Pruvi.,.s. (1920) (inLa-
vignac, 'Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3337 ff.),
1922. ACDEFHJ
16oo. - - (with the collab. of Mrs. Margbe-
rite d'Harcourt) La musue des Incas
el ses survivances (Pars, 1925). CIK
1601. Harcourt, Raoul, and Margberite d', La
fabricatio" de cerlains grelols mtalliques
chez les Yu,.ka ('Atti del XXII con-
gresso interu. degli Americanisti' 1),
Rome, 1928.
16oz. - - and - - Chanls populairos du P-
rou ('Revue musicale' VI, No. 7), 1st
May 1925. CDlGHKL
1603. --L'ocarina d tit~q sons dans I'Amt-
rique prhispanique ('Joumal de la Soc.
des Amricanistes' XXIII, p. 189 ff.),
1931. GLZ
1604. - - Sifllets el ocarinas du Nicaragua el
du Mezique ('J. de la Soc. des Amri-
canistes', Paris, 1941). GL
1605. --La musique en Amrique (in Du-
fourcq, 'La Musique, des origines 1< nos
jours', ed.-Larousse, p. of65 ff.), Paris,
1946. ACDEFHJK
16o6. --Les formes du lambour d membrane
dans /' ancien Prou ('J. de la Soc. des
Amricanistes' XLIII), 1951 BGL
160. - - and Margberite d', Chansot~s folk-
loriques Jranfaises au Canada. Lewr
langue musicale (Quebec, Presses uni-
versitaires de France, 1956). C 1623. Harbnann, M., .Arabisc.he Lieder aus
16oa. --La musique chez les Maya ('Bull.
de la Soc. Suisse des Amricanistes'
III, p. 1 ff.), Geneva, 1951.
1608. Hardiment, Melville, A master of/ndian
music ('Eastern World' X, No. 12, p.
38), Dec. 1956. B 1918).
1609. Hare, Maud Cuney, Negro musicians
and lheir music (Washington, 1936).
1610. - - Hislory and song in the Virgin
1 sl<mds ('Crisis' XL, p. 83 ff.), New
York, 1933
16Il. --Negro music in Porto Rico (in
'Negro Anthology' ed. by Nancy Cu-
nard, p. 400 ff.). Wishart, 1934
1612. Harich-Scbneider, Eta, ]apanische lm-
pressio>Je>l 1-III ('Musica' No. 3. p. 85
ff.. No. 4. p. 129 ff., No. 6, p. 205 ff.),
Kassel, 1949. CKLL 1
1613. - - A survey ofthe remains of Japa,.ese
126
Courl Music ('Ethnos' 1951, p. 105 ff.).
ABJLM
1614.-- Die Gagaku in der Musikabteilung
des japanisclien Kaiserhofes ('Kongress-
bcr. D.M.G., Lneburg 1950', p. 168
ff.), 1951. ACDEFKL
1615. - - Koromogae, one of the Saibara of
japauese Courl Music ('Monumenta
Nipponica' VIII, no. 1j2, p. 398 ff.),
Tokyo. 1952. AGL1L
1616.-- The present Condition of ]apanese
Courl Music ('J'he Musical Quarterly'
XXXIX No. 1, p. 49 ff.), 1953.
ACDFKLl
1617. - - The rlylhmical Pallerns in Gagaku
and Bugaku (Leyden, 1954). AC
1618. - - Tile earliest sources of Chinese
music and their surviual itr. Ja pan
('Monumenta Nipponica' XI, No. 2,
p. 85 ff.). 1955. AGLIL6
1618a. - - Ueber die Gilden blinder Musiker
i" ] a pan (' Kongressbericbt Ges. f.
Musiklorschung, Hamburg 1956', p.
107 ff.). CEL
1619. Harlez, C. de, Deu% lr'aitls de la mus-
que ('Giorn. de la Soc. Asiatica Ita-
liana' VI, p. 161 ff.). 1892. GH
1619a. Harper, F. J., Nigerian music ('Nige-
rian Field' XVII. p. 91 ff.), 1952. M
1620. Harrington, J. P., and Helen H. Ro-
berts, Picuris children 's stories with
lezls a>Jd songs (' Annual Report of the
Bur, of Amer. Ethnology' No. 43
(1925-'26), p. 289 ff.), Washington D.C.
1928. BHI
1621. Harris, P. G., Notes on Drum.s aJJd
Musical lnstruments seen in Sokoto
Province, Nigeria ('Journa! of the Royal
Anthropol. Inst. ol Gr. Britain a11d
lreland', 1932). BGIJKL 1L"M
1622. Haitmann, Arthur, The Czimbalom,
H ungarys nationaJ inslrumenl ('The
Musical Quarterly' II, p. 590 fl.), 1916.
Syrien (' Z. der De u tschen Mor gen!. Ges.'
1897, p. 177 11.). D'GHL
1624. Hasan Husni 'Abd Al-Wabhab, Le d-
tJeloppement de la musique arabe en
Orienl, Espagne el Tunisie (Tunis,
1625. Haslund-Christensen, H., On the lrail
of a>Jcient Mongol tunes ('Reports from
the scientific expedition to the Nortb-
western provinces of China under the
leadership of Dr. Sven Hedin. Pub!. 21
VIII. Ethnography. 4 The music ofthe
M ongols. Part l. Eastern M ongolia. AC
1626. Hasselt, A. L. van, Volksbeschrijving
van Midden-Sumatra (Leiden, 1882),
vol. III, Chapter IV, p. 99 fl. B
1627. Haupt, Leopold, and Johann Ernst
Schmaler, Volkslieder der SorbetJ in der
Ober- tmd Nieder-Lausitz (Anastatic
 reprint of the editiou of 1841), Berlin,
1953-
1628. Hausc, H. E .. Tnns for Musical lnslru-
mentsintJuSudanicLanguages ('SuppL 7
to the Joumal of tbe Amer. Oriental
Soc.', LXVIII, No. 1), Jan.fMarcb
1948. AD'GKL1
1629. Hawkeo, E. W., The dance festivals of
lhe Alaskan Eskimo ('Univ. of Pennsyl-
vania AnthropoL Public.' VI), Phila-
dclphia, 1914.
1630. Hawley, E. H., Distribwion oj the
nolched rattu ('American Anthropolo-
gist' XI, p. 344 ff.), 1898.
1631.-- An inverte double reed ('Amer.
Anthropol.' I, p. 587 ff.), 1899. GLI
0 1632. Haydon, Glcu, ImroducJion lo Musi-
cology (New York, 1941, 4/1950).
1632a. Hayes, Gcrald R., Note on IM crwth
('Y Cerddor', 2nd series, p. 417 ff.,
451 ff.), MarchfApril, 1931.
1633. Hayward, Richard, The story of the
lrish Jzarp (Londou, 1954).
1634- Haywood, Charles, A Bibliography
of N orO A menean Folldore and Folk-
so"g (New York, 1951).
1635. Hauu, G. A. J., Eine Metalltrommel aus
java ('lntern. Archiv f. Ethuogr.' XIX,
p. 82 ff.), 1910. BD1GKL
1636. Heekeren, H. R. van, BrtmZen kelel-
trommm ('Orientatie' No. 46, p. 615 ff.),
jan. 1954- AD1GH
1637- Heepe, M., Trommelsprache der ] aun!U
,. }( amerun (' Z. f. Eingeborenenspra-
chen' X, p. 43 ff.), 1920. GKL'
1638. Heerkens, A., J..1usiuU insti-unutds
(' Picture Encyclopedia' No. 20), Alk-
maar, und. (prob. 1956).
1639. Hcerkens, S. V. D., Fathu P., Lieder
dtr Florineseu. Sammluug I40 Flarine-
sischer Lieder und I2 Te:de Jl'~tit Ueber-
selzung aus dem Sprachgebiete der Lio-
neseu. SikatusetJ, Ngada's und .A.Jang-
garuier (Supplemeut to voL XLVI of
thc '1 n tern. Arch. of Ethnogr .'). Lcy-
dcu, 1\153- ABCDGHLL 2 M
1640. Hefuy, Mahmoud El, Jbn Si,.' as Musik-
l<hre (Ucrlio, 1931).
1641.-- Music i11 Egypt ('Egypt in 1945',
p. 218 fl.), Calcutta, 1946.
1641a. - - Acgyptische MwsiA von einsl bis
heule (Cairo, 1956).
1642. Heger, Fra.nz, Alte Metalltrommeln QUS
sdusi-A sim (Lcipzig, 1902).
1643. Hcilfurth, Gerhard, Das Borgmanns-
lit:d: Wesen, Leben, Fu'IJktion; ein Bei
Jrag zur Erhellung von Bestand und
W Cllldlu11g dor sozial-kwltwrellen Ele-
mente im A ufbau der industrielleJJ Ge-
scllschujt (KasselfBasel, Bli.renreiter
Vtrlag, 1954).
16-H. Heine-Geldern, Robert van, BedeutuHg
lmd }Jerkun/1 !Ur auesllll hwler-1nd1-
5Chen M .taJitrommells (Kesselgong<)
L ('Asia Majar' Vlll, fase. 3, p. 519 fl.j,
1932. DGL'
1645 - - Tambours ..,. Milal aw Cambodg
('Asia Majar' VUI, p. 519 ff.), 193J.
D 1GL
1646. - - Trommelsprache11 oh,.. Trommeln
('Anthropoo' xxv~u. p. 485). 1933.
AD 1GHKL1L 2M
I6-f7 - - Prehistoric reuarch in lhe Nether-
lands lndies ('Science and Scieotist.. in
the Netherlands Indies' New York,
1945, p. 129 ff.). p. 145 ff. A
I6-f8. - - Thl drum named Makalamal4
('India Antiqua', a vol. of oriental
studies preseoted to J. Ph. Vogel).
1947, p. 167 ff. A
A 1649- Heinitz, Wilhelm, Die Trommelsprach
it1 A/rilia und in der S.dsee (in collab.
with Prof. Thilenius and Prof. Meinhof)
('Vox' 1916, p. 179 ff.). G
1650. - - Jl,lusikinslrumente u11d Phono-
gramme de Ost-Mbam-Lands (in F.
und M. Thorbecke, 'lm Hochland von
Mittelkamerun' voL III), 1919. jl\1
1651. - - Veber die Musik der Somali ('Z. (.
Musikw.' ll, p. 257 ff.), 1920. CDH 1KL
1652. - - Transkripli011 zweier Lieder aws
Nii-Nubien ('Z. f. Musikw.' 11, p. 733
ff.), 1920. CDH 1KL
1653. - - Eit1e leJtikaliscJu Ordnutlg Jwr du
vorgleichende Belrachlung von Melodiu
('Archiv {. Musikwis.' lli, p. 247 ff.),
1921. CDFH'KLLI
1654--- Sechs Zigeunerlieder mil wder-
gelegle11 Te.ot.n ('Vox' 1921, p. 187 ff.).
G
1655- - - Ein Materialbeitrag zur Kemtnis
der arabischen Musik ('Z. f. Musikw.'
IV, p. 193 ff.), 1922. CDH'KI.
1656.-.- Musikalisch-dynamische Texlaus-
lese in jaerischen wnd faerOisch-daHi-
schen R<igentatlzen ('FesGchrilt-Pip-
ping', p. 160 ff.), Helsiog!ors, 1924. _ L
1657 - - Gramnaophonaujnahmen 1m D~JJ
sle der Musikwisseuschajt ('Z. l. l>lu-
sikw.' VI, p. 332 fl.), 1924. CDH 1KL
G 1658. - - Lieder aus Ost-N~unucllJ~ulJurg
('Z. f. 1\lusikw.' VII, p. 257 1~0 ~?1
159 - - Vergleich~ude Afu.sikwiuen.schajl
L ('Z. t. Musik' XCII). 1925._ L
J66o - - Musii< und Arbnl (Jbld.j, 19l5- L
J66J: - - SJalistik und Experinu.Jil bci ~~'
musika/i$cheu ltlelodsevergleacJumg ( Z.
f. Mu>ikw. 'VII, p. 221 11.), 1~~HKL
t66l. - - Vie' Liedn au.s OliNtw-ltlttdtleu-
burg ('Z. f. Musikwilio.' VIII, p. >.\7 11.),
1 926. _ _ CDH 1KL
163. - - Auulys~ ein~s. abu~1nu'~" Hur-
L fenJiedes (' Fcsuchnlt-hlcmhol, 1' 2UJ),
19>7
127
 1664.-- Ein Beilrag rum Problem der
TromrtUJlspraclu ('Vox' 1927, p. 29 ff.).
G 1919.
1665. - - Di vergleichende Jlfusikruissen-
schafl im Dienste der Vlkerkwnde ('Ber.
d. D~utschen Anthropol. Ges. ber
ihre 50. Vers. zu Hamburg'), 1928.
1666. - - Analyse eines Mende-Lie/Us ('Vox'
IX, p. 40 ff.). Hamburg, 1928. G 1686. Helfritz, Hans, /v[uziek en Muziekbe-
1667.-- Jnslrwmenlenkwnde (in Emst Bc-
ken, 'Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft'
vol. 11, p. 1 ff.), 1929. CDEFGHIJKLL 1
1668.-- Versuch einer .Analyse des Berliner
Notenpapyrus P. 6870 ('Z. f. Musikw.'
XI, p. 222 ff.), 1929. ACDEH 1KL
1669. - - Analytische Belrachlung ines mon-
golisclun Liedes ('Vox' XVII, p. 65 ff.),
1931.
1670.-- Eine Me/odieprobe von den Sara-
Kaba (ibid., p. 69 ff.), 1931.
1671.-- Strukturprob/eme in primitiver
Musik (Hamburg, 1931). AIJL1
1672. - - Die Erfassunc des swbiktiv-mol<>-
rischen Elemenls in der mwsikalischen
Produktion Primitiver ('Kongxessbex.
der Intem. Ges. f. Musikw., Ltich
1930', p. 148 ff.). 1931.
1674. --Organo/ogisclu Studie anden Vari-
anten eines Dronnint Dagmar-Liedes
('Acta Musicologica' Ill, p. 156 ff.),
1932. CDEKLL1
1675. - - Chirimia- und Tambdt--Phono-
gramme aus Nordwest-Guatmala ('Vox'
XIX, p. 4 ff.), 1933.
1676. --Die vergleichende Musikruissen-
schaft als 1 nslrumenl der Stil- und Ras-
senkwnde ('Forschungen und Fort-
schritte' XI No. 3, p. 30 ff.), 1935.
1677. - - Mwsikwissenschaftliclu Vergleiche
an vier ajrikanischen (Djarma Ewe- und
Y efe-) Ges/ltagen ('Vox' 1935. p. 23 ff.).
1678. - - Was kann die vergleiclut1de Mwsik-
wissenschafl zur lndogermanenfrage bei-
lragenf (' Festschrilt-Herman Hirt'
1935. p. 125 ff.).
1679. - - Neue Wege der Volksmusikjor-
s"'""C (Hamburg, 1937).
168o. - - Mwsikwissenschajt und Vlker-
kunde ('Mitteilungsblatt der Gesell-
schaft f. Vlkerkunde', No. 8, p. 43),
Hamburg, 1938.
1681. --Die Erjorschung rassisclur Merk-
male aus der Vo/ksmusik (Hansischer
Gildenverlag, Hamburg, 1938).
1682. --Zwm Problem der ajrikanischen
Trommelspracl.. ('Afrika-Rundschau'
VII, p. 142 ff.), 1941. M ACH1
I 68 3 - - Rassische M erkmale an ajrikani-
schem Musikgut ('Z. f. Rassenkunde'
XII, p. 9 ff.), 1941. GH
1684- - - Probleme der a/rikanisclun Trom-
melsprache ('Beitrage zur Kolonial-
forschung' IV, p. 69 ff.), 1943 D 1G
1685. Heintze, R., Ueber Batakmusik (in W.
Volz, 'Die BatakUI.nder', p. 373 ff.),
AB
1685a. Helff~r. Mireille, La mwsique classique
de /' 1 nde el un de ses plws grands inter-
prAies uctuels: Ravi Sharakar (' Arts
Asiatiques' IV, No. 4 p. 3" ff.), Paris,
IQn. B
uejmag in Arabie ('De Muziek' V, p.
145 ff.). 1931. ACDEFH
0 1686a. Hclgason, HaUgrimur, Jsland ('Die
Musik in Gescllicllte u. Gegenwart' VI,
col. 1438 ff.), 1957 ACDEFGHIKL
1687. Hemsi, A., La musique de la TOf'o.h
(Aiexandria, 1929).
1688. Hen, F. J. de, Tamlams in Belgiscil
Congo (Licentiaatsverhandeling, Uni-
versitair Inst. voor de Overzeese ge-
bieden), 1954-'55. CM
0 1689. Henderson, Isabel, Ancient Greek
Music ('The New Oxford History of
Music', 3rd ed., vol. l, p. 336 ff.), 1957
ABCDIFGH'JK
1690. Henriques-Urea, Pedro, Musica popu-
lar de Americo. ('Conferencias' 1), La
Plata. 1930.
1691. Herbig, Reinhard, Griechische Harfen
('Mitt. des Deutschen Archaologischen
Inst. Athenische Abt.' LIV, p. 16. ff.),
1929. GL1
1692. Hermano, Eduard, Schal/sicnalsprachen
in M-e/a,aesien und Ajrika ('Nachrichten
d. Akad. d. Wiss. in Gottingen' 1943).
AD1GHL1
Hemandez de Alba, Gregario, see Alba,
Gregorio Hernandez de.
1693. Herscher-Ciment, Mad. J., Chants
d'Abyssinie ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' 11, p.
51 11.), 1934 ACK
1694. --Notes musicologiqes. Chants indi-
ghaes de la Nouvelle Guine ('La Revue
Musicale' No. 173. p. 223). 1937
. DGKL
1695. - - Quelques mols ""la musique indi-
gtne '" Nouvel/e Guine ('L'Ethnogxa-
1 pllie' No. 35/ti, p. 51 fl.), 1938. D 1GK
1696. Herskovits, Melville J., El estudio de la
msica negra en el hemisferio occidental
('l:~ol. Latino-Americano de Msica' V),
Montevideo. 1941. AGL
1697. - - Dahomey (New York, 1938), p. 31g
ff.
1 1698. - - Drums and Drummers in Ajro-
Brazilian Cu/1-lije ('The Musical Quar-
terly' XXX, No. 4 p. 477 ff.), 1944
1699. - - Tambores y lamborileiros no culto
afrobrusileiro ('Bol. Latino-Americano
de Msica', VI, p. 99 ff.), Rio de
Janeiro, 1946. AEL
1700. - - Pallerns oj Negro mwsic (undated).
1701.-- and Richard A. Waterman, M u-
128
 sica de culto A froballiana ('Revista de
Estudios Musicales' l, No. 2, p. 65 ff.),
1949 (also in 'Bol. Latino-Americano
de Msica' VI, vol. U). AKL
1702. Her:oog, George, Tu Yuman musical
style ('Journa.l of AmericiLD .Folklore',
vol. 48), 1928. AGK
1703.-- Musical styl.s in Nortlo America
(' Proc. 23rd Intern. Congr. of America-
nists', New York 1928, p. 455 ff.), 1930.
A 172z. - - Mwicaltypology in folkso"l
1704. - - Transcription of two Kiu melo-
dies in Melville J. Herskovits, 'Kru
proverbs' (']. of Amer. Folkl01e' XLV,
p. 259 and 269 11.), 1930. GKLI
1os. - - Transcription of four Pueblo melo-
dies in Bessie and May G. Evans,
'American lndian dance steps'), New
York, 1931, p. 54 ff. and 65 ff.
17o6. --Die Musik auf Truk (in 'Ergeb-
nisse der Sdsee-Expedition Jgo8-'to',
part U, Ethnogr. of Miluonesia, vol. V),
Hamburg, 1932.
1707.--0n primitive mwic ('Amei. An-
throp.' XXXIV, p. 546 ff.), 1932. GL1
1708. - - TM colleclions of ploonograploic
records in North Ameri&tJ Qnd Hawaii
('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' l, p. 58 ff.), 1933
ACK
1709. - - Maricopa Mwic (in L. Spier,
'Yuman tribes of the Gila Rive~'),
Chicago, 1933
1710. - - Speechmelody and primiiive music
('Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 452 ff.),
1934 . ACD
1711.-- Recording primitiJ.Je music in Ajri-
ca and America ('Bull. Folk Song Soc.'),
1934
1712. - - African So01gs of the Chewa lribe in
British East Ajrica (in Nancy Cunard,
Negro-Anthology'), 1934
1713.-- Sollgs (of the Coast Salish) (in
T. Adamson, 'Folk tales o! the Coast
Salish' ('Mero. Amer. Folkl. Soc.' XXVI
p. 422 ff.)), New York, 1934 BD1GH
1715.-- Remarks on Ovimbundu singing
and drumming; transcriptions of lour
melodies and three drum rhythms in:
Wilfrid D. Hambly, 'Thc Ovimbundu
of Angola' ('Ficld Museum ol Natural
History, Anthropol. Series' XXI, p.
217, 219 and 223), 1934.
1716.-- Special song-types in North Ame-
rican bdian .Music ('Z. l. vergl. Mu-
sikw.' lll, p. 23 ff.), 1935. ACK
1717. - - Plai01 ghosl dance and Greal Basin
Music ('Amer. Anthrop.' XXXVII),
1935. AGJL
1718.-- Special song types in North Ame
rican Jndian music ('Z. l. ve~gl. Mu-
sikw.' lll, p. 23 ff.), 1935. ACK
0 1719.-- Research in primitive and folk
music i11tu U11ited Stales ('Bull. No. 2i
129
of the Amer. Council ol !carnee! So-
cieties'), 1936. Al
1720.-- Die MusiA tr Kt~roli,..,..,.,. 0
(' Ergebnisse der Sdsce-Expedition
19o8f' 10', Part IIH, vol. g, 2nd. H~b
band' of Eiler&, 'West-Carolinen'), 1936.
A
1721. - - A Comparisott of Pueblo tJ..d p,...,
Musical Styles ('Joumal of American
Folklore' XLIX, p. 286 ff.), 1936. GIK
('Southem Folklore Quarterly' I. p.
49 11.). 1937
1723. - - Stability of Fonns in TradiliOtt..J
and Cullivated M usic (' Papers rcad by
mcmbers of the Musicol. Soc.' Annual
meeting 1938, p. 6g 11.).
1724.-- Rhylhmic cadenco in prilflili
music ('llull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.'
lll, p. 19 ff.), 1939
1725. - - Transcription of two Como:.: melo-
dies with comments (in: Edward Sapir,
'Songs for a Comox dancing mask')
('Ethnos' IV, p. 52 ff.), 1939 L1M
1726. - - T u worA of A. Z. Idelsohn in lu
light of modern nsarclo ('Jewilili Music
Forum' U, p. 6), 1941.
1727. - - Transcription and Analysis of
Tutelo Mwic (in Speck, 'Thc Tutelo
Spirit Adoption Ceremony'), Harris-
burg, 1942.
1728.-- Researclo in Primilive t~nd Foil<
Music in 1/e United Stales (1936). I
1729.-- Music in tu thi>Jking of t/e
American l>~diu" ('Peabody ilull.' May
1938). p. 1 ff.
1730.-- Tu study offolksong in America
('Southern Folklore Quarterly ll, p.
59 11.). 1938.
1731.-- Etats-unis d'Amrique ('Folklore
Musical' cd. by tbc Intern. Inst. ol
Intellectual Cooperation, p. 85 11.),
1939 A
1732.-- .A-fusic's dialects- a non-universal
/a11guage ('The Independ~nt Journal
of Columbia Univ.' VI, p. 1 11.), 1939.
1733.-- E:rpression i>J primitive and .foJA
music ('I:Iull. of tbe Amer. Mustcol.
Soc.'IV. p. 25). 1940.
1734 - - Stubility ofform in traditiot~altJnd
cullivated music (' Papcrs read by
members of the Amer. Musical. Soc.,
Annual Meeting 1938', p. 6g ff.), New
York. 1940. . .
1735 --Investigacin sobre la mnca f!r-
miliva y jolklrica en los Estados u .. ados
('Boletin Latino-Americano de Msica'
V, p. 393 11.). 1941. . . AGL
1736. --Do a>~imals Jaave mame? ( Hu U. ol
tbe Amer. Musicol. Soc.' V, p. 3 11.).
19tl
1737 . _ _ Tu study oj native '""sic ,.
America ('Proc. of tbe 8th Amer.
 Scieotific Coogress, held in Washington
D.C., May 1940' Il, p. 203 11.), Wash-
ington, 1942.
1738. - - Get~eral characlerislics of primilive
music ('Bull. of the Amer. Muaicol.
Soc.' VII, p. 23 ff.), 1943.
1739. - - A nlhropological bases of Jewish
music ('The Jewish Music Forum' IV,
p. 17 11.). 1943
1740. - - Ajrica11 Influ.,.us in Norlh Ame-
rican 1 ndian M usic ('Papers of the
Intem. Congress of Musicology, New
York, 1939', p. 130 ff.), 1944 AC
1741.-- Drum-signullitJg in a WesiAfrican
lribe ('Word' 1, p. 217 ff.), 1945 D GK
1 1757 - - Cutalogue Glt~rul des Atuiquils
17-42. - - Comparalive Musico/ogy ('Musical
] ournal' IV, p. I I and 42 ff.), 1946.
1743 - - Some primilivelayers in European
folk music ('Bull. of the Amer. Musical.
Soc.' IX-X, p. I I ff.), 1947
0 1741 - - Song- Folksong a~td 1M music of
folkscmg (in: Fuok and Wagnall,
'Dictionary of Folklore, Mythology
and Legend' ll, p. 1032 ff.), 1950. A
1744a. - - Review of Karl Tirn, 'Die lap-
pische Volksmusikaufzeichnungen von
] uoikos-melodieo bei deo schwedischen
Lappen' ('American Anthropologist'
L, p. 672 ff.), 1948. AGHL"
1744h. - - Review ol H. E. Hause, Terms
lor musical instrumenta in the Sudanic
languages' ('Word' IV, p. 131 ff.), 1948.
AD'GK
1744c. - - Recent publications of music in
the Dulch Easl lndies ('American An-
thropologist' XLIX, p. 299 ff.), 1947
AHL
1745.-- The Music of Yugoslav heroic epic
folk poelry ('] oumal of the lotero. Folk
Music Council' 111, p. 62 ff.), 1951.
ACJKL
1746. - - Sulish music (in: Marian W. Smith
'lndians of the urbao Northwest', New
York, 1949), p. 93 11.
1747.--Canon in Wesl African :rylophone
me/odies ('] oumal of the American
Musical. Soc.' ll, P- 196 ff.), 1949. CFKL
1718. - - Foreword to Bla Bartk and
Albert Lord, 'Serbo-Croatian folk songs'
(New York, 1951).
1749 - - Sot~g: fo/k song and 11!. music of
folk song (in Funk and Wagnall,
'Standard Dictionary of Folklore, My-
thology and Legend'), New York,
1949/'50. A ancimne ('Anuales du Service des An-
1750.-- Review ol Marius Schneider, 'A
proposito des influjo arabe: essayo de
etnografa musical de la Espai\a medie-
val' ('joumal of the Amer. Musical.
Soc.' IV, p. 43 ff.), 1951. CFKL
1751. Heymann, Mrs- Alfred, La guimbarde
('Revue musicale' 1923), p. 236 ff.
CDFGHKL
130
1752. Hichens, Willia.m, Music: a lriumph of
African arl ('Discovery' Xll, p. 192
ff.), 1931: repr. in 'Art & Archaeology'
1932, p. 36 11. G
1753 Hickmann, Hans, Das Porlaliv (Kassel,
1936). e
1754 - - La lrompette dans 1' Egypte ancien-
t&e (Cairo, 1945). ACJ
1755 - - Un instrumenl d. Gordes inconnu d~
Npoque copie ('Bull. de la Soc. d 'Ar-
chol. copte' XII, p. 63 11.), 1946/'47
AGK
1756. - - Terminologie arabe des insJruments
de musique (Cairo, 1947). L
igyptimnes du Muse du Caire, Nos_
692or-{)9852 lnslruments de Musique
(Cairo, 1949). ACGJKL
1758.-- Ueber den Slcmd der musikwissen-
schaftlichen Forschung in Aegypten
(' Kongress-bericht d. lntem. Ges. f.
Musikwiss., Base! 1949' p. 150 ff.),
Basel, 1950. ACDEFL
1759.-- Misullanea musicologica ('Auna-
les du Service des Antiquits de J'Egyp-
te' XLVIII, p. 639 ff.), Cairo, 1948: l.
Note sur une harpe au Musie du Caire;
11. Sur l'accordage des ittstruments a
cardes (lyres, hurpes, lulhs). ACG
176o. - . - ibid., XLIX, p. 417 ff. (Cairo,
1949): 111. Sur les survivances de la
lhirouomie gyplientJe dans le chant
lithurgique copie; IV. Un sifflet de
/'poque prhislorique; V. Note sur une
petile harpe en forme de btche ou de
pelle; VI. Quelques prcurseurs igyptiens
du lulh courl el du /uth hancri. ACHL
1761. - - Un lulh inconnu de /'poque capte
('Bull. de la Soc. d' Archololie copte'
XII), 1949.
1762. - - Music under 11!. Pharaohs (Cairo,
1949). A
1763. --L'tat actuel des recherches musi-
cologiques etJ Egypte ('Comm. au IVicme
Coogres de la Soc. lntem. de Musicolo-
gie, Ble 1949'). A
1764. --En marge d'ut~e publication par Dr_
Hilde Zaloscher ('La Semaine Egyp-
tienne' XXIII), Jan. 1949
1765. --La cliquelle, inslrumml de percus-
sion de /' poque copie (' Bull. de la Soc.
d'Archol. copte' XIII), Cairo, 1950.
AJL
1766. - - Cymbales el crolules dans /' Egypte
tiquits de l'Egypte' XLIX), Cairo,
1950. ACGHL
1767. - - Die kullische Verwetldung der alt-
iigyptisclaefl Trompele ('Die Welt des
Oricnts' V), Stuttgart, 1950. AK
1768.-- The .Nuttle-drum tmd Marawe-
sistrum (' J ournal ol the R. Asiatic Soc. ',
April, 1950). AD'GIKLl
179 - - Abr; del'hisloiredela musique en
Egypte ('Revue de Musicologie' XXXII
Nos. 93-94), Paris, 1950. ACD 1EFKLl
1770.-- E in wnbekun11les IJgyptisches Sai-
leninslrumenl aws koplischer Zeil ('Die
Musikfur.chung' IU), 1950.
ACEIKLLl
1771.-- Fabrikationsmarken an aiiiJgypti-
schen Blasinstrumenlen (ibid. lll, p. 241
U.), 1950. ACEIKLL1
I 772. - - A brg de 1' histoire de la musique en
Egypte ('Revue de Musicolo;ie' XXXII
p. 93 fi.), 1950; transl. in Spanish in:
'Boletin cultural, Departamento de la
Prensa. Ca.iro', (Ca.iro, 1950).
1773. --id. transl. in English (Cairo, 1950).
1774 - - Quelques observulions sur la mus-
que lilhurgique des Copies (Communi-
cation au Congr~ de Musique Sacre,
Rome 1950).
1775.-- Miscellanea mwsicologica ('Anua-
les du Service des Antiquits de l'Egyp-
te' L. p. 523 ff.). Ca.iro 1950: VII. Les
harpes rk la tombe rk Ramses lll; VIII.
Deux vases silfleurs de 1' Egyple ancien-
ne; IX. Le /ragffUnl d'un instrumenl
cardes. AGJL
I 776. - - M iscellanea egyplologica (' 1o urna!
of the Galpin Soc.' I, p. 25 ff.), London,
1951.
1777.-- Ueber rkn Stand der musikwissen-
schaftlichen Forschung in Aegypten
(' Kongressber. des IV. Kongress der
Intern. Ges. f. Musikw., Base!' p. 150 ff),
Base! 1951.
1778. - - Mi.scdlo:nea musicologica ('Anna-
lt:s du Scrvice des Antiquits de l'Egyp-
te' Ll, p. 317 ff.) (Ca.iro 1951): X. Le
$amboutin rectangulaire du Nowel Em-
pire. AG
1779.-- Die alteslen Musikernarnen ('Mu-
sica' V, p. 89 ff.), 1951. CDKLL1
1780. - - Classemenl el classificalicm rks
jllles, c/arinettes el hau.tbois de 1' E;ypte
ancienne ('Chronique d'Egypte' XXVI,
No. 51, p. 17 ff.), 1951. ADG 1HK
17H1. --Note o" an Egypticm wind i"stru-
menl (' 1ournal of the lntern. Folk
Music Council' III, p. Io8 ff.), 1951.
ACJKL
1782. --La caslagnetle igyptienne ('Auna-
les du Service des Antiquits de l'Egyp-
te' Ll), Cairo 1951.
1783.-- Arabische Musili (in collab. with
Alexis Chottin) ('Die Musik in Ge-
schichte und Gegenwart' 1, col. 577).
1951. ACDEFGH 1KL
1784. - - A"gyplische Musik (ibid., col. 92
fl.), 1951. ACDEFGH 1KL
1785.-- Aethiopische Musik (ibid., col. 105
ff.), 1951. ACDEFGH 1KL
1786. - - A/rikanische Mwsik (ibid .. col. 123
ff.), 1951. ACDEFGH 1KL
1787.-- Armeniscill Musik (ibid. col. 65~
ff.). 1951. ACUEFGHKL
I 788. --Le milier rk musicien au lemps des
Pharaons {'Cahier& d'histoire gyptieD-
nes' IV, 2), Cairo, 1952, 2/1954 (ibid.
VI, 5/6). . AG-
1789.-- Miscel/unea nuscologictJ ('Anna-
les.du Service des Antiquits de l'Egyp-
te' LII, p. 161 ff.), Cairo, 195:.: XI.
Les lullts aus /relus du Nouv61 Empn.
ACGL
I 790. - - Das H arfenspiel im cUln A ecyptea
('Die Musikforschung' V, p. 21 ff.),
1952. ACDEGKLL'
1791. - - The anlique cross-jlute ('Acta Musi-
cologica' XXIV, p. 108 ff.). 1952.
ACDEFH'KLL'
1792. - - Quelques observalions sur la mwsi
quelithurgique des Copies d' Ecypte (' Atti
A del Congresso lntern. di .Musica Sacra,
Roma 1950'), Tournay, 1952. A
1793 - - daraboukah ('Bull. de l'lnst.
d'Egypte' XXX11l, p. 229 ff.). Cairo,
1952. ACGL
1794 --La musiqUI polypltonique dan.s
a l'Ecypte ancienne (ibid. XXXIV, p.
229 ff.), 1953 AGL
1795 --Le jeu rk la /arpe dans l'Egyple
ancenne (' Archiv Orientalni,' XX Nos.
Cj 3-4, p. 449 ff.), Prague, 1952. ABGK
1796.-- The E:yplian 'U/Iatah' Flute
(']o urna! of the l.{. Asiatic Soc.' Oct.
1952). D 1GlKL 1
I 797. - - Quelques nouvea....- documrnJs con-
AC cernanlle jeu de /u harpe el /'emploi de la
chironomie dans 1' Egypte pJ.urcwniqu
('Kongressber. Intem. Mus. Ges. 195''
p. 263 ff.), Amsterdam, 1953 ACDEF
1798. - - Die A nfnge eines geordnelen JIJ u-.
iklebens im A egyplen der Pharaon<:H
(Communication Intern. Congress,
Vienna 17-24th May, 1952), Vienna.
1953. AB
1799. - - Que/que considiralions sur la
dan ella musique de da11se dans /' Ecyp-
le pharaonique ('Cahiers d'histoire gyp-
tiennes' V, p. 161 ff.). Cairo, 1953 .AG
1800. --Les harpes de 1' Egypte pharaou q""
(Essai d'un.e nouvefle clas.st./1~'0.:'~' 1 )
('Bull. de l'lnstitut d Egypte, XXXV,
p. 309 ff.). Cairo, 1954 . . AGL
1801. - - Miscellanea musacologaca ( Anna
G les du Service des Antiquits de l'Egyp-
te' Llll), Ca.iro, 1953: XJLLa Jcine ,,,..
sicale d'une tombe de la V lsbn.e dp1a~lle
a Guizah (/dou} (A); Xlll. Note'"'""
objel en jQrmt, d'insiYunaeul de puc~
sion X. IV. U111 nouLJeUe cymbtUeltl d.
,.a.:chel G
1s02 . - - Rcvicw of Ma.x WeHner, .'Da~
Musikinstrumente de.d. Alteo ~ncnt.
(Jgjo} ('Orit:nt.alischc: Litera.tun.t:Jtuu~
1954. N06. 1/2, p. 34). AD 1liKL 1
IJI
18o3. - - Aegyptisclu Volksintrurnenu
('Musica' VIII), Kassel, 1954
CDKLL'
x8o4. - - Dieuz el dues t la "'"'ique
('Cahiers d'Histoire Egyptienne' VI, p.
JI ff.), March 1954 AG
1805. - - Fidel J. Orio.Ualilclu Vorlll.ujer
""d V orwa11dte ('Die .Musik in Ge-
schicbte und Gegenwart' IV, col. 156
ff.), 1954. ACDEFGH 1KL
1807. - - Unbekannte ll.gyptilclu Klangwerk-
zeuge. 1. Schwirrllolz '"'d Sclawirrsc/Joibo
('Die Musikforschung' VIII p. 151 ff.);
II. MU5clu1Pfeifen und Gef/Juflten
(ibid. p. 314 ff.); IIIJVI. KnocloenPfoi-
Jen; Blochflten; Sackpjeife; Querflte
(ibid. p. 398ft.), 1955. ACEFIKLL'
18o8. - - A new tyP of Egyptian /uJrp
('Acta Musicologica' XXVI, p. 127 ff.),
1954 ACDEFGH 1KLL 1
1809. --Die altaegyptilclu RIJ5ul ('Z. f.
Aegypt. Sprache und Alterturuskunde'
LXXIX, vol. U, p. ub ff.), Berln,
1954 AD 1GHK
1810. - - U5age el significalion des freltes
dans 1' Egypte p/uJraoniqUI ('Kemi'
XIII), Pars, 1954 GK
l l l l l . --La menal (ibid.}, Paris, 1954 GK
1812. --Le probldme de la notation musi-
cale dans 1' Egypte ancienne ('Bull. de
l'lnst. d'Egypte' XXXVI, p. 489 ff.},
Cairo, 1955. AGJ
1813.-- Terminologie m"sicale de l'Egypte
ancient~e (ibid. XXXVI, p. 583 ff.),
Cairo, 1955 ' AGJ
1814. - - Compte rendu du livre de F.
Behn, 'Musikleben ini Altertum und
fruehen Jllittelalter' ('Cahiers d'His-
toire Egyptienne' Srie VII, fase. J),
Cairo, 1955 AG
1815.-- Fltonimtrume.Ue. Fltencharac-
ler wnd Form ('Die Musik in Geschichte
und Gegenwart' IV, col. 319 ff.), 1956.
ACDEFGH'KL
1816.-- Fltminstrumente. Altertwm: 0-
rient und A ntike (ibid. col. 323 ff.},
1956. ACDEFGH'KL
1817. - - Gil arre. V orgeschichte und auuer-
europaiscloe Formen (ibid. V, col. 17
ff.), 1956. ACDEFGH'KL
1818.-- Glocken. Altertum und auss61'-
europaische Glocken (ibid. V, col. 267
ff.), 1956. ACDEFGH'KL
JBig. - - Jl.1usiqau ~~ vie musicale sous les
Pharaon5. Etude hiltorique, sy51tmatiq"e
el de5criptive de instrument el de l'vo-
lution de l'art musical dat~s 1' Egypte an-
cienne (3 vals.), Richard-Masse, Paris
(in preparation).
18~0. --llandbemerhunge11 zu A. Berners
Be5precl1ung ('Die Musildorschung' IX,
p. 200 ff.), 1956. ACEFIKLL1
1821. --Les problme al' tat des recloerches
132
musicologiques en Egypte ('Acta Muaico-
logica' XXVIII, p. 59 ff.), 1956.
ACDEFGH1KLL1
1822. - - Musicologie pharaonique. Eludes
sur l'volution .U 1' art muical dan
1' Egypte ancimne (Kehl, 1956). AK
1823. --Handzeiclun.J. Altertwm und aw.s-.
ur-europll.isc/u M"sik ('Die Musik in
Gesch..icbte und Gegenwart' V, col. 1443
ff.), 1!156. ACDEFGHIKL
1824. --Harf ('ibid. V, col. 1507 ff.),
1956. ACDEFGH1KL
1824a. - - Une sune de musiquo pharaoni-
que (analyse iconographique) ('Revue
de la Soc. beige de Musical.' X), 1956. C
1825. --La /lte de Pan ('Chron..ique
d'Egypte' XXX, p. 217 fi.), Brussels,
1955 AD1GHKL
1826. - - Une sune de musique pharaot~ique
(analyse iconographique) (' Revue de la
Soc. belge de Musicologie' X), 1956. C
1827. - - L'essor de la musique ,.. I'An-
cien E m pire de 1' Egypte pharaoniquo
(2778-2423 av. J.C.) ('Memorial pour
F. Ortiz'), Havana, 1956.
1828. --La chironomie dans l'Egypte an-
cierme ( ? ? ? ? ).
1829. --La danse au miroirs. Essai tU
reconstruction d'une danse plu:Jraonique
de. I'Ancien Empire ('Bull. de l'Inst.
d'Egypte' XXXVII, p. 151 ff.), Cairo,
1956. AL
1829a. - - Du battement dt5 mains aux
plancloettes entrechoque5 (' Bull. de
l'lnst. d'Egypte' XXXVII, p. 67 ff.),
Cairo, 1954/'55 G
1830. - - Rapport prliminaire sur la &am-
pagne d' mregistrements de m"sique folk-
lorique egyptienne sous le patronage de
S. A. le Duc de Mecklembourg (t I955)
('Bull. de l'Inst. d'Egypte' p ... },
Cairo, 1958. G
1831.-- Klit~gendes Pharaonenland (M.
Hesse, Berlin, 195 .).
1832. - - Aegyptische Musikges&hicht in
Bildern (Breitkopf, 195. ).
1833 - - 45 sitlcles de musique dans 1' Egypte
ancimtle (Paris, 1956). AC
1834. - - M"sik, Musiker -namen "nd -in-
5lrumente ('Handworterbuch der Ae-
gyptologie'), Wiesbaden, 1956.
1834a. - - Art..icles on Music, Musicians,
Musical instruments (in: W. Helck and
E. Otto, 'Kleines Worterbuch der Ae-
gyptologie'), Wiesbaden, 1956.
1834b. --Die GeftJsstrommeln der Aegypter
('M..itteilungen des Dcutschen Archaeo-
logischen lnstituts', Abt. Kairo, vol.
XIV ('Festscbrift-H. Kees'), Wiesba-
den, 1956.
1835. - - Tloe in5lrumetds oj music in the
A ntique Oriental Civilisation (Pinguin
Books), 1957
1B36. --Un zikr da01s k ma.slaba de Deb-
M>I Gubuh (41/o dynaslie) ('J. o! tbe
lntern. Folk Music Council' IX, p. 59
!!.), 1957 ACJKL
1837.-- JI.Jiscellania musicologica ('Anua-
les du Service des Antiquits de l'Egyp-
te' LVII, p .. f!.), Cairo, 1958: XV.
Le grelot dans 1' Egypte ancienne. G 1850. - - Indiase muziilopnanun vun Debuo
1838. - - L a caslagnetl dans 1' Egypte an-
cie>~ne ('llull. de la Soc. des amis de
l'art copte'), 1958.
1839.-- Horninslrumenll. B. Frhg-
schichle, Orienl 14nd .AIIerlum ('Die Mu-
sik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' VI,
col. 733 ff.), 1957 ACDEFGH 1KL
1839a. --Die allaegyptisc}en Becken ('Z. f.
Instrumentenbau' XII, p. 2 ff.), Sieg-
burg, 1957. AD
1840. - - Hufu-anlo und atldere agyptisc/oe
Musiker ('Die Musik in Geschichte u.
Gegenwart' VI, col. 852 ff.). 1957
ACDEFGHKL
184oa. - - Musikerneloung im allen Aegyp-
letl ('M u>ikerkenntnis und Musikerzie-
hung' (Festscbrilt-Mersmann), p. 55
H.). KasselJBa.sel, 1957 A 1856a. - - J azz: its evolulion and esse11ce
184ob. - - Neues Musikleben in Aegypten
('Mitteilungen des Instituts fr Aus-
landsbeziehungen' II), Stuttgart, 1957
184oc. - - E in Beilrag "zum Problem des
Ursprungs der miltelallerlichen Sol-
misaiio,." ('Die Musikforschung' X, p.
403 ff.), 1957. ACEFIKLL1
184od. Hillelson, S., Wekend Caravan (Lon-
donJEdinburgbJGlasgow, 1937, 2/1947),
p. 89 ff.: Songs of.Araby (Sudan, Egypt,
Palesline).
1841. Hipkins, Alfred james, Old Keyboard
lnslrummls (1887).
1842. - - .A1usicallnstrumettts, historie, rare
and unique (London, 11!88, 2/1945)- ACI
1843. - - A Description and History oflhe
Pianoforte and Older Keybord Stringed
l>1slrumeuls (1896). Cl
1844.-- Dorian nd Phrygian (1903). 1 1861. --'Die Zwiefacloen'. Gestallung omd
Hiroa, Te Rangi, see: Buck, Petcr H.
18-14a. Hirscbberg, Walter, Der A lmmcharak-
ler des Scilwirrholzes ('Ethnos' V, p. 112
H.). 1940. M Deutscheo Akademie der Wiss. zu Ber
1845. Hirtb, F., Ueber loinlerindiS&he Bronze-
lrummeln ('T'oung-pao' 1, p. 137 ff.),
1890. . GK
1846. - - Cilinesisc/oe A nsiclolen ber Bronze-
lrommeln ('Mitt. d. Scminars f. Orien-
taliscbe Spracben' VII, Part I, p. 200
fl.), 1904. D 1L 1
1846a. Ho Lu-Ting, W]at kind of music for
China ('China recon.structs' Dec. 1956;
repr. in 'China in transition' p. 377 t.),
Peking, 1957. C
184 7. Hobbs, Cecil C., Burmese musical re-
ccwdings ('Quarterly Journal o current
acyuisitions' X, p. 3 ff.), 1952. AD 1
!33
18-48. Hoboken, P. C. J. van, De verlolkers va11
loet I ndiase lied ('Gramofoon voor ke-
ner en liefhebber', Sept. 1955, p. 'i
t.). Amsterdam, Charles' gramofooD-
platenhandel N.V. A.
1819 - - Jndiasl musieilixslrumenlell '"
musici (ibid. Oct. 1955, p. 18 f!.). A.
BhaUacharya (ibid. April 1956, p. 2H
~- A
1851. - - Yloudi Menuhin inlroduceerl Ali
A libar Kha11 (ibid. May 1956, p. 22 fq.
A.
1852. --De Bhajans van Mirubai (ibid.
Jan. 1956, p. 16 ff.). A.
1853. - - A niJ10lugie de la musiquz classique
de l'lnde (ibid., Juni 1956, p. 20 f!.). A
1854 - - Tibelaanse muzik uil Sikki101
(ibid., Juli 1956, p. 16 ff.). A
1855. - - /nlroduclion lo lhe &lassical musi
of India (publ. by the Indian Embassy,
Tbe Hague, 1957). A
1856. Hodeir, A., Prolongemmls de la mus
que africaine ('Problemes d'Afriquo
Centrale' VU, p. 286 ff.), 195-f AGJK
(New York, 1956).
1857 Hoe de krontjo11g hier geboren weriJ
('De Vrije Pers' ntb Jan. 1951, rc-
printed in 'lndonesische Documentatic
16th Febr. 1951, p. 382 ff.). B
1858. Hoerburger, Felh, KiUalog der Euro-
pischen Volksmusik im Schall-arcldv
des Inslilutes fr Musikforscloullg, Re-
gmsburg (Regensburg, 1952). AL
1859. - - Correspo ..dence belween easlern a11tl
weslern folk epics ('J. of tbe lntern.
Folk Muoic Council' IV, p. 23 ff.), 1952.
AC
1859a. - - . Der Tanz mil der Trommel (Re
gensburg, 195-4 JL
186o. - - Sclowert und Trommel als Ta11z
cerate ('Deutscbes Jahrbucb f. Volk>
kunde' 1, p. 240 ff.), Berlin, 1955 ALI
Umgestaltung der Tanzmelodien im
n6rdJichen Altbayern ('Veroffentl. d.
Inst. f. Deutsche Volkskuode dcr
liD' V), Berlin. 1956. AL
1862. - - Westoslliche Enlsprechuncen. in1
Volksepos ('Die Muskforcllun~ V,
p. 354 ff.), 1954 . ACDEGKLL'
1863. Hoevell, G. W. W. C., bacon YIUl, D~
Kei-eilanden ('Tijdscbr. v. b. Bal. Gen.
XXXIII p. 127 H.), llatava/' Hagc.
1890. ' ABD 1 GH
1 86-4. - - De A ro-eilnden, geo~rap~uch,
eJhtJogruphilch .,,. c.ornnurc11Jel { TJd-
scbr. v. b. Bat. Gen.' XXXIII. p. 82
and 85), S<o. . ABD'GH
1865. - - .Milleilungn ber doe Kes5ellro'"
mel u Bonlo Bangun (Insel Sale~er)
 ('lntern. Archiv. f Ethnogr.' XVI, p.
158 1!.), 1904. ABD1GKL 1
1H6b. --Die Kessellrommel z" Pedjenc,
Gicmjar (ibid. XVIII, p. 3 ff.). Leiden,
19o6. BD 1GKL
186. Hobell, W. R. van, Beschrijvinc van
de muzijk efl zang bij .U Badoeinen in
hel zuideft van de resit:Untie Bantam
('Tijdscbr. v. Ned.-Indie' VII, vol. IV,
p. 428 ff.), 1845 8 (19u).
1868. Hllweler, Casper, Rhythme ,. v..s en
Muziek (De11 Haag, 1952). A Meludien ('Sammelb. der Intem. Mu.sik-
1869. HoffDUl.DD, A., Die Liedlf' .Us Li y
(Cologne, 1950).
18o. Hofwijk, J. W., Er zit ..og mwiek in .U
A nlil/en ('De Katbolieke Illustratie'
XC. uth Febr. 1956, p. 12 ff.). AG
1871. Hohenemser, H., Ueber die Volksm~<sik
in den tUI<tscloe AlpmliJndent ('Sam-
melb. der lntern. Musikges.' XI, p.
324 f!.), 1909/'Io. CDFH 1L
1872. Holiday, Geoffrey, Tloe T~<areg of tloe
Ahaggar ('African Music' l, No. 3,
p. 48 ff.), 1956. ACJLM
1873. Holmes, William H., Aflcienl art oftloe
f>rovince of Chiriql<i, Col1<mbia (WW!h-
ington, 1 11118), p. 156 U.
1874. Holzknecht, K., Die M~<sikinslrumente
der Azera ('Z. f. Ethnologie' LXXXI,
p. 64 ff.), 1956. BDGHL1L 2 M
1875 - - Ueber Tof>ferei t<nd Tonlrommeln
der Azera in Ost-Ne~<g~<inea ibid.
LXXXII, p. 97 ff.), 1951
ABDlGHLlLM
1876. Honda Yasuji, Tloe NembuJ~<-me/ody
ofthe Tradilional Songs ('joumal of tbe
Soc. for Research in Asiatic Music', No.
12-13, English Section, p. 8 ff.), Tokyo,
Sept. 1954.
0 1877. Hood, Mantle, Tloe Nuclear Theme as a
Delerminant of Paet in Javanese Music
(diss., Groningen, 1954). ABCDEFGHL
188. - - Indonesii ('Encycl. van de Mu-
ziek' 11, p. 181 ff.), Amsterdam, 1957
ACDEFGH1
1879. - - Traini>rg and research methods in
elhnomusicology ('Ethnomusicology'
Newsletter No. II, p. 2 ff.), Sept. 1957.
AGL
188o. Hoogt, l. M. van der, Tloe Vedic Chant
sludied in its textual and melodic forms
(Wageningen, 1929).
1881. Hoose, Harned Pettus, Peking Pigeons
and Pigeon-Fiuls (Peiping, Coll. of
Chin. Studies, CaliJomia Coll. in China,
1938).
1882. Hornbostel, Erich M. von, and Abra-
ham, Olto, Tansystem und Musik der
j<Jpaner ('Sammelb:!.nde der Intern.
Musikgesellschaft' IV), 1903, (CDFH1
L), reprinted in 'Sammelb:!.nde fr ver-
gleichende Musikwissenschaft' I, p. 179
ff.), 1922. ABCDFGH'IKLL1
I34
1883.-- and - - Ueber die Bedeulung des
Pila~tagraf>llen fwr v"t:leicloende M~<sik
wissensdu/1 ('Zeitschrift f. Ethnologie'
vol. 36, p. 222 ff.), 1904.
ABD1GHJKL1LM
1884. - - and - - Phanographierle Tiirlri-
sche Melodien (ibid. vol. 36), 1904,
(BD'GHKL1L2M), reprinted in 'Sam-
Jnelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' 1, p. 233 ff.,
ABCDFGH1IKLL'
1885. - - and - - Phonograplrierto lndisclre
ges.' V), 1904 (CDFH1L), reprinted in
'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 251
ff.), 1922. ABCDFGH1IKLLl
1886. Hornboslel, Erich M. von, Melodischer
Tanz ('Z. d. Intern. Musikgesellschaft'
V, fase. 12), 1904. ABCDFHIIKL
1887. --Die Probleme der vergkichenden
Musikwissetrschaft ('Z. der Intern. Mu-
sikg.' 1905, fase. 3). ABCDFH 11KL
1888.-- Ueber den t:t:enw6rligen Stand der
vergleichenden M usikwissenschafl (' Kon-
gressbericht der lntem. Musikges., Ba-
se! 19o6'). ABCI
1889.-- and Abraham, Otto, Ueber die
H armonisierbarkeit e~otischer M elodien
('Sammelb. der lntem. Mus. Ges.' VII),
1906. ABCDFH 1IL
1890. - . - and - - Plronograf>hierlo India-
nermelodien aus Brilisch-Columbi
('Boas Anniversary Vol.' New York,
19o), reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl.
Musikw.' I, p. 291 ff. (1922).
ABCDFGH1IKLL1
1891. Hornbostel, Erich M. von, Phonogra-
phierlo T~<nesische Meladien ('Sammelb.
der lntern. Mus. Ges.' VIII (CDFH'L),
1907), reprinted in 'Sammelb. f. vergl.
Musikw.' 1, p. 311 ff. (1922).
ABCDFGH11KLL1
1892. - - Naliz iiber die Musik der lJewahner
""'' Siid-Neu-Mecklenbur; (in E. Ste-
phan und F. Graebner, Neu-Mecklen-
burg', Berln, 1907), reprinttod in 'Sam-
melb. f. vergl. Musikw.' 1, p. 349 ff.
(192l). ABCDFGH 1IKLL'
1893 - - Ueber das Tansystem und die Mu-
sik der Melanesier ('Kongressber. der
Intern. Musikges., Base! 1906', p. 6o),
1907. ABCI
1894.-- Ueber die Musik der Kubu (in B.
Hagen, 'Die Orang-Kubu auf Su matra',
Fraukfurt a/M,. 1908), reprinted in
'Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' 1, p. 359
ff. (1922). ABCDFGH'IJKLLl
1895. - - and Abraham, Otto, Vorschi/Jge zur
TraJJskriplion e~otischer Melodien
('Sammelb. der Intern. Mus. Ges.' XI),
19<><J. ABCDFH 1IL
1896. Hornbostel, Ericb M. von, Plranogra-
pirierle Meladien aus Madagaskar 1<nd
ltrdanesien (in 'Forschungsreise S.M.S.
 '!'l ...uct' 19o6-1907' vol. V, Anthropo-
logie uod Ethoographie), 1909. ABI
1897.-- IVanyamwezi-Ge.linge ('Anthro-
pos' IV), 1909. .,.BDIGIKLILIM
1898. - - and Stwnpf, Carl, Ueber verglei-
chende akustisclu und musikpsycho/ogi-
sclu Untersuchungen (io C. Stumpf,
'Beitrage :z:ur Akustik und Musikwissen-
schaft', vol. IV-VI, p. 147 11.), 1910.
ABI
1899. Hombostd, Erich M. von, Ueber Mehr-
stimmigkeil in dn aussereuropaisclun
Musik (io 'Kongressbericht der lotero.
Mus. Ges., Wien 1910~). ABCI
1900.-- Wasukuma-Melodie ('Extrait du
Bull. de 1' Acadmie des Sciences de
Cracovie, Classe des Sdences mathma-
tiques et naturelles', Srie B. Sciences
naturelles), 1910. ABDII
1901. - - Ueber einige Pa.. pfeifen aus nord-
west Brasilien (in Theodor Koch-
Grnberg, Zwei Jahre unter den In-
dianero', vol. Il, Berlio 1910). ABIL
1902.-- and Stwnpf, Carl, Ueber die
Bedeullmg ethnologisclur U >llersuchun-
cen fr die Psycholocie Utld Aesliletik der
Tunkunsl (in 'IJericht her deo 4
Kongress f. experimentelle Psychologie'
Innsbruck, 1910, vol. IV, p. 256 11.),
1911. ABI
1903. Hornbostel, Erich M. von, Ueber ein
akustisdleS Kriterium Jr Kulturzusam-
me,./.nge ('Z. f. Ethoologie' 1911, p.
6o1 11.). ABDIGHIKLIL2M
0 1904.-- Notizen ber kirgisisc/u Musikin-
strumente Utld MtJlodieu (in R. Kirutz,
'Uoter Kirgiseo uod Turkmeoeo', Leip-
zig 1911). ABW
1905.-- Musikpsychologisc/.e Bemerku,.gen
ber Vogelgesung ('Z. d. Intero. Mus.
Ges.' XII), 1911. ABCDFHIIKL
1906.-- U.S.A. National Music ('Z. der
lotero. Mus. Ges.' XII), 1911.
ABCDFHIIKL
1907.-- Review of Allessandco Kraus
figlio, Appuoti sulla Musica dei Popoli
Nordid', 1907 ('Anthropos' Vl, p. 231),
1911. ABDIGIKL1VM
1908.-- Alusik der Naiuruo/ker ('Meyer's
Grosses Konversationslexikon'), 1912.
ABI
1909.-- Arbeil und Musik ('Z. d. lntem.
Mus. Ges.' XIII, p. 341 U.), 1912.
ABCDFHIIKL
1910. - - and Karl Theodor Preuss, Zwei
Geslince der Cora Jndianer (in K. Th.
Preuss, 'Die Nayarit-Expedition' vol. I,
p. 367 11.). 1912. ABI
1911. Hornbostd, Erich M. von, Die Musik
'auf de>J nurdwestliche>J Stdumo-lnseln (in
R. Thurowald, 'Forschungen auf den
Sluomo-lnseln und Bismarck-Archipel'
vo). I, p. 461 ff.), 1912. ABCI
135
1912. - - M elodie und Skala (' J ahrbuch der
Musikbibl. Peters' XX, p. 11 11.), 1912.
ABCGIKLL'
1913. - - and Curt Sach5, Systenutik der
Musikinslrume>e ('Z. f. Ethnoloi6'
XLVI, p. 553 11.), 1914.
ABCD 1GWKL1L'M
1914. --Die Musik der Pangwe (in G. Tcss-
maJlll, Die Pangwe', vol. ll, p. 320 lf.),
1914. Alllj
1915. - - Bemerkungen ber ei>lige Lieder
aus BougainviUe (io Frizzi, Ein Beitra
zur Ethnologie von Bougainville und
Buka', 1914). ABl
1916. - - Geslinge aus Rua>Jda (in 'Wissen-
schaftl. Ergebnisse der deutschen Zen-
tral-Afrika-Expedition 1907-1908', vol.
Vl, 1st. Part, Ethnograph.ie 11nd An-
thropologie 1, edited by Jan C:z:eka-
nowski), 1917. ABW
1917.-- Musik und Musikinslrumenle
('Deutsches Kolonial-Lexikon' vol. Il),
1919. ABl
1918. - - First communication about tbe
Theory of blown fifths (' Anthropo!i'
XIV-XV, p. 569 11.). 1919.
ABDIGJKL'L 2M
1919. - - Ch'aa-t'ienJzt, eine cl1inesiclt.e No-
lalion und ihre A usfhrungen (' Fest-
schrift-Stumpf' p. 477 11.), 1919. ABl
1920. - - Form4naly.sen an .siDnu:sischen Or-
cluslerstcken (' Archiv f. Musikw.' II,
p. 306 ff.), 1920. ABCDFIKLL 1
1921.-- Musikalischer Exotismus ("Melos'
1921, fase. 9). AIK
1922. --Das Ezotische in d.er moderne
Musik ('Z. f. Aesthetik und allgemeine
Kunstwissenschaft' XIX), 1925.
ABDIGIKL
1923. - - Eine Tafel zur Logarilhmisclun
Darstellu>~c von ZaMenverMi.li>Jisse>J ('Z.
f. Physik' VI, p. 29 ff.). 1921.
ABDIGWL 1
1924. - - Translation of A. J. Ellis, 'On the
Musical Scales of Various Nations'
('Sammelbande f. ver!. Musikwiss.' I
p. 1 11.), MiJnchen, 1922.
ABCGH11KLL 1
1925. --lt1usik der Makuschi, Taulipa>IC
und Yekuau (in Theodor Koch-
Grnberg, "Vom Roroima zum Ori-
noco', vol. Ill, p. 395 ff.), 1923. ABlj
1926.-- Review ol Kurt Huber, 'Der Au~
druck musikalischer ElementarmotJve
Leipzig, 1923) ('Deutsche Literaturzei-
tung' XLVII), 1926. ABD 1GIK
1927.-- Die E>IISie/u>Jg des jod<lns
ricbt Musikw. Kongress, Ba.sel 1924 ).
rn::-
p. 203 ff. ABI
1928. - - Geschic/Jle des Phouo~:ru'~.m-.-i r-
chivs der Staullic!Jetl Hochschu/efur !lfu-
sik in Berlin (1925). Alll
1929,-- Review of R. et M. d'Harcourt,
 "La musique des Incas et ses survivan-
ces' Paris, 1925) (' Anthropos' XXll).
1927. ABD1GIKL1L2M
1930.-- Die Musik der Semai auf Malaklla
('Anthropos' XXI, p. 277), 1926.
ABD1GIKL'L 1M
1931.-- aod Otto Ahraham, Zur Psycho-
logie der Tondi&lanz ('Z. f. Psychologie
und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane' vol.
9!!), 1926. ABCD1GHI
1932. Hombostel, Erich M. Yon, Psycho-
logie der Gehrserscheinungen ('Hand-
buch der Phy&iologie' XI, p. 701 ff.),
1926. ABI
1933. --American Negro Songs (review),
('The lntcm. Review of Missions' XV,
No. 6o), 1926. ABI
1934 --Laut u .. d Sinn ('Fest&chrift-Mein-
ho!'), 1927. ABI
1935 - - Musikalische Tonsysleme (in Gci-
ger und Scheel, 'Handbuch der Physik',
vol. VIII, p. 425 ff.), 1927. ABI
1936.-- Ellu<ologisches zu jau ('Melos'
VI), 1927. ABIK
1937.-- Review of Walter Kaudem,
'Musical lnstruments in Cele bes', Glite-
borg, 1927 ('Ethnologische Anzeiger
ll), 1927. ABGIKL'
1938. - - Review of Fritz Brehmer, 'Melo-
dieau!fassung und melodische Bega-
bung des Kindes' (' Z. f. angewandte
Psychologie' 1927, Beiheft 36) (L 1)
('Deutsche Literaturzeitung' XLVIII,
p. 220 ff.), 1927. ABD1GHIK
1939.-- A/rican Negro Music ('Africa' vol.
I no. 1), 1928. ABCIK
1940. - - Musik des Orients (Commentary to
an album of exotic records, edited by
Carl Lindstriim A.G.,), 1928. ABCI
1941.-- Die Maassnorm als ku/lurhislori-
sches Forschungsmillel ('.Festschrift-
Wilhelm Schmidt', p. 303 ff.), 1928.
ABIL
1942. - - 1'o>1art und Elhos ('Festschrift-
Johannes Wolf' p. 73 ff.), 1929. ABI
1943. - - Review of Charles W. Mead, 'The
.Musical lnstruments of the Incas'
('Ethnol. Anzeiger' 11, p. 72 ff.), 1929/
'JO. ABGIKL2
1944. - - Ge5taltpsychologisches zur Stilkri-
tik ('Festschrift-Guido Adler'), 1930.
ABCI
1945. - - Musik de5 Orie11ls auf der Schall-
platle ('Kultur und Schallplatte', BeJ-
lin, 1931 and 'Die Musik' XXIII, p. 829
ff.), 1931. ABCDFIKL
1946.-- Ueber Verschiebung der Tonhhe
('Z. f. Laryngologie' XXI, p. 100 11.),
1931. ABD1GJL1
1947 - - Review of Walter Kiinig-Beyer,
'Viilkerkunde im Lichtc verglcichender
Musikwissenschaft', (Rcichenberg,
1931) ('Baessler Archiv' XV, p. 55 ff.),
1932. ABD1GJKLI
1948. - - Review of Andrcas Eckardt,
'Koreanische 1\lusik' (Leipzig 1930)
('Orientalische Literaturzeitung' 1931,
No. 9/10). ABD1HIK
1949 - - Heviewof Kanetune-Kiyosuke and
Syioti Tudi, 'Die geschichtliche Denk-
mli.lcr der japanischen Tonkunst', Abt.
I, Hofmusik, Heft 1, Saihara ('Z. f.
Musikwiss.' XIV, p. 235 ff.), 1932.
ABCEH11KL
1950. --Zum Kongress fr arabische Mu-
sik, K airo 1932 ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I,
p. 16 ff.), 1933 ABCIK
1951. - - Carl Stumpf u>~d die vergleichende
Musikwissenschafl ('Z. f. vergl. .Mu-
sikw.' I, p. 25 ff.), 1933. ABCIK
1952. - - Review of P. G. Harris, 'Notes on
Drum~ and Mu~icallnstruments seen in
Sukoto l'ruvince, N igcria' (' JOUlllal of
thc Hoya! Anthropological lnst. of Gr.
Britain and lreland' 1932) ('Z. f. vergl.
Musikw.' I, p. 63 ff.), 1933 ABCIK
1953 - - The Ethnology of A/rican Sound
1nslrumenls (' Africa' VI, p. 129 ff. and
277 ff.), London, 1933.
ABCGJKL1L2M
1951 --Das Berliner Phonogrammarchiv
('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' l, p. 40 ff.), 1933.
. ABCIK
1955 - - Phonographierte isl4ndische Zwu-
ges/J~ge ('Deutsche Islandforschung
1930', p. 300ft.), Breslau, 1933 ABI
1956. - - and Robert Lachmann, Asiati-
scJ.e Parallelen zur Berbennusik (' Z. f.
vergl. Musikw.' 1, p. 4 ff.), 1933
ABCIK
1951 - - and - - Das indische Tonsyslem
bei Bilarata und sein Ursprung ('Z. f.
vergl. Musikw.' I, p. 73 ff.), 1933
ABCIK
1958. Hornbostel, Erich M. von, Review o
Hclen H. Robcrts, 'Form in Primitive
Music' (New York, 1933) ('Z. f. vergl.
Musikw.' ll, p. 6o ff. and 39), 1934
ABCIK
1959. - - Review of Heinz Wieschhoff, 'Die
afrikanischen Trommeln und ihre aus-
ser-afrikanischen Beziehungen' (in 'Stu-
dien zur Kulturkunde' ed. by L. Frobe-
nius, vol. II), 1933 ('Z. f. vergl. Mu-
sikw.' lll, p. 88 ff.), 1935. ABCIK
196o. - - Review of Percival R. Kirby,
'The musical instruments of the native
races of South Africa' ('Nature'
CXXXVI, p. 3 ff.), 1935. ABD 1GHL 1
1g61. - - Fuegian Songs ('American An-
tbropologist', New Series, vol. 38, p.
357 ff.), 1936. ABGIJLI
1962. - - Tlu: Music ofthe Fuegians ('Eth-
nos' 1948, p. 61 ff.). ACGILM
1963. --La musica de los Makuschi, Tauli-
 pang y Yekuana ('Archivos venezolanos
de Folklore' IV/V, vol. Ill No. 41, p.
137 ff.), Caracas, 1955/'56. (Trans-
lation of No. 1925).
196-f. Hornburg, Friedrich, Die M~ik der
Tiv ('Die Musildon;chung' 1, p. 47 ff.),
1948. ACKLLI
1965.-- Phonographior afrikanische
Mehrslimmigkeit (ibid. 111, p. 120 ff.),
1950. ACEIKLLI
1966. Houston, jobn, Aoa (<hanls and
sot~gs) (' 1ouma.l of the Polynesian Soc.'
XLIV, p. 36 ff.), 1935. BGV
1967. Houston-Pret, Elsie, Chanls popu-
laires du Brsil ('Bibl. mus. du Muse de
la Parole et du Muse Guimet', 1st
series, vol. 1), Paris, 1930. KL
1968. Howard, Albert H., The aulos or libia
(' Harvard Studies of Philology' IV),
11193
1969 Howard. Walter, Chinesische und euro-
pdis<he Musik (in: Richard Wilhelm,
'Chinesische Musik'), Frankfurt, 1927. G
1970. Hough, Wa.lter, The Hopi Indian wl-
l.clion in lile Uniled Slates NationaJ
Museum (Washington D.C.), 1918, p.
291 ff.: Musical inslrumenls. J forschung' IV, fase . .), 1939. CDH'KL
1971. Howes, Frank, Anlllropology and Mus<
('Man' XLV, p. 107 ff. (no. 83)), Sept./
Oct. 1945 ABD1GKL1L'M
1972. - - Man, Mind and Mwi<, Sludies in
lile philosophy of music a11d in lile
relaJions of lile arl lo anlltropology,
psy<hology tmd so<iology (London, 1948).
A Korea (London, 19o6), Chapter XXIV,
1973. Howitt, A. W., Songs and songmakers
of some A uslraJian lribes (' Anthrop.
1oumal' XVI, p. 327).
1973a. Howland Rowe, Jobn, A n elhnographi<
skel<h of Guambia, Colombia ('Tribus'
N.S. 1VfV, p . .8 ff.), Stuttgart, 19 56.
BGLI
1974 Hrovatin, Radoslav, Les rapparts t'Jci-
pruques du fulklore el de la cralion mu-
si<ale artislique "" Slov,.ie (' 1. of the
lutern. Folk Music Council' IV, p. 35
ff.), 1952. ACJKL
1975. Hsiao Shu Hsien, A Harp wilh a
lhousand Stritlgs (London, 19H)
1976. --La cJanson populaire <hinoise
('Sinologica' 1, p. 65 ff.), 1947 D1GKL1
1977. Hsing Chi, Chi>Ja's klassieke opera
(Pub!. of the Exotic Music Soc.), Am-
sterdam, 1957. A vergl. Musikw.' 11, p. 14 ff.). 1931 ACK
1978. Hua.rd, Paul, Les instrumetlts de musi-
que <hez les Utwng ('Bull. et travaux de
l'lnst. indochin. pour l'tude de l'hom-
me' 11, fase. 1, p. 135 ff.). 1939. K 1996a. Hunter, G., Hidden drums '" Su1:ada
1979 Huart, Cl., Elude biugraphique sur lrois
e
mu.sicie1lS arDbes Journal Asiatique'
8th series, No. 3, p. 1.p ff.), 188-4.
DGHKLl
1980.-- Musique persane (in Lavignac,
'Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3065 ff.), 1922
. AC
1981. Huber, Kurt, FrauengestJ.,.ge aus Bir11111
(in Lucian und Christine Scherman,
'lm Stromgebict des lrawaddi, Birma
und seine Frauenwelt'), Mnchcn-Ne~
biberg, 1922.
1982. - - Ponnaku/Uied .,,.. Mandalay
('Asia major' 1, p. 453 ff.). D 1GL1
1983. Huben, Father Hubert, Kleine musi~
elhnologis<ile Beilr1Jg1 von der 1 nsel
Korhar in Neu-Guineo ('Anthropos'
XXXVII, p. 122. ft.), 1942/'45.
BD'GHJKL1LM
198-4. Huchzermcycr, Helmut, Aulos ""d
Kitharo (Diss., Mnster, 1931).
1985. Hudcc, Konstantin, Slovak Folk Mus<
('Grovc's Dictionary' 5th ed. vl. IIf,
p. 355 ff.). 1954 ACFH1K
1986. Hbner, Herbert, Sludien ~ur Mu>iA
im Bismarck-Arc4ipl ('Anthropoo'
XXX, p. 66g !!.),1935 ABD 1GHKL 1LM
1987.-- Die MwiJi im Bismarck-Archipel
(Berlin, 1938). BClK
1988.-- Melodieslile und Kullurschi<i>l
im Bismarckarchipel ('Archiv f. Musik-
1989. Huettner, Johann Christian, Eit1 Ruder-
liedehen aw China miJ M elodie (' 1. des
Luxus und der Moden' XI), 1796. K
1990. Huggler, Rudolf, Das AlphortO im Bir-
ner Ober-Lotul ('Heimatleben' XXVlU,
No. 2), 1955
1991. Hulbert, Homer B., Tile passing of
p. 314ft.: M~i< and poelry. J
1992. Hulsta.ert. G., Note sur les instrum~n.t'
de musique a 1' Equatewr ('Congo" Oct.
1935, p. 356 1!.). GKL1L 1
1992a. - - Musique indigone el musique
sacrie (' Aequatoria' XU, p. 86 ff.),
1949 L"M
1993 --De lelefoon der N hundo ('Anthro-
pos' XXX, p. 655 ff.). 1935.
ABD1GHKL'L 3 M
1993a. Hulstijn, P. van, Soela-eilanden ('Me-
ded. v. h. Encycl. llureau' XV, p. H7
ff.), Weltevreden, 1918. B
1994 Hultkrantz, Ake, Some Notes on lito
Arapaho Sun Dame ('Ethnos' XVII. p.
24 ff.), 1952. BJL'M
1995 Hwnbert Sauvageot, MI&. M .. La mus-
qve a travers la vie laotienne ('Z. L
199 - - Quelques aspe<ls de la vi el de la
musique dahomnnes (ibid. 11, p. 76 11.).
1934 . . ACK
dislricl ('Tanganyika Note and Hc-
cord' 1953, p. 28 ff.).
1997 Huntington, Mary, Man ""d M une
M
('Natural History' XLIV, p. 107 11.).
New York, 1939 BJ
137
1998. Hu.rston, Zora, Dance songs and games
jrom the Bahamas ('Journal of Amer.
Folklore' XLIII, p. 294 H.), 1930. GKL1
1999. Hurt, Ambra H., The music ojthe Congo
('Etude' Llll, p. 402 H.), July 1935
2000. Husmann, Heinrich, Marimba und
Sansa der Sambesikultur ('Z. f. Etbno-
logie' vol. 68, p. 14 ff.), 1936.
ABDIGHKL'LM
2001. - - Sieben afrika,.ische Tonlilortt
(' J ahrbuch der Musikbihliothek Peters',
1937). AeGKLI
2002. - - Olympos, d Attjanc dr griechi-
schen Enharmonik (' J ahrb. der Musik-
bibl. Peters' 1937. p. 29 ff.). AeGKL'
2003. - - Fnf- '"'dsibettsullige Centstafeltt
zur Berechnung musikalischer 1 nleroall
(Leyden, 1951). AeiL
2004. - - Ajghanistan ('Die Musik in Ge-
schichte und Gegenwart' 1, col. 121 H.),
1951. AeDEFGHIKL
2005. --Das neuontdeckte Suinzeillithophon
('Die Musikforschung' V, p. 47 f.),
1952. AeEIKLLI
2oo6. - - Zu Kurl Reinhards 'T<n1messungett
an jnj ostajrikanischen Klimpern'
('Die Musikforschung' V, p. 218 f.),
1952. AeEIKLLl
2007. - - Nochmals die Mwera-Sansen (ibid.
VI, p. 49 f.), 1953 AeEIKLLl
2008. - - Ursprung und Entwicklung d..-
Tonsysteme (in preparation).
2oo8a. - - A ntike und Orient in ihren Bdeu-
tung jr die 1uropaische Musik ('Kon-
gressbericht Ges. f. Musik.forschung,
Hamburg 1956', p. 24 ff.). eEL
2oo8b. --Zur G.-undlegung dtr musikali-
schen Rhythmik ('Archiv f. Musikw.'
IX. p. 2 ff.), 1952. eDEKL
2oo8c. - - Eine nue Ko11sonanstheorie (ibid.
X, p. 219 ff.), 1953 eDEKL
2009. Hustvedt, Sigurd Berohard, Bailad books
ut~d bailad nJen. Raids and restaus ,.
Britain. A merica an.d lhe Scaudinavian
110rlh sinu I8oo (Cambridge Mass.,
1930).
2010. Hutcbings, Artbur, Music in Bengal
('l'vlusic and Letters' XXVII, p. 26 H.),
1946. KL 1
2011.-- lndian tradilions, classical and
popular ('Music & Letters' XXVII, p.
29 ff.), 1946. KL'
2012. Huth, Amo, Die Musikinstrumente Ost-
Turkestuns (Diss., Berln, 1928).
2012a. --Jnstruments of Easurn Turkeslan
('Grove's Dictionary of Music and
Musicians' vol. VIII, p. 6o8 ff.), 1954
AeFHIK
2012b. Hutb, E. von, Gesange und Marchen aus
Ponape ('Globos' XCV), 1909. DIGL'M
2013. Hu:dey, H. M., Syrian songs, proverbs
tmd stories ('J. of the Amer. Oriental
Soc.' 1902, p. 175 ff.). DlGKL'
2014. Huyser, j. G., Mokko's ('Ned.-Indie
Oud & Nieuw' XVI, p. 225 H., 279 ff.,
309 ff. and 337 f.), 1931. AeDtGHLI
0 2015. Hwei, Li, A c<nnparative study ojthe
jew's harp amo11g the aborigiKes of For-
mosa and Easl Asia (in Chinese with
Engl. summary) ('llull. of tbe Inst. of
Ethnol. of the Academia Snica' l, p.
85 11.). March 1956. AB
2016. Hyslop, Graham IL, The choiu of
music Jor festivuls in Ajrica ('African
Music' I, No. 2, p. 53 11.), 1955
AejLM
2016a. lbarrola, R., La msica y el baile en
los territorios del Golfo d Guinea
('Africa' (Madrid) XXVII, vol. 1, p. 254
ff.), 1953. M
2017.ldelsohn, A. Z., Die Maqamen d.,-
arabischen Musik ('SammelbAnde der
Intern. Mus. Ges.' XV, p. 11 ff.). 1913.
eDFH'L
2019. - - Hebraisch-Orientalischer Melodien-
schatz (Leipzig, 1914 and following
years). e
2020. - - Phonographierte Gesange und A us-
sprachsproben des H ebraischen der je,..-
niliscJen, persiscMn und syrischex ]u-
den (Vienna, 1917).
2021. - - Parallelen zwischen gregorianischen
und hebr4isch-orienlalisch6n Sangeswei-
mi ('Z. f. Musikw.' 1921). eDH'KL
2022. --Musical characleristics oj Easteno
Eurppean 1ewish jolksong ('The Musical
Quarterly' XVIU, p. 634 ff.), 1932. e
2023. - - 1 ewish music in its hislorical
development (New York, 1929, 2/1948).
AeGL
2024. - - Der jdische Tempelgesang (in
Guido Adler, 'Handbuch der Musik-
gcscb.' I, p. 149 11.), 2/1929. AeDEF
2025.-- Die Maqamen in der hebrilischen
Poesie der orimtalischen J uden ('Monat-
schr. f. d. Wissenschaft des Judentums'
LVII, p. 314 ff.). eG
2026. - - The Feutures ofthe 1ewish Sacred
Folk Song in Easlem Europe ('Acta
Musicologica' IV, p. 17 ff.), 1932.
eDEKLLl
2027. - - Der Volksgesang der osleuropai-
schen 1uden (Leipzig, 1932).
2028. - - Parallels between the Old-French
and the 1ewish Song ('Acta Musicolo-
gica' V, p. 26 ff. and VI, p. 15 11.), 1933/
'34 eDEHIKLLI
2029. llyin, A., Muzikalnoye tvorlshestvo al-
taitsev (i.e. Musical creativity among
Altai peoples) ('Sovetskaya muzyka'
1950, No. 8, p. 63 11.).
20JO.]nlemational Folk Music Council,
1 ournal ofthe, (edited by Maud Karpe-
les), London, 1949-in progress. AejKL
20JI. Jrish Folk So>Jg Society, 1ournal ojthe,
(London, 1904 ff.).
2032. lsaolitt, Carlos, Cuatro utrumetilos
musical~s araucanos ('Estudios Latino-
americano:>' IU, p. 55 ff.), 1937.
2033. --Los instrumentos uruucanos ('Bol.
Latino-Americano de Msica' IV, p.
310 ff.), Bogot, 1938.
2034 Isawa, Sh., Col~&tion of Kolo Music
(Tokyo, 1888 and 1913).
2035. lto, S., Compurison of tho }upunese
folk-sot~g und lhe O&&idenlal ('Univ. of
California Publications in _Psychology'
vol. U No. 5), 1916.
2036. Ivens, W. G., M elunesians of tho South-
easl Solomon Islands (London, 1927),
Chapter VIl. Feasls, dan&es, gongs,
papes. B 2048. Jackson, Wiffrid, Sholl-trumpets ""d
2037. Iyengar, R. Rangaramannja, Krili
Mani Mula, vol&. V and VI (Madras,
1953).
2038. lyengar, V. V. Srinivasa, Maslers of
music in Soulh India ('J. of the Music
Acad.' XXIV), Madras, 1953 AC
2039. Iyer, E. Krishna, Personalilies in presenl
day music (Madras, 1933).
2040.-- Misconceptions aboul Bhara#llo Nu-
lyu ('Annual Music Festival Souvenir,
Madras, 1953').
204oa. lyer, K. Bharatha, Kathakuli, lho
sa&red dance-drama of M u/abar (Loo-
don, I95l
204ob. lyer, Mudikondan C. Venkatarama,
Review of Sri B. Subba Rao, 'Raga
Nidhi' ('Tbe J. of tbe Music Academy
Madras' XXVII, p. 172 ff.), Madras,
'957 A vista de folclor' II, Nos. 1-2, p. 93 ff.),
2041. lyer, S. Venkatasubramania, The raga-
malikas of Svali Tirunul (']. of the
Music Acad.' XXIV), Madras, 1953. AC
2042.-- Some compostn's of Malayalam
music ('J. o! tbe Music Academy,
Madras' XXV, p. 101 ff.), Madras.
1954 AC
2043. lyer, T. L. Venkatarama, The <&heme
of z melas in Carnatic Music ('The
Jouroal o! the Music Academy' XI, p.
So ff.), Madras 1940.
2043a. - - The padas of Sri Svati Tirunul
('The J. of the Music Academy,
Madras' XVII, p. 157 ff.), 1946. C p. 54 ff.).
2043b. - - The persot~ulily of Sri Muthu-
swami Dikshitar (' Annual Music Festival
Souvenir, Madras 1953').
204JC. lyer, Vina Vidvan A. Sundaram, Sri
Muthuswami Dikshilar's Krilis ('J. of
the Music Academy, Madras' XXV, p.
76 ff.), Madras, 1954. AC
"2044. Iz.ikowit>, Karl Gustav, Musicul and
olher Sound-i11struments of lhe Soulh
American lndians (Gteborg, 1927).
ACGIJLI
2015 --Le lambour d membrane au Prou
(' Journal de la Soc. des Amricanistes'
XXlli, p. 13 ff.), Pars, 1931. GL'
2046. --Les inslrumenls de musique dl~
1 ndiens Uro-Chipaya ('Revista de lnst.
de Etnologfa' ll, p. 263 ff.), 1932. GL'
2046a. J., MusicG indgena da Lu>1da ('Est
dos Coloniai.s' II, No. 1, p. 99 ff.), 195~.
' li
2046b. Jabavu, D. D. T., The origin of'NkoJi
Sikelel'i Afrika ('Nada' 1949, No. 21>,
p. 56 ff.). M
204 7. }11.cksoo, G. Pullen, Sorne nemies 1
I folk-music ,. AmericG ('Papers read
at the Intern. Congress of Musicolo~rr,
New York, 1939, p. 77 ff.), New York,
19H AC
lhoir dislribulion in lho Old and Ne~t~
world ('Memoirs of the Manchester
Literary Soc.' LX, fase. 8), 1916. G
2049. Jacobs, J., Signaullromme/taul bij de
Tetela ('Kongo-Overzee' XX, fase. 4-
5), 1954 D 1GKL 2M
2050. - - Nkumi-zung, Telela ('ibid.' XXI,
p . .2 ff.), 1955. DlGKLIIE
2051. Jacobson, E., and J. H. van Hasselt, D
gongfabrikatu u SemarGJig (Leiden.
1907). ABCHL
2052. Jacovletr, A., and Tchou-Kia-Kien;
Le llliatre Cliinois (Pars, 1922). t
2053. Jadot, M. Pj., Literature arui music i
Belgia" Congo ('Nativa Arts and.
Craftmanship in Belgian Congo', p. 23
ff.), place and date unknown. t
2054. Jagamu, loan, Ct..lecul satului ('Re-
Bucarest, 1957 AC
2055- Jagamu, Jnos, Beilr/Age zur Diulekl
frage der ungarischon Volksonusik i
llum/JneN ('Studia Memoriae Belae
Bartk Sacra', p. 469 ff.), Budapest,
~~ M
2056. Jager, H. de, De sociologische benade
ringswij-:e van de mu.ziekgeschi~den
('Mens en Maatschappij' XXXII, p. 22
ff.), 1957 BD 1HL1
2056a. Jairubboy, NlUir Ali, Bhurata's cOJI-
cept o/ sadharana ('Bull. of the School
of Oriental and African studies' 195~.
ABM
2057. ]aina data abuul musical inslrum~PIIS
('J. of tbe Oriental los t. Baroda' JI,
p. 276 ff. and 377 ff.), 1952['53- . D1
2058. Janfek, LeDA, O lidov pasn a ldcv
hudbl (Prague, 1955). .
2058a. - - and P. V asa, Moravske plsn m-
lostn, vol. I (Prague, 1930).
2059. Jankovic, Danica S., 40 SerLian dance
melodies (Bcograd, 1937). A
2o6o. - - and Ljubica Jankovic, Narod11e
igre (Dance populairu). vol. I-VI (Be<>-
grad, 1934-1951), with a oummary ID
Frencb. A
2061. - - and - - Melodije tlarodiil igara
139
 (i.e. Melodies of folk dance) (Beograd,
1937)
2062. - - and - - Narodne lgr1, vol. VII
(Beorad, 1949). AL
2063. - - and - - Pravno u Nepravilnome
(i.e. Regularity in irregularity) ('Zvuk,
Jugoslovenska muzicka revija', Junej
July 1!155. p. 65 ff.). A (' African Studics' VIII, p. 23 ff.), 1949
206.. - - and - - Nt~rodne frl, vol. VIII
(Bco,:rad, 195.).
2065. --ami - - Prilog prouchavt~niju os-
lalaka orskiJ. obrednik irara u Yugosla-
vije (A contribution to the study of
the survival of ritual dances in Yugo-
slavia), Beograd, 1957 A 1939).
2066. Jans, P., Essai de la musique religieuse
pour indig~nes daKS 1 Vict~rial apostoli-
que de Coquilhatville (' Aequatoria' XIX,
No. 1), Coquilhatville, 1956. GL2 M
2067. Jansky, Herbert, Vergleichende Volks-
liederkunde als Hilfsmillel dr Vlker-
psychologie ('Proc. Anthropol. Congress,
Vienna, 1-8 Sept. 1952' 11. Etbnologica,
1st vol., p. 79 ff.), Vienna. 1955 AB
2068. Janus, earolus,Musi<;i scriptoru Graeci.
Supplementum, melodiarum reliqviae
(Leipzig, 1899). A 2084. Jirnek, JaroslaY, Volkschina in der
2o6g. Japanese Radio lnstitute, Sistem Ainu
songs, recorded i" Karafuto (Saghalien}
and Hokkaido (I947-195I) ('CoUoques
de Wgimont' I, p. 195 ff.), Brussels,
1956. Ae
2070. Jrdanyi, Pl, A kidei maryarsdg
vildgi zenje (i.e. The wordly music of
the Hungarians of the village Kide),
Kolozsvr, 1943 A 2087. Jobo, J. T., Village music of Sierra
2071. - - The delermining of scales and
solmization in Hu11garian rnu.siC41 folk-
lore (' Studia Memoriae Belae Bartk
Sacra', p. 301 ff.), Budapest, 1956. Ae
2072. - - Hangnem-tpusok a Magyar Np-
zenben (i.e. The typical tonalities of
the Hungarian folk music) (in 'Em-
lkkonyv Kodly. l. 70 Zsultes nap-
jra' p. 255 ff.), Budapest, 1953 A ly' XXV, p. 498 ff.), 1939
2073. - - The sigJJificance of folk music in
presenl-day HvngariaK musicology and
musical arl ('J. Intem. Folk Music
Council' IX, p . .off.), 1957 ACJKL
2074. Jasim Uddln, Folk Music of Easl
Pakisla>l ('joumal of the Iotem. Folk
Music Council' III, p. 41 ff.), 1951.
AeJKL
2075. - - Folksongs of East Bengal (Dacca,
U.S. Infonnation Service), 1957
2076. ] aunimo saviveiklos suna No. IJ and
No. 14 (Wilna, 1955).
2077. Jeannin, Dom J., Mlodies lilhurgiques
syriennes 1 chaldiennes (2 vals.) (1926
and '28).
2078. - - L'Octoechos syrien ('Orieos Chris-
tianus' new series, lll, p. 82 ff. and
277 f.). DGHKL'
2079. --Le chanl/ithurgique syrin ('Jour-
nal asiatique' 1912, p. 295 ff.; 1913, p.
65 H.). D'GHKL'
2080. Jeffreys, M. D., A musical poi from
Soutilern Nigeria ('Man' XL, p. 186
(No. 215 ff.)), 1940. BD'GKL'LM
208oa. - - The bull-roarer anong the lbo
KLM
2081. Jenkins, B., Nolions oj a.ncienl Chnese
music ('J. of the R. Asiatic Soc., Nortb-
China Branch' 1868). KL
2082. Jenkinson, N. H., and E. Morris, Bells
and gongs of old ]apan ('Apollo', Nov.
e
2083. Jenness, D., Eskimo music in Northern
A/aska ('The Musical Quarterly' VIII,
p. 377 H.). 1922. e
2083a. Jensen, A. E., Hainuwele, Volkser~h
luuge" van der Molukken-lnsel Ceram
(s.v. Flaute, Gong, Gesang, Muscbel-
trompete (tahuri)), Frankfurt ajM.
~ B
2083b. jhering, H. von, Nasenflole ('Globus
LXXV), 1899. DlGM
Musik (Dresden, 1955).
2085. Joest, W., Malayische Lieder vnd Tnze
aus Ambon und den Uliase (Molukken)
('Intem. Archiv 1. Ethnogr.' V, p. 1
ff.), 11!92. BDlGHKLI
2086. Jobn-Laugnitz, A., Neue Beitrage zur
chinesischen Musikaeslhetik ('AUgem.
Musikzeitung' XXXII), 1905. D'L
Leone ('West African Review' XXIII,
p. 1043 ff.). 1952. G
2088. Johnson, Guy Benton, The Negro
spiritual: a problem in a>llilropology
('Amer. Antbrop.' XXXUI, p. 151
ff.), 1931. GLI
208g. Johnson, Orme, A1u#cal instruments oj
ancient H awaii ('The Musical Quarter-
eDH 1
2090. Jobnsson, Bengt, Om folkeviseoptegnelse
i ldre tider ('Dansk Musiktidsskrift'
XXV, p. 2~4 ff.), Copenhagen, 1950. K
2091. Jones, Arthur Morris, Ajrican dt'um-
mi"ll ('Bantu Studies' VIII, p. 1 ff.),
1934. KL 2 M
2092.-- The study of Africun musical
rhylhm ('Bantu Studies' XI, p. 295 ff.),
1937. KL 2M
2093. - - A frican M usic in N orlhern Rho-
desia und sorne oliler places (Rhodes-
Livingstone Museum Occasional Paper
No. ll, combined with a prcvious Essay
on African Music in 'Atrican Studies'
VIII), 1949. AIKL 2 M
2094. - - A/rican music (Rhodes-Living-
stone Museum, Occasional Papers, N .S.
No . ., O.S. No. 2).
 2095. - - The mwsic ...W.ers (London, 1948,
s.l.). 1M
2096. - - African Music: lite Mganda Dan<~~
('African Studies' Dec. 1945. p. 180 tf.).
AKM
2097 - - The Xalimba oj lheLala tribe, Nor-
lhern Rhodesia (' Africa' XX, p. 324 ff.),
London, 1950. BGJKLILM
2098. - - WhaJ in a smileJ (in 'Newsletter of
tbc African Music Soc.' I no. 3. p. 13
U.), 1950. ACJM
2099. - - Report on a Ice tu re on 'Africau
Music' given to tbe Bulawayo Music
Club in Sept. 1950 (ibid. I no. 3. p. 16
U.), 1950. ACJM
2100. --Hymns for 1/u Ajrican (ibid. I no.
3. p. 8 ff.), 1950. ACJM
2101. - - Blue Noles and Hot Rhylhm (ibid.
1 DO. 4 p. 9 ff.), 1951. ACJM
2102. --(in collab. witb L. Kombe) The
leila Dance Old Style (pu bl. by the
Atrican Music Soc., 1952). AFIJLM
2103.-- Folk Mu1ic in Africa ('Joumal of
tbe lntern. Folk Music Council' V, p. 36
ff.), 1953 ACJKL
2104.-- African Rhylhm ('Africa' XXIV,
p. 26 ff.), 1954 ABGIJKLLM
2105. - - East and West, Nortil and South
('African Music' l, No. 1, p. 57 ff.),
1954 ACJLM
2105a. - - European and African rnu.sic.
Dilferences of scale and rhythm (Broad-
cast talk from the Lusaka station) (' East
Africa and Rbodesia' XXIII, No. 1164,
p. 515). London, 1947
2105b. - - Drums doum the centuries ('Afric-
an Music' 1 No. 4. p. 4ft.), 1957 ACJLM
2106. Jones, Trevor A., A rnhem land m-wsic.
Part II. A musical survey ('Oceania'
XXVI, p. 252 ff. XXVIII, p. 1 tf.),
1956 and 1957 ABD 1G
2107. Jones, William, On the musical modes
ofthe Hindus ('Asiatic Researcbes' lll,
p. 55 ff.), 1792 (reprinted in S. M.
Tagon:, 'Hindu Music from various
autbors', p. 123 ff.), Calcutta, 1882,
(vide below No. 4031). CFIKL'
2108. - - Ueber die Musik der 1t~dier
(transl. from tbe Enlisb), Erfurt, 1802.
e 2126. Julkns, Antano,. Lietuvi~kos svotbins
2109. Jong Lsn., J. L. de, De Noardske Balke
(Assen, 1942). ACH
2110.-- De Noordse bal/ ('111ens en l\1do-
die' XII. p. 174 ff.), ]une 1957. AC
2111. Jorge, Toms, As aptides musicais dos
i>Jdgenas de Mofambique ('Bol. da S<>-
ciedade de Estudos da Colonia de Me>-
~ambique' Ill, p. 163 fl.), Lorenzo
Marques, 1934
2112. Jourdain, M., Un instrument du pays
Buba (Haute Valla) ('L'Antbropoloie'
XLII, p. 676), Paris, 1932. D 1GH
2113. Joycc, Patrick Weslo11, .AJI<&Jol IrisA
music (Dublin, 1873).
211 ... - - Oltl 1 ris/1 folA music 10nd '""''
(DublinJLondon, 1909).
211 .. a. Joyce, T. A., The pottery whistlt-
figurines ofl.ubaantum ('J. of tbe R.
Antbrop. lnaL' LXIII,. p. xv ff.), 1933.
BGIJKLLM
2115. Joyeul<, Charles, Note sur quelques ...,...
nij1stations mwsi&ales obs1rvu '" HuuU
Guine ('Revue musicale' X, p. ~9 ff.;
XI. p. 103 ff.), 191oJ'11. D 1GK
2116.-- EtudiS sur quelques manifesla
lions musical,. observes e" H aut-
Guio Franfaise ('Revue d'Ethnngra-
phie et des traditions populaires'.
Paris, 1924, p. 183 ff.). G
2117. Judd, Neil M., The material cullure of
Pueblo Bonito ('Smitbsonian Miscel-
laneous Cnllectiona' vol. 124, Washing-
ton D.C., 195il p. 30i ff.: Musical
instruments. J
0 2118. Jungbauer, G., Bibliographie des deut-
.chen VolAsliedes in BiJimletl (Prag,
1913). o
2119. Jungblut, Magic Songs oftlte Bhils of
jhabua StaJe C. l. ('lntern. Archiv f.
Etbnogr.' XLIII, p. 1 ff.), 1943
BD'GHKLM
2120. Jnior, Santos, Nott> de coreografa po-
pular trasmontona l. A da"fa dos
pretos (Moncorvo) ('Trabalbos da Socie-
dade Portuguesa de Antropologa e
Etnologia' VI, p. 33 ff.), Porto, 1935
2121. --Nota de coreografa popul10r tras-
montana U. A dan~a dos prelos (Carvi-
fais) (ibid. Vlll, p. 95 ff.), Porto, '937
2122. Junod, Henri A., The mbiW. or native
piano ofthe Tsopi tribe ('Bantu Studid'
lii, p. 275 ff.), J obannesburg, 19>9.
KLM
2123. --Les chants el les cantes des lJa-
Ronga (Lausanne, I:lridel, 1897).
2124. - - The life of a South African tribe
(Macmillan, 2/1928), voL 1, p. 431; vol.
11, pp. 276 ff., 423 and 41!4.
2125. jurjans, A., Lettische Vali<slieder (lliga,
18M5).
2125a. Juswcwicz, A., .Melodjeludowe litews-
hie, vol. 1 (Cracow, 1900).
dai>Jos (Vilnius, 1955).
2127. Kadman, G., Yemenite dances. aud
their influenu on the 11ew 1sra.el folh-
da11Ces ('J. of tbe lotero. Folk Muic
Council' IV, p. 27 ff.). 1952. ACJKL
2127a. Kahan, Y. L., Yidishe folkslider mJI
melodyes. Reissued by M. Vaynraykb
(New York, 1957).
2128. Kalff, G., Het tud ;,. de Middeleeuwen
(Leiden, 188o~J- AllGH
2128a. Kallenberg, S., lndische Musik ('Z. f.
Musik' 1927). L
2129. Kamburov, lvan, Chanls de Noil bul-
gares (Paris, 1929).
21JO. - - Bwlgarskala mwsica (Sofia, un-
dated).
2131.-- Bwlgarski narodni pesni (Sofia,
1941).
2132. - - Suschl>wsl, znalchenie i zapisvane
tla naschia musikalen folklore ('lzvestia
narodnija etuografaki musey' V, fa.;c.
1-IV), Solia, 1925.
2133. - - Na.chile narodni napevi i leoriile
tla Riemcmna (Sofia, 1926).
2134. Kamel El-Kholay, J(ilabw '1-mwsiqi
(Cairo, 1905).
2134a. Kam.itin, F. R., The rongo ('Sudan
Notes & Records' XXVIII, p. 179 ff.),
1947 M 2146. Kastaljskij, A., Osoblnosti russkoj narod-
2135. Kanai, Kikuko, Ryilkyi no Miny6
(Folkson;s oflhe Ryukyu Islcnsds) (To-
kyo 1954).
2136.-- Tllefolk music of lhe Ryilkyiis ('J.
ol the lotero. Folk Muaic Council' VII,
p. 17 fl.), 1955 AC
21J6a. Kaneko, Nobori, Zum Problem der .2148. Kate, H. ten, Geo;raphical distribwtion
11./testen japanilchen Mwsik ('Wiener
Volkenkundl. Mitt.' Il, p. 144 ff.), 1954
Ll
2136b. Kanetune-Kyosuke and Syotl Tudl,
Die geschichtlichen Denkmaler der japa-
nischen Tonkunsl. Abt. l. Hofmwsik, l.
Saibara (Tokyo, 1930).
2136c. - - ]apanese music, past and pre~ent
('Oriental Economist' XXIV, p. 186
ff.), April 1956.
2137. Kantor, S. A., and S. Ladi:linsky,
Piesne SSSR pre lensM a dus" spe-
vokoly (Bratislava, 1949).
2138. Kao Tung Chia, Le Pi-pa-ki ow l'his-
toire de lwth (French translation by
l:lazin Ain), Paris, 1841.
2138a. Kappe, Gustav, Tanz und Trommel der
Neger (Festschrt-Prof. Schauinslaod),
Dremen, 1927.
*2138b. Karaba.l~. Nedjeljko, Muzil"i folklor
Hrvatskog Primorja i lslre (Rijeka,
1956). A 2155 - - Narodni nusikalni instrumenti 11
2139. Karabey, Llka, and fellow-workers,
Musiki Mecmuasi (i.e. Music Magazine),
a monthly periodical, published since
1948, containing exclusive studies and
articles on tbeory, application, bistory
etc. of Turkish music.
2140. Karastoyanov, A., .Helodichni i har-
monichni osnovi na bulgarsktUa tsarodna
pessm (Salia, 1950).
214oa. Karpeles, Maud, Folk songs from New-
foundland, 2 vals. (1934).
2141.-- and Arnold A. Bake, MAnual for
Folk Music Collectors (1951). A III), Beograd, 1937.
*2142. - - English Folk Mwsic ('Grove's
Dictionaty of Music and Musicians', 5th
ed. vol. in, p. 227 ff.), 1954
ACFH'K
2143. - - Cecil Silarp, collector of Englislo
folk "'usie ('Studia Memoriae Belae
Bartk Sacra', p. 445 ff.), Budapest,
195<. AC
214-f. - - Folk songs of Europe (London,
1951>). AL
2144a. - - The collectin: of folk music And
oth.er ethttomusicological material. A
manual /or field workers (considerably
cnlar;cd and partly rcwrittcn ed. of
No. 2141, issued by the l.F.M.C. aod
tbe R. Anthrop. Inst. of Gr. Br. and
lreland), London, 1958. A
2145. Kas/miri Msiqi (sa, ri, ga, ma), vol. I
(Teacher's Traioing College, Srinagar,
undated).
noj mruykalnoj sistemy (MoscowJPetro-
;rad, 1913.)
2147. Kataoka, GidO, o,. Shakujo ('Journal
of tbe Soc. for Researcb in Asiatic
Music', No. 12-13, Englisb Section, p. 6
!!.), Tokyo, Sept. 1954
of the musical bow (' Amer. Antbrop.'
O.S. Xl, p. 93 ff.), 1898. GLI
2149. - - 1'he musical bow in Formosa
('American Antbropologist' V, p. 581
ff.), 1903.
2150. Katscbulev, lvan, Bulgarski ,.arodni
n~usikalni instrume-nti-tamburite 11 Raz-
lolko ('Izvestia na Instituta za musica'
1, pub!. by the Bulgarska Akademia na
Naukite), Sofia, 1952.
2151. - - Svirkarstvoto v selo schipka (ibid.
ll-lll), Sofia, 1956.
2152. - - Ovtscharski zvuntsi u grAd gotse
deltschev (ibid. II-III), Sofia, 1956.
2153. - - Bulgarski narodni pesni za rusia
(pub!. by tbe Bulgarska Akademia na
Naukite), Sofia, 1953.
2154.-- Su.stoyanieto na narodnata musika
v Rodopite (Report of the Rodopska
Ekspeditia 1953, pub!. by the Bulgars-
ka Akademia na Naukite), Sofia, 1955
Dobrudta (Report of the Dobrudtanska
Expeditia 1954. pub!. by tbe Bulgarska
Akademia na Naukite), Sofia, 1956.
2155a. - - 1 nstruments de musique Anciens
('La Bulgarie d'Aujourd'bui' April
1958, No. 7. p. 24 ff.).
2156. Katzarova, Raina, Gaydite nA edin schu-
m~nski maystor ('lzvestia na narod-
niya etnografski musey' XII), Sofia,
19J6.
2157.-- Koprischki gaydi i gaydari ('Vjes-
nik etnograpbskog museija u Zagrebu'
2158. - - Dneschnoto systoyanie na epitsch-
niya retsita.Jiv v Bulgaria ('lzvestia na
narodnia etnografski musey' XIII),
Sofia, 1939.
2159. - - Koledarski pesni (Sofia, 1934).
216o. - - Trois ginrations de chanleuses
bulgares (in 'Mlanges offerts a Zoltan
Kodaly a l'occasion de son 6oieme
anniversaire'), Budapest, 1943 ACK
2161. --Tri pokolenija narodni pevilzi
(lzvestia. lnstitut za. Musika. 1, Bul-
ga.rska. Akademia na Naukite), Sofia,
195' (2nd enla.rged edition of No. 2160).
2162. - - M.ilhodes de prtservation el de
rmai>Satl&e du folkloro musical ('J. of
tile lntern. Folk Music Council' I, p. 4~
ff.), 1949 AC
2163. - - Bulgarische T/Jnze und Taturhylh-
tnetl ('Festschrift-Dr. Erich Mller von
Assow), Berlin, 1942.
2164. --Dances of Bulgaria (Parrisch a.nd
Coy., London, 1951).
2165. - - Canli populari Bulgari. Molivi
primaverili. Le vie del Oriente (Monta.-
nina. Magia, 1932).
2166. - - Dva ollilschitelni beleg na Bulga-
romohatnedanskite narodni napevi
('Sbornik na. slvyanskite geogra.fi i
etnogra.fi'), Sofia, 1936.
2167. - - Gherghyovdenski obilchai v se/o
gorni pasare/, samokovsko ('Bulga.rski
narod' I, fase. 1), Sofia, 1941.
2168. - - DtJes&hnoto systoyanie na narod-
nara pesen i Tanlsovia folklore v Do-
brudzha ('Sbornik Dobrudzhanska Ek-
speditsia. 1954').
216g. - - Bulgarski narodni instrunu:nti
('Bibliotcka hudotestvcna. sa.modey-
nost' l, fase. 9). 1955
2170. - - D<tski iri s pesni v Trakija,
('Bulga.rski na.rod' I, fase. Ill).
2171. - - Ugarlschinska penlalotlika ('Izves-
tia na narodnia etnograski musey'
XIV).
2172. - - Narodnia pevelz Chrislo Gheorghiev
('Revue Bulga.rska. Muzika' V, fase. IV,
1), Sofia, 1~54.
2173. - - Bulgarian Folk Music ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. lll, p. 201 ff.).
1954 ACFH1K
2174.-- Verbreitung und Varianten eitses
bulgarischen Volkslatlzes (' Studia. Me-
moriae Btlae Bartk Sacra.', p. 69 ff.),
Buda.pest, 1956. AC
2175. - - Bulgarski lanlzof. folklore (i.e.
Bulgarian folkloristic dances), Sofia.,
1955
2176.-- Narodni chOf'a i igre ot celo Chl-
vn Lovesko (i.e. Folkloristic rondes
anu dances from the village of Chl.
district Lovetch), Sofia., 1956. A musicologica" dt:dicated to Flora vao
2177. Katzenellenbogen, U., A>~lhology of
Lithuania11 and Latvian Folksongs (Chi-
cago, 1935).
2178. Kaudcrn, Walter, Musical Jnstruments
in Celebes ('Ethnoraphica.l Studies in
Celebes' lll). GOteborg, 1927. ABCJ
143
2179 Kaufmann, F. M., Die schimsle Lieder
der Ostfuden (Berlin, 1920).
2180. Kaufmann, Nikolay, Narod>~i pesrai nA
edin glas (Biblioteka budozestvena
sa.rnodejuost, I, vol. XI), Sofia, 1955
~181. - - Trivreinenna tukl v horovoduittJ
pesni v Pirinskia kray (' Revue Bul-
ga.rska. Musika.' VIII), Sofia., 1956.
2182. Kaufmann, Walter, Folksongs of the
Gund and Baiga ('Musical Qua.rterly'
XXVJI, p. 2tlo ff.), 1941. H1
2184. Kavi, M. Ramakrishna, Bharala Kosa,
a dicliunary of technical lerms witil
definiliO>IS from the works on mu.sic a111l
dramalurgy by BharaJa and olhers (Sri
Venkata.sva.ra Oriental Inst., Tirupa.ti,
1951).
2185. Keel, Frederick, Sorne t:har;;tn-istics
of British folksong (' Report of the 4th
Congress of the lntern. Music Soc., Lon
don 19I1', p. 179 ff.), London, 1911. CF
2186. Keh, Chung Sik, Die koreanische 111usik
('Sa.mml. musikw. Abha.ndl., Strass
burg', 1935). AIJ
218. Keldis, Juri, Geschic/Ue der russischen
M usik (tra.nsl. from the Russian by
Dieter Lehman), Leipzig, 1956 ff. C
2188. KeUer, Gustav, Tanz omd Gesang bei don
alten Germanen (Bem, 1927). H
2189. Kennedy, Keith, The ancienl four-note
musical sea/e of lke MaOf'iS ('Mankind' !,
p. 11 ff.), 1931. L'
2190. - - The mu.sic system of lhe Fijiaras
(ibid. I, p. 37 ff.), 1931. L'
2191.-- Thedrumsof Mbau (ibid.IV, p. 219
ff.). 1934 L'
2192. Kenny, E. C., Chinese gongs ("Ma.n'
XXVII, p. 165 ff., (No. 113)). 1927.
BD 1 GKLM
2193 Kernyi, Gyllrgy, The syslem o/ publish-
iug the collection of Han1guriau folksougs:
Corpus A-1 usicae Popularis H uugariu...e
("Studia Memoriae Belae I:lartk Sacra',
p. 453 ff.), Budapest, 1956. AC
2194. - - A Reg6s->1ek macie (i.e. The
kernel of the sinboing of the Regos,
the folk ba.rds) (in 'Emlkkonyv Ko
dly. l. 70 Zsultesna.pjra' p. 241 ff.).
Budapest, 1953 . ":-
2195 Kertsz, Gyula, A Npdal Gtpa Fdue-
lele (i.e. The recording of lolk sones)
(in 'Emlkkonyv Kodly. l. o Zsu-
ltesna.pjra' p. 659 ff.), Budapest,
1953 _A
2196. Keyser, P. de, Enkele losst be~c.laowwal1-
gen over volksliedkwnde ("MLSc~lla.nca
dcr Mueren, p. 85 !1.). 1950. . C
2197 Khokar. Moban. BJaaraltJ-Jialya ut !!a-
ruda ('Souvenir of thc 8th SoutL lndld~l
Natyakala Cunf .. Dec. 1953- J;,n. 1951 )
Madras, The ludian lnst. uf hne An.s,
1954
 ll98. Kidson, Frank,
(Oxford, 1931).
TradiliOJUJl T..,..,
2199.-- Mans Folk Musi& ('Grove'a Dic-
tionary' sth ed. vol. lll, p. 314), 1954.
ACFUlK
2200. - - Hurdy-gurdy (ibid. vol. IV, p. 415
ff.), 1954. ACFH 1K
2201. Kiesewetter, R. G., Dw Musilt iUr
Araber (Leipzig, 1842). FGK
2202. Kimo1suld, Ka.nekazu, Tilo A nalysis
of Sound-wave (' J oumal of tbe Soc. for
Research in Asiatic Music', No .. ll-13,
Eoglish Sectioo, p. u ff.), Tokyo, Sept.
1954.
2202a. Kin, Maung Tha, Tio< t:anl oflh< musi-
cians of Burma ('J. of tbe Burma Re-
search Soc.' XIV, p. 51 ff.), 1924.
2203. Klngslake, Brla.n, Tio< Arl of lh<
Yoruba ('Africao Music Society News-
letter' 1, No. 4. p. 13 ff.), 1951. ACJM
2203a. - - Musi&al mernor o/ Nigeria
(' Africao Music' 1 No. 4 p. 17 ff.), 1957
ACJLM
2204. Kingsley, Victoria, Furlio<r Note of
lio< lllustratod Talli on Folk Mui< oflh<
W esl ('The J oumal of tbe Music Aca-
demy, Madras' XXII, p. 83 ff.), 1951.
AC
2205. Kingsmlll, Thomas, W. Th< musi& of
China ('J. of the R. Asiatic Soc.,
North Chioa Branch' XLI, p. 26 11.),
1910. KL6
22o6. Kiokeldey, Otto, Claanging relations
wilhin llae fidd of musirology (' Proc.
Music Teacher'a Natiooal Ass.' LX, p.
246 ff.).
2207. --Chinee musi& ('Encycl. Brittan-
nica' V). BD'GH
2208. Kirby, Percival R., Oldlinae &laanls of
lh< Mpumuza &hiefs ('Bantu Studies'
11, p. 23 ff.), 1923. . KM
2209. - - Some probJem of primitivo har-
mony and polyphony, willa spe&ial rcf-
erence lo Bat~lu praclice ('South African
journal of Science' XXIII), 1926. M
22Il. - - Primilive and esoli& music ('S.
African Joumal of Science' XXV, p.
507 ff.), Cape Town, 1928.
2 2 1 2 . - - Study of Soulla African native
music ('S. Africao Railways Mag.' 2001
ff.), 1928.
2213. - - A Study of Negro harmony ('Musi-
cal Quarterly' XVI, p. 404 ff.), New
York 1930.
2214. - - The Gora and ils Banlu sucussors
('Bantu Studies' V), 1931. AKL'M
2215. - - Th< mystery oflh< creat Gomgom
('South Africao Joumal of Science'
XXVIII), 1931.
2216. - - The recognilion and praclical use of
lhe harmonics of slrelch<d slrings by lio<
Banlu of South Africa ('Bantu Studies'
VI, p. 31 ff.), 1932. KL 2 M
2217. - - The music and musical instrumeftl
ofthe Korana (il.lid. p. 163 ff.), 1932.
AKLM
2218. - - The drums of IM Zulu ('Soutb
African Journal of Science' XXIX, p.
655 ff.). 1932. M
2219. - - The reed-flute ensembls of Soutla
Africa ('Joumal of the R. Anthrop.
lnst. of Great Britain and Ireland'
XIII). 1933. BGlKL1LM
2220. --Musical origins in tio< lighl of th<
musical praclice of tio< Bushmen, Hol-
lenlol and Banlu (' Proc. of the Mus.
A Asociation'), Leeds, 1933.
2221.-- Th< elhnology of African sound
instrumenls. A communicalion on the
G early history o/ th< mbila ;,. A frica.
('Bantu Studies' VII), 1934 BKL 2M
2222. - - Th< elfecl of Weslern civilization
u pon Ba11tu music (in: l. Schapera,
'Western civilization and the Natives of
South Africa'), London, 1934
2223. - - Th< Musical Jnslrumenls of the
Native Races of South Africa (Oxford/
London, 1934, 2/1953). ABCIJLL1 .
2224. - - TM principie of slralificution as
applied lo Soulla A/rican nalive music
('South African J ournal of Science'
XXXII, p. 72 ff.), 1935. ACD'M
2225. -.-A furllaer note on th< Gora and its
Bantu successors ('Bantu Studies' IX),
1935 AKL2M
2227.-- The musicalpraclices oflh< f~Auni
and *Khomani Bushmen ('Bantu
Studies' X p. 373). 1936. AKL 2M
2228.-- A Sludy o/ Bushman Music
('Bantu Studies' X, p. 205 ff.), 1936.
AKLM
2229. --Musical i>ISiruments of lh< Cape
Maluys ('South African Journal of
Science' XXXVI, p. 477 ff.), Dec. 1939.
M
2230.-- A frica" Music (Chapter XXIX
ol Ellen Hellman, assisted l.ly Leah
Abrahams, Haudbook of Race Rela-
tions in South Africa'). 1949. A
2231. - - A 11ole on lh< shipalapala of llao
M Tonga ('South Africao Journal of
Science' XXXV, p. 361 ff.), 1938. AD 1M
2232.-- The Trumpets of Tui-Ankh-Amen
and lheir succesors (' J ourn. of the R.
Anthrop. Inst. of Great Britain and
lreland' 1950, p. 33). AGIKL1L2M
C 2233. - - A secret musical instrument: IM
ekola of lh< Ovakuanyana of Ovambo-
land ('South Africao Journal of Science'
XXXVIII, p. 345 ff.), 1942. AM
2234. - - Banlu ('Die Musik in Geschichte
M und Gegenwart' 1, col. 1219 ff.), 1951.
ACDEFGHlKL
2235.-- Buschmann- und Hollenlollenmu-
sik (ibid. 11, col. 501 ff.), 19_52.
ACDEFGU1KL
144
2236. - - Science tnod M ..sic ('South-African
Joumal of Science' Ll, p. 67 ff.), Oct.
1954 AGM
2237.-- Primiliu Mv.sic ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' 5th ed., vol. VI, p. 921 ff.),
l<J54 ACFH1K
2238. Kishibe, Shigeo, On lloe Origin of 1/u
P'i-p'" ('Transactions of the Asiatic
Soc. of Japan', 2nd oer. vol. XIX, p.
259 ff.), 1940. GKL1
2239. - - Tlu Cht~rt&Cier of 1/u Shi-pu-chi,
'lhe Ten K inds of M usic' of 1/u T' ang
Dynt~sly (' J oumal of the Soc. for
Research in Asia tic Muaic', No. 9, p.
8 vv.), 1951. A 2255 --Notes sur la lablalure doinoise
2240.-- Emigrtllion of Musicians from
Central Asia lo China and Dijfusion of
Weslern Music in China ('Anuales of
the Inst. of History, Faculty of General
Culture, Tokyo Univ.' No. 1), 1953 A
2241. - - Tlu sociely far research in .Asialic
music; its aims, Junclicms, and G-
chieuemenls ('Ethnomusicology' X, p.
12 ff.), May 1957 AGL
2241a. Kirtikar, Padmavati, Tlu lheory of
Indian music (Santa Cruz, Bombay,
19J3).
224Ib. Klausmeicr, Friedrich, Kkne Euro-
paische Melodienku>Jde, eine musikali-
sche Reisebeschreibung fremder Lander
in Volksliedern (Suppl. to the Unesco-
Liederbuch), Berlin, 1957. A d'lude musicale m lndo&hine (Leyden,
22.2. Klier, Karl, Die uolksl..Uiche Quer-
Pfeije ('Das Deutsche Volkslied' XXV),
1923.
2243.-- Volkslmliche Querfllen und die
Maultrommel ('Kongressber. der Beet-
boven-Zentenarfeier' Vienna, 192 7, p.
375 tf.). e ACDEFHJ
2244.--250 ]abre Maullrommelmacher-
zunjl zw Molin ('Tagespost', Linz, No.
226), 29/IX, 1929.
2245.-- Neue A11leilung zum ScJ.wegeln
(Vienna, 1931).
2:l46. - - Volkstmliche Musikinstrumente
in den Alpen (KasseljBasel, 1956). CJL
2247. Klose, H., Musik, Tanz und Spisl in
Togo ('Globu' 89). 1911.
2248. Klusen, Ernst, Der Stammtscharakter in
den U.' eisen neuerer dev.tschen Yolks-
lieder (Bad Godesberg, 1953}. CL
2248a.. - - Die rheinische F assungen des
Liedes von den a heiligen Zuhlen im
Zu:;ammenhatlg der europaischen Ueber-
lieferung (Cologne, 1956). L 2266a. - - Slruclwres premodales el pseudo-
2248b. - - DeuJS&h-niederlandische Bezien-
ungen im 1' ulhslied (Calogne, 1956). L
224~k. Knosp, Gaston, Les cha1ds d' amour
dans la tusiqu orie.ntale ('Mercure
Musical' IV, p. 785 ff.), 1908.
2249. - - Annamili.che Melodien ('Die Mu-
sik' III, !a.c. 24}, 1903/'04. CDFKL
2250. - - L a Birmanie (1906) (in Lavinac,
145
'Hist. de la Musiquc' V, p. 3094 ft.),
192:1. ACDEFHJ
2251. - - Hisloir~ de la musiq,.. dons
I'Indo-Chitu (1907) (ibid., p. 3100 ff.),
192:1. ACDEFHJ
2252.-- Uebn t&nnamiliS<he Musik ('Sam-
melb. der Intem. Musikges.' VIII, p.
137 ff.), 1go6-'o7. 1 CDFH1L
2253. - - Lzs iles Cant~ries (19o8) (in La-
vignac, 'Hist. de la Musique', p. 3234
ff.), 1922. ACDEFH
225-f --Lzs Chanls d'amo11r dans la mus-
que cwientale ('Mercure Musical', IV, p.
76llff.), 19o8.
('Revue Musicale de Lyon' VI, p. 785
ff.). 1909 .
2256. - - Lz Eullo- Y" ella t~~usique Chinois1
('Le Guide Musical' IV, p. 571 ff.,
591 ff.), 1908. D1
2257. --Notes sur la musique persane
('Le Guide Musical' IV, p. 283 U., 307
ff., 327 ff. and 347 ff.), 1909. D1
2258. - - Note.s sur la mu.siqwe indo-ciJiHoise
('Rivista musicale Italiana' XVI, p. 833
ff. and XVII, p. 415ft., 428 ff.), 1909
and 1910. CKL
2259. --La Musique dans l'ducalion chi-
noise ('Mercure de France' LXXXIII,
p. 757 ff.), 1910. D'
226o. - - Rapporl sur une mission oflicielle
1911). CL
2261. - - Bibliographia music44 ezotica
(Brussels, 2j1914).
2262. La musique des I ndien.s de 1'A mirique
du Nord (in Lavignac, 'Histoire de la.
Musique' V, p. 3333 ff.), 1922.
2263. - - Ls Tziganes (ibid., p. 2b46 fC.),
1922. ACDEFHJ
2264. --Le gamelan ('Rivista muicale
Italiana.' XXXI and XXXIII), resp.
1924 and 19"6. CKL
2265. --Le probUme de la musique exoliqws
('Rivista Musicale Italiana' XXXII, p.
5 66 ff.), 19 25 . CKL
2265a. Knott, C. G., Remarks on ] apanese
musical scales ('Transactions of tbe
Asiatic Soc. of Japan' XIX), 1891.
2266. Knudsen, Thorkild, Praemodal og pseu-
do-gregoriansk slruklur i danske folke;
visemelodier ('Dansk Mus1ktldsskr1ft
XXXII, p. 63 ff.), Copenhagen, 1957 A
grgoriennes dans les mlodies des b"_lla-
des danoises (']. of the lnlem. rol k
Music C<>uncil' X, p. 4 ff.), 1958.
ACIJKL
2266b. Kochnitzky, L., D'un camel de roule
musical ('Jeune Afrique' VI, p. '7 H.}.
1952. M
2267. Kod.ly, Zoltan, Kelewu:a hi>mies bulla-
 da. Egy dallam 38 ullozalban (i.e.
A ballad-melody with all its varia-
tion iD 38 stanzas) ('Zenei Szemle'
11, p. 37 ff.), 1926.
2268. - - Npraiz ts zenelrlitUI (i.e. Folc-
lore aod Musical history) ('Etbnogra-
phia' 1933, p. 4 ff.).
2269. - - Otfok zene 1-IV (i.e. Pentatonic
music), lludapest, 19131'47 A New York, 1936.
2270. - - A magyar nipzeru (i.e. The
Hungariao folk music), Budapest, 3/
1952. AK
2271.-- EtU Vorbedingung der uergle-
chenlk Ledforschung ('Studia Memoriae
Belae Bartk Sacra.', p. 7 ff.), Budapest,
1956. AC
2272. --Die Ut~garsche Volksmusk(traosl.
by Bence Szabolsci from the Hungarian)
(No. 2270), Budapest, 1956. ACFL
2273. Kodikar, Mukta, Role of classcGI musc
in Indan films ('Lakshya. Saogect' I),
Delhi, 195-f/'55
2274. Kobl, Lou4 von, Tnenlk Amlsem-
bleme. Zur Enlwcklungsge.clclll lkr
cht~csi.cheK Musk ('Sinica.' VII, p. 5
ff.). 1932. GK
75 --Die Grundlugen des aJJchinesischen
Staales und die Bedeulung lkr Rilen
und der Musik ('Baessler Archiv'
XVII), 1934. D 1GKL"
2276. Koblbach, B., Das Widderhorn ('Z.
des Ver. f. Volksk.' XV, p. 113 ff.).
1916. DlGlUK
2277 Kolari, Eino, MxsiAinstrumente und
ihre Venvendung im alleK Teslamenl.
Ein le:rikGlische ""d kuUurgeschichl-
liche Untersuchung (Helsinki, 1947). G
2277a. Kolberg, O., Lud (29 vols.), 1865/'90.
2278. Kolessa, Phila.ret, P"'mographierle Me-
lodietl der "krainiscMn reritierenden G~
sll.nge ('Dumy') (vol. XIII of the 'Bei-
trage zur Ukrainischen Ethnologie')
Lemberg, 1910.
2279 - - Ueber den rhyllomischen Aufbau
der ukranscheft (klein-russischen)
Volkslielkr ('Report4thC<lngress I.M.S.,
1911', p. 184 ff.), London, 1911. CF
2280.-- Volkslieder aus lkm galizchen
Lemkengebiele ('Beitrage zur Ukraini-
schen Ethnologie' vol. XXXIX), Lem-
berg, 1929.
228oa. --Das ukrait~ische Volksled, sein
melodischer und rhylhmischer A ufbau
('Oesterreichlsche Monatschrift fr die
Ori~nt' XLII), 1916.
2281. Kolff, D. H., Reue door den wei11g be-
kmden Z uilklijken M olukscloen A rchipel
e11 la11gs de geheel onbekenlk Zuidwesl-
kusl van Nww-Guinea, gedaats ix de
jaren ~825 en ~Bz6 (Arnsterdam, 1828),
p. 176, 178, 181 and 208. AB
2282. Kolinski, Mieczyslaw, Die Musk der.
Primitivslilmme auf MGlakka und ihro
Beziehungetl zur samoanischeK M usiA
('Anthropos' XXV, p. 588 ff.), 1930.
AD'GKL'L 2 M
2283. - - Suriname Music (in M. J. aod
F. S. Herskovits, 'Suriname .Folklore',
New York, 1936). DI
2284. - - Surinume music (C<llumbia Univ.
contributions to Authropology XXVII)
IJ
2285. --Msica de Culto AfrobahiaKo
('Revista de Estudios Musicales' 1, No.
2, p. 65 ff.), Mendoza, Argentina, D~c.
1949. AKL
2286. --La msica del Oeste Africano.
Musica Europea y exlraeuropea ('Re-
vista de Estudios Musicales' 1, No. 2, p.
191 ff.), Mendoza, Arg~ntina, 1949.
AKL
2287.-- Die Musk Westufrikas (deposited
al the Dept. of Anthropology of North-
western University). A
2290. - - Eth11omusicology, ls problems and
methods ('Ethnomusicology' Newsletter
X, p. 1 ff.), May 1957. AGL
2291. - - l"hc ~tructur~ of meJodic movement,
ll t~ew method of a1J.aJysis (in 'Miscelanea
d~ estudios d~dicados al Dr. Fernando
Ortiz', vol. 11, p. 8!11 ff.), La Habana,
1956. A
2292. - - The determinanls of tonal con-
strucliun in lribGI music ('The Musical
Quarterly' XLili, p. 50 f.), 1957
CDEFKL'
2293. KoUer, Oswald, Die Musik im Lichle
der DarwinscheK Theorie (' J ahrb. der
musikbibl. P~ters' VII, p. 35 ff.), 1901.
CGKLL'
2294. --Die beste Metholk, Volks- u .. d
volksmll.ssige Lieder nach ihrer melodi-
schen (nichJ te:rllichen) Beschaffenheil
lexikalisclo zu ordnen? ('Sammelbande
der intern. Musikges.' IV), Leipzig,
1902/'03. CDFH 1L
2295. KoUmann, Paul, Fllen und Pfeifen aus
AII-Mexico ('Bastian Festschrift'), Ba-
lin, 1896.
2296.-- Tlle Victoria Nyanza (London,
1899). Music: p. 37 ff., 6o ff., 94 ff.,
116 ff., 161 ff., 205 ff. J
2297. Komitas, La musiqve ru.stiqsu: armi-
nienne ('Revue Musicale Mensuelle'
1907, p. 472 ff.). D1K
2298.-- Armenische Dorflieder (Leipzig,
1913) (2 vols.).
2299. Kllnig-Beyer, Walter, V lkerkunde im
Lichle vergleichenlkr M usikwissenschafl
(Rcichenberg, 1931). L
229ga. Kono, Tama, UtsuhomonogcUari a.s a
glorifica/ion of lile musc of kn ('Ocha-
nomizu Joshi Daigaku Jombun kagaku
kiy' VIIl, p. 283 ff. (in Japanese), p.
149 ff. (Engl. summary), March 1956.
2300. Koole, Arend, Report on a>1 inquiry
 into the music and instrumenls of #he
Ba:>ulos in Bgsutol,.nd (' Kongressbe-
rcht lntern. Ges. t. Musikwi>enschatt,
Utrecht 1952', p. 263 ff.), 1953
AeDEF
2301. - - The hislory, sludy, gims "nd
problems of compgr<Uive musicology
('South African Jouroal ol Science' Ll
No. 8, p. 227 11.). March 1955. AGM
2302. Korda, Viktor, Genuine foiA polypiiOJI)I
in the Austria" Alps (']. of the lntero.
Folk Music Council' IX. p. 9 ff.). IQ~7
AeJKL
2303. KoritschOner, H., Some E .. st A/ricgn
nalive songs ('Tanganyika Notes and
Records' IV, p. 51 ff.), 1937
2304. Kornfeld, Fritz, Die long/e Struklur
Chi.nesischer M usik (Miidling bei Wien,
Skt. Gabrieler Studien, vol. XVI),
1955 . L
2305. Kortshmarov, K., Nolglion of over zoo
lraditional melodies (Place and date
unknown).
2305a. Kuutev, Philip, and Maria Koutcva,
Fulk d.mce inslrumenls. Kuv.U ('The
Folklorit' IV No. 1, p. 12 11.), Man-
chclcr, 1!157 A 1956.
2305L. - - and - - Folk dgnu inslrumenls:
Gadulhg ('The Folklorist' IV, No. 4
p. 1II), Manchester, Winter 1957/'58.
A of lhe people o/ Soulh-Easlern Panama
2306. Kozky, St., A lu4114ncok lrlnele
(Geschic!Ue der Tolenllinze) vols. 1-lll
(Budapt:St, 1936-'44). e ff.: Musical inslruMnls.
2307. Kraeling, earl H., and Lucetta Mowry,
Music in the Bible ('The New Oxlord
History of Music', 3rd ed .. vol. 1, p. 283
ff.), 1957 ABCD 1FGH 1JK
2308. Krll.mer, Augustin, Die M aJ""IIII""" van
Tombara (Mnchen, 1925), pp. 54 and
s6 ff. AB
2309. Kraus, Alex., Lg musique '"' 1 gpon
(Florence, 1878).
2310. Kraus, Al., Di alguni s.trumenti
musicgli dell" M icronesia e ,u,. 1.1 ela-
nesig reggi<Ui gj Museo N gzionule d' an-
lropologi" e di elnologi" daJ doll. Olio
Fi>ISch (' Archivio per 1' Anthropologia e
la Etnologia' XVII, p. 35 ff.), Florence,
1887. L Folkeviser (187-4-'76); X. JOO gamle
2311. Krause, Eduard, TrommeltJ gus vorge-
schichllicher Zeil ('Z: f. Ethnologie'
XXIV, p. (97) 11.). 1892.
BD'GHKL1 L 2M
2312. --Die altesten Pgulien ('Giobus'
LXXVIII, p. 193 ff.), Brunsvik, 1900.
DIM
2313. Krauss, H., AllchitJesische Mililitrmusik
und Milillirsignale ('Deut.che Militar-
Musiker-Zeitung' 1907).
231-4. Krawc, Bjaroat ( = Bernazd Schneider),
Dreiu11ddreissig W e01dische Lieder (Leip-
zi;, 1925).
2315. Krccmcr, J., Ath (Leyden, 1922), vol.
l. p. 391 ff. AB
2316. - - 1 uvaansche kinderspelex ,.., ~g
('Mededeelingen vanwegc het Nederl.
Zendelmggenootscbap' XLII, p. 229
ff.), 1898. 8
2317. Krcbbicl, H. E., Afro-Am<rica" Fo14
songs (G. Schirmer, Now York. 1913). F
2318. - - Afro-Amencgn fulksongs. A stwdy
iK racial and n<UiOJtm music (New York/
London, 1914). K
2319. Kremenliev, Boris A., Bulgariun-Mau-
doxign Folk Music (BerkeleyJLos An-
geles, 1952). AClL
2320. - - Sonu social gspecls of Bulg..,iax
folksongs ('J. of American Folklore'
LXIX, p. 310 ff.), JulyJSept. 1957. GK
232oa. Krenn, Ernst, F4royische Spiele, y,.,.,
und anderer Zeilverlreib ('Worter und
Sachen' XXII, p. 217 ff.), 1942.
2321. Kres.nek, Jo:tel, Slovenskd l'wdoud
piesef so slgnoviska hudob.,ho (Bratis-
lava, 1951). A
2321a. - - Burlk's Summlung slowu.kischer
Volkslider ('Studia Memoriao licia<
llartk Sacra', p. 51 ff.), Budapest,
AC
2322. Krieg, HIU15, Pmesli"" ('Encycl. v. d.
Muziek' 1, p. 6-4 ff.), 1956. ACDEFGH'
2323. Krieger, Herbert W., M<Uerigj cullu"
('Bull. of the Smithsonian lost.' No.
134), Washington D.C., 19<6, p. 11.5
J
2323a. Krisbnacharya, Vidvan Hulugur, Frel
ling musical instrumenls ("The J. of the
Music Academy, Madras' XVI, p. 05
u.. '945 e
2323b. - - The inlon<UiOtJ of Karn<Uaka
Raga Melas ('The J. of the Music Aca-
demy, 111adras' XVII, p. 51 ff.), 1946. C
232-4. Krishna Rao, H. P., The Psyc/r.ology oj
e Music (Mysore, 1916).
2325.-- The Psychology of Music (Ban-
galore, 1923). 1
2326. Kristensen, Evald Tang, 1y(d)ske Folke-
mintkr. l. 1ydske Folkeviur og Toner,
sgmled gf Folkemunde, isaer i llunune-
rum-Herred (1868-'71); ll. Gamle 1yske
jyske Folkeviser (1889); XI. Ggm/e
Viser i Folke111UtJde (1891). K
2327. Kristi, Augustin, Alu.t majslorg lam-
bura iz kreleva ("Bilten Inst. za prouca-
vanjc folklora Sarajevo' lll. p. 153 ff.),
Sarajevo, 1955 A
2328. Krohn, llmari, Geistlicile Melodien
('Suomen Kansan Sa.velmia.' J), 1!198.
2329. - - Ueber die Arl und Enlsle/r.ung der
geistlichen VolksmelodoetJ '" F111land
(1899).
2330. --De 1.. mesure a 5 temps da11S la mu-
147
 siqut populaire finnoise ('Sammelb. der
lntern. Musikges.' 11), 1901/'02.
CDFH'L
2331. - - Ueber die chimsiS<hetc Mlodien
von P. du Ha/de(' Allgem. Musik.zeitung'
19oo-'o1). D 1L
2332. - - Welchos ist die lust MetJoode, um
Volks- und volksmassige Lieder nacJo
ilorer melodischm Beschalfenheit lesi-
kalisch zu ordnn ('Sammelbande d.
lntern. Musikges.' IV, p. 1 ff.), 1902/
"o3. CDFH'L
2333. - - Weltliche Mlodie11 ('Suomen Kan-
san Sllvelmia' II), 1904 1 resp. 1906, 1907, 1909 and 1910.
2334. - - Tan.rmelodun (ibid. 111), 1905.
2335 - - Mongolische Melodie11 ('Z. f. Mu-
sikw.' III, p. 65 ff.), 1920. CDHIKL
2336. - - M.Zodien der Permiw ("Mm. de
la Soc. Finno-Ugrienne' LVIII), Hel-
sinki, 1929. G 2352.-- Cesly za Slovanskou Plsnl. 11.
2337.-- Die /i11nische Volksmusik ('Ber.
a. d. lnst. f. Finnlandkunde', Greifs-
wald, 1935). IL
2338. - - Merkmale der finnischen Volks-
musik (' Allgemeine Musikzeitung" 1938.
No. u). D'L
2339. - - Mdszertani krdsek az 6sszela
sonlit npdalkutalsban (Zur Methode
der vergleichendeft V olksmelodienfor
schu11g) (in 'Mlanges oflerts 1!. Zoltan
Kodly 1!. l'occasion de son 6oieme
anniversaire', p. 97 ff.), Budapest,1943
ACK
2339a. Krojer, P. S. M., Het Chineesch tooneel
(Antwerp, Brussels, Ghent, 1946). C 0 2356a. Kumer, Zmaga, Yugoslawien. 11. Die
2340. Krumscheid, A., Die Alals aus Galicia
('Pro Musica' 1955, p. 7 U.). A in Geschichte u. Gegenwart' VII, col.
2341. Kruyt, Albert C., Huwelijk n t:boorle
i11 den Banggai-archip.Z ('T. v. h. Kon.
Bataviaasch Genootschap' LXXII, p.
13 ff. (p. 52 ff.)), 1932. ABDIGH
2342. --De fluit in lndonesii ('Tijdchrift
van het Bataviaasch Gen.' LXXVIII,
p. 246 ff.), 1938. ABD 1GH
2343 - - and N. Adrianl, De Bare'e spreken-
de Toradjas van Midden-Celebes ('Verh.
Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch., Afd.
Letterk., N.S., vol. LVI, No. 1), Am-
sterdam, 2/1951. Vol. III, Chapter
XXV. Da11s "" Muziek. AB
23-f4 - - Verslag va~ ee1t reis over het eiland
Soemba ('Tijdschr. v. h. Kon. Ned.
Aardrijksk. Gen.' 2nd series, XXXVIII,
p. 533, 538), 1921. ABD1GHL
2345. --De Soembaneezen ('Bijdr. t. d.
Taal-, Land- en Volkenk. v. Ned-
Indii!' LXXVIll (The Hague, 1922),
p. 488, 538. 561, 563. 590, 591, 601.
ABD'GL
2J46. - - Verslag van een reis duor Timar
('Tijdschr. v. h. Kon. Aardrijksk. Gen.'
2nd series, XXXVIII, p. 69 11.), 1921
(p. 773, BoJ). ABD'GHL
2347 Kuba, Ludvik, The folksongs of While-
l/ussia ("Music', Chicago, 1898).
2347a. - - Cesk muzika na DomaUi&l<u
(Prague, 1894. 2/1947).
2348. - - Slovanslvo ve svych zpevec/J (16
vols.) ( ~ The Slavs and their songs)
(Prague, 1884-1929).
2349 - - Pjesmei tsapevi iz Bosm i Herce-
govine ('Glasnik Zemaljskog Muzeja n
Bosni i Hercegovine' XVUI, 183 11.,
354 ff., 499 ff.; ibid. XIX, p. 103 ff.,
<73 ff., 405 11., 629 U.; ibid. XXI, p. 303
ff.. 581 ff.; XXll, p. 513ff.), Sarajevo,
2350. - - Eitsiges ber das islro-dalmalitsi
sche Lied ("Ber. 3 Kongress d. Intem.
Musikges.' 1909. p. 271 ff.). C
2351.-- Pisn jihoslovcmska (Prague,
1923).
Le Midi slave (Prague. 1935).
2353. Kuhaf, F., juinoslavenske narodm po-
pijevke (5 vols.) (Zagreb, 1878-1919,
and 1941).
2354 --Das trkische Elemenl in der Volks-
musik der Croalen, Serben und Bulgaren
(Vienna, 1899).
2355. Ktihnerl, F., Zur Kennlniss der chine-
sischm Musik ('Wiener Zeitschr. fr die
Kunde des Morgenlandes' XIV, p. 126
ff.), 1900. HDIGKLl
2356. - - Beslehen Beziehungen zwischen chi-
nescher und unganscher M usik} (' Ke-
leti Szemle' lll, p. I ff.). 1902. GKL
Vvlksmusik. ]. Slowenien ('Die Musik
336 ff.), 1958. ACDEFGHIKL
2357 Kunike, Musikinslrumenle aus tm
allen Michoacan ('Baessler Archiv" U,
p. l82 ff.), 19IJ. BDlGKLZ
0 2358. Kunst, Jaap, Terschel/nger Volks-
levm (Ist. ed. 1914; 2nd and 3rd. ed.
The Hague, 1938 and 1950). AFGHI
2359.-- Het levende lied van Nederland
(zst. ed. 1918/'19; 4th. ed. Amsterdam,
1948). ACGH
2359a. - - Open brief naar aa71leiding van de
geste/de vragen omlrmt de onlwikkelings-
mogelijkheden van de muziek op Java
('Djawa', Prae-adviezen U, p. 123 ff.),
19"1. ABD1G
2359b. - - and R. T. Wiranatakusuma, Een
en ander over SoendaneescM muziek
('Djawa 1, p. 235 ff.), 1921. ABDtG
2J59C - - and C. A. J. Kunst-Van Wely,
Over loonschalen en instrumenten uan
Wesl-java ("Djawa" lli, p. 2611.). 1923.
ABDG
2359d. --De muziek in den Mangkoe NA
gara" ('Djawa' IV, Mangkoe Nagara-
Jubilee-number, p. 24 ff.), 1924.
. ABDG
2360. - - and C. J. A., Kunst-van Wely,
De loonkrml u11a Bllli (Weltevreden,
1925). ABCDGHIJKL
2361. - - and - - Deloo,kunsluan Bali JI
('Tijdschrift v.h. Kan. Bataviaasch
Genootschap' LXV, p. 369 vv.), 1925.
ABCDEGHL
2362. Kwu;t, Jaap, (in collab. with R.
Goris), Hi71doJau..ansche mruieki"-
lumenle" (Weltevreden, 1927).
ABCDEFGHIJK
2363. - - Ouer oenite Hindce-J uvaall""'"'
muziekinstrumertle71 ('Tijdschrift v .h.
Kan. Bataviaasch Genootschap'
LXVIII, p. 347 ff.), 1929. ABCD 1GH
236-+. - - Een ovrwlllsclle bloedverwant van
d., ]aulla,sclaen gamelan ('Ned.-lndic
Oud & Nieuw' XIV, p. 79 ff.), 1929.
ABD1GHL
2365. --De l'origin des ichelles musicales
jiiVatlOblllinaises (' J ournal of the Siam
Soc.' XXIII, p. 111 ff.), 1929.
ABDFGK
2366. - - A Study on P11pu"n Music
(Bandung, 1930). ABCDFGHK
>367. - - Songs of Norlh New-Guinea (l'ubl.
No. of the Neth.-lndian Musicological
Archives), 1931. ABCDEGHJK
2368. - - l'erslagen van den ambtenaar voor
het syslematisch musiwlogisch onderzoek
in den Nederlandsch-Indischen A rthipel
omtrenl de docw hem vnrichte werAzlam
heden, ]anUIIri J93o-December J933:
benevens een voorlopige catalogus van de
zich in het N.I. Musicologch Arthief
. . . . bevindende it~h.eemsche muzieAin
strumenten (with 8 supplements).
ABCFG
2369.-- Oude Westersche liederen uit Oos-
tersche landm (Bandung, 1934).
ABCEFGH
2370. --De loonkunst uan Java (2 vols),
The Hague, 1934. ABCGIKL
2371. - - Musicological Exploralion in the
lt~dian Archipel11go ('The Asiatic Re-
view' Octol>er 1936). ABD1
2372. - - A musicological argum<>ll jor cul-
tural relalionship between 1 ndonesia
- probably IM 1 sle of ] uva - and
Central Afrie~~ ('Proc. of the Musical
Association', Session LXII), 1936,
(ABC) = Ein musikologischer Be-
weis jr K t.dlur.:u.samme,hJitJge zwischen
1 ndonesien - vermuJlich j uva - und
Ze>llrai-A/rika ('Anthropos' XXXI, p.
131 ff.), 1936. ABD1GHKL1L2M
2373. - - Bij den dood van Erich vun Horn-
bostel ('Orgaan der Fedcratie van Ned.
Toonkunstcnaarsvereenigingen , Jan.
1936) (ABCFGH) = Zum Tode Erich
von Hombostels ('Anthropos' XXXII,
p. 239 ff.), 1937. ABD 1GHL1L 2M
23H --jo/m Hu.zedel Levis' 'Foundations
149
of Chinese ,.,,..,,. art' ('T'ouog Pao'
XXXIII, p. 184ft.), 1937 ABGK
2375 - - New Light on lhe early Histary of
tite Malay Archipelago ('lndian Art aod
Letters' XII, p. 99 ff.), 1938. ABGK
2376. - - Music in Ni11s (Leyden, 1938).
ABCFIL
2377 - - ,. Memori11m Roberl Lacluna11n
('CultUJeel lndi~' 1, p. >98), 1939.
ABD1GHLL
2378.-- E" onbek.,d ]avaauscil muziek-
instrument ('Cultureel lndiC' 1, p. qo
ff.), 1939. ABD1GHL'
2378a. - - i n conla<l met ]ogj~>'s grool51en
nog levenden kunst.n..ar ('Djawa' XIX,
p. 238 ff.), 1939. ABD 1
2379.-- Een wurkwaardig blaasi1ulrumeul:
de M..teische duivenJokfluil ('Culturccl
lndie' 11, p. 47 ff.), 1940. ABCD 1GHL!
2380. - - lndonesiscAe muziek en Gouvertle-
mentszorg ('K10niek van Kuust en
Kultuur' V, p. 43 ff.), 1940. A
2381. - - Review o! Claudie Marcel-Du-
bois, 'Les instruments de musi<jue
de l'lode ancienne' ('Cultureel lndi<;'
IV, p. 22b tf.), 1942. ABCDEFGHLI
2382. --De wcwrdeering van exoliscM
muzieA in den loop der eeuwen (inau-
gural oration) (The Hague, 1942).
. ABCDEFGHK
2383. - - Music in Flores, " Study o/ the
vocal and instrwmenlal M usic amc.mg
the Tribe~ liui>.g ,. Flores (Leyden,
1942). ABCEFGIJKL
2384. - - Barabutjur-luilen mel slemmen
('Cultureel lndie' V, p. 30), 1943
ABD1GHL 1
384a. - - Em m ander over de Javaansche
wajang (Publ. No. Llllof theR.Tropic-
al lnst., Amsterdam), Amsterdam,
4/1945 ABCDGHJ
2385. - - Een en ander over de muzie:.k l!JI
den dans op de Kei-eila11den (Public.
LXIV of the Royal Tropical lnstitute,
Amsterdam), 1945 ABCDEGHJL
2386. - - Het /ol der ]~>v..ansche gam<lans
('Indonesia' 8th Sept. 1945). A
2387. - - Review of F. Balta>ard Solvijns,
'Les Hiodous' ('Cultureel lndie' VIl.
p. 197 11.). 19"15 ABDGHL'
2388. - - Muziek en Dans in d~ Buiteug~wes
len (Pub!. LXVII ofthe R. Tropical 1nst.,
Amsterdam), 1946. ABCDEFGHJLL 1
2389. - - E~n. n.ovum op lndo11~sisch mu.zuk-
gebied ('Cultureel Jndie' VII, p. ooo H.),
19~5 (ABD1GHL') - 'Mensch en Me-
lodie' 1, p. >3 ff., (1946). ABCDF
2390. - - Teylers mu.zikale prijsvruag
('Mensch & Melodie' 1, p. 19 H.), 1946.
ABCDF
2391.-- Walter Spies als mu5cus ('Cultu-
reel lndic' VIII, p. 25 11.). 1946.
A.HD 1 GHL'
2392. --De lnheemscJ.. muziek e" de Zen-
ding (Publ. LXXII ol the R. Tropical
Inst.), 1947. ABCDEFGHJLL'M
2393.-- Musicology ('Report on the Scien-
tilic Work done in the Netherlands on
beba!! of the Dutch Overoeas Territories
during the period between approxi-
mately 1918 and 1943', publ. by the
Werkgemeenschap van Wetensch. or-
;anisaties in N ederland, and compiled
by Dr. H. J. O. Schrieke), p. 194 11.
(1948). AB
2394. - - Around Va.. Hornbostel's lheory
of /he cycle of blown fiflhs (Pub!. LXXVI
of the R. Tropical lnst.), 1948.
ABCEGH
2395. - - A hypoiJ..sis aboui/J.. origin of /he
gong ('Ethnos' 1947, p. 79 fl. and 147).
(ABCFGL'M) (also in: 'Mlanges ollerts
a Zoltn Kod:Uy a l'occasion de son
6oii:me anniversaire, p. 8. ff.). ACK
2396.-- The Music of Bali and ils emolio-
nal appeal ('Britain and Holland' 1949).
AB
2397.-- Su>1danese Music ('Art a:nd Let-
ters': India and Pakistan' New Series
vol. XXII no. 2, p. 54 11.), 1949. AGK
2398. - - The cultural backgrou"d of lndo-
nesian Music (Publ. LXXXII ol the R.
Tropical Inst., Arnsterdam), 1949.
ABCDEFGHL
2399. - - Music i" ]aull, it Hislory, ils
Theory and ils Technique (2 vols.), The
Hague, 1949. ABCDHIJK
2400. --La Musique indonisienne ('Revue
du Monde Nouveau' 1950, No. 1, p. 86
~ A
2401.-- Me/re, Rhylhm tmd Multiparl
Music (also in a French and a Dutch
edition) (Leyden, 1950). ABCDGJ
2102. --De lnhtemse muziek i11 W1steliik
Nieuw-Guinea (Publ. XCIII of the R.
Tropical Inst., Amsterdam), 1950.
ABCDEFGHJL
2403. --Die :.ooo-j4hrige Geschichle Sd-
Sumalras gespiegell in ihrer M usik
(' Kongress-Bericht, Lneburg 1950'),
1951. ABCDEFKL
2404. - - I n Memoriam Dr. Ernesl Diamanl
('Mens en Melodie' VII, p. 6o 11.),
1952. ACF
2405. - - Nederlandse Volksdansen ('Pro-
gram of the National Fol.kloristic
Festival, Hengelo, 17th Aug. 1952'),
p. 11111. A ff.), 1953.
24o6. - - Sociologische bindingen i11 de mu-
ziek (inaugural oration) (The Hague,
1953). ABCEIJL
2407. - - Begdja /he gamelan boy, a slory of
/he 1 sle of Java with musical illustra-
tions by the Study Group for Gamelan
Music 'Barbar Layar' (L. P. record No.
00165 L, made by Philips), 1953. ABFL
rso
2408. - - Kullurhislorische Beriehungn zrui-
schen dem Bulkan und ]ndo,.esien
(Pub!. CIII of the R. Tropical Inst.,
Amsterdam), 1953 ABGWL
2409 - - Gamelan Music ('Kongressbericht
Intem. Mus. GeH., Utrecht 1952', p.
271 ff.), 1953. ACDEF
2410. - - Een en ander over auteursrechl op
volksliederen ('Meru; en Melodie' IX, p.
15 H.), '954 ACF
24I1. - - Alexat~der john Ellis ('Die Musik
in Geschichte und Gegenwart' vol. III,
col. 1284 ff.), 1954 ABCDEFGH 1KL
2412. --Cultural RelaJions be/ween /he Bal-
kans and Indonesia (l'ubl. CVII o! the
Royal Tropical Inst., Amsterdam),
1954 ABCDEFGHJ
2413. - - Flors ('J11.G.G.' vol. IV, col. 415
ff.), 1951. ACDEFGH1KL
2414. --Gamelan (ibid. vol. IV, col. 1351
ff.), 1955. ABCDEFGH1KL
0 2415. --Gong (ibid. vol. V, col. 517 ff.),
1956. ABCDEFGH'KL
0 2416.-- Hindu-Javanische Musik (ibid.
vol. VI, col. 451 ff.}, 1957
ABCDEFGH'KL
0 2417.-- lndonesische Musilr (ibid. vol.
VI, col. nll5 ff.), 1957.
ABCDEFGH'KL
2418. - - Javanische Musik (ibid. vol. VI,
col. 1784 !f.), 1958. ABCDEFGH1KL
2418b. Kuong-Hong-Sen, No/e addilionelle 4
/'ilude du M. Nguyen-dinh-Lai sur la
musique sino-viiJnamienne et les chants
populaires du l'ili-Nam ('Bull. de la
Soc. des E tu des Indo-chinoi.ses' N .S.
XXXI, p. 87 !f.), 1956. ABLI
2419. Kurath, Gerlrude P-, lroquois mid-
wi1Jier medicine riles e Journal of the
lnlcm. Folk Music Council' III, p. 96
H.). 1951. ACJKL
2.p:o. --Local Diversity in Iroquois Music
and Dance (in William Fenton, 'Sym-
posium on Local Diversity in Iroquoill
Cultos') ('Bull. of the Bureau o! Amer.
Ethnology' No. 149, p. 109 ff.), 1Q5I.
BCD'KL
2421. - - SyncopaJed Therapy ('Midwest
Folklore' I, p. 179 ff.), 1951.
2422. - - l"herapeulic Dance Rhylhms ('Dan-
ce Observer', Oct. 1952, p. ll7 ff.).
2423.-- An Analysi of /he Iroquois Eagl
Dance and Songs ('Bull. of the Bureau
of Amer. Ethnology' No. 156, p. 223
BD 1KLI
2424. - - The Tutelo Harvesl Rile: a musical
and choreographic analysis ('Scientific
Monthly' LXXVI, p. 153 ff.), 1953 G
2425. - - The Tutelo Fourlh Nighl Spiril
Release Singing ('Midwest Folklore' IV,
p. 87 ff.), Bloomington, Indiana Univ.,
1954 A
2426. - - Rhylhms of Work and Play
 ('Journal of Health, Phys. Education
and Recreation' IX, p. 5 ff.), 1938.
2427. --Los Concheros ('Journal Ameri-
can Folklore' LIX, p. 234 tf.), 1946.
GK
2428. --Los Arrlrosof Acapulco ('Wcstcrn
Folklore' Vl, p. 3 ff.), 1947
2429. --Bronze CermoniaJs ('Joumal of
Health, Phya. Education and Recrca-
tion" XIX. p. 4 ff.), 194H.
2430.-- M1xican Mori<ciJS (ibid. LXII,
p. 2411f.), 1919 A ser (ibid. VI, p. 235 ff.). 1953.
2431.-- The Feasl of lhe Dead ('Bull. of
the llureau of Amer. Ethnology' No.
149), 1951. B Tonsysleme~lik (Berlin. 1943).
43 -- MatriarchaJ Dances of lloo lro- 2447 Kuusisto, Tanell, Kansawlvelm41oisin-
quois ('Proc. Intem. Congress of Ameri-
canists" 1952).
2433. - - Chippewa Sacred Songs ,. Reli-
gious M etamorphosis ('Scieotific Month-
ly" LXXIX, p. 5 ff.), 1954 G Krohnille). Helsinki, 1927.
21H - - Mo!Urn Oltawa Dancers ('Mid-
west Folklore' V, p. 1 U.), 1955
2435. - - Ceremonies, songs a>1d dances of
Michigan lndie~ns ('Michigan History'
XXXIX, No. 4. p. 566 ff.), 1955.
2436. - - Songs of 1/oo Wigwam (CoOpera-
ti ve Recreation Service, Delaware.
Ohio, 1955).
2437.-- A11tiphonal songs of Eastern Wood-
lund ltdians ('The Mwacal Quartcrly'
XLII, p. 520 ff.), Oct. 1956.
ACDFKL1
2438. - - Dance-Music inlerdependence
('Ethnomusicology' Newslettcr X, p. 8
ff.), May 1957. AGL
2438a. --Local diversi'y in ]roquois mwsic
und dat~ce (' Bull. of the llureau of
Amorican Ethnol.' No. 149. p. 109 ff.),
Washington D.C., 1951. KL 1
2438b. - - A nw nu:lhod in da11ce nol4tion
('American Anthropologist' Lll, p. 120
fl.), 1950. BGHL 2
Z438c. - - Me:morial to Francis Densmore
('Ethnomu~icology' 1I No. 2, p. off.),
May 1958. AGL
2438d. - - Rhapsodies of saJvalion: Negro-
responsory hymns ('Southem Folklore
Quartcrly' XX, p. 178 ff.), 1956. A 2of53 --Un :rand lambour !U bois bri
2439. Kurosawa, Takatomo, The MusicaJ
Buw oflhe Bunun Tribe in Formosa and
suggestio11 as lo the Origin o/ lhe Pen-
tatonic ScaJe (' J oumal of the Soc. f.
Research in Asiatic Music' No. 1<>--IJ,
p. 2 ff.). Dec. 1952. A chanl. danses.
24-10. Kurth, E., Musikpsychologie (1931).
21-4oa. Kutahialian, Jcan Onnik, Ecrilure
musica/e arabe mo!Urne (1957).
2411. Kutter, Wilhelm, Radio IJSihe !Uslroyer,
colleclor and reslorer of fo/k tnusic ('J.
of the lntern. Folk Music Council' IX,
p. 34 tf.), 1957 ACJKL
24-12. Kuttner, .l'ritz A., Die verborgenen
Bulounge11 zwischen Sprach6 u11d
Musik, (dar:ulelll ""' Beispie/ Chinas)
('Mu&ica' V, p. 13 ff.), 1951. CDKLL1
2H3 - - The Mus;ca/ Significe~nce of ar-
&lu.i& Ckinese fads ofllu: Pi Disc Typ.
(' Artibuo Asiao' XVI fue. 1-2, p. 25
fi.), 1953 BGL'
4 - - No&hma/s: die Steimeii-Lil/wpiiCme
vo11 A11nam ('Die Musikforichung' VI,
p. 1 ff.), 1953. ACEIKLL1
S - - Der slroboskopiscloo Frequeu,....s-
ACEIKLL
2446. Kutz, Adalbcrt, Musikgs.loichU und
-o fen osoittami.u" saAeiltliisetJ llerlail.,
avulla ( F eslstellung vo11 V olksmelodu-
"""""te" durch V rglei&hung der ein.el-
nen Melodiueilenj (Juhlakirja llmari
2418. Kuypers, john M., Music o/lhe Wosl
arad the dassical music of b1dia; a study
in va/ues ('The Viswabharati Quarterly'
XIX, p. 272 ff.), Santiniketan, 1953/
'54. G
2H9 Kvltka, Me/odies popuJairs ukrainln-
nes (Kicv, 1922). K
2450. Kyagambiddwa, Joseph, Africaa musi&
/rom lhe source of lhe Ni/e (N ew York,
Fred. A. Praeger, 1955). ACJLL2M
245oa. Ky6kai, Nihon H666, Nihotl Minyll
Taihan, CJaiibu-hen (- A comprchcn-
&ive treati.e on japane&e folk oonga;
Chubu region, Hokuriku district). To-
kyo, 1955.
245ob. - - Thoku Minyoshu, Aomori-Ae11
( = F olk songo of the Tohoku area,
Aomori prefccture), Tokyo. 1956.
2451. Labat, J. B., Relalicn l<islurique !U
/" Etlliopie Occi!U,.Ia/e, vol. JI, Chapter
IV. J?e la musique des Negres el de leutS
da11ses (Paris, 1732). Tranl. from a
work by P. Cava.zzi.
:z452. Labouret, Henri, Lat1gage lambourin
1 sil/U ('Bull. du Comit d'tudes hist.
et scientifiques de I'A.O.F.' VI, p. 120
ff.). 1923.
('Bull. du Muse d'Ethnographie du
Trocadro' ll, p. 48 ff.), Paris, 1931.
2454 --Les tribus du '"""'"" Lobi (Pub!.
of the Institut d'Ethnologie, Paris,
1931). Chapter lll, p. 192 ff.: Musique.
J
2of55 - - and Moussa Travclc, Le lhllro
mandingue (Soudan franfais) (' Africa'
1, p. 73 ff.). London. 1928. BGKL 1L 1 M
2456. Lach, Robcrt, N4Jur- und orientali-
sche Kulturvo/J.er ('Studien zur Ent-
wicklungsgeschichte der ornamt:ntalen
Melopoie. Beitrage zur Geschicilt<: der
Mtolodie', p. 93 ff.). Leipzig, 1913. C
 2457. - - Der Einflu.s des Orienls auf die
Musik des Abendlandes ('Oesterr. Mo-
natschrift fr den Orient' XL, p. 327
ff.), 1914.
2458. - - Orienlalislik und vrgleichende M u-
sikwissenschafl ('Wiener Zeitschrift fr
die Kunde des Morgenlandes' XXIX,
p. 463 ff.), Vienna, 1916. D'GHKL'
2459.-- Das Kade.u- und Klausiproblem
in der vergleichenden Musikwissenscha/1
('Z. f. d. oesterr. Gymn.', LXVII, p. 6o1
ff.), 1916. D'GK
246o. - - VorUJ.ufiger BerichJ. b.r die im
Auflrage der kais. Akad. d. Wiss.
erfolgle A ufnahme der Ges/Jnge russicher
K riegsgefangener im A ugu.l und Sep-
lember .1916 (Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien,
Phil.-hist. kl., Siuungsber. No. 183,
Abh. 1 - 46. Mitteilung der Phono-
gramm-archiv-Kommission), 1917.
DGIKL1
2461. --id. im Augus/ bis Oklober 19.17
(Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Phil.-hist. k!.,
Sitzungsber. No. 189. Abh. 3 ~ 17
Mitteilung der Phonogramm-archiv-
Kommission), 1918. DGIKL1
2462. --Die Musik d.r /urk-laJ.arischm,
Jinnisch-ugrischen und KaulttUilsvlk~r
in ihrer entwicklungsgesc/r.ichllichen und
psyc/r.ologischen BedeuJ.ung fr die Ent-
stehung der musika/ischen Formen ('Mit-
teil. der Anthropol. Ges., Wien', vol.
50, p. 23 ff.), 1920..
2463. --Das PhcmaJ.ionsproblem in der ver-
gleichende,. M usikwissnschaft ('Wiener
Medizinische Wochenschrift', 1920, Nos.
16, 18 and 19: pp. 749-752, 738-840
and 881-81!4). D1HL1
2464. - - Eine Stud ber Vogelgesaug
('Musikalischer Kurier' ll, p. 22 ff.),
Vienna, 1920.
2465. - - Musik im Islam ('Der Auftakt' 1,
p. 282 fl.), Prag, 1920/'21.
2466. - - Das Problem des Sprachmelos
('\\'iener Medizinische Wochenschrift',
1922, No. 27, p. 1173 ff.). D 1HL 1
2467.-- Musik in China ('Der Auftakt' 111
p. 35 ff.). Prag, 1922.
2468. - - Musik dr Japaner (ibid. II, p.
167 ff.), Prag, 1922.
246g. --Die Musik Ostasiens ('Faust', vol.
1922, fase. 8, p. 26 ff.). K (transcr. and transl. by Ernst Lewy)
2471. - - Der Ursprung der Musik im
Lichle des Titrgesanges ('Wiener Medi-
zinische Wochenschrift', 1923, Nos. 28
and 30/31, p. 1307-1310 and 1401-
1406). D'HL1
2472.-- Das Rassmproblem in der ver-
gleichenden M usikwissenscha/1 ('Berich-
tc des Forschungsinstitutes fr Osten
und Orient' 111, p. 107-122), Vienna
1923. GK
2473. - - Zur Geschichte des musikalischen
152
Zuuftwesells (Akad. d. Wiss. zu Wicn,
Phil.-hist. Klasse, Sitzungsber., vol.
199), 1923. AD1GIKLI
2171 - - Der Orimt in der 111/esten abend-
1/J.ndischen Musik:eschichJ.e ('Ber. d.
Forschuugsinst. f. Osten u. Orient' 111,
p. 162 ff.), Vienna, 1923. GK
2475.-- Die Musik der Nalur- und orien-
talischetJ K ullurvolker (in Guido Adler,
'Handbuch der Musikg"-"Chichte' vol.
1), 1924, 2/1930. ACEF
2476. --Das Kouslruktionsprinzip ur Wie-
derholung in Musik, Sprache und
Lileratur (Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien,
Phil.-hist. Kl. Sitzungsber. No. 201,
Bd. z), 1925. DlGIKLl
2477.-- Das musikalische Konslruktions-
prinzip der allmexikanischen Tempel-
gesallge (' Johannes Wolf-Fest.schrift'
1929). p. 88 ff.
2178. - - Die vergleichende Musikwissen-
schaft, ihre M ellwden und Probleme
(Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Phil.-hist.
Klasse, Sitzungsber., vol. 200), 1924.
AD1GJKU1
2479.-- Vergleichende Kunsl- und Mu.ik-
wisenschafl (ihid. vol. 201), 1925.
AD'GKLLl
2480. - - Gesiinge russischer Kriegsgefange-
ner, part 1, Fitmisch-ugrisch Volker,
1st s~ction: W oljakische, syrjanische und
permiakische Ges/J.nge (transcr. aud
transl. by Bernard Munkacsi and Ra-
phael Fuchs) (ibid. vol. 203), 1926; id.
part 111, Kaukasusvo/ker, 1st section:
Georgische Gesange (transcr. and transl.
by A. Dirr) (ibid. vol. 204), 1928; id.
part l. Finnisch-ugrische Vlker, 3rd
scction: Tscheremissische Gesllnge
(lranscr. and transl. by Beke Oedoen)
(ibid. vol. 204), 1929; id. part 11, Turk-
tatarische V6/ker, Jst section: Krim-
tatarische Gesii.tJge (transcr. and transl.
by Herbert Jansky) (ibid. vol. 211),
1930; id. part 111, Kaukasusvlker, 2nd
scction: Mitigrelische, abchasische, sva-
nische und ossetische Gestinge (transcr.
and transl. by Hohert Bleichsteiner)
(il>id. vol. 205), 1931. ADGJKLLt
2481. - - part 1, Finnisch-ugrische Volker,
2nd section: M ordwiHische Gestinge
(ibid. vol. 205), 1933; id. part 11, Turk-
latarische V 6/ker, 2nd section: Basch-
kirische Gesange (transcr. by Herbert
Jansky; transl. by Tagan Galimdschan)
(ibid. vol. 218), 1939; id.partl Finnisch-
ugrische Volker, 4th section: Tschu-
waschiscl~e GesatJge (transcr. and transl.
by Kaare Gnmbeck) (ihid. vol. :n8),
1940. Al
2482. - - Geurgische Gesllnge (' Anzeiger der
phil.-hist. Klasse der Akad. d. Wis-
 scnsch. in Wien' vol. LXIII, p. 13 ff.),
1926. Ll
2483.-- TS<I..remi ..isch6 GesiJnge (ibid.
vol. LXIII, p. 138 ff.), 1926. Lt
2484.-- Mingreliscloe, ab&hasiscloe, svani-
sche und osselisc/oe Ges/JJ~ge (ibid., vol.
LXIII, p. 140 ff.), 1926. Lt
2485.-- Mordwinihe GesiJnge (ibid., vol.
LXIII, p. 145 ff.), 1926. Ll
2.86. - - Vergleicloende Sprach- und Mu.sik-
wisseJischa/1 ('Paul Kretschmer-Fest-
schrift', p. 128 ff.), 1926.
2487. --Die Musik der Inkas ('Der Auf-
takt' VI, p. 124 ff.), Prag, 1926.
2488.-- Die Mu.sik der /nkas ('Dex Zu-
schauex' 1925/26, fase. 8, p. 6 ff.).
2489. - - Review of R. et M. d' Harcourt,
"La musique des Incas et ses survivan-
ccs' ('Mitteil. der Anthropol. Ges. in
Wien' LVll, p. 73 ff.), 1926/'27.
. DGHL 1
2490.-- Review of R. et M. d"Harcourt,
'La musique des Incas et ses survivan-
ces' ('Z. f. Musikw.' IX, p. 240 ff.),
Leipzig, 1926'27. CDH'KL
2491. --Die physiologihen Urtypen der
musikalisclum Formen ('Wiener Medi-
ziniscbe Wochenschrift' LXXVII, col.
15 ff.), 1927. DtHLl
2492. - - Die vergleicloende M usikwissen-
schaft ('Fon;cbungcn und Fortscbritte'
Ill, p. 210 ff.), Berlin, 1927. DG
2493.-- Kaukasisclu VolksgesiJnge (ibid.
IV, p. 43 ff.), 1928. D 1G
2494.-- Musikalisc/oe Ethnographie ('Mit-
teil. der Antbrop. Ges. in Wien' LX,
p. 356 ff.), 1930. D 1GHL1
2495. - - Volksgesange von V olkern Russ-
lands (Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Phil.-
hist. Klasse, Sitzungsber., vol. 227,
4th section), Vienna, 1952. Part Il.
Turktatarisc/oe Volker. Kasanlalarisc/oe,
mischllTische, westsibirisch-taJarische, no-
gai-taJarische, turkmenische, kirgische
und tscherkessisch-talariscloe Ges/i,.ge
(transcr. and transl. by Herbert J ans-
ky). ADGIKLt
2496. Lacbmann, Robcrt, Die Musik in de"
lunesischen Stiidten (' Archiv f. Musikw.'
V), 1923. ACFHKLLt
2497. - - Ein grundlegen.des Werk iiber die
Musik 1J~diens ('Arcbiv f. Musikw.' VI,
p. 484 ff.), 1924. ACDFHIKLL'
2498.-- Musik amd Tonschrifl der No
(' Proc. Musical. Congress, Leipzig, J une
1925', p. So ff.), 1925. AC
2499. - - Z ur au.ssereuropiiischen M ehrstim-
migkeil (Beetboven Festival, Vienna
1927; Kongresshericht, p. 321 ff.).
2500. - - Ostturkeslanische Gesange (in A.
von Lecoq, 'Von Land und Leuten in
Ostturkestan'), 1928.
2501. --Die Weise vom .l..Owen und der
153
pylltiscloe Nomos ('Festschrift- Johan-
ne:; Wolf', p. 97 ff.), 1929. A
2.502. --Musil< desOriers (Breslau, Jed.r-
mann's Bcherei, 1929). AKL
2503. - - Die M usik der aussereuropaiscluN
Natur- und Kulturvoll<er (in l:lck~n.
'Handbuch dex Musikwissenschaft"),
1929. ACDEFGHIKLI
2504. - - Mu.silialisc/oe ForschmgsaufgabeH
im V orderen Orienl (' Bericht ber die
1. Sit.zung der Ges. ~ur Erforschung der
Musik des Orients am 27. April 1930'
p. 3 ff.), Berln, 1930. A
2.505.-- Mu.sikwissenschafllicloe ForschuOJ-
gen in Tunesieac ('Forscbungen und
Fortschritte' VI), 1930. ADGLI
2507.-- and Mahmud EJ-Hefny, )a'qUb Js-
h{J ai-Kindi Risia fi ilubr la' lif al-
alhan (i.e. About tbe composition of
melodies), Leipzig, 1931. Al
2508. - - Von der Kunslmusik des vorderen
Orienls (' Kultur und Schallplatte' 1I,
p. 164 ff.), 1931. A
2509 - - A siatische Parallelen zur Berber-
tnusik (in collab. with E. von Hom-
botd) ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' l, p. 4
ff.), 1933. ACK
2510. --Das indiscloe Tonsyslem bei JJila-
rata und sein Ursprung (in collab. witb
E. von Hornbostd) (ibid., l, p. 73 ff.),
1933. ACK
2511. --Die Vina und das indiscloe Tonsy-
stem bei !Jharalll (ibid. 11, p . .57 ff.),
1934. ACK
2.512. - - Musilisysle,... und Mu.sikauftas-
sung (ibid. 11I, p. I ff.). 1935 ACK
2513.-- Mustaqbil al-mwiqa l-'arabijj11
('Al Kullijja 1-'arabijja' XVI, vol. 1 p.
17ff.). 1935
2514.-- )ewish Cantilation and Song in the
1 si~ of Djerba ('Archives of Oriental
Music', The Hebrew Univ., Jerusalem,
1940). A
2515. - - and A. H. Fox Strangways Mu-
hammedan .Music ('Grove's Diction-
ary of Music' 4th ed., vol. III, p. 575
ff.). London, 1940. F
2516. Lacouperie, Tenien de, On antique a.rtd
sacred brm&ze drums of NonChiua
("Bahylonian and Oriental Record' VII,
p. 193 ff., p. 217 ff.; VIII, p. 1 ff.),
1894 and 1895. CGK
2517. Laforest, Franz, Une botte musique
amique au monde ('Le Courier de
l'Unesco" IX, p. 12 ff.), Pa.ris, July/
Aug. 1956. ABD 1K
2518. Lagus, Ernst, Nylandska folkvisor 1-
Il = Nyland, samlingar utcifna af "JI
litndska afdelt~ingen III, Va-b (Helsing-
fors, 1887-1900).
2519. Lai, Nguyen-Dinb, Elude sur la "'usique
Sino- Viitnamienne el les cha11/s popu-
laires du Viet-Nam ('Bull. de la Soc.
 des Etudes Indocbinoises' N.S. XXXI,
p. 1 f!.), Saigon, 1956. ABL1
2520. Lajtba, Las:r.lo, A trogal ulja Perszi-
bdl Eurpba (i.c. Migration al the
trogat from Persia to Europe), Buda-
pest, 1923.
25:ooa. - - Brtoll Bla zenefoU.Iorisztillai
munki (i.e. Bcla Bartok's works on
music folklore) ('Ethnographia'
XXXVI, Nos. 7-12), Budapest, 1925.
25:00b. - - Kl rgi lanlrdl (i.e. 01 two lutes)
('Zenei Szemle' XI, Noo. 3-5), Buda-
pest, 1927.
252oc. - - A magyar npzenz hora (i.e. The
age al Hungarian folkmusic) ('Debre-
ceni Szemle' 1, No. 9), Debrecen, 1929.
252od. - - Diszilell hangszorek (i.e. Deco-
rated instruments) ('Magyar Milvszet'
V, No. 3), Budapest, 1929.
25200. - - Jl.fagyar hangszertlbrzolsokrdl
(i.e. Hungarian drawings of instru-
ments) ('Muzsika' 1, No. Io), Budapest,
1929.
252of. - - Npzenei formaproblmk (i.e.
Form problems in folk music) ('Muz-
sika' 1, No. 3), Budapest, 1929.
252og. - - Az .1930 vi npzenei gyjtsek
(i.e. Folk music collected in the year
1930) ('Ethnographia' XLU, No. 2),
Budapest, 1931.
252oh. - - A npzener61 (i.e. O {olk music)
('Nyugat' XXVI, No. 1), Budapest,
1933
2520i. - - Kuruc eredel daJiam a magyar
nipdalgyjlsben (i.e. Melody al Kuruc
origin in tbe Hungarian folk music
collection) ('Etbnographia' XLVII,
Nos. 1-2,) Budapest, 1936.
252oj. - - and Sndor Vere55, NipdaJ, np-
dalgyjts (i.e. Folksong, folksong-
collecting) ('Magyar Muzsika Konyve'),
Budapesl, 1936.
2520k. - - and Sndor GOnyel, A magyar
nptnc (i.e. Tbe Hungarian folkdance)
('A Magyarsg Nprajza' IV), Buda-
pest, 1937
25201. - - and Oszku Dincsr, A lekero (i.e.
The hurdy-gurdy) ('A Nprajzi Mu-
zeum Ertesit!ije' Nos. 2-4), Budapest,
1939
252om. - - L a musica d'oggi e il publiro
('Proc. ol the Intem. Congress o{
Music, Florence, 1940').
252on. - - Erdilyi npkollis (i.e. Transyl-
vanian folk poetry) ('Pasztortz'
XXVII, Nos. 3-9), Kolozsvr, 1941.
25200. --Les origi11es de l'arl populaire
('Nouvelle Revue de Hongrie' Buda-
pest, 1941). D 1K
252op. - - Ojra meglalll magyar npdal-
slilus (i.e. Discovery o an ancient type
o{ lolk son) (in 'Melanges offerts a
Zoltan Kod.Uy a l'occasion de son
6ui.::me anniversaire', p. 219 ff.), Buda-
pest, 19.j2. ACK
2520q. - - Egy magyar rdolvtJSd nekell ld-
redke (i.e. A song fragment) (' Ethno-
graphia' LVIII, Nos. 1-2), Budapest,
1947
252 I. - - Szihi gyjls (i.c. The collection
ol Szk), Budapest, 1954.
2522:-- Korispalahi gyjts (i.c. The col-
lection o KOrispatak), Budapest, 1955
2523. - - Szpkenyerszenlmdrloni :yjts
(i.e. The collection from Szpkenye-
rszentmrton), Budapest, 1955
2524.-- Ugor rteg a magyar nip11nben
(i.e. The Ugrian elements in the Hun-
garian lolk music) (in: 'Emlkkonyv
Ko<.lly. Zenetudomnyi tanulmnyok'
1, p. 6II ff.), Budapest, 1953 AC
2525. - - A propos de 'l'inlonation fausse'
dans la musique populaire ('Les Col-
laques de Wgimont' 1, p. 145 ff.),
Brussels, 1956. ACL
2525a. Lakatos, Istvan, A romn nipdal s
irodalma (i.e. The Rumanian lolksong
aod its literature) (diss.), Budapest,
1939
2526. Laloy, Louls, Musique el daoues cam-
bod:ieno.es ('Me,cure Musical' 1go6, p.
98 lf.).
2527.-- Notes sur la musique CtJmbod-
gietlne ('Ber. ber deo 2. Kongress der
Intcrn. Musikges. zu Base!'), Leipzig,
19a 7 p. 61 ff. e
2528. --La "'usique chinoise (Paris, 1910).
ACFGIKL
2529. - - Hoar-Nn Tzl el la musique
('T'oung Pao' XV, p. 501 ff.), 1914. GK
2530. --Les prncipes de la danse cam-
bodgien71e ('Revue musicale' 111, No.
9), 1st July 1922. CDFGHKL
2531. --La Musique el les philosophes
chiowis ('Revue Musicale' VI, p. 132
ff.), 1925. CDGHKL
2531a. Lambert, H. E., Sorne songs from lhe
Norlhern Kenyu cotJSI ('J. of the East
Alrican Swahili Committee' XXVI,
p. 49 lf.), June 1956.
2532. La.mson, Roy, English BrotJdside Bailad
/ums of /he r6th and I7lh ceHiuries
('Proc. Intern. Congress o{ Musicology,
New York i939' p. II2 ff.), Richmond,
I9H- AC
2532a. Lamsweerde, Feli>: van, many de-
scriptions of exotic instruments in
'Elsevier's Encyclopedie van de Mu-
ziek' 1 and II, and small articles on
:a...elan (1, p. 518 ff.), Kro11tong (II,
p. 254), Luil (11, p. 298), and Trom (II,
p. 64o), Amsterdam, 1956/'57
ACDEFGHl
2532b. Land, J. P. N., Over de loonltJdders der
A rubische muzieh ('Verslagen en Mede-
delingen der Kon. Akademie v. Weten-
154
 schappeo', Afd. Lettcrkuode, 2de reeks.
vol. IX, p. 246 U.), 181lo. AD1GH
2533 - - Recherclu wr /'Jaistoiro de la
gammtl arabe ('Proc. o( the 6th lotero.
CoogTes of Orieotalists, Leyden 1883',
vol. II, 1st sectioo, p. 35 ff.), Leydeo,
1884 .
2534 - - Essais de taotation mwsicale cluoles
arabes elles persans (' Etudes archologi-
ques, lioguistiques et historiques ddi-
es a M. le Dr. C. Leemans', p. 315 ff.),
Leydeo, 1885. AC
2535. - - RemarAs on tlu Earlie.t Develop-
rnnl of A rabie Mwsic ('Proc. of the 9th
lotero. CongTess of Orieotalists, Loo-
don 1892' vol. U, p. 155 ff.), Loodoo
1893
2536. --Ov., onse kennis der ]avaansclu
murieA (lntroductioo to J. Groneman,
'De gamelao te Jogjakarta'), 1890.
ABeHIJ
2537 - - Totuclariftverswelae und Melodien-
proben aus dem muhammedanische~t
.Millelaller ('Vierteljahrschs. (. Musikw.'
vol. 2), 1886 (eFKL), reprintcd in
'Sammelba.ode f. vergl. Musikw.' l.
p. 77 IL, (1922). ACGHIKLL1
2538. Landslad, M. B., Nork Folkeviser
(1853)
2539. Laodlman, Gunnar, Ethnograplaical col-
leclicm jrum tlu Kiwai distnct of British
New Guinea (Helsinglors, 1933), VI.
p. 68 fl.: Soutut prod.uing irutrument. J
2540. Laodtmansoo, Samuel, Folkrnuik i
Viistergiitla>ut 1 ( ... ? , 1911-'15).
2541. Lane, E. W., Manners and customs of
lhe moderK Egyptians (Londoo, 186o,
reprinted 1908, lastly 1954). pp. 330
ff., 359 lf., 400, 452, 454 ff., and 481 ff.
2542. Lane, M. G. M., Tlu mwsic of Tiv
('Alrican Music' 1, No. 1, p. 12 ff.),
1954. ACJLM
2543. - - The mwsic of tlu Tiv ('Nigerian
Fidd' XX, p. 177 ff.), Oct. 1955.
2544 - - Tlu origin of present-day musical
tuste in Nigeria (' Africao Music' 1,
No. 3, p. 18 fl.), 1956. ACJLM
2515 Lang, Andsew, Bull-roarer (in Hastings,
'Encyclopedia of Religioo and Ethics'
11, p. 889), London, 1909. D 1GH
2546. Langdon, Stcpbcn, Babylonian musical
lerms ('J. of the R. Asia tic Soc. of
Britain and lreland' 1921). 01GIJ{Ll
2547. Lange, Daniel de, De colleaie Indisclu
muziekin.slrumetUen, boekwerke" over
muziek en schilderijen in Jset Rijks
Ethnograplisch Museum te Leiden (Am-
sterdam, 1881).
2548. - - and Joh. 1'. SneUeman, La muso-
que el les instrumenJs de musique dan
les }"des Orientalu Nrlandaies (in
Lavignac. Hist. de la Musique' V,
p. 3147 H.), Paris, 1922. ACDEFH
2549 Laoye, l. H. H., y,.., of Ede. YuruiJu
drums ('Nigeria' XLV, p. 4 ff.), 1951.
GLM
2550. Laparra, R., La musique et i " " "
populair .,. Espag'IU (1920) (in t..-
vignac, 'Histoire de la musique'), Paris,
e 1922. , e
2551. Lara, M. de, and Escobar, M. L,
Ritmo y ""'lodia nalivos de Veneueia
('Estudio& Latino-americanos' IJI, p.
121 U.), 1937.
2552. - - and - - Los instrutn4mlos mwsi-
cale abarigenes y eriollos de i A rgenlina
(Buenos Aires, undated).
2552a. Larrca Palicin, Arcadio de, PreliMi-
nares al utudio de la jota arag01ma
('Anuario musical' 1), 1946. C[.
2553 --La saeta ('Anuario musical' IV,
p. 105 ff.), 1949 et.
2554 --Organografa de lfni ('Africa' No.
187), Madlid, July 1957. BM
0 2555.-- Cancionero del A frica Oc<ident.J
Espaola. l. Caxciones J oglarescas de
lfni ('Idea', Madrid, 1955); Il. Ca-
tiones populares de l/11i (ihid., 1957).
2555a. - - Cat~eiones de lfni ('Africa' (Ma-
drid) XUI, p. 18 ff.), Oct. 1956.
2556: Larswn, Karl-Erik, Snlic/&trump.tema
ptJ Fiji ('Etnografiska Museet, Got-
borg, Arstryck 1953-1955', p. 13 ff.J,
Goteborg, 1956.
La Rue, Jan, ee: Rue, Jan la.
2557 Laub, T.h., and Alld Olrik, Dat~silo
folkeviser med gamle melodier (Copeo-
hagen, 2/1930). K
2558. Laubenstein, Paul Frit:r:, Rau values io
A Ir~ American music ('The Musical
Quarterly' XVI. p. 378 ff.), 1930. C
2559. Lauois, Armas, Lappisclu ]uoihos,...-
lodien (Helsioki, 1908). L1
256o. - - Ueber Art, Entslehung .,,r,dVer-
breit ..ng der estniscla-/innisclun RuKen-
tnelodim (Helsinki, 1910). 1
M 2561. - - Ueber die Nolwendigkeit einer
einheitlichea U1dersuchungsmeJhode der
Volksmelodien ('Report o{ the -ttla
Coogress of the lntern. Music Soc.,
Londoo 1911', p. 185 ff.), Loodon,
1 9 11. cr
2562. - - Rut~en ('Suomen Kansan 5avel-
mia.' VI), 1910 and 1930. L
2562a. - - Estnisch-Jinnisclu Runenmel~
dien (Helsink.i, 1913). L
2563. - - Eesti runoviisid (Estnis'J&e Ruu.e-
melodien), Tartu, 1930. .
2564. - - Pet~lalonik in den M elod'"" d.lr
Lappen ('Koogre:.sber. III. Kongre"'
e d. Intcrn. Musi.kges., Wien, 1909') .. (
2566. La vaudeD, Tbd:se, A friUJ o,-cluilacs
('Cilesleriil.D' X. p. "7 f!.). 19>9 .
2567. - - OrclaestiqJU ajr~ca"u ('Le: Gu1d<
musical' lll, p. 230 f!.). 1930.
2567a. Laveda, L., JJ. Maradaug.ul Juns U
155
 Cercle de Tambacoomda ('Sngal' Il,
No. 50, p. 109 rr . No. 51, p. 143 ff.).
'943 M Soc. ol Korca), Seoul, 1957
2568. Lavin, Ch., La musique de$ Araucan.s
('Revue musicale' VI, No. 5), 1st March
1925. CD 1 GHKL
251><). Lawirdi, Mikha'U Khalll Al-, Falsafal
al-musiqi af-Iarqiyya fi asrar al-fasin
al-Arabi (Dama,cus, 1948). G 2579. Lehmann-Nitsche, Robert, Patagoni-
2570. Lawrance, J. C. D., Tloe Ileso. Fifly
years of change in a Nilo-Hamilic lribe
of Ugat~da (London, Oxlord Univ. Press
1957), Part V. Culture, Chapter l.
Music and dancing. AB
2571. La.xton, P. B., and Te Kautu Kamo-
riki, 'Ruoia ', a Gilberlese Dance ('The
journal ol the Polynesian Soc.' LXII,
p. 57 H.), March 1953. ABGL
"2571a. Lazarevit, Stojan, Y~<goslawien. U.
Die Volksmusik. 3a. Serbien ('Die
Musik in Geschichte u. Gegenwart' V JI,
col. 359 ff.). 1958. ACDEFGH'KL
2571b. Leach, MacEdward, Folksong and
bailad. A new emphasis (' 1. of American
Folklore' LXX, p. 205 H.), 1uly/Sept.
1957
2572. Lcaky, L. S. B., The rtligious element in
Muu-mal< ('Airican Music' 1, No. 1, p.
77 ff.), 1954. ACJLM
2572a. Lebesque, Ph., Les chanls fmitoins
serbcs (mus. suppl. by M. Mlloivic),
19'20.
2573. Leblond, Ma.rius-Ary, Lellre s~<r la m~<
sique malgache (' 1. de la Soc. In tero. de
Musicologie' IV, p. 877 ff.), Paris,
1908,
2573a. --La grande tle de Madagascar
(Paris, 1946).
2574. Leden, Christian, Musik J<nd TIJnze
der grniiJndischen Eskimos ('Z. f.
Ethnologie' XLIII), 19I1.
BD'GHJKLILM
2575. - - Musikelh>1ologische Grtmlandexpe-
dilion ('Z. der lntern. Musikges.' XII,
p. 370 fl.), 1910. CDFH'KL
2576. - - Ueber Kiwalins Eisfelder (Leip-
iig, 1927) (with music).
2577. - - Ueber die Musik der Smilh Sund
Eskimos u>1d ihre V erwandlschafl mil
der k! usik der arneriAanischen 1 ndianeY
('M~ddelelser om Grmnlaod', CLIJ No.
3), Copenhagen, 1952. L 2588b. --De midwinlerhoorn (ibid., p ....
2577a. - - Ueber die M~<sik der OslgrolliiJn-
der ('Meddelelser om Gmnland' CLII,
No. 4), Copenhagen, 1954 L iuslitution sociale ('L'Anthropologic'
2577b. Lee, Hyeku, SIJ<dies in Korean music
(in the Korean language, with a Table
of contents in English) (publ. by the
National Music Research Soc. ol Korea)
Seoul, 1957. A 2591.-- Sur Je cJJ.ant des moueddin el sur
2577c. Lee, Kang Nyum, Korean folk songs
(authentic songs, but with piano-ac-
companiment), with pictures of Korean
instruments with English commentary)
(publ. by thc Natiooal Music Researcb
A
2578. Lehmaun, Jobannes, HeilriJge 11<r Mu-
sikinslrumenlal-Forsch~<ng (' Festschrilt
zur Feier d. 25. jahr. Best. d. Frank-
furter Ges. f. Anthrop., Ethnol. u.
Urgesch.'), Franklurt a/M, 1925.
scloe Gesii11ge und M usikbogeJt (' An-
thropos' lll, p. 916 ff.), 1908.
D'GJKLILM
2580. Lehtisalo, T., Beobachtungen ber die
jodler ('Suomalais-Ugrilaisen Seura
Aikakausk' XLVIII, No. 2, p. 1 ff.),
1937. K
2581. Lehuraux, Lon, Chanls el chansons de
l'arme d'AfriqJ<e (Socit gnrale d'im-
primerie, l'aris, 1935).
2582. Leifs, Jon, lsllit~dische Volksmusik J<nd
germauische Empfindwngsarl ("Die Mu-
sik' XVI, fase. 1), 1923/'24. CDFKL
2582a. - - lsliit~dische Volkslieder ('Z.f.
Musikw.'. XI,p. 365 ff.), '29.ACDH'KL
2583. Leiris, Michel, Rlwmbes dogon el dogon
PiK"ari ('Bull. du Muse d'.Ethnob'Ta-
l'hie du Trocadro' No. 7 p. 3 lf.), 1934
2584. Lekkerkerker, C., Mededeeling over loel
K<blai der Rolineezen ('Bijdr. t. d.
Taal-, Land- en Volkenk. v. Ned.-
Indi~' LXIII, p. 111 ff.), The Hague,
1910. ABDGL"
2584a. Lemm, F. H., Musique el arts negres.
Lettres du Soudan ('BuU. des recher-
ches soudanaises' No. 36), Koulouba,
Sept. 1936.
2585. Lennep, jkvr. Henriette van, De muziek
der volkeren (Gouda, 1956). AC
2586. --De Twentse midwinterlloorn en
verwante instrumenten ('Nehalennia' I.
p. 116 ff.), 1956. AC
2587. - - M1<sique Prolo-lt~dochinoise ('Gra-
mofoon voor kenner en liefhebber'
April 1957, p. 14 lf.). AC
2588.-- Musique lt~diemoe d1< Brsil, vol.
1 ('Gramoloon voor kenner en liefheb-
ber' Sept. 1957, p. 16 fl.). AC
2588a. - - Fragmet~len van laai-Romeinse
auloi uil Zuid-Limburg ('Honderd
eeuwen Nederland' p. . . , ff.), The
Hague, 1958. A
ff.), The Hague, 1958. A
2589. Lenoir, Raymond, La musique comme
XLIII, p. 47 ff.), 1933 D 1G
2590. Leos, Threse de, Ce que noJ<s savons de
la musique du .Maroc ('Bu!!. de l'lnst.
des Hautes Etudes Marocaines' 1920).
les chutiiS che: les fem ...es a M eknis
('Revue de musicologie' Vlll No. 12),
Nov. 1924. C
2592. Lean, AsgeliU&, uiones .Ul cwrso tU
msiu JolklriUJ .,. Cwba (Habana,
1948).
2593 - - El patrimonio Jolllldri&o m~UiciJI
cwbiJno (Habana, 1952).
2593a. Leport, J. M., V en~logn lijden ('Nieuw
Afrika' LXVIII, p. 200 f!.), 1952. M jra', p. 399 ff.), Budapest, 1953
2 594 Leriche, A., I nslrumenls de musique
muure 11 griols ('Bull. de l'lnst. Fran-
ca..is de l"Afrique Naire' Xll, p. 744 ff.),
Da.kar, 1950. BGLM
2594a. - - Potsie 1 mwsique maui'O (ibid.
p. 710 ff.), Da.kar 1950. B Survival' No. 4 p. 299 ff.), 1955
2595 Lerow:, A., Rapports entre la musique
brelonne el la musique orienSIJie (Vannes,
1891).
2596. Lerow:, Ch., L4 musiqwe dassique
japonaise (1911).
2597 Leslau, Wolf, Chansons Harari ('Ras-
~;na di studi Etiolici' VI, p. 130 ff.),
194 7. (Notes on music by George Her-
zog).
2598. Lelhbridge, H. 0., AwslriJiian uboriginiJI
songs (Melboume, 1937).
2599. Levi, Leo, On lhe tape ,.cording projecl
of :;oo Jewish melodis in ltaly ('Yeda-
Am' 111. p. 5;; 11.), 1955.
26oo. Lvi-Proven~al, E., U" chanl populuire
religieux du Djebel MarocaiN ('Revue
Alricaine' 1918, p. 215 ff.). G 1935.
2001. Levis, John Hazedel, The MusiciJI
A rl of A ncienl Chint~ ('T'ien Hsia
Monthly' l, p. 404 ff.), 1935
2002. - - FundumeniiJis of Chinese melody,
rhylhm and /orrn as seen througlt lite
music poems of A ncienl China (Peiping,
1933)
0 2003.-- Foundalions of Cilinese MusiciJI
Arl (Peiping, 1936). ACGIJK
2004. - - Cilinese M wsic ('Asia' XXX VII
p. 863 ff.), 1937. AD 1
2605. Levy, J., Die SigniJiinslrwmenle in den
ultfranzosischen Texlen (Diss., Halle,
1910).
2606. Lhote, Henri, Lo documentaJion .sonot''
(chanl, musique el posie) tlablie chez les
Touareg du Hoggar en I948 ('Cahiers
Charle:~ de Foucauld' XXVII, p. 114
ff.), 1952.
Li, Hwei, see: Hwei, Li (2015).
Li, Yua.ng-Cbing, see: YWlD-Cbing Li
(4458).
2oo6a. Libiez, Albert, Chansons populaires de
l'uncim Hainaul vol. 1 (Brussels, 1939),
vol. U (ibid. 1941), voll;. lll and
(with collab. of Roger Pinon) (ibid.
1951 and 1957). A (Moscow, 1911).
2007. Lichtheim, J., The songs oflhe harpers
('J. of Near Eastern Studies' IV), 1\145
D 1GHKL1
2608. Lichtveld, Lou, De muziek der Jloud-
huiden ('Leven en w~rken' IV, N.S ..
No. 1, p. 3 11.), Januari 1940. AD 1
26o9. - - M....Uk ('Ons Koninkrijk in Ame-
rika', p. 84 ff.), 1947 B
2610. Ligeti, Gylirgy, Egy A rademegyi Rom4n
Egysles (i.e. A Rumil.llian ensemblo
from thc Comitat of Arad), (in 'Em-
lkkonyv Kodly. l. o Zsultesnap-
A
z6u. Ligtvoet, A. W ., Exolishe "" owde euro-
pese muzieliinslrumenn (~o Haa;,
1956). AC
2612.-- AJS inleresling mwsiciJI irulrumenl
from New-Ireland ('Antiquity and
ABCD1GHJK
2613. Lieutenant R. N., A, The boalswait~'s
1 cal/, as il was, and as il should sli/1 be,
used in H.M. Nauy ('The Mariner's
1 Mirror' I, p. 9 lf.), 1911.
2614. Lima, Emirto de, L4 musiqwe Colom-
bimne ('Acta Musicologica' U, p. 91
ff.), 1930. CDLL1
2615. --La chanson populaire en Colort1bie
(ibid. IV, p. 128 ff.), 1931. CDEKLL1
2616. --Las flautas indigenas colombianas
('Estudios Latino-americanos' lll, p.
67 ff.). 1937
2617. - - Divers6s munijeslutio"s folklori-
ques .sur lu edil des A nli/Jes "" ColumLi1
('Acta Musicologica' VII, p. 107 fl.),
CDEH 1KLL1
2618. Limbert, Franci.& L., Beitrag sur K eutJI-
nis d1r uolJutmlichen Af usiA. insbc:sc.m-
dere .Ur Bulladenkomposilion in Eng-
/and (Diss.), Strassburg, 1!195. L
2619. Lindblom, Gerhard, Die Slosslromme/,
insbesonde,. in AJrika ('Ethnos' 1945,
p. 17 fl.). ACLM
2620.-- Tlle Akamba in Brilislt Easl
Africa (Archives d'Etudes orientales
XVII), Uppsala ,1920, p. 398 ff.: Music
and d.ancit~g. J
2621. Lindeman, L. M., Aeldre og nyer<
norske Fje/dme/odier !-XIII (1853-
'67), (cf. No. 3887).
2622. Linder, Sven, PalastiniscJ.e Volkscesan-
ge (aus dem Nachlass herausgeg. und
mit Anmerkungen versehen von Helm~r
Ringgren), UppsalafWi~baden. 1952
= 'Uppsala Universtets Arsskrift'
1952, fase. 5. p. 1 ff. .
2623. Lindsay, Maurice, ScollisJ. Folll Alw5"
('Grov~s Dictionary' 5th ~d., vol. 111,
p. 346 fl.), 1954 AC
2624. Lineff, Eugenie, Peasanl sones ~/
Great Russia as they ""e &u the foJH s
harmoni:alif.m 1 (Moscow, 1905). 11
:2625 ..- - A musical tour &n tlt.e Ca~'a.sw~
{'Saromelb. der lntern. MuskJ.!:t::S.
XIII. p. 551 ff.), 1911/'12. CIJt"H 1L
26zsa. - - Psulm.s und rdi;jows .wn:s u/
Jiu.ssiaft .se.cJarian.s in lhe CuwlaH.U
("Heport of the 4th m;ress ol t.be
!57
 lntern. Musical Soc.', p. 187 ff.), Lon-
don, 1911. CF
2626. Lincman, W., Traces of a lwonze age
culture associated with lrcm age imple-
me.. ts in lhe regions of Klang, Selangor
('J. of the Malayan branche of the R.
Asiatic Soc.' XXIV, part 3. p. 1 ff.),
Oct. 1951: l. The bronze drum of Klang,
Selangor. BDIGKLL
262. Linni, S., Zapotecata antiquitie.s and
lhe Paulson collection in lhe Ethnogra-
phical 1\f useum of Swedn (pub!. of tbe
said Museum, N.S. No. 4), Stockbolm,
1938 (p. 66). B 2646. Lods, Adolphe, Les ides des anciens
2628. Linton, Ralph, The material culture of
lhe Jl.[arquesas lslands ('Memoirs of
the B~renice P. Bisbop Museum' VIII
No. 5), Honolulu, 1923, p. 403 ff.:
1\1 usical i ttsirumenls. J 2647. Loma.x, John A. and A1an Loma.x, Folk
2629. Liscano, Juan, Baile de tambor ('Bol. de
la Soc. Venezolana de Ciencias Natura-
les' VIII), Caracas, 1943 DI
229a. List, George, A n ideal marriage of
bailad lesl and tune ('ll.lidwest Folklore'
VIl, No. 2, p. 95 ff.), Summer 1957 A
2630. Little, K. L., A Mend musician sings o/
his adventures ('Man' XLVIII, p. 27/8),
1948. BD 1 GKL 1LM
2631. Liu, Charles, On lhe Jw' s H arps Jrom
H ai,.an 1 sland (' 1oumal of the Science
Soc. of China' XX, p. 12 ff.), 1938.
2632. IJu, Chungshee lisien, s.,, un instru-
ment musical Q. anches libres en usuge
chez les Miao dans la Chine du Sud-
Ouest ('L'Ethnographie' N.S. XXVIII,
p. 27 ff.), 1934 D 1GK
2633. Liu Fu, Elude exprimental sur les lons
du Chinois (Paris, 1925).
2634. - - Five Iones lo litre hundred and
sixty lo,.es (1930).
2635. Livshiu, A., Dva narodnylih mw:ykanla
(i.e. Two folk musicians) ('Sovetskaya
muzyka' 19~0, No. 5, p. 51 ff.).
2636. Llanos, C. A., Ethtaographica tibetanos
en el museo etnogrfico de Buenos Aires
('Acta Asiatica' 1 No. 1, p. 54 ff. (p. 73
ff.): Rag-dun. A 2654. - - Serbo-croatiaH heroic songs collected
2637. Lloyd, A. L., Recenl developments it1 lhe
folk song of Hunedoara (' 1. of the
Intern. Folk Music Council' IX, p. 67
ff.), 1957. ACJKL
2638. Uoyd, Llewelyn S., The Myth of Equai-
Stepped Scales i" Primitive Music
('Music and Letten~' XXVII, p. 73 ff.),
1946. KL1
2639. - - Hor11bostel's Theory of Blown
Fifths ('Monthly musical record', Lon-
don, 1946, Jan. and Febr.).
2640. - - Pitch notation ('Grove's Diction-
ary' 5th ed. vol. VI, p. 785 ff.), 1954.
ACFH'K
2641. - - Pitch, standard, ('Grove's Die-
!58
tionary 5th ed., VI, p. 788 ff.), 1954
ACFHIK
2642. - - Trutr~pel mariue ('Grovo's Dic-
tionary o( music and musiciana' .5th
ed., vol. VUl, p. 572 ff.), 1954 AC
2643. - - The bagpipe sca ('Monthly
Musical Record' LXXX, No. 921).
264-4. Lloyd, Theodosia, Sunday mor..ing al
Ra>JdfoJJteiu ('New Statesman' XVI,
p. 218 U.), 6 Au:. 1938. Dl
2645. Lo Lan: Chu, 1/auptwerke cloinesischer
M usik (in: Richard Wilhelm, 'Chinesi-
sche Musik'), Frankfurt, 1927. G
1sralites sur la musique (' J oumal de
Psychologie' 1926).
2646a. Loesche, E. Pecbuel, Volkskunde von
Loango (Stutt:art, 1907), p. III ff.
So11g: U.S.A. The UI Besl American
Ballads (New York, 1947). AK
2648. Long, Kenneth R., A frica" Folk-
Song. Some notes cm lhe M usic of lhe
Ba>Jiu Tribes of Southern Ajrica (in
'Hinricbsen's Musical Yearbook' VII,
p. 577 ff.), 1952. K
2648a. - - The julure of A frica" music
('Nada' 1946, No. 23, p. 24 ff.).
2649. Longmore, L., Mu.sic and Song among
lhe Bcmtw Pe.opl~ in urbAn Meas on
lhe Witwale.-rand ('African Music So-
ci~ty Newsletter' 1 No. 6, p. 15 ff.), 1953
ACJM
2650. Loorits, Oskar, Volkslieder der Liven
('Opetatud Eesti Seltsi toimetused'
XXVIII), Tartu, 1936. G
2651. Lopez Chavarri, E., .Msica popular
espaola (Barcelona, 1927). FH
2652. Lpez Chias, Gabriel, La msiu abori-
n de juchil" ('Neza' IV, No. 1),
Mexico, 1939.
2652a. Lopez Cruz, Francisco, El agui,.aJdo y
el villancico en el folklore Puerlo"i-
queno (Puerto Rico, lnst. de Cultura
Puertorriquena, 1956).
2653. Lord, Albert Bate, Yugoslav epic songs,
vol. 1 (Harvard Univ. Press, 1954).
by Jl.filman Pa"Y Vols. 1 and II:
Novi Pazar (Harvard Univ. Press, Ser-
bian Acad. of Sciences, &!grade and
Geoffry Cumberlege, London, 1953 and
'54). L
2655.-- Avdo Mededovic, Guslar ('1. of
American Folklore' LXIX, p. 320 ff.),
1uly/Sept. 1956. GK
2656. Lorenc, Antoni, Folklori muzikuer
s!Jqiptar (Pristina, 1956).
2657. Loret, Victor, Quelques documents rela-
tifs el la lillerature el .; la musique
populaires de la Haule-Egyple ('M~moi
r"s de la Mission Arcbologique Fran-
~aise au Caire' 1, p. 305 ff.), 1881/'84.
2658. --Les flsls gyptinnu antiqwos
('journal Asia.tiquc' LXIV, p. 133 ff.),
1889. CD1GHKL1
2659.-- Egyp. No sur us instruments de
musiqwo de 1' Egypte ancienne (1910) (in
La.vi;nac, 'Hist. de la. Mus.' I, p. 1 ff.),
1922. ACDEFHJ
266o. --Les cymbales gyptiennes ('Spbynx'
V), 1902. K 63 ff.), 1946.
2661. Lorimer Y Paul, Le sacri/ice du tambor
Assoto (Port-a.u-Prince, 1942).
2662.-- Essai d'org11no;raphie Haitienn
(Port-a.u-Prince, 194. ).
2663. Louw, J. K., Thl use of African music
;,. thl church ('Africa.n Music' I, No. 3,
p. 43 ff.), 1956. ACJLM
2664. Lbke, Anton, Der H immel der Chinesen
(Lcipzi, 1931), p. 68 ff. ('Giocken und
Trommeln .Us Zeithnder in Chim'J, p.
126 Jf. ('A stronomie und CJ.inesischl
Musik'J.
2665. Lugossy, Emma, 77 Uanytane (Buda.-
pest, 1952).
2666. Lury, E. E., llfusic in Easl African
ch ..rches (' Africa.n Music' I, No. 3. p. 34
lf.), 1956. ACJLM
2667. Lush, AUan J., Kiganda drums ('Uga.n-
da. Journal' lli, p. 7 ff.). 1925. L 1950).
2667a.. Lussy, K., Sorne aspects of work and
recreation aman: lhe W apo:oro of
Southern Tang11nyika ('Antbropol.
Qua.rterly' XXVI, p. 109 ff.), 1953 M
2668. Lutter, E., Les W asamba elle"r usa:e d11n s
la circoncision ('Minotaure' ll), 1933
z66g. Lyle, Robert, Thl music of lhe ancienl
Egyptiaus: a &onjectural sketch ('Musical
Montbly Record' LXXVIII), 1948.
2670. MaiL\i, Cbr. J., llfesopotamie ('Encyclo-
pedie van de Muziek' I, p. 56 ff.),
Amsterda.m 1956. ACH 1
2671. - - Perzii (ibid. I, p. 59 ff.), Amster-
dam 1956. ACH 1
2672. - - Egypu (ibid. I, p. 6o ff.), Amster
dam 1956. ACH 1
2673. Mac CuUoch, J. A., Horm (in: Hastings,
'Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics'
VI), London, 1909
2674. - - l'rimitive and savage m"si& (ibid.
IX). London, 1909.
2675. Macdonald, D. B., Emotioual religion in
1slam as af/e&ted b,. music and siuging
(']. of the Royal Asia.tic Soc.' 1901, p. 2
lf.). D1GIKL1
2676. - - lrish music a'1d lrish scales
(Breitkopf & Harte!, Leipzig, 1910). I
2677. Maceda, Jos, Philippine music and
coutemporary aesthetics (in: Herbert
Passin, 'Cultural Freedom in Asia'
(Vennont(l'okyo, 1956), p. 116 ff. A
2677a. - - Chaul$ jrum Sagada mountain
province l'hilippines (l'a.rt I), ('Etbno-
musicology' ll No. 2, p. 45 ff.), May
1958. AGL
159
268. Machabey, A., La "'usique des Hiltites
('Revue de M118icologie' XXlll, p. 1
tf.), 1944. CD1KL1
2679. --La musique sumiro-&lulldienne ll
gyplienne (in Dufourcq, 'La mu>iquo
de6 origine& 1 DO$ jours', ed. Larousse,
p. 59 tf.), Pa.ris, 19.6. ACDEI'HJK
268o. --La "'usiqwo hbraiq,.. (ibid., p.
ACDEFHJK
2681. --La musiq,.. trdc; ... (ibid., p. 1>4
ff.), 1946. ACDEI'HJK
2682. --La musiq ... latine (ibid., p. 67 11.).
1946. ACDEFHJK
2683. --La rnusiq"" el la mdeciae ('Poly-
phonie' 1950, Nos. 7-8, p. 40 ff.). K
268.. --La notation musicale (Paris, 1952).
2685. Machida, Ka.sbo, Thl musical meauin:
of Rataru' (t~arraliou) aud '1dau'
(singing) in J apauese vocal mu;i&
accompanied by tlae snamiseu ('J. of the
Soc. f. Resea.rch in Asia.tic Music' No.
1o-11, p. 1 ff.), Tokyo, Dec. 1952. A
:z686. --Notes on Japanese Music (Japan,
1953). A
268. Mackay, Mcrcede&, The lraditional
musical instruments of Nigeria ('The
Nigerian Field' XV, No. 3, p. 112 11.),
. JM
2688. - - Thl Skanlu musi& of thl Harims
of Nigeria (' African Music' I, No. 2,
p. 56 ff.), 1955 ACJLM
2688a. - - Nigerian folk musical instru-
ments ('Nigeria' 1949, No. JO, p. 337
ff.). GL 2 M
2688b. - - and Augustinc Ene, The Atilogw><
dance ('African Music' I No. 4 p. 20 ff.),
1957 ACJLM
:z689. Mackcnsen, Lul2, Der sin gen de K nochen
('F.F. Communicatious' No. 49, p. 16o
ff.), Helsinki, 1923.
2689a. Ma.ckcnzie, Roy, Ballads aId Sea
Songsfrom Nova Scotia (Harva.rd Univ.
Press, 1928).
3690. Maclaud, Note sur un inslrumenl d~
musique employ au Foula-Dialon
('L'Anthropologie' XIX, p. 271 11.),
Pa.ris, 1908. D 1G
26g1. Maclean, Charles, The Principie of
the Hydraulic Organ ('Sammelb. der
Intern. Musikges.' VI, p. 183 ff.). 1905.
CDFH 1 L
26g2. Maclcod, afterwards Lady A. C. Wi.bon,
Shorl acc.ou"l of the Hiudu SJ'Siem oj
tnusic (La.hore, 1904). . I
26g3. Macler, Frdric, La musaqau ~~~ A r~
minie (Paris, 1917). 1
2694. Madhl, Bll'kashli, LtJ gunwu tU Ju m~
sique irauieune ('Annidlt:s c.h.:=' Tclt:-
communications' V, p. 5 U.), Uay 1950.
2695. M..adumere, AdHc, JUo villtJ:e nw&
('African Afhurs' Lll, Jan. 1953. P 03
11.). llKL'L'M
2696. Madrid, Esther Samonte, Tlu slrucluFt
of Philippine music ('Diliman Review'
Quezon City, Il, No. 4 p. 373 ff.).
1954
2697.-- Wlull s Philippi.u follt mus'l
(ibid. No. 2, p. ll4 ff.), 1954
2698. Maes, Joseph, On xylophones of Bakuha
('Man' XII, p. 90 ff. (No. 46)), 1912.
BD'GKLIM
2699.-- Xylophones duCongo belg ('Revue
Congolai.se' lli, p. u6 ff.), 1912.
AL
2700. --Les lams-lams du Congo Belg
(Louvain, 1912). A ('Ethnographia, a Magyar npraj:ri
2701. --La sanza du Congo Beige ('Congo.
revue gnrale de la. colonic beige',
1921). AKM
2702. --Les Lukomb ou nslrumenls de
musique a cardes des populatons du
Kanai - Lac Lopold - Lukne ('Z.
f. Ethnologie' LXX, p. 240 ff.), 1939.
BD'CGHKJ.lLM
2703.-- Un lamlam d'nliation du Halii-
Kwilu ('Man' XXIX No. 128 '(p. 167).
1929. BD 1GKLIM
2704. Maeyens, L., Ht nla11dsch lied en llll
muzikaal au6nt met .semantische junetie
bij de Babera (' Kongo-Overzee' 1Y, p.
250 ff.), Dec. 1938. D'GLM
27o4a. Maheswari Devl, N., A frsl book of
1 ndian mwsic (lndian music series, vol.
l), ] afina, Ceylon, 1930.
2704b. - - Veena tutor (!odian music series,
vol. ll), J af fna, Ce y Ion, 19 35.
2705. Ma Hiao-Ts'iun, La musique cAinoise
de style europen (Pars, 191') G 2721. Manrato, A., Mv.sic11 1d instrumenti
27o6. --La musique chinoise (in Dufourcq,
'La musique des origines a nos jours',
ed. Larouse, p. 438 ff.), Pars, 1946.
ACDEFHJK
2707. Mahilloo, Victor, Catalogue descriptif
el at~alytique du M use instrumental
du Conservatoire de Bruxelles (5 vols.),
l:lruxellesfGand 2/1893-1922. A (ed. in
one vol., 1Bllo) CD (ed. ioone vol.) GI
2708. Mahler, Elsa, Altrussische Volkslieder
aus dem Poryland (Basel, 1951). AL
2709. Maissen, Alfons, and Werner Wehrli,
Ratoromanisclu Volkslieder. I. Die Lie-
der des Consolaziun dell'olma devoziusa
(Hase), 1945). A Bupende ('Problmes d'Afriquc Cen-
2710. Maitra, Radhika Mohan, Sorne rtcent
lrends of instrumental music ('] hankar
music circle 1953 souvenir'), Calcutta,
1953
2711. - - Technique of musical arl ('Jhankar
music circle 1954 souvenir'), Calcutta,
1954
2711a. Makiliog, Juan, Music oflhe Plailip-
pi,.,es ('Larawan' series I, Nov. 4th, p.
1 ff.), 1955
2712. Makin, William J., The Zulus dance al
16o
Eshowe ('Travel' LVIII, p. 30 ff.), Dec.
1931. .
2713. Ma, Ko, Chinese folk song ('Peoplc's
China', March 1957, p. 1014 ff.). A
2714. Mammery, A., La musique attdalouse 4
Marrakech ('Nord-sud' No. 5). Casa-
blanca.
2715. --La musique el le lhatre populair~s
d M arra/tecla ('1' Atlas', special issue,
1939)
271!1. Manga, Joos, A tor6k hdbork emlki
a n~e:yarurszgi szlovk npdalokban
(i.e. Reminiscences o! the Turkish wara
in the slovak folksongs of Hungary)
trsasg folyirata' LXVII, p. 241 ff.),
Budapest, 1956. B
2717.-- Ngrdi dudasok (i.e. The bagpipe
players from Ngrd), Budapest, 1950.
A
271 a. Mangaha.s, Ruby K., Philippine music
('Philippine Life' 1957( ?)).
2718. Manizer, H. H., Music and musical
iustruments among some Brasilian lribes
('Sbornik muzei antropol. i. etnogr.
pri ross. akad. na u k.' V), Pctrograd,
1918.
2719. Manker, Ernst, Die Lappische Zau-
berlrommel. I. Die Trom,.el a/s Denkma/
materieller Kullur ('Acta Lapponica' I),
Stockholm, 1938. GK
2720. Ma.noylovit, K. P., (Narodn1 melodije
iz inlol<tle Serbije (Milodies populairos
de 1' esl de la Serbie) (Mooographies of
the Serbian Academy of Sciences, vol.
CCXII), Beograd, 1953
i1uiia11i ('Rivista musicale Italiana'
XXX), 1923. CKL
2722. Mansoor Uddio, M., Folksongs. Their
uses in Pakistan (Dacca, 1952). A
2723. - - Folk Songs in East Pakistan
('Jo urna! of the Intern. Folk Music
Council' Y, p. 51), 1953. ACJKL
2724 Ma.nusama, A. Th., /{rontiong als mu-
zit.kinstrument, als melodie en als ge-
zat~g (Batavia, 1919). A
2725. 1\lanwaring, G. E., The whistle IJS a
naval instrument {'The Mariner's Mirror'
V, p. 72 ff.), 1919.
2726. Maque!, J. N., La musique chez les
trale' No. 26, p. 299 ff.), 1954
AGJKM
2727. - - JnilialiO>I a la musique CongoJaise
('Jeunesses Musicales' No. 21, Dec.
1953, p. 3 ff., repr. in 'African Music' 1
No. 1, p. 64 ff.), 1954 AM
2728. - - Musicie11S llapende ('Bulletin de
l'Union des Femmes Coloniales', Jan.
1954, p. 31 ff.). M
2729. --La musique chez les Pende el les
Tsclaokwe ('Les Colloques de Wgi-
 mont' I, p. 16g ff.), Brussels, 1956. ACL
2730. --Les inslrum...U 4 v...t du Congo
btlge ('J. mensuel de la Fd. nationale
des Jeunesses musicales de Belgique',
Marcb, 1956).
0 2731.-- N ole sur les irt.slrwmmts .U mus-
que eongolais (Brussels, 1956). AB
2731&. --lnili..tion 4 la musique ecmgolaise
('Micro Magazine' X, Nos. 462, p. 11
U.; 463, p. 9 ff. and 26; 464, p. 11; 465,
p. 9: 466, p. 8 ff. and 14; 467, p. 8 ff.,
468, p. 8 ff.; 49 p. 9:470, p. 9 ff.; 471,
p. 10 ff.; 472, p. 9 U.; 473 p. 9: 474 p.
12 and 14), 1954 M 2745 - - Herugovalke wira (Sarajcvo,
2731b. - - Musiques .Ugres ('Cahiers Musi-
caux' 1, No. 3, p. 25 ff.), 1955
0 2732. Marcel-Duboi, Claudie, Instrumenls
.U Musique .U l'lnde amienne (Paris,
1941). ACDIJL
2733 --Les inslruments de musique popu-
laires (in Dufourcq, 'La Musique des
origine-ti a nos jours'. ed. Larousse. p.
53 ff.), Paris, 1946. ACDEFHJK
2734 --La musique .U l'lnde (ibid., p. 454
ff.), 1946. ACDEFHJK
0 2735 - - Freneh Folli Musie ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th cd. vol. III, p. 239 ff.),
1954 ACFH1K
2736.-- E.densions du domaine d'observa-
lions dir~c#es en elhnographie mu.si&aLJ
Jranfaise ('Les Colloques de Wgimont'
I, p. 97 ff.), Brussels, 1956. ACL
2737 --Une pr..tique instrumental<:: 'Tirer
les jones' (' Art& et traditions populaires'
P.U.F. No. 2), Paris, 1953. AHK
2737a. --La 'Saint-J.Iarul' .U Barjols
('Arts et traditions populaires' Jan./
March 1957, p. 3 ff.). AK
2738.-- and Maguy Andcal, Musique po-
puJaire voe.Ue de l'tle de BaJz ('Arts et
Traditions populaires' JulyJSept. 19.H).
p. 13 ff. AHK
2739. Marcha!, H., Oreheslre eambodgien
('Sud-Est', Saigon, Dec. 1950, p. 27 ff.).
A Madras' XXV, p. 62 ff.), Madras, 195f
2740. Marcha!, Sappho, Danses Cambodgien-
nes (Saion, 1926), p. 30: Jnslruments. B
274oa. Marchesseau, G., Quelques ilments
d' ethnographie sur les M u fu du ma.ssi/ de
Durum (' llull. de la Soc. des Etudes
Camerounaises' No. 10, p. 7 ff.), 1945
M matra (3rd. ed., London, 1811), p. 195
2740b. Marcu, G., Clnteule poli/cmiee 11romlne
(The A rumanian polyphcmie scmgs) (with
an Englisb summary) ('Revista de
Folclor' III No. 2, p. 79 ff.), Bucarest,
1958. A 2759. - - The use o/ lhe brouze drum ,.
2741. Mllrett, R. R., Savage supreme bei11gs
a11d lile bull-roarer (in 'The Thre.;hold
of Religion'), Loodon, 1914.
2741a. Marfurt, Luitfrid, 11-Iusik in A/rika
(Mnchen, 1957). ABC
2742. Mariano, P. A., Burmese Musie and
Musieal ltasl,.,..nls (in J. G. Scott,
'Burma, a Handbook of Practica! In-
formation', London, 3/1921), p. 36o ff.
2743 - - Sampks of Burmese musi& (in:
Max and Bertha Ferrlll'a, 'Burma'),
London, 1900.
27-43a. Marie-Eili&beth, Mother, La musiqou
el l'dueaJicm soeiak dans I'Urwndi
('XXle Semainc de Missiologie', p. 128
ff.), 1951 (publ. 1953). M
2744 Marijic, Father Branko, Di1 Vollls-
musiA BonaieH.s wnd tr HnZ6fOCJiruJ
(1936).
1938).
27-46. - - PentaJonika u Bosaosko-Herugo-
vatkoj Pulkoj Muziei ('Svete Cecilije'),
Zagreb, 1938. A
2747 Marinos, Albert, Le folklore des in-
slruments .U musiqUI ('Le Folklore
braban~on' XIII, Nos. 73-74), Brussels,
1933. AGL'
2748. - - Cl.anso11 populaire - <MIISOII Jolh-
lorique ('J. of the In tero. Folk Music
Council' VI, p. 21 ff.), 1954 ACJKL
2749. - - Tradition, evolulio11, adaplalion
('J. of the lot6rn. Folk Music Council'
IX, p. 15 ff.), 1957 ACJKL
2751. Marks, R. W., Tlu Musie and Musieal
1 nslrume11ls oj A neienl China ('The
Musical Quarterly' XVIII, p. 593 ff.),
1 9 p. e
2752. Marolt, France, Slovene foil< danee and
Jolk rnusie ('J. of the In tero. Fol.k M u sic
Council' IV, p. 4 ff.), 1954. ACJKL
2753. Marques, A., Ancient Hawaiian music
('Hawaao Annual' 1914, p. 97 ff.).
2754 - - Musie in Hawaii Nei (ibid. 188b,
p. 51 ff.).
2755 Marques, Belo, Musiea Negra (Edicio
da Agencia Gcral das Colonial;, Lisbon,
1943).
2756. Marr, Jobn, Orienlal in/luenee on Ws-
lern musie ('J. of the M u sic Academy,
AC
2756a. - - Review of C. S. Ayyar, '108 kritis
of Sri Tyagaraja' ('Bull. of the School
of Oriental and African Studies' XIX,
p. 595 f.), London, 1957 BM
2757. Marsden, William, Tlae Hislcwy of Su-
ff. AB
2758. Marshall, Harry Ignatius, Karen br011u
drums ('J. of the Burma Research Soc.'
XIX, p. 1 ff.), Rangooo 1929. Gj
Siam (ibid. XXII), '932 . . G
276J. Martens, Frederick H., .Al une IJ1 o.~
lije o/ the Azlees ('The Musical Quar-
terly' XIV, p. 413 ff.). 1918.
2762. - - Muhomet and music (ibid. XU,
p. 376 ff.), 1926.
I6I
 2763. - - The influence of musit in world
history (ibid. XI, p. 196 ff.), 1925. CF
2 764. - - M usic in Chinese fairytak a>1d
le:end (ibid. VIII, p. 528 ff.). 1922. CH'
2765.-- The musical observations of a
M arocca11 ambassador (r69o-r69r) ('The
Musical Quarterly' XV, No. 4), Oct.
1929.
2766. Marti, Samuel, Precorlesiatt music
('Ethnos' XIX, p. 69 U.), 1954.
ABJLM
26. --Inslrunumtos musicales precorte-
sia>~os (Mexico, 1955).
2768. - - Maisica de las Amricas ('Cuader-
nos Americanos' LII, No. 4), Mexico,
1950.
2769. - - Organografla Precolumbina (ibid.
LVI, No. 2), Mexico, 195.1.
2770. - - Fluutilla de la Penitencia (ibid.
LXXU, No. 6), Mexico, 1953.
2771.-- Maisica . Precortesiuna (ibid.
LXXVI. No. 4), Mexico, 1954.
2772. Martin, E., Trois documents de musique
grecque. Transcriplions com'ltUnles de
Deuxieme hynme delphique <1 Apollon,
Epitaphe de Seikilos (/le s. ap. J.-C.)
el /ragment d'un Choeur d'Oreste d' E un-
pide (1953).
2773. Martin, Rudol!, Die Jnlandsi/Jmme der
Mulayischen Halbinsel (Jena, 1905), p.
913.
2773a. Martinengo-Ceraresco, E., Essays in
the study of folk songs (London, 1936).
2774. Marx, B. L., The Hawaiia>l melefrom a
musical standpoint ('Hawaiian Annual'
1904, p. 154 ff.).
ns. Makk, N., T ..mbours >~olitiques en
Boheme el en Morav~ ('Arcbeologick
rozhledy' VI. fase. 5), 1954
2776. Masan, Otis T., Music in Honduras
('Amer. Anthropol.' II (O.S.), p. 158
ff.), 1889. GL2
2777. - - Geographital distribution of the
musical bow (ibid. X (O.S.), p. 377 ff.),
Hl9. GL2
2778. Maspra, Gastan C. C., Chansons popu-
laires receuillies dans la H aute-Egypte
de I9oa <1 r9r 4 (' Annales du Service
des Antiquits de l'Egypte', 1914). D'G
2779. Masu, Genjira, The place of folk music
i11 the cultural lile of the present day in
] a pan (']o urna! of tbe Intern. Fol.k
Music Council' V, p. 64 ff.), 1953
ACJKL
2 So. - - J apanese M usit and J apanese Life
('japanese Music'), Tokyo, 1953 A 241 ff.), Pietermaritz, 1908.
2781. Matcbinsky, A., A propos de la gamme
musicale gyplienne ('Pub!. du Muse de
I'Hermitage' Il, p. 9), 1935.
2782. MaUov-Uhrov, Ludmlla, Hanck
tauce z Tovalovska ('Orbis' 1954).
2783. Matos, Manuel Garcia, Lrica popu-
lar de la Alta E.rtremadura (folklore
coreu;rafico y coslwmbrisla) (436 docu-
mentos musicales ineditos), Madrid, un-
dated (afler 1931). AL
2784. - - Cat~te flammco. Algunas de sus
presurllos origenes ('Anuario Musical de
l'lnslituto de Musicologla' V, p. 97 ff.),
llarcelona, 1950. ACL
e 2785. - - Cat~ciotlero pupular de la Provincia
de Madrid, vol. l. Edicion critica por
Marius Schneider y Jos~ Romeu
Figueras (Barcelona/Madrid, 1951). A
2786.-- Folklore en Falla ('Musica' Ma-
A drid, 1953. Nos. 3-4. p. 41 ff. and No. 6,
p. 3 U.).
2787. - - Jnstrumenlos n~usicales folkloricos
de Espaa. l. Las 'Xeremies' de la Isla
de Ibiza ('Anuario Musical' IX, p. 161
ff.), 1954 CL
2788. Matsunaga, Susumo, The evolution o/
sun~isen mus< ('Contemporary Japan'
111, p. 105 ff.), 1934 D1
2788a. Matlfeld, Julius, Tlle folk music ofth
Wesler" hemisphere; a list of references
in the New York Publi< Library ('Bulle-
tin of the .Ncw York Public Library'
XXVI U, No. 11, p. 799 ff., No. 12, p.
8b4 ff.), resp. Nov. and Dec. 1924.
2789. Matthews, Basil, Calypso and Pan
Amcrica ('The Commonweal' XXXVII,
A p. 91 ff.), 13 Nov. 1942.
279a. Matthews, F. Schuyler, Field book of
wild birds and their music: a des<riplion
ofthc chara<ter cutd music of birds,
with songs reproduced i11 musical no-
tation (New York, 1904).
2790a. Matthews, W., 1'he basket drum
('American Anthropologist' VIl, p. 202
ff.), 1894. L1
2791. Matthieu, G., Le Systerne musical
('T'oung Paa' XV (1915); p. 339 ff.;
XVII (1917), p. 489 ff.; XVIII (1918),
p. 31 ff.; XIX (1819/'19), p. 41 ff.; XX
(1920/'21), p. 40 ff. and p. 355 ff.). GK
2792. Maures, N. G., Contribution a l'tude de
la c/anson populaire ;yptient~e (Alexan-
drie, 1931).
2793. Maybon, A., Le thalre japonais (Paris,
'9"51 e
2794. Maynard Arauja, Alcea, Instrumentos
musicais e i-mplementos ('Revista do
Arquivo' 157; p. 147 ff.), Sao Paulo,
1954
2795. Mayr, Franz, Short study on Zulu music
('Annals of the Natal Museum' 1, p.
2796. Mazz.ini, G., Etnojonia sud-americana
(del Cili e del Per) ('Rivista musicale
Italiana' XLVll, fase. 5-6), 1943 CKL
2796a. Mbiye, B., Kasala des Mulumba
(ntiite) ('Kongo-Overzee' XXI, p. 16o
ff.), 1955. M
2797. McAUester, David P., Peyole Mus<
!62
 ('Viking Fund Publ. in Antbrop.'
XIII), New York, 19-f9 ACFGHK
2798.-- Menomini Pyote Music (in J. S.
Slotkin, 'Menoxnioi Peyotism') (Phila-
delphia, Transaction of tbo Amer.
Phil. Soc.' XLII, part ~. p. 6lh 11.),
1952.
2799. --Notes Ota the Music of the Navajo
Creatiota Chant (in Record album
'Navajo Creation Chants', issued by
Peabody Museum, Harvard Univ., p.
33 ff.), 1952. A by Colonel Frenen (' Proc. ol tbe R.
2800.-- Enemy Way Music. A Stwdy of
Social tmd Estlaetic JI alues as seen in
Navalao Music ('Papers ol the Peabody
Museum ol American Archaeology and
Ethnography' XLI, No. 3), 1954
BGJL
2 8 0 1 . - - American Indian songs and patl-
tribalism ('Midwest Folklore' V, p. 132
ff.), Summer 1955
2802.-- An Apache fiddle ('Etbnomuai-
colo;y' Newsletter No. 8, p. 1 11.),
Sept. 1951>. AGL
2803. McPhee, Coln, The 'absolwte' music
in Bali ('Modem Muaic' XII, no. 4 p.
163 ff.), 1935
280~. - - Figuration in Balinese Music
('Peabody Bull.', May 1935).
2805.-- The Balinese Wajang koelit and
ils mwsic ('Djawa' XVI, p. 1 11.), 1936.
BD'G
28o6. - - Angkloeng amela>~ in Bali ('Dja-
wa' XVII, p. 322 11.), 1937 BD 1G
28o. - - Children and Muic (ibid. XVIII,
p. 309 ff.), 1938. BD 1 GJ
2808.-- Muical Explora/ion in Bali ('Mu-
sical America' LX, No. 3. p. 12, 263),
10 Febr. 19.0.
28og. - - Tlae Music of Bali, recorded by
Colin McPbee, Benjamin Britten and
Georg es Barr ere (Scbirmer's Library
ol recorded music' No. 17), New York,
19~0.
2810. - - Balintse Ceremonial Music, lran-
cribed for two pianos, four-hands (New
York, 1940). A p. 227 11.), Sao Paulo, 1953.
28n. - - The technique of Balinese Music
('Bull. of the Amer. Musicol. Soc.' No.
6, p. 4 11.). 19.2.
2812. - - Eight to lhe bar ('Modem Music'
XX, p. 235 11.), 1943 A period, No. 4), MeJco, 19l3.
2812a. - - A house in Bali (NewYork,1944).
AB
2813. --Dance in Bali (in Marian Eames
and Lincoln Kirstein, 'Dance Index'
VII, Nos. 7/8, p. 156 ff.). 1948.
2H14. - - The five-tone Gamelat1 Music of
Bali ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXV,
no. 2, p. 250 ff.), 19'19 ACDFK
2815. - - A club of small M en (1947).
J816. - - Claildren and Music in Bali (in:
Mar;arct Mead and Martha Wollen
stein, 'Childbood in contemporary cul-
tures' Univ. ol Cbicago Press, 1955), p.
7911. B
2817. - - Mwsic in Bali .l9J.l-.l939 (in
preparation).
2th8. Mead, Charleo W., The Music.U J.astru-
naents of tia 1 ncs (' Anthrop. Papero
of tbe Amer. Mua. of Naturill Hist.'
XV, part III), New York, 1924. GLI
2819. Meadow, Capt. Taylor, Cat~Jiogue of
1 ndia.11 musical instrwments presenkd
lrish Acad.' IX, vol. I).
2820. Mecieren, N. van, Volkskuntk van Cw-
r~Jfao (Willemstad, Cura~. 1947),
Chapter II, p. 37 ff.: Muziek en sang;
p. 2.f1 ff.: Musical e:~raanples. B
282oa. Meeus, F. de, Mwsiqru africaine ('L'art
negre du Congo Beige' Brussels, 1950,
p. 55 ff.). M
2821. Mehta, Manbarram H., TwenJy-two
shrwlis aud lwo grurna.s oJ 1 ndit~n mwsic
(llombay, 1938). 1
2821a. Meier, Jobn, Deutsclae Volkslieder.
Balladen (4 vols.), Berln, 1935, 1939,
1954/'57, 1957. L
2822. Meijer, D. H., De spleeUrom ('Tijd
liChr. v. b. Batav. Gen.' LXXIX, p.
415 ff.), 1917. ABD'GH
2823. Meinhof, Carl, Die Geheimsprt~che"
Ajrikas ('Globus' LXVI, p. II7 ff.),
Aug. 189~ D1M
2824. Meinbof, Carl, Thilenius and Wilhdm
Heinitz, Die Trommelspraclte in A frika
und in der Sdsee ('Vox' IV, p. 179 ff.),
1916. G
2824a. Mello Carvallio, Irene da Silva, O
Fado. Um problema de acwlturapi.o
musical luso-brasileiro ('Bol. Latino-
Americano' VI, vol. I, p. 225 11.), Rio
de J.aneiro, 1946. AGL
2825. Meto, Guilherme, T. P. de, A Msica
Brasil (Rio de Janeiro, 1947). A
2826. Meto, Vrissimo de, Rondas infanlis
brasileiras ('Revista do Arquivo' CLV,
A
2827. Mendiubel, Miguel Othn de, La poes{u
indlge11a y las caJJciones populares
('Boletin del Museo Nacional de Ar
queologla, Hist. y Ethnogr.' II, 1th
2828. --Los catllares y la msica i"digcna
('lllexican Folkways' ll, p. 109 ff.).
Mexico, 1929.
2829. Mendoza, Vicente T . Los percutOTes
precortesia11os ('Anales del Museo Na-
cional de Arqueologla'), 1913.
2830. --Los teponazlis en las ciui/iza.ciorus
precort<Siallas (ibid.), 1933
2831. --lv!sica indit:eua Olumi vol. I ('Re-
vista de Estudios l>lusicales' V/\' 1,
p. 351 11.; 11 (ibid. Vll, p. 221 ff ),
 Mendoza, Argentina, 1951 and 1954
AEKL
~832. --Msica precolombiana de America
('Bol. Latino-Americano de Msica'
IV), Bo;ot, 1938.
2833. - - TYes inslruml!lnlos musicales fW~
hispanicos ('Anales del lnst. de In-
vestigaciones estticas' No. 7), Mexico,
1947
2834. --Supervivencias de la cultura Azte-
ca. La ca11ci6n y baile del msica indgena
de Mexico ('Rcv. Mexico en el Arte'
IX), Mexico, 1950.
2835. --Msica indgena d1 Mexico (ibid.
IX). 1950.
2836.-- Folklore y Msica tradicional de
la Baja CaliJornia ('Anuario de la Soc.
Folklrica de Mexico' X, p. 53 ff.),
1955
2836a. --La canci6n de Mayo en Mexico
('l:lol. Latino-Americano' V, p. 491 fl.).
Montevideo, 1941. AGL
2836b. --Panorama de la "'"sica tradicio-
nal de Mexico ('Estudios y Fuentes del
Arte in Mcxico' VII), Mexico, 1956.
2837. Meng Chih, Remark on Chinese
M "ic a,.d M "sical I nstrume>Jt (China
Institute, New York, 1932).
2837a. Meogrelis. Th., La vois dds 'niamou'
chez les Guerzi de G"inl< Franfae
('Notes Africaines' 1948, No. 38, p. 8).
M Reearch (Evanston, 1950), re-issued,
2838. Menon, Na.rayana, Music oJ India and
its role in Indian dance ('Atlantic
Monthly' CXCII, p. 152 ff.), 1953 A
2839. - - Gustav Holst's 'Savitri' ('J. of the
Music Academy, Madras' XXV, p. 6o
ff.), Madras, 1954 C 2859. Merriam, Alan P., Sara Whinery and B.
2840. - - The musical instrvmenls o/ India
('Curtain Cal!', Dec. 1954).
2841. M en y de Ma.rangue, La musue M aro-
&aine (analyses des modes; vues .sur la
musique populaire), Imprimerie Dau-
phinoise, Nyons (undated).
2f;42. Mcrian, W . Das schweizerische Volks-
lied in musikalischer Beziehung ('Garbe'
Nos. 4-<i), Base!, 1918.
2843 Merlier, Melpo, Essai d'un tableaw dw
Jolklore muical grec (Athens, 1935). L
2844.-- Tpcxyou8cx '"1~ Pouu)crt; (Tragou-
dia tes Roumeles), Athena, 1931.
28.5. Merriam, AJan P., Instruments and
instrumental usage in the htory oJ
;a~z (diss.) (Evanston, IU., 1948).
2H46. --Notes on Cheyenne Songs ('Journal
of the American Musicol. Soc.' 111,
p. 289 ff.). 1950. CFK
!8H. - - A bibliography o/ faz (un-
published MS, 1950).
2H.8. - - Fluthead Jndian lntruments and
their Music ('Musical Quarterly'
XXXVII, p. 368 ff.), July 1951. CDFK
2849. - - A/rican Mwic Reexami>ed in lhe
Light oJ New M alerials fronl the BelgiaN
Congo and Ruanda-Urund ('Zaire' VII,
p. z45 ff.). March 1953 AGDIKLIL 1 M
2850. - - Le Stylu Vacaux dans 111 Musiq..,
dw Ruanda-Urundi ('Jeune Afrique'
VH, p. l l f.), 1953. M
2851. - - Recording in the Belgian Congo
(' African Music Society Newaletter' 1,
No. 5, J une 1952, p. 15 ff.). ACJM
2852. - - Song te.:rl o/ the Bashi ('Zaire'
VUI, p. 27 ff.). 1954 (AD1GKLIL 1 M)
= African Music' I, No. 1, p. 44 ff.
(1954)). ACM
0 2853. - - An annolaled bibliography of
A/rican a11d AJrican-derived music
since I936 (' Africa' XXI, p. 319 ff.),
London, Oct. 1951. AGBJKLILIM
2854. - - The seleclion oJ recordint equip-
numl/or Jield use (in: Kroeber, 'Anthro-
pological Soc. Papera' X, p. 5 ff.), Ber-
keley, 1954 A
2855. - - The use oJ musc in lile study oJ 11
problem oJ acculluraton (' Amer. An-
thropol'. LVII, p. 28 ff.), 1955
ABGLM
2856.-- Musical intrument and lech-
iques of perJormiJnCI among the Bashi
('Zaire' IX, p. 123 ff.), 1955
ADI.GKLLM
2857.-- and Barbara W. Merriam, Flal-
head 1 ndian M uic. Reporl 011 Field
in enlarged form, in 1955 ('W68tern
Anthropology' No. 2). AF
2858. - - Music"in American cullur1 ('Amer.
Anthropol.' LVll, p. 1173 ff.), 1955
AGLM
G. Fred, Sones oJ a Rada Community in
Trinidad ('Anthropos' LI, p. 157 ff.),
1956. BDIGHJKLILIM
286o. - - Songs oJ /he Ketu cuU oJ BaMa
(' African Music' 1, No. 3, p. 53 ff. and
No. 4, p. 73 ff.), 1956 and 1957. ACJLM
286oa. - - The African background ('Record
Changer' XI, p. 7 ff.), 1952.
2861. Mersmann, H., Grundlagen einer musi-
kalischen VolhsliedJorschung (Leipz.ig,
1930). A
2861a. - - Volkslied und Gegenwarl (Pots-
dam, 1937). L
2862. --DasdeuJsche Volks/ied(undated). D
2863. - - c.s., Europaische Lieder in den
Ursprachen (im Auftra;e der Deutschen
Unesco Kommission herausgegeben van
Josef Gregor, Friedrich Klausmeier
und Egon Kraus). Berln, 1957 A
21!64. Merton, Hugo, For>Chungreie in den
sd-sllichen M olukke11 (A ru- und Kei-
Juselu), (Frankfurt, 1910), p. 198 ff. AB
2865. 111erwin, B. W., A vodoo drum ('The
Museum Journal' VIll), Philadelphia.
L
2866. Metfessel, Miltoo E., Ploonophotography
in Folk Music (Uoiv. of North Carolina
Press, 1928). IK
286. - - Tloe Strobopholography ('1ouroal
of Gen. Psycholugy' 11, p. 135 ff.). 1929.
DIH
2868. Mt.raW<, Alfred, L1 bdlon de rhylme.
Contribulion ol l'lude de la dislribution
giographiqut des linunls de culture
d'origin mlansinne en Amiriqut
du Sud (' 1ournal de la Soc. des Amri-
canistes', N.S. XIX, p. u ff.), Paris,
1927. GL 1
2869. --La civilisation malrielle des tribus
Tupi-Guarani (Paris, 1928), Cb.apter
XXVII. Inslruments de musique. AB
2870. --La causa y el tratamiento magico de
las e>l/ermedados 1nlre los 1 ndios de la
regio" tropical Sud-Art~ericana ('Ame-
ricana indig~na' IV, p. 157 ff.), April
19H
2871. --Le shamanisnie chez les Indiens de
1'A merique sud-lropicale ('Acta Ame-
ricana' 11, No. 3. p. 197 ff.; No. -+ p.
320 ff.). 1944 . 2887. Mingote, Angel, Cancionero musical
2871a. Meulen, R. van der, Di Naturverglei-
che in dnJ Liedern und Totenklagen der
Lithauer (Leyd~n. 1907). L 2888. Mirinov, N. N., Tadsloikskayll muzyka
2872. Meyer, A. B., Die Na.sen/lte im Ost-
indischen Archipel ('Giobus' LXXV,
No. 12, p. 195 11.), Braunscbw~ig, 1899.
DIM
2873. Meyer, A. B., and W. Foy, Bronrepau
hen aus Sd-ost-Asien (1~97).
28H. - - and - - Bronzepukm aus dem
ostindiS&hen Arcl1ipel (Dresden, 1897).
2875. Meyer, Gustav Wllliam, TonaJe Ver-
hltnisse und Melodiestruktur im ost-
slaviscilen V olkslied (Leipzig, Breit-
kopf und Ha.rtel, 1956). L 2892. Moberg, Karl-Ailan, Tv4 kapitel om
2875a. Meyer, Leonard B., Emoliun and
Meauing in Music (Cbicago, 1956).
~86. Mcycr, Mllx. The mv.siciun"s arit}.,t.eli&
('Univ. of Missouri Studies' IV, app.
VI, p. 115 ff.), 199.
2876a. - - Z ur T heorie japanischer M usik
('Z. f. Psychologie u. Pbysiologie der
Sinnesor;ane' XXXIII), 1903.
2877. Michaclides, Solon, The Neohellenic
Folk Music (Lima..sol, Cyprus, 1948). A
287H. - - Grcek Folk Music, its preserva/ion
and lraditio ..al praclice (' 1ouroal o1 the
Intern. Fol.k Music Council' 1, p. 21 ff.),
1949. ACKL
0 2879. - - Greek (Neo-Hellenic) Folk Music
('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. lll,
p. 268 1f.), 1954 ACFH 1K
28~0. - - Greek sung-dance (' 1. of the
lntern. Folk Music Cuuncil' VIII, p.
37 ff.). 195b. AC1KL
2~81. Migeod, F. W. H., Mendi drum gnals
('Man' XX, p. 40 1!.), 1920. BD 1GKL2M
2882. Miles, C., Aboriginal musical instru-
""''lis in Nortlo America ('Hobbies'
LVll, p. 134 1f.), 1953.
288oa. MiDes, Philip L., The record archive in
the New York Public Library ('DuO. uf
the Britilib lll:it. of Recordt:d Sound'
V, p. 20 ff.), summer 1957 1
2883. Jlllet, Ll., De la canf<> popular catalana
(Barcelona, 1917).
288-4. Milo~evi~, Vlado, Bosanske nllrodne
pesme (i.e. folk songs of Bosnia), vol.
I (red. of tbe texts by Ljubomir Trivit),
Banja Luka, 195-4. A
2885. - - Bosanske narodne pjesml! (i.e.
folk songs of Bosnia) vol. I1 (red. uf
the textes by Ljubomir Trivit; musical
transcription by Branislav Golubovi),
the textes by Ljubomir Trivic; musical
tra.nscription by Branislav Golubo\i~).
Banja. Luka, 1956. A
2886. Mincoff-Marriage, Elizabeth, Souter-
liedehms (Tbe Hague, 1912). FL
2886a. Minderovic, C., Yugoslav folk poetry
('Tbe Indo-Asan Culture' VI, No. 1,
p. 63 1f.), New Delbi, 1uly 1957 AB
de la provit~cill de ZAragoza (Zaragoza,
1950). KL
(i.e. Tadshi.k music), 1932.
2889. Misra, Sushila, M usic, tloe pa>~acea
('Sil ver 1uhilee Souvenir of tbe Marris
Collcge of Hindustani music, Luck.Dow,
Nov. 1952'), Luck.Dow, 1953.
2890. - - Music proJiles (Pioneer l:'ress,
Lucknow, 1955).
2891. Mitchison, William, Handbook of the
songs o/ Scotland, wilh music and
descriptive at~d historical nous (London/
Glasgow, no date). K
sve>~>k Jolkmusik. 1. Tonaliutsproblem i
svensk folkmusik. 2. Ro, ro till Jis-
keskit ('Svensk tidskrift 1or ntusik-
forskning' XXXII, p. 5 ff.), 1950. K
2893. - - Swedislo Folk Music ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. UI, p. 372 ff.).
1954 ACFHIK
2894. - - En sludie i de svenska fabodarnas
musikaliska organisaticm (Ueber Kuh-
reigen. eine musikalische Organisation
der schwediscben Sennhiltten) ('Svensk
Tidskrt 1r Musi.kforskning' XXX VIl,
p. 7 1f.). 1955. K
2895. Moeck, Hermano, Ursprung und Tra-
dition der Kernspalt/llen der Euro-
paiscilen Folklore und die Herkun/1 Jer
musikgeschicltlichen KerospaltJioun-
Typen (Diss. Gottingen, 1951). C
2896. - - Die ska,.dinavischen Kermpall/l-
ten in Vurzeil und Tradition der Fulk-
lore ('Svensk Tidskri1t for Jllusildorsk-
ning' XXXVI, p. 56 ff.), 195-4 ACK
2897. M!ihler, A., Gedanken ~er die Musik
 der alten JI ebrt.ier und der vorklassischen
A>llike ('Die Musik' 1, No. -4), 1902.
CEF
2898. MIIUer, H., Spanische, katalanische,
porlugiesische utul baskische Volkslieder
(Mainz, 1924).
2 899. Mohan, B. S., Revival of I ndian music
('Lakshya Sangeet' 1), Delhi, 1954/'55
2900. Moheyeddin, K., Muslim conlribulion lo
l1Jdiau nusic ('Pakistan Review',
March 1955).
2901. Mojzisek, Sebral Josef, Lidov pisne r
Telinska (Ostrave, 1956).
2902. Mokri, M., K urdish songs wilh lrans-
liter~io", Persian lranslaJion and glossa-
ry (Teheran, 1951).
2903. Molitor, H., La musique chez les ngres
du Tanganyika ('Anthropos' VIII, p.
714 ff.), Vienna, 1913. D1GKL1LM
2904. Molnr, Antal, A Nipzenekulals Kr-
disdbl (i.e. Problems of musical
ethnography) (in 'Emlkkonyv Kodly.
l. o Zsultesnapjra' p. 331 ff.), Bu-
dapest, 1953.
2905. Moloney, C. Alfred, On the melodies of
Ewc people of Wesl Africa (']. of the
Manchester Geogr. Soc.' V, p. 277 ff.),
188g.
2906. lllondon-Vidailbet, M., La musique
lhiopienne (before 1910) (in Lavignac,
'Hist. de la Mus.' V, p. 3179 ff.), 1922.
ACDEFHJ
2907. Montandon, Georges, Ginalogie des
instruments de musique et les cycles de
civi/isalion ('Archives suisses d'Anthro-
pologie gnrale' 111, fase. 1), 1919. e
2908. - - La m.usique 6n Roumanie (in La-
vignac, 'Hist. de la Musique' V, p.
265 11.), Paris, 1914. ACDEFH
2909. - - Nouvcauz exemplaires africaius de
la cilhare en radeau ('L' Anthropologie'
XLII, p. 676 ff.), 1932. D1GH
2910. Mooney, James, TJ.e Ghosl-dance reli-
gion and lhe Siow: oulbreak of x890
('Annual Heport of the Bur. of Amer.
Ethnol.' No. 14, part 2), Washington
D.C., 1896. GKL
2911. Moor, Arthur Prichard, Oriental Music
(in Osear Tbompson, 'Intem. Cyclo-
pedia of Music and Musicians' 4th ed.,
p. 1322 ff.), 1946. CK
2912. Moore, George F., Symphonia not a
Bagpipe (']oumal of Biblical Lite-
rature' XXIV, p. 166 ff.), 1905.
2913. Moreo, Segundo Luis, Musica y danzas
auloclotlas del Ecuador (Indigenous mu-
sic and dances of Ecuador), Quito, 1949
2913a. --La msica de los Incas. Recli/i-
cacin a la obra inlilulada La musicue
des 1 ncus el ses survivances' par R. y M.
d'Harcourl (Quito, Casa de la Cultura
ecuatoriana, 1957).
r66
291 4 Moreuz, Serge, La musique japonaisd
(in Dufourcq, 'La musique des origines
a nos jours', ed. Larousse, p. 446 ff.),
Paris, 1946. ACDEFHJK
2915. lltorici, G., Canli popolari liluani
(Rome, 1925).
2916. Morris, E., Bells and gongs of old ]apan
('A pollo', Sept. 1938). e
2917. Morris, Franco,;, Catalogue oftlo6 musi-
cal iustrutnents oj Oceania a.ul A nurica
(The Metropolitan Museum of Art,
Catalogue of the Crosby Brown Col-
lection of musical instruments (4 vols.),
New York, 191-4. CI
291 a. Morton- Williams, P., A cave painting,
ruck gong and rock slide it1 Y orubaland
('Man' LVII, p. 170, No. 213). Nov.
1957. BD 1GKL'L1 M
2918. Moseley, A. B., More aboul music
('Central Africa' LII, p. 54 ff.), 1934
2918a. Moser, Hans Joachim, Tfme>Jde Vollls-
alterlmer (Berlin, 1935). L
2919. Mosharrafa, M. M., Music Eastern and
A W eslern (Egyptian lnstitute, London,
1946). 1
2920. Moss, Claude RusseU and A. L. Kxoe-
ber, Nabaloi Songs ('Univ. of California
K Publ. in Amer. Archeol. and Etbnol.'
X V, p. 187 ff.), Univ. of Cal. Press,
May 1919. A
2921. Motzev, Aleksandre, Rilm i lallt v
Bu/garskata narodna musika (Publ. of
the Bulgarska Akademia na Naukite),
Salia, 1949
2922. - - llulgarskata narodna pesen (publ.
by Nauka i izkustvo), Sofia, 1954
2923. 1\loule, A. C., A Lisl oj lhe Musical
1 >~slnunenls of the Chinese (' J oumal o!
the North-China Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Soc.' XXXIX), 1go8.
BCIJKL"
2925. - - and F. W. Galpin, A weslern
organ in medieval China ('J. of the R.
Asiatic Soc. of Gr. Britain and lreland'
1926, p. 193 11.). AD 1GIJKLI
2926. Moule, G. E., Notes on lhe Ting-chi,
or half-yearly sacrifice lo Confucius
(with at1 appendis on the music by A. C.
Moule) (']ournal of the North China
Branch o! the R. Asiatic Soc.' XXXIII,
p. 37 ff.), Shanghai, 1901. CKL"
1\ludaliar, A. H. Chinnaswamy, see:
Chinnaswamy, Mudaliar, A. H.
K 2927. Mller, H., Einige Nolizen ber die japa-
nische M usik ('Mitt. der Deutschen
Ges. f. die Natur- und Volkerk. Ost-
asiens' I, fase. 6), 1876. G
A 2927a. Mller, Saloman, Latid- en Volken-
kut~de. Bijdragen lol de kennis van
1'inwr. Twcede aldeling: Elhnographi-
sc:he b~rit:lell rv~rhandclingen over de
Natuurlijke Geschiedcnis der Neder
landsche overzeesche gebieden'
 uitgcg. op last van deo Kooing door
C. J. Temminck), p. 256, 265, 26g, 270,
271), Lt:ideo, 1839-'44. AB
2928. Mukcrji, D. P., lndian Culturo and
M usic (in 'Thc Cultural Heritage of
India' 111, p. 6o1 ff.). Calcutta, 1939.
2929. - - lndiata Music (Bombay, 19~5). BG
2930. Mukhopadhyaya, Dcbabrata, Musical
instrummts of ancienl lt~dia ('Entally
Cult. Con!ereocc, llth Annua.l Sessioo,
Jan. 1955'), Calcutta, 1955.
2931. Munk.csi, Bernhard, Volkslw4ucloe und
Volhsdichtung der Wotjaken (Aus dem
Nach.lasa berausgeg. voo D. R. Fucbs),
HeJ.sinki, 'Suoma.la.is-Ugrila.iseo Seura'
XXXVI), 1952 - 'Suomala.is-Ugrilai-
seo toimituk:iia (i.e. Mmoires de la
Soc. finno-ougrienoe'), No. 102. K Straits' IV). 1912.
2932. Munoz Sa.nz, La msic" ecualorian"
(Quito, 1938).
2933 Murdoch, john, The whiuing-stich or
bull-roarer on tloe Wtstcoast of Afrius
('Aruer. Anthropol.' (0.5.) 111, p. 258),
1890. GL'
2934 Murko, M., Phonographiscloe Aufnah-
nun episcier. nuist mohammedanischer
Volkslieder im nordwestlicloen Bosnien
(1912).
2935 - - Plwnographiscloe A ufnahmen epi-
scher Volkslieder im mittleren BosnUn
u11d der Herzegowina (1915).
2935a. Murray, K. C., Music and dancing in
Nigeria (' Africa.o Music Soc. News-
letter' 1, No. 5, p. 44 H.), 1952. ACJM
2936. Mursell, james L., Psychology and
the problem of tloe scale ('Thc Musical
Qua.rterly' XXXII, p. 564 ff.), 1946.
CDFK
0 2936a. Music of Lalin America (Club a.nd
Stu<ly .Fine Art Series), Pao American
Union, Wa.>hington D.C., 3/1953 A 2957 --Sur la slructure des syst6mes de
2937 Mu>ique el cha11som populuires (ed. by
the lotero. lnst. f. Intellectual Co-
opcration), Pars, 1934. A ll, p. 102 ff.). 1931.
2938. Mutatka.r, Mn. Sumati, Alap in Hin
dusthat~i mu>ic ('The J ournal o! tbe
Music Academy, Ma.dra.s' XXIV, p.
77 ff.). 1953. AC
2939 - - A siwrt accou11t of lhe developmenl
of lslamic music ('Lakshya Saogeet'
1), Dclhi, 1954/' 55
2940.-- The basic pattern of lndian music
(ibid. 1), Delhi, 1954/' 55
2941.-- Indian music: tloe clo.ssical lra-
dilio>l ('Roopa-Lc:kha' XXVI, No. 1),
1955. G cient Chinese music theory ('J. o!
2942. Muzieh uil Olievalen ('Terpsicbore'
VII. p. 52 ff.), May, 1954 . A
2943 Myers, Ch. S., Tloe Ilhylhm-Sene of
Primitive Peuples ('Transactioos 5th
lntcrn. Psychol. Congress in ltome
1\104').
2944. - - A Study of llhytlm in Primitive
167
Music ('Dritish Journa.l o! Paycholo:y'
I, p. 397 1!.), 1905. D 1GHK
29of5 --Traces oj Afriusn mtlody iN Jo
maica (in Wa.lter Jekyll, 'Jamaica soog
a.nd story ', }'u bl. o! the F olk Lore Soc.
LV, p. 278 ff.), 1907.
2946. - - Tloe elhnological study of muic
(in 'Anthropologica.l essays prescoted
to Edwa.rd Tylor'), Ox!ord, 1907. JLI
2947.--Mwsic of the Veddas (in Sclig-
ma.no, 'The Veddas'), Cambridge, 191 I.
J
2948.-- The Sludy of Primitive Music
('Musical Antiquary' 111, p. 121 1!.),
I9IL 01
2949 - - Mwic (in 'Rcports of the Cam-
bridge Anthrop. Expcd. to Torres
J
2950. - - Tloe beginnioags of mwic (in
'Essays aod Studies preseoted to
William Ridgeway', p. 561 !!.), 1913.
JL'
2951. - - A Sludy of Sarawak Music ('Sam-
melbaode der lotero. Musikges.' XV,
p. 296 ff.), 1913/'14. CDFH 1L
2952. NGQ.r een aJionale Indonesisdu m .. -
zieh ('De Vrije Pers' 18th Jan., 1951,
reprinted in tlndonesische Documen-
tatic' March 1951, p. 405 ff.). B
2953 Nabaraoui, Ceza, Le conservaloiro de
musique orienlale ('I'Egyptiennc' 1930).
2954 Nadel, Sicgfricd, Gesange der jemenili-
schen J uden; V ersuch 1iner neuen Ein-
leilungswee fr alle M elodien ('Die
Musik' XIV, No . .), 1914/'15. CEF
2955 - - Tloe Origin of Music ('Tbe Musi-
cal Quarterly' XVI, p. 531 ff.), 1930. C
2956.-- Marimba-Musik ('Sitzungsbcr.
der phil.-hist. Klii-"Se der Aka.d. d. Wiss.
zu Wien' CCXIl), 1931. AM
gammes et le problime du 'cycle' dans la
musique primitive (' Art populairc' vol.
A
2958.-- Musihalisclle Astrologi ('Der Erd-
ba.ll' V, p. 441 1!.), 1931. D'
2959. - - Zur Eth>wgraphie des afrikani-
scloen Xylophons ('Forschungen uud
Fortschritte' VIII, p. 444 ff.), 1932.
ADGL 1
296o. --Georgische Gesltt~ge (Berlin, 1933).
2961. - - M essu11gen an kaukasiscloen Grilf-
lochPfeife>l ('Anthropos' XXIX, p . .69
ff.), 1934 D 1GHKL 1L'M
2961a. Nakascko, Kazu, Symbolism in an-
Music Theory', a publ. of the Yalc
school o! music, 1 No. 2, p. 147 !1.),
Nov. 1957. ABC
2962. Narasimban, V. M., Temple Curiusi-
ties. Sonr.e .strunge music,J ubjec.ls ('The
March ol lu<la' VI, No. 3. p. 41 1!.),
Jan.fFebr. 1954 A
2963. Naslo, L., Di Volksludor dM Litawer
(189J).
"2964. Nalalelti, Giorgio, El folklore mwsical
en Italia desde J9IB hasta r9,S. En-
sayo bibliografico ('Revista de Estudios
musicales' 1, No. 2, p. 153 ff.), Men-
doza (Arg.), Dee. 1949. AKL
2964a. - - 11 folklore mwsicale i11 Italia dal
J9rB ad ogci (Rome, 1948).
2965. Nathan, J., Mwsic of 1/oe Hi11dws (in
Surindro .Mohun Tagore, 'Hindu music
from various authors', p. 229 ff.), Cal-
cutta, 1882. CFIKL
2966. Nathan, M. Montague, ArPIUnian Folk
.Mwsic ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed.
vol. 111, p. 184 ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K
2967. Nau, Walter G., A triptych from lhe
A rbatsky collectiOfl al 1/oe Newberry
Library, Chicago (/U.) (Chicago, 1954).
A p. 237 tr.). 1954
2968. Nayudu, B. Chitti Babu, A key lo Hindu
music (Madras, 1925). 1 palw songs ('Southwestem Journal of
2968a. N'Doye, M. C., Le son dw taba/a da>~s
le Rip (Sugal) ('Notes Africaines'
1948, No. 3!1, p. 9 ff.). M 2985. - - Stylislic chauge i" folk music
2969. Needham, joseph, Science and civilisa-
tiutl ;,, China, vol. IV, Chapter h (in
collab. with Kenneth Robinson): Sownd
(Acoustics) (University Press, Cam-
bridge, England) (in prepasation). A
2970. Neefe, Konrad, Du Krigsmwsik der
Chinese.n im vorchristli&Jaen Zeitaller
('AIIgemeine Musikzeitung' I8go). D1L
2971.-- Die Tonkwt~sl der Baby/011ior und
A ssyrer ('Monatshefte fr Musikge-
schichte' XXII No. 1), 1890. C 1954
2972. Nekes, Hermano, Trommelsprache wnd
Fernruf bei den J awnde und Duala in
Sd Katnerun ('Mittcil. d. Seminars f.
Orientalische Sprachen: Afrikanische
Studicn' XV, p. 1 ff., 6g ff.), Berlin,
1912.
2973 Neog, Sri Maheswar, An o/d Assa-
tnese worA 011 timing in musit ('Tbe
] o urna! of the .M usic Academy, Madras'
XXII, p. 147 ff.). 1951. AC
2974. - - Sat~karat~anda and his predeces-
svrs (Lawyers llookstall, Gauhati (As-
sam), 1\153
2974a. --Medieval Assamese dramas aud
contemporary dance~dramas of other
parls ojl11dia (']. of the University of
Gauhati' VI, p. 151 H.). 1955
2975 Nesselmann, G.H. F., Lithauiscloe Vo/ks-
lieder (llerlin, 1853).
2976. Nettel, Reginald, Sing a song of
Et~gland. A social hislory of lraditional
so>~: (Deuver, Col., 1954).
2977.-- Sevm cet~lwries of popular song;
a sucia/ history of urban ditties (London,
1956). F 2995.-- Notes on i11janl musical develop-
~978. Nettl, Bruno, llisturical Perspecliv<
in Primitive Music: tloe Shawnee
168
Musita/ Sty/e (']ournal of the Amer.
Musicul. Soc.' V, p. IH ff.), 1952.
CFKLL
2979.-- Stylistic Variely in Nortla APIUri-
can l11dian Music ('Journal of the Ame-
rican Musical. Soc.' VI, p. 16o ff.),
1953. CFKL
2980. - - The Shawnee musical slyle ('South-
western J. of Anthropology' IX, p. 2 77
ff.), 1953 D 1GL1
2981. --Observations on meaning/ess Pey-
ote uC lexls ('J. of Amer. Folklore'
LXVI, p. 161 ff.), 1953. GK
2982. --Notes on illuical ComposiliOfl in
Prt~ilive Cwllure (' Anthropological
Quartcrly' XXVII (N.S. 11), p. 81 ff.),
]uly 1954
2983.-- lbo So11gs from Nigeria, Nalivo
and Hybridized ('M.idwest Folklore' Ill,
2984. --- Text-music re/ationships in Ara-
Anthropology' X, p. 192 ff.), 1954
D1GL 2
('Southem Folklore Quarterly' XVU, p.
21l> ff.). 1953
2986.-- Nurlh American lt~dian Musical
Styles (']ournal of American Folklore'
LXVU, p. 45 ff., p. 297 ff. and p. 351
ff.), 1954 = Memoir 45 of the American
Folklore Soc. (Philadelphia, 1954).
FGKLI
2987. - - U krainian polyphonic choral SOflt:S
('The Ukrainian Trend' VI, p. 18 ff.),
2988. - - Recordit~g primitive and jo/k music
in tlu field ('American Anthropol.' LVI,
p. IIO ff.), 1954 BGL"M
2989.-- Mwical culture of lile Arapaho
('Musical Quasterly' XLI, p. 325 ff.),
1955 CDFH1KL1
2990. - - and Ivo Moravcik, Czech and
Slovak songs collected in Detroit ('M.id-
west Folklore' V, No. 1, p. 37 ff.), 1955.
0 2991. - - Musicologicalsludies it~ American
elhJJological ournuls ('N ates of the
Music Library Association' XIII, p.
205 ff.), 1955 DKL
2992. - - UkraJIan polyphonic fo/kscmgs
(']. of the Amer. Musical. Soc.' VIl),
1954 CK
2993. - - A survey of courses on ~lhnomusi
cology aud re/ated ficlds ('Ethnomusi-
coly', Newsletter vol. 1 No. 3, p. 5, No. 6
p. 10, No. 8 p. 6, No. 11 p. 18, vol. II
No. 2 p. 88), resp. Dec. 1954, Jan. '56,
Sept. '56, Sept. '57. ]une '58. AL
2994 --La musica folklorica ('Folklore
Americas' XIV), 1954
mwl ('The Musical Quarterly' XLII,
p. 28 ff.), 1956. ACDFKLl
1996. --Injanl musical deuelopment and
primilive music ("Southwestern Journal
o1 Allthrop." Xll, p. 87 U.). 1956.
D1GLI
1991 - - Change in folA alfod priNitiue musk
a suruey of methods ('J. o1 the Amer.
Musical. Soc." VIII), 1955. ACFKL
1998. - - Folk J;ymns oftJ.e A mish in Indi-
ana ("]. o1 the Amer. Folklore' LXIX).
1956. GK
1999.-- Music in primitive culture (Har-
vard Univ. Pres, Cambridge Mas .
195b). ABCL
JOOO. - - Musikulis.he V61AerAunde in .A,..-
rika ("Die Musik1orliChung' IX, p. 303
ff.). 1956. ACEFIKLL1
3001.-- Michicanlndian music ("JI.lichigan
History' XXXIX, p. 471 11.). Dec. 1955.
3002. - - The musical style oj Englisll lJal-
lads cvllected in Indiana ("Acta Musico-
logica' XXVII, p. 77 1f.), 1955.
ACDEFGH1KLL1
JOOJ. - - Relacio>~es entre la lmgua y la
musita en el jolkloro ('Folklore Ameri-
cas' XVI, p. 1 1f.), 1une 1956.
JOOj. - - Aspects oj primitiue aud julk music
releva,llu music tJurapy ('Music Thera-
py' 1955. p. 36 1!.). A 3020. - - Ov11r de lltlrschillende soorte1 lllUI
0 3oo5a. --ltdianermusill ('Die Musik in
Gechichte u. Gegenwart' VI, col. 1140
11.), 1957. ACDEFGH 1KL
3005b. - - Som4 linguistic approaches to
musical analysis (' 1. o1 the Intern.
Folk Muic Council' X. p. 37 U.). 1958.
ACI1KL
JOOjC. - - Transposition as a composition
lechnique in Jolk and primitive music
("Ethnomusicology' U No. 1, p. 56 ff.).
May 1958. AGL
30o6. Neus, H., Esthniscilo VoU.slieder (Reval,
185o).
3007. Neverma.nn, Haw;, Hawaii. Musik
('Die Musik' XX, p. 818 ff.), 1918.
CDFKL
3008. Neves e Mello, Adelino A. Das, Musitas
e callfOes populares colligidas da tradi-
fao (LisLon, 1871).
30o8a. Neves, Viclor, Msica Julkldrica do
Ilio Grade do Sul ("Bol. Latino-Ameri-
cano' VI, vol. II), llio de Jantiro, 19 ...
3009. Nevin, Arthur, Two summtrs with the
JJiackjeet lndians o/ Montana ("The
Musical Quarterly' II, p. 158 1!.), 1916.
3010. Newman, A. K., and W. H. Warren,
On the musical notes a"d other jealures
o/ the lo" !tf uori trumpet ('Transactions
o1 the New Zealand Inst.' XXXVIII,
p. 134 ff.), 1906.
3011. Nt:wmarch, Rosa, Rumanian Folk
Music ('Grovt's Dictionary' 5tb td.
vol. 111, p. 342 11.), 1954 ACFH 1K
3012. - - Russia" Folil Music (ibid., vol.
lll, p. 343 11.). 1954 ACFH'K
r6g
Nguyen-Dinh LaJ, see Lai, NguyeD-
Dinh,
JOIJ. NguyeD Van Huyen, s Chanls alter,.J1
tUS /{tlYfOt>S ,, tUS Jil14s ... A n"""'
(Paris, 19Jd 1
3013a. N.H.D.S., Mutivi ('Nada' 1950, No. 17,
p. 56 11.). M
3014. Nielson, A. C., Folkvisor ('Studium
Generale' U, p. 75 ff.), Leydcn, March
q~ A
3015. Niemeyer, Whelm, Flole"i"strume.Ue.
Vor- ud Fr!Jgeschichte ('Die Jllusik in
Geschichte und Gt;enwart' IV, col.
330 11.), 1956. ACDEFGH'KL
3016. - - Geru.nische Musik (ibid. IV, col.
1809 ff.), 1956. ACDEFGHKL
3017. Nieuwenkamp, W. O. J., De trom mel
de hoojden le Pedjeng <>P Bali ('Bijdr.
Kon. lnst. v. Taal-, Land- en Volkcnk."
LXI, p. 319 1!.), 1908. BD'GL
JOIIl. - - Drie keltrommen e>p Leti ('1'. Kon.
Aa~dr.k. Gen.' 2nd series, XXXV, No.
6, p. 818 f.), 1918. ABCD1GHLI
3019. --Iets over e" Mokko poe"t: lJjawa
noerah van .Alar (ibid. XXXVI, p. o
ff.). 1919. AB1J 1GHL
mokilo's van Alar (ibid. XXXVI, p.
221 11.). 1919. BCD1GHLI
3011. - - Mokilo's (ibid. XXXVI. p. 332
ff.), 1919. BCD1GHLI
3012. - - EeH llarl buoeil aan tk eilande"
Kisar, ii en Roma ('Ned.-ludie Oud
& Nieuw VIII, p. 104 1!.), Aug. 1913.
ABD1GHLI
)Olla. Niggemeyer, H., Trom,.elsprachen
olme Trommeln O'aideuma' 1, p. 191
1!.), 1938. B
JOlJ. Nikolov, Ko&la, Beitrage zum Studium
tks bulgarisclum Volkslietks. Metrik,
Rhylhrnik, To..alital (l:lerlin, 1941).
3013a. Nikolskji, N. w_, Uebersicht ber di
Geschichte der Volksmusik bei den Wolga-
volkern (Kazan, 1910).
3013b. Nimuendaj, Curt, Die Palihur-lndia-
ner md ihre Nachbarn (Gteborg, 1916),
Chapter 17 (p. 54 ff.): M usikinstru-
tt~nle. B
3024. Nketia, J. H., The rolt o/lht drummer
in .Akan society ('African .Music' l.
No. 1, p. 34 ff.), 1954 ACJLM
3015. - - Funeral dirges oj the .A kan people
(Achimota l'ress, Goldcoast, 1955). L
3025a. - - Modern lrends in Ghana music
('A1rican .Music' 1 No. of, p. 13 1!.), 1957.
ACJLM
3026. Noguera, A., Memoriu sobre los UJnlos
bailes y tocllolas populares de la 1 sla de
Majorca (Palma, 1893).
3027. Nolasco, Florida de, La msica tn
Santo Domi,.go y otro ensayos (Ciudad
Trujillo, 1939).
3028. Nordenskjold, Erland, I si di sogenannle
ScMitztrommel 1 der neuen sowoJ
wie in der alten W elt se/bstiJndig erjun-
den word<nr ('Ethnologische Studien',
Leipzig, 1929).
3029. - - A n ethno-geographial analysis oj
the malerial culture oj two /ndian tribes
in lhe Gran Chaco (Goteborg, 1919), p.
164 fl.: Signals and musical inslr11menls.
J 3047. Ntahokaja, J. B., La musique du Ba-
3030. Noreen, Erlk, Herbert Gustavon and
Nlls Dcncker, GolltJndska visor samlade
av P. A. Save (Kungl. Gustav Adolfs
Akad . Svenska visor 1). 3 vals. (Upp-
salaStockholm, 1949/'55).
3031. Norlind, Tobias, Bidrag lill Marin-
lrumpetens historia ('Svensk Tidskrift
ftir Musikfo111kning' IV, p. 97 fl.), 1922.
CK
3032. - - Bidrag till kantelens historia (ibid.,
V, p. 37 ff.), 1923. CK
3033. - - Musikinstrumentmsystemalik(ibid.
XIV. p. 95 ff.). 1932. KL
3034. --Lyra und Kithara in der Antike
(ibid. XVI, 1934). K A. S. Bedelog P. Syvs (Copenhagen,
3035. - - BeitrtJg zur chinesischln /nslru-
mentengeschihte (ibid. XV, p. 48 ff.),
1933. AK
3036. - - Svensk jolkmusik och jolkdans
(Stockholm, 1930).
3037. --Den svenska jolkmusiken under me-
deltiden ('Nordisk Kultur. Musikk og
Musikkinstrumenter' p. 98 ff.), Oslo,
1934. A 3050. Obreschkoff, Christo, Das bulgarische
3038. - - Melodier till Svenska folkvisor och
jolkdanser, upptecknade jore dr I8oo
('Svenska LandsmlU' 1906, p. 67 fl.).
D1 G
"3039. - - Syslematik der SaiteninstrumetJte,
vol. l. Geschichte der Zither (1936).
ACIJKL
"3040. - - Syslemalik der Saiteninslrumenle,
vol. U. Geschichte du Klaviers (1939).
ACIJL
3041. - - Musikinstrwmentens Historia
(Stockholm, 1941). ACIJK
3042. --Die indonesischen Gambus-Instru-
menle ('Ethnos' XVIII, p. 143 ff.),
1953. ABJLM
3042a. --Die polnischen Tanze ausserhalb
Poleus (' Report of the 4th Congress of
the lntern. Musical Soc.', p. 201 ff.),
London, 1911. CF
3043. Norton, William Alfred, A jrican nalive
meludies (' Report ofthe S. African Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science'
XII. p. 619 fl.). Cape Town, 1916.
3044. Notalion oj Folk Music. Recommanda-
tions oj 1/~e Commillee oj Exp<rls, con-
vened by lhe /nlern. Archives oj Folk
.Music, Gefleva 4-9 J uly I949 and Paris
:lfl-IS December I950 (issued in 1952
with the assistance of Unesco). A 1950.
I70
3045. Nots and Queries on Anlhropology
(6th ed., revised and rewritten by a
committee of the R. Anthrop. lnst.
of Great Brit.ain and lreland), London,
1954 Chapter on Music on p. 315 ff.
3046. Nowotny, Karl Anlon, Di Nota/ion
des 'Tono' itl den Azlekisc;hen Cantares
('JJaes.ler Archiv' N.S. IV, p. 185 U.),
1956. BD'GKLI
ru .. di ('Grands Lac' 1941!-'49). M
30-t!l. Nuez C~&ballero, SebtilillD de la, / nslru-
me>:los musicales populures en las / slas
Canarias ('Miscelanea de Estudios De-
dicados al Dr. Fernando Ortiz por sus
discpulos. colegas y amigos' vol. n. p.
1143 ff.). La Habana, 1956.
0 3048a. Nuez, Julio Espejo, Bibliografa basi-
ca de urqueologia A"dina. V. Musita pre-
colombina ('Bol. Bibliografico, Univer-
sidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos'
XXIX Nos. 1-4. p. 70 ff.), Dec. 1956.
3049. Nyerup, R., and K. L. Rahbek, Udvalgte
Da11ske Viser fra Middelalderen ejter
1813 ff.). K
3049a. Obata, J., Acouslical invesligulions
of sotue J{jpaneu musical inslru~nts:
syakuhati, syamisen, tudumi and hoto
(Tokyo, 1930).
0 3049b. O'Boyle, Jean, Irishe Musik ('Die
Musik in Geschichte u. Gegenwart' VI,
col. 1405 ff.), 1957. ACDEFGHlKL
Volkslied ('Berner VertiU. z. Musik-
forschung' IX), 1937 AFL
3051. O'brien, F., Mit.strels oj lhe lropis
(lile Arioi) ('Century' C. p. 714 ff.). 1920.
3052. Ocn, E., Cantos espa;toles con notas
esplicativas y biogrficas (Malaga, 1874,
2/1<,06).
"3053. Oderigo, Nestor R. Ortiz, Panorama de
la nu.,sic;a A Jroamericana (Buenos
Aires, 1944). AK
3054. - - Slrumenti musicali degli Ajro-
Americani ('Rivista di Etnografa' Vll,
p. 1 ff.), 1953. M
3055. - - El 'Calypso', expresin musical de
los Negros de Trinidad ('Miscelanea de
etudius dedicados al Dr. Fernando
Ortiz', vol. II, p. 1163 ff.), La Habana,
19j6.
3056.-- Negro rhylhm in lhe Amerias
(' African M u sic' I, No. 3. p. 68 ff.).
1956. ACJLM
3057. Oesau, Wanda, 'Und Jan Mayen der
dile Flegel ... Alle deutsche Waljang-
li<der (Wolfenbttel/Berlin, undated).
3058. Olbrechts, Fr. M., De studie van de in-
heemse n~uziek van l:Jelgisc;A Congo
('Miscellanea musicologica' dedicated
to Floris van der Mueren, p. 147 ff.),
CM
3059. Oldenberg, Andreu, V aUhorn, hertk-
pipor och Jurar ('Vatmland forr och nu'
XLVUI), 1950. K Los .Memlmnaforos abiertos -Z, Los
306o. Olds, W. B., Bird-music ('Tbe Musical
Quarterly' VIII, p. 242 f.), 1922.
3o6oa.. Oliveira, J. O. de, U ma acfao cultural
em .1/rica (Lisboa, 1954).
3061. Oliver, D. L., Tlu rel<lli011 between
slit-gongs and relmown in a So/omon
J sla11ds culture (in Kroeber, 'Antbro-
polo~ical Society Papers' (llerkeley)
Nos. 11 and 9, p. 69 ff.), 1953
3062. - - A Solomon island society (Cam-
bridge, 1955), s. v. composers, dirges,
flutes, music, singing and slitgongs. B
3063. Oliver, Richard A. C., The musical
t<llent of tlalives of East A /rica ('Brit.
1. of Psycbology' gen. sectinn, XXII,
p. 333 ff.), 1932. D1GH
3064. Olmeda, F., Cancioneiro popular tk
Burgos (Sevilla, 1903).
3065. Olrog, Ulf Peder, Svensk visarkiv, en
orientering om e11 ny iK.stituJitnJ (' Aiv'
IX (1953). p. 129 ff.), 1954
3065a. Ombredane, A., Les techniques tk for-
tune dans le tra11"il coulumi~r des noin
('Prsence Africaino' XIJI, p. 58 f.),
1952. M ol/a&tory, and gust<llory eflects uf music
3065b. Onyido, U., The Nigerian Jnstitule oJ
Music ('Rhodllli-Livingstone 1ournal'
1955. No. 19, p. 46 ff.). M 3081a. Ortutay, Gyula, Az 'eurpai' ballad4
3o66. Ow;t, P. J. van, C/umsons populaires
de la rgicm des Ortos (' Anthropos' VII)
1912. D'GKL'L 2M
3067. --La musique chez les M ongols des
Urdus (ibid., X and XI), 1915/'16.
. D'GKL'LM
3068. - - Chanso11s populuires chinoises
1901).
30bg. - - Receuil de chansons mongoles
('Anthropos' III, p. 219 ff.), 1908.
D'GKL1L2M
3070. Oro~nsay, Gltekin, Das Tonsystem der
trkei-trkischen Kunstmusik ('Die Mu-
sikfQcschung' X, p. 250 ff.), 1957.
ACEFIKLL1
3071. Orden, Burt, Fi Afan's Fa11cy (on
recordings of steelband, calypso and
jawl>one of an ass) ('High Fidelity'
VII No. 2, p. 811 ff.), Febr. 1957.
3072. O'r"eilly, Patrick, A utour de la musique
des N o-Calidon iens (' 1ournal de la
Soc. des Ocanistes' li, p. 93 ff.), 1946.
BGKL 2
3073. Ortiz, Fernando, La msica sagrada de
los negros Y uruus en C..ba ('Estudios
Afro-cubanos' JI, p. 89 ff.), Habana,
19)8.
"3074. --Les Instrumentos tk la Msica
A /rocuba1Ja. vol. l. Los 1nslrumentos
A nalmicos y los Palos Percusivos; vol.
ll. Lus ]JJslrumenlus Sacudilivos, lus
Frotativus y los Hierros; vol. !U. Los
171
tambores xilofonicos y los membran/t>-
nos abiertos (Habana, 1952); vol. IV,
bimembra>~foros y otros tambores esp-
ciales (Habana., 1954); vol. V. Los
puls..tivos, los Jric<llivos, los insuJiativos
y los .uritivos (Habana,. 1955). ACJLM
3075. - - A/ro-Cuban music ('Qua.rterly
1oumal of Inter-Americau rdations' I,
p. 66 ff.), ]uly 1939
3076. --La cluve siloJnica de la msica
Cubulla (Habana, 1935) (abo in 'Etitu-
dios Afro-<:ubanos' V), 1945/'46.
3077. --La msica religiosa de los Yor..bas
enlre los ~egros Cubanos ('Estudios Afro-
cubanos' V), 1915/' 46.
3078. --Las msicas Africanas en C..ba
('Rev. de Arqueo- y Etnologia' II, p.
235 ff.). 1947
3079. --La A Jricana de la msica folk-
lrica de C..ba (Habana, 1950).
3080. --Los bailes y el teaJro de los negros
e" el folklore de C..ba (La Habana, 1951).
L
Orti; Oderigo, N...tor R., see: Oderio,
Nestor R. Ortiz,
3081. Ortman, Otto, Visual, ki,.aesthetic,
(in: Ma.x Schoen, 'The effects of m u sic',
p. 241 ff.), London, 1927. A
krdshez (- The problem of the
'European' bailad) ('Emlkkonyv Ko-
dly Zoltn o. szletsnapjra', p. 125
ff.), Budapest, 1953 A
3082. Osa, Sigbjern B., Hardat~g Fela, the
Hardanger Fiddle (Oslo, 1952). A
308za. Osao, F. Onwona, A n African orches-
tra in Ghona music ('African Music' I
No. 4. p. 11 ff.), 1957. ACJLM
3083. Osauai, Tadao, Twice intermediaJe
tuning (' J ournal of the Soc. for Res.,arch
in Asiatic music' 10/11, p. 5 ff.), 1952. A
3084. Osburn, Mary Hubbell, Some pre-
hisloric musical inslru.met,ls of Nrlh-
AnJerica ('Hinrichsen's Musical Year-
book' VII, p. 243 ff.), 1952. K
3085. Ostrowskich, P., U&ber die Musikinstru-
onmte der K..tschillzen ('Z. i. Ethnol.
XXVII, p. (616) ff.), 1895.
ABD 1 GHKL 1 L'M
3086. O'Sullivan, Donal J., Folk music and
songs I-VI (lrish Fol.k Song Soc., Lon-
don, 1927-1939).
0 3087.-- lrish Folk Music ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' 5th ed. vol. 111, p. 2119 fi.),
1954 ACFH 1K
3088. - - lrish Jo/k music (publ. by tbe
Cultural Rdations Committee of the
Dept. ofExternal Affairs, Dublin, 1952).
3089. - - Songs oJ the lrish (Dublin, 1957).
3090. - - The music o/ Carulan (London,
1957)
3091. Ota, Taro, Wind inslrumenls of lbe ;akiscile, permjakische und talariscbe
A in u (' J ournal of the Suc. f. Research Lieder ('Z. f. Musikw.' XI, p. 60<} ff.),
in Asiatic Music' IX, p. 5 ff.), March 1929. ACDEH1KL
1~1. A 3Io6. --Die alls/awiscbe Volks- und Kir-
3092. Otailo, N., El canlo popular monlaMs c/en"utSik (in l:lcken, 'Handbuch der
(Santander, I915). Musikwissenschaft'), 1929. CDEFHIKL
0 3093 Oxfurd Academy. Tbe A rabie musical JIO. Panum, Hortense, Middelalderens st ..n-
manuscripls in lh Bodleia11 library ge-instrumenler og deres Forlebera i
{1915)- 1 0/lietl (Copcnha;en, 19I5) 1
3093a. l'aasonen, H., Tat ..riscbe Liod.,. (Sur- JIOH. - - 1'11e slrit~ged i>~struments of lhe
gut. 1900). L Midle Ages (London, undated, but
J09Jb. l'aduano, Luigl, La musica folkloris- publi>hecl after 1921). AJ
tica 11ella vi/a cullura.le ita.liana (Edi- Jl09. - - Middclulderens Musikinslrumen-
zion~ Enal, I952). ler ('Nordisk Kultur. Musikk og Musikk-
3094. Page, l'., Des ;oueurs de flate el de Jnstrumenlcr', 1934. p. 50 ff.). ~
cithure ('llrouse' I940, 111, p. 6). 3109a. l'aques, V., JJouflons sacrs du Cercle
Palacio, Arcadion de Lurea, see Larrea de Boucouni (Soudat1 franfais) (']. de
Palacio, Arcadion de. la Soc. d. Africanistes' XXIV, p. 63
3094a. Paladian, S., Armenian folksongs ff.), 1954 M
(Californian Univ. Presa, Berkeley/ 3110. Parisot, J., Rappot't sur suae missiun
Los Angeles), 19 ... scienllfique en Turquie d' A sie (chants
3095 Palavicino, Enrique, Una ocarina pen- orienl~ux), Paris, 1899. 1
tafnico del N.O. Argentina (Univ. de la Jill. Parker, D. C., Some aspecls of Gypsy
Plata, 'Antropologfa' No. 55), La Plata, music (London, 191 3). 1
1~~ G 3112. Pacmentier, lL, Anciens tamboun de
3096. Plinks, Jozsef, Gyennekdaloll (Buda- bronze (' l:lull. de l'Ecole Fran~aise
pest, 1951). d'Extreme Orient' XVIII, p. I ff.).
J097 Panditar, M. Abraham, Karunamirll1a 191!1. K
sagaram. Extract from the first book 3113. --Notes d'archologie indochinoise.
of srutis (Part J, Extract from tbe IX. Nouveauz tambo.,rs de brouze
first book on stafl notation for lndian (ibid. XXXII, p. 171 ff.), I9J2. BK
music. An essay by Maragathavalla J114. Parrinder, E. G., Music in Wul African
Ammal), Tanjore, 19I6. 1 churches ('African Music' l, No. 3, p.
3098. - - The syslem of srutis and some im- 37 ff.), 1956. ACJLM
porta"/ poinls lhal are in u.se in tbe 3115. Parsons, Elsie Clews, Folklore of the
music of ancienl SoulA Tarnil country A ntilles. French and English (publ.
(Tanjore, 1916). 1 XXVI, part 11 of the Amer. Folklore
J099 - - TI-e syslem of Dwavimsali srutis Soc.), New York, 19JJ. B
according lo Sarnga Dev and lhe opinions JI I6. Partha.sarathi, S., A study of Sri Tya-
of difleretll writers who delermitle lhe garaja (']. of the Music Acad.' XXIV,
Dwavimsati sruti.s ita an octave by p. 90 ff.), I95J AC
lakit~g Sa-Pa as '/a (Tanjore, 1916). 1 3117. Pasini, Fr., Prolegomues G une tude
3100. Panhuys, L. C. van. Mitleilungen ber sur les sourus de l'histoiYe musicale de
suri.,umisch~ Eth,ograplie und J{olotsi- l'ar~ciemu Ec.vf>lt ('Sammelb. d. lnlem.
sationsgeschiclde: Trommelsprache, etc. Musikges.' IX), I9of'oll. CF
('Verh. d. XVI. Jntern. Amerikanisten- J118. Pastor, Willy, The ttJusic of primilive
Kongr.', p. 521 ff.), Vienna, 1909. B peoples and lile be:i1ming of European
3101. --Les chansatJS el la mU5ique de la music ('Annual Heport Smithsonian
Guya>~e N eerla>~daise ('J. de la Soc. des Inst.', Wa:;hington, 1912), p. 679 ff.
Amricanistes de Pars', N.S. IX, p. 27 DlJLI
ff.), I912. GL JI I9. Paterson, A., Old Lilhuanian Songs
3I02. - - Surit~aamsche folklore (Lied.,en- (Kaunas, 1939).
verza~eling Van Vliet) ('De West-Ind. J120. Paterson, J. D., On lbe gramas or musi-
Gid' XVII, p. 282 ff.), 1931/'J2. cal scales of lile Hit~dus (in Surindro
ABD1G Muhun Tagorc, 'Hindu music from
J10J. - - Aard en karakt., van Suritlaam- various authors', p. 17J ff.), Calcutta,
scile liederen (ibid. XVIII, p. 1 fl.). 1882. CI
Md 1936. ABD1G Jl2I. Patterson, Annie, The folk-music of
3104. Pann, Anton, Cintece de Lwme, trans- Jreland ('The Musical Quarterly' VI,
crise ditJ psaltica in notatia modert~a, cu p. 455 u., 1920. e
un studiu introducliv de GA. Cioba1u1 3122. Paucitis, K., Latvian Folk Music
(Dukarest, 1955). J ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. 111,
3105. Panoff, Peler, Phonographirte wot- p. 31J ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K

172
3123. Pauli, F. W., ..4.uss~rdewlscM Volks-
mllsill. ErsiM Katiot m>l volkskllnd-
liclw:n Erla..teruncno (publ. by the
Lautarchiv des deutschen Rundfuoks),
Frankfurt afM., March 1956.
3124.--A11sserdeul<eM VolllsmusI. Zwei-
161' Kataloc. Volllsmusik der U.S.A.
(publ. by id.), Fra.nldurt afM., Septem-
ber 1956.
3125. Pauweb;, P. M., LAs m41iers 11 les obels
"" Hwanda. Chapter IV. lnslrll,..,nlS de
,..,..;que ('Annali Lateraoensi' 1955. p.
185 (217 U.)). BGKLI
3125a. Parry, M., aod A. B. Lord, Serbo-
croalian heroic oncs (2 vols.), Cam-
bridgefBcograd, 1953/'54).
3126. Payer, Ein am A,....o...,nslrom t-
br4uchlicher Trornmelt~pparat (' Z. f.
Ethnologie' XXXV), 1903.
BD1GHKL1LM
3127. Peabody, Ch., ..4. prehisloric wind-inslrll-
menl from Pecas, New Me:r:ico ('Amer.
Anthropologiot' N.S. XIX), 1917. GL1
3127a. Pear~e, Aodrew (arranged and ed. by),
Millo Sampon on calypso legend$ ojlhl
J91h cenlury ('Caribbea.o Qullrterly'
IV, p. 250 ff.), Marchf J une 1956.
3128. - - ..4.spects oj cluJnt in Carribean
jolll muic (' J ournal of the Intero.
Folk Music Council' VII, p. 29 ff.),
1955 ACJKL
3128a. Peate, Iorwerth, W.Zsh musical inslru-
""'"ls ('Mao' XLVII, p. 21, No. 17),
Febr. 1947. ABDGKLM
3128b. Pczely, A., Hoclueilslrit~klieder aiiS
dem dlichen T eil des KomilaJes Zal11
(Hun. text) ('Nprajzi K!izlemnyek'
JI, p. 135 ff.), Budapet, 1957.
3129. Pedrell, Felipe, Cancionero Musical
Popular Espaol (3 vols.), V alls, Cata-
Jonia, undated. AFIL
3130. Pedrosa, Mario, Jlrtuilian music ('Thea-
tre Arts Monthly' XXIII, p. 363 ff.),
lllay 1939.
3130a. Peetors, Theophiel, Oudkempische
volksliederen en dansen (Brussel, 1952).
3131. Pekker, bn, V. A. Upensllij (his work
as iln ethnographer-musicologist and
composer in Uzbelcistan and Turkme-
nistan), Gvnt. Music Publication, Mos-
cow, 1953
3132. Plagaud, Femand, Syriens el Phry-
giens (1910) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la
Mus.' l, p. 49 ff.), 1922. ACDEFHJ
3133. Pclay Briz, Canfons de la l&rra (5 vols.)
(l.larcelona, 1866-'74).
3134. Pelliot, Paul, Le k'ong-1'""" el le qobuz
('ll1lange Nait'). Kyoto, 1926.
3135. Pepper, Herberl, Chanl d'adwlltre ('Le
mois de 1' Afriq ue Eq ua.toriale Fian-
~e', jan. 1945), p. 22 ff.
3136. - - Mu>ique el pense africaines ('Pre-
sence Africaine' 1, p. 149 f.), 1947 M
3137. - - Trois dan5es cluJnliu auoc acco"'-
pagn.-nl de linga ('Etudes Came-
rounaioes' Douala, No. 21-:n, p. Bs
f.), June-Sept. 1949 G
F 3138. --LA anzi cornpa:non daK.S la soli-
III< ('Tropiques' No. 316), Dec. 19-49
3139 - - Hloire co01le sr "" vie....- lam-
bours !U bou ('Jeun6 .Airique', Eli.&a-
F bethville, ]une 19-49), p. 13 ff.
3140. - - A la rocloerchl d.. lrad>liotu "'"si-
cale '" pay Vili ('l.lull. d'informa.tion
et documentatioo du Ha.ut-Comwiss.a.-
riat de la Rpublique Fran~ en
A.E.F.' No. 69), 1950.
3141.-- Tradilional mws: al lhl Vali
L ('Africa' XL, p. 1 f.), London, 1951.
BGJKLlLIM
3142. --LAs probleme5 gnra....- de la musi-
que populaire n Ajrique naire (' Jouroal
of the Iutero. Folk Music Council' ll,
p. 22 f. and 'Newsletter of the Africao
Music Soc.' 1 No. 3, p. 4 ff.), 1950.
ACJKLM
3143 - - Imac muicals quatori..Je
('Tropiques' XLVIII, p. 47 ff.), Dec.
1~~ A
B 3144.-- Musiquo cenlre-ajricaine ('Encycl.
coloniaJe et maritime'), 1950. AM
3146. --Sur"" Xylopilone lbo (' Newsletter
o the Africao Music Soc.' 1, No. 5. p.
35 ff.), 1952. ACJM
3147 - - Classijication mllwdiquo ,,.,..
OINVrl ... u.icaJe olnnique 11 / ss /1-
menls lechniquu ('Rapport Annuel de
l'lnst. d'Etudes Centre-africaines',
Bra:r.zaville, 1952), p. 33 ff.
3148. - - Enqulle sur le conlenu rbal de :u
disques N:om11 (Brazzaville.Inst. d'Etu-
des Centre-africaines, 1952).
3149. - - Rjlexion sur l'arl nusical en Aj-
rique Equaloriale ('L' Afrique Fran-
~e XXVIII, p. 82 ff.), 1952. M
3150. --L'ellregistrt~menl du so,, d l'arl nu~
sical ellmique (' Bull. lnst. E t. centra.fr.
new series, 1952, p. 1-43 fl.). M
3151. - - Te:sles de cluJnls .l'rlatsouanisle 61
du Mjoumou Mpou (chejs lradilionels
Lari du Moyen-Congo), 1951.
3151a. - - ConsidraJions sur l.:. langace lam-
bouriJi . el aulres langages mwsjcau.x
d'Ajrique Cenlrale, sur la pmse musi-
cale ajricaine (in (4a) Conf.rencia ...
1954. p. 165 fl.). 111
3152. - - Essai de dijinilion d'une gram-
maire musicu.le 110ire ('Problemes d'Af-
L rique Centrale' VIl, p. 289 ff.). 195~.
AGJKM
31 52a. Ppratx-Saissel, Henry, La sard"""
La danse des Cai~Uans. Son symole,
sa magie, ses nigme5 (l'erpinan, 1956).
3153 Percival, Caussin de, Les mu.sidens ura-
bes ('Journal Asiatique' 1873, p. 397
ff.). DIGHKLI
173
3154. Perdomo Escobar, Jos Ignacio, Esbozo
hislorico sobr1 la mUsica coloJrtbill.tUJ
('Bol. Lat.-Amer. de Msica' IV, p. 387
11.), Ho;ot, 1y38.
3155. --Historia de la Msica en Colombia
(Bogot, 1945).
3156. - - E l vilancico en Colombia ('Hojas
de cultura popular Colombiana' No.
1"). l.lo;ol, 1951. DI
*3157. Pereira Salas, Eugenio, Guia biblioKra-
fica pura el estudio del folkloro clilet~o
(Chile, l'J5")- A ABCD'FGH'JK
3157a. --La msica Je la Isla de Pascua
(Santiago Ue Chile, Inst. de investi
gaciones musicales, colJeccion e en
ayos No. 1), n.d. A ACJKL
3158. Pri, Noel, Essai sur les Gu.mmes
]ttpon<~ists (Paris, 1934). AGIJKL
3159. Peristeres, Spuzos D., ~'l)jJ.OTL>< Tp:tyou-
ota: Ert<tpou """ M<o>p7J (Dmotica.
tra;oudia Epirou kai :\lora), Athens,
1950.
3160. Perno!, H., L'IIs de Chios (Paris, 1903).
J Itll. Perron, Michel, Chanls populaires de la
Sb,igumbie 1 du Nig"r ('.Bull. de
1' A~ence Gnrale des Colo ni es' XX!ll,
p. Ho3 fl.), Paris, 1930.
3162. Petit, Raymond, Exotic and conlem-
porary tnusic ('The Musical Antiquary'
XI. p. 2oo ff.), 1934
3163. Petneki, JenG, Das ungarisch Volks-
Iied (HudapestJLeipzigjMilanoJDanu-
bia, 1943). . ol thc J a pan Soc.' lli, p. 33 !f.), 1893. J
3164. Petri, George, .incienl music of Ireland
(Dublin, 1H55).
3165. - - Music of Ireland (Dublin, 1882).
]166. Pettaz~oni, Raffaele, M ythologie austra-
Iienne du rhombe (' Revue de I'Histoire
des ltdigions' XXXIII, vol. 65). Pars,
1912. DlHLl
3167. Pfister, G. A., La msica Ashanli
('Revista Musicale Italiana', Turiuo,
I9l5). CKL
316!1. --Les chansons Jaistoriques el le 'Tim-
pam' des A chantis ('La Revue Musicale'
IV, p. 230 !!.), Pars, 1923. CDFGHKL1
3169. Pfrogner, H., Die zwolfordnung der
Tone (Zrich, 1953). C ques' VII). Paris, 1!196.
3170. Phelps, D. L., Th plan of music in th
Platonic c.&tld CotJjucian system of moral
education ('J. ol the R. Asiatic Soc. of
Great Britain and lreland' 19,8).
DIGIKL1
3171. Philharmonic Society of Western India,
The, The 1111gas o/ Hindustan (with an
introlluction on the theory of lndian
music by E. C. Clements), Poona, 191!1.
3172. Phillips, Ekundayo, Yoruba Mu.sic
(Johauncsburg, 1953). AL!\1
3173- Phillips, W. J., Muori bird calls or
wJ.isl/es (' Ethnos' XV, p. 201 lf.). 19.SO.
BJL"M
*3174. Picken, Laurence, Chiuese Music
174
('Grove's Dictiona.ry o[ Music and Mu-
sicians', 5th ed., vol. 11, p. 219 ff.),
1954 ACFH 1K
3175 --japa>leso Music (ibid., vol. IV, p.
5H\IIf.), 1954. ACFH 1 K
3176. - - 1".llrumental Polyphonic Folk M u-
sic in A stu. lllit~ot' (' Proc. R. Mu~ical
Ass.' LXXX. p. 73 ff.), '9.H A
3177 - - The .~.llu.sic IJj Far-Euslun Asia
('The Ncw Oxford History of Music',
Jrd ed., vol. !, p. HJ 11.), 1957
317!1. - - 1/eview of 'Kasluniri Mus1qi (sa,
ri, ~a. mu.l' ('journal of the lutern. Folk
Mu,;ic Cuuncil' V11, p. <>2 11.), 1955.
3179. --The ori;in o/ lile slwrllute ('].uf
the Galpiu ::ioc.' V111, p. J2 ff.), Lun-
dou, 1955 AC
31 Su. - - 1~wtlve ritual me/odies ojlhe T' aHg
dyoasty ('Studia l\-lcmoriae Helae Bar-
tk Sacra', p. 147 ff.), Budapcst, 1956.
AC
3181. - - CJ.iang K'uei's Nine songs for
Yeh ('The J'vlusical Quartcrly' XLIII,
p. Wl H.), 1957- ACDEFKL 1
JI!h. Pigeaud, Th., Over den huidigen stand
vuu de tooJaetl- eu danskunst en da mu-
ziekbeoefming op Java ('Djawa' XII,
p. 155 ff.), 1932. ABD 1G
3183. Piggott, Francis T., The Japaneso musi-
cal seu/e ('Transactions and Proceedings
]184. - - The music and musicaJ instrunu11ts
of J a pan (London, 1909).
ABCGIJK
3185. --andA. H. Fo>: Strangways, japa-
ne:;e music ('Grov~s Dictionary of
Music il.nd Musician. 5th ed. vol. 1V,
p. 589 ff.), 1955. ACFHIK
3186. Pike, Kenneth L., T he /lea: melody
types and pcrtuhuliuns in a JWixt~c song
('Tialocau' 11, p. 128 lf.), 194.
3187. - - Toneluuguages (Ann Arbor, 194!1).
3188. Pilet, Raymood, Rappurl sur unt! mi.s-
sioll en lsla11de el au.. Iles Froe ('Nou-
velles archivl!s des missions scientili-
3189. PiUai, Vid van Palllni Subramania, V id-
van Mu>lpoondiya Pill"i ('J. of the
Music Academy, Madras' XXV, p. 73
lf.). Madras, 1954. AC
3190. Pinches, T. G., Babylonian and Assy-
run mu.sic (' Ha.sting's Encycl. of Rc::-
li;ion and Ethics'), Edinburgh, 191 7
D 1GH
3191. Pinck, Louis, Verklingende Weis~m 1-
V (Hcidelber: 1926-1939). A(III only).
319:Z. Pingle, Uhavanrao A., Indian music
( llyculla, !j189H).
3193. Pinon, Roger, La nuuvelle Lyre Malmi-
dittuu uu Ju v1'e u ~V ullone malnl-
Ji<m~e rejlile d1Jt1S la lanson folklori-
 que ('Folltlore Stavclot-Ma.lwdy' vol.
XIII, p. 35 ff. (1949), XIV, p. 77 ff.
(1950), XV, p. 65 ff. (1951), XVI, p. 3
ff. (1952), XVU, p. 53 ff. (1953), XVIII,
p. 81 tf. (1954), XIX, p. 59 ff. (1955)). A
3194. PiobaireacJ.d, edited by the Pio-
baireacbd Society (evcra.l volumes),
Glasow 1921-1931.
3195 Pilicbner, Hans, Musik in China (Ber-
lin, 1955). ACL
3196. Plath, Job. Heinrich, Die Religion und
der Cullus der aJien Chinesen (' Abha.ndl.
d. k. ha.yer. Aka.d. d. W.' 1. Klasoe,
lkl. IX, Section Ill), Mnchen, 1!162
(Part U. Der Cultus der aJJero Chinesen,
p. 70 ff.: Von der M..sik und den Tan-
zen bei den OPfern der Kaiser).
3197 Platt, W., Child music. A study of
lunes mude up by young children (Lon- '
don, 1905). 1 (Poona, 1918).
3198. Plessis, l. D. du, Die bijdrae van die
K aape M aJeiers lol die A frikaanse
volhslied (N asiona.le Pers, Capetown,
1935)
3199. --Die MaJeise samenwit<g """ die
Kaup (Nasiona.le Pers, Capetown,
1939).
3200. Plitka, Karel, SotJgs of 1/oo Slovak
mou,.tains ('J. of the lntern. Folk
.Music Council' VIII, p. JO ff.), 1956.
ACJKL
3201. Pliscbke, Hans, Geislerlrompeten und
Geislerfllen aus Bambus vom Sepik,
Neuguinet> ('Ja.hrbucb des Mus. f.
VOlkerk. zu Leipzig' VIII, p. 57), 1922.
GL
3202. Poduva.l, R. V., The music of Keral4
and other essays (Gemini Studios, Ma-
dras, 1954).
3203.-- Music and 1/oo Mwslim courls of
India ('The Madras Music Acad. An-
nua.l Conf. Souvenir, Dec. 1953'), 1954
3204. - - The imperial cily of music (ibid.,
Dec. 1954). 1955
3205. Poensen, C., De wajt>ng ('MededeeUngen
vanwege het Nederl. Zendelinggenoot-
schap' XVI, p. 59 ff, 204 ff., 233 ff.,
and 253 ff.), 1872. B nistre de l'lnstructioo publique et des
3206. Polcek, Jan, Slovclle pesnitky (2 vols.)
Prague, 1950.
3207. Poladian, Sirvart, Ar....,niAn Folk Songs
(Publ. in Music of the Univ. of Cali-
fornia, 11, no. 1), Berkeleyjl..os Angeles,
1942. GH
3208. - - Tl1e problem o/ melodic vari4lion in
folll song (']. of Amer. Folklore' LV,
p. zo. ff.), 1942. GK
3209.-- Armenian Folllso11gs (1942).
3210. Polak, A. J., Die Hurmouisierung
iudischer, trkischer und japat~ischer
.Melodien (Leipzig, 1905). AFI
1) Vol. 1 appeared under the editorship of K. Hudec.
175
3211. Polin, Claire C. J., Music o/ lile ""'"'"'
Near EGSI (New York, 1955).
3212. Pollmann, J., Ons eigetJ volkslied (Am.
sterdam, 1936). e
3213. Poloczek, Frantilek. SlovensAI Lwdov
Piesne ('Aca.demiae Scientiarum Slo-
vacae Corpus musicae povularis' 1-111),
Bratislava 1950 1), 195~ and 1956. AK
3214. - - Slovakian folk soJig aud folk duuce
in lhe presell da y ('J. of the lntern.
Folk Music Council' IX, p. 13 ff.), 1957
ACJKL
3215. Ponce. M. M., A puntes sobre musica
mexicana ('Estudios Latino-americanos'
I11, p. 37 ff.). 1937
3216. Poona Academy, Philharmonic Society
of Western India, The rugas of Hir~
doslun. Skelelon melodies colleued and
arranged by tlu esec..tive co"millee
1
3216a. Pop, M., N unta din Seliste (Wedding ;,.
S.) (with an English summary) ('Re-
vista de Folclor' 111 No. 2, p. 47 ff.),
Bucarest, 1958. A
0 3217. Popley, Herbert A., Tlu .Mwsic of
India (Ca.lcuttaJLondon, 19~1. 2/1950) .
. ACFHJ
3218. Porc-Masp~ro, EveUne, Mythes du D-
luge el lambours de bro11ze (' Actes du
!Ve Congres intern. des sciences anthro-
pologiques et ethnologiques, Vienne,
1-B Sept. 1952', Tome 11, Ethnologica,
ne panie, p. 246 ff.), Vienna, 1955 B
3219. Portmann~ M. V., Andt>manese Music
('Jouma.l of the R. Asiat. Soc.' XX. p.
181 ff.), 1888. D1GJKL1
321ga. Possoz, E., Negermu.ziek ('Band' IX,
p. 190 ff.). 1950. M
3220. Poli, A. F., N amen musikaJischer 1 n-
strumenle bei den K urden (no place,
no date). e
3221. Poli, P. H., Musiquetibtaine du Sikkim
('Gramofoon voor kenner en licfhcbber'
Amsterdam, J uli 1956, p. 14 ff.). A
3222. Poueigh, J., Chansons populaires des
Pyrnes Fra>~faises. Traditious,
moeurs, usages. Rapport a M. le .Mi
Beaux-Arlti (Paris, 1926).
3223. Pound, Ezra, 'Noh' plays ('The trans-
la.tions of Ezra Pound', p. 211 ff.), Lon-
don, Faber & Fa.ber, undated.
3224. Pradines, Emerant.e de, 1nstruments o/
Rlylhm ('To Morrow' 111 No. 1, p. 123
ff.). 1954
3225. Prajnanananda,.Swami. A-fusic oJ Hin
du a>~d Bwddhisl India ('Entally Cult.
Con!., 8th Aonual Session, Jan. 1955),
Calcutta, 1955.
3226. Pratella, F. B., La musiu nelle Hostre
colonie d'Africa ('Musica. d'ogni', 1927) .
J:l:26a. Price,E. W., Nu.Jiue nulody anJ 324b. - - 1"/.e music of auciml Egypt ('Proc.
hymns ('Congo Mi~~iou News'
chrishtu' of the Mu~ical Associa.tion', Loodon,
No. 135.
p. 14), 194<>. M I'J~I/'H). l
Con.stantin Gh., I25 mJodii d~t
3-!:.Z. l'richici, Quuril:.cb. W~o~.lu. H. G., t.~ce: Wales, H.
jucuri din Moldava (l:lucarest, 1955). G. Quaritsch,
3228. - - Metod de tamba/ (Bucarest, 19S6). 3247. Quasten, Johaunes, .Musik und Ge-
J .SUJIK in den 1\ ulteu der heidnischen
3228a. - - Genua melodica a baladei lui A r~llke Utld christlichen Frhzoil (Mn-
Pintea Vileazwl ('Revista de Folclor' ster, I<J.lU).
ll, No. 4. p. 7 ff.), l:lucaresl, 19S7 A 324ij. Qunu1u, Maxiruilien, A u pays des
3229. Prick van Wely, Max, Hel bloilijdpork Fuus: la flll<>iqu< (' llull. du Com. d'Etu-
van hel N ederlandse volkslied van het cS ll1stor. et Sch::ntil. de I'Afrique
ouJstaan tol de .t1venti1nd1 ''"w (Heem Occidcntale Fran~aise' XVIII, p. 323
stcde, 1949). AF 11.), l'ari>, ICJ35
3130. Pricl2e, Rudolf, Haussa Sllngor (Gtit- 3249. Qucrino, Manuel, Costumes africanos 110
tingen, 1916). Brasil (Rio de 1aneiro, Civiliza;ao
3231. - - Lieder des Hawssavolkos ('Mitt. d. l:!rasileira).
Seminars f. Orientalische Sprachen' 3249a. Rabesahai&, E., Evolulion de l'art
XXX, p. 5 11.), 1927. D 1L 2 malgache el culture franfaise ('Encycl.
3232. Prin, J. B., Mdmoire swr lu lrompetle 1\lens. Outre-!11er' VI, vol. V, No. 64, p.
t~~arine (1742), publ. by L. Vallas 517 Cl.), I9S5 M
('Samruelb. d. Intem. Musikges.' IV, 32so. Rabinovitch, M. G., Les inslrumenls de
p. 1176 ff.), 1908. CDFH 1L 'nusitJue chez les troupes de l'ancienne
3233. Prince, J. D., Muhammadan mwsic (in: J{ussie el les instrument.s populaires de
Hasting, 'Encycl. of Religion and musi.que ('Sovetska.ia. Etnografiia',
Ethics' IX, p. 53 11.), Edinburgh, 1917. 1956, p. 142 ff.). DIKM
D 1 GH 325oa. U.acnsdonck, M. van, Juz el musique
3234. Prinssbeim, Klaus, Music of Thailand Ba,.tuue ('Jcune Afrique' VI, p. 7 ff.),
('Conlemporary Japan' Xlll, p. 745 1952. M
ff.). 1944 G 3251. Raftles, Thomas Stamford, The Hislory
3235. - - Musik in Siam ('Stimmen' I, p. 46 uf java (1M17), p. 469 11. B
ff.). 1947/'48. L 3252. H.aghavao, V., Some names in early
3236.-- SiumesischeOpern ('Stimmen' Sat~gita lileralure ('J. Music Acad. III,
19so. fase. 18, p. s2o 11.). L p. 1 1 11. and 154), !11adras, 1932.
3237. Pritcha.rd, W., The music and musical 3253. - - Some more nantes tn early Sangila
snslrumeuls of Wales, and ils bards lilerature (ibid. 111, p. 94 11.), Madras,
and minslrels (und., 188o ?). I 19J2.
3238. Proca, Vera, Dcspr~ t~oJarea dansului 3254 - - Later Sar~gita literature (ibid. IV,
popular Rominesc ('Revista de folclor' p. I 11. aud so ff.), Madra..., 1933.
I, Nos. 1-2, p. 135 ff.), Bucarest, 1956. 3255. - - 1'he Jlasaratnakosa, lhe Nataratna-
A lwsa and lile Sangilaraja (' Annals of the
3239. - - lJespre nolarea dansului popular llhandarl[ar Oriental Researcb lnst.,
ilumine se ('Revista de folclor' 11, Nos. i'ouua' XI V, p. 258 11.), 1932/'33.
1-2, p. os ff.). Uucarest, 1957 AC 3256. - - (uu<.ler the pseudonym 'Bhavu-
3239a. Procope, Bruce, The Dragon band or ka'): Papa.,asum Sivan: Sound a>ld
Devil band ('Caribl>ean Quarterly' IV, Siladow (!Iladras, 1933), p. 59 !f.
p. Z7S ff.), .MarchjJune 1956. B 3257. - - SuuskriJ mwsic mauuscripls in lhe
3240. Psachos, C. A., Le char~l populaire B.O.R.l., Poona ('J. 111usic Acad. V,
hr:Jinique de l'anliquil Q nos jours p. 89 11.), Madras, 1934
('Art populaire' II, p. 126), 1931. A 3258. - - 1'/e Ala11karacandrika of king Na-
3241. - - SO tl..7)f1WSlJ aa.IO:T<X T<EAOT<OVVlJ<>OU rayana (' Annals of the Dbandarkar
xcu I~~n~ (5o Demode asruata Pelo- Oriental Research Inst., Poona' XVI,
ponoi:sou kai Krt~s). Athens, 1930. p. 129 ff.). 1934/'35
32 . p:. Pujol, F., L'oeuvre du chansun11ier 3259. - - Life uf Sri Muthusvami Diksitar
populuire de la Catulugr~e (l:larceluna, (publ. by lhe Triplicane Club, Madras),
1927)- 193S
J:.Z-43 - - Ctasijicacid11 d~ las cancioues pupu- 3260. - - JI,.Ju.sic iu the BYhaddharmu~Purana
lares. Metodologa(' Annuario musical' 1, ('J. Music Acad.' IX, p. 37 11.), 1938.
p. 19 1!.). 1946. e 3261. - - .Music in )ai11 works (ibid. IX, p.
3'44 Pulestone, F., Africa>l drums (London, 40 11.), 193M.
1930). e 3262.-- Music i11 lhe Hamsavilasa (ibid.
3245. Pulver, Jcffry, Jsrael's mu:;ic-les.son in IX, p ..p 11.), 193M.
Egypl ('Musical Times' LVI), 1915. 32b3. - - Daksi11a Citra (' 1. al the Indian

176
 Soc. of Oriental Art' VI, p. 195 ff.),
193~-
326 . - - Sangilaswdloa of hing 1/aglouJJatho
o/ Tuujur& (publ. by tbc Muoic Ac.u!.,
Madras, Serie. 1), 1940.
3265. - - The so-called Al11aJ1ka of the Son-
gitasara-SangrahamM ('J. Music Acad.'
XII, p. 38 ff.), 1941.
3266.-- Venkalama}/oitl and lhe 72 Melas
(ibid. XII, p. 67 ff.), 1~,141.
3267. - - Nati' ongs ;,. the Abhjnana St~
kuntala (ibid. XLL, p. 92 ff.), 1941.
3268. - - Muic conlributions in olh6r jour-
nals (ibid. XX, p. 90 ff.), 1941.
3269. - - Songita-Sart~mrla of king Tulajo of
Tanjore (publ. by the Music Acad.,
Madras. Series 5), 1942.
3270.-- Merallur Kosi,.lha. a romposor of
tlbdas of lhe r8th cenlury A.D. ('].
Music Acad.' XIV, p. 130 ff.), 1943
3271. - - Ragas in Kerala (ibid. XIV, p.
135 ff.), 1943
3272. - - Muic in Palikuriki Somanatha's
works (ibid., XIV, p. 140 ff.), 1943
3273. --Soma raga (ibid. XIV, p. 145 ff.),
1943
3274.-- Two new stlbdtJS on Sri Maharajo
Suati Tir~mal (ibid. XV, p. 22), 19H
3275. - - Muic in lhe Adbhult~-Rt~mayana
(ibid. XVI, p. 65 ff.), 19 45.
3276. - - Som' musicians ond lheir patronJ
tlboul r8ao A.D. ;,. MtldrtJS cily (ibid.
XVI, p. 127 ff.), 1945.
3277. - - Hyderabad tiS a centre of Sangilo
(in: 'Krishnagana Sabha Souvenir',
repr. in 'J. Music Acad." XVI, p. 116
ff.). 945
3278.-- A note on 'Applause ,. a11cient
India' (ibid. XVII, p. 144 ff.), 1946. e
3279. - - The Veni svarajaJi (ibid. XVII,
p. 14 9 ff.). 1946.
3280. - - Tyacaraja ('Tyaga.raja Centenary
Con!. Souvenir'), 1946.
3281. - - The uina (ibid.), 1946.
32H2. - - Two manuscripls of Tyagarafa
so11gs ('J. Music Acad.' XV!ll, p. 133
f!.), 1947-
3283. - - Sainl Tyagarafa ('Vedanta Kesari'
XXXIV and XXXV, p. 291 ff.), Ma-
dras, 1947/'48 and 1948/'49-
3284. - - Music i11 lhe Lingapurana ('J.
Music Acad.' XIX, p. 203 ff.), 1948.
3285. - - Chunguru, a rare musical inslr~
menl (ibid. XIX p. 206), 1948.
3286. - - The l11dia11 origi11 of lhe violin
(ibid. XIX, p. 65 ff.), 1948.
3287. - - Nagasuara (ibid. XX, p. 155ff.),
1949.
3288. - - Some nonmusical works of some
letldit~g music writer (ibid. XX, p. 152
f!.: ibid. XXI, p. 182 f!.), 1949 and
~~
3289. - - Muic in a11cienl literaJure ('Music
Acad. 24th Conf. Souvenir 1950', p .s
ff.).
3290. - - Sri Tyagaruja (Calcutt&, 1950).
3~91. - - Tlu music works oJ Sarnu1uu Suri
('J. Muaic Acad.' XXI, p. 190 ff.), 1950.
Ae
3292.-- Puf>tJnasam Siu<m ('Papanasam
Sivan Shastiabdapurti Souvenir'), Ma-
dras, 1950, p. 7 ff.
3293 - - Tyugaraja so11gs in ""'""'cripl ('J.
Music Acad.' XXII, p. 161lf.), 1951.
Ae
394 - - A n OuJJine LiUrary H tory of 1 n-
dian Mu5ic (ibid. XXIII, p. 64 ff.),
1952. Ae
3>95 - - Sabda5 (ibid. XX, p. 16o ff.), 1949
Ae
3296.-- Sorne early references lo Musical
Raga. and lnslruments (ibid. XXIII, p.
115 ff.), 1952. AC
3297. - - Syama Sa.lri ('The Mylapore Fine
Arts Club Souvenir 1952', p. 25 ff.).
3298.-- Why is lhe mrdungga so calledJ
('J. Music Acad.' XXIV, p. 135 ff.),
1953 Ae
3299. Anolher rare composition of Merallwr
Veertlbdhadrayya (ibid., XXIV, p. 151
ff.), 1953 Ae
3300. - - The 5o-called Suararnava ('Suppl.
e to the J. Music Acad.' XXIV), 1953. A e
3301. - - The Music Actld&my, Mtldras Sil-
ver Jubilee and Feliual ('lndian Re-
e view' LIV, p. 54 ff.), 1953.
3302. - - T/1< presenl slate of music educaJion
in lhe Aiatic co11tinenl (l11dia) ('Music
Acad. 27th Con!. Souvenir'). 1953, n:pr.
e as Music in Education' by Unesco,
Paris, 1955, p. 72 1!.
3303.-- Music in ancienl drama ('Art li.
Letters' XXVIII), 1953. GK
e 3305.--. Music in an,ienl lndian drama
('J. of the Music Academy, Madra:;'
XXV, p. 79 fl.), Madras, 1954. Ae
3306. - - The multi-fuced drum (ibid. XXV,
p. 107 ff.), Madras, 1954 Ae
3307. - - The muic ofthe Hebrews: resem-
blances lo Samaveda chanl (ibid. XXV,
p. 109 ff.), Madras, 1954- Ae
3308. - - Music in aucient lndian drama
('Sangeet Natak Akadami, Bull. No. 4
p. 5 ff.), New Delhi, March 1956. A
3308a. - - Upanishtld Brahma Yogin, his
lije, works and contribution 'o CarnaJic
music ('The J. o! the Music Academy
Madras' XX VIl, p. 113 ff.), M.adra:;,
1957. Ae
3308b. - - Music in lhe Adbhuta Ramayaua
Ae ('The J. of the Music Academy, Madras'
XVI, p. 6 5 !!.), 1945 e
3309. RajagopaJam, N .. Kirtana Ra.Jnuharam.
Vol.l: Tyagaraja PanclaartUna K1rtumu
M (Madras, 1955).
3310. Rajagopalam, T. K., The Music o( lhe
177
 . Sama-Veda Chanls ('The J ournal of the 3328. Ramos, Artbur, O tJegro Brasileiro (Sao
Music Academy, Madras' XX, p. 144 Paulo, 2/1940), p. 223 ff.
ff.), 1949. A 3319. - - The JJegro in lJrazil (Washington,
33JI. Rajamannar, P. V., Slandards in music Ass. Publishcrs, 1939), p. 107 ff.
(' Annual l\1usic Festival Souvenir, 3319a. Ramwong (/olA da,.ce) songs (Fine
Madras, 1953'). Arts Departmcnt, Bangkok, 1957). AB
3312. Rajec:r.ky, Benjamin, Parallelen spiU- 3330. Ranade, G. H., The Indian music of
gregorianischer Vttrzierung'" im t~nga lhe V eic and lhe classical period ('The
risc/len l'olkslied ('Studia Memoriae Journal ol the Music Acadcmy, Madraa'
Helae Bartk Sacra', p. 337 ff.), Buda- XIX, p. 71 11.), 19.8. A
pest, 1956. AC 3331. - - Jli11ustlatti Jllusic, an Outline of
3313. - - Typen ungarischer Klagelieder it> Pilysics a11d Aestiletics (San;li, 1938,
('Deutsches Jahrbuch fr Volkskunde' 2/1951, Luzac & Co. London). 1
lii, p. 31 ff.), 1957 AL 1 3332. - - Hi11dusthani music (Poona, 1939).
3314. Ramachandran, K. V., Carnalic Ragas 3333 - - Hindustila11i music (pub!. by thc
from a new angle - SanAarubharana Univ. ol Bombay).
(' Journal of the Music Academy, 3334 - - Tlufunctitm of music ('Sil ver Jubi-
Madras', XXI, p. 88 ff.), 1950. AC lee Souvenir ol tbe Marris College of
3315. - - Carnalic Ragas and the textual Hindusthani music, Lucknow. Nov.
Tradilion (?wladras, 1950). A 1952'), Lucknow, 1953
3316. --Apurva Ragas of Tyagaraja's 3334a. Rangeley, W. H. J., Two Nyasaland
Songs (Madras, 1950). A rain shri11es ('Nyasaland Journal' V,
3317. - - Music and Dance in Kalidasa No. 2, p. 31 11.), 1952. M
(Madras, 1950). A 3335 Ranki, Gyilrgy, ]tJdokinai dallamoA
3318. - - Suba .. dhu's Overtones ('Joumal of (= lndochincse melodies) (in 'Emlk-
the Music Academy, Madraa', XXIII, konyv Kod.ly Zoltn o. szletsnap-
p. 3 ff.), 1953 AC jra', p. 412 ff.). Budapest, 1953 A
3319. - - Music in Subandhu ('Sil ver Jubi- 3335a. Rao, Sri B. Subba, Raga Nidhi, a
lee Souvenir of the Marris College of comparalive study of Hindustani and
Hindustani music, Lucknow, 1953'). 1\ar ..atik rugas (Poona. 1957).
3320. - - The grace-noles of dance ('J. of the 3335b. Rao, Bahadur N. M. Adyantayya, The
Music Academy, Madras' XXV, p. 93 therapeulic qualities of music ('The J. of
ff.), Madras, 1954. AC thc Music Academy, Madras' XVII, p.
3320a. --Gopala NayaAa ('The J. of the 58 lt.). 1946. e
Music Academy, Madraa' XVII, p. 66 Rao, H. P. Krishna, see Krishna Rao,
ff.). 1946. e H. P.
3321. Ramachandran, N. S., The evolution 3335c. Rao, Srinivasa, Sri Tyagarafa ('The J.
of ti~< theory of music in the Vijaya- o the Music Academy, Madras' XVI,
negara Empire ('S. Krishnaswam.i Aiy- p. 92 lt.). 1945. e
angar Commemoration Volume', 1936). 3336. Rao, T. V. Subba, Mader11ity of Tyaraga
3322. - - The Ragas of Karnalic Music (J. Music Acad.' XXII, p. 138 ff.).
(Univ. Madras, 1938). K Madras, 1951. AC
3322a. Raman, C. V., o,. some lndian slringed 3337 - - Desadi and Madhyadi Talas (ibid.
i11slrummls ('Proc. Indian Ass. ol Cult. XXIII, p. 92 ff.), Madras, 1952. AC
Sciences' VII, p. 29 lf.), 1921/'22. 3338. - - The glory of music ('Silver Jubilee
3323. Ramanujacbariar, A., On music and on Souvenir ol the Marris College ol Hin-
drama (' Annual Music Festival Souve- dusthani music, Lucknow, Nov. 1952'),
nir, .Madras, 1953'). Lucknow, 1953
3324. Ramaswami Aiyar, M. S., The question 3339 - - 'Vachamagochara' and 'Banturiti'
of Gramas ('J. of the R. Asiatic Soc.' (J. Music Acad.' XXV, p. 53 ff.),
1936, p. 629 ff.). D1GIKL' Madras, 1954' AC
3325. Ramirez, Aracelio, Marimba ('Revista 3340. - - Giripai of Tyagaraja (ibid. XXIV,
Municipal de Guayaquil'), Guayaquil, p. 98 ff.), 1953. AC
1929. 3340a. - - M ukhari raga ('The J. of the
3326. Ramon y Rivera, Luis Felipe, Polirit- Music Academy Madras' XXVII, p. 168
mia y melddica independie>~le ('Archivos 11.), Madras, 1957 A
Venezolanos de Folklore' 1), Caracas, 334ob. - - Teaching of music ('J. of the
1952. Music Acad. ,Madras' XXVI, p. 6 ff.),
3327. --Cantos de trabajo del pueblo Vene- 1955. e
~oluno (Fundacion l!.ug~niu Menc.loza, 334oc. - - The ra11as of tl~e San;ita Saramrta
Carac.... 1955). ('Thc J. ol tbe Music Acadcmy, Madra~~'
332a. - - L a polifona popular de Ve>~ezuela XVI, p. 45 ff.; ibid. XVll, p. 104 lf.),
(Buenos Aires, 1949). L 1945 and 1946. e
334od. - - .tf Hero as o composer: Sri Tyo-
goraja ("Souvenir Volume of the Tya-
garaja Mahotsava.' 1945).
334oe. - - Sri Muthia Bhoguvalar ('Tbe J.
of the Music Academy, Ma.dra.s' XVJI,
P 134 H.), 1946.
3341. Ra.o, Viua Appa, Tlu Vuianagarum
music manuscripl (J. Music Acad.'
XXlll, p. 153 !f.), Madras, 1952. Ae
3342. - - .tf rohano and A varohana JaJa sva-
ras o/ 94 Curnulic ragas luken Jrom lhe
Viziut~agaram manuscripts (ibid. XXIV
p. 125 11.), Madras, 1953 Ae
3342a. - - The scienu oJ Music ("J. of the
Music Acad., Madras' XXVJ, p. 81 ff.),
1955.
3342b. - - A note on a musi..U re/erenu in
tbe La,./4avatara sutrG - a Al a hayana
le"l ojllu /irsl cenlwry .tf.D. ("The J. of
the Music Academy, Madras' XVl, p.
37 H.), 1945.
3342c. - - A twle on lhe Raga Tala Chinl-
muni, an unpubli>lted Telwgu manu-
scripl work wrilten tw.rly 250 'years
bach (ibid. p. 39 !f.), 1945
3342d. - - A note on lhe Sringara Rasaman-
juri (un unpublished Telugu matauscripl,
conlaining IOO unpublished Muvva Go-
pula PiUla, composed by Kslutrujna
(ibid. p. 11 tf.), 1945.
3343 Rasmussen, K., Observ..ticms on the
intelleaual culturo of 1/u CariOO.. Eshi-
mos ("Hep. 5th Thule Exp.' 17-2),
Copenbagen. 1930 (with music).
3344 - - The Netsilill Esllimos (ibid. 8,
1-2), Copenhagen, 1931 (with music).
3345 - - 1 nlelleclual ct<lture of 1/u Ci>pper
Eskimos (ibid. 9), Copenhagen, 1932
(with music).
3346. Rasmussen, P., and R. Nyerup, Udvalg
af Danske Viser /ra Midten af del z6de
Aarhundrede til Junimod Midten f del
z8de, med Melodier (Copenhagen, 1821).
334 7. Rasan, Marle-Robert, Etude sur la mu-
sique malguche ('Revue de Madagascar'
1, p. 41 ff.). Antananarivo, 1933.
3348. Ratanjankar, S. N., The closed Forms
of Hinduslh,.ni Music ('The Jouroal
of tbe Musical Academy, Madra.s' XX,
p. 78 ff.), 1949.
3349 - - Tana Sangran" (Lucknow, und.).
3350. --jusi lnlcm..tion in Hinduslhani
llaga Singing ('The J ournal of the
Musical Academy, Madr.u;' XX, p. 89
ff.), IQ49
3351. - - Poit~ls of Af/inily belween Hin-
dusthani nd Carn..tic M usic (ibid.
XXI, p. 73 ff.), 1950.
3352. - - llacas in Hindusthani Music (bid.
XXI!. p. 97 !f.), 1\151.
3353 - - Huca l:.'xfWenion in Hindusthani
Music (ibid. XXlll, p. 56 ff.), 1952. AC
3354 - - Tlu cultural aspecl of Indian music
('Lakshya Sangeet' l). Delbi, 1954/'55
3355 - - Music as " carur ot profusio"
(ibid.).
3356. - - Rag, ils meaniHg ""d purpos
e (ibid.).
3357 - - Tlu two syslems of /ndian music
(ihid.).
3358. Ra.ttray, R. S., .tfsA,.,.ti (Oxford Univ.
Press, 2/1955), p. 242 ff. (Tiu dru,.
la11guage).
3359 --Tite drum lnguage o/ West A frie"
('J. of the African Soc.' XXII, p. 2 26
!f., J02 ff.), 1923. J
336o. - - Wh..t lhe African be/ieves, as re-
e vealed by 1/u tallling dru"JS ('West Afri-
can Review' VI, p. 12 !f.), Liverpool,
1935
3361. Raudkats, A., Estnische VolkstiJnze und
Kinderspiele (Tartu, 1926/'27).
e 3362. Raven-Hart, Majar R., Musi..U ucct<l-
lurlion in Tong" ('Oceana' XXVI, p.
110 ff.), 1955. ABD1GJ
3362a. - - A village in the Yasawas (Fiji)
e ('J. of the F'olynesian Soc.' LV, p. 95
ff. (136 ff.)), J une 1956. BGL
3363. Read, F. W., A new interpreta/ion ojll11
Phuslos disk: lhe oi<Usl tnusic in 1/u
world} ('The Quarterly Statement, a
e joumal of Palestine Research a.nd
Discovery' jan. 1921, p. 29 H.).
3364. Rebel, Juu>.ita de, Van Zumba lol Sam-
ba, een zwer/lochl door <U Z u id-A meri-
kaanse volksmuziek eK volAsdansen
(Leyden, 1955). A
3365. Receuil <Us lrveall" du Congris <U mu-
siq.u arabe, #6nU au Caire ns I9J~
(Cairo, 1934).
3366. Recbe, Olio, Z ur Ethnographie des ub-
flusslosm Gebieles DeuJsch-Ostafrikas
(Hamburg, 1914). B
3366a. Redinba, J., Campanho ettwgrdjica ao
K Tchiboc (AIIo-Tchicupa) ('Publica~oes
culturais, Museu do Dundo' 1953, p. 11
ff~. JM
AB 3367. Regelsperger, Gustave, Les itaslrumetiiS
de musique dans le pays du Chari-Tcllad
('La Nature' XXXVII, p. 19 ff.), Pars,
1908. L1
A 3367a. Reignighaus, Fr. W., Die Trommd-
tmd P/ei/spraclu ('Arcbiv f. Vtilk<rk.'
V, p. 187 ff.), Vienna, 1950.
3368. Reinach, Tbodore, Lu musique Grecque
(Pars, 1926). AK
A 3369. Reiner, M., The Music Rule ('Expe-
rientia' V, p. -441 !f.). Base!, Oct. 19~'1
ADIGHL 1
Ae 3370. Reinbard, Kurt, Die V t~werrdung d~r
Shantromnu:ln ('ELhnuluuasciH:r Anz.c1
Ht:r' lV, p. 95 11.), Stuttg;,rt. lJ37 GL 1
Ae
3371. --Di~ Mw~k lJi,.ttuH (\\'u1 ,,d,uq.;
Aumhle, 1939). AUCGll{
179
3372. --Die MusiA exolischttr VlA~r (Ber-
lin, 1\151.) ACJL
3373 - - Bedeulung, Wesen und Erjor-
sclnmgsmglichkeil.,. primilivn MusiA
('Sociologus' N.S. I, p. 81 ff.), 1951.
DIGHKL'L'L'
3374 - - Ezolismen in dor abend/4ndisclum
Gegenwarlsmusill ('Melas' XVIII, p. 129
f!.). 1951. KL
3375 --z,., Frag dor Klimp.,.,.messung
('Die Musikforscbung' V, p. 373 ff.),
1952. ACEIKLL'
3376. --Das Bnliner Phmlogramm-Archiv
('Die Musikforschung' VI, p. 46 ff.),
1953 ACEIKLLl
3377 - - Tonmessungon an fnf oslafrikani-
schen Klimpern ('Die Musiklorschung'
IV, p. 366 ff.), 1951. ACEIKLLl
3378. --Die Musik des mezikanischon Flie-
gerspiels ('Z. f. Ethnologie' LXXIX
p. 59 ff.), 1954 ABDGHJLLIL"M
3379 - - Angewandle Musilluhnologie ('Z.
f. Musik' 1954. p. 222 ff.). L el danse ('Messager de S t. Josepb' XXII,
3380. - - Konsouanz und Dissonanz it~ fa-
panisciler Sichl ('Das Musikleben' VII,
p. 171 11.), 1954 CL
33H1. - - ]uwelmslrom (chinesisches Schal-
lempiel) ('Muikbllltter' VIII, p. 195
ff.), 1954
3382. --Die Musik der Lolo ('Baessler Ar-
cbiv' N.S. Fase. 3), 1955. ACD 1GKLI
3383. --Zur Quelle>~silualion dor Musik-
elhnologie in Deutschlatd ('Die Musik-
forscbung' IX, p. 196 ff.), 1956.
ACEFIKLL'
3384. - - CMnesischo Musill (Eisenacb/
Kassel, 1956). ACJL
3385. --Zusland und Wandel des bituer-
licilen M usilllebens in dor lrAischen
Provinz Ada11a ('Sociologus' N.S. VI,
p. 68 ff.), Berlin, 1956. ADIGHKLILI
3386. - - A chl Lieder sinisierler Lolo ('Baess-
ler Archiv' N .S. IV, p. 105 ff.), 1956.
ABGKL
3387. - - Types o/ Turkmenian songs i11
Turkey ('J. of tbe Intern. Folk Music
Council' IX, p. 49 ff.), 1957 ACJKL
3388. - - Review of Frito Komfeld, 'Die
tonale Struktur Chinesiscber Musik'
('Ethnomusicology' Newsletter No. 11,
p. 34 ff.), Sept. 1957. ACGJL
3388a. --On lhe problem of pre-penlalonic
scales: parlicularly lhe lilird-second
nucleus ('J. of the Intern. Folk Music
Council' X, p. 15 ff.), 1958. ACIJKL
3388b. - - Tanzlieder der Turkmenor in der
Sd-Trkei ('Kongressbericbt Ges. f.
Musikforschung, Hamburg 1956', p. 189
ff.). CEL
3389. Reinholm, A., Finnislo Folk Music
('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III,
p. 237 ff.). 1954 ACFH 1K
3390. Reisner, Robert George, Tho lileralure
ISO
of ]azz. A preliminarybibliogrt~phy(New
York, The N. Y. Public Library, 1954).
3391. llelafGO dos discos gravados no oslado do
Gois (Publica~aes do Centro de pes-
quisas folklricas, Escola nacional de
msica, Universidade do Brasil, No.
2), Ro de Janeiro, 1942. A
3392. Rela;GO dos discos grt~vados no osiGdo do
Cear (ibid. No. 3), Ro do Janeiro,
1943 A
3393 llela;GO dos discos gravados no 1slado do
Minas Gerais (ibid. No. 4), Ro de
Janeiro, 1956. A
3393a. N.enou, L., Sanskril 1 cullur1, p. 34
ff.: Rcitali011 du Vda (Paris, 1950).
3393b. Rensch, R., The harp. A hislory from
lhe earliesl limes in Egypl. lis illlro-
duclion and developmelll jn Europe.
W ilh details of inslrumenls and advattced
lechtique, bibliography ,., oztensive
lisis of harp music (New York, 1950).
33930. Requile, Cb., Quand l'A/rique chanle
p. 125 ff.), 1952. M
3394 Rvsz, Gn, Der Ursprung der Musik
('lntern. Archiv f. Ethno,'T.' XL, p.
65 1!.). 1941. ABD'GKLILIM
3395 - - Eit~fhruG itt die Musikpsycho-
logie (Bern. 194). ACH
3396. Revuo des lradili070s populairos I-V I
(Paris, 1886/'91). e
3397. Re.xrotb, Kennetb, American I rulian
songs: lhe Uniled Slales Bureau of
Ethnology Colleclion ('Perspectivos
USA' XVI. p. 197 ff.), summor 1956.
3398. Rbesa, L., Belraclolung bor die lilhau-
ischen Volkslieder (Kaunas, 1935).
3399. Rbodes, Willacd, Acculturai071 in Norlk
American lndian Music ('Selected
Papers of the XXIXth Intern. Con-
gress of Americanists', p. 127 ff.), Chi-
cago, 1952. A
3400. - - Norlh American Indian Music: a
Bibliographical Survey O/ A nlhropolo-
gical Theory ('Notes' X, p. 33 ff.), 1952.
DKL
3401. - - On lhe subject of Elhno-musicology
('Ethoo-musicology' Newsletter No. 7,
p. 1 ff.), April 1956. AGL
3402.-- Towards a definition o/ Elhno-
musicology (' Amer. Anthropologist'
LVIII, p. 457 ff.), )une 1\156. ABGL2M
3403.-- American lndian music ('Tomor-
row' IV, p. \17 ff.), 1956.
3404. - - Music o/ lhe American lndian.
Norlhwesl (Pugel Sound) (uotes for an
album of music of tbe Lummi, Makah,
Quinault, Skokomisb and Swinomish),
Washington, Library of Congress, un-
dated. A
3405.-- Music o/ lhe American Indian
Kiowa (Washington, Library of Con-
gres, undated). A
3405R. - - A sludy of musical diffusion based
on lhe wtn1dering of IJoe opening peyole
song ('J. of the lott:m. Folk Music
Couocil' X, p. 42 ff.). 1958. ACIJKL
3406. Ribeiro, Darcy, Music of lhe American
lndian (10 vols.), Washington, Library
of Congress, 1954-'55.
3407. --Noticia dos Ofai-Chavanle ('Re-
vista do Museu Pa.ulista', N.S. V, p. 105
ff.), Sao Paulo, 1951. GL
3408. Ribera y Tarago, J., Music in Ancienl
A rubia and Spain (New York, 1950).
GHI
3409 --La musiu t las canlgas (Madrid,
1922). Eoglish traosl. by E. Hague and
M. Leffiogwell, as Music in Ancienl
Arabia and SpaitJ (1927). Gl
3410. --Historia de la musca arabe medie
val y su influencia en 14 Espailola
(Madrid, 1927). G D'GHKL'
3411. Ricud, P., Essai d'acJion sur la musi...
que el le lhdJre populaire marocan
( 1 Rabat, 1936).
3412. --La rinovtJtion des arls "ausi,aux a.e:
Maroc ('Revue d'Airique', 1936).
3413. --Le ~;onservlUoire de mwsique maro-
caineallabat('Fraoce-OutreMer' 1932).
3414. RiciU'd, R., A propos du langage sfll
des Cauoris (' Hespris', 1932). D'GKL
3115 Richud, Mn. Timothy, Paper on Chi-
nese Music (Sbaoghai, 1899, 1 /1907). 1
3416. Ridgeway, Origin of lhe cuitar and
fiddle ('Mao' 1908, No. 7). BDlGJKL"M
3417. Ricdel, J. G. F., De sluik en kroesharge
rassen lus5ehen Selebes en Papua (1!186),
p. 241 11. AB
31' 8. Riegler Dio u, Emil, Sludien ber das
ruml>Jische Volks/ied (1927).
3419. --La Hora, la Maquam ella chanson
populaire de I'Orient europJen (' Art po-
pulaire' U, p. 1-fO 11.), Paris, 1931. A
3420. --Das rumlnic/te Volkslied (lkrlin,
1942).
342oa. Riemaon, Hugo, Folklorisli5Che Tona
litiitsstuden (Leipzig, 1916). L Jamaica ('Natural History' XXIV, p.
3421. Riemano, Ludwig, Ob., eigentmliche
bei N atur- und orientalischen K ultur-
vDlkern vorkommextU T onreihen a.md
ihre Beziehungen zu den G1setzen der
Harmot~ie (Esseo, 1899).
3422. Rihtmao, Cvjetko, Polyphonic Forms
in .!Jost~an and Hercgoviniun Folk
music ('Bilteo lost. za proutavanje
lolklora u Sarajevo' l, p. 7 11.), Sara-
jevo, 1951. AK
3423. --Les formes poiyphoniques duns la
musique populaire de Bosnie el d'Her-
zgoviJJe ('Jouroal ol the lntem. Folk
Music Couocil' IV, p. 30 11.), 1952.
ACJKL
0 34Z4. --Yugos/av Folk Musc ('Grove's
Dictiooary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 412 ff.),
1954 ACFH 1K
181
03424a. - - Yugoslawien. U. Die Volksmu-
sik. 5 Bos11ien und Herzegowina ("Die
Musik in Geschicbte u. Gegenwart' VIl.
col. 371 lf.), 1958. ACDEFGH'KL
3425. Rio, JoAo do, Fados, CallfOeS daJJsas
de Portugal (Paris, 1909).
3425a. Risari, P. M., Musue co11golaiu de
demain ('Voix du Coogolais' IX, p. 725
ff.), 1953. M
3426. Ritter, Helmutb, Der Reigen der
tanze11de11 Derwische ('Z. f. veql.
Musikw.' 1, p. 28 ff.), 1933. ACK
3427. --ltlesopolumsche Studien. II. l'ier-
zig arabische Volkslieder (' Dcr Islam'
1920, p. uo ff.). DlGHKL'
3428. - - A1esopotamische Studien. 11 l. Ara-
biscAe Kriegspoesie aus .~.Wesopoluni~n
wnd den lrak (ibid. 1923, p. 268 ff.).
3428a. Riversoo, l. D., Tlu growth of music
in lhe Gold Coast ('Transactions o{ tbe
Gold Coast aod Togoland Hilitorical
Soc.' I, part IV, p. 121 ff.), 1955 M
3429. Robb, Jobo Dooald, H ispanic folk
songs of New Mesico (Albuquerqu~.
1954)
3430. Robert&, Helen Heffron. Some S(.mgs
of the Pwgel Sound Salish (in colla!>.
with H. K. Haeberlin) (' J ouroal of
Amer. Folklore' XXXI), 1918. GK
3431. - - Cilakwena Songs of Zuiii and La
l""" (ibid. XXXVI), 1923. GKL
3432.-- Folksgames of Jamaica, collectcd
by Martba Warreo &ckwith, witll
music recorded by Heleo H. Roberts
(Poughkeepsic, New York, Vassar
College, 1922).
3i33 --Chrslmas mumming in Jamuica
by Martha Warreo Beckwith, with
music recorded by Heleo H. Roberts
(Pough.keepsie, New York, Vassar
College, 1923).
3434 - - su.ne drums and drum rhythms in
241 11.), 1924. G
3i35 --Jamaica Anansi stories by Martha
Warren Beckwith, with music recorded
in the field by HeleA Roberts (publ.
XVU o! the Amer. Folklore Soc.), New
York, 1924. BH
3436. - - So11gs of the Copper Eskimo
(' Report of the Caoadiao Arctic Exped.
1913/'18' XIV) (in collab. with D.
Jeoness), Ottawa, 1925. 1
3437 - - Ancient Hawaian Music ('Dull.
No. 29 o! the Ber. 1'. I:lisbop Mus.'),
Hooolulu, 1925.
3438. - - A study of folk song variants based
on fie/d work in Jamaica ('J. ol the
Amer. Folklore' XXXVIII, p. 149 H.),
1925. GKL
3439 - - Possible survivals of A frican soJJg
 in ] amaica ('Musical Quarterly' XII),
1926. AD
3440. - - V ariution in melodic rmditions as
an indicalor of molion ('Psychological
Review' XXXIV), 1927. AD'HL'
344J. - - New Phases in 1/.e Stwdy of Primi-
tive Music ('Amer. Anthrop.' N.S.
XXIV, p. 144 ff.), 1928. GL!
3442. --Jamaica Folklore, collected by
Martha Warren Beckwitb, with music
recorded by Helen H. Roberts (New
York, 1928).
1 Mufaddal ib, Salama (9th century)
3413 - - How lhe Hawaiian inslrumenl, lhe
U l<wlele, received ils na me (' 1o urna! of
the Polynesian Soc.' XL, p. 175 ff.),
1931. BGL!
3H4 - - Suggeslions lo field workers in col-
lecting folk mwsic and dala abowl inslrw-
ments (' 1ournal of the Polynesian Soc.'
XL, p. 103 ff.), 1931. BGL
3-145 --Me/odie composilion a>Jd sea/e
jou11dalions in primitive m u sic (' Amer.
Anthrop.' N.S. XXXIV, p. 79 ff.),
1932. . AGJLI
3446. - - Form in Primitive Music (New
York, 1933). ACI
3447 - - Modern Tahilian popwlar so01gs or
ute, swng by Armslrong Sperry (Inst. of
Human Relations, Y ale Univ., Pub!. in
Anthrop., 1932).
3448. - - The f>allern phenomenon in primi-
tive music ('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' I,
p. 49 ff.), 1933. ACK
3449 --Musical aroas in aboriginal Norlh
Amerita ('Yale Univ., Pub!. in An-
throp.' XII), 1936. AlUJL
3450. - - The Viewpoinl of Comparative
Musicology ('Proc. Music Teachers Nat.
Ass.' XXXI, p. 233 ff.), 1936.
3451.-- and Morris Swadesh, The Sones of
lhe N ootka 1ndians of W eslern V ancow-
ver 1sland ('Transactions of the Ameri-
can Philosophical Soc.', Philadelphia,
1955). AD'Fl
3451a. - - Primitive mwsic ('Encycl. of So-
cial Sciences').
3451 b. - - V arialion in me/odie renditions
as an indicalor of emotion (' Psychol.
Review' XXXIV), 1927. D'HLI
3451c. - - lndian mwsic of the Southwesl
('Natural History' XXVII, p. 257 ff.),
1927. B callos (Panam, 1953).
3452. Robcrtson, J. W. R., Further notes on
the lngessa11a lribe ('Sudan Notes and
Records' XVII, Part. 1, p. IJ8 ff.).
1934. L 3467. Romero, Fernando, Instrumentos musi-
3453 Robins, R. H., and Norma McLeod,
Five Ywrok So11gs: a mwsical and te:rtual
analysis (' J:lull. of the School of Orien-
tal and Africa.n Studies, Univ. of Loo-
don' XVIII, p. 592 ff.), 1956. BM
3453a. - - and - - A Yurok son: witho..t
!82
words ('Bull. of the School of Oriental
a.nd African Studies' XX, p. 501 ff.),
Lon<.lon, I'J57 BM
3454 Robinson, Arthur E., Swdan drums
('Man XXXII, p. 259 ff.), 1932.
ABD'GJKLILIM
3455 Robinson, Kenneth, Chinesische Mu-
sik ('Die Musik in Geschichte und
Gegenwart' 11, col. ll95 ff.), 1952.
ACDEFGHKL
3456. Robson, James, Ancient Arabia" mw-
siG<Ii instruments as described by AI-
(including notes on the instrumenta by
H. G. Farmer), Glasgow, 1938. 1
3457 - - Tracls on listening lo mwsic (Lon-
don, 1938).
3458. Roche, Sinione, Colleclio11 Mws de
I'Homme (Paris). Catalogue prepared
by tbe Intern. Commission on Folk
Arts and Folklore (C.I.A.P.), Uneaco,
Paris, 1952. C
3458a. Roda, Cecilio de, Les inslruments de
musique en Espagne a u X lile sidcle
(' Heport of tbe 4th Congrcss of tbe
\ntern. Musical Soc.', p. 322 !f.), Lon-
don, 1911. CF
3459 Rodan-Kahane, Mariana, Cfnteu si
jocu,-i de nunJa din t&nauul Pddurenilor,
regiutJetJ Hunedoara (i.e. Wedding
song and dances of the Padureni
district, Hnnedoa.ra region) ('Revista
de Folclore' I, No. 1-2, p. 172 ff.), Bu-
carest, 19~6. A
3460. Rodger, George, Ceremony in Bunyoro
('Natural History' LXIV, No. 4. p. 184
H.), 1955 B
3461. Rodrigues, J. Barbosa, O canlo e la
danfa se/vico/a ('Revista Brazileira' III,
vol. IX, p. 32 ff.), llio de Ja.neiro, 1881.
3462. Rodriguez Valle, Flausino, Elementos de
folklore musical brasileiro ('Archivo
Municipal' LVII, p. 83 ff.), Sao Paulo,
1936.
3463. Rohrer, Ernst Friedrich, Ein Tanz-
lrommel der Goldksle (' 1abrbuch des
Bernischen Historischen Museums'
XXV, p. 147 ff.), 1946. G
3464. Rojo, Casiano, and Germn Prado, El
ca>Jto mozarabe (Barcelona, 1929). G
3465. Roman, Marcelino M., A mirica criolla.
Ca1~eiones y poemas sobre motivos ameri-
3466. Romansky, L., Die ei.. fachen Koledo-
Refrait~s der bul;arischen Weihnachts-
lieder (Sofa, 1942).
cales de la Costa Zamba ('Turismo' XIV,
p. 137 ff.), Lima, 1939
3461l. Homero, Jesus, Msica precortesiana
('Anales del lnst. Nacional de Antro-
pologa e Historia' 11), Mexico, 1947
KL
3469 Romeu Figueras, Joi, El eanlo dia-
logado <n la eanGidn popular. Los can-
taros a d<saflo ('Anuario muical' JII,
p. 133 ti.). 19-48.
34 o. - - El cantar paraklislico <n Catalua;
sus relaciones con el de Galicia y Porlu
gal y el de Castilla (ibid. IX, p. 3 ff.).
1954.
3471. Romualdez, Norberto, Filipino Mu-
sical lnslrumenls and A irs of long ago
('Encycl. of tbe Pbilippines' IV, p. 86
ff.), Manilla, 1935.
3472. Rookmaker, H. R., Neger-volksmtuill
('Gramofoon voor kenncr en liefhebber',
April 1956, p. 22 ff.), ed. Charles, Am-
sterdam.
3473 Roo van Alderwerelt, J. de, Eeni:e me-
dedeeli>~gen over Soemba ('Tijdscbr. v. h.
Kan. Bat. Gen.' XXXIII, p. 565 ff.).
1890 (p. 576 and 586). ABD 1GH
3474 Roscoe, John, The Baganda (Macmil-
lan, 1911), p. 25 ff.
3475 Rose, Algemon S., A/rican primilive
in.slrumetals ('Proc. Music Teachers"
National Association' XXX, p. 91 ff.),
1904
3-476.-- Soulh A/rica" 'c/ickers' ('Z. d.
lntem. Musikges.' VJ), 190of/'05, CF
3477 Rosentbal, Ethel, lndian music and ils
inslrume>lls (London, 1928).
3478.-- The slory o/ lndian music and ils
inslrwm<nls (London, 1929). CIJK
3479 - - Tyagaraja: a greal Soulh lndian
Composer ('Musical Quarterly' XVII, p.
14 tt.). 1931.
3480. Rosner, Vctor, Tribal drwms ('Tbe
March of India' VIl, No. 9, p. 26 ff.).
July 1955
348oa. Rosovsky, Saloman, The canli/lalio" oj
lhe Bible: lhe five books of Moses (New
York, 1957).
348ob. Ross, Uilleam, Pipe Music (new edi-
tion), 1875.
3481. Rossat, Artbur, Les chansons populaires
de la Suisse romande l. Les chansons
tradilionelles (Base!, 1917).
3483. - - and E. Piguet, Les chansons popu-
laires de la Suisse romande. 11, 1. Chan-
sons des files del'anne (Base!, 1930).
348.. - - and - - Les chansons populaires
de la Suisse romande. 11, 2. Vies el mi
rae/es de J sus, de la V ierge el des Saints,
CompluiHles et Chansons de cowvent
(Basd, 1931).
3485. Rotb, Henry Ung, The nalives of Sara-
wak and l:Jritish Norlh Borneo (London,
1896), Cbapter XXVI, p. 257 ff.
3486.-- The aborigins oj Tasmania (Hali-
fax, 1I!QCJ), p. 134 ff.: Music.
3487. Rotb, W~&ltcr Edmund, At~ inlrudwclury
5ludy of the arls, crafls and custom of
lhe Guyana lt~diat~s ('Anuual Report of
the 13ur. of Amer. Ethnology' No. 38
(1916--'17), p. 25 ff.) (p. 450 ff.: Musi-
cal and ollter ound inslrumenl5),
Washington D.C., 1924. ABGKL
e 3488. Rothmller, A. M., The music of 1/w
jews. An ltislorical 4pprecialiofl (Loo-
don, 1953).
3489. Rouanet, Jules, La cha,.sofl populair
e arabe e" Alg.U ('Revue Musicale' V,
p. 161 ff.), 1905. ' K
3490. - - EsquisS4 pour une hisloir de U.
musique arabe n Algbi. ('Mercure
Musicale' l, p. 553 ff.; U, p. 128 ff.,
208 ff.). 1905/'o6. A
3491. --La musiqou uabe (in Lavignac,
'Hist. de la Mus.' vol. V, p. 2676 ff.),
A 1922. ACDEFHJ
3492. --La rnwsiqU< arabe dans k Machrab
(in Lavignac, 'Hi.st. de la Musique' V,
p. 2813 ff.), 1922. AeDEFHJ
3493 --Ls uisages de l<J fltusique musul-
mane ('Revue musicale' V, No. 1), 1st
Nov. 1923. KL
3494 --La suite dans la musique musulmom<
('Revuemusicale'VIll),19>7.eDGHKL
3495 - - and E. N. Yafil, Rlperloire de mw-
sique arabe el maure (1904).
3495a. Rouchc, J., Culle des gnis &hez ks
Sonray ('j. de la Soc. des Africanistes'
XV, p. 15 ff.). 1945. GL 0 M
e 3495b. --La danu ('Prsence Africaine'
1950, Nos. 8/9. p. 219 ff.). M
3496. Rouffaer, G. P., Keteltrom""'n (bron-
zen) ('Enoycl. v. Ned.-lndi~' 2nd ed.,
vol. II. p. 305 ff.), 1917. B
e 3497 Rougcr, G., Ch ..nsons berb~ru ('Francc-
Maroc' 1920).
3498. Rouget, Gilbcrt, A nlhologie de musique
B cenlr6-a/rica&ne fPr&ence africai.oe
1949, No. 7. p. 324 ff.).
3499 - - A propos de la forme dan ks musi-
ques de tradition oraJe ('Les Colloques
de Wgimont' l, p. 132 ff.). Brussels,
A 1956. ACL
3500. - - Chroniques musicales. Nouvelles
des Griots ('Prsence Africaine' N .S. N os.
1-2, p. 153 ff.), Aprilfjuly 1955 B
3501. --La musique (du St!>aegal, de Casa-
matice el de Gui>le) (' Prsence Afri-
caine' N .S. No. 5. p. 108 ff.). Dec. 1955/
Jan. 1956. B
3502. --La muique Madagascar (in: J.
Fauble, 'Ethnographie de Madagas-
car', Paris, 195. ). p. 85 ff. JM
3502a. --Note sur les travaux d'e.thnogra-
phie mvsicale de la tnission Oguo.U-
Congo ("Proc. Con1erencia lntc::rnacJL..,
BJ na!' V, p. 193 ff.). l:lissau, 1947. Li>b<.Ht,
1952. M
J 3502b. --Les travaux d'ellmograpltie. rtlwn-
cale de la miss ion Ogoou-CuYII:O (' J'Toc.
of the 'Stances de l'lnstilut Franl"'"'
d'Anthropol.', XLIII, 3rd .._,,,, .>. 1
ff.), 1947/''19 M
3502c. --La musique ('Prsence Africaine'
1955, p. 71 ff.). BM
3503. Roumain, Jacques, Le sacrifiu du larn-
bour .tlssolo (Port-au-Prince, 1943).
3503a. Rousseau, M., La musique et la danse
e11 Afrique Occide>~lale ('Muse Vivant'
XII, Nos. 36-37, p. 21 ff.), 1948. M nulila ('Monatshefte f. Musikgeschichte'
3504. Routledge, W. S. and K., With a pre-
histuric people: lhe Akikuyu oj British
Eusl Ajrica (London, 1910), p. 111 ff.:
Music. J ('Veroeffentl. d. deutschen wissensch.
3505. Roy, Ca.nnen, La littralure ora/e en
Gaspsie. Les chans<ms (Bull. No. 134
du Muse National du Canada', p. 235
ff.), 1955-
3506. Roy, Dilip Kumar, Music ('The March
of India' VII No. 3, p. 55 U.), 1955. B
3507. Roy, Hemendralal, Problerns of Hindo-
stani Music (CalcuttaJLondon, 1937). A
3508. Roy, Hobindralal, Hindusthani Ragas
('!llusical Quarlerly' XX, p. 320 ff.),
1934 CD
3509--- Norlh Jndian Ragas and Melas
('The Journal of the Music Academy,
Madras' XIII, p. 1 ff., XIV, p. 51 ff.),
1942-'43
3510. - - Phi/osophy oj Music: number in
sensalion, feeling, and thoughl ('The
Journal o! the Music Academy, Ma-
dras' XXII, p. 106 ff., XXIII, p. 75 ff.,
XXIV, p. 104 ff., XXV, p. 112 ff.,
XXVI, p. 113 ff.), 1951-'55. AC
3511. --On Transformalion of Slhayas by
A lt<ralion oj Sruti and Consequenl
lmporlance oj 32 Melakarlas as Spe-
cially Suiled lo Musical Composition
(ibid. XXIV, p. 70 !f.), 1953 AC
351la. Roy, Trina, Oullines of Tagore's music
('Festschrift-Schmidt-GOrg' p. 235 !!.),
Bonn, 1957 E 0 3528. - - Reullezikon der Musikinslrumen-
3512. Rubec, A., Coluclitm oj Uhraine folk
songs (Moscow, 1872). K 3528a. --Die Hor11boslel-Sacks'sche K/assi-
3513. Rubin, R., Ninelemlh-cenlury yiddish
/ove songs of Easl E urape ('J. of the
Intern. Folk Music Council' VII, p. 44
ff.), 1955. ACJKL
3514. Rudyar, D., The rebirlh oj Jndiun music
(Adyar, 19z8). I 3530. --lJie lilauisc!Je11 Instrumente ('ln-
3515. Rue, Jan la, Native .Music on Okinawa
('Thc Musical Quarterly' XXXII, p.
157 ff.), 19~6. CDFK
3516.-- Tile Okinawan nolalitm syslem
(' J ournal of the American Musical.
Soc.' IV, p. 27 ff.), 1951. ACFKL
3517. Ruehl S.V.D., Theodor, Die missio-
t&u.rische A kkomodation im goltesdienst-
lichen V olksgesang (' Z. f. Missions-
wissenschaft' XVII, p. 113 ff.), 1927.
KL1
3518. Ruelle, C. E., Le Chanl gnosticomugi-
que des sept voyelles grecques ('Proc.
1) For reviews by this autbor of ethnomusicological publications see 1575a.
lntern. Congress o! Musical.', Pars,
1914). e
3519. Hullins, Vera, Lutvians and lheir jo/h/ore
('The Folkdancer' lll, p. 1!8 ff.), Sept./
Oct. 1956. A
3520. Runge, Paul, Die Nolalitm des Soma-
XXXVI, p. 56 ff.), 19 o 4. eKL
3521. Husit, Branislav, Prilepski gus/ar A pos-
lo/ (Prilozi proulavanju n<Jrodne poezije)
Inst. in Belgrad', Sonderausg. No. 2),
1940
3522. Ryckmans, A.~ Etud~ .sur les signaux
de 'mondo' (lambour-tlphone) chu les
lJayaka el Bankauu du terroitt d~
Popokabaka ('Zaire' X, p. 493 !!.),
May, 1956. DGKL'L"M
3523. Rycroft, David R., Tribal style and free
expressiou ('African Music" 1, No. 1, p.
16 !f.), 1954. ACJLM
3523a. - - Zulu male lradilitmal singing
('African Music' 1 No. 4, p. 33!1.), 1957.
ACJLM
3524. Hydn, Stig, Notes on some archaeolo-
gical whislling arrowheads Jrom Peru
('Comp. ethnogr. studies' IX), GOte-
borg, 1930.
3525. Sachau, Eduud, Arabische Volks/ieder
u.us Mesopolamien ('Abhandl. d. kais.
Akad. d. Wiss. zu Berlin', Phil.-hi.st.
Kl., 1899), Berln, 1899.
3526. Sachs, Cwt 1), Ueber eine bosnische
Doppelflte ('Sammelb. der Intern.
Musikges.' IX, p. 313 ff.), 1907-'08.
CDFH 1L
3527. --Lituus und Karnyz ('Festschrift-
R. vun Lilieucron'), 1910. e
le (Berlin, 1913). ACFGJKLLI
fikaJion der Musikinslrumente ('Die
Naturwissenschaften' II, p. 1056 ff.),
1914
3529. --Die Musikinstrumente (Breslau,
J ~dermann's .l:lcherei, 1923). AC
tern. Archiv f. Ethnugr.' XXlll, p. 1
ff.), 1915. ABCD1GKLM
3531. --Die lHusikinstrumente ludiens und
/ndonesiens (.l:lerlin, 1915; 2/1923).
ABCFGIKL2
3532. --lJie Mau/iromrnel ('Z. f. Ethno-
logie' XLIX, p. 185 ff.), 1917.
ABeDGHKL1L2M
3533 --Die Musikins/rumente Birmas und
Assams (Mnchen, 1917). ADIK
3534 --Die N<Jmen d., allligyptisc!Jen
Musiltinslru,.,enle ('Z. f. Musikw.' I',
p. 21>5 ff.), 1917-'18. CDH 1KL
3535 --Die Slreichboge,.frage (' Arcbiv f.
Musikw.' I, p. 3 ff.), 1918. CDFKLL1
3536.-- Die aiiiJgyplische Numen der Harfe
(' Festscbrilt-Hennann Kretscbmar),
Leipzig 1918. e Kairo :1933 ('Z. f. Musikw.' XIV, p.
3537 - - Heview of W. Scbubart, 'Ein
b'Tiecb.iscber Papyrus mit Noten' ('Z. f.
Musikw.' I, p. 75), 1918. CDH 1KL
3538.-- Kunslgesclsic/Uiiche Wege zur Mu-
sikwissen.cha/1 ('Arcbiv f. Musikw.' I,
p. 451 ff.), 1919. CDFKLL1
3539 - - Ha111ibwch der Musikimlrumenlen-
kunde (Leipzig, 1920). ACEFlKV
3540. - - Alliigypli&ehe Musikinstrumenle
('Der alte Orient' XXI), 1920.
ACD11HK
3541. --Die T<>nkunsl der allen Aegypler
('Arcbivf.Musikw.' U), 1920. CDFKLL1
3542. --Die Musikinslrumenle des allen
Aegyptens (Berlin, 1921). CIK
3543 - - Der Ursprung der Saileninslru-
menle ('l'ater Wilhdm Scbmidt-Fest-
scbrilt', p. b29 ff.), 1928. JLI
3544 - - Musik des Alurlums (Leipzig,
1924). AC
3545 --Die grieclsisclse 1 nslruWUJnlalnole,.-
&ehri/1 ('Z. f. Musikw.' VI, p. 21!9 ff.),
1924. CDH 1KL
3546. --Die Entzilferung einer babyloni-
schen Nolenschri/1 ('Sitzungsber. der
Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss.' XVIII, p. 120
ff.), 1924
35t6a - - AIIIJgyplische Musik ('Faust' III,
fase. 2/3, p. 3f> ff.), 1924/'25.
3547 --Die griechische Gesangsnolen&ehri/1
('Z. f. Musikw.' VII, p. 1 U.), 1925.
CDH 1KL
3548.-- Ein babyloni&eher Hymnus ('Ar
cbiv f. Musikw.' VII, p. 1 ff.), 1925.
CDFH1KLL'
3556. - - A lraers un muse d.'inslrwmetlls
('La Revue musicale' XIII, p. 212 ff.),
1932. ACDFGHKL
355 7. - - K<>ngress der urabischen M usik ~ ..
448 ff.), Leipzig, 1932. CDEFH 1KL
3557a. - - A series ol articles in the 'lteal-
lexikon der Vorgeschichte' (Berlin,
1924/'32): vol. l. lJecken (p. 376); vol.
IU. Flle (p. 390); vol. V. Harfe JJ.
Vorderasien (p. 125), Horn (p. 39);
vol. VIl. Leier (p. 281); vol. IX. Nolelt-
schri/1 (p. 123); vol. XI. liassel (p. 23),
Sackpjei/e (p. 178); vol. Xlll. Troon>nel.
B. Naher Orietll (p. 448), Trompele
B. Nailor Orienl (p. 450). D1GHK
3558. - - Eine aegyplische Wi .. kelhurfe ('Z.
f. llgypt. Sprache uud Altertumskund"'
LXIX, p. 68 ff.), 1933. D 1GHK
3559 - - Prolegomena zu einer GeschicJde
der Jnslrwmenlulmu<ik ('Z. f. ver;!.
Musikw.' 1), 1933. ACK
0 356o. - - Eine Weltgeschich des Ta11zes
(Berlin, 1933). BCIL
356oa. --Die Marokkaner ('Z. f. vergl. Jllu-
sikw.' 1, p. 17 ff.), 1933 ACK
3561. --Les inslrumenls de musique de
Mudagasca.r (Paris, 1938). ACGIJKL
3562. - - Towards a prehislory of occidental
music ('Papers of the Amer. Musical.
Soc.' 1937, p. 91 ff., and 'The Musical
Quarterly' XXIV, p. 147 ff.), 1938.
CDF
3563. - - World. Hislory o/lhe Dance (transl.
by Bessie Scbonberg), London, 1938. CIK
3563a. - - Music in lhe Bible ('The uni-
versal Jewish Encyclopedia' vol. VIII,
p. 46 ff.), New York, 1939 f(.
D 1 (ed. 1901/'of>) G (id.) H (id.) K
0 3504. - - The Hislory of Musical Jmlru-

3549 - - Afange der Musik ('Bull. de
l'Union Musicologique' VI, p. 136 ff.),
1926. ACD1FGHL
3549a. - - Heidenlarm und. Kind.erspiel
('Velbagen u. Klasings Monatshelte'
XLI, vol. I, p. 93 ff.), 192b/'27.
3550. - - Die M usik d.er A nlike (in Ernst
Bcken, 'Handbuch der Musikwissen-
schaft'), Berlin, 19'9 CDEFH'JKLLI
3551. --Zweiklang im Allerlum ('Fest-
schrift- J ohannes Wolf'), Berlin, 1929.
3552.-- Der Gamelan ('sotb Jallresbericht
der Stl. Akad. Hochschule f. Musik in
Berln', p. 230 ff.), 1929.
0 3553 - - Geisl und. Werden der Mu<ikin-
slrumenle (Berlin, 1929). ACEFIJKL
3554 - - Vergleichend.e Musikwissenscila/1
in ihren Grundzgen (Leipzig, 1930).
AFL (Japanese transl. by F. Yosio
Nomura, Tokyo, 1953).
3555 - - A t~like (in Guido Adler, Ha,.d.-
buch der Musii<gesciicille 1), 1924, 2/
1930. ACEFK
menls (New York, 1940). ACEFIJKL
3565. - . - .Music Hislory - lhe lwo sides of
lhe coin ('Papers of the Amer. Musical.
Soc.' 1940), p. 137 lf.
3566. - - Tlu: Road lo Majar ('The Musical
Quarterly' XXIX). 1943. CH'
3567.-- The Rise of Music in lhe Au&ienl
World. Eusl and Wesl (New York,
1943). ACGIJK
3568. - - The Myslery of IM Babylo1un
Nola.licm ('The Musical Quartcrly'
XXVll, p. 62 IL), (1941) and 'Papers ol
tbe lntern. Congress of Musicology,
A New York 1939', p. 101 ff.), New York,
1944 AC
3569. - - The Orienl and Westero Mwsic
(in A. E. Christy, 'The Asian Legacy
and American Life'), p. 50 fl. (New
York, 1915)
3570. - - TJ.e commcmweallh o/ url. Style in
lhe fine arls, mwsic and. dunu (New
York, 194). A
357oa. --Das Geheimnis der babylonisch.u

185
 Note>uchri/1 ('Stimmen' I, p. 236 lf.),
1947/'48. L1
3571.-- Some remarks .Wowl old nolalion
('Musical Quarterly' XXIV, p. 65 f!.),
1948. CDFKL1
3572. - - A shorl hislory of world mwsic
(London, 1949). 1 3583. Saindon, J. Emlle, Two Cree songs from
3573 - - The commonwealth of arl (Annual
Louis C. Elson Memorial Lecture, de-
livered April 25th, 1949), Washington
D.C., 1950. ACI
3574 --Notes on Chi,.ese mwsic and dance'
('Joumal of the Amer. Musical. Soc.'
III, p. 292 f!.), 1950. CFK
3515 --Note on Egyplian Music ('Journal
of the Amer. Musical. Soc.' II, p. 204),
1949. CFKL
3576. - - Rhylhm and Tempo: "" introduc-
tion ('The Musical Quarterly' XXXVIII
p. 384 ff.), 1<)52. CDFH1IKL1
0 3577 - - llhylhm 11nd Tempo. A Stwdy ;,.
Music History (New York, 1953). ACF
3578. - - Owr musical herilag, 11 shorl his-
lory o/ music (Prentice Hall lnc., New
York, 1955). . AIK
3579 - - Heterophonie ('Die Musik in Ge-
schichte und Gegenwart' VI, col. 327
U.), 1957. ACDEFGH1KL
3579a. --Muses and sc11les (in: 'Essays on
music in honor of A. T. Davison",
Cambridge (Mass.), 1957, p. 3 ff.).
3579b. - - Erich M. ~on Hornbosle/ ('Die
Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart'
VI, col. 719 ff.), 1957. ACDEFGH1KL
3579c. - - Thelore ofnon-Wostem music (in:
'Sorne aspects o( musicology, three
essays written for the American Coun-
cil of Leamed Societies', p. 19 ff.), New
York, 1957~
3579d. - - The wellsprings of music. An
inlroduclion lo Ethnomusicology (in
prepara tion).
3579e. - - Babylonische Musik ('Riemann
lllusiklexikon' 12th ed.), Mainz, 1958.
3579f. - - Chinesische .Musik (ibid.), Mainz,
19511.
35791: - - Musik der Nt~lun6/ker (ibid.),
Mainz, 1958.
3579h. --Musen ufld Tone ('Jahrbuch der
Musikwissenschaft' 1, p. 7 ff.), Leipzig,
1957
35 79i. Sachse, F. J. P., H el eiland Sert~n n
zijne bewo>1ors (Leyden, 1907), pp. xso
ff. B 3597. - - Towards the exploralion o/nalional
3579 - - Seran ('Meded. v. h. Encycl. Bu-
reau' XXIX, p. 99 ff.), Weltevreden,
1922. B Council' VI, p. 52 1!.), 1954
3580. Sachsse, Pa/aslinische Musikinslrumen-
te ('Z. d. deutschen Palllstinavereins'
L, p. 117 ff.), 1927. D1GHL1
358oa. Saefthingen, W. van, Trommellaal
('Nieuw Afrika' LXXI, No. 3, p. 135
ff.), 1955. M 1956.
186
351!1. Safford, W. E., Panpipes ('J. of the
Washington Acad. of Science' IV, No.
11), 1914. AH
3582. Sahukar, Man, The appeal in ltuiia"
mwsic (Rampert Library, Bombay,
1943). 1
james Hay ('Primitive Man' VII, No. 1,
p. 6 ff.), Washington, Jan. 1934
3584. Sainte-Fare Garnot, Jean, L'ol/rande
musicale daus l'Ancien"e Egyf>l ('M-
lallges d'histoire et d'esthtique musi-
cales', vol. I, p. 89 ff.), Paris, 1955
3585. Saint-Saeos, Camille, Lyres el cilhares
(1912) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la Mus.'
tre partie, vol. I, p. 538 ff.), 1922.
ACDEFHJ
3586. Saionji, Yoshikazu, Nihon Miny6 Tai-
kan: J(at~t/J-hen (A Swrvey of japa-
nese Folksong), vol. I (Japanese Broad-
casting Corporation, Tokyo, 1953).
3587. Salaberry, J. D. J., Cloanls populaires dw
pays basque (Bayonne, 1870).
35811. Salas, Sarnuel, and others, Historia de
la msica (America Latina), Buenoa
Aires, 1938.
3589. Salase, Leon, Sur les musiq,..s du Haut
Cameroun ('Togo-Cameroun' Jan. 1934.
p. 34 ff.).
3590. Salazar, Adolfo, Msic11 negras ('Nues-
tra Msica' No. 26), Mexico, 1952.
3591. Saldivar, Gabriel, Historia de la musica
en Muico (Mexico, 1934).
3592. Salmen, Walter, Alte Volksinslrumenle
i01 Westfalen ('Westfal. Heimatkaleoder
1952'. p. 59 11.).
3593 - - Zur Erforschunc landschaftlicher
Eige,dmlichheiJen in den Weis1n des
weslfalischen Volksli<des ('Rbein. Jahrb.
f. Volkskunde' III, p. 135 11.), 1952. KL 1
3594 - - Vorschllige zur Aufzeichnung, An-
ordnu"g und Katalogisierung deutscher
Volkslieder ('Ber. ber d. Algem. volks-
kundl. Kongress in 1ugendbeim, 1951',
p. 9J).
3595. - - Die Schichtung der miltelalterli-
chen .Musikkultur in der osldeutschen
Gr.,ulage (Kassel, 1954).
3596. --Zur Verbreilung vo" Einhandflte
u01d Trommel im europaischen Mittel-
alter (' 1al>rbuch des Oesterreicbiscben
Volksliedwerkes' VI, p. 154 ff.), 1957
AL
idiosyncrasies in wandering sonc-tunes
(' 1ournal of the Intern. Folk Music
ACJKL
0 3598.-- Das Erbe des osldeutschen Volks-
gesanges. V erzeichnis seiner Q,..//en und
Sammlomgen (Wrzburg, 1956).
3599 - - .Mittelallerliche Tolenlanzweisen
('Die Musikforschung' IX, p. 189),
ACEFKLL 1
36oo. - - 'lltr Spilleul spiela auf'. Dn
Spielnum" ;,. d.:ulsclle" Volkslied.:
('Das Musiklebcn' VIU, p. 168 ff.),
Mainz, May I9SS ACL
3001. - - Wu und ..,. wolchen Zweck.,. sam-
mell man Volkslieder ('Das Musikleben'
VIl, Heft 2, p. so ff.), 1954. ACL
3002. --Die inkr11aJiona Wirksamkeit
slawischer und magyarischer M usiker
(in 'Syntagma. Friburgenoe', Hist. Stu-
dien, Hermano Aubin zum 70. Geburts-
tag dargebracht), LindauJKonstanz,
1956.
3603. Salvador-Daniel, Fra.ncesco, L4 musi-
quo arabe, rapporls avec la musiquo
elle chanl grgorien (Alger, 863). e Natyam ('Marg' X, No. i p. 10 {1.),
"3004. - - The M ..sic and Musical lnslru-
,,..,.s of lhe A rab, wilh 1nlroducJion on
How lo appre&iaJe A rab Music (edited
with note. memoir, bibliography a.nd
musical example:; by Henry George
Fanner), LondonJNew York, 1!115- eiK
300-ta. - - Nou on a gong o/ brorue from
KaJsina, Nigeria ('Man' XXIX, p. 157
ff.), 1929.
3oos. Sambamurthy, P., Elemenls of Kar-
nalic Music (Madraa, 1929).
36o6. - - The s1venly-lwo melakarla ja11ya
raga sclteme (Madras, 19 .. ).
3007. - - CalalogWI oj lhe musical inslrll-
menls e"hibiud in IAe governmenl
museuM Madras ('Bull of the MAdras
Government Museum'), Madras, 1931. J
3008.-- Soulh loulian Folk Music ('lndian
Art and Letters' VI, p. 3 ff.), 1932. GK
309 - - Thl leaching of music ('The Jour-
nal of the Music Academy, Madraa'
XI, p. 48 U.), 19-tO.
3610. - - Music in lraining schools {ibid.
Xlll, p. 33 ff.), 194
36u. - - Cumparalive Music, a reply (ibid.
XIII, p. 87 ff.), 1942.
36u. - - The Wallajupel Manuscripls (ibid.
XIV, p. 1!6 ff., XVIII, p. ll-f ff.), 1943
a.nd 1947-
361). - - 1'he FI..U; a Study conlaining a
shorl accounl of ils Hislory, Anliquily
and Laws logelher wilh Jull lnslruclions
for Pruclice (Madras, 2/1943).
3614. - - TI.. origin of some ragas ('The
Journal of the Music Academy, Madras'
XVI, p. 73 ff.), 1945
361s. - - Survival of t/Je use/ul and 11..
beauli/ul ;,. lhe realm of music (ibid.
XVll, p. So ff.), 1946.
3616. - - Soulh lt~dian Music, vols. 1-IV
(The Indian Music Publishing House,
M.<dras), 4th ed. 1948-'49; 5th ed. (S
vols.), 1955 seq.
3617.-- M adras as a Seal of Music
Learning (Madras, 1949).
318. - - Syama Saslri and olhlr famous
composers (Madras, 1949).
3619. - - A dicJionary of Soullt lt~dia 11
music uftd musicians 1 (A-P), M..drllM,
19S3-
36ao. - - Tyagaraja's opera's-Nowka Cltari-
laN ('Music Festival Souvenir, Jan.
1953, Bombay').
3621.-- Tyagaraja tud Bhlljana {'Annual
Music Festival Souvenir, 1953'), M..dru
1953
36n. - - Tyagaraja ('Great Composer' U),
Madras, 1954
3623. - - Pallavi Seshayyar (~846-~908) ('J.
A of the Music Academy, Madras' XX V,
p. 58 tf.), Madras, 1954 Ae
3623a. - - Thl musical &onlenl of BharQIQ
Sept. 1957
3623b. - - KllrnaJic Mwsic ('The March of
India' X, No. 1, p. 26 f.), Jan. 1958. B
362-t. Saml, Abdel Rahman, Fulk mwsic tmd
musi&al lrends in Egypt lo-duy ('J. uf
the Intern. Folk Music Council' lX,
p. I1 ff.), 1957 ACJKL
3625. Saminsky, Lazare, The mwsi& of lhl
B peoples oflhe Russian Oriml ('The Mus.
Quarterly' VIII, p. 3-t6 ff.), 1922. C
366. - - Music oflhe Ghetto a11d lhl Bible
(New York, 193-4). K
3627. Sa.uchcz de Fuentes, Edua:rdo, El
folklor~ .,. 1" musica c..bana (Havana,
1923)-
3628. - - ,....,..;.. <k los ritmos ll{rica11os
en nuestro -cancionero (Ha vana, 1927).
3629. --Los origines u la msica &ubana
('Pro Arte Musical', Habana, 18th Nov.
1929)-
3630. --1.4 &ancin cubana (Havana, 1930).
3631. --La msiCR cw.luuaa )' .s .. .s originu
('Bol. Latino-Americano de Msica'
IV, p. 177 ff.), Bogot, 1938. .
3632. --Lu msica aborige11 u America
(Haya.na, 1938). 1
]33 - - Consideracion1s sobre la msica
cubana (La Habana, 1936). K
3634. - - T ., musical folklore o{ Cuba
(' Papers In tero. Con;ress of Musicology,
Sept. 1939', p. 284 ff.), 1944- Ae
363s. Sanden, Heinrich, A nlik Pulyphonie
(Heidelberg, 19S7l
3636. Sandvik, O. M., Norsk Fo/kemusik,
saerlig. 0sllandsmusikken (Oslo, 1921 ).
e 3637 --Die norwegische Volksmusik ('BuU.
de la Soc. 'Union Musicologique" IV,
p. 121 ff.), The Hague, 1924. ACD1FGHL
e 3638. - - Norsk folkmusikk ('Nordisk Kul-
tur. Musikk og Musikkinstrumenter',
p. 128 ff.), 1934 A
3639. - - Keltiske melodier og 11orsk fulke-
1 musikk ('Norsk musikkgranskning'
1939, p. 68 ff.), Oslo, 19.0. K
3640. - - 0sterdalsmusikken (Oslo, 1943). A
36-ti. - - Folkemusikk i Gudbra11dsdalm
1 (Oslo, 1948). AL
187
3642. - - Setesdalsmelodier (Olo, 1952).
"3643. - - Norwegian Folk Mus< ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. 111, p. 322 ff.),
1954 ACFHIK
3644. Sanjuan, Pedro, Cuba's popular music
('Modcrn Music' XIX, p. 22 ff.), May/
June 1942.
3644a. Sannemann. Friedrich, U eber 1tine un-
gedr.,okte Sammlung tkulsoher Volks-
lieder mil ihren Siugweisen in der Alt-
murk u11d im M agde,.bur&ischen, aus
Volksmunde gesammelt """ Ludolf Pa-
risius ('Report of the 4th Congress of
the Intern. Musical Soc.', p. 205), Lon-
don, 1911. CF
3645. Santesleban, J. A., Cokocidn tk aires
vasco11gudus (San Sebastin, 186o).
3646. - - Cllansons basques (Bayonne, 1870).
31i47. Santiago, Francisco, The devlopment
of m"sc in the Philippiou 1slands
(Manila, 1931, 2/1957). G Council' I, p. 27 ff.), 1949.
3648. Sapir, Edward, Song rectaJive in
Puiule nzythology ('Journal of Amer.
Folklore' XXIII, p. 455 ff.), 1910.
GKV
3649.-- Texts oj tlse Kaibab Paiutes and
Uintah Utes ('Proc. Amer. Acad. of
Sciences' vol. 65, p. 297 ff.), 1930. D1
3650. - - Songs Jor a Comox dan<ing mask
('Ethnos' IV, p. 52 ff.), 1939. L0M
3651. Sarathchaudra, Folklore and music in
Ceylun (Lake House Book Depot, Co-
lombo, Ceylon).
3652. Sargeant, Wlnthrop, and J. Lahlri, A
Study in East lndian Rhythm ('The
Musical Quarterly' XVII), 1931.
3653. - - Types oj Quechua melody ('The
Musical Quarterly' XX, p. 230 ff.),
1934 CD
3654. - - Folk aJJd prmilive music in Cana-
da ('J. of the Intern. Folk Muic Coun-
cil' IV, p. 65 ff.), 1952. AC
3655. Sarkis, S. J., A treaJise on the similarily
b<tween European and lndian music
(Calcutta, 1930).
3655a. Sartiawt, P., A spects tradilionnels de
la musique au Ruanda-Unmdi CJeune
Afrique' VII, p. 19 f!.). 1954. M 3675. Schli.fcr, H., Die Licder enes gyptischen
3656. Sas, Andr, A perfu sur la musique inoa
('Acta Musicologica' VI, p. 1 ff.), 1934
CDEH1KLL1
3657. --Ensayo sobre/a musoa naua ('Bol.
Lat.-Arner. de Msica' IV, p. 221 ff.),
Bogot, 1938.
3657a. Sastri, K. Vasudeva, M ..sic at the time
of king Sahaji of Tanjore, A .D. I7IO
('Tbe J. of the Music Academy,
Madras' XVII, p. 90 ff.), 1946.
Sastri, Pandit S. Subrahmanya, see:
Subrabmanya Sastri, Pudit S.,
3658. Satyadeva, Geeta, North lt~dian Music
Toda y (' United Asia' III No. 1, India
Number, p. 57 ff.), 1950. A n.
3659. Saunders, William, Sailor songs and
songs of lhe sea ('Tbe Musical Quar-
t~rly' XIV, p. 339 ff.), 1928.
366o. Saussine, R. de, Rythmes et figures du
JJrsil ('La Revue musicale' JulyfAug.
l'JJI). CDIGKL
30!>1. SaviUe, M. H., A primitiv Maya
ruusical iustrumenl ('American Anthro-
pologist' X (O.S.) No. 8), 1897. GL1
JObl. - - The ,,... sicul bow ita ancient Mexico
(ibid. XI (O.S.) No. 9), 11!98. GL
3663. Sax, C. von, Busnische Musik ('Wis-
senscb. Mitteil. aus Bosnien und der
Hercegowina', Vienna, 1893).
3664. Sayer, Thos., A sketch of lhe liJe o/
C. Eul.nslein, lhe oelebraJed performer
011 the jew's harp (London, 1833).
3665. Saygun, Abmed Adnan, Le recu1l et
la tzotaliotz de la musique folklorique
('journal of tbe Intem. Folk Music
ACKL
3666. - - Des danses d' A naJolie et de /eur
cllarucltre riluel (ibid. 11, p. 10 ff.),
1950. ACJKL
366. - - Aulhenlicity in Folk Music (ibid.
111, p. 7 ff.), 1951. ACJKL
3668. - - T urkish Folk M usio ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' 5th ed. vol. Ill, p. 384 ff.),
1'154 ACFH 1K
3670. Sblrcea, George, Obiceiuri, dntec si
joouri macice din oomuna Toplila ('Re-
vista de folclor' ll, Nos. 1-2, p. 157
ff.), Bucarest, 1957 AC
3671. Scarborough, Dorothey, On the trail oj
Negro folk so.,gs (Cambridge, Mass.,
C 1925)
3672. Scbad, Gustav, Musik und Muskaus-
drcke in der tniltelenglischen Literalur
(Diss., Giessen, 191J).
3673. Schaden, Francisco S. G., Musioa e
Danfa entre os 1 ndios do Brasil (' Pau-
listania' XXVI, p. 13 ff.), Sao Paulo,
1948.
3674. Schadenberg, Alex., Musik-Jnslrumente
1 der Philippinen-Stmnze ('Z. f. Eth-
noloie' XVIII, p. (549) ff.), 1886.
ABDIGHKL1L2M
1Juuer11 (Lcipzig, 1903).
3676. Scbaeffner, Aodr, Notes sur la mus-
que des A fro-amricains ('Le Mne-
strel' 25/6--6/ll; 1926). D
3677- - - Projet d'une nouvelle <lassifioation
mithodique des instruments de musque
('Revue musicalc' XIII, vol. ll, p. 215
fl.). 1932. ACDGJKL
3678. - - Note sur /u filiaJon des instru-
C menls <ardes ('Mlanges de Musi-
cologie offerts a M. Lionel de la
Laurencie'), Paris, 1933 A
3679. - - Notes sur la nusique des popula-
tions du Cameroun septentNonal ('Mino-
taure' p. 65 ff.), 1933 J
188
 368o. - - Panni ks onguus <OrporeUes des
inslrumenls de fftusique ('Le Mnestrel'
XCVI, p. 65 ff., 77 ff. and 89 ff.), 1934
*3681. --Oricines tU~ in.slruments de mu..si-
que (Paris, 1936). AGIJLM
3682. - - Cunlribution 4 l'ltule des ;,.slr"-
men/s de mu.sique d'Afriq'fe el d'Ouanie
(Compte rendu de la 2ime ession du
Congrs intem. des sciences antbropolo-
iques et ethnologiques, p. 26H ff.), Co-
penhagen, 1939.
368za. - - Mu.sique, danse el danse des mas-
ques dans ,.,.. sociti mgr1 (ibid.),
Copenbagen, 1939.
386z b. --Le folAlore musical ('Cahiers de
Radio-l'aris' May 15, 1938, p. 159 ff.).
3863. - - Musique primitive 01< exoliqwe el
musiq,.. moderne d'Occidenl ('Mlanges
oflerts a Zoltan Kodly', p. 213 ff.),
1943. ACK
3684. --Sur deux instrumenls de musique
des Balas (Nord-Cameroun) (' J ournal de
la Soc. des Africaniates' XIII, p. 123
ff.). 1913 AGL 2M
. 3685. --Les i11slruments de musiq,.. (in
Dufourq. 'La Mu.sique des origines a nos
jours', ed. Larousse, p. 13 ff.), 1946.
ACDEFHJK
3686. - - Lu mu.siqwe noire d'Ajriqwe (ibid.,
p. 4bo ff.), 1946. ACDEFGJK
3687. - - Dcouver/e de la musique noire
('Prsence africaine', 1950, p. 205 ff.). M
3688. --Les Kissi, une ocitJ noire el ses
instrumenls de mu.sique (Paris, 1951).
ACJL2M
3689. - - Une importan/e dlcouver/e archi-
olugique: le litlwp/one de Ndu/ Lieng
KraA (Vielnam) ('La Revue de Musi-
coloie' XXXIU, p. 1 ff.), 1951.
ACD'EFKLL'
3690.-- Musiqwe populaire el arl musical
(' Journal de Psycbologie normale et
patboloique', Jan./June 1951, p. 237
ff.). AD 1HKL 1
3691. - - Tionbales el longues lromplles
('Bull. de l'lnst. Franyais d'Afrique
Noire' XIV, p. 1466 ff.), Oct. 1952.
AGL2M
3691a. - - Musique el inslrumenls primitijs
(in: 'Guide de la Musique'), Paris,
1951.
3692. - - Elhnolugie musicale uu musicologie
compureJ ('Les Colloques de Wgi-
mont' J, p. 18 ff.), Brussels, 1956. ACL
369za. - - Musique oulre-mer ('France-
Oulre-mer' XXV, No. 2IZ, p. 7 ff.),
1947
3692b. - - Organologie primitive (in: Jac-
ques Chailley, 'Prci de Musicoloie'),
Pari.s, 1958 (Chapter V).
3693. Schebesta, Paul, Die Bambu/i-Pygmaen
vom lturi (3 vols.) (Hrussels, 1941, '48,
'so). II. Band, l. Teil: Die Wirtschaft
der lturi-Bambuti, p. 243 U.: Tltn6e,
musikalische woul gesangliche Unlerlw.I-
K /ungen; ll. Teil: Das soziale Leben, p.
181 ff.: Die I.Armi>lslrwHU!nle im NAwm
~ B
39 - - Pygony mwsic and coromonial
('Man' LVII, p. 6a fL (No. 78)), April,
1957 B
0 395 Scbeepel'li, Will D., De mooulharp
('Mens .t Melodie' Xll, p. 275 lf.),
M 1957 ACF
3696. Scbeierling, K., lch bin da.s gan .. fahr
vergng/. Lieder jr uns .Ule (Kassel,
M 1955).
3696a. Scbellong, O., M usik und T auz der
PapiUI.S ('Giobus' LVI), 1889. DIM
397 Scberber, F., Arabische Lieder ('Die
Musik' IV, fase. 6), 190-ffos. CDFKL
36g7a. Scherman, L.. M usizierende Genien in
der religisen K unst des BirnuJtlisclae"
Buddhisonus ('Ostasiatiscbe Zo:itschrift'
Vlll, p. 345 ff.), 1920. GKL1
36g7b. Scherrer, M., Les dumy s;:krainnietmes
(1917)
"36gB. Scbeurleer, D. F., Nederlandsche lied-
boeAen (Den Haag, 19U); 1st Suppl.
ibid. 1923. CD
3699. Schiffer, Brigitte, Die Das Siwa wnd
ihre Musik (Berlin, 1936). 1
*3700. Schimmerling, H. A., FolA Da~
Music oj ll.e Slavic No.iioru (New
York, 1951). A
3701. Scbindler, Kurt, FolA music and poelry
oj Spain and Portugal. Msica y poesia
popular de EspiJna y Porlugtll (New
York, 19of1).
3701. Schinban, jan P., The music <Jf /he
Pupago and YuroA ('Bull. of the Ame-
rican Musical. Soc.' 1, p. 13 ff.), 1936.
3703. Scbi8rring, Nils, Del I. og I7. Arhutl-
dredes verdslige DansAe Visesang (a
vols.), Copenhagen, 1950. AK
*3704. - - Danish FolA Jlfusic ('Grove's
Dictionary of Music and Musicians' 5th
ed., vol. 111, p. 223 ff.), 1954 ACI'H 1K
3705. - - Selma Nielse>1s viser ('Danmarks
Folkeminder' 1956, p. 66 ff.). AK
3706. Schipper, Ary, E>~kel vpmerkingen over
Surinaamse muziek ('Wt:st-lndische
Gids' XXVII, p. 209 ff.), 1944/'45
ABCD 1 G
3707. Schirmunski, V., Al/e wnd neue Volks-
Iieder aus der bayt'ischeu Kolonie Jam-
burg am Dniepr ('Das Deutsche Volb-
lied' XXXIII, p. 1 ff. and 35 ff.), 1931.
"3708. Schlager, Ernst, Bali ('Die Musik in
Geschicbte und Gegenwart' l. col. 1109
ff.), 1950. ACDEFGHKL
3709 - - Balische MusiA (pulll. of the M u
A seum f. Vlilkerkunde, Basd), Ba,.el, un
datcd. A
3710. Scblesinger, Katblcen, Reseurches i..to
r8g
 lhe Origin of IM Organs ofiM A t~cienls
('Sammelb. der Intem. Muikges.' 11,
p. 167 11.), 19ooJ'o1. CUFH'L
3711. - - T/11 Jnslrumenls of lhe Modern
Or&heslra and Early Records o/ lile
Precursors oflhe Violit1 Famy (Lon-
don, 1910). e 3730. Schmidt-Lamberg, Herbert, Chorgesat~g
"3712. - - A Bibliography of Musical ln-
slrume>~ls and Ar&haeology (London,
191~. 1 3731. - - Chorgesa11g bei exotiscluro Volhern
3713.-- TM precursors ofllu ~iolin /ami/y
(London, 1914).
3714. - - The Basis of lHdian Music ('Musi-
cal Times' LVI, p. 335 ff.), 1915. e wart' JV, col. 311 fl.), 1955
3715. - - Commentary on the musical in-
struments in Aurel Stein. tSerindia'
(London, 1921).
3716. - - Is European llfusical Tluory in-
debled lo IM Arabs.1 (London, 1925). e
3717. - - Tlu Queslion of ""A rabian lnflu-
ence on Musical TMory ('Musical
Standard' N.S. XXV, p. 148 ff. and
I6o ff.), 1925. 01
3718. - - The Greell Foundalions of lhe
Tileory of Music ('Musical Standard'
XXVII N.S., p. 23, 44, 62, 96, 109,
134, 162, 177, 197, 2o8; XXVIII N.S.,
p. JI and H (1926). Dl
3718a. - - The significance of musical in-
strunJents in the evolution of music
('O H M '), London, 1929.
3719. - - TM Greoh Aulos (London, 1939).
Be
3720. Schmeltz, J. D. E., Das Schwirrholz
('Verhandl. des Vereins f. naturwiss.
Unterhaltung zu Hamburg' IX), 1896.
3721. - - Bronzepaullen im indiscMn Ar-
chipel ('lntem. Archiv f. Ethnographie'
IX, Suppl., p. 41 ff.), 1896. BH
3722. - - A primitive musical instrument
(ibid. XI, p. 89 ff.), 1898. BD GKLI
1 linien ('Archlv f. Musikforschung' 11,
3723. - - Ueber Bronzepauhen aus siidosi-
A sien (ibid. XIV, p. 192 11.), 1901.
BD'GKLt
3724. - - Messinglrommen ~on Alar (ibid.
XV, p. 32 ff., 53 and 2o8), 1902.
BDGKL'
3725 - - Einige uergleiclunde Bemerllu>~gen
iiber die Kessellromme/ uon Saleyer
(ibid. XVI, p. 158 ff.), 1904. BD1GKL
3726. Schmidt, Leopold, KullurgeschichtlicM
Gedanken zur Musik im Marchen
('Musikerziehung' 111, 3), Vienna, 1950.
L miissige Ueberlieferu>~g wandtrnder lffe-
3726a. --Die kulturgeschichllichen Grund-
lage" des Volksgesanges in Oeslerreicl
('Schweizerisches Archiv filr Volks-
kunde' XLV, p. 105 fl.), Basel, 1948.
3727. Schmidt, Father Wllhelm, Ueber Musih
und Gesange der Karesau Pu.puas
(' Kongrcbericht lntern. Musikges',
Vienna, 1910). Ae
3728. - - Ueber die Musik wesl-afrihanischer
xgo
u11d ozeanischer Neger ('Kongressber.
der Intern. Musikges.' 1907, p. 6o ff.). C
372'). Schn1idt-Erosthu.usen, V., Ueb6r die
.Alusik der Eingeburtaen VOJI Deu.ts&lt
N<u-Guinea ('Vierteljahrschr. f. Musik-
wis.' VJ, p. 268 fl.), 1890. AeDFH'KL
im schwarzen .-lfrika ('Der Cbor' 111,
p. 151 ff.), 1951.
(ibid. 11, p. 119 ff.). 1950.
3732. Schmitz, Haus l'eter, FlleHiroslrumet~le
('Die Muik in Gcschichte und Gegen-
AeDEFGH'KL
3733 Schneerson, G., Die Musihkullur Chinas
(transl. from the Russian), Leipzig,
1955 A
3734 Schneider, MarillS, Geschichle der Mehr-
stimmigkeit. l. Die N alurvlker (Berlin,
1934), JI. Die AnftJnge in Europa
(l:!erlin, 1935). AIL
3735 - - Ueber die Anwendung der Tonali-
1/Jishreislheorie a uf die M usik der orien-
lalischen Hochkulluren und der. A nlihe
(in collab. with J. W. Schottlindex)
('Z. f. vergl. Musikw.' 111, p. 50 ff.),
1935. AeK
3736. - - GestJnge der Gogadara (in P. Wirz,
'Die Gemeinde der Gogadara' ('Nova
Guinea' XVI)), 1934 BD 1 GH
3737 - - Siriono-Gesang (in H. Snethlage,
Nachrichten') ('Z. f. Ethnologie' vol.
6), 1935 BD'GHKL1L2M
3738. --Gesange aus Uganda ('Archiv f.
Musikforschung' 1937). AeDH 1KL
3739 - - U eber die V erbreilung afrikanischer
Chorformen ('Z. f. Ethnologie' vol. 69,
p. 79 ff.), 1937 ABD 1GHKL 1L 2M
3740.-- Deulsche Volkslieder aus Argen-
1937. CDH 1KL
3741. - - Bemerku11gen iiber siidamerihani-
sche Panpfeifen ('Archlv f. Musikfor-
schung', 1937). eDH 1KL
3742. - - ] ava11ese music (a review of J.
Kunst 'De toonkunst van Java') ('Bull.
of the Colonial Inst. of Amsterdam' 1,
p. 274 fl.), Aug. 1938. ABD 1GHL
3743 - - Ethnologische Musikforschung (in
K. Th. Preuss, 'Lchrbuch dcr Viilker-
kunde', p. 125 ff.), 1937, 2/1956. ABL
3744 - - Ueber die wrwtliche Utld geslalt-
lodien ('Archiv f. Musikf.' 111, p. 363
ff.), 1938. eDHlKL
3745 - - Di musikalischen Beziehungen
zwischc11 Urkulluren, Allpflanzern und
Hirlc11vlkern ('Z. f. Ethnologie' vol.
o, p. 287 fl.), 1938. ABD'GHKL'L"M
3746. - - Ku.ukasische Para/le/en zur millel-
allerlichen Mehrstimmi;keil ('Acta Mu-
sicolugica' XII), 1940. DEKLLl
37i7 --Lietr aegyptiscloer Bauern (Fl
la<hen) ('Fest:;chrt-Kodaly', p. 154
tf.), lludapcst, 1943. ACK
3748. - - Plwnetische omd tn~~lri.che Korrela
lionen bei gejwot.lutr.~'ll '"'" ge.sur~genen
Ewe-luten (' Archiv L vc:rgl. Phonetik'
Vll), 1943/'44 D 1GHKL
3749 - - E l injiMjo AriJbe eJt Espaa
('Anuario Musical' I), 1946. ACIL
3750. - - E l urigin nousical t los aninlales
simbo/os en la milolot:a y lu escultura
auticuas (Barcelona, 1946). ACIL
375!. --La cuu&in t cuna eJt Espaa
('Anuario Musical' Ill), 1948. ACL
3752. --La danza t espadas y la tarantela
(llarcelona, 1948). ACIL
3753 --Los <amos t lluvia '" Espaa.
Estudio etnolgi.a .amparalivo sobre la
ideologu t los rilo t pluviomagw
('Anuario Musical' IV, p. 3 ff.), 1949
ACL
375-t - - Australiex und Austronesie11 ('Die
Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' 1,
col. 869 ff.), Kassel, 1950.
ACDEFGH'KL
3755 --La re/tlliun entre la tnlodie el le
luncage dans la musique chi,.oise ('Anu-
ario Musical' V, p. 02 ff.), 1950. ACL
3756.-- Die hislorisohe11 Grundlugen tr
muikalischex Symbolih ('Die Musikfor-
schung' IV, p. 113 tf.), 1951. ACEIKLL1
3757 - - Jsl die vokal Melorstimmigkil
eine Schpfung der A/trassen} ('Acta
Muicologica' XXIII, p. 40 ff.), 1951.
ACDEFH1KLL1
3758.-- Msica en las Ploiiipinas ('Anua-
rio Musical' VI, p. 91 ff.), 1951. ACL
3759 - - Clll/ogo t los ixtrumenlos muoi-
c;ales 'igorrotes' umservados ,:n el Museo
Etnolgico t M a.drid (in coliab. with
M. Garcia Matos) ('Revista de Anthro-
pologla' IV), 1951. AGL
3760. - . - CanciotUro t la provincia t
Madrid, vols. 1 and 11 (llarcclona, 1951
and 1952). AIL
3761. --Zur Trommeispra<he tr Duala
('Anthwpos' XL VIl, p. 235 ff.), 1952.
ABD1GHJKLLIL"M
3762.-- Contribucin a la msi<u del Mlllto
Grosso ('Anuario Musical' VIl), 1952.
ACL
3763. - - Die Bedeulung der Slimme in tr
allen K uiluren ('Tribus, J ahrbuch des
Lindcnmuseum.;' 11/Ill, p. 9 ff.). Stutt-
gart, 1952/' 53 AliGLL 1 L 3 M
3764. - - Singende Steine. Die musikalische
Grundlage>~ tr Kapitalordmmg in drei
klllalonischeu Krew:gtJtoge>l des IZ. jahr-
lout~~lerts (Kassel, 1955). ACL
3764a. --Un vi/lunco de A/o,,.o Mudarra
procedtmle de la msica popular gra,Ja
di>ou ('Anua~io Musical' X, 79 H.),
l:la.rcclona, 1955 ACL
3765. - - Arabischer Einflwss in Spuniml
('Kongressbericht &mberg 1953' p.
175 fl.), 1954 ACDI::FL
3765a. - - llemerhungn Kber die spuHis<i
Sackpfeife ('Mul>ikerkenntn.i.s und Mu-
sikerziehung', .Festgabe lilr Hans Mcr-
ma.nn, p. 129 fl.), Kas>elJBascl, 1957. A
3766. - - Flamenco ('Die Musik in Ge:;chich-
te und Gegenwart' IV, col. 2~3 lf.),
195-f ACDEFGH'KL
3767.-- Fandango ('Die Musik in (;,.
schichte uod Gegenwart' 111, col. 1758
t.), 195-f ACDEFGH'KL
3767a.. - - Et~tshunc der TonySieotoe ('Be-
richt ber den Intern. Musikwiss.
Kongress Hamburg 1956', p. 203 lf.),
Kassel/ Base!, 1956. ACEL
0 3768.-- Prit~~ilive Music ('The New Ox-
ford History of Music' 3rd ed., vol. 1,
p. J ff.), 1957 ABCD 1FGH1JKL
J79 --La ploilosoploie de /a musique <Ion
les peupies non-europ,,. ('Editioos de
la Pliade, Histoire de la musique'),
Paris, 1956.
3770. --Pandero und sgmbomba ('Spani-
oche Forschungen dc:r Grregeseli-
ochaft' IX, p. 1 ff.), Mnchen, 1954
HK
3771. --Les /ototmonts inte/Jeclue/s el psy
chologUues du chanl maciq ... ('Le. Col-
loqueo de Wgimont' I, p. 56 lf.),
Brusselo, 1956. ACL
3772. --Le vrsel 94 t la ourale VI dw
Corun ludi en wne version popwlaire
el n trois maqaml de lradilion hi~paHo
musu/mane ('Anuario Musical' IX, p.
So ff.), Barcelona, 1954 ACL
3773 --Die Musik /r Naturv/ker (in:
Adam u. Trimborn, 'Lehrbuch der
Volkerkunde'), Stuttgart, 1958. B
377-t - - Review of Walter Wiora, 'Zur
Frhgcschichte der Musik in den Alpc:n-
landern', 'Alpenla.ndische Liedweiocn
d~r Frhzcit und dt!s 1\littdaltc::rs im
Lichte vergleichender Furschuug' aud
'Das echte Volkslied' ('Anuario musical'
v, p. 22 4 11.). 1950. e
377-fa. - - Rhyllomisc/oe Studien zum Cancio-
nero t Pala<io ('Festschrift-An;l.Ss'
1958).
3774b. --}ola ('Die Musik in Geschichte
und Ge;enwart' Vll, col. 214 11.), 1956.
ACDEFGH'KL
3774c. - - Vom ursprnglichen Sinn der
Musik ('Kongressbcricht l:lasel 194'J',
p. 183 11.), Basel, 1949 ACDEFL
3775 Schneider, Thekla, OrganuM Hydraw
/icum ('Die Musikforschung' VIl. p. '1
!f.), 1954 ACElKLL'
3776. Schoen, Mu, Tloe elfects of music (Lun
don, 19..!7) A
3777 Schole, H., Tonpsycho/ogie und Mowk
astloetik (1930).
19I
 3778. Schott, S., Allagyptisch4 Liebeslie<Ur
{Zilrich, 1950).
3779 Schottlinder, J. W., Ueber die Ton.Ui-
llltskreistheorie a uf die M usik diJr orien-
talisehen H ochkulturen und <Ur A nlike
('Z. f. vergl. Musikwiss.' 111, p. 6o ff.),
1935. ACK
3780. Schullian, D. M., and M. Schoen,
Music and Medicine (New York, 1948).
3781. Scbnemann, Georg, KasaniDiarische
LiediJr (' Archiv f. Musikw.' 1, p. 499
ff.J, 1918/'19. CDFKLLI
3782. - - Ueber die Bezihungen der ver-
gleichenden M usikwissenschaft zur M u-
skgeschichte {'Archiv. f. Musikw.' 11,
p. 175 f!.), 1919/'20. CDFKLLI
3783. --Das Lied der deutschen Kolonisten
in Russland ('Sammelb. d. vergl. Mu-
sikwiss.' lll), Mnchen, 1923. KL
3784. - - M"sikinstrumeKie diJr lJidianer
(' Archiv f. Musikforschung' l, fase. 3
and 4), 1936. CDHIKL
3784a. --Die M"sikinslrumenle {'Atlantis-
bucb der Musik'), Berln, 1934
3784b. Schuster, Carl, Head-hunting' symbol-
isna on tite bronn drums of the ancitnJ
Do>1gso11 culture and in the modiJrn Bal-
kans (' Proc. 4th Intern. Congress of
Anthrop. and Ethnol. Sciences, Vienna'
Il, p. 278 ff.), 1955 AB
3785. Scott, A. C., The Kabuki thetJ.Ire of Japan
(Chapter V: The music of the theatre),
London, 1955.
3786. - - The classical theDir of China.
(London, 1957). Chapter Ill. The music
of the Ching /Jsi theatre.
3787. Scott, J. E., Roman Music ('The
New Oxford History of Music', 3rd ed.,
vol.!, p. 404 ff.), 1957 ABCDIFGHIJK
3788. Scott, J. G., Burma (London, 19ll),
p. 300 ff.: Burmese music and musical
instruments. J 3807. Seidenfadeo, Erik, Rock gongs and rock
3789. Scott, Nora E., The lule of the singer
Har-Mdse ('Bull. of the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York', Jan. 1944).
A old 1 cela11d (' American-Sc~ndinaviao
3790. Scott, R. R., Kenya E"hibition of musi-
cal instruments from U ganda and
demonslration of Uganda mwsic ('Afri-
can Music Society Newsletter' l, No.
2, p. 22 ff.), 1949. ACM
379I. Scully, Nora, NDiive tunes, heard and
collected in Basutoland ('Bantu Studies'
V, p. 247 ff.), 193I. KL 2M
3792. Scully, William Chazles, Kaffir music
(in bis 'By veldt and kopje', p. 285 ff.),
Fisher Unwin, 1907.
3793 Seashore, Carl E., Psychology of Music
(New YorkfLondon, 1938). HI
3794 - - Three new approaches lo the study
of "egro music (' Annals of the Amer.
Acad. o! Political and Social Science'
CXL, p. 191 ff.), 1928.
3795 Sedcr, Theodor A., Old World Over-
lon.s in the New World (Philadelphia,
Universily Museum, Bulletin XVI, No.
4), June 1952. FL
3796. See;er, Charles, U.S.A. Folk Music
('Grove' Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. 111,
p. 387 ff.), 1954. ACFHIK
3797 - - All i11stantaneous mu.sic notalor
('j ournal of the Intern. Folk Music
Council' Ill, p. 103 ff.), 1951. ACJKL
3798. - - SystemDiic musicology: viwpoints,
uriclllatio>JS, and melhods ('J. o! the
Amer. Musical. Soc.' IV, p. 240 ff.),
1951. CKL
3 799 - - Preface lo lhe descriplion of a
music (in Proc. 5th congress of the
Intern. G.ls. f. Musikwiss.' p. 36o ff.),
The Hague, 1953. ACDEF
38oo. - - Towarcf. a universal mu.sic s.ound-
writi"t for musicology ('J. of the
Intern. Folk Music Couocil' IX, p. 63
ff.), 1957. ACJKL
38ooa. - - The Appalachian dulcimer ('J.
of American Folklore' 1958, p. 40 ff.).
AGK
3801. Seeger, Peter, How lo play lhe 5-
stritced lJanjo (2nd ed., Beacon, N. Y.,
1954). A
3802. Seemaon, E., Mythen vom Ursprung der
Musik ('Kongressber. Ges. f. Musikf.,
Loeburg 1950', p. 151 ff.), 1951.
ACDEFKL
3803. Seewald, Otto, Beitrllg zur Kenntnis
der steinzeillichen Musikinstrumente E u-
ropas (Vienna, 1934). ABCJL
3804. Seidel, J., Nrod v Psni. Tidc nrod-
nich pisn (Prague, 1941).
3805. - - Zpevy domova. Druhy lisie nrod-
ncl psnl (Praue, 1943).
3806. - - and J. Spil!ak, Tance leskiho lidu
(Prague, 1945).
slides ('Man' LVlJ, p. 32, No. 33),
1957 BDIGKLILZM
3807a. Selden, Margery Stomme, The music of
Review' XLV, p. 369 ff.). winter 1957
3808. Seler, Eduazd, Mittelamerika11ische Mu-
sikitiSirumente ('Globus' LXXVI, p. 109
ff.), 1899. 01
3809. - - A ltmezikat~ische K nochenrasseln
('Z. f. Ethnologie' XLVIII), 1916.
BDIGHKLILZM
3809a. - - Drei Gegenstilnde aus Mexico
(ibid. XXXVII), 1905. BDIGHKL1L2M
3809b. --Die Lichtbringer bei den lndianen
slammen der N ortlwestksle ('Giobus'
LX!. p. 195 ff., 212 ff., 230 ff. and 243
ff.), 1892. OIM
3810. Seligmann, C. G., Note on a wooden
Horn or Trumpet from British New-
Gui11ea ('Geographical Journal' XXVII,
p. H5 ff.), 1906. D 1 GJK
3811. Selvas, Eduardo J., .Msic:a y danzas
indget~as de Chiapas ('Ateneo' V, p. lof
ff.). 1954
3812. Semenov, A. A., Sr~dne arialsliii lraklal
po muryke Del"llisla4 A li (i.e. Central
Asiatic treatise on the music of Der-
vish Ali (from the 17th cent.)), Tash-
kent, 1946.
3813. Sempebwa, E. K. K., Bagando. fo/k-
songs: a ruugh <lassifie~Uion ('Uganda
Journal' XII, p. r6 ff.), March 1948.
LIM
3814. Sen, Vuong Hong, Nol< o.ddilionm//e d
/'ilude de M. Nguyn-Dinh Lo.i sur /a
mvsique sino-11~tnami1nn4 et Jes &hants
popu/aires du Vlnam ('Bull. de la
Soc. des Etudes Indochinoises' N.S.
XXXI, No. r, p. 87 ff.), Saigon, 1956.
BL
381.5. Sena, Devar Surya, Folk Songs of
Cey/o11 ('Jo u mal of the lotero. Folk
Music Council' VI, p. I I ti.), 1954
ACJKL
0 3816. Sendrey, Alfred, Bib/iography of 1-
wish Music (New York, 1951).
3817. Serov, Aleksandr Nikolaevil!, Muryka
julno-russkich pese" (i.e. Tbe music of
the South-Russian folksongs), Moscow,
19.53
3818. Servier, Jean H., Musique 1 posie
ho.by/es ('Ae tes d u 1Ve Congres In tero.
des Sciences Anthrop. et Ethnol.,
Vienne 1-8 Sept. 1952', III. Ethnolo-
gica. 2nde. partie, p. 19 ff.), Vienna,
1956. AB
3819. Sha.ffer, Mr5. J. M., Bamboo pipes of lhe
Batelela chi/dren ("African Music' I, No.
1, p. 74 ff.), 1954 ACJLM
3820. - - Expcrimenls in indienous Ghurch
m u sic amon lhe Batele/o. (' African
Music' I, No. 3. p. 39 ff.), 1956. ACJLM
0 3821. Sharp, Cecil J., Englislt Folk Songs
Jrom lhe Soulhe"' A ppalachian M oun-
lains (edited by Maud Karpeles), Loo-
don, 1932, 2/1952. CFL
3822. --'Journal of lhe FolhSong Society
(London), No. 6 (1905). 18 (1914), 20
(1916) and 31 (1927).
3823.--. Fo/hsongs of Englund I-V (Loo-
don, Novello, no date). K 3836. Siegmeister, Elie, Music and Society
3824. - - English Fo/h Song, Some umc/u-
sions (London, 1907), revised by Maud
Karpdes. (London, 3/1954)
3825. Shastri, M. R., Music of Travancore
("Sangeet Natak Akadami', Bull. No.
3. p . .57 ff.), New Delhi, July 19.5.5 BF
3826. Shaw, Margare! Fay, Fo/hsot~gs and
Folklore of Soulh Uist (London, 19.55). A
3827. - - Gaelic fo/hsongs Jrom South Uisl
("Studia Memoriae Belae llartk Sacra'.
p. 427 ff.). Budapest, 1956. AC
3828. Shay, FeU.x, Fife and drum corps of a
Uganda chief ("Nat. Geogr. Magazine'
193
XLVII, pp. 174, 181, 18g. 191). 19>.5.
D 1G
3829. Shelfonl, R., A a IUustro.Ied Calalog,..
of the Etlanograplaical Co//ectio" oJ tJ..
Serawah M useuM. Part l. Musical J ,._
slru.....Us ('Joumal of thc Strilita
Branch of thc R. Asiatic Soc.' No. 4o.
p. 3 ff.), 1904 BGKLL
3829a. Shen Tung-Wen, Recenl finds ;,. a
:lJOO-year-o/d Iomb ('China Pictorial"
1958, No. 2, p. 27) (serieo o{ bronze
bells).
3829b. Shiba, Sukehiro, Score of Gaahu,
1 a panes <lassical courl music vol. l.
Kangm-orcltestra ,. Hayagahu alld
Haya-tada-bydslti (Tokyo, Ryugin-oilia,
1955). e
3830. Shirali, Vishnudass, Hindu music alld
rhythm (Paris, 1937). J
38 )Da. Shochikubili, j apamse k oto music,
se/ecled by S. Y amase and G. Y amada
(Tokyo. n.d.).
3831. Sbuldham Shaw, Patrick, Sca ..di ..aviaN
foil< music o" British soi/ ('J. of the
lntern. Folk Music Council' VIII. p. 1 1
ff.), 1956. ACJKL
3832. Siamese music, Score and parts (for
resp. Pi t~ai, Ranad Eh + Ra..ad Lek,
Gong woug yai. Gong wong leA, Rantul
Thume, Thume Lek, ChiNg + Tapoae
+ Klo>~g thad + Charb yai + Mong)
of the piece 'Evening Prelude" (for
Piphat orchestra), Bangkok, undated.
AB
3833. Sicard, Harald von, The o.ncient East
African Banlu drum ('Ethnos" VII. p. 49
ff.), 1942. LM
3833a. - - Ngotna Lungundu, eine aJrikani-
sche Bundes/ade ('Studia ethnographica
Uppsa.liensia' V), Uppsala. 1952. M
3834 Sicllardt, Wolfgang, Der alpe>~.lli11di-
sche 1 ud/er und der U rsprung des
1odelns (Berlin, 1938). AL
383.5. Sichel, A., Histoire de la musique des
Malgaches (1907) (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de
la Mus.' V. p. 3l27 ff.), 1922. ACDEFHJ
383.5a. Siebold, Ph. F. von, Musik und Ta11z
in 1apan ('Nippon, Arch. z. Beschrei-
bung v. Japan"), Leyden 1832/'35
(New York, 1938).
3837. Siedersbeck, Beatrice Dohme, and Hans-
Heinz Drger, Fidel. JI. D~e FiiUI
im Abendland ('Die Musik in Geschichte
und Gegenwart" IV. col. 158 ff.). 195~.
ACDEFGHKL
3837a. Sihleanu, Stefan, De la musique popu-
laire dans /es pays Roumains (summary)
('Report of the ..th Coogress of the
Intem. Musical Soc.', p. 205). London.
1911. CF
3838. Sihorkar, K. S., Music under st.Ue
patronage ('Silver Jubilee Souventr of
 the Manis College of Hindustani music,
Lucknow, Nov. 1952'), Lucknow 1953.
3839. Sin1briger, Heinricb, Klang5leine, Stein-
spiele und ihre Nachbildungen in
Metal/ ('Anthropos' XXXII, p. 552 ff.},
1937 ABD'GHKLLM
3840. --Gong und Gon;spel ('lntem.
Arch. f. Ethnogr. XXXVI), Leyden,
1939. ABCDEFGJKLLM
38.p. Simmons, Donald C., Efk gongs a11d
gong 5i;>~als ('Man' LV, p. 107 ff. (No.
117}), July, 1955. BDGKLILM
38.p. Simon, Fran~oii, Chan5ons populaires
de l'Anjou (Angen;, 1926).
3843. Simon, Richard, Que/len zur indschen
musk ('Z. d. Deutschen Musikges.'
1902).
3844. --Die Notationen des Somanalha
('Sitzungber. Phil.-Klassc d. Kgl. Bay-
rische Akad. d. Wiss.' 1903, p. -45 ff.).
3845. - - J'he musical compostons of So-
ma>~atha (Lcipzig, 1904}.
3846. - - Notatio11en der vcdschm Lieder-
bcJ.er ('Wiener Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde d.
Morgeula.ndes' XXVII, p. 305 ff.},
1913. DGHKL'
3847. Simpson, George E., Peastml song and
dance of Northern Haiti ('J. of Negro
History' XXV, p. 2 ff.}, 1940.
3848. Sinclair, A. T., Gypsy and Oriental
musical instrumenls ('J. of Amer. Folk-
lore' XXI, p. 205 ff.}, 1908. GKL
3848a. Singb, Jaideva, Hindoslan Mu5c
('The March of India' X, No. 2, p. 26
ff.}, March 1958. B 3867. - - Zametki o khorovom penii v sredt~ei
3849 Singh, Ra Bajrang Bahadur, Punya
pratap vi na ('Sil ver Jubilee Souvenir of
the Marris College of Hindustani music,
Lucknow, Nov. 1952'), Lucknow, 1953
3850. Singb, Samar Bahadur, PI. Vishnu Na-
rayan Bhatkhande (ibid.), Lucknow,
1953
3851. Sirola, Bo:!idar, Sopile i Zurle (Zagreb,
1932). A 386ga. Smith, Carleton Sprague, J'he so11g
3852. - - Fulkalice sviraljke od kore 5vjeleg
drvela (Zagreb, 1932). A J, p. 179 ff.), March 1941.
3853. - - Sviraljke s udarnm jezilkom (Zag-
reb, 1937). A (London, 1904).
3854. - - Summary in German of the
foregoing important publication in
'Bull. lntern. de l'Acad. Yougoslave des
Sciences ct des Beaux Arts' IX, p. 155-
184, (1937). AK
3855. - - Hrvat5ke Narodna Glazba (Zagreb,
1942). A 3873- - - A te:rlbook of Melody (Amer. lnst.
3856.-- Kroalische Volksmuskmtrumente
('Mlanges of!erts a Zoltan Kodaly' p.
114 ff.). 1943. ACK
3857.-- Die Volksmusik der Kroalen ('Stu-
dia Mcmoriae Belae Dartk Sacra',
p. 89 ff.}, Dudapest, 1956. AC
3858. - - t umberatke narodne popijevke
(Za;reb, 1942).
194
3859. Skeat, W. A., and C. O. Bladgen, Pagan
'"ces of lhe M ala y pennsula (Loo don,
1906), vol. ll, Chapter V, p. 117 ff.:
Music, songs and feasls. BJ
3859a. Skinner, Alanson, Songs oflhe Meno-
mini m~dici"~ cerunony ('American
Anthropolo;i.st' XXXVIII, p. 290 ff.),
1925. L1
3859b. Skinner, H. D., Three Polynesian
dru"'s ('J. of the l'olynesia.n Soc.'
XLll}, 1933. GLI
38o. Sla venski, J osip, N a!e narodne melodije
('Musicki Glasnik' XI, No. 1-2, p. 3
fl.}. lleograd, 1941.
3861. Slonirnsky, Nicolas, Music of Latn
America (New York, 19~5). C
3862. - - Cuban Folk Music ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' 5th ed. vol. lll, p. 214 l.),
1954 ACFHIK
3863.-- llle:rican Folk Mu5c ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. lll, p. 31~ ff.),
1954 ACFH 1K
386-t. Smeding, H., Bezoekreis naar de Ge
nu:enlett in Kediri, Madioen en Modjo
kcrto ('M~dt::declingen vanwege het Ne
ucrl. Zcndcliuggenootschap' V, p. 120
ff. and 245 ff.), 181. B
3865. Smend, Necermusik und Musikinslru-
menle in Toco ('Globus' XCHI), 1908.
DLM
3866. Smirnov, P., Kazakhskiye sovttskiye
n"rodnye pesni (i.e. Kazakh Soviet
folk songs} ('Sovetskaya muzyka' 1950,
No. 9, p. 5~ ff.}.
Azii (i.e. Notes on choral singing in
Central Asia} ('Sovetskaya muzyka'
1951, No. 7, p. 54 l.).
3868. Smith, B. J., Musical saca of Samoa
('Etude' LX, p. 369), 1942.
3869. Smith, C. Alphonso, Ballads surviving
, lile Ut~ited Stales ('The Musical Quar-
terly' 11, p. 109 ff.), 1916.
makers ('Survey Graphic' XXX, No.
3870. Smitb, H., The Wor/d's Earliesl Music
3871. Smitb, M. E., The social functions a"d
meaning of Hausa prai.sesinging ("Afri-
ca' XXVII No. 1, p. 26 ff.}, London,
1'J57 BGJKL'L2M
3872. Smits van Waesberghe, Jos., Me/odie-
leer (Amsterdam, undated). AEF
of Musicology, 1955}. A
3874.-- Ha,dzeichen. IJ. Jl!ittela/ler ('Die
Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart'
V, col. 1451 ff.), 195. ACDEFGHlKL
3875. Smyth, H. Warington, Five years in
Siam (London, 1898), 2 vols. App. 8:
Thc ke11 and (other) Lao Yeed inslru-
"""ts; App. 15: Some airs o/ Siam. J
03876. SueUeman, Joh. F., J..1uziek "' Mu- 388a. Sokoli, Ramadan, V eglat muzikore tii
nekins/rumenlen ('Encycl. V. Neder- popullit ta11e f Buletin per shkencat
landsch-lndi!', 2nd. ed. vol. ll, p. 812 shoqerore' 1954, No. 1 p. 115 ff.).
fl.), 1918. ABe 3888. Sokolov, F. V., Rousski narodnie pest~i
3877. Suethlage, Em Heinrich, Musikinslru- o Krestriat&.$kiia Voinucha 1 Vu.),sla
menle dr lndianer des Guupor:ebieles niiachA (i.e. itussian folk songs on
('Haessler Archiv', Beihelt, Berlin, peasant revolts) (' Academy of Sciences
1939). BeD 1GKLL U.S.S.R.'), Moscow, 1956.
388. Snowden, A. D., Some Common Musical 3889. Sokolskaja, T., Alte deulsche Volkslieder
lnslruwents fuund among the Native in der obtrhessischen Sprac!.insel Be-
Tribes of Sou.thmt RJwdesia ('Nada, lowjisch (Nord-Ukraine) ('Hess. lllatter
the Southem Rhodeia Native Affairs f. Volkskunde' XXIX, p. 1.o ff.}, 1930.
Dept. Annual' No. 16, p. 72 ff.), Salis- K
bury, lthod., 1939. AM 3890. Solomons, E. V., The krotlljot~g, Java's
3879. Sobieska, Jadwiga, Wielkopolskie spiew- ukelele ('Lloyd Ma.il' No. 6, Oct. 1933.
ki ludowe (Krakow, 1957). A p. 236 ff.). B
388o. Sobieski, Marlan, W ylor Polskich pies>~i 389oa. Solona.no, Armando, and Raul G.
ludowych (2 vols.), Krakow, 1955. L Gucnero, Ensayo para un estudio sobre
3881. - - and Maria Sobolewska, Piesni la 'Danza tk los Concheros de la Gr"H
ludowe W urmii i M azur (Kra.kow, Tenochtilldn' ('Bol. Latino-Americano'
1955). AL V, p. 449 ff.), Montevideo, 1941. AGL
3882. Sobieski, Jadwiga and Marian, Pidn i 3891. Solvijw;, F. Bultuard, Les Hinduus
muzyku ludawa Witlkopolski i zicmi (l'aris, I8o8/'I2) (1 vols.). B
Lubuskiej w swietlt dotychuusawych 3892. Somervel, T. Howard, The .Music of
b..dan (i.c. Folk songs and music Tibet ('Tbe Musical Time&' LXIV),
of Great Poland and the region of 1923. AC
Lubusz in the light of present research), 3893. Sonnec, RudolC, Musik u11d Tane ('Wi.:.-
Warsaw, und. (1951 ?). 1 senscbaft und Bildung' No. 266), L.:ip-
3882a. Sobtchenko, A. 1., Prdatcha soobshe- zig, 19)0. e
t~ii na barabanakh u narodob zapQ.daoi 3894. Sonnerat, Pierre, Voy ..ge ,...... lt~des
.A.friki ('Sovietska.ia Etnografia' 1, p. Orientales el a la Chine fail par ardro
120 ff.), 1952. M du Roi, depuis I774 jusqu'en I78:.
3883. Sllderberg, Bertil, Musical I nstrumenls (Paris, 17~2), passim. e
used by the Babembe ('Ethnos' XVII, 389411. Sonobe, Saburo, O iaposkikh musykan-
p. 51 ff.), 1952. (ABeJM) ( = African takh ('Sovetskaia muzyka' 1956 No. 5.
Music Soc. Newsletter, vol. 1 no. 6, p. 69 ff.).
p. 16 ff.), 1953. AejM 3895. Souli~. Georges, La Musiqwe en Chi,.
3883a. - - Afrikam musik ('0sterg0Uands (1911). AeiJKL
Dagblad' 7th Dec. 1946). 3896. - - Thalre el musique motkrnes en
3883b. - - Sdn11en ocA mwsiken i nedre Kon- Chine, avec une lude lechnique de la
go (in: J. E. Lundahl, 'Guds fotspAr musique chinoi.se el transcriptions pour
i dagens mi.!isionsv:Lrld', p. I14 ff.), piano (Paris, 1926). Gl
19<j6. 3897. Souliau, E., Aulorit humait1e tk la
3H8i. --Les instruments de musique du musique ('Polyphonie' 1950, No. -8,
Bas~Cougo et dans les rgions avoisi- p. 24 ff.). K
naJ1/ts (Stockholm, 1956). AJL 3898. Sousberghe, L. de, Les danses riluel/es
3884a. --Can A frican music be use fui in mungonge el kla des Bapewle (Cot~go
missionury work~ ('Congo Mission News' Beige) ('Acad. Royal des Sciences colo-
No. 129, p. 10 ff.}, 1915 M niales, classe des Sciences morales et
3884b. - - The influence of African music politiqucs' N.S. Memoires in Svo., vol.
on European tut~es ('Congo Mission IX, No. 1 (Ethnograpbie), p. 62 11.),
News' No. 135. p. 16}, 1946. M Brussels, 1956.
3885. Soepardi-Handjakiswara, De lleilige 3899. Southgate, T. L., On a pair of Egptiun
gong uan Lodojo (Biitar) ('Jong-Java' double flutes (' Proc. of tbe .111uscal
V, Nos. 3 and 4 p. 124 ff.). Association' XVII), 1890/'91. e
3886. Soeriadiningrat, Soewazdi, K inanlhie 3900. - - Communica.tion on ti~ a11cltul
Sandoang. e Eg,ptiat scale (ibid. 189o/'91). e
3886a. Soerjowinoto, R., Beschrijving van ga- 3901. - - Some ancienl ttJusicul irutrumuils
mclaninstrumet~len ('Ned.-lndie Oud a: ('Musical News' XXV), 1903
Nieuw' V, p. 267 ff.}, 1920/'21. 3902.-- Musical i"stnmu:uts in lndian
ABD1GHL2 sculpture ('Z. d. lntern. Musik~os.' X),
388. Sohne, L. S., A eldre og nyere owrske 1908/'o9. CDFH 1 KL
Fjeldmeludier XIV (1907} (cf. No. 26n). 3903.-- .A.nciwl flutes from Egypt ('J. of

195
 Hellcnic Studies' XXXV), London,
1915. CD'GHKL'
390-4. Sowande, Fela, A{rican music ('Africa'
XIV, p. 340 ff.), London, 1944
BGKL'LM
39o4a. - - Three Yoruba songs ('Odll' No. 3,
p. 36 ff.), 1955 (1). M 3923. - - 11.11d Beryl de Zoete, Daftce and
3905. Spanke, H., La teora ralu sobre el
oricen d1 la liri&tJ romanita a la luz de
las ultimas invesligacio,.es ('Anuario
musical' 1, p. 5 ff.), 1946. CL
3906. Spannaus, Guenther, Musik und Musik-
inslrume,Jte ('Die Kulturen der ausser-
europaischen Erdteile in Uebersicht')
(Fhrer durch die Schausammlungen
des lnst. f. Vlilkerkunde, Univ. Glit-
tingen), p. 91 ff. (Gttingen, 1954). BJ
390. Spasow, Vasil, V~lksmusik, Musikin-
strumenle und Taoue der Bulgaren
(Diss. Vienna, 1931).
39o8. - - Bulgarskite besmensurni pesni i
technala ornamenlika r lzvestia na
narodniya etnografski musey' XIV),
Sofia, 1943
3909. Speck, Frank G., Ceremonial songs of
lhe Creek and Yuchi Indians (' Anthrop.
Publ. Mus. Univers. Pennsylvania' II,
p. 155 ff.), 1911. GIKL
3910. - - Etlmology of the Yuchi Indians
(Philadelphia, 1909).
3911. - - Penobscot man (Philadelphia,
1940) (witb transcr. by Edw. Sapir).
3912. - - The Tutelo spiril adoplion ceremo-
ny (witb transcr. by George Herzog),
Harrisburg, 19-42.
3913. Spector, Jobanna, On 1/u trail of
Oriental music: among tlu yemeniles
('The Reconstructionist' XVIII, No. 5,
p. 7 ff.), April 18th, 1952.
3914. - - Anthropological approach lo Je-
wisls music ('Jewish Music Notes' IX,
p. 3 ff.), Oct. 1954
3915. - - Furlher excursions on the lrail of
Oriental J ewish music ('Tbe Recon-
structionist' XVIII, No. 11, p. 37 ff.),
1955
3915a. --Musical styles in Near Eastern
j ewish lithurgy ('J. of the Music Acad.,
Madras' XXVI, p. 122 ff.), 1955. C 3934 Starkie, Waiter, Gypsy Music ('Gro-
3YI6. Speight, W. L., Notes on South A{rican
native music ('Musical Quarterly' XX,
p. 344 ff.), 1934 CD
3917. - - The evolution o{ native music ('The
SackLut' XIV, p. 18 ff.), 1933.
3918. Speiser, Feli.>:, Elhnographisclu Mate-
rialiim aus den Neuen Hebriden und
den Banks-lnseln (Bt:rlin, 1923), p .po
ff.: .Music and dat1ce. J 3938.-- A u/ Zigeunerspuren, Von Magie
3919. Speiser, W., Eine Komposilion des
DscJwu We .. -G (London, 1917).
3920. Spencer Pryse, G., Talkit~g drunas and
slools of sovereignty (' Ill. London N ews'
CLXXU, p. 390 ff.), 1928.
196
3921. Spies, Walter, JJ .. ichJ b,. de" Zu-
st.md von Tatu und Musill ift der
Neg"'" Gianjar ('Djawa' XVI, p. 51
fl.), 1936. ABDIG
3922. - - De Ganaelanwedstrijd u Gianjar
(ibid. XIX, p. 197 ff.), 1939 ABDl
Drama in lJali (London, 1938, 2/1953).
BJ
392-4. Spreen, Hildegard N., FolkdatJUs of
Soulh India (London, 2/19-48). ABC
3925. Springer, George P.. La.,guagl and
music: paraUels and diverg1ncios (in:
'For Rom;~.n Jakobson', p. 504 ff.),
Rijswijk (Neth.), 1956.
Sri B. Subba Rao, see: Rao, Sri B.
Subba,
3926. Srinivasan, M. A., T he lure of music
(' Annual Music Festival Souvenir,
llladras, 1953').
3927. Srinivasan, R., The swaras from basis of
ragas ('Silver Jubilee Souvenir of tbe
Marris Collee of Hindusthani music,
Lucknow, Nov. 1952'), Lucknow, 1953.
3928. - - Democracy and cr1ative music
(ibid.), Lucknow, 1953.
3928a. - - Teaching of Music-theory ('J. of
the Music Acad., Madras' XXVI, p. 73
ff.), 1955
3929. Stafford, William C., Oritftlal music.
Tlu music of Hindustan or India (in
Surindro Mohun Tagore, 'Hindu muHic
from various autbors', p. :u ff.), Cal-
culta, 1882. CFlK
3930. Stainer, John, Music of the Bible
(new ed. by Fr. Galpin), London, 1914.
IJ
3931. Stankovic, Zlvojin, Narodne pesme Kra-
jitla (i.e. Folk melodies of the Krajina)
(Monographies of tbe Serbian Academy
of Sciences, vol. CLXXV), Beograd,
1951.
3932. Stannus, Hugb, A rare type of musical
inslrument jram c~ntral A/rica ('Man'
XX 3, No. 20), 1920. BD'GJKLM
3933 - - The Wayao of Nyasal .. nd (Har-
vard African Studies III), Cambridge,
Mass., 1922 (p. 365 fl.). K
ve's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, p. 859
ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K
3935. - - Jlaggle Taggle (London, 1949).
3936. - - Spat~isl Raggle Taggle (London,
1934)
3937 --Don Gypsy: adventures wilh a
jiddle in Bu.rbary, Ari.dalusia and La
Mancha (New York, 1937).
und .Musik. Spielu>~d KuU der Zigeuner
in Geschichte und Gegcmwart. Mit einem
Beitrac vvn W. Doslal (transl. from
the Englisb by E. Zehnden-Biihm),
Mncb.en, 1957
3939. Statius Muller, Wim, Enkele aanteke-
nitlgeta over tU AfllllUiaonse datumu.rieA
('Christoffel' l, p. 500 ff.), Juoe 1956.
BD'GH
3939a. Stauder, W., Die Harfen und iern
der Sumerer (Frankfurt aJM., 1957). AL
39-40. Stayt, Hugh A., TJ.. Bavenda (Oxford
Univ. !'reos, 1931), Chapter XXIII, p.
316. J albanische Mhrslimmigkeil ('Kongreti.S-
39-toa. Stea..ru5, ManhaU, TJ.. story of the
jazz (New York, Oxford Uoiv. Press,
1956).
39fOh. Stechenko-Kouftina, V. K., Drevnejs-
hie instrumenlaln;ye osnov;y gruzinskoj
arodnoj mus;ylli. l. Flejla pana ( =
The most ancieot iostruments of the
Georgiao folk music. l. Tbe Pan-pipe),
Tiflis, 1936.
3941. Stefaoisz)'ll, B., The H unling Songs
of the Ambo (' African Studies' X, p. 1
ff.), March 1951. BGKM
3941a. Steio, 0., Musill in Indie ('Der Auf-
ta.kt' 1921).
Steio Calleofels, P. V. van, see Calleo-
fels, P. V. van Steio,
3942. Steincn, Karl von dea, Die Marquesaner
u11d ihre Kunsl (Berlin, 1928), vol. JI,
p. 58 ff. J lrika i ritmilla (Salia, 1927).
39+3 Steioitz, Wolfgaog, Deutsche Volkslieder
demoArulischen Charalders AIIS se,hs
j ahrlunderten ('Veroffentl. d. Inst. f.
Deutsche Volkskuode d. Deutscheo
Akademie d. Wiss. zu Berlio' IV),
Berlio, 1954
3944 --Lied und Marchen als 'Stimme des
Volkes' ('Deutsches J ahrbuch fr Volks-
kunde' ll, p. 11 ff.), Berlin, 1956. AL'
3945 Steiomaon, AICred, U eber anthropo-
morphe Schlilzlrormneln in 1 ndonesien
('Anthropos' XXIII, p. 240 ff.), 1938.
ADGHKLILM
3946. - - Een fragmenl van een lleteltrom
van het eiland Koer ('Cultureel Indie'
11!, p. 157 ff.), 1941. ABD 1 GHL
394a. --Die Verwendung von Baumwur ..
ze/11 a/s ?Jatilr/ich Got~gs (' Anthropos'
XXXlll), 1938. D'GHKLIL2M
3947 Slepban, S. H., The snaell of the banon:
24 Syrian folk-songs (']. of the l'alestine
Oriental Soc.' 1921, p. 199 ff.). G pipes) ('Grove's Dictionary of Music
3948. Sterling, Adeline, Drama a11d Music in
Siam ('lnter-Occan' Xlll, p. 139 ff.),
I<J3l. D 1G
3949 Stero, Philippe, The music of India
aJid the theory of the raga ('lndian Arts
/Ji: Lettcrs', N.S. VII, p. 1 ff.). 1933. GK
3950. --La musiqu hit~doue. Les ragas
('Revue musicale' III). 1923. CD 1FGHKL
3951. - - UtJe nouvelle colleclion musicale
consacre prJcipalement uux musiques
de J' t~rient et des eotltres luintaines (.Pa-
ris, no date). A cwieJJtal musi~ ('Bull. of tllc Amcr.
3952.-- Sur les danses de java, de /'Indo-
197
chine 1 de l'Ind ('Revue musicale' V,
No. 4), 1St Febr. 1924. CD1FGHKL
3953 Stevenson, Robert, Music i11 .Me;ricu
(New York, 1952). B
3954 Stewast, J. L., Norlhem Gold Coast
So11gs ('Africao Music Society Newo-
letter' I, No. 5, p. 39 ff.), 1952. ACJM
3954a. Stockmaoo, Erich, Kaullasische amd
bericht GCii. f. MusikfolliChuog, Ham-
burg 1956', p. 229 ff.). CEL
3955 Stoln, Elena, SuvremennaJa Bulgarska
pessen ('lzvestia na lnstituta za musika'
I, pub!. by tbe Bulgarska Akademia na
Naukite), Sofia, 1952.
3956. - - Lazaruvane ~ selo naguschevo
(ibid. U-III), Sofia, 1956.
3957 - - Narod>1i parlizanslli pesni (puLI.
by the Bulgarska Akademia na Nau-
kite), Sofia, 1955
3958. Stoln, Vasil, Kum Bulgarskile 11arodni
napevi (' lzvestia na narodniya etno-
grafski musey', fase. III aod IV, oflh
year), Sofia, 1924.
3959 - - H ypothese sur 1' origine bulgare de
la diaphonie (Sofia, 1925).
396o. - - Bulgarska narodua mu.ziAa: tne-
3961. - - Narodni pesni ot Timolt do Vita
(Sofia, 1928). A
3962. - - Bulgarslli ftarodni puni ot i-
lochna i zapadna Trakia (i.e. Bul;arian
folk music from eastem and westt:rn
Thracia), Sofia, 1929.
3963. - - Narodni pesni ol sredua $ever11a
Bulgaria (i.e. Folk music from north
Central Bulgaria), Sofia, 1931- A
3964. - - Svirka Dvo;yanka ('BuU. du Musce
Nat. d'Etbnogr.' XII, p. 86 ff.), Sofia,
1936.
3965.-- Narodni pesni ol zapadnile pok-
raynini (in preparation).
3966. Stoll, Dennis Gray, The 'Graces' of
Indian Music ('Asiatic Review' N.S.
XXXVlll, p. 167 fl.), 1942. D 1H
3967. - - The eleonents o/ ltadian music ('Thc
Asiatic Review' XLI, No. 116), April,
1915 AD'H
3968. Stooe, William H., Panpipes (Pandoau
and Musiciaos' 5th ed., vol. VI, p. 538
ff.), 1954 (with additioos by Aothony
Baines). ACFH 1 K
3969. Stooke, Hesbert J., and K. Khandala-
vala, TJu: Lai4d ragamala miniaJwr~.i. ~~
study in lt~dian. pain.ting tnld mw.s''
(Oxford, 1953).
3970. Stowel, H. M., An ancient '/lult-5ou(
(' Jouroal of the Polyncsaao Soc.
XX VIl, p. 222 U.). 191 ~. liG
3971. Strang, Gerald, The 5lidin; tonu in
Musical. Soc.' VIII. p. 29 11.), 1\l
3971a. Strekelj, K., and J. Glonar, Sloven-
sAe narodne pesmi iz tiskanih in pisanill
virov (Ljubljana, 1895-1923).
3972. Strelnikov, J. D., La musica y la
dunza de las lribws indias Kuu-1 hwwa
(Gwaraui) y Botocudo ("Proc. of the
23rd Congr. of Americanists' 1928, p.
796 ff.), New York, 1930.
3973 Slrehlow, T. G. H., Awstralian abo-
ri:i>~al SOIII{S (" Journal of the Intcrn.
Fnlk Music Couucil' VIl, p. 37 11.),
1955. AejKL
3974 Stricklaud-Anderson, Lily, Rabiudra-
nu.Jh T ugore, poel-compuser ("The Musi-
cal Quarterly' X, p . .63 ff.), 1924. e
3975 - - Music in Malaya (ibid. XI. p. 5o6
ff.), 1915. eF
3977.-- The Cambodian ball (ibid. XII,
p. 26 ff.), 1926.
3978. - - Aboril{i>~ul and animislic i>~fluen
ces in lndian music (ibid. XV, p. 371
H.). 1929. e experimentelle Psychologie 19n'). ABI
3979 - - The mylholol{ica/ buckground of
Hindu music (ibid. XVII, p. 330 ff.),
1931. e 3998. - - Si11gen und Sprechen ('Z. f.
3980. - - Devi/ dat~ces amid eterna/ snows
('Asia' Dec. 1925, p. 1039 ff.). AD1
3981. - - A sketch of lhe oril{in and de-
velopmenl of Egyplian mwsic ('Calcutta
Review' ll), 1924.
3982. Struck, Bernbard, Afrikcmiscile Kugel-
flolen ('Kol. Rundschau' Heft 2-6, pp.
56 ff., 190 ff., 236 ff.), 1922. D 1L
3983. Stumme, H., Tripolilanisch-lutJesische
Beduinmlieder (Leipzig, 1894).
3984. Stumpf, Carl, Musikpsychologie ;,.
Egland. Belrachtungen ber die Her-
leitung der Musik aus der Sprache
tuad aus dem tierschen Enlwick/u,rgs-
prozess. ber E1npirismu.s und Nativis-
mus itJ der Musiktheorie ("Viertel-
jallrschr. f. :Musikw.' 1, 1885). eDFKL
3985. - - Licder der Bc/lakula-hdiauer
(ibid. 11, 18~6 (eUFKL); repr. in:
"Sammelb. f. vergl. Musikw.' I, 1922).
AeDFGH'IKLL1
3986. Review of Alexander J. Ellis, 'On
the musical scales of various natious'
('Vierteljahrschr.t. Musikw.' IJ, p. 511
ff.), 1886. eDFKL
3987.-- Mo>~l{olische Gesllnge (ibid. Ill,
1887 (eDFKL); repr. in 'Sammelb:<nde
f. vergl. Musikw .' 1, 1922). AeGH IJKLL'
3988. - - Tonpsychologie, vol. I (1883); vol.
II (1890).
3989.-- Ueber Verl{leicliu>~gen vo Todis-
lanzen ("Z. f. Psychol. und Physiol. der
Sinncsorgane' 1), 1890. D'GH
3990. - - Plwnographierle lndianermeludien
('Vicrteljahrschr. f. Musikw.' VUI,
1892 (eDFKL); rcpr. in 'Sammelb. f.
vergl. Musikw.' 1, 1922).
ACDFGH'IKLL1
3991. - - M aassbestinomunge ber die Rein-
ileil koriSor~omler bilervalle (in collab.
with M. Mayer) ('Z. f. Psychol. und
Physiol. der Sinnesorgane' XVIll),
1698. D'GII
3992.-- Tonlabellen (in collab. with K. L.
Schaefer) (' Bei trage zur Akustik und
Musikw.', lasc. 3), 1901. L
3993. - - Tonsyslem u11d Musik der Sia-
mesen (ibid., fase. 3. 1901 (L); 'Sam-
mclb. !. vergl. Muikw.' I, 1922).
AeGHIJKLLl
3994 --Das Berl11.r Phonogrammarchiv
('Intcrn. Wochcnschr.', 1909). CHK
3995. --Die A n/ll11ge der Musik ('Intern.
Wochenschr.' 1909). HK
3996. - - U eber die BedeuiUfll{ elhflologischer
U11lersuchunge>~ fr die Psychologie und
Aesliletik der Tonkunsl (in collab. with
E. M. von Hornbostel) ('Kongressbe-
richt 4th Congrcss ol the Gesellsch. f.
3997 --Die Anfange der Mwsik (Leipzig,
191I). BCEFJLL1
Psychol. u. Physiol. der Sinnesorgane'
XCVI). 1923. D1GH
3999 - - Die Sprachlaule. ExperimeflleU-
phoJ,etische Untersuchung6n nebsl eine"'
A nhang ber J nslrumentalklang (Ber-
lin, 1926).
4ooo. Style, E., M usica/ notations of the
Chinese ('J. of the R. Asiatic Soc.,
North-China branch', O.S. No. 2, p.
176), 1859. KL'
Subba Rao, Sri B., see: Rao, Sri B.
Subba,
Subba Rao, T. V., see: Rao, T. V.
Subba,
4001. Subrahmanya Sastri, Pandit S., The
mela raga malika oj Maha Vaidyanalh<J
Siv<Jn (Madras, 1937).
4002. Suchy, Frantilck, Lidov pifn a lance z
pulabt 11a kralovmdlecku (l'rague,1955).
4003. Sunaga, Katsumi, japa,es6 Music
(Lum.lon, 1936). AGIJ
4004. Suiiil, F., Moravsk nrodnl plsne s
,.pevy do lexlu vradenymi (Prague,
1~32-'6o, J/19.1, 4/1951) .
.oo4a. Svabe, A., K. Strauberg, E. Hauzen-
bcrga-Sturma, Lalvie!u laulas dziesmas
(Copenhagen, 1952).
4005. Svensson, Sven E., Studier i eskimo-
musikens intervallfrrdd och lonalitet
('Svensk tidskrift fOr musikforskning'
XXXVIll, p. 135 ff.), Stockholm, 1957.
K
4006. Swan, A., The nalure of Russian folk-
sollg ('The Musical Quarterly' XXIX,
p. 49B ff.), 1943 CH
4007. Swanton, John R., lle/igious beliefs and
medie al praclices of lhe Creek 1 ndians
('Annual Report ol the Bur. of Amer.
 Ethoology' No. 42 (1924-'25): p. 477
f.), Washington D.C., 1928. BGKL
4008. Swartz, J. F. A., A hobbyisJ loolls aJ
Zu/u and Xloosa songs ('African Music'
1, No. 3, p. 29 H.), 1956. ACJLM
4009. Swarup, Rai Bahadur Bishan, TJeory
of lndian Mu.i (Swarup Brothers,
Maithan, Agra, 1933). 1 and the oew Hungarian music);
4o09a. Swel5, W., Het ensemble uan de Bul-
gaarse republid ('Grammofoon voor
k~nuer cm liehebber' Dec. 1957. p. 18
~- A li. Mi a nJpzeneJ (1931) (- What ill
-tOlO. Syk.,.., M., Notes on Mu.it;al Instru-
ments ir~ KlwtAsan auith speciiJl referenu
lo lhe Gypsies ('Man' lX, p. 161 H.,
No. 94), 1909. ABD'GJKLM
4012. S:o:abolcsi, Bence, Npvndor/sllori ele-
mell a magyar nipzenben ('Ethoogra-
phia' 1934. p. 138 ff.). - Eogl. transl.:
Easlern relations oj early Hwngarian
foil< m11si) ('J. of thc R. Asiatic Soc.'
1935. p. 483 ff.
4013.-- Egyelemes mveldislrlnel s l-
foku }angsoroll (i.e. The spread of
peo tatonic scales and their importance
for musical history) ('Ethnographia'
1936. p. 233 ff.).
4014.-- Ueber K11ll11rllreise der mllsikali-
sc}.e,. Ornamenlik in Europa ('Z. f.
Musi.kw.' XVII, p. 65 f.), 1935.
CDH'KL
i015. - - Morgenland tmd Abendland in der
ungarioohen Volksmusili ('Ung. Jahrb.'
.XVIII, p. 202 ff.), Berlio, 1928.
4016. - - Adatoli a kzpzsiai dallamtipus
ellerjedshez (i.e. About the spread of
the Ceotral-asian melodytype), Buda-
pest, 1950, 2/1957
4017. - - A primitiv dallamossag: a hang-
leitsll az olfokssig (i.e. Primitive
Melodik: vom Toofall zur Pentatooie)
(in: 'Mlanges oHerts a Zoltan Kodly a
l'occasion de son 6oiCme anniversaire',
p. 19 f.), Hudapest, 1943 ACK
io18. - - l:ive~tune sctjles uud civilizution
('Acta Musicologica' XV, p. 24 f.),
1943 CEKLL1
4019. - - A meldia lrlnete (i.e. Studies
oo the developmeot of melody), Buda-
pest, 1950, 2/1957
-t020. - - Npzene is Trlnelem (i.e. Folk
music aod History), Budapest, 1954
4021.-- A XVII. szrad Magyar uilgi
dallamai (i.e. Huogarian wordly melo-
dies from the XVII. century), Buda-
pest, no date. K piled from the anunl aulhorlus (Cal-
4021a. - - Oszlyli s uogul dallamok ( =
Ostyak and Wogulian melodies) ('Eth-
oographla' XLVIII No. 4), Budapest,
1937
4021b. Szendrey, Zsigmond, aod Zoltn Ko-
dly, Nagyszalontai guyjls (Budapest,
1924)
199
4021c. Sz6U6sy, Andrs, Bartll Bila udlo-
gatoll zenei lrsui ( = Selected articl.,;
oo music by Bela Bartok), Budapest,
1948. Amoog them the ollowiog may
be m en tiooed:
4 M agyar npzen s j magyar zene
(1928) (~ The Huogarian folk music
5 A rgi magyar npzenlrl (1933)
( ~ About the ancient hungari.a.n olk
music);
folk music ?) ;
7. A paraszlzene hatdsu az jabb mZI
nre (1931) (~ The inlueoce of peasat1t
music on the modern art music);
8. A nprene 'eleNtsgrl (1931) (=
Oo the importance of folk music);
9- Az sszehasonltt zenefolklora (1912)
( = The comparative musical folklore);
10. Magyurorszgi npzenei kwatsoli
(1929) (- Hungarian investigations in
the held o olk music);
II. Magyar npzetUJ (1935) (- Huo-
gariao folk music);
12. Romdn nprene (1935) (- Ruwan-
ian folk music);
13. Szlouk npene (1935) (~ Slovak-
ian {olk music);
14. Npdalgyjts TrokorszgbaN
(1937) (- Collecting olk oongs in
Turkey) (cf. No. 275);
J 5 A z gyneuezell bolgr rilmus ( 1938)
( = Oo the so called Bulgarian rhythm);
16..Mirl ls hogyan gyjtsnli t~pzenl
(1936) (= Why aod how should we
collect olk music) (cf. No. 281);
17. Npdalkulats s naoionulizmus
(1937) (= The study of olk music and
nationalism);
18. Zme s faii tiszlasg (1944) ( =
Music and racial purity) (cf. No. 27~);
24. Cignyzene' Mugyar ..,.. (1931)
( == Gypsy muiC? Hun~::arian ntusic ?) ;
z8. Vitu u rom11 npdul;yjlsrl Sere-
ghy Elemrrel s Hubay JeuiiveJ (1920)
I-VI ( = Discussioo with E. Sereghy
and J . Hu bay o u the collecting o
Rumaoian folk music) 1-Vl.
4022. Tagore, Suriodro 1\fohun, Shorl Nolices
of Hindu Musical Inslrumenls (Cal-
cutta, 18). ACFG
-4023. - - Hindu musi. vol. l (Calcutta.
18 75. CH
4024. - - Theory of S~nskrit n&usic, corr-
cutta, 1875). CHK
-4026.-- Yantra Kosha. 01' a tre~s"''Y of
llu musical instrumenls of unnetd tnul
of ,wdern lndia, und of variows utJur
counlries (Calcutta, 1875). CG
4026a. - - Theory of Sanskril mwi (Cal-
cutta, 1875). CF
 4026b. - - Six principal ragas (Calcutta,
1875). F 1933
4026c. - - A Vedic hymn (Calcutta, 1878).
F (' Revue des tudes grecques' XXI),
4027. - - A few specimens of lndian sot~gs
(Calcutta, 1879). CF
4028. - - The len prit~cipal avalara of the
Hindus (Calcutta, 188o). CF
4029. - - The eigM principal rasas of lhe
Hiudus (Calcutta, 188o). CF
4030. - - The {ive principal musicians of lhe
Hi,.dus (Calcutta, 188o). CFGK
4031. - - Hindu Music from varios<S autl10rs
(Calcutta, 1882). CFIKL
4032. - - The musical scales of lhe Hit~dus
(Calcutta, 1884). CFK
4033. Taig, Th., Rhylhm and Melre (1930).
4034. Takacs, Jenil von, Arabische Musik in
Aegyplen ('Auftakt' IX, p. 241 ff.),
19>9.
4035. Takano, Kiyosi, TJ.eorie der japanischen
Musik ('Tohoku Psychologica Folia'
lll, fase. -3),.Sendai, 1935 G 129, r8S, 227, 242, 256, 298, 319, 333.
4036. - - Beilr4ge .r"r Geschich11 der jap,..
nischen M "sik (' Archiv f. M"usiklor-
schung' Il, fase. 3), 1937. CDHIKL
4037. Takeda, Chuichlro, Songs o{ 1/se Mon-
gols, nolations and explanalions (' J our-
nal ol the Soc. for Research in Asia tic
music' 10/II, p. 67 ff.), Dec. 1952.
4038. Taki, R., On lhe P'i..p'a or Chinese
/ules (' J oumal of the Soc. f. Research
in Asiatic Music' 9, p. 6 ff.), March
1951. A 4061. Tegethoff, W., Tendt~nces nouvc/les
4041. Tu.nabe, Hideo, Les iludes rcenles con
cernant les instruments de musique du
]apon ('Art populaire' Il, p. 130), 1931.
A 4062. Telang, Mangesa Ramakrishna; The 2Z
404 >. - - Tl&e Cht~racter of ] apanese llf,.sic
('japanese Music'), Tokyo, 1953
4043. Tanabe, Hisawo, Equal lempered sea/es
of/ess lhan I2 Iones inlhe Far Et~sl and 11
>~ew proposalfor t1 I 4 lcme equaltempertl
me;/ (' Journ. of the Soc. for Research
in Asiatic music' IX), .llilu:ch, 1951. A
4044. - - Die Wellbedeu/UtiiJ der al/en chiou-
sische" 111usik ('Die Musikwelt', Shang-
hai 1923, fase. 4).
of045. - - ]apa01ese music (Tokyo, 1936, 2/
1937). ACI
of04. Tanaka, S., A" lnvtsli:alion of lhe
Tuning of the Sianuse Seven Tone
Equal Teonpered Sea/e (' J ournal of the
Soc. lor Research in Asia tic Music' IX,
p. 1 ff.), 1951. A Green/and ('Medddelse om GrBnland'
4047. Tanghc, Basiel, De ziel van hel Ngbandi
volk (Congo Bibliotheek), Brugge, De
Gruuthuuse Persen, 1929 (p. 95 ff.).
4048. --De Ngbt~ndi naar hel leven ge
schets/ (Congo Bibliotheek), Brugge,
De Gruuthuuse J:>ersen, 1929 (p. 9 ff.
and 210 ff.).
4049. Tanghc, Joseph, La musiiue nigre ('La
Hevuc Sincere' XI, p. 2 74 ff.), Brussels,
4050. Tanuery, P., L'invenlion de l'hydraulis
1908. D'GLl
4051. Tantawi Gawharl, Al-rnusiqa al-Ara
biyya (Alexandra, 1914). G
4052. Tuppert, Wilhelm, Waudernde Milo
dien (Leipzig 1l!t1l!, 2/1890).
4053. Tarenne, G., HechercJ.es sur les Ran.r
des va,hes, ou sur les cAansons pastorales
des bergers de la Suisse (Paris, 1813). C
4054 Tate, H., Auslralian aboriginal music
('Cauon' V, p. 249 11.), 1951.
4055. Tauern, O. D., Palasiwt~ und Patalima
(Leipzig, 1918), s.v. Licder (p. 73 ff.
and 193 ff.). B
4056. Tavares de Lima, Rossini, Me/odia el
ritmo no folclore de Sao Paulo (Sao
Paulo. 1954).
4057. Taylor, C. R. H., A Pacific Biblia
graphy (Wellington, 1951), pp. 46, 79,
345, 381, '134 and 446. AB
4058. Taylor, M., Did Pl.araoh Necho's rnin-
slre/s visil Soulh Africt~? ('!11. London
News' CLXXI, p. 1058 11.), 1927.
4059. Taylor, W. H., Bt~nlu music in Kenya
('Oversea Education' V, p. 168 ff.),
1934
4o6o. Tcherepn.in, A., M usic in modern ChinG
('The Musical Quarterly' XXI, p. 391
11.), 1935. CD
da11s la musicologie comparaiive (' Aequa.-
toria' XVIII), Coquilhatville, 1955
GLM
srutis of l11dian music (Poona, 1933). 1
4062a. Terada, T., A coustic.al investigaliou of
lhe ]apa11ese bamboopipe syahuhati ('J.
of the College of Science, Imp. Univ.
of Tokyo' XXI/ro), 1907.
4063. Terry, Richard R., Vooduism music
(London, 19.Hl
.o64. Thalbitzer, William, and Hjalmar Tbu-
ren, La tnusique che: les Esquima.u
('.Mercure musical', 191 1).
4065. - - E.skitnomusik uud DichJAunst in
Gr611la11d ('Anthropos' VI, p. 485 ff.),
1911. D'GKL1L2M
.o66. - - and Hjalmar Thuzen, Me/odies
from Easl Greenland wilh a supplemenl
conlaining n~elodies from Nordwesl
XL, 11/1,) Copcnhagen, 1911. GKL'L2
4067.-- and - - Musik aus Ostgronland;
eskimoische Plw110gramme ('Z. d. Intern.
Musikges.' XII), 1910/'II. CDFHIKL
.o69. Thalbitzer, William, Cu/lic games a01d
feslivals it1 Greenland ('Compte rendu
de la 21e session du Congres Intern. des
Amricanistcs' U), Gteburg, 1925. K

200
4070. - - Ugen.U. u chant. esquimau;r du
GreenJand (1920). K eDFHlJL
4071. - - Eskimo-lideren van Oosi-Groen-
land (Santpoort, 1933). (Dulcb transl.
by Annie Posthumus). AK
4072. - - 1 nuil sange og danse fro. Gr1mland
(Copenhagen, 1939). eK
4072a. Thilcniusjl'tlei.nbof/Heinitz, Die Trom-
melspra<lle in A/rika und in r Sd-
see) ('Vox' XXVI), 1916. G 409:0. Ties5eD, Heinz, Musiil der Nalur.
4073 Thornton, P., T/w voiu of Atlas: in
search of musO. in Moro..o (London,
1936). eGIJ
-f07of. Thorsteiluison, Bjaml, 1 celandic fa/k-
lunes (19o6-'09) K -4093 Ti!, Salomon van, Digt-, sang- '" speel-
4073.-- Foll,.lig Sat~gog Musik paalslatld
('Nordisk Kultur. Musi.kk och Musikk-
instrumenter', p. 139 ff.), 1934 AK
4076. Thuren, Hjalmar L .. Tanz, Dichlung
und Gesat~g auf dn Faroern ('Sammelb.
d. lntern. Musikges.' Ill. p. 222 ff.),
1902. AeDFH'lKL
4077. - - Folksangen paa FaeriJerne (Co-
penhagcn, 1908) (with German sum-
mary). K A-I usic ('Grove'o Dictionary ol Music
4078. - - On 1/&e Eskimo music in Greenland
('Meddelclse om Gnmland' XL, II/1),
Copenhagen, 19I1. GKLL
-4080. - - Tlle Eskimo Music (1912). CK
4081. --La musique chu les Eskimo (Paris,
1912). eK
-4082. --Das danisclle Volkslied ('Z. d. In-
tero. Musikges.' IX, p. 13 fl.). 1907.
eDFH'KL
-t082a. - - Tanz und TAnzgesang im ntw-
dischen Millelaltor na<h der danischen
Balladmdic/Uung ('Z. d: Intern. Musi.k-
ges.' IX, p. 209 ff., 239 ff.), 1907.
eDFH'KL
4083. - - and William Thalbitzcr, Musik
aus Oslgrdnland: Eskimoische Phono-
gramme ('Z. der Intern. Musikges.' XII,
p. 33 !!.), 1910. eDFHKL
408-f. - - and H. Gruencr-Nielsen, FueriJske
onelodier lil danske kaempeviser (Copen-
haon, 1923). K 4102. Tornberg, Gerda, lYJusical inslruwenls
4085. TliUrston Dart, R., Notalion ('Grave'&
Dictionary of Music and Musicians'
5th ed. VI, p. 108 ff.), 1954 AeFH'K
4085a. Ti by, Ottavio, Corpus di musiclle pop<r
/ari Siciliane (2 vals.) (Palermo, 1957).
4086. Tiersot, Julien, Histoirt de la chanson
populo.ire en France (Paris, 188g).
eoGHL
4o86a. --Les lypes mlodiques dans la clan-
son populaire franfaise (Paris, 189 3).
4087. - - Chansons populaires des Alpes
frat/faises (Savoie el Dauphinl) (Gre-
noble, 1903).
4088. - - Notes d' Ethnographie musicale.
La musique elle: les peuples indigines
de I'Amrique du Nord (Eials-Unis el
Cat~uda) ('Sammelb. d. lntern. Musik-
201
gea.' XI, p. 1-41 ff.), Leipzig, 1909/'lo.
4o8g. - - Chansons t1egres (Paris, 1933). C
4090 --La tr1usiqw cite< les nigres d'A/ri-
que (in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la Musiljuc'
1st. Part, vol. V, p. 3197 ff.), Paris,
1922. Ae
4091.-- Mediterrt~neafolk-song ('Thel\lu-
sical Quarterly' XV, p. 522 ff.), 1929. e
U eber den Gest~n: der V ogel, ;.. ;be-
sondere ber Tonspra<he wnd Foron des
Amselgean:s (Atlantis-Verlag, 1953).
A
ilonst, soo der Ouden, als bysotJder der
Hebreen (Dordregt, Dirk Goris, 19')
With drawings of musical instruments
by A. Houbraken. e
4094 Tillema, H., Vil .Apollaiate. M~tziek
inslrumenlen (de kediree} ('Tropisch No-
derland' VI, p. 234 ff. and 2-49 ff.),
1933/'3-4 BD 1
4095 Tillyarcl, H. Julios W., Byza>~lit~
and Musicians' 5th ed. vol. 1, p. 1oall
ff.), 1954 AeFH 1K
4096. Tinoco, Maria F. ele, and Guillermo
Aguilar lllachaclo, Va ocarin11 ltuelar
de I8 notas del Mweo Na<icnUJI de Cosla
Rica (San Jos, 1937).
-4097. Tirn, K., Die lappisclle Volksmwsih
('Acta lapponica' Jll, p. 155 11.), 19~'
AGKL
4098. Titicv, Mlscha, Social singing """'"t:
tlle Mt~puclle (Ann Arbor, 19i9) H
4099 Tobler, Alfrecl, Das Volkllied im Appen-
zellerlande (Zrich, 1903).
-4100.-- KhreiheN oder Khreicen, jode/
und fodellied in AppuueU (Zrkb,
1890).
-4101. Tocl, James, Mwsic (in Surendro Mohun
Tagore, 'Hindu music from various
authors' p. 275 ff.), Calcutta, 18!!..
eFIKL
of the Afro-CubaJJs ('Ethnos' XIX, p.
105 ff.). 1954 ABJLM
4103. Tokyo, Academy of Music o!, Collection
of japanese Koto music (Tokyo, 1~!18). J
.po3a. Tonkovif, Pavo!, Spevy z Ora.V)' (IJra-
tislava, 1953).
4104.-- 5/owakische Volksmuik und ihre
Inslrummle ('Musica' 1957. p. 541 ff.).
Cl{LL'
4105. Toar, Frances, A Treasury o/ Mexican
Folkways, p. 299 ff. Part. 111. Music-
Verse-Dance (New York, 5/1956). J
4106. Torday, Emil, Sonc o/lhe lit~lubuo/ Lahe
Moero ('Man' IV, p. 117 ff. (No. Ha)),
1904. BD 1 GKLM
4107.-- and Thomas Athol Joycc, Notes on
tJ.e elhnugraphy of lhe Ba-M bala ('J. uf
 the R. Anthrop. Inst. of Great Britain raud Go/d .Mines (with pi.Jotographs by
and lreland' XXXV, p. 413 ff.), 1905. Merlyn Severn), Johannesburg, 1950.
GIKLLM AFM
4108. --and - - On lhe elhnolo~y oftl~e 4127.-- Musical Wood ('African Music So-
SouJh-Wesl Cot~go Free State (ibid. ciety Newsletter' 1, No. 2, p. 17 ff.),
XXXVII, p. 150), 1907. GIKLIL2M 1949 ACM
fl09 - - and - - Notes et/.,ograplaiques 4128. - - TJ.e slaJe of Folk Jo.lusic in Banlu
sur les populations habilanl les bassins A frica (' Journal of the lntern. Folk
du Kasai el du Kwango oriental ('Ann. Music Council' VI, p. 32 ff.), 1954
du Mus. du Congo, Ser. Ill, Ethnol.' ACJKL
11, part 2, pp. 18 ff., 25, 55 ff., 20J, 4129. - - Bat~lu Music ('Grove's Dictionary'
274 ff.), Brussels, 1922. GKM 5th ed. vol. 1, p. 416 ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K
4I10. Torhout, Nirgid.ma de, and M. Hum- 4129a. - - Recordi>~g in Easl Ajrica and
bert-Sauvageot, IB Claanls et Po>Jes Northern Congo (' African Music Soc.
numgols (Pars, 1937). K Newslctter' 1, No. 6, p. 6 ff.), 1953
4111. Torntr, Eduardo Martioez., Cancionero ACJM
musical de la lirica popular asluriana 4129b. - - Short survey of Soul/.ern African
(Madrid, 1920). folk music for liJe I nlernaJio>~al catalogue
4112. - - Bibliographie du folklore musical uf jo/k music records (' African M u sic
Espagnul (' Art populaire' U, p. 159 Soc. Newsletter' I, No. 6, p. 41 ff.),
ff.), 1931. A 1953 ACJM
41 13. --La Cancion Iradicional Espaola 4129c. - - Evolulion d continuit de/a musi-
(in F. Carreras y Candi, 'Folklore y que africaine ('Education de base et
costumbres de Espaila') Barcelona un- Education des adultes' IV, No. 3. p. 27
dated. fl.), 1952. M
41l 3a. Tth, Klnian Cs., H atollas inokesk6ny- 4129d. - - Hanlu music ('Theoria' 1953. No.
veink dallamai (- Melodies from our 5. p. 55 ff.). M
song of death books) ('Emlkkonyv 4129e. - - African music and dancing ('Uni-
Kodly Zoltn o. szletsnapjra' p. ted Empire' XLIV, p. 252 fl.), 1953. M
287 ff.), Budapest, 1953 A 4130.-- T/e social role of African music
4114. Touz, M., Sur les modes musulmatu (' African Affairs' Llll, p. 234 ff.), 1954
('Revue musicale' VII No. 1), 1st Nov. BKL'LM
1925. CD'GH'KL 4131.-- The problem ofthe fulure of Banlu
4115. Tracey, Hugh T., Native music and music in the Congo ('Problmes d' Afri-
lhe churcla ('Native Teacher's ]ournal' que Centrale' No. 26, p. 272 ff.), 1954
XI, p. 110 ff.), 1931/32. AGJKM
4116. - . - African folk music ('Man' XXXII, 4132. - - African winds ('Woodwind Maga-
p. 118 ff.), 1932. BD'GKL'LM zine' V, p. 4 ff.), 1953.
P 17. -- Some observations on na.live music 4133. - - The stale of folk music in Bantu
of Suuthern Rlaodesia ('Nada' VII, p. 96 Africu ('African Music' I, No. 1, p. 8
ff.), Buluwayo, 1929. M ff.), 1954. ACJLM
4118. - - The luning oj musical instrunumts 4134.-- Recording African music in lhe
('Nada' XIII, p. 35 ff. and 107 ff.), field ('African Music' I, No. 2, p. 6 ff.),
Buluwayo, 1935. M 1955 ACJLM
4119. --Marimbas: os :.ylophones dos Chan- 4135.-- Handbook for Librarians (]ohan-
ganes ('M~ambique' 31st Oct. 1942), nesburg, 1957).
p. 49 ff. 4136. --Notes on Canon Lury's arlic/e
4120.-- Msica, poesia e bailados Chapes ('African Music' I, No. 3, p. 36), 1956.
(ibid. 3oth J une 1942), p. 6g ff. ACJLM
4121.-- Claief above and Claief below, a 4136a. --Msica africana ('Bol. Soc. Es tu-
musical play jor Africans (1944). dos Colon. de Moyambique' XXI, p. 61
4 1 2 2 . - - N goma, an i11troduction lo Music ff.), 1951. M
for Southern Africans (London, 1948). 413b. --Gmtes afortunadas. VI. As tibi-
ACJKM las, :.ilofones dos Chapes. VII. Fabrico
4123. --Chopi Musicans. Their Music, de limbilas ('M~ambique' 1948, No.
Poetry and Inslrumenls (Oxford, 1948). 54, p. 97 fl., No. 55, p. 15 ff.), 1948. M
ACIJKLM 413c. --Human problems in British Cen-
4124. - - Organized researcla in African tral A frica: organised research in ajrican
music ('Rbodes-Livingstone ]ournal' music ('Rbodes-Livingstone Journal'
VI, p. 48 ff.), 1948. L 1948, No. 6, p. 48 ff.). M
4125. --Lalela Zulu (Ioo Zulu Lyrics), Jo- 413&d. - - Bli>dne55 - a sanclion ('Nada'
hannesburg, 1948. J 1947. No. 24, p. 94). M
4126.-- African Dances of 1/Je Wilwaters- 41 36e. --Gentes afortunadas ('Moyambi-

202
 que' No. 46, p. 93 ff., No. 4], p. 103 ff., 4152a. TsaJa. Th., 'Nhui' ou Je tam~JatH
No. 46, p. 77 ff.), 1946. M (' Presses missionnaires' r955. N o. :! l,
4136f. - - N aliu1 ducing. A wasted sset p. 3). M
('Nada' No. 17, p. 28 ff.), 1940. M 4153. Tucker, A. N., Triblll Music and Dull-
4136g. - - Ajrican music. A tt1odern uiew <ing i>t lhl Sowlhern SudaN (London.
('Nada' No. 19, p. 57 f!.), 1942. M 1933-l CJ
413h. - - A stud:y of naliue musU: in Rho- 4154. - - Mwsic in Sowlls Sudau ('Aw'
desi ('Nada' 1949, No. 26, p. 27 f!.). M XXXII, p. 18 ff.,(No.u)), 1932.
4131>i. - - Scmgs from lhl krallls of Sowllern BDlGKLLM
Rhodesi (Sali!lbury, The Rhod. Prin- 4155 - - Childrens ganu:s a"d sotJgs ;,. lhe
tin; and Pub!. Co., 1933). Southorn Sudun (' 1ourn.al of the Uoyal
4136j. - - Recordixg in lke Losl Valle:y Anthrop. Inst.' LXIII, p. 165 ff.), um-
('African Music' 1 No. 4. p. 45 ff.), 1957. don, 1933. ABGIJKLIL'M
ACJLM 4156. Tuznbull, Colin M., P;ygm;y '""sic aud
P37 Traeger, p_, Die Dewlschen in der Dob- ceremouilll ('Man' LV, p. 23 ff. (~o. 31)),
rudscha (Stuttgart, 1922), p. 182 ff. Febr. 1955. BD'GKLtLM
4138. Traynor, Leo, and Shigeo Kishibc:, Thl 4157. - - P:ygm:y mwsio a>1d ceremo11ial (ibid.
four ,.,.known pipes of lke Sho (mouth LVII, p. u8 (No. 157)). Au:ust, 1957
organ) wsed in ancienl Japanese cowrt BDtGKLILM
music (' 1ournal of the Soc. f. Research 4158. Tvermooe Thyregod, S., Da11nwrh>
in Asia tic Music' IX, p. 26 ff.), March Sanglege (Copenhagen, 1931). K
e.
.p 39 Trebitsch, R.., Pho>wgraphische A ufnah-
A *4159. Udry, Albert, Les uieilles chanSOilS
p11toises de tows les pa:ys de Fr11ru:.e
men in lrisclur Sprache und &iniger (Paris, 1930).
M wsiki.. strumenle in 1rland wnd W aJes 4159a. Upadyaya, Krishna Deva, A" illlro-
(1908). duction lo JJhojpuri folkso,.gs a11d b~l
4140. - - PhD>ogrp/lisc/u Awfnahmen in lads ('Midwest .Folklore' V U, No. 2, p.
dtr bretoni.s&lu Sprache und zwer Mv- 85 ff.). summer 1957. A
sikinslrumenle in der Bretagne (1908). 416o. Ur&prung, Otto, Um die Frage nacl
4141. - - JJaskischl Sprach- wnd Mwsikauf- dem art:Wische.n bzw. nu&uri.scheu Eit~flwu
nalnnen (1914) .. auf die ube>ldl4ndische Musik des Millel-
P42. Trefzger, Hein:o, Die Musik in China lllters ('Z. f. Musikwiss.' XVI, p. 129 ff.
('Sinica' XI), Frankfurt, 1936. GK and 355 ff.), 1934 CDH 1KL
4143. - - D11s Musikleben der T'aJig-Zeit 4161. Uspenskij, V. A., and V. Bel&yev,
('Sinica' XIll), Stuttgart, 1938. GK Torhmensk11ya n1uz:yk11 (Moscow, 191S).
4144.-- Ueber das K'in, seine Geschi;ilte, 4162. - - ShiiS-Mtuom (i.e. 6 maqamat),
seim: Te.cht~ik, .seine N otation und seine Bukhara, 1924.
Philosophie ('Schweiz. Musikzeitung' 4163. - - Uzbehska:ya uokaln11ya >nuzyk (i.e.
LXXXVIII, p. 81 ff.), 1948. Uzbek vocal music), UZGIZ 1950.
4145.-- Ueber das Shenr: ('Hu;'s Musik- .p64. Vti.ininen, Jorma, Beoba&IJluiJguJ b~r
kurier' IV, No. 1, p. 2 ff.), Zrich, Verbreitung uud A.rt thr fiuni:sd'et'
March 1948. A Volk.swulermelodien (Helsinki, 19.6).
4146. - - Ueber die chinesischln Notenschrif- lK
ten ('Universitas' VI, p. 753 ff.), 1951. 4165. Vclavek, Bedrich and Robc:rt Smcla.n"
DIKL' Cesk Svltski pisne Zlidovlt vol. 1:
4147 Treud, J. B., Spanish Folk Music Pisnl epicM (Prag, 1955).
('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. III, 4166.-- and - - Cesk >1rod11i zpeunik.
p. 368 ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K Plsne lesk spoletnosti I9 stoleti (Prague,
4148. Tricon, A., and Ch. Bellan, Chansons 1949).
cambodgiennes (Saigon, 19ZI). 1167. Viisinen, A. O., Vain4na.iseu ka,JeJ,;
4149. Trilles, Henri, La marimba el l'anzng Awvissa ('Kalevalaseuran vuosikirja' V,
('Revue Musicale' V, p. 473 ff.), 1905. p. 191 ff.). Helsinki, 19'5 . . K
K 4168.-- Das ZupfiJislrunu:nl g"sl1 be1 den
4150. Troj, F., O muzithoj osetliuosti Jsduo- Wolgavlkern ('Suomalais U;rilaisen
srbijaJ~aca Sumadina"J i Crnogoraca Seuran Toimituksia' LVUI, p. 303 ff.).
(Skoplje, 1931). Helsinki, 1928. K
4151. Troyer, Carlos, lndian music lecture: 4169.-- Kulllele ,.,.d Streichleier ('Suumen
the Zu>'li lndi11ns 11nd their mwsic Kansan Sllvelmi:l.' V). 1928.
(Philadelphia, 1913). 1 4170.-- Die Leier der ob-ugrischen l'lk.,
4152. Trubet:okoy, Prince N. S., Zwr Struktur ('Eurasia septentrion. antiqua' VJ, V
der Murdwinischen Meludien (Akad. d. 15 ff.). H~lsinlr.i, 1931. D'HK
Wiss. in Wien, Phil.-hist. KJ . Sitzungs- 4171. - - Wogulische und ustfahisch< Mdu-
ber., vol. 205, p. 106 ff.), 1933 dien ('Suomalais Ugrila.i.sen Seuran

203
 Toimituksia' LXXUI), Helsinki, 1937.
KL
4172. - - Wirklichkeilsgrund der finnisch-
eslnischen Kanlelerunen ('Acta Ethno-
logica' I, p. 31 ff.). Copenhagen, 1938.
L 418. VaUe, Nicol.a, Origine e lradizione dei
i173 --Die Ob-ugrische Harfe ('Finnisch-
ugrische Forschungen' XXIV, p. 127
ff.), 1937. DIGK
0
-4174.-- u..t.rsuchungen bn die ob-ugri-
schen Melodien (Helsinki, 1939). AK
'1175 --Die Katle der Wepson ('Mlanges 4188. Vandyopadhyana, Sri Pada, The music
offerts a Zoltan Kodaly', p. 337 fl.),
1943 ACK
4176.-- Finnsche Volksmusik ('Der Nor-
den' XX, p. 19b ff.), 1943. AK
4177.-- Mordwinische Melodin (Helsinki,
1948). AKL
4178. - - Suggeslions for the melhodical clas-
sificalion and inuestigation o/ folk tunes
('Jo urna! of the Intem. Folk Mu sic
Council' I, p. 34), 1949. ACJKL
'1179 - - Fitmisch-ugrische Musik ('Die.
Musik in Gescbichte und Gegenwart'
IV, col. 229 fl.), 195i
ACDEFGH 1KL
4179a. - - Y afo K ilpinens kanteletar-Lieder
(' Kongressbericht Ges. f. Musikfor-
schung, Hamburg 195b', p. 231 ff.). CEL
-4179b. Vajro, M., La musica negra e gli
studii di afroamericat&istica ("Rivista
di Etnografia' III, No. 4, p. 88 ff.),
1949. M 4194. --J(ollcktives Schaflen in der l'olks-
..p8o. Vakarelski, Christo, La musique de mon
village Hatal: M omina Cli.ssoura, arron-
dissmenl Pasardfik ('Izvestia na In-
stituta za Muzika (Sofia)' 1952, p. 1b7
ff. (with a French summary)).
4181.-- and A. Priniovki, Musikalno-
jolklorni proyaui u ploudiuskolo izlozenie
pres r89:1 ('Izvestia na instituta za
musica', fase. Il-III), 1956.
4181a. Valaitan, Bohuslav, Slouensky l'udouy
speunik (Bratislava, 1956).
4182. ValcJ-cel y Vizcarra, L. E., Msicos
(On representations of musical instru-
m"n ls in ancient l'eruvian art) ('Cua-
dernos de Arte antiguo del Per'),
Lima, 1938. I "4196. Varley, Douglas H., African Negro
-4182a. Valen, Leigh van, Talking drums and
sim.ilar A jrican tonal wmn&unication
('Southern Folklore Quartcrly' XIX,
p. 252 ff.), Dec. i955.
4183. Valentijn, Fran~is, Oud en Nieuw
Oost-1 ndien (DordrechtfArnsterdam,
1724). II. Beschrijuinge uan Amboina:
p. 162 ff.: Van de speeltuigen der A m-
boiueesen. AB
4184. Valentim, Afonso, Antonio Mourinbo,
aud Santo Jnior, Coreografa pvpulur
lru""mlana IU. O Gala11dum ('Douro
Litoral' VII-VIII, 5th series, p. 3 f!.),
Porto, 1953.
204
4185. Valentin, Karl, Studien ber die schwe-
di.che11 l'olksm~lodien (Leipzig, 1885). L
4181>. Valle, Hausino Rodrigues, Elementos
de folklore musical brasi/eio (Sao
Paulo, 1936).
ca11ti caralleristici della Sardegna ('Ri-
creazione' JulyfAug. 1949, p. 83 ff.).
41K7a. VandewaUe, 1., De dans bij t Pamitu
('Nieuw Afrika' LXVII, p. 61 ff.),
1951. M
of 1 ndia. A popular handbook of Hin-
doslani music (D. B. Taraporevala
Sons & Co., l:lombay, 1945). I
4189. Vansina, J., Laam, guongn kwaadspre-
kerij bij de Bushong (' Aequatoria'
XXVIII, p. 125 ff.), 1955. GL 2 M
4190. Varagnac, A., De la musique dans
l'activit de l'homme ('Polypbonie' 1950,
No. --8, p. 31 ff.). K
-4191. Vargias, Ljo, Ai falu zet~ei lele (i.e.
The musical lile of the village of Aj),
Budapest, 1941.
4192. - - Pldalar (coll. of folksongs to the
third ed. of Kodly's 'A mayar np-
zene'), Budapest, 1952.
4193.-- Ugor rtek a Magyar npzeneben
(i.e. Tbe Ugrian elements in the Hun-
garian folk music) (in: 'Emlkkonyv
Kodaly. 1. o Zsultesnapjra', p. 611
!!.), l:ludapest, 1953 AC
musik ('Acta Ethnoraphica' IV, p.
395 ff.), Budapest, 1955 A
4195. --Die Wirkung des Dudelsacks auf
die ungarische 1' olkstanzmusik ('Studia
Memoriae Belae Bartk Sacra', p. 503
ff.), Budapest, 1956. AC
4195&. - - Francia pdrhuzam regosnekeit~
khez (= The New Year begging songs
and sorne French para.llels) ('Nprajzi
KOzlemnyek' Il No. 1-2, p. 1 ff.). Bu-
dapest, 1957
4 195b. - - Some parallels of rare modal
struclures in ~Veste.rn und Eastern
Euro pe ('J. of tbe In tero. Folk M u sic
Council' X, p. 22 lf.), 1958. ACIJKL
Music, an anno/aled Bibliography
(193b). CGIJL'M
4197. Varnoux, Jean, Vietnarne.se Music
(from 'France-Asie' No. 52, J uly 1950)
('Thc J ournal of the Music Academy,
Madras' XXI, p. 136 ff.), 1950. AC
4198. Vasiljcvic, Miodrag A., Les bases tonales
de la musique populaire serbe (' Joumal
of tbe lntern. Folk Music Council'
IV, p. 19ff.), 1952. AC
4199. - - Yu:oslcwenska Musitki Folklora I.
Scrbia (Bcograd, ICJ5>). A
4200.-- Yugoslauenska .llfusitki Folklora
U. Makedot~ia (Beo,>Tad, 1953). AL
4201. - - Ntuodol4 Mloduje. Sandsioall
(l:leograd, 1953). A lais ('Airican Music Society News-
42o1a. - - ] dnitla.sni solfegio za.sn011an na
narodnom pevanjw (Beograd, 1958). A
4202. Vatter, E=st, Ala Kiwan (Leipzig,
1932), Chapter X. Di Insel Solor (p.
187 U.); Chaptcr XIII, Drei Re;..,,
awf Alor (p. 230, 238 ff.); Chapter XIV.
Zehn Tage t~wf Puntar (p. 267 ff.);
Chapter XV. Du Rassen, Spra&114n wnd
Kultwren IS Solor-Alor-Arcnipeis (p.
286). AB
4203. Vattier, M., MusJU 1t musici1ns m~~w
res ('France-Maroc' 15th Febr. 1919).
4204. Vavrinccz, Bla, Aszimmetrikus r-
musok (i.c. The asymmetrical rbythms)
(in 'Emlk.konyv Kodly. l. 70 Zsu-
ltesnapjra' p. 567 ff.), Budapest,
1953. A 4222. Vetter, Waltber, Elhos ('Die Musik
4205. Vazquez Sanlllna, lliginio, Historia I
la cancidn Me.-icuna. Canciont.s, canta-
res y corrid<Js (Mexico, .Talleres Grficos
de la Nacin), 1931.
4205a. Vechi cinllce I Viteji (culegere alca-
tuita sub ingrijirea Institutului de
I'olclor), Bukarest, 1956.
4206. Vechten, C. van, Tht Music of Spain
(London, 19l0). e 4225. Vettcrl, Kuel, Folk songs of Easl
42o6a. Veeder, P. V., Japane .. musical inler-
vals ('Transactions of the .AJiiatic 5oc.
of Japan' VII), 1879
4207. Vega, Carlos, La flauta de Pan andina
(' Proc. 25th Congreas of Americanist.l,
Buenos Aires 1932', p. 333 U.), Buenos
Aires, 1934 A 4u 7. - - Lidov plsnl a taNU z va.U.Iskoklu-
4208. - - Caouos y bailes africanos en El
Piula ('La Prensa', Buenos Aires, 1932).
4209. --Los inslrwmemos musicales abori-
genos y criollos I la A cntina (Buenos
Aires, 1949). J 4229. Vichitr-Vadakarn, H. E. Nai V., The
4210. - - Da"zas )' cancion"s Argentina.s
(Buenos Aires, 1936).
i2II. - - Tonltit~rn mil Halbtuen in der
Musi~ der alten Peruaner ('Acta Mu-
sicologica' IX, p. 41 f!.), 1939.
CDEH1KLL1
4'I2. --Panorama de la musica popu.lar
arge>llina (Buenos Aires, 1944).
4213. --Las danzas populares urgmlina.s
(Buenos Aires, Ministerio de Educa-
cin, Direccin General de Cultura,
Instituto de Musicologla, 1952).
1214. Vela, David, Noticia sobre la marimba
(Guatemala, 1953).
Venkatarama lyer, Mudikondan C., see:
Iyer, Mudikondan C. Venkatarama
Venkatarama Iyer, T. L., see: Iyer, T.
L. Venkatarama
4216. Verbeken, A., Le lambour-tilplao>l<' chez
les iudigenesdl' Afruecenlrale ('Congo'
1\llo, p. '53 ff.), llrusels, 1920. K thc .Frcnch), Leipzig, 1H21.
4217. --La communicution Q. distanu cM:
le Noirs (Elli;abethville, 19lO).
4218. --Le langage lambouri.U ts Cougo-
letter' 1, No. 6, p. 28 ff.), 1953 ACJM
4219. Verdeil, R. Palikarova, La musiqiU
byzantine clsu les B.Ugares el les Husses
du IX aw XIV siecle ('Monumenta
Musicae Byzantinae' Ill), 1953. A
4220. Vere55, S., Folilmusic ,. mwsical aHd
C"'".U 1dwc<Uion ('J. of the Interu.
Fol.k. Muaic Council' I, p. 40 ff.), 1949
AC
4221. Vezuey, Frederick William, Notes o"
Siamese Musical INstrumeNts (London,
1885). 1
.fUI&. VerwilghCll, A., Wat elk Europeaa.11
weten rnoet over koHgolese mu:iek ('Zalre'
IV, No. 5. p. 489 ff.), 1950. D1GKL1LM
in Geschich te und Gegen w art' I II, col.
1582 vv.), 1954 ACDEFGH1KL
4223. --Griechenlund. A. Antike ('Die Mu-
sik in Geschichte und Gegenwart' V,
col. 840 ff.), 1956. ACDEFGH1KL
4224. --Ost und West iN der Musikc-
schichle ('Die Musikforschung' f), 19~8.
CElKLLl
Czechoslovahia (' Journal of the Intern.
Folk Music Council' 1, p. 35 ff.). 1949.
ACKL
0 4226. --Czech Folk Music ('Grove's Dic-
tionary' sth ed. vol. lll, p. 216 ff.),
1954 . ACFH>K
boucha (Prague, 1955). A
4228. Veurman, B., and D. Bax, Liederen ~n
dansen uil West-Friesland (The Hague
1914). A
Evolution of Tnai Music ('Pub!. of
the Dept. of Fine Arts, Thailand'), 1942.
A
4230. VieUard, Gilbert, Le chant de 1' Ea u el
du Pulmi1r Doum, pone bucoliqw.e
du marais 01igrieu ('llull. de l'lnsl.
Fran~ais d'Afri<ue Noire' U, Nos. 3-4.
p. 299 ff.), 1940. GL 2M
4231. Vi;giano Esain, Julio, Jnslrumeululogia
musical popular argeuJina (Bue;:no.s
Aires, 1948).
4232. --Lamusica./ida.d!los TupiGuaraui
(Cordoba, Argentina, 1954).
4233 Viglieti, Cedar, Folklore en el Urwcuay:
la guitarra del Gaucho, sus danzas y
canciu11es (Montevideo, 194 7).
4233a. Villemuqu, Chauls pvpulair de lu
Bretacne, Barza.z Brelz ( 1807).
4234. ViUoteau, G. A., A bJ.andJu,.g Wber d1e
Musik des alletl .Agyplens (Lr..nl. lrou
CK
4235.-- Sur la onusiqwe e11 Ecypt.e (Par..,,
18>2/'2 3. e

205
~236. Vinogradov, V., Muzuka sovelskoj Kir-
gizii (Moscow, 1939).
4237. - - U reir Gadzilibekov i azerbajdzhans-
kaya muryka (Moscow, 1938).
4238. - - O lradilsiyakh narodnoi muryki i
ra.avitii khorovoi kullury (i.e. On tradi-
tions of folk music a.nd .the develop-
mcuts of choral culture), ('Sovetskaya
muzyku' 1951, No. 7, p. ~9 ff.).
4239. - - Piat d14ganskikl1 pesen (i.e. Five
Dugan songs) ('Sovetskaya muzyka'
1950, No. 5, p. 51 ff.).
4240. Virollaud, Ch., and Fernand Plagaud,
La musique Assyro-Babylonienne (1910)
(in Lavignac, 'Hist. de la Mus.' I, p. 35
1!.), 1922. ACDEFHJ
Vissa Appa Rao, see: Rao, Vissa Appa,
4241. VIolen, van, and M. A. Brandts Buys,
NcderlaJJdsdu baker- en kinderrijmen
(Leyden, 3/1874). H ABJLM
42~2. Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler, Shawnee
musical instruments (' Amer. Anthro-
pol.' XLIV, p. 463 ff.), 1942. GL 2
4243. Voigt, Alban, Chinesisc.he Musikinstru-
menle ('Deutsche lnstrumentenbauzeit-
schr.' XXXII). 1931.
4244. Vois, P., La musique des vieux ('Etudes
MCian~siennes', No. 2, p. 10 ff.), Nou-
m~a 1939
4245. Voj~ek, l., Folklore musiuile du cha"l
populaire de BoMme ('Rivista Musicale
Italiana' 1909). CKL
4246. Volland, BeilriJ.ge zur Elhnographie
der Bewohner von Armenien und Kur-
dislan ('Archiv f. Anthropologie'
XXXVI), 1909. D'
4247. Vosknil, J., De spreekmachine in de loop
der eeuwen ('Luister' No. 44. p. 217
ff.), Amersfoort, 15th May 1956. AK
4248. Vries, H. de, Sprekende lrommen van
Afrika (Pub!. No. IX of the Exotic
Music Soc.), Amsterdam, 1957 A BD'GKL
J248a. - - The Exotic Music Society: ils
aims and activities ("Ethnomusicology'
11 No. 2, p. 68 ff.), .May 1958. AGL
4249. Vulpesco, M., La chanson populaire en
Roumanie ('Revue musicale' XI, No.
24), Nov. 1\127 CD 1GKL
Vuong Hong Sen, see: Sen, Vuong
Hong.
4.!50. Vyasa, Lakshmidasa Adityarama, Evo-
lution oj l1J.do-Aryan music and its
prcsenl needs (Ahmedabad, 1916). 1 . p. 4 2 ff.), t8 77 .
4251. Vyslou:l, Jiri, Folclorislica muzicala
r,. Cechoslovacia ('Revista de folclor'
ll, Nos. 1-2, p. 182 ff.), Bucarest, 1957
AC
4252. Vyzgo, T., O rekonslruklsii urbekskikh
Jlarodnyk/ inslrumenlov (i.e. About the
rebuilding of Uzbek national instru-
ments ('Sovetskaya muzyka' 1954, No.
12, p. 56).
4253. - - .Murykal'nuja kul'lura sojurnych
206
rcsp14blik (i.e. Musical culture in the
L'"l>ek republic), Moscow, 1954
4254. \\'achsmann, Klaus, Untersuchungen
zut11 ZJorgrtgOf'ianischen Gesang (Regens ..
burg, 1935). K
4255. - - An approach lo African Music
("U:auda Journal' VI, No. 3, p. 148
fl.), ''139 L 2M
425t>. - - The Transplanlalion of Folk Mu-
.S1.C Jrum u"e sucial euvironment to
uowller (' Journal of the lntem. Folk
Music Council' VI, p. 41 ff.), 1954
ACJKL
~257 - - A n Equal-stepped Tuning in a
Ganda Harp ('Nature' Jan. 7th., 1950,
p. 4u ff.). AD'GL'M
4258. - - Tribal Crafts of U ganda (in colla h.
with Margare! Trowell), Part II. The
Sound lnslrumenls (p. 3"9 ff.), 1953
4259.-- Musicology iu Uganda ('Journal
ol the R. Anthrop. lnst. of Great
.l:lritain and lreland' LXXXIII, p. 50
ff.), 1953. BGIKL1L2M
426o.--llarp songs from Uganda ('J. of
the lntern. Folk Music Council' VIII,
p. 23 ff.), 1956. ACJKL
421. - - Folk musicians in Ugunda (Ugan-
da Museum occasional papen; No. 2),
Kampala, 1956. ABJ
4262. - - A study of norms in lhe tribal
music of U ga11da (' Ethnomusicology'
Newsletter No. 11, p. 9 ff.), Sept. 1957.
AGL
4262a. - - A century of change in the folk
music of an African tribe ('J. of the
lnlern. Folk Music Council' X, p. 52
ff.), 1958. ACIJKL
4263. Waddell, L. A., The 'Lepchas' or
Jlougs' aud their Sones ('lntern. Archiv
f. Ethnogr.' XII. p. 41 fl.), 1899.
4264. Waengler, Hans-Heinrich, Ueber sd-
west-afrikanische Bogmlieder (' Afrika
und Uebersee' XXXIX, p. 49 ff., XL,
p. lt>3 ff.), lllarch 1955 and Sept. 1956.
GKM
4265. W;ogener, G., Bemerkungen ber die
Theorie der chinesischen MwsiA uud
i},ren Zu.sammenhang mit der PJ,iloso-
phie ('Mitth. der Dcutschen Ges. f.
Natur- und Volkerkunde Ostasiens' 11,
G
4266. Wagner, Eduard, V erzeichnis chinesi-
Slher Musikinslrumenlen ('jahrb. d.
111 uscums f. Volkerkunde zu Leipzig'
XI), 1952. M
4267. Wagner, O., Das rumanische Volkslied
('Sammdh. der lntcrn. Musikgcs.'
1902). CDFH 1 L
4268. Waldmann, G., Sammlu>~gen deulscher
1' olkslieder aus JiumiJ.nicn rmd U ngarn
 ('Musik und Volk' 111, p. l90 ff.), 1935/
'36.
4268a. - - Zur TonaJi14t des deutsch6n Volks-
liedes (Wolienbnd, 193H). L len ('Sinica' lll, p. u o lf.), 192!1. GK
426g. - - Musik und R4sse (Berlin, 1939). 1
426ga. Wales, H. G. (luaritsch, Tl.e religious
~igtJificuuce ofllae eorly Do,gsotJ bronze
drum.> ('l'roc. 23rd. lotero. Congress ol
Oriutalists', p. 270 11.), Cambridge,
1!154
4270. Walin, SLig, Die schwediscile Hummel
(Stuckholm, 1952). ACJ
4271. Wallaschek, Richard, Primitive Mu-
sic (Loudon, 1893). AIJ
4272. --On lile origin of music (London,
11!91).
4273 - - N..tur..t selection and music (Loo-
don, 11!92).
4274. - - On lhe diflerence o/ time and
rhytlm1 in music (London, 1893).
4275. - - .Musikalische Ergeb11isse des Stu-
diums der Ethnologie ('Giobus' 1895).
D'lll
4276.-- AJ1fiinge unseres Musiksyslems
('Mitt. der Anthrop. Ges., Wien', 1897).
DGHL
4277 - - Urgeschichle der Saiteninstrume1lle
(il>id.), 1898. DGHL
4278. - - E>ltstehung der Sk.,la ('Sitzungs-
ber. der Wiener Kais. Akad. d. Wissen-
sch., mathem.-naturw. Klasse', July
1899)
4279.-- An/IJ.nge der Tonkunsl (1903) (en-
larged ed. ol No. 4272). lK
4280. Walle, Joh. van de, W .Usen, danza's
en tumba's der Antillen ('Oost & West'
XLVll No. 5, p. u 11.), 29th May,
1954 ABD 1 G
4281. --De Nederlat~dse Antillen (Baarn,
1954), p. 79 lf. and 89 fl. A derwijsies {Un.ie-Volkspers, Capetown,
4282. Walleser, Sixtus, Die Tu~zgesa.,age der
Ei1gebornen "'"' Jap ('Anthropos', X/
Xl, p. 655 11.), 1915/'16. DIGKL'L 2 M
4283. Walls y Merino, M., La msica popular
de Filipi"as (Madrid, 1892). 1 4305. - - Op zoek naar volksliedereK ;,.
4284. Walton, James, Jron gongs from lhe
Congo and Soulhern Rhodesia ('Man'
LV, p. 20, No. 29, and XVI, p. 16 No.
zo), res p. Febr. 1955 and Jan. 1956.
ABDIGKLILZM
4285. Waly, A., The No plays of japan (Lon-
don, 1921).
4286. Wang, Betty, Folk Songs as a Means
o/ Social Control ('Sociology and Social
Research' XIX No. 1, p. 64 11.), Sept./
Oct. 1934 L1
4287.-- Folk Songs as Regul..tors of
Politics {ibid. XX, p. 161 lf.), 1935 L 1
4288. Wang, En Shao, ChiJiesische Kammer-
musik einst und ielzl ('Musica' IV, p. 131
11.), 1950. . CKLL 1
4289. Wang, Kuang Cbi, Ueber du ch1neso
che Musik {in: Richard Wilhelm, 'Chi-
207
nesiscbc MU5ik'), p. 48 fl. (:Franklurt
ajM., 1927). G
4290. - - Ueb..- die <ninesische Notenschrif-
4291. - - Ueber die chinesische klassisciul
Oper {I550-I86o), Geneva, 1931 lK
4292. - - M usikaJische Buiehu>~cen ~wiscile"
ChiJia und dem W eslen im Laufe Jer
J ahrtausende ('Studicn zur Geschichte
und Kultur des nahen und femen
Ostens' {Festschrilt-Paul Kahle), ed.
by W. Heffening a.nd W. Kirlel), Ley-
den, 1935 A
4293. Wang, Kuo Wei, Das chi>~esi.sche Tlte4-
ler vor der T'4ng-Zeil {'Asia :Majar'
X), 1935. D1GL1
4295. Wang, Shih-H&iang, and Wang Ti,
A zooo-yea-old melody ('China recon-
structs' March 1957. p. 18 ff.). A
4296. Wantzloeben, S., Das Mo>1ochord als
Jnslrument und ..ts System {Halle, 191 1).
e
4297. Ward, Herbert, A voiu /rom lile Cmgo
{New York, Scribner, 1910), p. 298 11.
4298. Ward, William Ernest Frank, Music in
lhe Gold Coast {'Gold Coast Review'
Ul, p. 199 fl.), 19>7.
4299.-- Music of lhe Gald Coasl ('Musical
Times' LXXIII, pp. 707 11., 797 ff. and
901 fl.). 1932. e
4300. --Gold Coasl "'usic in educ..tion
('Oversea Education' V, p. 64 lf.), 1934.
4301. Wa:rlington Eastla.ke, D., The shlng or
Chinese reed organ {'China Review'
188z/'83).
4302. Warman, J. W., The Hydaulic Organ
o/ liJe A >~cienls (' Proc. ol the Musical
Associatian' 1903-'04).
4303. Warmelo, Willem van, Afikaanse lie-
19411).
4304. - - Ou Afrikaanse volkswijsis ('Lan-
tern' Jll, No. 3, blz. 250 vv.), Jan./
Maart 1954 AC
Zuid-Afrika ('Mens en Meladie' IX,
p. 321 11.), 1954 ACF
4306. - - Het Nderlandse lied bij de Kaapse
Maleiers ('Mens en Melodie' X, p. 351
11.), Utrecht, 1955 ACF
1-3o6a. Warner, W. Uoyd, A bJack civili.:aJ1on
(a study of an Australian tribe), Ncw
York, 1937. rovisd ed. 195H). p. >b.
292, 502 11. B
4307. Waterman, Richard A., William Licb-
tenwanger, Virt;inia Hitchcock Hcrr-
mann, Horace l. Polema.n, and Cccil
Hobbs, Bibliogruphy o/ A 51u.Jic ,\J usiCs
('Notes', IDigauoe dev~tcd tu music
and litera.ture with IJibhuf)raphies, re
views of books. records .a.m.l wu~ic'.
Secund series, V, p. 21 !l. (l. Gen oral);
p. 178 1!. (11. Suuthwest Asia). A.
 General, B. Ancient Civilizations); p.
354 !f. (C. Jews: Ancient and Modero);
p. 549 !f. (D. Christian&, 2. Caucasiaos
and Traoscaucasians), VI, p. 122 !f.
(D. Christian& cont., 3 Armcnians,
4 Georgiana; S Syrians a.o.); p. 281.
(E. Moslems: 1. General, 2. Arabic-
speaking peoples); p. 419 (3. Turkic-
speaking peoples, 4 lianians a. o.); p.
570 !f. (111. India: A. General and Art
Music, B. Primitive and Folk Music,
C. Ceylonese Music); VII. p. 84 !f.
(IV. South-East Asia: A. General,
B. Burma, C. Siam, D. lodo-China, E.
Malaya and Malay Archipelago, F.
Philippioe Islaods); p. 265 (V. Central
East Asia: A. General, B. Japan, C.
Korea); p. 415 ff. (D. China); p. 613
(D. China cont.); VIII, p. xoo ff. (VI.
Central Asia and Siberia: A. General,
B. 'fibetans, C. Mongols, D. Turkic
Peoples, E. Paleo-Siberiano, Samo-
yeds, Tungus, and Manchus), p. 322
ff. (Addenda), Washington D.C., 1917-
'sx. DFKL
4308. - - and - - s,.,,Y oj R~&ordings oj
Asialic M ...ic in lhe Unil1d States,
I95o-'sr ('Notes' VIII, p. 683 ff.),
Sept. 1951. DFKL
4309 Waterman, Richard A., A/rican influ-
ence on lhe music oj lhe A mericas (in:
Sol Tax, 'Acculturation in the Ameri-
cas', p. 207 ff.), Chicago, 1952. AB
4310. --Hol rhythm in negro "'""ic ('J. of
the Amer. Musical. Soc.' l, No. 2)
19.8. CK
4311.--A/rican f>allerns in Trinidad
Negro music (unpublished MS., North-
western Univ., 1943).
4312. - - Foil! ,....,i,of PIUf'IO Rico (Library
of Congress, Washington, Album No.
1~.
4312a. - - Music in Auslralian aboriginal
culture. Some sociological and psyclw-
logical impJicalions ('Music Therapy'
1955, p. 4o ff.), Kansas, 19,56.
4313. Watson, R. W. S., Slovak peasant art
aud melodies (London, 1911).
4314. W ... , C. P., The art of Ravi Shat~kar
(repr. from 'The Times of India')
(publ. by the !odian Embassy, The
Hague, 1957). A 4332. Wellesz, Egon, Der syrilChe Kirchen-
4315. Wead, Charles K., The Study of Primi-
live Music ('Archiv f. Anthrop.' Il),
1900. D1GHKLI
4316. - - Conlribulion lo the history of musi-
cal scales (' Rcport of the Smithsonian
lnst. for 1900', p. 417 !f.), Washington,
1902. CJL
4317.-- Early Musical Scales in the Lighl
o/ lhe Twentielh Cemury (' Papers of
the 111ichigan Acad. of Science, Arts
and Letters' IV, p. 43 ff.), 1924.
4318. Weber-Kellermann, lngeborg, Ludolf
Parisius und seine allml!.rkischen Volks-
lieder (for the rnelodies in collab. with
Erich Stockmann) ('Vero!fentl. d. Inst.
f. Deutsche Volkskunde d. Deutschen
Akademic d. Wiss. zu Berlin' VI),
llerlin, 1956.
4319. Weber, Max, Die ralionalen und sozio-
logisclun GrundJagen thr M usik (Mn-
chen, 1921). A
4320. Wegelin, C. A., Chineesche muzk
('China' IV, p. 129 ff. and 217 ff.), 1929.
D 1 GH
4321. Wegner, Max, Das Musikleben der
Griechm (Berlin, 1949). CKL
4322.-- Die Musiki,.strumenu des allen
Orienls (Mnster, 1950). ABCGLI
4323.-- Etrurie" ('DieMusik in Geschichte
und Gegenwart' III, col. 1595 vv.),
1954 ACDEFGHIKL
4324. --Griechenland. B. Griechische In-
strumente ut~d Musikbr4uche ('Die 'Mu-
sik in Gcschichte und Gegenwart' V,
col. 865 ff.), 1956. ACDEFGH'KL
0 4325. - - Hethitische Musill ('Die Musik
in Geschicbtc und Gegenwart' VI, col.
330 f!.), 1957 ACDEFGH 1KL
4326. Weinstock, Herbert, Mexican. music
(New York, Museum of modero art,
May 1940). J
4326a. Weis, K., Cesky jih a Sumava v ll<Jvt
psni (Prague, 1928-1941).
4327. Weiss, Josef, Die ,....,ikalischen Instru-
mente des allen Teslaments (Graz, 1895).
4328. Weiss, Radica, and Pascal Bentolu, zoo
tm!ludii de jocuri din A rdeal (Bukarest,
l'l.~Sl-
4329. Weissmann, Jobo S., Hungarian Folle
Music ('Grove's Dictionary' 5th ed. vol.
lll, p. 277 ff.), 1954. ACFH1K
1 4330. Wellek, Albert, Das Farbenhren im
Lichle der vergleichendett M usikwissen-
schafl. Urg<schichle des Duppelempin-
dms im Geistesleben der Orientalen (' Z.
f. Musikw.' XI, p. 470 f!.), 1929.
ACDEHIKL
1 .4331. - - Begriff, A ufbau und Bedeulung
ei?ler s)slemalisclien Musikwissenschaft
('Die Musikforschung' I, p. 157 ff.),
1948. CEIKLLl
gesang ('Musica Divina' V, p. 215 ff.),
1917.
4333 --Die Kirchenmusik der K opten und
A bessinier (ibid. p. 244 ff.).
4334 --Die armenische Kirche und ihre
Musik (ibid. VI, p. 16 f!.), 1918.
4335 --Die armenische Kirchenmusik
(ibid. p. 54 ff.).
4336. --Das armenische Hymnar (ibid.,
p. 99 f!.).
1337 - - Probleme der musikaliS<hen Orienl-
208
 forschung (' Jahrbucb der Musikbibl.
Peters' XXIV, p. 1 ff.), 1917. CGKL1
-t338. - - Die Orgel im byzanliniS&Ioen Reiche
('Musicasacra' LI, p. 51 ff.), April1918. F
4339 - - Zur Enlrif/erwng der byzanlini-
S&hen NolenS&hrifl. Uterswehungen ber
die Bedeulwng diT byzanlinischen Ton-
zeiclen der millleren und spaten Epoche
('Oriens Christia.nus' N.S. VII, p. 79
ff.), 1918. D1GKL1
4340.-- Vom Geist der chirusischen Musill
('Musikblatter des Anbruchs' I, p. 42).
1919. L ber. No. 182, Abb. no. 4), 1917. D 1GIKL 1
4341.-- Vom w..,,. der orientaliS&hen Mu-
sik (ibid. U, p. 52), 1920. L ('Sammelb. der Intern. Musikges'. XI,
4342.-- Studie" zur athiopiS<hen Kirchen-
musiA ('Oriens Chri.stia.nus' N .S. IX,
p. 74 ff.), 1920. D1GKL1
4343 - - ByzanliniS&he Musik (Breslau,
Jedennann's Bcherei, 1927). A ris, 1912.
4344 --Die Byzantinische und Ontnlali-
sche KirchenmusiA (in Guido Adler,
'Handbuch der Musikgeschichte', vol. I,
2nd ed. p. 126 ff.), 1929. ACEF
4345 - - Euslern Ekmnls in Wes/ern C/oanl
(1947). AC
4346. - - A Hislory of Byzanline Music and
Hymnography (Oxford, 1949). 1 v. Ned.-Indie' LXXXII), 1926 (p. 542
4347 Wells, Evelyn Kendrick, The Bailad
Tree (New York, 1950; London, 1954).
4348. W elsh Fo/11 Song Sociely, ] ournal of
/he, (Wrexham and Uangollen, 1909 -
in progress).
4349 Weman, H., Ajrikansk musik fiir kyr-
kan och missionso.rbelel ('Svensk Mis-
sionstidskrilt' XLIII), Uppsala, 1955
4349a. Wen, Y u, Sekcted ancienl bronze drums
j01md in China aud Soulheasl Asia
(Sbangha.i, 1955).
4350. Werckmeister, Heinrich, lmpressions of
1 apanese music ('The Musical Quar-
terly' XIII, p. 100 lf.), 1927.
4351. Werner, Alice, On a sJrnged nstrutnenl
obtuined al Ntumbi, Nyasaland ('Bantu
Studics' V, p. 257 ff.), 1931. KL 2 M
4352. Werner, Ji:ric, Geschichle der jdischen
Vulksmusik (Breslau, 1938).
4353 - - The o/desl sources oj octave and
octoechos ('Acta musicologica' XX, p. 1
ff.), 19~8. ACE
"1354 - - The Music o/ Post-Biblica/ 1uda-
ism ('The New Oxlord History of
Music', 3rd ed., vol. I, p. 313 f!.), 1957
AHCD 1FGK
4355 - - The phi/osophy and theory oj music
in 1 udaeo-A rubic /itero.ture (Ciocinnati,
1941).
4356. - - The con/licl belween Hellenism and
1 udaism in the music oflhe eo.rly Chris-
tian church ('Hebrew Union College
Annual' XX, p. 407 ff.), Cincinnati,
1947 G Bezielungen (Stuttgart, 1933). CJLM
209
4357 - - The ongon oj /he .;gJ.t madls oj
music (ibid. XXI), 19~8. G
4358. - - and haiah Sonne, The Pililosophy
and Theory oj Mvsic in 1udaeo-Arubic
Lileralure ('Hebrew Union CoUege An-
nual' XVI), 1941. G
4358a. - - 1ewislo n1usic ('Grove'a Dicti<>-
nary of Music and :,.1usicians' 5th ed.,
vol. IV, p. 615 ff.), 1954 ACFH 1K
4359 Werner, Heinz, Die melodische ErJin-
dullg im frJ.en Ki11desalter (Akad. d.
Wiss. zu Wien, Phil.-hist. Kl., Siuungs-
436o. Wertheimer, Max, Musik der Wedda
p. 300 ff.), 1909. ACDFHL
4361. Westazp, Alfred, A la dicouverte de la
musique japonaise ('Bull. de la Soc.
Franco-Japona.ise' XXIII/XXIV), Pa-
e
4362. Westerman, D., La l"r~gue du lambour di
Togo ('Anthropos' I), 1906. D1GKLLM
4362a. Westphal, E., Li,.guistics a,.d the A fri-
r
&Gn mwsic research African Music Soc.
Newsletter' I, No. 1, p. 15 ff.), 194~. C
4363. Wetering, F. IL van de, De Savoet~<czell
('Bijdr. t.d. Ta&l-, Land- en Volkenk.
ff.). ABD'GLI
4364. Weule, K., Sclu>deltrommeln aus dem
Olsciligebiel ('Ethnol. Notizblatt', I,
fase. 3, p. 35 ff.), 18g6. K
4365. Whall, W . B., Ships, ea songs and
sho.nties (Glasgow, 1910). A
4366. Wheeler, A. J., Gongs o.tul bells (in:
Hastings, 'Eocycl. of Retiion and
Ethics' VI), London, 1909. D1GH
4366a. White, C. M. N., The material culture
of tJe Lunda-Lovale peoples ('Occasional
Papers ol the Rhodes-Livingstooe Mu-
seum' 1948, No. 3. p. 3 11.). M
0 4367. White, Newman Ivey, Americo.tl Negro
folksongs (Cambridge, Mass., 1~28).
4368. Whyte, E. T., Egyptian musical iustru-
ments (' Proc. of the Soc. ol l:liblical
Archaeology' XXI), 1899.
4 39 Wbyte, Harcourt, Types oj 1 bu M u sic
('Nigcrian Field' XVIII, p. 182 fl.),
1953. M
4370. Wieger, L., Hisloire des croyauces reli-
gieuses et des opi,.ions philosophiques '"
Chine (Hieo-hien, Ho-Kien-lou, 1917),
pp. 13, 52 ff., 94, 118.
4371. Wiegrabe, Paul, Ewelieder (' Alrika und
Uebersee' XXXVII (Aug. 1953), p. 99
1!.; XXXVIII (Dec. 1953). p. 17 fl.:
(}une 1954), p. 113 ff.; (Sept. 195~). p.
155 ff.). GKM
4372. Wiebmayer, Th., Musikalische Rhyth-
mik wud Metrik (Magdel>urg, 1917).
4373 Wieschhoff, Heinz, Die ajrikat~ischen
TrommeJn uud iht~ aussera/rikauischeu
4374 Wilbert, Johannes, Los instrumentos
musicales de los W arra u (GUGrao, Gua~
rau,.o) ('Antropolgica' 1, p. 2 lf.),
Caracas, Sept. 1956.
4375 Wilhelm, Richard, Das Wesen der chin-
siscllen Musill ('Sinica' ll, p. 203 ff.),
1927. GK
4376. --Chinesclu Musik (Frankfurt a/
M., China-lnstitut, 1927).
~377 Wilke, A"lsaeolo:iscll Paralllen aus
den1 KauAasus und d~11 untenn Dcmau-
ltindern ('Z. f. Ethnologie' XXXVI,
p. 39 ff.), 1904. ABD'GHKLLM
4378. Wilkes, J. T., La ritmica especifica del
cantar nativo ('Revista de Estudios
musicales' Il, No. 4, p. I I lf.), Mendoza
(Arg.), Aug. 1950. AKL
4379 Willard, N. A., A Treatise on /he
klusic of Hindooslan (in Surindro Mo-
hun Tagore, 'Hindu Music from various
authors', p. 1 ff.), Calcutta, 1882.
CFIKL
4380. Willekes Macdonald, P. J., Hei ],.done-
sische toonstelul. hoe 6N waarom hel
afwijkt va" andore ('Orientatie' No. 26,
p. 30 ff.), Nov. 1949 ABD 1GH
4381. Willems, Edgu, rylh,.. musical:
rylhme, rylhmique, mlrique (Presses
universitaires de France, 1956). AD
4382. Willems, J. F., Oudo Vlaamsche liedore>1,
ten deele me/ do ,..lodieen (Gent, 1848).
4383. Williams, F. E., Papuans ofthe Trans-
Fiy (Oxford, 1936), App. 4, p. 435 ff.:
JI.! usica/ inslrumen/s.
4384. - - Bull-roarers in /he Papuan Gulf
('Rcport No. 17 of the Territory of
Papua, Anthropology'), Port Moresby,
1936.
4384a. Williamson, Robert W., The Mafldu,
t>1ountain people of Brilish New Guinea
(London, 1912), Chapter XIV. Music
and singing datl&it~g and toys and games
(p. 212 ff.). BJ
4385. Wilson, Lady A. C., A shorl accounl oj
1/se Hindu syslem oj music (Labore,
1904).
4386. Wilson, E. W., Prehistoric musical ;,..
strumenls ('Report of the U.S. National
Museum, Washington', 1898, p. 524 ff.).
4387. --Gourd in folk music ('Southern
Folklore Quarterly' XV, p. 188 ff.),
1951.
4388. Wilson, Tbomas, Prehistoric Arl ('Re-
port of the U.S. National Museum,
Washington' 1696, p. 325 lf., passim).
AC
4389. Wimsatt, G., Chinese shadow shows
(Cambridge Mass., 1936).
4390. Windakiewiczowa, H., Pentalo11ika w
"'u;yce polskie ludowe ('Kwartalnik
muzyczny', Warsaw, 1933).
4391. Winnington-Ingram, R. P., Modo i"
Greek mu>ic (Cambridge, 1936).
4392. --Greek Music (a11cient) ('Grove's
A Dictiouary' 5th ed. vol. lll, p. 770 ff.),
1954 ACFH 1K
4393. Winternit:<, Emanuel, Bagpip.. and
J-1 urdy-gurdies in jheir social setting
{'Hull. of the .Metropolitan Mus. of Art',
G N.S. vol. ll, No. 1, p. 56 ff.), 1943. AJ
4394 Wiura, Walter, Die Aufzeichnung u11d
Herauo;abe vu11 Vulkslicdweisen ('Jahrb.
f. Vulksliedforschuug' VI, p. 53 ff.),
1938. DlGKL
4395 --Das Alter der deulschen Volkslied-
weisell ('Deutsche Musikkultur' IV/1,
p. 15 f.), 1939. D 1L
4396. - - Systematik dor musikalische" Er-
sclseinungm des Umsingens ('Jahrb. f.
Volksliedforschung' Vll, p. 128 ff.),
1940. D'L
4397 --Die Vulksliedwise und der Osten
(1941). L
4398. --Zur Frhgeschichle der Musik in
den Alpenlttnder11 (llasel, 1949). ACL
4399 - - Alpeumu>ik (in 'Die Musik in Ge-
schichtc uud Gegc:nwart', vol. 1, col.
359 ff.), 1949. ACDEFGH'ICL
4100. - - A lpet~landische Liedweisen der
Frlueil ut.d des Mittelallers im Lichte
oergleichender Forschung (' Angebinde
fr John Mcier'), 1949. A
4401. --Das echle Volkslied (Heidelberg,
L 1950). AL
4102. --Die vergleichen/ Frhgeschichle
der eurof>liischen M usik als methodische
J Forschu11g ('Kongr~-ssber. d. Intem.
Musikges., Base!, 1949', p. 212 ff.),
1950. ACDEFL
4103. - - Concernit~g the conception of au-
J thentic folk tt~usic ('J. of the In tero.
Folk 1\lusic Council' 1, p. 14 ff.), 1949.
AC
4404. --Die Stellung der Vulkskunde im
Kreise der Geisteswissmschaflen ('Be-
richt ber den 7 deutschen Volkskun-
detag'), 1952.
4405.-- Europtiischer Volk.<gesat~g. Ge-
meiusame Formen in c.harakterististhen
Abwa,.dlu11ge" (HeemstedeJCologne,
1952). ACL
4406.-- Die Me/odien der 'Soulerliedokws'
u"d ihre deutsche Parallelen ('Trans-
ar.tions Inten1. Mus. Congress Utrecht
1!15'' p. 438 ff.), 1953 ACD
4407.-- Die rheiniscl1-bergischen Me/odien
bei Zuccaltna:lio und Brahms. Al/e
Liedweisen in romantischer Flirbung
(Gouesberg, 1953). AL
4408. - - Der Brautreigen zu Kolbigk in dor
C Heiligen NacM des jalares IO:lO ('Z. f.
Volkskunde' L, Heft 3/4. p. 188 ff.),
1953 D 1KL 1
4409 --- and Walter Salmen, Die Tanzmu-
210
 sik im deut.sclun M illelaller (ibid. p. 164
lf.). 1953 D 1K
44 10. - - GrundS<hi<lden der deulslun M u-
sik (FrhgeS<Jr.ichu u11d Volksmusik)
('Deutsdtumd in der Musikges.ltichle')
('Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegen-
wart' Jll, col. 261 f.), Kassel, 1953
ACDEFGHIKL
4tl1 - - Schri/1 ut1d Tradilion uls QueUen
der M usikgeschihu (' Konb'rsber. G.,.,
f. Musikfurschung, Bamberg, 1953', p.
159 f.), Kassd, 1954. CDEFL
4112 - - German Fulli Musi ('Grove's
Dictionary' 5th ed. vol. 111, p. 259 ff.),
1954 ACFH 1K
4413. --Zur Lage der deuiS<hen Yolkslied-
forschung ('Z. f. deutsche Philulogie'
LXXIII, Heft 2, p. 197 ff.), Berlin/Bie
lefeld/Mnchen, 1954 DIGHKL 1
4414.-- Zwischen Eit~stimmigkeit tmd
Mehrslimmigkeil ('Festschrift zum So.
Geburtstag von Prof. Dr. Max Schnei-
der', p. 319 ff.), Leipzig, 1955. AC
0 4415.-- Alter als die Penlulonik ('Studia
Memoriae Bdae Bartk Sacra', p. 185
f.), Budapet. 1956. AC
4.p6. - - Gesungene ErziJhlung als Slrophen-
lied ('Les Colloques de Wgimont' l, p.
no ff.), Brussels, 1956. ACL
4417.-- Yolksmusik vnd l.ahe Kunsl (in:
'Musikeuiehung in der Scbule' Vor-
tra.ge der ersten Bundes-Scbulmusik-
woche, Ma.inz 1955, p. 39 f.), Mainz,
1956.
4418.-- Das Produklive Umsingen deul-
scher Kirchenliedweisen in der Vielfalt
europaiscl~er Slile (' J ahrb. f. Liturgik
und Hyrunologie' ll), Kassel, 1956. KL
0 4419.-- Europti.isclu Volksmusik u>Jd
Abendlti.ndische Tonkunsl (Kassel,1957).
ACL
4420. - - On lhe melhod of omparative me-
lodic resea,.h ('J. of the Intero. Folk
Music Council' IX, p. 55 1I.), 1957
ACJKL
4420a. - - jodeln ('Die Musik in Geschich-
te und Gegenwart' Vll, col. 73 ff.),
1958. ACDEFGH 1KL
4421. Wirth, Herman Felix, Der U>Jiergang
des Niederlandislun Volksliedes (The
Bague, 1911). FL
4422. Wirz, Paul, A descriplion of Musial
lnslruments from Central North Easlern
NewGui11ea (Pub!. No. too o! the Royal
Tr~Jpical lnstitute), Amsterdum, 1952.
AliCFG
4423. - - Ueber sakrale Flole>~ tmd Pfeifen
des Sepik-Gebietes (Neu-Guinea) ('Verh.
Naturf. Ges. Base!' LXV, p. 97 ff.),
1954 D'L'
4424. Wi.sse, jan, China ('Encyclopedie van
de Muzick' i, p. 49 fl.), Amsterdam,
1956. ACDEFGH1
211
4425.-- l1diane11 (ibid. Il, p. 172 ff.), Am-
stcrdam, 1957 ACDEFGHl
4426. Wille, Jo'ather A., Zur Tromtnelspra.h
bei den Ewe l,uten ('Anthropos' V, p.
50 ff.), 1910. DGKL'LM
44~7. Witle, Father Fr., Lieder smd Gesang
der Ew<-Neger (' Anthropos', I, p. 65 11.
and p. 194 ff.), 1906. D'GKL'LM
0 4428. Wodehouae, Mr. Edmund, lcelt~ndic
Fulk Alusic ('Grove' Dictionary' 5th
ed. vol. Ill, p. 288 fl.), 1954 ACFH'K
<f4:Z9. WOber, 0., Die uugari~che .~.~tw~ik wml
die Zigewoer ('Die Musik' IV, fase. 21),
19o4J'o5. CDFKL
-4430. Wol(, Johannes, Haudbuch der Nola-
lionskunde (vol. 1 1913, vol. II 1919).
CEF
H31. --Die Tagung fr arabische Musik-
reform ;,. Kairo ('Deutsche Tonkiinst-
lerzeitung', Berlin, 1932). I
4432. --Die Tonschrifle" (13reslau, Jeder-
manns Dcherei, 1924). ACL
0 1433 Wol(, Siegfried, Zum Problem der Nu-
se>Jflote (Leipzig, 1941). AllL
4434 Wol(eren, M. D. van, Soci..Ze facJoren
in de onlwikkeling der J azrmu&iek
('Mens en Maatschappij' XXXI, p. 115
ff.), MayJJune 1956. BD'HL'
1135 Wolfran~, Richard, European .ang-
dauce forms ('J. ol the lutern. Folk
Music Council' VIII, p. 32 fl.), 1956.
ACJKL
-4436. Wood, Aleunder, TJ.e Pltysin of
.Mvsic (London, 1947).
4437 Wormo, E. A., S. A. C., Awslraliun
Glwsl Drllms, Trutt!pets a"d Poles
('Anthropos' XLVIII. p. 278 ll.), 1953.
ABD'GHJKLLM
4438. Wllss, ll!argareta, No, das japaniscl~e
Gesamlku11stwerk ('Oesterreichiscbe Mu-
sikzeitschrift' X, p. 57 U.), 1955. C
4439 Woykowitz, R. Nebesky de, Hochzeits-
Jieder der Lepd.as ('Z. der Scbweiz. Ges.
f. Asienkunde' VI, p. 30 ff.).
4439a. Wright, R~, Dictionnaire des in.sl,.u
nw11s de musique. Eludt de leziculogie
(London, 1941).
4440. Wnsch, Walter, Die Geige>~leclmik der
sdslawischen Guslaren (13riinnJLeip-
zig, 1934). CL
4441. - - Heldensli.,.ger in Sdosteuropa
(' Arb. aus dem lnst. f. Lautlorscbung,
Univ. ol Herlin' IV), Berlin 1937 L
4+42 - - Gusle ('Die Musik in Gescbichte
und Gegenwart' V, col. 1133 11.). Y~"
ACDEFGH'KL
4443 - - The changing shape and lh< dis
appearall&e of Sl)rian folk su11g ('J. uf
the lntem. Folk Music Council' IX.
p. 15 fl.). 1957 ACIJKL
4143a. --Die sdeuropliisclte Vvlksqk.
die lJullade WJUi. Ju.s Tunzlied im l'er
gleich .111 deu Frhforn&erJ , der IJbe,J-
 ltindischen Mvsikkultur ('Kungressber.
d. Ges. f. Musikorschung, Bamberg
1953', p. 200 U.). CDEFL
4443b. --Die musikalisch-sprachliche Ge-
slalt des Zehnsilblers im Serbokroalischen
l'olks-epos ('Kongressber. d. Ges. 1.
Musik!urschung, Hamburg 1956', p. 241
11.). CEL
H4JC. Wustmann, Erich, Klingende Wildt~is
(Kassel, 1956). L 4461. - - 1 nvestigaciotus sobre msiw indl-
HH Yalil, E., and J. Rouanet, Ripertoire de
musiqwe are el maure; UJlleaion de
mlodies (Aigers, 1904 et seq.).
4H5 Yamanouchi, Seihin, The Music of
lhe Ry.kys (Okinawa), Tokyo, 1950. A
4446. - - The Hislory of M1<sic of lile Ryu-
kyu (' 1ouroal o( the Soc. 1. Research in
Asiatic Music' X-XI, p. 3 11.), Dec.
~9~ A lndoneii ('Mens & Melodie' XI, p. Bo
4447 Yaog, Yin-Lu, An account of the elforts
of Chinese sdolars towards lhe solution
of the problem of lhe equal lempered
scale in Chinese music ('Yenching
Hseh Pao'o' XXI), 1937
4448. Yasser, Joseph, Rhylhmical Structure
of Chit~ese Tune ('Musical Courier'
LXXXVIII, No. 14. p. 44 !!.), April
1924. = Germao traosl. from the Rus-
sian in 'Die Musik' XVII !ase. 1), 1924/
'25. CDKL
4449 --Musical Monunt in lhe Shama-
tislic R ites of the Siberian Pagan
Tribes ('Pro Musica Quarterly' IV, No.
3/4. p. 4 ff.), Marchf1une 1926.
4450. - - A Theory of Evolving Tonality
(New York, Amer. Libr. o! Musicol.,
193>).
4451. - - A Bibliography of Articles a11d
Book on jewish M1<sic (New York,
Nat. 1ewish Council, 1947).
4452. Yekta, Raoul, La musique turque (in
Lavignac, 'Hist. de la Mus.' vol. V. p.
2845 11.), 1922. ACDEFHJ
4~53 - - M ulula 'al wa-ara hawla mu'lamar
al-musiqi al-'arabiyya (Cairo, 1934). G
4-154 Yeontans, W., The musical inslrkments
of Pre-Columbian Central A merica
('Proc. 3oth lntem. Congress o Ame-
ricanists, Cambridge 1952', p. 54 11.),
London, und.
H55 .Yin, Fa-Lu, and Yang, Yin-Liu, Chinese
music: its pasl and promise ('People's
China', Febr. 1957. p. 14 !f.). A 44 71. Zalelak, Cyril, Pohronski lance (Bra-
4456. Young, R. W., A table reluting Fre-
quency lo Cmts (publ. by C. G. Cono,
Elkhart, Indiana U.S.A., 1939). A Metod de cobzd (Bucarest, 195.5).
H57 Yoshida, TsueozG, An lnlroduclion lo
the Shmy o/ the Tendai School.
(' 1ouroal o! the Soc. !or Rcsearch in
Asialic Music', No. 12-13, English
Section, p. 3 !f.), Tokyo, Sept. 1954 A
4158. Yuan-Chiog Li, Chinese musical instru-
menls ('China reconstructs' lll No. 2,
2I2
p. 35 U.), March/April 1954 (reprinted
as 'Traditional Chioese iostruments' in
'China in transition"), Peking, 19.57
4459 Yurchenco, Henrietta, ltadian music of
Mexiko and Guatemala ('Bull. of the
American Musical. Soc.' XI-XIII, p.
.s8 !!.). '948. .
4400.-- Sobre msica indlgona ('Boletin
lndigcnita' 1 V), Mex.ico, 1944
~ma (ibid. VI), Mexico, 1944.
4462. Yusul, Zakariyya, Al-misiqi ai-'Ara-
biyya (Bagdad, 1951). G
4463. ljzerdrallt, Bemard, and Suhendro
Sosrosuwamo, Bentara senisiUira In-
donesia (Djakarta/Groningeo, 1954).
ACGJ
4464.IJzerdraat, Bernard, Mvz:iekopnamen in
!f.), 1956. ACF
4465. Zba, Zbydk, Di 'SackPfeifen-Syrinx'
der Berliner Terrakolla No. 8798 und
iilre Stellung in der Geschichle dlr M ....
sikit~slrumenle (' Aegyptologische Stu-
dien' 195.5, p. 411 ff.).
4<166. Zagiba, Fra02, Funde zur vorgeschicht-
lichen M vsik in Oesterreich. K fiOCMn-
flotenfunde aus der H allstattzit, Pan-
fltmabbildung aus der Latinereil (' Ao-
zeier der phil.-hllt. Klasse der Oesterr.
Akad. d. Wisa.' XCI, No .. 16, p. 208
ff.), 1954. AK
4<167. - - Der strukturelle Charakler d.. slo-
wukiscllen Volksliedes (' 1ahrb. des O..a-
terreichischen Vol.ksliedwerkea' l, p.
46 !!.), Vienna, 1952. L
4468. --Die Fut~ktiu11 des Volkslidguls
it~ der Etztwicklung der sde..,ropaischen
Musik;eschichte (in: 'Kongressber.
Bamberg 1953' p. 197 U.), Kasself
Basel, 1!1.53 CDEFL
446<. - - U11garische Balladenmelodien aus
Neulraer Gebiel ('1ahrbuch des Oester-
reichischen Volksliedwerkes' III, p. 63
!!.), Vicnna, 1954 L
4470.-- Begriff, Aufbau u11d Methode einer
slrukturalistischm musikwisenschaftli-
cllen A rbeil ('Die Musikforschung' VIII,
p. 298 !!.), 1!155 ACEFKLL 1
447oa. Zahan, D., Notes sur un luth dogon
(']. d. J. Soc. des Africaoistes' XX, p.
193 !!.), 1950. GL 2M
tislava, 1953).
4472. Zamfir, Constaon, aod Ion Zlotea,
J
4473 Zatayevitsh, A. B., Muzykant elnograf
('Sovetskaya muzyka' 19.51, No. 12,
p. 104)
4474 - - rooo pesen kirgi:skovo naroda (i.e.
tooo songs o the Kirghiz people), Oren-
burg, 1925.
4'175 - - zso Kirgizskik/1 instrumenlalnykla
 pyes i napevou (i.e. 250 Kir;hiz songa
and melodiesl, Moscow, 1934
4476. 2atko, RudolC, Prispedy A sldiu Slo-
venskjch Belhlehemskjch hier ('Sio-
vensk)l Nrodopis' IV, p. 117 ff.l. 1956.
GK
H77 Z..w, U Khin, Burmese Music; 4 Pre-
liminAr)! ltuuiry ('Joumal of the Bur-
ma Research Soc.' 1940, p. 387 ff.l. AG
4178. - - 1Jwrmes1 nursery sot~:s (Rangoon,
19511. A ACDEFGH'KL
4478a. - - Bwrmese mwsic ('The Atlantic'
Febr. 1958, Suppl. 'Perspective of
Bunna', p. 163 11.1.
H 79 Zerries, Otto, D..s Schwirrhou (Stutt-
gart, 1941 BLI
4480.-- The bull~oArer amOtJC Soulh Ame-
rican Indians ('Revista do Museu Pau-
lista' N.S. VII, p. 275 ff.l, Sao Paulo.
GL
4481. - - Krbisrassel utui Kopf:eisler in
Sdamerika ('Paideuma' V, Heft 6, p.
~23 11.1. }une 1953. BD 1K
4482. Zganec, Vinko, Kroalische VolAsweisen
und Volkslttnze (Zagreb, 19441 A des milodies populaires ('Zvuk' IVJV,
4-483. - - Hrvulske NarodKII Pjes,.. Kaj-
kauske (Zagreb, 19501. A text; French translation).
448-f. - - and Nada Sremec, Hrvalske Na-
rodne Pjesme i Pleswi (Zagreb, 19511. A
H85. - - Narodne PopijeuAe Hrvalsko: Za-
orja l. Music (19501, Il. Texts (19521.
AKL
4486. - - Die Elemenle dr juoslawischen
FolkiCJf'e-Totlleilem im serbischen lilhur-
:ischen Gesan:e ('Studia Memoria<:
Bclue Bartk Sacra', p. 3'19 ff.), Buda-
pet. 1956. AC
4487. - - Orijutllalizmi w Jugoslauenskom
muzitkom folkloru ('Tkalti~evo; Zbor-
nika' p. 81 ff.l, Zagreb, 1955 A derspiel ;.,, Kant0t1 Bern (Zrich, 19031
4488.-- Folklore elemenls fl lhe Yucoslav
orlhodox and Roman Calholic liturgical
chanl ('J. of the Intem. Folk M u sic
Council' VIII, p. 19 11.1. 1956. ACJKL
4489.-- Pjcsme juoslavenskih Rusi>Ja
(Zagreb, 1946).
APPENDIX
4502. Alexandru, Tiberiu, Inslrumenlele muzi-
ca/e ale poporului Romin ( ~ The musi-
cal instruments of tl1e Rumanian
peoplel, Bucarest, 1956.
4503. --lUla BarldA despre fo/clorul romt-
nese (Bucarest, 19581.
4504. Alvarcnga, Oneyda, Melodas registra-
das por Meios Nao-Mecanicos (Sao
Paulo, 1946l.
4504a. Arcnds, H., Koreaanse muziek (Publ.
No. 17 of the Exotic Music Society).
1958. A und ihrer hewlgen Naciakommerc ('In-
213
ofof90. - - HrvalsAe pulke popijevke iz Me-
dimurja (Zagreb, 1925).
4491. - - Medimurje u svofim pjesmana
(Zagreb, 1957). A
of491a. - - The tonal atld modal slruclure of
Yugos/av jolk music ('J. of tlJe Jntern.
Folk Music' X, p. 18ff.l, 1958. ACIJKL
4491b. - - Yuoslawien. 11. Die Volksmw-
siA. 2. Kroalien ('Die Musik in Geschich-
te u. Geenwart' Vll, col. 3~8 f.). 19.5!1.
of492. Zlebm, E1sa (in collab. with F_ Bose),
Rwmnische Volksmusik, dargeslelll an
den Scilallaufnahmen des l01stilwtes fr
Laul(ors.hung an der Universilttl 1 erli11
(Berln, 1939). 1
H93 - - VolksmwsiA in Rwmdnien ('Volki-
sche Musikerziehung' 1942, p. 135 ff.l.
4494 Zllevicius, Juozas, Nalive 1 ilhtumian
' musical inslruments ('The Musical
Quarterly' XXI, p. 99 ff.l. 1935.
449.a. Zln, U Than, Music in Bwrma ('Guar-
dian' 111 No. 14, p. 35 ff.l. 1956.
H95 Zivkovi~, Milenko, Le probleme lo11al
p. 145 ff.l, Beograd, 1956. (Serbiun
0 4496. Zoder, Raimund, Austrian folk muric
('Grove's Dictionary of Music and
Musicians' 5th ed., vol. lll, p. 187 fl.),
1954 ACFHlK
97 - - Eine Melhode zwr luikaliscl""
A nordnwn von LiJndlern, ('Z. des Ver-
eins f. Volkskunde' 1go8, p. 307 11.1.
DGHK
4498. Zoete, Beryl de, Dance and tnacic
drama in Ceylon (London, l'al..:r lt
Faber, 19571 B
4499 Zricher, Gertrud, Kinderlied und Kill-
4500.-- Kinderlieder der deuls.hen Schweiz
(Bas!'l, 19261.
4501. Zwinge, Hermann, Lieder der QuJian-
twna-jwend auf Newbrilannien ('Anth-
ropos' XLVI, p. 39911.1. IQ5I.
ABDlGHJKL'LM
450-fb. Ball, James Dyer, Mwsic (ChineSII
('Hasting's Encycl. of Religion and
Ethics' IX, p. 16 ff.), Edinhurgh, 1917.
D'GH
4505. Bemer. Aled, Die BerlinM Musil.&n-
strwmenlen-Sammlwng (Berlin, 1952).
4506. Bul"'an, Andrei, jocwri din Ardsalul de
Sud (Hucarost, 19571
45o6a. Blyau and Tasseel, 1 eper>cia Oud-Lied-
boek (Ghent, 1900/'02). G
4506b. Bose, Fritz, Die Mwsik der Chibcha
 tcrn. Arcbiv f. Etbnographie' XLVIII,
p. 1 ff.). 1958. ABD'GHK
4506c. IJticken, Ernst, Handbuel dr Musilt-
wissensdafl (Berlin, 199), vol. l.
CDEPGH1JKLL
4506d. Chailley, Jacques, Pricis t Musicolo-
gie (Paris, 1958). A 4519.-- and Karl Gregorius, Duke of
4506e. Chavannes, Edouard, Les mimoires
historiques dll Se-Ma Tsie" (5 vols.),
Puris, 1895-1905 (vol. III, p. 230 ff.).
4506!. Chubuliez, Antaine E., Systmalisches
tnod Geschichtliches .rvr .A lplwmmelodik
('Schweiz. Musikzeitung' 1949, No. 5). L
4507. Cock, A. de, and Is. Telrllnck, Kitr-
spel en hindrlusl ,. Zuid-Netrlaoad (8
vols.), Ghent, 1902/'o8. D1GH
4508. Claudins, Cad, Die schwedisclu .,NycAel-
harpa' ('Proc. 2nd. Congress l.M.G.,
Basd 1906'), Leipzig, 1907.
1509 Denvu Art Museum, India" musical
a,d noise tnakitlg instruments ('Leaflet
S"ries' XXIX), 1931.
4510. Dragoi, Sabin V., Coruri mix/1 (Buca-
rest, 1956). . 4524. Jurk-Bauer, 1., Volkstmliclu L4rmi11-
"45II. Eckardt, Hans, Kishibe, Shigeo, ('Die
Musik in Geschichte u. Gegcnwurt' VII,
col. 956 ff.), 1958. ACDEPGH1KL
15JJa. Florenz, Karl, Formosat~ische VoiAs-
lieder nach chinesischm Quellen ('Mitt.
d. Deutschen Ges. f. Natur- und Vlllker-
kunde Ostasiens' VII, p. JJO ff.), 1898.
. G
045IIb. Forlassier, Pierre, La musique byzan-
line (in: Jacques Chailley, 'Prcis de
Musicologie'). Pars, 1958 (Chapter
VIII, p. 83 ff.). A ('South African Museum's Association
4512. Frer-Haimendo, Christoph von; The
Rddis of /he Bislon Hilla (London,
1945). p. 347 ff.
4513. Gi.roncourt, Georges de, La giographie
musicale du r 4 fuillel d Papeele, en
Nouvelle-CaUdonie el Nouvelle-Zt!lande
(Extract from the 'Bull. d" la Soc. des
Eludes Ocaniennes', Spl. 1953), Pa-
peete, 1957
4514. Goikovic, Andrijans, Folk dance inslru-
menls. Double flute ('The Folclorist' IV,
No. 6, p. 165 ff.), summer 1958. A 4531. Larrea Palacln, Arcadio de, La msica
4515. Hammerich, Angui, Zur Frage nach
dem Ursprung der Slreichinslrumenle
('Proc. 2nd. Congress I.M.G., Base!,
1906'), Leipzig, 1907.
4516. Hannaas, Torlelf, Hardingflla ('Ber-
gcn's Museums Aarbog' Hist. antikv.
rackke No. 1), 1916/'17.
4516a. Harich-Schneider, Eta, Rtlei, /he medie-
val cour/ songs of Japan ('Monumenta
Nipponica' XIII), 1957 GL 1L 5
4516b. Jargy, Simon, Cha11l populaire t
musique savame '" proche orien/ arabe
('Orient' II No. 6, p. 107 ff.), 1958. B
0 of517. Hickmann, Haus, Die aussereurop6-
ischen und anlik"' Klarinetleninstru-
mmle. Vor- und Frhgescltich ('Die
Musik in Gcschichte u. Gegenwart'
VIl, col. 993 ff.). 1958.
ACDEFGHIKL
"4518. - - Klapper" (ihid. VII, col. 980
ff.), 1958. ACDEPGH1KL
Mecklenburg, LtJ musiq,.. p~ulai,.
t!~yptienne et ses rapports tJVIC 1' arl musi-
c~lpharao~tique (StrassburgJKehl, 1958).
4520. Hoboken, P. C. J. Yan, Het it4r-spel va11
Ust/Jd Vil6yat Kh4n ('Gramofoon voor
KtOnners en Liefhebbera' Sept.fOct.
1958, p. 18 ff.). A
4521. Ilitch, S. L., .Aoologia Srpsloii ""'odnii
pesama (Bucarest, 1958).
0 4522. Jenkins, Jooan, Musical Inslrumenls
(Publ. of the Horniman Museum), Lon-
don, 1958. A
4523. Jonsson, F., Das Harfenspiel des Nor-
dens in der allen Zeil ('Sammelb!lnde du
lotero. Musikges.' IX), 1907/'08.
CDFH 1L
slrumenle (diss.), Heidelberg, 1937
4525. Kicsewetter, R. G., Uebr di musi/oa-
lischen Instrwmenle und die InslrutniJn-
talmusik im Miltelalter ('Caecilia'
XXII), MainzJBrusselsJAntwerp, 1843.
4526. Ki.rby, Perdval R., The musical praai-
ces of the native races of Sowth .Africa
(in: 'The Bantu-speaking tri bes of
South Africa'), London, 1936 (p. 271
ff.).
4 52 7. - - South .A frican nativ drums
Bulletin' III, p. 42 ff.), Durban, 1943
4528. - - M y museum of musical inslru-
lllenls (ibid. IV, p. 7 ff.), Durban, 1947
4529. Kishibe, Shigeo, The origin of //u
K'uoaghou ('T6y-ongaku-ktOnkyO',
1957).
4530. Kreiger, Herbert W., Material culture of
lhe people of Soutlt Eastern Panama
('Bull. No. 134 of the United States
National Musum, Washington D.C.' p.
115 !f.), 1926.
hispano-drabe ('Crece o Muere' No.
1 u). Madrid, 1957.
"4531a. Liang, Tsai-Ping, Bibliography on
Chinese music (Taipei, Taiwan, 1956). A
4531b. Litard, Alfred, A u Yun-nan; ls h<Jlo
P'o, ""'tribu des aborigines de la Chine
M iridionale (' Anthropos-Bihliothek'
vol. I Heft 5), Mnster, 1913 (pp. 109
11. and 1 u f.).
4532. Lobsiger-Dellenbach, M., Nipal (Gene-
va, 1954). p. 39 ff.
4532a. Lootens and Feys, Chants populaires
flamands, auec les airs notis et poisies
populaires div. receuillis 4 Bruges
( Bruges, 1879). GH
4532b. Maceda, Jlhl, Music oj Soutloeasl Asia:
a reporl oj " briJ lrip ('J. of Eaot
A>;ia.tic Stucliea' V No. 3. p. 297 ff.),
Manilll, 1958.
4533 Machabey, A., Un inslrumenl de musi
que de 1' antiquiU: le scabellum ('Le M-
nestrel' XCVI), Paris, 1934 K ]ola Arag01U... Ensqyo hisldrico (Ma
0 4533a.- L'Antiquitt orienlte (in: Jacques
Chailley, 'Prcis de Musicologie'), Paris,
1958 (Chapter VI, p. 59 ff.).
4533b. Marcei-Duboili, Oauclie, L'Ethroomu
siwlogie (in: Jacques Chailley, 'Prcia
de Musicologie'), Paris, 195~ (Chapter
IV, p. 31 ff.).
0 453JC. Marrou, Henri-Irne, L'Antiquit
classique (in: Jacques Chailley, 'Prcis
de Musicologie'), Paris, 1958 (Chapter
VII, p. 73 ff.).
4534 Marshall, Harry lgnalius, Tloe Karen
Pople oj Burma ('Ohio State University
Bulletin' vol. 26, p. 161 ff.), 1918.
4535 Mauny, Raymond, Nouvelles pie"es
sonares d' A /rique Occidenlte ('Notes
Africaines' No. 79, p. 65), July, 1958.
4535a. Menon, Nara yana, E ..stern and Western
music ('The March of India' X, Nos.
4/5. p. 12 ff.), Aprii/May 1958.
4536. Merriam, AJan P., and Warran L.
D'Azevedo, Washo Peyote Songs ('Ame
rican Anthropologist' LIX, p. 615 ff.),
1957. BGLM
4536a. Merriam, Alan P., Statistical classiji-
cation in anthropology ('American An
thropologist' LVIII, p. -t6-t ff.), 1956.
. BGLM
4537 Moser, Hans Joachim, Die MusiA der
deulschen Stamme (Vienna, 1957).
0 4537.. NetU, Bruno, Historical aspects oj
ellmomusicology ('American Anthro-
pologist' LX, p. 518 ff.), June 1958.
ABGLM
4537b.- UtJijying Jactors in Jolk and primi-
tive music (' 1. of the American Musicol.
Soc.'), in preparation. CFKL
4538. Nodind, Tobas, Strdkharpan ('Svensk
Tidskrift for Musildollikning' IV, fase.
3), 1922. CK
4539. Olrik, Axel, M iddelalderens vandr. spil-
lemaend i N o,.den og deres uise.sang
('Opuscula philoloica'), Copenhagen,
18117.
4540. Panoff, Peter, Die V olhsmusiA der Bul-
garen Plelos' IV, No. 1), 1925. KL
4541. Philippines Unesco National Commis-
5ion, Mwsic in Southeasl Asia ('Proc. of
the First Regional111usic Conference of
Southeast Asia, Manila, 1955'), Manila,
1956.
4542. Regner, HermaD.D, Eirs altes instrwmtt~t
wird '"'" entdeckt. Gedanken utod lJ<richl
iiber die Wiedereit~fhrut~g des Alphonu
A irn Allgau ('Pro Muica' 1958, No. 1 p.
101 ff.). A
1543 Ribera y Tarago, J., La msiC<J de 1<1
drid, 19~8).
4543a. Robillion, K. R., V1nerated rack got~ts
A and tloe presence oj roch slides ito Soutloerro
Rhodesia ('The South African Archaeo-
logical Bulletin' No. ,50, vol. XIII, p. 7.5
ff.), J une 1958. B
A 1.543b. Schadfner, Andr, Orgtntologie pr.,.;.
tiv (in: Jacques Chailley, 'Prcis de
Musicologie'), Paris, 1958 (Chapter V,
p. 53 ff.). A
A 15H Schletterer, H. M., Geschiclde der Spiel
mannszunjt in FrAnkreich untl der Pa
riser Geigenknige (Berln, 1884).
0 4.5i5 Schneider, Mariw;, Kirby, PerciuaJ
Robson, ('Die Musik in Geschichte u.
Gegenwart' VIl, col. 932 ff.). 19,58.
ACDEFGH 1KL
4546. Sharp, Cecil J., Some characteristics oj
English Jolk-music ('Folklore' XlX, p
B 132 ff.). London, 1908.
45i7 Stem, Theodore, Drum and whistle ,.,..
guages ('American Anthropologi.st'
LIX, p. 487 ff.), 1957 ABGLIM
45of8. SzegO, Julia, and JOra Sebeatyen
Dob, Ktllem BoArlJ. ~50 nepdAl
(Bucarest, 1958).
4549 Truka, Jaroslav, La musique el le cloanl
tchchoslouaques dans l monde libr
('Rencontres' Nos. 14/15), Pars, 1958.1
4549a. Vos, F., De Koreaanse cultuur (Publ.
No. 17 of the Exotic Music Society),
1958. . A
4549b. Wang, Kung Ki, Ueber die chinesi- ,
scloen Notenschrijlen ('Snica' lll, p. 110
ff.); 1 9 28. GK
4549C Ware, James R., Query No. II-1: Were
the aucient Chinese weights and meusures
related lo musical inst,.uments? (' l:~is'
XXXVII, p. 73 ff.), May 1947 AGL1
4.550. Williams, C. F. Abdy, Th story o/
notalion (London, 1903).
4551. Winstedt, Richard, Review of Qua-
ritsch Wales, 'Prehistory in Southu.st
Asia' (' 1. of the R. Asiatic Soc., Ma-
layan Branche' XXX), 1957 (p. 86: a
new hypothesis on bronze drum figu-
res). BDGKL 1 L1
4552. Zamfir, Colllitantin, Victoria Dod0o1,
and Elisabeta Moldoveanu-Nestor, ~J
cintece ~ jocwri din Nadsdud (13ucarest,
A 1958).
215
 ..~ ..
' .......

i'
i

l
~-
r
~ .
~- .
'

""'------ .: :: .. :.:.:. .... :.~~.;~~ _:_._.E.. ... ~-"--'_

...,...;;
.

Fig. l. A.). ELLIS (18q-!!~o)l

Fig. 3 CUkT SACHS (b. !HHJ)

1 Siuce tht: idcutity uf the abu\'t: portrait was uuc<:rtain, an appcal h&~.:, Lt!en 111ade to Ollt! of
ELLJS's. youn~cr cuutcmporari~s. uaJudr Jh::Kt-;AkL> SIIAW. J Uclieve 1 mar nt:hll}' rcpruduL:t! hb
te::itilllUIIY in f,.usimi/e.

217
 Fig. 4. NJLS SCHIORIUNG (b. 1910) Fi. 5 TOHIAS NORLIND (1879-1948)

Fig. to. J OHANN SEaAsTJAN URANIJTS Buvs Fi. 7 A. H. Fax STRANGWA YS (1859-1
(11179-1939) (Courtcsy Mr. J~romc Dcssain)

218
 Fig. 8. HENRV BALFOUR (1~63-1939) Fig. 9 BLA BAKTK (1881-19~5)
(Courlcsy Mcrs. LAFAVETTil Lt<.l., London)

Fig. 11. FHANCl::.S l>.t::SS ..JUH.t::

Fi;. 10 . .ZuLTN l~uuLY (u. ~~~)
(lti~-1\157)

219
 >-..;

Fig. u. ERICH M. vaN HoRNllOsTEL (11!77- Fi:. IJ. CONSTA N TIN 13KAILOIU (b.
1935) (l.) with j ACQUES HANUSCHIN 1893) (1). with LON ALCAZI. At the
(11!1!6-1956) back:muud, from lcft to right:
ZYGMUNT EsTREICHER, CLAUDIE
MAIICELDUllOIS and SHIUEL BAUD-
Bovv

t\.' ... '

k

Fig. 14. ]AAP KUNST (b. 1891) Fig. 15. ANDat SCHAI!I'FNER {b. '1895)

220
 Fig. 16. A. 0. VAISANEN (b. 1890)

Fi;. 17. HuiHii<T LAcH (l>. 1 ~~)

Fig. 18.E1<1CHIII. voN HoJ<NHOSTEL (1677-1935)

22I
Fi. 20. ltOUEJ<T LACHMANN (1892-1939) Fi. 21. l't:RCIVAL R. KtRHY (b. r888)

Fi. 22. MtECZYSL.~W KOLINSKI (b. 1901) Fig. 13. AI<NOLI> A. IIAKE (b. 1899)

222
Fi:. ~ HucH T. TJ<ACEY (b. 1903) Fi:. 25. MAI<lUS SCHNiilUER (b. I!)UJ)

Fi:. !7. EDITH GI.:RSON-KI\\'1

223
 Fig. JO. HANS HICKMANN (b . 1908)

i,
~. :~8 . v-
;'
1 .'-.) ~-
t~

l2 ~ ..t-L:.l.~
Fig. 31. CLAUUIE . 1.-hNFJ<ED F BUKOFZER
Fig. Jl. ( 191 o-1955)
 Fig. 33 ERIK DAL (b. 1922) Fig. 34 G1LBERT RoUGET (b. 190~)

Fi. 35 \'1NKO :lGANEt (1) (b. 1 M90). Fi. 31>. CVJETKO R1HTMAN (b. 190~)
and V ALE NS Voou~t:K (b. 19n)

Fig. 37 KLAUS WACHSMANN (b. 1\107) Fi. 38. (from J. to r.): CoNsHNTI>I ilK.<IL01 u
(b. 1M 93 . AH>~cu AllNN SA YGu~ u. 1vu7)
and HAINA 1~.-.TZ.\HUVA
Fi:. JCJ. JII."UAN (b. 1coS) and jADWIGA Fi:. 40. LSZL LAJTHA (b. ligo)
SomEsKr ancl ALIHlKT JIIAKINUS (b. J!l!l)

Fig. -fO.il. Fig. 40h.

(;EOHtiE HE.NZOG O. 111. SANl>VJK
(b. 1901) (b. 1!175)

Fig. 41. J\liOUkAG \" ASILJ l::VI Fig. 4 llKUNO NiiTTL (b.
(b. 1903) 1930)
Fig. -43 ALAN P. MEI<l<IAM (b. 19l3)

Fi;. H IIIANTL>: Huuu (u. l<JII)

227
 l
j!

Fig. 45 Buttock-'music' on a ancicnt Grlck vase

Fig. 46. Ancicnt Egyptiau orchcstra

- ' - - - - - - - - - - - - ... - - - - - - --~---.--'_..,

Fi. ~7 J\orth ln<.lan bi11 (alter HIPKINS)

228
 Fi;. 50. Prchistoric lu(u)kumbu. l>ra-
kcnsbcrg (lla.sutolaml) rck-paintiug
LFlorl!s (alter Srow). (Courtcsy Mr.i'.R.Kuwv
Lll-tubc and th~ Trustccs uf thc South Aricau
Muscum)

indostan

Fi;. 51. Jl.loucrn /u(u)komba

~-
~
.

~ :._
.
___
'
Fig. 52. ~lusical bow lrom South Alrica.
~ ..... (alter l'EI<CIVAL R. h:lltliY)

229
 Fi~. '4 .,1\tonanak"
of the
Pangw. Wcst Central A frica
(alter VON HORN UOSTEL)
i
.'..

Fig. 53 Javancsc kemuuult Fig. 55 Filtu uf thc Atuni.

Central Timor

Fig. 56. Dumlt~ from Sokoto,

Nurlh Nigeria

~ ........... .
Fi~.57 i'an-pipc Fi. sM. llnconncctcd pan-pipe~ (lwi)
(Central Timor) (\\'cst-Fiorcs)

230
 Fig. 59 Monochord with scale division

Fi;. l>o. Dodecachord prcwided with 12 graduatcd scales, movcable bridge> and
tuningpcgti, which can c.luplicatc any kind of scah: of known vibration numl.Jcrs

231
 ... - ~,....- .... ___ .. _.,..._ ....... -- .. --~------ - -.
. ~ : otot:s=;;~~.,~~ e: =r=~al!i_l :TI.t~-s:i!:: ~ 1 aa~a-&"toa!::-; iJiii!Sil-ii~: f. ~

;~:!Li~If~ii~~
1
~i ~~--~~ ~~U!~.li' i!~~~fiWt:f~ii~~:-~-
~-1;::;:;::~-=-:;-:;;;:::::;o-c ea~ .-~""-- ~ .:f._...,j\'.!, ... , ' ...... 1 .. ..
~
~_:J.!j e~:;:~E:&;;:H~ !ls:a:.:=c:h_ ~ -~.~.==_:~~~~~- ~ J,~;~~!.~~-~~-l.l!~~:~:l ...
~
~ !-.-,:::-:::;:;;:;o .."'_,.,.,.o .. - 1 .....
" '- _,.,.,.c.. -, _o_~.~c.-cr:__:-_~~-~
:;o;:::::::::;:;c; .,.., ! ......
.. .,o.,o ~;!
'.;. .. J e> ~"!.._.,., .... -;;i) -
-ce ''f.
, q*~r~ .t. ............ ................. ~ .. , ... .. o .... _ ..... _ !1 ;; o
:l _j.:__ CIINW 1
liiiO-.t,..C ,..-~'.
00 ,. . . -~.,"!t! ~ - : ' : -. . . ._

-.~ :"~\ ~-
.. .. , ~f =
1 - .----- ........ --
~ea u ce "'
- 1 - - - - - - - - -o e., e ore e -a . o.e
u .. 1! ~,:,----o .. _ eo
1 - '
1 -. - "', ...
1: ,
.. 1: ..... -41
_ . _ . M 10 . . . .
"r. 1 ~"'"'"'~~- ~~ -~--~~o ~~"~..,~ ~-a-~
..
~ ---
- --------- - -
--- ..
1 - . . . 1-

. .. .l
e o
,._ .
1

1->
w
i;
S
' ~-~"~
! oo~-~~ ... ,1 1 c
c~~c ---------
-o:----oco
.. ~-= .. "'e_,.,
! v .. ~~-~
.,.~.., ~ .. -- . - --a
.~..,
1 ~~~~~
-~g~e>,. 1 c. .~-- ' 1 1 .~--

"' "' ~.:. ~--~_-_ -~..:- -~-,-_-; .:._:.. ~-.:. "~:.:-- ~-~.-~.===>-o-..r&~
=-- ~~-~~--~~,.-=--

~_~.'!__e
~~~e-~~-aw~MII o:>-a-co-J!-.,ol.~--afMP
..::. r.
8. ww~w 'N----eeo ... ~=co~-a ~..,..,. ~~ ~~---
e< c.:_~-~~~-~-~_!_1l -~~~Q ~~--~o-~-~-~~~~ ~~-ero- __ o c.~ ca a a _ """ :eo..,: .. ~-:

,: ~ ~ -.a~ ~-~ E-~::;~~g~~ 1' ~;=~=.

~ ~
:z 1 _, _________ - --------- .. 1
:t
.,
e
a .., ., .. ce u w :
~~=~~~~~~ E;~;~~~~t:~
11 w t:1 ....... - - e o e 1 e e
=~~~~~=~~~
cz CID CID ... o. ca, ""v- ti' ce"' to ... - '

:z -l-:;- _____-:::::::-:;_! __________ 1-_:-- . ~-------, 1 ' -;-

~L ~~ ... M ----..,ce 1 ~o~~ ....... 1 ~t"'~ W~--
..."'
o ~
u:
=~g:~~~;~ :~~=:t;::~ :t;~.~~~~- ~~:.;~:::1=,:~~~: '
-~- ........ ~. . . . . . ~_ .... ..,.,_t- 1 ..... "' . .' .. . ~;
j
"'.... -~=1--
.,
-:.:. :-_-=---~-:.-
.......
-~,,._--------
_,. .. :.:;_ ........... _.:.,
.- . '.
rs.... ... ~~
, ....... MN , . U _ _ _ _ .., 0 . . . . . . . . . . _.._, ...... ~-- -~---
1!
' ......... .., ... - - .. li ... o ..... .. .. .. ' ... . . . . . . . . - .. 1 1 e> .. "' ............. 1 . . . . - . . . ..
-~-...;
-:
_-_:::.-:.;:.::-:.;--:: -.;:-_-.:._-,::.-.:.-.:-.:-=-.:-~,....,. .
N-- .,
~w~~~ N ~~----co:>o ee"'~-a~~
. - !~~~~
-,-:---'_~--.-
..... l.wi ..

:;_!{~~-~~~:~~~; rt~;;~E~Jf;~ ;_~;~l~~~j ;;;;;1fttl

~~~-~"' ~ ~e~-~ co~Mc~ =~-o- ~

- oe_... .............. .._ .. ......_.... ..,._...,..~. ------~-r.....,;,.:-.;.:C:d...:oii.~~'U"\;p~._.:c...:

 .--~-

t ,,,
.lOo-
llJ.
4..7..
~
'l.l..t
., ~J..
r.~.
~. _,, ,,. . _., . . :. - .a.;. .,,.,
l c-~(1 Cf;T-' Clhfol) '1'11("1 <Jo_,.~ - ,_,."/ ca..._t~
1 ,,, ' ,. 1 . J,, 1 ,, : ,.. 1 1 . ..., . 1
i, 1 1 1
r 1 l . 11 . '
.1
1
1
1
1
, 1
1
. . ,_.
, .,: ....,.
.J
1
f.-: :
1
: , 1 ! ! ~-- ! -~:::_.X,;, -:
11 re
f.

.~-
1
1
1 ~~
1
:
1
1
1 ....
1 1
1
1
1) ~~

11 l
~
1
~~
i;
f

1

Af . : a
.i .i . .
1 .,

e~
.. 'r

..
1
1
1f: ~.
~- . ! .;
L 1 1 ..
""
w 1 . ~ . 1 ::- ., : '
w
~: ! .! ! l '. . .. . . :i ' . -,~; ~ ;'-~
III r 1
........, .
&U

i ., ....,..
1
. . .
-.
~
..,,_
..,
o-.aJ

~: -:..~;_._,_::.s_:...... ~--~_.:. _.;. _J.~-

lfl

_: :._::.
'
'll4l
(lhjol)
~' .
ul

. ,,
.
-o .
/..
1
_,_ . :.
ur
\
. -
-
:
..
.. . '
''' ..
. ~
...
. : .
... .
)

--
~.~i..::..-.- __ .. . : _:~.... '_:_;.:~ -.:. !L..--.. ~--.-.._.;~,- ..'~:;_-~. .:. :.J.: ~;:>J . ; :;.~_~:.:L._-' , ..:.::.;. -'.'_ !'..>:- __. _.._ .
Fig. 62. Schematic represcntation of the Plog and Slnrlrosca.Jes, compa.rcd to
the European tempcrcd chromatic scalc (11). (Thc plog- and slndroscales
(rcsp. 1 and 111) are thosc of the Gamclan Kyahi 1-(anyut Mcscm, Man~ku
!\agoran, Solo)
""""' -- - ,. . .: . .,.~ --. -'-.0::.:-..:.. . ~~.L~;. --~--- .......... .
' .... , ___ ;.;...__.~

Fi~. !>J. Transcription alter. a phono~ram uf a l'lurincsc mclody (la~u Su~a)

Fi~.
e o
64. Thc ~1 u sic Hule ol
!'rol. 1\1. ){El N ER

234
 1

INDEX OF SUBJECTS )

Abbjnana Sakuntala (3267) askomandura JO

absolute pitch J7, J9 assimilation, cultural, see: acculturation.
accentuation (stress) 40 astrology and music (1564, 266-4, 2958)
accordeon 24, JI, Jll audition colore (4330)
acoustics (39, 255, 3377) aulos (1343, 1592, 1g68, 1984, 2588a, 3719).
acculturation (2222, 2240, 2756, 282-f&, 2855, See also: tibia.
2983, 33b2, 3399, 3884b, 4131, 4256, 4309), autophones 58, 59
I, 6z avanaddha 5
Adbhuta Ramayana (3275, 3308b) baglama {6-str. sa!) :18, Jll
Aeolian bamboo (2773) hagpipe (II9, 144, 207, 375a, 503, 510, 623,
Aeolian barp 57 7o6, 711, 852(p. 210 ff.), 1215, 122a, 1268,
aerophones (16ga, 4132), 511, 58 ti. 1297, 1503, 1807 V, 2156, 2157, 26-43, 2717,
African Music, lntem. Library of, J 2912, 3194, 348ob, 3528 (p. 327a), 3553
agaita116 (p. 136), 3557a (vol. XI, p. 178), 3765a,
agibolo (3146) 3853, 3854, 4195, 4393, 4465), 114, 116, 119, JO,
agung (738), JO JI, Jll, J5
aksak (rhythm) (462, 4204) bailo! (1017a)
Alankaracandrica (3258) balafon, see : ma:riniba
alap(a) (2938) balalaika JO
algosa "'9 ballads (202, 302, 326, 440, 515, 638, 733.
Alphom (1563, 1990, 3834, 45o6f, 4542) 761a, 783b, 1256, 1509a, 1511, 2009, 2266a,
American Columbia z4, 66 2267, 2532, 2571b, 2618, 2629a, 2647,
American !odian Sound Cbiel 25 268ga, 282 u, 3002, 3081a, 3228a, 386g,
Amsterdam Municipal University 711 4082a, 4159a,4347. 4443a, 419)
Amsterdam, phonogram coUections in, III bamboo buzzer (2376 (p. H ff.))
amzad J5 bamboo <:arillon, hydraulic, (1448, 2517), .a6
,.anak" 511 bamboo scraper 27
Anansi stories (3435) bamboo trumpet (211, 839), 25
animal music (1736, 2471), 47, 49 See also: bamboo zitber (tubular zitber) (figs. 48 and
bird voices. .f9) (2385 (p. 16 ff.)), li, JO, Jll, 54
anzang (4149) bandola 25
apcs and music 49 banduria 25
Arabiao nights (II93. II94) banjo (3801), JZ
archives of recorded music : collection of tbe Barciay discs .a
Phonoteque National, Paris (123); id. ol bark horns zs
the Muse de l'Homme, Paris (3458); id. bar-lines, use of, 40
of tbe Library ol Congress, Washington barre! organ z 4
D.C. (1ogo); id. ol Berln (3376, 3994), bar-zitber (stick-zither) li, JZ
I 11., ZO ff. basket drum (2 79oa)
arghul ( = yarul) JI bass-horn 57
arioi (3051) bata JO
asik sa.t (9-str. sa!) :18 batiwtiw (738), JO
askaulos JO ,.bton de rhytme" (2868)

Fisur~s bt:tw~ell brackets refer to tht: Bibliography (p. 79 ff.). As a rule a liL.erilture relcrenoe
is only givcu wheu the kcyword behiud which it appears is meudoued iu tbe .title of the work C'Ou
cerued or is treat.t:d e:a:tensivcly in it.- Figures ll italics reft:r to tbe pages of thJs book.

235
baya :18
L>cak flutc J5
bcat"n puls JI
bcating sticks (1765, 1829a), JO, JI, JJ, 34,
66
bcgeooa 28
bcUs (II2, 329a, 8o6, 1031, 1818, 2082, 2664,
2916, 3829a, 3841, .28., 4366), z8, JI
btrimbao, sce: birimbao
lkrlio, phooogram collectioo of, (3376, 3994),
I7, I8
bhajao (1852)
Bharataoatya(m) (3623a)
bible and music (154a, 529, 747. 1243, 1402d,
1514, 2277, 2307, 348oa, 3563a, 3564 (p.
105 ff.), 3626, 3930, 4327)
hihliography of Africao music (2853, 4196)
bibliography of American !odian music (4o88)
bibliography of Asiatic musics (4307)
bibliography of Chioese music (4531a)
bibliography of !odian music (43)
bin (fig. 47) 54 See also: vioa.
biniou 24
bird voices (131, 1366, 1905.2464,2471,2790,
306o, 4092), 47
birimbao 25, z7
biwa (2686), 36
blowiog gong (839, 2369 (p. I8o/t), 2399 (p.
240))
blown fths, cycle of, (534 535. 537, 1918,
1935,2394,2639, 2961a, 45490)), I8, Ip, 46
blown jug 34
blues (331 a)
board-zither JI
'Bolte a Musique' z6, 66
bombarde 24
booang (2399 (p. 153 11.))
buw, origin of the, (3535), 55
bowed bow J5
bowed harp, see: strAkharpao
bowed lyrc (.169)
buwl zither (= trough zither) 27, JZ, 34
boyeke 34
bozuk (H-str. sa!) 28
brass (brooze) drums (II2b, 566 968, JI35,
12JO, 1249, 1292, 1459, 146o, 1461, 1462,
1463, 1479, 1531, 1635, 1636, 1642, 1644,
1645. 1647, 1648, 1845, 1846, 1865, 1866,
201.4, 2192, 238s. 2398, 2399. 2516, 2626,
2726, 2758, 2759, 2873, 2874, 3017, 3018,
3019, 3020, 3021, 3112, 3II3, 3218, 3370,
3496. 3721, 3723. 374 3]25. J784b, 3946,
426ga, 4349a, 4551)
Brhaddharma-Purana (326o)
British lostitute of Recorded Sound zr, 76
bro 26
bracea JI
Budapcst Highschool for Music 7I
Budapest, phooogram coUectioo of, ZI
Budapest Uoiversity 71
Buddhist chaot (3384 (passim)), 36
bugaku (453, J617)
bull-roarcr (401, 419, 529, 839, 1253a (p. 41
lf.), 1807 1, 1844a, 2o8oa, 2545, 2583, 27-fi,
2933, 3166, 3521! (p. 341b), 3553 (p. JO ff.),
3TlO, 43o6a (p. 502 ff.), 4384, 4479, 4480),
25, 66. Sce also: bambuo buzzer.
bu! u ribut ( ~ bulu periodu), see: Aeolian
bamboo
buttock music (fig. 45), ji, 52
buzzing disc (1 So 1)
buzziog wood, see bull-roarer
calabash horn z8, JI
calabash rattle (1444, 4481), zs, JJ, 36
California, University of, 77, 78
calypso (105, 456, ll22, 2789, 3055, 3071,
3127a), 32, 34 .
Canada, phooogram collectioo in, I7
caoonic forms (223a, 2383 (pp. 52, 76 !f.),
3734 (p. 46 ff.)). 44
cante flamenco (784, 3766), JO
canto jondo (IIjO)
can un, ~ce: qanun
Capital firm 26
carilloo J5
cartob'Taphy and ethoomusicology (28c)
castancts (178Z, J8J8), Zj, 28, j i
caxixi 27
cembalo (1622, 3228), 57
Centro Naz.iooale studi di musica popolare,
Roma2I
ceots systcm (fig. 61) (1923, 2003, 4456), 4 ff.
cetar. se e si tar
chaing waiog JI
chak 54
cha.liotu 53
chaog 25
chantang baluog (484)
'Chaot du Monde' 26
charango (1472)
charb yai (3832)
chclcmpung 57
chcog (1557)
chepkoog z8
childrcn and music (498, 1938, 2816, 2995,
2996. 3197). 48
children's soogs (283 (vol. 1), 334 373, 383,
498, 1418, 1419, 1420, 1620, 3819, 415~,
4359, 4478, 4499, 4500, 4507), JO, fS
.ching (3832)
'chironumy (fig. 46) (176o III, 1797, 1823,
18z8, 3874), SI
chizaoshi 28
chordophones (3039, 3040, 3107, 3108, 3543
3678. 371l, 4277). 58
choreo:raphic script (341, 1301, 1451a, 1495.
2176 (p. J 83 ff.), 24J8b, 32J8, 3239)
chou kin: (664)
Christmas soogs (5 J 8b)
chrotta (1632a, 3128a), 6o
chunguru (3285)
churioga, see: bull-roarer
C.l.A.(T.) P. 20, 22, 39
circumcisioo music (470, 2668)
clappcrs (1765, 4518), JI, so
clarinet (37, 4517), 24, JO, 32, 53
clarscch (1338, 1633) distance principie 43
clas;i!ication systems for instrum~ntli (1003, do butt JO
1007, 1009a. 17So, 1S00, 1913, 2907, 3033, dodecacbord (fig. 6o) 64
JOJ9, 3040, 3041, 3045, 3528a, 3677, 37S, doina (daino) (284, 494, 677, 993, 2126)
JS1), 55 dombaraJJ
classificatiun systcms for melodies (uo, 267, Dorian (1S44)
302, 1653 1661, 228g, 2294 2332, 24-f7, do-tara 25
2561, 2954, 3243, 3594, 4178, -4497), 65. double beUs, iron, (428.tl
Sec also: typology of music. double clarinet (3S99), JI, JZ. See also: yarul
clephtli, sons of the, (295. 296, 3ooa) double flute (23S3 (p. 139 ff.), 3526, JSgg,
cliqucrs (3476) 3964, 4514).zs. 35 .
Club Franyais du Disque 26 double shawm (254a)
cobla (343, 344, 344a, 315:za), 32 doyra zs. 28, 33, 34, 68
cobza (4472) Drehleier, see: hurdy-gurdy
coUccting fol.k music, directivos for, (2144a), drone (611, 611b)
I4 ff. drums (21, 286, 393. 394. S64a, 564b. 689.
Cologne University 69 1013, 1031, 1095, 1096, 1097, 1253a (p. 9
coloured hearing, """: audition colore ff.), 1380- 1385, 1443, 1443a, lof4Jb, 1459,
Colosseum firm 26 1472, 1516, 1551a, 1553, 16o6, 1621, 1699,
Commodore firm z6, 34 1768, 1793, 183-fb, 1859, 186o, 1875, 1959,
conches, blowing-, see: sheU-trumpetli 1996a, 2045, 2105b, 2310, 2532a, 254ga,
consonance (2oo8c, 3991), 42, 43 2661, 2664, 2667, 26go, 2700, 2719, 2775.
Conlrcpuint' 26 279oa, ::S65, 3126, 3244, 3306, 3370, 3434.
Cook Laboratories Inc. 27 3454.3463,J48o.3503,3557a, 3833,3859b.
Copenhacu University 68 4107, 4373, 4437), 25- Jj, jO, 54, 66
copyright in fol.k 110ugs (745, 2410) drum chime&JI. See also lndex II s.v. Bunna.
cornamusa. JI drum languages, see : taJ.king drums
comet 57 Ducretet-Thomson 27
cradle-songs LH5) dude (duda) zs. JO, 32
Crctau 1yre JO duduk 32,33
crocodile zither 54 duggi 33
cross flute, see :transvenial flute dukkar :15
crotales (1766) dulcimer (207, . 519, 520, 1009, 3Sooa), 34
crwth (85 (p. 212 ff.), 163:za, JUBa), 6o Sce also: Hummel.
cuatro Zj dumbek 34
cura (3-str. sal) z8, J2 duro tek 34
~ushira 56 dumy (2lS, 3697b)
cycles per sccond (c. p.s.) 3 dunda (fig. 56), 45
cymbalon (1622, 32~8), 57 dundun (317), JO
cymbals (1766, 1So1, 1S3ga, 266o, 3557a), 26, durbukki (durbakJti) 28,30
JI dutar 33.
daino, ser.:: doina duval J2
daire, see: doyra dvojnice (::.oS, 2412, 4514),zs. 35
dance uf death (2306, 3599) earthware drums (1S75)
Danish Folklore Archive:; 68 Edinburgh, phuno:ram colleetion in, 2I
danza (.::So, 42S1) ehr-hu 32
dar(a)buka (1793), 25, 28, J2 ei (979)
davulz8 ekatara 25
death, wngs of, (2S71a, 3025, 3599, 4113a) ekola (844a, 2233)
del :.15 Electra lirm 27
delroba, see : dilru ba electrophones I
Den ver Art Museum (.soS) Elektra records 27
Dcutliches Volksliederarchiv, Freiburg i/Br. ellis 9
2I England, phonogram collections in, 2I
dholak 25, z8,29, J4 English Columbia firm ZJ, 27
diaphony (3959) English Decca firm Z7
didjeridu Zj, JO, 33 enkoito Z7, z8
dilruba 34, 66 ennanga z8
diple 25 entenga 28
disc-libraries (965), z6 ff., 20 ff. 'Entlehnung' 6z
Discotheque contemporaine, La, 27 pinette des Vosges, &ee: Hummel
Disqucs Alricavox 27 equidistancy (263S, 4043, 4046, 4257, i447l
disc, woodcn sounding-, (66S) See also: tempered scale.

237
cschaquiel (1164, II72B) amelan JogM (2300 (p. 126 ff.)), 25
Esoteric firm 28 amelan seka~n (sekati) (i85, 2370 (p. 203
csraj (esrar) 28, JI 11.). 2399 (p. 265 ff.))
Ethrc Fol.kways z8 ff. Ghandara grama (190, 12B7)
Ethnophilia 66 gangan ( = gungan) 30
ethos (7, 1942, .p22) gara 28
euhl-ya (2256) garamut (1314a)
Exotic Music Society (i24Ba) gar~beg (1530)
fado (374. 2B24a, 3425) Geige (1310)
fairy circle theory' 62 gekkin (386a)
fandango (3767) gcndcr (2399 (vol. 1, p. 172 ff.)), 52
fku (fig. 55) 45 gendcr wayang (2300 (p. 110 ff.), 2631 (p.
female principie in music 44, 52 376 ff.), 2Bos, 2B09), 115, 32
fiddle (Fidel) (B52 (p. 21 ff.), 1Bos, 3416, gographie musicale 46
3B37) Germany. phonogram collections in, I7, I8,
fidla ( 16H6a) 21
file (fifre) (3596), JI. See also: galoubet. GersttOne, sec: skdetal tones
fifths, singing in, (165, 1955) Ghaghar :19
finas (2567a) ghana 56
fingcrbells z8 ghungharus 29
fishialetto JI gigue (852 (p. 42 ff.), 1310)
flamenco (27Bi, 3766), JO gitgit (738), JO
flQte bec 35 glass accordeon (Glasharmonika) (207)
flutes (96, 320, 478, 510, 527, 59B,.73B, 992, glottophones 53 See a.lso: reed-i.nl!truments.
1052a, 1253a (p. 44 ff.), 1285, 1291, 1472, gok 26
14!16, 15o6a, 1004, 1700 IV, 1780, 1791, gong (111, 112b, 2051, 2082, 2083a, 2395,
1796, 1Ho7 VI, IBt 5 , 1816, t 90 t, t 9 JI, 2399 (vol. 1 p. 131> ff.), 2415, 2916, 3840,
2044 (p. 327 ff.), 2oB3a, 20B3b, 2178 (p. 232 ]H8j, ..]bb}, :lj, 26, 30, 52
ff.), 2219, 2242, 22.4), 2245. 2295. 2342, gong chimcs (3832, 38..o), JI. Seealso: bonang.
2379. 2383. 2402 (p. 34 ff.). 2616, 26sB. gong-gong 34
2745, 2770, 2B72, 2896, 2961, 3015, 3201, gong wong yai (2364, 3832)
3520, 3557a, 3596, 3613, 3732, 3899, 3903, gong wong lek (236... 3832)
4423, H33. 4466), 25-32, 35, 50, 52, 57, gopi-jantra z8
66. See al so: ocarina. gora (goura, hura} (212, 2214, 2225)
fluvial (3596), 29. See also: fife, galoubet. gorr z6
foot stamping JI gottuvdyam 27
form (1703, 1734, 195B, 228B, 2462, 2520!, goundi z6
2602, 3446, 344B. 3494. 3499). 64 goura, s~e: gora
frame drum (394, 1095, 1096, 2370 (esp. p. gourd (43B7)
294), 2399 (s.v. terbang), 2719), JI gourd drums 66
France, phonogram collections in, :.o gourd rattle (1444. 44B1), 25, 33, 36
free reed instrument 53 grama (190, 12B7, 2056a, 2B21, 3120, 3324)
Freiburg i/Br., folk song collection in, zi gramophonc (1236, 1883, 4247)
Freic Universitli.t Berlin 69 gramophone companies 22 ff.
frets (u85E, 181o, 2323a, 23B4) grass oboes 25
friction drum (217, 726, 26go, 3013a, 4107) Gregorian chant (3603, 4254)
frula 25, 32 grelots, see: pellet bells
fue 25 griots (332, 2567a, 2594, 3500, 3501). See
gadulka (2305b), 35 See also: lirica. also : finas.
gagaku (453, 47oa, 1613-1617, 26B6, 3829b), ground harp J2
J6 gudu-gudu JO
gainda JO guenvri (II67)
gajde 25, 32 gugu (1443b)
galoubet (3596), 24, 29, JI, 32 guigucruu 66
gambus (3042), 25 guilds uf musicians (2473, -4544)
gawclan (152B, 2264, 2399 (vol. 1 p. 243 ff.), guiro, st:c: wiri-wiri
2409, 2414, 2532a, 3205, 3552, 3864), 115, guitar (I6o, 1472, 1817, 3416, 4233), 2j, z8,
34. 35 JI,JZ,JJ,66
gamelan Angklung (2300 (p. 95 f!.), 2Bo6), gungan JO
25.34 guslar (122a, 2655. 3521, 4440, 4441)
gamelan Gambuh (236o (p. 112 ff.)), 115 guslo (4442), 25, JZ, 35
gamelan Gong (2360 (p. 6g ff.), 2814), 25, 34, gusli (4168)
35 Hackbrett, see: Hummel
Hamburg University 7~ interruption aerophones 53
HaiDSavilasa (3262) interval measurement (430, 3369), 3 ff.
handclapping (1829a), J~. 66 Irama, the lndonesian Music Company 35
handclapping bamboo :16 Ihs 'al-'ulum (u75, u76)
Hardanger fele (363, 156oa, 3o82, 4516), 3:1 jalatarang JI
hannonics (overtones, pa.rtial tnnes) .p janggo 115
hannony of the spheres 44 Japanese Radio Institute (2o6g)
hannoniution (1889, 3210), 44 jati (Sog)
barp (2o, 62, 87, 132, 165a, 198c, 516, 742, jaw bone of an ass (3071). See also: hon;e'a
787a, 852 (p. 64 ff.), 1018, 1197F, 1269, jaw.
1281, 1309. 13)8, 1339. 1).41 (p. 26 ff.), jau (714, Jt57, 1214, 1364, 1856a, 1936,
1633 1797. 1800, 18o8, 1824, 2362 (p. 13 2845,2847 325oa, 3390, 394oa, 4434)
ff.), 2732 (p. So ff.), 3049a 31o8 (pp. 56 jerupai 115
U., 102 ff.), 3393b, 3536, 3553 (p. 144 ff.), jew's barp (mouth harp) (1092, 1253a (p.
3557a, 3558, 3939'<. 4173. 4257, 4258 (p. 27 ff.), 1347 1751, 2015. 22.4), 22of4, 2376
393 ff.), 426o, 4523), :lj,:I, z8, :19, JI, JZ, (p. 27 ff.), 2383 (p. JJ9 ff.), 2631, 3041 (pi.
33.34 19 and 20), 3177 (p. 185 ff.). 3532, 3533.
barp-lute (1517, 1518), 27 3539. 3553. 36.p (pp. 147 ff., 212, 276),
harp-zither 116 3695, 3664, 3695. 4422), 115, 116, 3~. 35, 6o
ha-uta (778) jhori :15
'haute' and 'ba.sse' music (455) jig (1310)
heptatnnic scal.,; (40.6), 43 jocuri (678, 681, 1451a, 3227, 3459, 3670,
herdepipe (3059) 4328, 45o6, 4552)
hertz (H.) 3 j(u)oik (572, 1497, 1744a, 2559, 4097), 3:1
hetcrochord 54 jota (2552a, 3774b, 4543). 34
hctcrollyne tonc-gencrator .10 juzalc JO
hetcrophony (19, 2401, 3579), 44 jyabioen JO
His Ma>iter's Voice 33 kabuki l3785)
history and music (2763) kachapiJS
hoi (fig. 58) 52 kakaki 26
hollow log drum JI kalutang (738), JO
hora (3419) kanango JO
hom (852 (p. 193 ff.), 1839, 2673, 3557a), :16, k.ane, see: surigane
29, JO, JI. See also: Alphom. kangombiyo (134a)
hompipe {= pibcom) (208, 8.1, 3128a) k.annel (85 (pp. 103 ff., and 136), 137)
horse's jaw 33 k.anonion JO
hsia JZ kantele (85 (p. 100 ff.), 431, 3032, 3039
hu ch'in 311 (col. 151 ff.), 4167, 4169,4172,4175. 4179a)
huehueU (2767 (passim)) 119 karatali 25, 119
bula (1o88) karnyx (3527)
Hummel (humle, Noordse balk, lang{e)leik, karta!:l8.
langpU, Scheitholz, pinette des Vosges, kasavaJ 25
Hackbrett, dulcimer) (207, 400, 519, 520, kasik 28
1009, 1056. 1686a, 2109, 2uo, 3039 {col. kathandi 28
253 ff.), 3108 (p. 263 ff.), 38ooa, 4270), Jll kattyavana vina 33
Hungary, phouogram collection in, 2.r kaval (gaval) (23osa), :15, 28, 32, JJ, JS
hurdy-gurdy (Drehleier, vielle) {5.a, 207, kayamba 28
502, 852 (p. 55 ff.), 1345. 1475. 2200, 252ol, kediree, .ce: kledi
3040 (col. 5 ff.), 3108 (p. 292 ff.), 4393), 24, kemanak (fig. 53) (2399 (p. 180 ff.)), 45
119,3:J kemane ZJ, See also: kemeuce.
hydraulic bamboo carillon (1..8, 2517), 26 kemence 26, 28, JO, 3:1
hydraulis (1335, 13.6, 2691, 3775, .oso, kenas (1471)
4)02) kenong (2399 (vol. I p. 16o ff.)), sz
leila dance (21 02) kcrikcri JO
idiocbonl 54 Kernspaltflten, see: slit stop llutcs
itliophones 58 kerona J
igbin JO kettle drums (376, 852 (p. 2.p ff.), 2312,
Indiana, Univerity of, 78 3691), 34 .
'indung' 511 khen (1..8, 3875), 34 See alw: kledi, hcng,
lnstitut Fran~ais d' Afrique Noire 36 sho.
instrumental music, origin of, 48 ff. khong vong lck, see: gong wong le k
interlocking tbirds {1425, 2283), 44 khong vong yai, see: gong wong ya.o
lntcrnational Library of African Music J kikubandet z8

239
kimsidaw JO livika (lapka, lunuat, nunut) (zJoS, 2612)
k'in (1555, 1556, 1557. 155S, 229~. !IH). lokole (1..56)
54 lokum!Jc, s~e: lukumbi
kipi (6.2) London. phonogram collcctions in, :li
kirta..o (18..) lu(n)kom!Ja (figs. so and 51) (2702), J4, 55
kitab al-iqd al-farid (1191) lukumbi (1423, 1532a)
kital> al-malahi (u S..) lunuat, set:: livika
kitha.ra (155l, 198., 3034. 3094. 35S5) lure (509, 1584, 3016, 3059)
kledi (3829, 4094), :16 lute (112, 312, S52 (p. 92 ff.), nzH, 11S5C,
klong thad (3832) u85D, n85F, uS5G. 13S9, 1641, 1759 II,
klu'i 57 176o VI, 1761; 1789 XI, 252ob, 2532a,
k o buz, sce: qopuz 3039. 3108 (p. 407 ff.), 3179, 37S9, 447oa),
Kokusai Bunka Shinkokai J6 25,Z8,JO,J:l,J4,J6
kolcdo (3.06) lyre (957. 1309, 1759 11, 3034. 310S (pp. 9,
kolind~ (274) 90 ff.). 3557a, 3585, 393ga, 4125, .p6g), :15,
kom boat :~6 28, JO, JZ
k'oog-heou (k'ung-bou) (3134. 4529) magic nnd music (119, 128, 154a, 203, 219,
kora (1502, 3501), 27, J4, J6 zSs (p. 53 ff.). 445. 529, 533. 564d. 730,
koto (2034. 26S6, 304~. JSJoa, 4103), :15, 731. sn. 891, 1062, 1096, 1097. 1099, 1225,
27, :19, JI, J6, 54 1459, 2II9, 2419, 2421, 2422, 2425, 2545,
ko-uta (77S) 2571, 25S5 (p. 91 ff.), 27P 2S7o, 2871,
kowangan 6o 2933, 3152a, 3201, 3334a, 3446 (p. 37),
kponingbo 28 3487, 3491 (p. 2Soo), 3495a, 3518, 3529,
kpw~n (1.p2) . 3549a, 3670, 3753, 3763, 3771, 3892, 393S,
kronchong (75S, 97S, 1142, 1430 (p. 63 ff.), 4007, 4437, 4449, 449S), 65. See also: bull-
1S57. 2370 (p. 3oo), 2399 (p. 375), 2532a, roan:r.
2724, 2952, 3S9o) ma~brrama, see: grama
Kru harpJ4 Maheswara Sutra (S12)
kudlung (73S), JO Malaya Broadcasting Corporation JJ
kuhrtigen (ranz des vaches) (2S94, iOSJ. malc principie in music 44, 52
..loo) mandula 25
Kulturkreise 6:1 mandolin JJ
kudyapi (73S), JO maqam(at) (2017, 2025, 3419, 4162), 64
kundi 28 maraca(s) (1444). :15, JJ, J6
k'ung-hou, see: k'ong-beou marimba (balafon) ( 145. 392, 634. 635, 1433.
kunyu (564a) 1443, 2000, 2122, 2134a, 2221, 2372, 26g6,
lang(e)leik, see: Hummel 2699, 2767, 2956, 2959, 3325, 3501, 3932,
language and music (42S, 564d, 1429, 1710, ..toS, ojii9, .f1..9, 4214), :16, :17, 29, JO, JI,
2442, 2..66, 29S.., 3003, 3005b, 31S7, 374S, JZ, J4, J6, 52, 57
3755. 3925, 39S4, 399S, 3999), 65. See also: masonquo 28
signalling, silbo, talking drums, whistle 1\'lau-mau [61, 2572)
languag~s. maung saing JO
Lankavatara Sutra (3342b) maya li z6
lapka, see: livika m'bila, see: marinlba
lantuy (73S), JO m'bilta z8
launeddas (1152), J5, 66 m'bira, st:c: sanza
!auto :16 medicine and music (II9, S73, 890, 936, 937,
leading notes 4:1 940, 943, 2421, 2421, 26S3, 3005, 30S1,
Leningrad, phonogram collection in, :li 3335b, 3752, 37So, 3S59a, 4007), 65. See
Library of Congress, Washington D.C. (1090), also: magic and music.
16, J6 medieval European musical instruments (93,
ligombo z 132, 208, 209, 342, 455. 517, 532, S41, Bs.
Lindstr!im concem, Karl, ZJ, :14 noS, 1269, 1310, 1312, 133S, 1363, 1389,
linga (3137) 1390, 1753. 2605, 26.2, 3031, 3039. 3040,
Lingapurana {32S4) 3041, 3107, 3108, 3109, 345S.-., 3528, 3539,
linguaphones o 3553. 3564, 3596. 3672, 3713, 4393. 4525,
lira 32 4539). See also: Alp-hom, bag-pipe, hurdy-
lirica (1376, 3905) gurdy.
lisanw 28 mela(-karta) (2043. 2323b, 2704b, 3266, 3509,
lithophoncs (115, 676, 736, 1145, 1146, 1147, 35ll, 3606, 4001)
1473, 2005, 2399 (p. 294), 2H4 2917a, Melograph, Sceger's, (3797, 3Soo), 4I
2902, 3689, 3So7, 3S39, 4455, 4535, 4543a) membranes, vibrating, (219)
lituus (3527) membranophones 58
menda 34 Khwarizm (31Ba)
meringue 32 Okinawa (3516)
metre 64. See also: rhythm. Persia (2534)
mcy 116 Sumeria (1341 (Chapter IV))
meydan sa.!i (12-str. sal) 118 Tibet (3892)
mganda dance (2096) Vietnam (2519 (p. 46 fl.))
midwinter horn (2586, 2588b) Musica Viva lirm 33
mi gyaung 54 music rule (lig. 64) (3369), 8, ~
milli-octave (M.O) 4 Musique Monde 33
mina 25 mutivi (3013a)
Minnesang (1051, Il15) mytb and music (Bo1, 1217, 121B, 3979)
mil;sion and music (I151a, 1991a, 2o66, 2392, nada (186)
2663. 2666, 3517, 3884a, 3884h, 4349), 65 nagara 2 5, 33
mitote 29 nagaswara(m) (3287), 27
mizmar (I172F) nai, see: nay
mokko (2014, 3019, 3020, 3021, 3724) nanga 27
mong (3832) Naqqarahkhanah (376)
monkeys and music 49 Nataratnakosa (3255)
monochord (fig. 59) (3108 (p. 188 11.), 4296),' Natya-~astra (190, 198c, 499, 2510, 25II), 56
IO, :ZI, .l~ nay (1172F), JI, 33
mouth harp, see: jew's harp ndingiti 34
mouth organ (3829, 4094), 26, JI ndongo 34
mrdangga (3298), 27, z8, 33 negroid elements 44
multi-faced drum (33o6) neikembe 28
multi part music (I13. 165, 223a, 324, 405, Netherlands, phonogram collections in the,
550, 1521, 1747 1794. 1899, 1965, 2209, 2I
2213, 2302, 2401, 2499, 2624, 2740b, 2987, Netherlands aection al the Intemational
29901 (p. 77 lf.), 3174 (p. 239), 3176, 3327a, Fol.k Music Council2I
3326, 3327a, 3422, 3423, 3551, 3635, 3730, neums5I
3731, 3734, 3739. 37-f6, 3757. 3867, 3954a, Nigerian Institute of Music (3o65b)
4123,4238, 4414), I9,44, 64 nign 64
Muse de l'Homme, Pars 35 ff. Noordse balk (Noardske balke), see: Hummel
Muse des Arts et Traditions populaires en noh music (2498, >686, 3"'3 4285, 4138),
France 2I I9, J, 64
muette (503), 24. noise ma.king instruments (4509. 4524). See
musical bow (fig. 52) (210, 388, 570, 599,738, also: clappers, rattles, a.o.
839. 977. 1016a, 1253a (p. 36 fl.), 2148, nomos 64
2149. 221-{, 2223 (p. 171 ff.), 222j, 2439. Nonnengeige, see: trumpet marine
2579, 2777, 3039. 3523a, 3662), 25, 26, z7, nose llute (96, 1253a (p. 5> lf.), 1291, >OH (p.
29, JO, JI, J2, 34, 35, 54,55 3>7 lf.), 2083b, 217B (p. 232 lf,), >402 (p.
musical instruments in general (3041, 3109, 34 ff.), 87. 4433). 25, 32
3528, 3529, 3539. 3553. 3564, 3681, 3685. notation; mechanical methods of, (512, 822a,
3692b, 3712, 3711la, 3784a, 4439a, 4543b) 1453a, 156o. 2093, 2445. 2866, 867, 3150,
musical script (general) (610, B27, 1408, 26B-4, 3797), IO, 4I
3557a, 3571, -4085, 4130, 4432, -4550); notation, musical, see: musical script
Arabia (244oa, 2534, 2537, 3491 (p. 2733)) notation of dances, see: choreographic script
Aztecs (3046) notation al ethnic and lolk music (3044, 3665,
Babylonia (3546, 3548, 3568, 3570a) 3800, 4394), 37 ff. See also: transcription
Bali (236o (p. 47 ff.)) al phonograms.
Byzantium (1373 (pp. 547 and 553 ff.), notched rattle (163o)
4339. 45llb (p. 90 ff.)) nugara 29
China (750 (p. 156 fl.), 1555 (pp. 4/5 and nunut, see: livika
114 lf.), 1919, 2255. 2003. 3174 (p. 23911.), nyamulera 28
4000,4011,41414146,4290,4519b) nyckelharpa (85 (p. 199 ff.), 3040 (col. 7 ff.),
Egypt (ancient) (1812, 1822 (p. 48 IL)) ]IOB (p. 312 fl.). 4508)
Greece (ancient) (1397a (p. 129 lf.), 4533c oboe (6gB, 1780), 24, JI, 53
(p. !! tt.). 3545 3547) ocarina (1003, 16o4,. 1Bo7 11, 2767, 3095,
Hebrews (348oa, 435Ba (p. 625)) 39B2, 4096)
India (..pa, 641, 811 11, 1535 (pp. 300 11. octoecho (H4>, 2078, 4353, 4357)
and 324), 3520, 3844, 3846, 4144) Odeon fino 2 4
]apan (1o5oa (figs. 2, 5, 6 and 15), 1617, omakola (B44a)
249B. 3184 (p. 121 ff.)) omichicahuaztli (5B2, 26>7)
Java (174 489, 2399 (p. 346 ff.)) ond~ sonares 6.1
onomatopoesis (693a)
organ (1172C, 1173, 1335, 1753, 2691, 2925,
3710, 3775. 4338), 53 See a.lso: hydraulis.
organetto JI
origin of music (530, 1589, 24-42, 2471, 2950,
2955. 3394. 3549. 3768, 38o2, 3995. 3997.
4272, 4279)
oruto 118
Ottawa, phonogram collection in, I7
oud 115, JI. See also: lute.
overtones. see: harmonics
o zi JO
ottu 117
Pacific records 33
pada (2043a)
pah pung 116
pa.kavaj 28
pandero (3770), 115, 117
pandor~ (pandura) (n69, 1197C, 1210)
pandur (1209)
pan-pipes (fig. 57 and 58) (so (pp. 72 and
192), 309. 311, 527, 839. 1252a (pp. 57 ff.
and 1:24 ff.), 1285, 1599 (p. 3345), 1825,
1892, 1901, 1903, 19II, 1941, 2044 (p. 378
ff.), 2585 (p. 188 ff.), 2767 (passim and
cspecially p. 93 ff.). 3564 (pp. 62, 142, 164,
176. 197. 247. 288), 3581, 3940h, 37-J1,
3968, 4207, 4465, 4466), 115, Jll, 511
pantur (1209)
l.)aris. phonogram collections in, 20, ~I
Parlophone firm 24
partial tones, see: harmonics
part singing, s~e: multi part music
pa(.et (193, 194, 1877, 2399 (p. 71 ff.)), 64
pattala JO
patt waing JO, JI
Peahody Museum, Cambridge (Mass.) J
pcll~t bells (16o1, 1837, 2178 (p. 6 ff.))
plog scale (fig. 62) (1877, 2399 (passim)), 39
pendular thirds 44
pentatonic scales (127, 139, 151, 283b, 6o6,
799. 1429, 2171. 2237. 2269, 2365. 2370,
2372, 2394. 2399. 2439. 2564, 2746. 2814,
3095, 3388a, 3993, 4013, of017, 4018, 4390,
4415). -/3
Period firm JJ
peyotc music (2797, 2798, 2981, 3405 (p. 22),
3405a, 4536)
pbiamboli JO
Phi!ippine Unesco National Commission
(4541)
Philips concem 34
philosophy and music (55. 507, 564d, 1532,
1942, 1972, 2531, 3170, 3510, 3769, 4144,
4265, 4358, 4370), I9, 6s
phonograph, see: ramophone
phonophotography (1560, 2866), IO, 4I
Phonotcqu~ Nationale J
Phrygian (1H44)
physiology and music (2491, 3081, 3776,
3989)
piano 57
pibcorn (hornpipe, pibgom) (2o8, 841, 3128a)
pifferari (1392)
pigcon (-tail) flutes (1881, 2399 (p. 242))
pi nai (2364, 3832)
pincollos (1471)
piobaireachd (1503, 3194)
p'i-p'a (2138, 2238, 3179, 4038), 311
piphat (1027, 2364, 3832)
pipiza JO
pitch (759C. 1076, 108o, 2640, 2641), J, 4. p
pitcb pipes I7, 18
pi thkia Vli JO
pitu (738), JO
pluriarc, s~e: lu(n)kombe
pi urigencsis 6.:1
pochette ( 13 11)
pointed flute 45
polychord 64
polyphony (324, 405, 1794. 2209, 274ob,
2987, 3176. 3327a. 3422, 3423, 3685), 44
See also: multi part music.
Pon tic lyre, see: kemence
portative (1753)
pounding bamboo JI, 50
poundin drum (2619), 115, J4, 50
prehistoric music (II, 45, 509, 694, 736, 798,
84Ja, II45, 1146, 1147, 1390, 1493, 1561,
1647, 2005, 2311, 2444, 2585 (passim), 2626,
2895. 28g6, 3015, 3016, 3059. 308-f, 3127.
3363, 3524, 3562, 3689, 3803, 38o, 3829a,
3870, 4377 4386, 4388,4466),49
pre-pentatonic scales (3388a, 4415)
psailerion (207, II72A)
psychology and music (46, 611, 6nb, 725,
1439, 1590, 1598, 1898, 1902, 1905, 1931,
1932, 1972, 206, 2324, 2325, 2440, 2462,
2875a, 2936, 3063, 3081, 3395. 3776, 3777,
3780, 3793. 3984, 3988, 3989. 3996 .......
4312a), 65 .
Public Library, New York (2882a)
Pythagorean komma J .
quadruple flute (2766 (p. 76), 2767 (pp. 12,
134 140, 141, 163, 165. 182))
qanun (u64), zB, JI, JZ. See also: kanonion.
quarter tones (34. 38, 129)
qopuz (3 134). JJ
IG<ad voor de Neuerlandse Volkszang ZI
rabab(a) (441)
rabel, see: rebec
race and music (278, 377, 424, -425, 429, 1058,
1665, 166, 168, 1681, 1683, 1739, 2248,
2472, 2558, 3016, 3597, 3745, 4269), I2, IJ
Radiodiflusion de la France d'Outre-mer 66
raftzither (2909), 54
rag(a) (25, 227, 438b, 616, 69za, 6g2b, Bu,
11,822,1283 (p. 151 11.), 1350, 1354,2040b,
2323b. 3171, 3216,3271, 3273.3296, 3314,
3315,3316,3322,3335a,334oa,334.3350,
3352, 3353. 3356, 3508, 3509, 3606, 3614,
3927, 3949. 3950, 4026b), 4
Raga Tala Chintamani (3342c)
ra-dun (2636)
Ramayana (969)
ramshorn (18, 207, 2276)
ramwong (3329a) raga (119)
ranad ek (2364, 3832) rommelpot (726). See a1so: friction drulllS.
ranad lek (2364, 3832) Rome, pbonogram collection in, 3I
ranad tbum(e) (2364, 3832) rango ( 2134a)
raru: des vacbea, aee; Kubreigen rong ruyb 26
rasa (4029) rumba (1434)
Rasaratoakosa (3255) Russi&, pbono;ram collections in, 2I
rasping sticks (bones) (2627), 39 aabda (3270, 3274, 3295)
ruping instrumenta (1454, 1455, 2378, 2627), sackbut (1336)
29 saeta (2552)
rattle (350, 1444, 1630, 1809, 2627, 3557a, saezuri (10-44)
4481), 37, :J8, 29, JI, J2, JJ saibara (1615, 2136a)
rebab (488, 2399 (p. 220 tf.)), JI sailor songs, see: sbanties
rebec (852 (p. 42 ff.), u2H), 35, 34 sa-grama, see: grama
rebob 34, 66 Samagana (u3c, 113d)
recorder (1807 IV). See also: slit stop flutes. Samaveda (113b, 113c, 178a, 1Iof4, 1880,
recording (2851, 2854, 2988, 3150, 3444, 3307, 3310). See also; Vedic chant.
4134), IZ ff. See also: notation, mechanical aamba (3364)
metbods of, samisen, see : shamisen
recording instrumenta, types of, IJ ff. samsbin 35
recoreco 37 sanai, see : sbabnai
reed-instruments (1631), 53 See a.o. also; Sangita Damodara (813)
bagpipe, clarinet, double clarinet, duduk, Sangitaraja (3255)
free reed instrument, jerupai, kben, ldedi, Sangita Saramrta (33-4oc)
launeddas, nagaswara(m), nay, oboe, pi Sangitasara-Sangrabamu (3265)
nai, sbabnai, shawm, sheng, sho, sopele, Sangitasudha (3264)
tarogat, zuma. santur 66
Reeves Sound Studios 34 santuri 36, 30
Regensburg, pbonograrn collection in, (1858), sanza (134a, 2000, 2oo6, 2007, 2701, 3138,
:li 3375, 3377), 25, 26, 37, 28, 29, JI, 57, 59,
reg!is (4195a) 6o
Reisetonometer I:l sap~b(sapob) 25,36
religion and music (12, 445, 596, 598, 003a, sarangi 25, 37, ~8. J2, 34
003b, 003d, 67.5, 942, 1029 lll, 1o62, sardana (343. 344 3H&, 3152a), J:il
1099, IIjl&, 131.5, 1365, 1525, 1532, 1547, sarinda 29, 32
1698, 1699, 1717, 1767, 1844a, 1982, 1992a, sarod(e) 37, 33
2065, 2066, 228j, 2328, 2329, 2)92, 2572, saron (2399 (p. 164 ff.)), 52
2OO, 2663. 2666, 2675. 2737a. 2800, 2910, sarusopbone 57
2926, 4069, 41I5, 4269a, 4332-4336, 4338, sa'ung JO
4342, 4344 4316, 4349. 4370, 4486, 4488), savart (S.) 4
64. See also: magic and music, mission and saxophone 57
music, spirituals. saf 36, 32, 35 See also: asik saf, baglama,
rbytbm (72, 75, 120, 331, 369, 448, 462, -464, bozuk, cura, meydan sazi.
. 467. 530, 555 645. 725, 771, 86... 869. 875. scabellum (4533)
943, 985, 987, 988a, 1125, 1149, 1381, 1384, Scballarcbiv des Institutes fr Muikfor-
1397, 1397a (p. 129 ff.), 1397b, 1432, 1458, schung, Regensburg (1847), :li
1504, 1538, 1565, 1565a, 1617, 1724, 1868, Scheitbolz, see: Hummel
2oo8b, 2092,2093, 2104,216J,2279,228oa, School of Oriental and African Studies 75,76
2319, 2401, 2422, 2551, 2002, 2003, 2921, Scbool of Scottisb studies 2 I
2943. 2944. 2973. 2999 (p. 61 ff.). 3023, Scbwebungstongenerator IO
3056. 3326, 3576. 3577. 3628, 3652, 3900, Scbwegel (2245)
4021c (sub 15), 4033, 4056, 4199, .poo, 4204, Scotland, phonogram collection in, 3I
4271 4310, 4372, 4378. 4381, 4448), 64 scrapers (1012, 1630, 2378), JI, 34
rbythm, notation of, (1534 (p. 300 ff.), 2093 !ieron 27
(p. 59 ff.)), 40, 4I erpent 57
ricbek (ritcbak) 66 sex and music (1211, 24o6 (p. 11 ff,), 3553)
ring stop flute (flute witb double sound orifi- shabbabi, see: na y
ce) (2178 (p. 243 11:), 2376 (p. 65 ff.)) shadow plays, Cbinese, (H89)
Rivcrsidc Record& 34 shakuhachi (304~. 4o6>a). "5
robab, scc: rebob sbamiJ;en (26~5. 2686, 2788, 3019" 31114).
rock gungs, sec; lithophones 25, 29, JO, J3,J6
roding z6 sbahnai:zs,:z,28, JI,JJ
roei (4516a) sbantics (15oga, 268ga, 3121, 3659, 4365)

243
 shantu (688) &tyle in music (424, 793, Boa, 1676, 1702,
shark sistrum (215 (p. 1 U.), 1254, 2402 (p. 1703, 1944, 1956, 1988, 247. 979, 980,
JO), 3553 (p. 103)) 2985, 2986, 3743. 3745), 64
shawm (2o8, 510, 852 (p. 201 !f.)), 36 suling 26, J5
shekere JO suravli JO
sheU trumpets (642, 694, 839, 1253a (p. 66 surigane 25, 29
!!.), 1Bo7 II. 2048, 2083a, 2556, 2627) svaramandala 2 5
sheng (1036, 1474, 4145, 4301). See also: svirale (2745)
khen, kledi, sho. Swcden, phonob'Tam collections in, :II
shimc-daiko, see: shirabe Swcdish lule (3038)
shipalapala (2231) syakuhati, fcc: shakuhachi
shirabc 25 syml>olism in music (154a, 564a, 564c, 791,
sho (1036, 4138), JI . 1516, 2961a, 3152a, 3750, 3752, 3753,
shofar (18, 207, 2276) 3756,3764,3770, 3784b),I9
shwe-bo JO symphonia (2912)
signalling (1o38a). See also: talking drums, synaesthesia (3081, 4330)
whistle Janguages. syrinx (311, 4465)
silbo (688, 688a, 688b, 3414) tabala (2968a)
sin se 32 tabla 25, 27, 28, 39, JJ, 34, 66
sistrum (1757 (pi. XLIV!!.), 1768) tabor (3596)
sitar (4520) 27, 28, 29, JJ, 34. 66 tahuri (2o83a)
skeletal tones (German: Gersttne) 4J taiko 25
skirl (7o6) tala (1283, 3337)
skull drums (385c, 4364). See ail;o lndex II talking drums (general) (97, 305, 564b, 845,
s.v. Tibct. 15M1a, 1664, 3367a, 4547)
slndro scale (fig. 62) (1877, 2399 (passim)), Africa (general) (147a, 1682, 1684, 452,
J9 2823, 358oa, 3794, 3882a, 3920, 4182a)
slit drum (594. 595, 738, 839, 1253, 1253a (p. Central Africa (154c, 384, 553, 59. 593.
13 ff.), 1423, 1456, 1483, 1489, 1627a, 1688, 595, 597, 597a, 687, 1o.pa, 1443b, x688,
2453, 2700, 2731, 2822, 2830, 3028, 3061, 1993, 2049, 3151a, 352>, 4152a, 4216,
3062, 3139, 3945), JO, JI 4217, 4218, 4248), 28 (Lokele), 29
slit stop flutes (976, 2895, 2896) (Bambala)
sociology and music (328, 375, 1038, 1478, West Africa (133. 134, 317, 1278, 1502,
1532, 1972, 20j6, 2274, 2275 2406, 2473. 1637, 1741, 2549, 288x, 2972, 3358, 3359,
2589, 2800, 3170, 3694, 3836, 3871, 4098, 3360, 3761, 3841, 4426), JO (Yoruba)
4130, 4286, 4287, 4312a, 4319, 4393, 4434, Africa and Melanesia (1649, 1692, 2824,
4544). 6s 4072a)
solmisation (184oc) Oceania and Southeast Asia (385b, 1039,
song dance (288o, 4435) 1489, 1646. 2370, 2399)
songs o! dcath (2871a, 3025, 3599, 4113a) South America (3100)
sopele (2138b, 3851), 3S, 66 tambal (3>28)
sounding board SI tambor (1472)
sound (or tone) languages (2442, 26o3, 3187, tamboril (3596), :19
3748, 3755), I9, 48. See also: talking drums, tarubura (tampura) (6ua, 1169, 2327), 25,
signalling, silbo, whistle Janguages. 29, 33. 66
spike fiddle J2. See also: rebab. tamburine (1778), 24, 25, 29, JI
spirituals (1024, 1427, 2088) tamburiza 25, JI, 35
spitted lute, see: rebab and spike fiddle tam po-eurh 26
Spitzflote (figs. 55 and 56), 4S tampura,se~: tambora
Sringara Rasamanjari (3342d) tanbur (1169), JJ, J6
sruti (691, 809, 962, 1283, 1287, 2821, 3097, tangkup(7J8}, JO
J098. 3099. 3511. 4062) tang koa 26
stamping drums (2619), 3S, J4, so tapan 25, 3:1
stamping tu bes 2S, JI, JO tapilJI
steelband (105, 1870, 2942, 3071), 27, JJ, J4 tapon(e) (236,., 3832)
Stinson Records J4 tapping sticks JO, JI. See a1so: beating sticks.
Stockholm, phonogram collection in, 3I tappu z8
strlt.kharpan (32, 4538) tar 27. 28, 32
stress. see: accentuation tarantclla (3752)
string instruments (3711, 3713, 4277), 54 tuawangsa 35
See also: chordophones. tarkas (1471)
string instrumcnts, origino!, (4515) tarugat (2520)
stroix>scope (2445, 286), IO tata 56
tatung 26 3873, 4016, 4086a), 65. See also: ch,.,j.
tavil 27 catioo systems 1or melodies.
ta'us (167) tzamara JO
tcherawata 28 tzambuna JO
telyn (3128a) tzusumi 25
tempered scale (fig. 62) (1072, 4447), J9, .fi, ukelele (3443)
44 See also: equidistancy. umunalli J4
Tempo firm 34 Unesco 22, J4, J7
teponalzli (6o2, 2767 (pa.uim), 2830) Uppsala, phonogram collection in, u
temary rhythms 45 U.S.A., phono;ram collections in the, .16, .17
thora (16H7) ute (3447)
thum :.8 vallhom (3059)
thun lek (>364, 3832) vani 28
t'i J:l Vedic chant (llJb, 113c, 178a, 196 (p. 199
tibia (1968). See also: aulos. 1!.), 198a, llofof, 1219, 188o, 3307, 3310,
tidinit J6 33JO,JJ9Ja,3846,4026c),:J9,5I
'tiled' melodies (2366), 45 vibrations doublcs (v.d.) J
tilinca(:;) vichitra vina J3
timbales, see: kettle drums vielle, see: burdy-gurdy
tingning 26 Vienna, phonogram collection in, I7
tippera 25 vilancico (3156)
toboiJ6 violn (uo8, 3>86, 3711, 3713, 3849), :.6, 117,
tonality (34 2oa) 119, JI, J2, JJ, J5
tone languages, see: sound languages vina (198b, 741, 742, 743, 1290, 1349, 2511,
tone mea:;urcment (38, 39, 53of, 1082 (p. 486), 270-fb, 3211, 3281), 25, 27, 54
156o. lof15. 866, 2867). J 11. Vitadisc 1irm J4
tone q uality (433) vocal music, origin o1, 47 11.
tong-titmg 26 vodoo (290, 732a, 2865, 4063)
tonometers g, IO, I I Vague 1irm 34, 66
toong :.6 'VOikergedanke' 62
transcription o1 phonograms (1133, 1398, water drum 29, JI
1401, 1453a, 156o, 1895, 2445, 2866, 2867, wayang (772a, 2370 (s.v. wayang etc.), 2384a,
304of), J7 11. 2399 (s.v. wayang etc.), 2!105, 3205, 3864)
transposition (Joo:;c) Wesleyan University, Middletown (Cono.)
transversal flute (1791, 1807 VI, 2>42, 2>43) U.S.A. 76
trautonium 6I Westminster 1irm J4
triangle J4 whaling songs (3057)
triple clarinet (1152), J5, 66 whistle (1561, 16o4, 176o IV, 2613, 262,
triple ilute (ll17 (p. 268), 2383 (p. 142 ff.), 2725, 3173), JO, J:l, Jll
766 (p. 76), 2767 (p. 12, 95)) whistle languages (305, 688, 688a, 688b, 1041a
tritone (>383 (p. 35 1f.)), 45 2452, 3367a, 3P4 4547)
Tropicallnstitute, Amsterdam 64, 7" whistling'(Jo:3a)
trough zith<r c- bowl zither) "7 J2, J4 whistling arrows (35>4)
trumpets (>11, 307, 339b, 642, 1253a (p. 64 whizzing stick, see: bull-roarer
ff.), 14 72, 1568, 1767, '754 1767, 223. whit-hom (>o9)
lbJ6, 3010, 3l01, 3557a, 3691, 3810, 4437), willow pipe (1537)
2,JI,J4.5J,66 wiri(-wiri) (145-f, 1455)
trumpet marine (Nonnengeige, Trumsclleit) work and music (530, 166o, 1909, 3327, 4190),
(20 7, 8 5 > (p. 5l ff.), 1312, 13of0, 1363, 26 4 2, 65
3031, 3108 (p. 252 ff.), 3>32) World Collection o1 Recorded Fol.k Music 112,
trumpet of human tibia (385a). See also J4
lndex 11 s. v. Tibet. xalimba (2097)
Trumscheit, see: trumpet marine ximbomba 25
'tub'-stringbass JJ xylophones (145, 392, 634, 635, 1138, 1148,
tudumi (3049a) 1348, 14JJ, 1ofofJ, 1747, lOOO, 21ll, 212),
tulum :.6, J2 2134a, 2>21, 2372, 2399 (p. 18: ff.), 269\,
tumba (4>!10, 4281) 2956. 2959. 3076. '3146, 3325, 3501, 393.
tuning 1orks :10, II 4108, 4119, 4149, 4214), 36, 27, 28, :19, JO,
tun-tun 26, 29, 32 J:I,J2,J4,J6, 52,57, 6o
tupan (no), 25, 3 See also: tapan. yang 44. 5:1
txistu (1ll3, 3596), 29,32 yangchung 3:1
typology o1 music (438a, 1053. 1722, 2289, yang-ko (619)
26o2, 2OJ, 3744 3749. 3768, 3773. 3872, yarul (double clarinet, arghul) JI

245
ya.z.l (2704b) zazakuat 35
yin 44, 52 zcrl>erali 66
yodeling (463, xo19, 1369, X927, 2580, 3834, <il z8
4100, .f42Da) Zink 57
y(u)oik (572, 1497, 1744a, 2559, 4097), J2 <ither (1555, 1556. 1557. 1558, 2034, 3039},
yuan J2 zs. z, 29, JI, JZ, J4
Yugotone finn 66 zulolo JI
zamba (3364) zurla (3851), J.2
zambumbia (697, 3770) zuroa 26, 118, JZ, JJ, J4
zampogna (1215), JI
 II
INDEX OF PEOPLES AND REGJONS THE MUSIC
OF WHICH HAS BEEN STUDIED AND/OR RECORDED
Aargau (1527)
Abakwa 28
Abchw;es (248o, 2484)
Aby.,.inia, see: Ethiopia
Acapulco (2428)
Achin, see: Atjeh
Acoma (9i7a)
Adana (3385)
Adja (769)
Admiralties (4433 (p. 39 ff.))
Adrar des lloras J5
Aegina 26
Aevilikmiut JO, J4
Afghanistan (incl. Kafiristan, Parsi, Pashtun)
(62, 819, 820, 2004). J4. 66. See also:
Turko-Afghana.
Africa (south of the Sabara) (general) (figs.
so, 51, 52, 54. 56) (16a, 23. 54b, 63, 72, 99.
Jooa, 101, 104, 109, II2C, 199, 222, 223, ]0,5,
336, n6a, 369. 389, 423, 443. 445. 447. 468,
564c, 564d, 592, 595. 596, 6oJe, 629, 685,
771a, 777 789, 824, 845, 967, 101), 1015,
1055. "45. 115Ia. 1272. 1308, 1309. 1317,
1367a, 1377, 1378, 1380, 1382, 1384, 14)2,
1472a, 1473. 1458, 1522, 1525, 1547. 1565,
1565a, 1582, 1628, 1649, 1682, 1683, 1684,
1<}2, 1700, 1711, 1740, 1752, 1786, 1856,
1939. 1953. 1959. 1965. 2001, 2016, 2091,
2092. 2094. 2095. 2098. 2099. 2100, 2101,
2103, 2104, 2105, 21o5a, 2105b, 2138a,
2183, 2211, :z:zJJa, 2213, 221-4, 2215, 2216,
2221, 2222, 2225, 22JO, 2Jll, 2372, 2566,
2567,2581,2589,2593a, 2619,2648a,2663,
2666, 2731b, 2741a,2755,2823,2824,2853,
2909,2959. 2999.3o6oa, 3142,3152, 3219a,
3244, 336o, 3375,3472, 3475,3495b, 3502C,
3523. 358oa, 3682, 3686, 3687, 3730, 3734.
3739,3743,3745.3794. 3883a,3884~3904,
3917, 3920, 3982, 4049, 4072a, 4069, i090,
4'15, 4116, 4118, 4121, 4124, 4127, 4129b,
4129c, i129e, 4130, 4136a, 4136e, 4136f,
4136g, 4196, 4217, .....8. 4255 4256. i309,
4349. 4362a, 4373). u. :l, J:l, J4. 44. 45.
48, 57 Sce also: Angola, llantu, llasuto,
Belgian Congo, Cameroons, Dahomey,
Ethiopia, Frcnch Congo, Frcnch Equato-
rial Africa, French Guinea, French West
247
Africa, Gabon, Gambia, Gold Coast, Hot
tentots, lfni, lvory Coast, Kenya, Liberia,
Madagascar, Mozambique, Nigeria, Niger
Territory, Northem Rhodesia, Nyasaland,
Pygmees (African), Senegambia, Sierra
Leone, South Africa, Southern Rhodesi._,
South-west Africa, Spanish West Africa,
Sudan, Tanganyika, Uganda, Upper Vol-
ta, West Africa.
AfroAmericans (27, 127a, .f03, 586, 686, 833,
IQ90, 1102, 1235, 1255, 1270, 1377, 1396,
1458, I09, 1610, 1611, 16<}6, 1933, 2088,
2317, 2318, 243Bd, 2558, 3053, 3054, 3050,
3124. 3249 3328, 3590. 3671. 3676. 3794.
3795. 3861, 4179b. 4208, 4209, 4)10, 4367).
"9 JO, JI, J. See also: Afro-Babia, Afro-
Brazilians, Afro-Cubanos, North American
Negrees, Trinidad.
Airo-Bahia (599, 1234. 1701, 2285, 2S6o,
3124). "1 J
Afro-Brazilians (14, 16<}8, 1699, 3053. 3054,
3249, 3328, 3329). JI. See also: Afro-Babia.
Afro-Cubanos (589, 6o4, 3073 - JOBo, 3627,
3628, 3629, 3630, 3631, of102)
Ahaggar, see: Hoggar
Ahearmiut Eskinlo (1132)
Ainu(2015,209,3091)
Alzo (769)
Ajanta (1521)
Akamba, see Kamba
Akan (3024, 3025)
Akawai (3487)
Ak.ikuyu, see: Kikuyu
Alabama (3472), 29, JI
Alabama lndians (918)
Alaska (1538, 1629, 2083), JO
Albania (116, ll9, 120, 121, 728 (vol. 1 p.
239). 990, 2656, 3887a, 3954a), JI
Albanian villages in Southem ltaly 66
Albemarle (622)
Algeria (incl. Oran) (24), 290,849. 3123, 3489,
3490), JI, JJ
Algonquin J"
Ali (373)
Alor (2014, 3019, J020, 3021, 3724 4202 (pp.
230, 238 fl .. 286))
Alp-peoples (533, 1871, 2246, 2302, 3774
 3834, 4o8, 4398, 4399, 4400, 4443 4506!).
See also: Switzerland.
Altai-peoples (6oo, 2029)
Altmark (3644a, 4318)
Alur (418a, 4260)
Amakwavi JI
Amami lslands (Northem Ry-ky's) JO
Ama.onas (incl. Caishana - Cayuishana,
Mundurucu) (205, IOofO, 2869, 3126, 3487),
2,28,JO,J5
Ambilubc ~ See also: Madagascar.
Ambo (39fll
Ambon (Amboina) (2085, 4'83), 25
Ambrym (1551a)
AmharaJs
Ami 25
Amish (2998)
Anatolia (74, 139, 3110, 3176, 3385, 3666,
3668), JS See also: Turkey.
Andalusia (1150, 2714, 3937), 25, Jo
Andamans (3219), SI
Angami Naga 45
Anglo-Americans (303, 304, JO-fa, 52.2, 3002).
See also: English Canadian,
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, see: Sudan
Angola (incl. Bachioko, Chokwe, Lovale,
Lunda, Ovimbundu) (844a, 1715, 2046a,
3366a)
Angoulme 29
Anjou (3842), 29
Annam (505, 506, 966, 1023a, 146o, 1462,
1463, 2005, 2249. 2251 (p. 3125 ff.), 2252,
3013, 3177 (p. 156 ff.), 3335)
Antigua JJ
Antilles, see: West Indian Archipelago
Aotcaroa ( 1481)
Apache (2802), 29, J2, J
Apiak (2869)
Appalachians (519, 262ga, 38ooa, 3821)
App~nzell (4099, 4100)
Arab music (general) (5, 55, 148, 154, 162,
315, 330, .po, 591, 6o, 639, 6.5, 661, 662,
b6g, 728 (vol. 1 p. 255), 729, 86, 787, 1051,
1112, 1116, 1117, 1156. 1157. 1158. 116o-
1166, 1168- 1179, 1181, 118., 1185, 1189,
1190, 1191, 1195-1198. 1208,1223, 1317,
1374, 1504, 1624, 16.o, 1655, 1750, 1756,
1783, 184od, 1950, 1979, 2017, 2134, 2201,
244oa, 2465, 2501, 2507, 2508, 2513, 2515,
2532b, 2533, 2534, .2535, 2537, 2569, 2953,
3093. 3153. 3233. 3365, 3426, 3456. 3457.
3491 - 3495. 3557. 356., 36o3. 3604, 3697.
3716, 3717, 3735. 3712, 3905, 4034 4051,
4114, 4160, 4355, 4358, 4431, HH 4453,
4462, 4516b). I9, 28, 29, JI, Jj, 4J, 64, 65.
Sec: also: Al~eria, Arabia, Arabian Spain,
Beduin, Biskra, Egypt (modero), lraq,
Libya, Maghreb, Mesopotamia, Morocco,
N ear East, l'alestine, Persia, Syria,
Tripolilania, Tunisia, Turkey.
Arabia (incl. Mecca, Yemen) (441, 1172G,
u8., 1185E, 1575, 1686, 2020, 2127, 2762,
2954. 3408, 3409, 304, 39'3 4150), 28, 29,
JI,J2, J5
Arabian Spain (1115. uBsD. 1203, 1750,
3408, 3-109 3410, 3495. 37.f8, 3765. 3712,
4444)
Aragon (2552a, 4543), J4
Arapaho (916, 917, 1994, 2797, 2984, 2989), 25
Arapai (956)
Arara 2/J
Araucauians (149, 2032, 2033, 2568, 2767
(p. 59. '47ll
Arecuna (.H87)
Argentina (incl. Araucanians, Fuegians, Pa-
tagonians) ( 124, u.a, 149, 401, 580, 586,
1250, 1)16, 1961, 1962, 2032, 2033. 2552,
2568. 2579. 3095. 3740, 4208, 4209, of210,
4212, 4213, 4231, 4378), JI
Armenia {728 (vol. 1 p. 262), 842, 1371, 1787,
2297. 2298. 2693. 2966, 3094&, 3207, 3209,
4010, 4246, 4334 4335. 4336), 2, J2, JJ
Arnhcmland (1063, 1063b, 2106), 25, JO, JJ
Aruaks ( = Arowaks) {3487)
Aruba (2609, 4280, 4281)
Aru Islands (1864, 2281, 2864), 25
Arumanians (274ob)
Ashanti (2287, 3167, 3168, 3358), J4
Ashluslay {205)
Asia Minor (incl. Anatolia, Hittites, Phrygia)
(74, 139. 321, 406,407, 4o8, 409,411, 1018,
1182, 1188, 1884, 2678, JIIO, 3132, 3176,
3210, 3385, 3666, 3668, of010, 4322, 4325,
4452), 26, 28, JO, J2, J4, J5 See also:
Armenia, Pontic Greek, Turkey.
Assam (404, 821, 1291, 2973, 2974, 2974a,
3533)
Assiniboin JO
Assyria (776, 1197F, 1341, 1802, 2971, 3190,
3211, 4240, 4J22, 4533& (p. 6o ff.))
Astrolabe Bay (36o)
Asturias (565, 3092, 4111), 25, 29
Atlas mountains (4073). See also: Morocco.
Atjeh (Achin} (2315)
Atoni (!ig. 55) (1238 (p. 53 ff.))
Atorai (3487)
Auelo (2869)
f?Auni Bushmen (2227)
Australia, aboriginals of, (211, 288, 401, 457.
6o6a, 728 (vol. 1 p. 272), 830, 1o63, 1063a,
1063b, 1063C, 1505, 1571, 1973, 2106, 2598,
3166,3.86, 3754o397J,of05ofo4J06a,ofJI2&,
4437}.2j,JO,JI,JJ,45
Austria (1496, 1551, 2244, 2302, 3726a, 4443
4466, 4496, 4497). J5,
Austronesia, see: Indonesia, Oceania
Avars (254a)
Aymara 29
Azande, sce: Zande
Azera (1!!74, 1875)
A:zerbaijan (5b3, 4237}, 26, 29, JI, J"
Aztecs (76, 250, 575, 582, 6o1, 602, 6o3, 761b,
1333, 1393, 1394, 1395, 1603, 16o4, 2295,
2477, 2761, 2766, 2767 (passim), 2769,
 2771, 2829, 28JO, 2BJ2, 28JJ, 28J4, J046. Bandya. (H3J (p. JO})
J468, J662, J809, 3809a, 38ogb), 65 Banggai archipela.go (2J41)
Babar 25 Bangombe J5
Babcmbe, see: Bembe Banguana JI
Babera, ""'" Bira Bankanu (352>)
Babinga (1524, J502a, J502b), ~4. JI, J Banks lsla.nds (J918)
Babinga/Babenzele ~4. J5 Bannock J
Babinga/Bangombe ~4 Banten (Bantam) (1867)
Babira, see: Bira Bantu (1J67a.. 1565, :noS, 2>09. n- 316,
Babunda, see: Bunda 2318-22>5, 2lJO, 22J1, 22J4, >648, 649,
Babylonia (1018, 1341, 1344. 1802, 2,546, J250i., JJ9JC,J79, J833, J833a,4128,
>971. 3190, 3546, J548. 3564. 3568, 3570a, 4Il9, 4129d, 4131, 4132), J5 See also:
3579C......o. 4322, 4533a (p. 6o ff.)). 4J. Basuto, Cbopi, Kenya, Masbona, Ma.tabele,
65 Mozambique, Northem Hhodesia, Nya.sa.-
BaccaJ land, Shangaan, South Africa, Soutbem
Bacbioko (o46a, 4J66a) Hbodesia, Swa.zi, Tanganyi.ka, Tbonga.,
Badaga (1478b) Uganda, Venda, Xbosa, Zulu.
Baduys (1867) Banyuwangi (477)
Baduma 24, 27, 28, JI, J5 Ba'oule, aee: Ba'ule
Baganda, see: Ganda Bapende, see: Pende
Bagdad (148) Bapere, see: Pere
Bahamas (1090, 1998), JO, JI Bapindi, see: Pindi
Bahia (599, 1234. 1701, l>B5, 286o, 3"4), Barin Mongols (1093)
27, J Baroda (952, 2197)
Bahnar 26 Baronga, see: Ronga
Bahutu, see: Hutu Barotse (546a)
Baiga (2182) Barra, Isle of, (573), 25
Bakalai, see: Kalai Barundi, see: Rundi
Bakongo (6o3c, 6o3d) Bashi, see: Shi
Bakuba, see: Kuba Bashkirs (1056a, 2481)
Bakwesi, see; 1{wesi Basq ues (J96, J97, 398, 399, 728 (vol. I p.
Balali 27 296), 828,999, 1000, 1001, 1002, 1004, 1123,
Balanta (336) 1326, 1327, 1-330, 1J67, 2898, 3587, J645,
Baleares (incl. Ibiza, Majorca, Minorca) J646, 4141), JZ, J5
(1J32b, >787, J026), ~9. 34 BassaJo
Bali (1866, 236o, 361, >365, >J96, 414, Basuto (fig. 50) (2JOO, J043, 3791), 28, 55
>BOJ, 2804- >817, 3017, JI77 (p. 170 tf.), Bata (J684)
3708, 3709. 3921, 392>. J92J, 45J2b), 2J, Batak (J, 1685. HJJ (p. J4 ff.)). :z8
24, Z5, 27, 28, JI, JJ, J4, J5, 52, 65 Batanglupar, see: Sea Dyak
Balkans (general) (118, U>, .p9, 462, 2408, Bateke 27
'4" 3700, J784b). See abo: Albania, Batetela.,. see: Tetela
Arumanians, Bulgaria, Greece, Greek-Ma- Bathurst Island 25
cedonia, Hebrew-Balkan, Rumania, Yugo- Batitu (732b)
~lavia. Batwa, see: Twa
Baltic States (incl. Esthonia, Latvia, Lithua- Batz, Island of, (2738)
nia, Livonia) (91, u, 137, 1J8, 223a, 284, Baule (Ba'oul~) 26, 28, JI, 34. J5
J5o494.682, 1403,1484.1485. l076,l125. Bavaria (186I, 3707), J5
21l5a. >126, l177.2560,2562a,256J,2650, Bavenda, see: Venda
2871a, 2915, >96J, >975 JOO, JII9, 31ll, Bawanji z4. Z7
JJ(H, JJ98, J5JO, 4004&, 417>, 4494) Baya (JJ67). z7, z8, JI
Baluba, see: Luba Bayaka (J5l>)
Baluena, see: Luena Bechuana JI
Balunda, see: Lunda Bedouins (II51. 398J), z9. J4
Bamanga, see: Manga Beira-Baixa 35
Bamba 28 Bdgian Congo (general) (1ooa, 101, 145a,
Bambala (H3J (p. JO}), 29, JI J29a, 384, 392, 393, H6. HB. 118a-e, 470,
Bambara (gb<,a), 27, JI, JZ, J4 577a, 6o3a-c, 707, 728b, 719, H07, 950,
Bambuti, ce: Mbuti Il22a, llJ8, 1296, 1456, 1&~8. 1\l')l, l<j<,U,
Bamende, see: Mende 1999, 205J, 006, 26g9- 2703, 2727, 27JO,
Banat (51, 497) 27JI, 2731b, 2796a, 2H2oa, 2H.9, >851,
Banda (Afr.) (1041) 286od, 3013a, 3058, 3065a, 3091. 3123,
Banda (lndon.) 25 3135, Jl37,JI)B,JIJ9. 31>5a.).98. JH~Jb,
Bandli.ka JI 3884, ofi06, ofl07, 4108, ofl09, 4129&, 4131,

249
 4189. 4ll6, 4217, 4ll8, 4221a, 428 4297).
26, 28, JI, J4, JS, 55 See also Azande,
Babinga, Bakongo, Bambala, Bambuti,
Bandaka, Bandya, Banguana, Bankanu,
Basbi, Batwa, Batitu, Bayaka, Bandya,
Bira, Bobwa, Bundu, Bushongo, Chokwe,
Ekondo, Genya, Gombe, Hema, Hutu,
1turi-region, Kasai-region, Katanga, Koga,
Kuba, Kwango-region, Kwesi, LaJa, Lari,
Logo, Lokele, Lonzo, Luba, Mambudo,
Mamvu, Mandaka, Mangbetu, Mangutu,
Mayomba, Mbala, Mbae, Mbele, Mbudo,
Mbuti, Mtdje, Nande, Ngala, Ngbandi,
Nkanu, Nkundjo, Oshwe, Pende, Pere,
Ruanda-Urundi, Rundi, Sbi, Tabwa, Te-
tela, Tumba, Tutsi, Twa, Vili, Walese,
Watsa-Gombari, Watutsi, Yalemba, Yogo,
Zande.
Belgium (incl. Flanders, Wallonia) (695. 704,
os, osa. 726, 746, 7S1 Bsa, 1029, 103o,
130>, 26o6a, J12J, JIJOa, 3193, 3698, 4382,
45o6a, 4507, 4532a), J4, JS See also:
Netherlands.
BeUakula lndians (3985)
Belu (22 (p. 478 ff.), 1238 (p. 53 ff.))
Bembe (3152, 3883), 28
Bena (775, 4433 (p. 30))
Henares JS
Bengal (184, 613, 2010, 2074, 2075), 26, 28.
Sce also: lndian subcontinent.
Benin (444. 1578)
Benkulen (Bengkulu) (2369)
Benue-Cro"" River region (134)
Bera, see : Bira
Berber tribes (9, 71, 290, 340, 652, 653, 655.
658, 659, 661, 718,1119, 1199, 1956, 2S09,
3497, 4444), r9, J4 See also: Chleuh, Fu-
lali, Kabyls, Tuareg.
Bern (4499)
llcrry 29
llesisi (2773)
Betsilco (1016)
llhil (21 19)
Bhojpuri (415~)
Bihor (256)
Bima (1059)
llinga, see: Babinga
Bini J2
Bira (470, 2704), JI, J4
Birma, sec: Burma
Biskra (258)
Bismarck Archipelago (incl. New Britain,
New lreland) (6, 385b, 1039, 1658, 1662,
1892, 1986, 1987, 1988, 2308, 2612, 4501)
Biston Hilla (4512)
Blackfeet lndians (3009), 30
Bloud lndians JO
Bobo (2112)
Bobwa 28
Bohemia (2775). See also: Czechoslovakia.
Bokhara (1399), :z8
Bovia (309, 1471)
Bong(i)li 24, :z8, JS
250
Bongongo J5
Boniz6
Bonto bangun (1865)
Bura JS .
&rnco (Kalimantan) (1135, IIJ6, 1470, 2379,
2951, 3485, 37II (p. 177 ff.), 3829, 4094,
4433 (p. 34 ff.)). 25, :z6, JJ
Bororo (Nigcr Terr.) (1131)
Bororo (South Amer.) (205)
Bosnia (2349, 2351, 2352, 2744, 2746, 2884,
2885, 2934, 2935, 3422, 3423, 3424a, 3526,
3663, 3M53, 1o1), 25, 29, J2, 35
llotocudos (3972)
Bougainville (191 1, 1915, 3o61, 3o62)
Boungomo 27 JI, JS
Brazil (incl. Afro-Baliia, Afro-Brazilians, A-
nlazonas, Apiak, Arapai, Ashluslay, Aue-
to, Baliia, Boni, Boror (S. Amer.), Boto-
cudus, Brazilian Guayana, Caingua, Cais-
hana (= Cayuishana), Camayura, Campa,
Cashica, Cayap, Ceare, Chaco, Chamaco-
ca, Chavantes, Chipaya, Chiriguano, Cho-
roti, Cocoma, Conibo, Curuaoa, Desa.na,
Gorotire, Gayas, Guapor, Guaran, Guara-
y, Hori, Iwalapeti, Kaa-ihwua, Kain-
gaing (Caingua}, Karaj;\, Kayabi, Kuben-
kranken, Makushi, Mato Grosso, Mauh,
1\lbay, Minas Gerais, Mosho, Mundurucu,
O(a)yana, Ofai-Chavantes, Omagua, 0-
yampi, Palikur lndians, Parintintin, Pau-
scma, Puinave, Quicuru, RioGrandedoSul.
Shipibo, Taulipang, Tembe, Tukan, Tn-
mereha, Tupi-Guarani, Tupinamba, Uau-
pes, Mitoto, Umauca, Wapishana, Xingu,
Yaulapiti, Yekuana, Yuruna, Yuwuina)
(14, 60, 63-7, 95, 95a, II4, 157-161, 205,
..p5, 493b, 599, 844, 956, 1040, 11)1, 1234,
1356, 1698, 1699, 1701, 1901, 1925, 1963,
1967, 228s, 2588, 2718, 2B24a, 2825, 2826,
286o,28~J.30o8a,J023b,J05J. 3054,31~4.
3"6, 3130, 3249, 3329, 3391, 3392, 3393,
3407, 3461, 3462, 3487, 3631, 366o, 3673,
3762, 3861, 3877, 3972, 4056, 4186, 4232,
4433 (p. 511f.), 4504), 27, JO, JI, Jj, J
Brazilian Guayana (3023b)
Bretagnc, see: Brittanny
British Columbia (925, 1!!90)
British East Africa (1712, 2286, 2296, 2303,
2450, 2666,Jo63,4129a.4I36cJ.zs.:~.See
also: Chcwa, Kenya, Northern Rhodesia,
Nyasalanc.l, Southern Rhudesia, Tanganyi-
ka, Uganda.
British Gu(a)yana (incl. Akawai, Atorai,
Makushi, Wai-Wai, Wapishana) (3487)
British North Borneo (3485), 25, z6
Brittanny (643, 1022, 1147, 2595, 2738, 4140,
4233a), 29, Jf, J5
Bubi (578)
Bugongo 27
Buguni (3109a)
Bukovina (458)
Buka (372)
Bukusu 25
Bulgaria (incl. Rhodope mountains, Rumelia)
(3ooa, 491, 492, 539, 559, 61, 672, 673,
674. 724, 72Ba, 985-990, 2129-0133. 2140,
215D-2154. 2155a, 2156-2161, u63-0167,
216g-2176, uSo, 2181, 2305a, 2305b, 2319,
2320, 2354. 2844. 2921, 2922, 3023, 3050,
3466, 3700, 3907. 3908, 3955-3965. 4009 ...
4021c (No. 15), 4180, 4181, 4219, f377o
4540), JI, J5 See al&o: Macedonia.
Bulu JO, JI
Bunda "9
Bunun (2439), ..5. 35
Bunyoro (346o)
Burgos (3064)
Burma (incl. Karn, Shan States) (1249, 1847.
1981, 1982, 2202&, 2250, 27-f2, 2743 2758.
3177, 3370, 3371, 3533. 3697a, 371i8, 4433
(p. 32), 4477 4478, 447Ba, 4494a, 4534),
29,JO,J2,54
Burundi (2593a)
Buryat Mongols (1os6a, 1093, 3987)
Bushmen (lig. so) (212, 994, 1524, 2217, 2220,
2223, 2224, 2227, 2228, 2235, 2236), JI, 36,
55
Busbong(o) (44oa, 4189)
Butcmbo, see: Nandi
Buudu 28
Buzi ( = Loiila) JO, J4
Byzantium (II59. 1372, 1373, 4095, 4219,
4338,4339,434343444346, 4SIIb), 5
Caddo :15, J
Caingua (= Kaingang) (286g), 27
Cairo (334)
Caishana (- Cayusbana) (3487)
Cajun J2
Calabria (1215), JI, 66
California (98, 921, 946, 977, 2767 (p. 21, 143),
2836)
Califomian peninsula (907, 996, 2836)
Camayura (2869), :17, JO
Ca.ml>odia (H1Hb, 966, 1447. 1418, 1449, 1533,
145 "251 (p. 3129 ff.), 2526, 2521, 2530,
273~. 27.0, 3177 (p. 159 ff.), 3335. 3977.
4148), "9
Cameroon; (incl. Bata, Bulu, Duala, Ewondo,
Fulbe, J aunde, Kirdi, Lamido, Massa, Ma
tal.:a.m, ML>am, Mofu, Moundang) (219,
1037, 1278, 1521a, 1522, 1553, 1637, 1650,
2740a, 2972, 3123, 3137. 3589, 3679, 3684,
3761, 4152a, 4433 (p. 30)), 26, 27, JO, J2
Campa. JO
Campo basso JI
Caru (85o)
Canada (general) (233, 234, 235, 236, 238, 239,
240, 2 4 1, 242, 289, 303, 304a, 925, 1225,
1279, 1321, 136o, 1607, 1890, 2434, 2788a,
3397,365..,4o88),I7,25,JO,J2,JJ.See
also: Algonq uin, Assiniboin, Blackfeet In-
dians, Blood lndians, Britisb Columbia,
Canada Chippewa., Caribou Elikimo, Cree,
English Canadian, Fox Indiana, French
Canadian, Ga.sp peninsula, Great Bas1n
Indians, Great Lake lndians, Hudson Bay
251
Eslci.mo, Meskwak.i (~ Fox lndians), Nas
lndians, Northwest lndians, Nova Scotia,
Otta.wa, Quebec, Six Nationa, T&i.mtihian.
Canada Cbippewa "5
Canarie& (incl. La Gomera, Guanche) (688,
688a, 688b, 2253; 3048, 341 4)
Cantan J5
Cape Breton lsland JO
Cape ~ays (2229, 3198, 3199, 43o6)
Capri JI
Carelia (85 (p. 103 ff.), 418)
Caribl>ean lslands, oec: Weat lndian Arclli
pe lago
Caribou Eskimo (incl. Aevilikmiut, Abear-
uliut, Padleiruliut) (n24, II26, 1132, 1319,
3343). 115, J4
Caribs (incl. a.o. Akawai, Arecuna, lllakushi,
Umauca, W&i-wai) (29, 205, 723, 1925,
3487). :19
Carolines (incl. Ifaluk, Truk) (S52a, 1700,
1720)
Carriacou Jll
Casama.nce (3501)
Cashica (os)
Castilla ()470), 25
Catalineflo Indiana (3446)
Catalonia (343, 344, 344a., 583, 2883. 21!98,
3133. 31528, 34 3470. 3764). 29, 311
Caucasus (incl. Abchases, Georgia, Mingelia)
(2o2a, 325, 724. 728a, 974, 1100, 2462, 241lo,
2482, 2484, 2493. 2625, 26253., 2928, 296o,
2961, 37<+6, 3940b, 39540., 4377), 2I, li, JI,
3J
Caverre (3487)
Cayap 27
Cayuga (1227), "5 J2, J
Cayushana. (3487)
Ceaze(3392)
Celebes (Sula wesi) (1937, 2178, 2343, 4433
(p. 34 1!.)). o
Celts (728 (vol. ll p. 219), 3039), o
Central Africa. (719, 720, 77lla, 2918, 3144,
3151a, 3932, -4216). See also: An;ola., Bd
gian Congo, Freoch Equa.torial Africa,
Kenya., Northem Rbodesia, Nyasaland,
Tanganyika, Uga.nda.
Central America (incl. Mexico) (general) (627,
1561, 1573. 1574, 2768, 27HSa., 2832. 2917.
2936a., 3364,3465,3588,3632,3808, 3Boya,
.. 309, H54). JZ, 33, 35 See also: Costa
Rica, Guatemala, Hondura.!:~, Nc::xico. N1ca
ragua., Panama, West lndian Arcbipdagu.
Central Asia (incl. Altai-peopleo, J:!a,;hku:;,
Bokhaza., Circassian Tata.n;, Kalirisl.au
(~ Nuristan), Ka.ra-Kirghiz, Ka.zalilit...n,
Khwarism, Kiptchak, Kirghiz, Lc:pcha,
Mishazia, Mongolia. Na.imanc:;, No;a.i Ta-
tars, Nuristan (~ Ka.!irisun), Ob-Ugrians,
Ordos (- Ortos, Urdus). Sazts, S iberia, Sik-
kim, Tadjik, Tatars, Tihet, Tolu., Tun
huang. Turfa.n, Turke~tan, Turlunt:DL~,
Uiguni. Uzbe.l<.atan) (15, 17, 2, 11b, Jb,
31Ba, 319, 320, 322, 323. sBs. 6oo, 765,
 Sos. 1026, 1027, 1o2S, 1035, 1o56a, 1092,
lDg], 1097, IJOI, 1120, 1121 1 1192, 120,5a,
1294. 1295. 1337. 1399. 1437 1459. 1669.
IS54 1904, 2012, 2012a, 2029, 2007, ...o.
2305, 2335, 2462, 24So, 2481, 2490, 2495,
2500, 2635 sss, 3066, 3oo7, 3o69, 3085,
3093a, 3105, 3131, 3221, 33S7, 3625, 3715,
37SI, 3812, 3S66, 3867. 3S92, 39SO, 39S7,
4012, 4016, 4037, .filO, 4161, 4162, 4163,
4'70, 4171, f173. f174. 4192, 4236. 423S.
4239. 4252, 4253. 4263, 4439. 4449 4473.
4474. 4475). li, ll9, Jll, 55. J
Central Eskimo (164)
Ceram, see: Seran
C.ylon (141, 225, 72S (vol. 1 p. 404), S31,
3651, 3S15, 44 9S)
Chaco (incl. Ashluslay, Boror (S. Amer.),
Cashica, Chamakoko, Chan, Choroti, Ha-
ri, Makushi, Mbay, Mosho, Taulipang,
Tumereha, Yekuana) (205, 1131, 1925,
3029)
Chahar Mongols (471)
Chaldea (702, 2077, 2679, 4533a (p. 6o ff.)), 4J
Chama.koko (205)
Chan (205)
Chari region (incl. Baya, Bugungo, Mounda.n,
Sar, Tchad) (1348, 1411, 3367), li, 27, ll8,
JI
Chattisga.rh (1os 4
Chava.ntes (3407), JO
Chechino-lngoutch (1056a.)
Cheremiss (2270, 2272, 2480, 2483, 3123)
Cherkessian, see: Circassian Tatars
Cherokee (2437), 25, J
Chewa. (1712), 25
Cheyenne (916, 917, 2797, 2846), ll5, J
Chhattisgarh, see: Chattisgarh
Chiandjur J5
Chiapas (1550, 3811)
Chibcha. (45oob)
Chickasa.w 25
Chile (incl. Ara.uca.nians, Fuegia.ns) (56, 57,
ss. 149,1961,1 9 62,2032,2033.2568,2796,
3123, 3157), JI
China(1,2,24,47o49, o, 112,112b,252,395,
617, 618,619,620,620a.,621,630,631,632,
664, 66, 703, 715, 717, 728 (vol. 1 p. 4II),
750,764,792, S32, 843,S54.96o,963, 1033,
1036, 1o38. 10-46, IOH, 1o53a., 11 4 1, 1185A,
1192, 1231, 1232, 1233, 1351, 1300, 1322,
1410, 1439. 1474 1498. 1501, 1509, 1532,
1554- 1558, 1577, 1618, 1619, 1S46, 18..6a,
1854. 1869, 188J, 1919, 1969. 1975. 1976,
1977, 1989, 2052, 2081, 208.., 2086, 2138,
2192, 2205, 2207, 22)8, 2239. 2240, 2255.
2256, 2259, 2274, 2275, 2299a, 2304, 2313,
2331, 2339a, 2355, 2356, 2374. 2441, 2442,
2-f43. 2467. 2..69. 2528, 2529, 2531, 2601,
2602, 26o3, 26o.., 2631, 2632, 2633. 2634.
2645. 266.., 2705, 2706, 2713, 2751, 2764.
2791, 2837, 2923, 2925, 2926, 2961a, 2969,
2970, 3035, 306S, 3134, 3170, 3174, 3177
(p. 83 ff.), 3179, 3180, 3181, 3195, 3196,
3381, 33S2, 33s4. 33S6, 33SS, 3415, 3455.
356... 3567. 3574. 35791, 3733. 3735. 3755.
3786, 33SS, 3f15. 3455. 3564. 3567. 3574.
3579f, 3733. 3735, 3755, 3786, 3829a, 3S39,
3894, 3895, 3896, 3919, .fOOO, 4038, 4044,
4000, 4142-4146, 4243. 4265. 4266, 4286-
4295. 4301, 4320, 4349a, 4370, 4375, 4376,
4389, 4424, 4447 4448, 4455, 4458, 4504b,
4506e, 4511a, 4529, 4531b, 4549b, 4549C),
I2, ZJ, Z, JI, JZ, J5, 4J, 44, 48, jj, J,
65
Chindau, sce: Mozambique
Chinook (378, 1014)
Chios (3160)
Chipaya (2S69)
Chipchin Mongols (1093)
Chippewa (Ojibwa) (554. 857, 86, 869, 902,
948, 2433), 25, JZ, J
Chiriguano (2869)
Chiriq ui ( 1873)
Chitimacha lndians (932)
Chleuh (653. 655)
Choctaw (926, 2437), 25, J
Chokwc (2729, 3o6oa, 3366a)
Chopi (2122, 4120, 4123, 4136b), ll5, liB
Choroti (205)
Chu'an Miao (24, 1498)
Chuwassians (1o56a 24S1,)
Circassian Tatars (2495)
Coast Salish (1014, 1713, 1746, 3430). See
also: Salish.
Cochiti (94 a)
Cocoma (>869). JO
Cocopa J
Coll25
Colombia (incl. Chibcha, Chiriqui, Guambia,
Kogaba, Saliva, Umauca) (44, 45, 697,
1472, 1S73, 1973a, 2614-2617, 2767 (p.
143), 3123, 3154, 3155, 3156, 34S7, 4207,
4506b), JI
Comanche (2797). 25, 36
Comox (1725, 3650)
Congo, see: Belgian Congo, French Equato-
rial Africa
Conibo JO
Cook lslands (525)
Copper Eskimo (3345. 3436)
Coph (1755. 176o, 1765, 1770, 1774. 4333), 27
Cora lndians (1910, 2767 (pp. 20, 40, 144, 147,
151. 159)). 28
Corea. sec: Korea
Cordilleras de los Andes (309, .po). See also:
Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru.
Corsica 24, 29. J5
Costa Rica (145. 4095)
Cree lndians (35S3), JO
Creek lndians (2437, 3909, 4oo), Zj, J
Crete (300, 1467, 32.p), JO
Crimea. (248o)
Croatia (incl. Dalmatia, Istria, Medimurje)
{2S2, 1376, 1457, 1748, 213Sb, 2350, 2354,
2654. 3!!51, 3Sss-385S, 4443b, HB2-44S5,
4490,4491),25,29,JZ,
Crow Indiana 25
Csl.k (971)
Cuba (incl. Abakwa, Arara, Djuka, Kimbisa,
Lucumi) (26, 27, 589, 6oof, 755, 1507, Jjl2,
2592, 2593, 3073-308o, 3627-36JI, 3633.
3644. J862,ofl02), 2B,JI
Cuna (2767 (p. 168, 16g, 170)}
Curac;ao (1454. 1455, 26og, 2820, 3939, 4280,
4281), JJ
Curuaya (286g)
Cyprus (140), JO
c~echoslovakia (incl. Moldau, Moravia, Sl<>-
vakia) (11, 264, 26g, 289a, 327, 6og, 995a,
997, 1985, 2058, 2058a, :tn8, 2321, 2321a,
2347a, 2352, 2716, 2775. 2782, 2901, 2990,
3200, 32o6, 3213, 3214, 3700, 38o4, 3805,
3806, 4002, 4004, 4004a, 4021c (No. 13),
4104, 4165, 4166, 4225, 4226, 4227, 4245,
of25l,of313, 4326a,4467, of549),J4,JS
Czechoslovakian Gennans (2118), JS
Daghstan (1o.s6a), JJ
Daghur Mongols (1093)
Dahomey (incl. Adja, Aizo, Fon, Goun, Kata-
fon, Nikki, Peda, Pila) (339, 339a, 769,
1354a, 1397C, lofl2, 16g7, 1996,2287, 3123),
z6, 27, 28, JI, J. See also: Ewe, Yoruba.
Dakota (2797, 3123), zs
Dalmatia (338a, 2138b, 2350), 119
Dankali 24
Dauphin (4o8)
Dayak, see: Borneo
Delaware J
Denmark (10, 136, 728 (vol. I p. 464), 782,
783b, 1539, 1540, 1542, 1545, 1584, 167-f,
2090, 2266, 2266a, 2326, 2557, 3049, 3346,
3703, 3704, 3705, 4082, 4082a, 415S). See
also: Scandinavia (general).
Desana (341!7)
Deutsch Ostafrika, see: Tanganyika
Di 26
Dioula 117
Djarma, see: Jarma
Djerba, see: J erha
Djuepr (3707)
Djuan 25
Djuka z8
Dobrucba (2155, 216S, 4137)
Dodecanesos (294, 297)
Dogou (1517, 1518, 2583, 447ob), 114, 66
Dogon Pinali (2583)
Dono (1059)
Doug-s'on (I.J60, 1462, 3784b, 426ga, 4349a)
Druses JI
Duala (347. 2972, 3123, 3761)
Dutch Guyana, see: Surinam
Dyak, see: Borneo
East Africa, see: British East Africa
East Pakistan (2074, 2075)
Eastcr Island (3157a)
East Gcrmany (3595, 359S)
East Grcenland (.o66, 406, 4071, 40S3)
East Turkcstan (2012, 2012a, 2500)
Ebri 27
Ecuador (309, 634. 1025, 1149, 767 (p. 16),
2913, 2932, 3048a, 4207)
Efik (3S41)
Egina116
Egypt (ancient) (fig. 46) (394, 6gS, oo, uSo.
1207, 1277, 1365, 1641a, 1755. 1757.1759-
17S2, 1784, 17S8, 17S9, 1791, 1794- 18o1,
1804, J8o-J8Iof, 1816, 1S19, JB22-183ga,
J8J1-1838, 183ga, IBofO, 184oa, 184oh,
2232, 26o7, 2658, 2659, 266o, 21>6g, 26 72,
2679. 27SJ, 3ll7, 3211, 32of6, 3393b. 3534
3536, 3540, 3541, 3542, 35H 3546a, 3558,
3564, 3575. 3584, 3635. 377S. 3789, 3899,
3900, 3901, 3903. 39SI, 4058. 4234. 4235.
4322, 4368, 4465, of.SIB, 4519, of520, of533a
(p. 65 ff.)), I9, jO, ji, 6z
Egypt (modern) (168, 334. 337. 338, 72S (vol.
I. p. soS), 89. 1200, 1323, 1641, 1641a,
1758, 1784, 1792, 1793, 1796, I8oJ, J8o,
1830, I8 4 ob, I8ofod, 2541, 2657, 3672,
2778, 2792, 2953. 3624, 3675. 3747. 3899,
of034443l,of520), 2J,Z7,JO,JI,JJ,J, j
Ekondo zB, J4
England (132, 208, 209, 375a, .soo. 508, 516,
623, 638, 840, 841, llll, 1275. 1337. 2lof2,
2143, 2198, 2199, 2533, 2I8, 2976, 2977,
3123, 3672, 3821, 3822, 3823, 3824, 4546),
114,JI,JS
Englisb Canadian (3o3). I7, zs
Epiros (3159), JO
Equador, see: Ecuador
Erithrea (2Ha), zB, JI
Eshira (153) .
Eskimo (incl. Aevilikmiut, Abearmiut, Cari-
bou Eskimo, Central Eskimo, Copper Es-
kimo, Hudson Bay Eskimo, Netsilik, Ok<>-
miut, Padleirmiut, Smith Sound Eskimo)
(164, 358, 557, 380, JJ24-1130, 1132, 1319,
I5J8, 1572, 1629, 2083, 2574. 2575. 2576,
2577, 2577&,2788a,J343.3344334.S 3436,
4005, 406-f- 4072, 4078, .oSo, of081, 4083),
JO, J4: See abo: Greenland.
Esthonia (85 (p. 124 ff.). 91, 137, 138, 1484,
1485, 2500, 2562a, 2563, J006, 3361, of172),
JS
Ethiopia (106, 244a, 6oS, 728 (vol. I p. 522),
752, 1663, 1693. 1785. 24.s. 2597. 2906,
4333. 4342), 28, JI, JJ, 35 See also: Amha-
ra, Dankali, Harar, Kerk.er, Tigrai.
Etruria (48, 3564, 4323)
Ewe (H4 772, 1320, 1380, 1381, 1382, 1383.
138., 1479. 1677. 2247 2905, 37of8, 4371,
oJ426, of427)
Ewondo (145a, 1553, of152a)
Extramadura (1413-1418, 2783)
FaerOr (782, 783a, 1541, 1543, 1544. 1656,
2320a, 3188, .o6, 4077, 4082a, of08of). See
also: Scandinavia (general).
Falasha 30
Fang (Panw, Pahouins) (lig. 54) (153. 1507,
1508, 1914, 4149)
Fanti 34
Fatu hiva 66
253
Fes (644)
Fezzan 24, J5
Fiji lslands (2190, 2191, 2556, 3362a, 33 (p.
44 ff.))
Finland (83, 85, 86, go, 94. 431, p8 (vol. 1 p.
542), 782, 2328, 2329, 2330, 2333, 2334,
2337, 2338, 2518, 256o, 2562, 2562a, 3123,
3389, ..p64, .p67, -4172, 4176, 4179, 4179a),
JI. Sec al:10: Sca.ndinavia (general).
Fi:n-U;riaru; (8o2, 2336, 2462, 2480, 2481,
2931, 4179). Sce also: Ob-Ugrian, Per-
miaks, Ub>Tians, Wotyaks.
Flandcrs (osa. 726, 746, 757. Bs.a. 1029,
1030, 3130a,4382,4506a,4507,4532a),J5
See also: Nethcrlands.
Flathead lndians (2848, 2857), JO
Flores (figs. 48 and 58) (1639. 2369, 2383,
2413),I5,40,44,53,54
Florida (910, 947)
Fly Rivcr (4383)
Fon (769, 3284), 27. JS
Formosa (incl. Bunun, Tayal, Tsou) (2015,
2149 2439. 4433 (p. 34 ff.)), 3j, J5
Foulhe 26
Fouta Dialon (26go)
Fax lndians (- Meskwaki) (2437, 2797). J2
France (135, 244, 502, 503, 517, 579, 581,
643. 716, 7'7 717a. 728 (vol. 1 p. 566), 757
825, B25a, 999. 1ooo, Iooi, 1oo2, 1022,
2028, 595. 6os. 2735-2738, 3123, 3191,
3222, 3396, 3842, 4086, ..o86a, 408, 414o,
4'4' 4159, 4195a, 4233a, 45+4), 34, 39, JI,
J4. J5 See also: Basques.
French Antilles (3115). See also: West lndian
Arcbipelago.
French Canadian (233. 234. 236, 238, 1321,
16o, 3505), I7, 35, JI
French Congo, see: French Equatorial Africa.
French Equatorial Africa (incl. Baduma,
Babali, Batk, Bawanji, Baya, Bembe,
Bong(i)li, Bongongo, Boungomo, Esbira,
Fang, lveia, Kalai, Kukuya, Kuyu, Lari,
Loan;o, Mbeti, Mbochi, Mboko, Ngoma,
N:undi, Okandi, Pomo, Sar, Val re;ion,
Vili, Wasamba, Yaswa) (153, 219, So, 1348,
1507, 1508, 1914, 2646a, 2668, 306_sa, 3123,
3'35. 3136. 3138- 3141, 3'43. 314-f, 3148.
3149, 3151, 3151a, 3152, 3367, 3498,3502a,
3883, 3884, 4149, 4433), 34, 27, 38, JI, 35
See also: Cameroons, Gabon, Tchad, Uban-
gi-Chari.
French Guinea (2116, 26go, 3123, 3501), :z4,
z6, 27, z8, JO, JI, J2, J4. J5. J, 66. See
also: Fulah, Guerz, Kissi, Kurussa, Ma-
link, Toma, Wolof.
French Guyana (incl. Kalina, Oayana, Rou-
couyenne) (3487, 4433 (p. 51 ff.)), 36, JJ
French Sudan (112c, 564a, 2584a, 3109a,
35oo), 24, 27, J4. J5 See also: Frencb
Guinea, French We:."t Africa.
Frcnch Switzcrland (3481, 3483, 3484)
Frcnch West Al rica (1 12c, 306, b29a, 1516,
2584a, 2594. 3~>3. 3359, 3500, 3501, 361!u,
254
4470a), 26, JI, J:Z, J5, J6, 66. See also;
Ashanti, Ba'ule, Buguni, Dahomey, Do-
;on, Frencb Guinea, lvory Coast, Senegal,
Toga.
Frosinone JI
Fuegians (1961, 1962)
Fulah (= Pcul) (JJ31), :17,35, 36
Fulbe (Foulbe) (1017a, 3679), 3
Fulup (336)
Furthcr India (728 (vol. 1 p. 232). See also:
Annam, Burma, Cambodia, Dong-s'on,
Karn, Laos, Mor, Pemsians, Siam, Ton-
kin, Viet-nam.
Fu tuna (552, 4433 (p. 44 ff.))
Ga34
Gabon (incl. Baduma, Bawanji, Boungomo,
Fang, Okandi) (fig. 41) (153, 955. 1507,
15011, '9'4 .f149). 24, :z6, 37
Gabrielino lndians (3446)
Gacls (573. 1597, 3826, 3827). 25. See also:
Hebrides.
Galicia (Poland) (228o)
Galicia (Spain) (2340, 3470), 25, 29
Galway (748)
Cambia (incl. Mandinga, Wolof) (332, 336,
1479, 1502, 2455, 3161), JO
Ganda (2450, 341-l 3813, 4257, 4258, .f26o,
p61). 25.28
GandaJSoga 28
Gaspsia pennsula (3505)
Gaule (Gallia) (582)
Gazellc peninsula (1039)
Genya :z/J
Georgia (2a2a, 325, 724, 728a, 97-4, nao,
24110, 2482, 2928, 296o. 3940b), :z6, 33. 34.
35
Gerais (3393)
Gercbi 25
Gcrman Czechs (2118), J5
German Switzerland (637. 1052, 1368, 1515,
1,526, 1527. 1990, 4099. 4499). 34
Germaoy (Germans) (3u, 383, 383a, osa,
728 (vol. 1 p. 497), 798, 958, 959. I113,
1114, 1227a, 1307a, 1485, 1548, 1627, 1643,
1llo, 1H61, 1871, 2118, 2188, 2248, 22o4Ha,
2248b, 2821a,2862, 3016,3057.3383,3592,
3593. 3594, 3595, 3598, 3600, 3644a, 3696,
3707, 3740, 3783. 38119. 3943 4'37 4268,
426Ha, 4318, 4395, 4407-4413, 4417, 4418,
4537). 35
Geronimo Apache zs
Ghana, see: Guld Coast
Chasis (3480)
Ghonds (1523, 2182), 25
Gilbert lslands (2571)
Gio 30
Girimaya 25, :z8
Gogadara (3736)
Gago :z8
Gold Coast (= Gbana) (73, 771a, 1383, 1385,
3025a. 3oll2a, 3428a, 3463, 3951 4298,
4299, 43oo), 34 Scc also: Akan, Ashanti,
Ewe, Fanti, Ga . lo.bre, Sena, To;o, Upper
 Volta.
Golo (2134a)
Gombe {3226a)
Gomera, La, (688, 688a, 688b)
Gonds, o;ee: Ghonds
Gorlos Mongols (1093)
Gorotire 27
Gothla.nd {1303, :1.540, 3030)
Goun 27, J5
Goya.li {3391)
Gran Chaco, see: Chaco
Great Basin lndians {1717), J
Great Britain (zo8, 303, 304a, 515, 728 (vol.
I p. 6>9). 8 ..o. 1307&. 218j, 2613, 2725,
2977, 3831, 4347, 4365), 35 See al.so: Eng-
land, Ireland, M=, Scotland, Wales.
Great Lake Indian.s J2
Grecce (ancient) (fig. 45) {7, 8, uz, 230, 294,
297, 298, 313, 314, 630, 84:1, 843&, 957.
1089, 1170, 1197G, 1229, 1343, 1397. 1397a,
1397b, 14 6,., 1465, 1467, 14 68, 1598, 1668,
16!19 (p. 336 ff.). 1691, 1968, 1984, 2002,
zo68, 2501, z681, 2772, 2897. 3034, 3240,
3247 3368, 3537. 35. 3545. 3547.3550,
3551, 3564, 3567, 3585, 3635. 3718, 3719,
4050, 4223, 4321, 4324, 4391, 4392, 4533C),
43.64,65
Greece {modero) (incl. Chios, Crete, Cyprus,
Dodecanesos, Epiros, Greek Macedonia,
Marea - Peloponnesos, Naxos, Pontic
Greecs, Rhodos, Thracia) {122, 140, :194-
JODa, 531, 728 {vol. 1 p. 622), 1006, 1328,
2170, 2843. z877, 2878, 2879. 288o,3U3,
3159, 316o, 3240, 3241, 3518, 3962), 26, 27
JO, JI, JZ, J4, J5 See also: Macedonia.
Greek Macedonia JO
Greenland (su. 2575. 2576, sn. 2577a,
4o67, 409-4072, 4078, 4080, 4081, 4o83)
Guadeloupe J3
Guambia (1973a)
Guanche, see: Canaries
Guapor (3877, 4433 (p. 51 ff.))
Gua(rah)ibo {3487), 115. J5
Guaran (2869, 3972, 4232)
Guarao, Guarauno, Guarayll, see: Warrau
Guatemala {6o5, '444 1675. 4214, 4459)
Guayana, see: Guyana
Guayaquil (634)
Guerz (2837a)
Gulf of Guinea (2016a). See also: Ashanti,
Dahomey, Ghana, Gold Coast, lvory Coast.
Gulf States Indian.s (912, 915)
Guyana {3023b, 3487). See aLlo: Bruilian
Guayana, Fn:nch Guyana, Surinam.
Guyuge:lj
Gwere (4260)
Gwin 114,27
Gypsies (28o, 728 {vol. Il p. u), 770, 1271,
1S98a, 154 22j, 3111, 3848. 3934-3938,
.oto, 4021c {No. 24), 4429), JI, 66
Haida (to14)
Hailar Mongols {1093)
Hainan (2631, 4433 (p. 38))
255
Hainaut (26o6a)
Haiti (z8s, 732a, 753. 754, 1426, z661, z662,
2865, 3224, 3503, 3847, 4o63), 27, 118, 119,
JI,JZ
Hako {1263)
Halmaheira (574)
HanunoO (738), JO
Harar (2597)
Haussa {1479, 2247, 3230, 3231, 3871), z, J4,
J5
Havasupai Indians :19
Hawaii {362, 528a, 562, 1o8, 1o88, 1304&,
17o8, 2089, 2753. 2754, 2774. 3007,3437,
3443, 4433 (p. 44 ff.)), I
Haya 25,27
Hebrew (18, 154a, 373b, 529, 564, 567, ,
776, 842, 1105, 1243, 1402d, 1482, 1514,
:1277, 2307, 2646, 268o, 2897, 3307,348oa,
3563a. 3564. 3567. 3626, 3816, 3913. 3930,
4093. 4327, 4354), 64. See al.so: brael,
J ews, Palestine.
Hebrew-Balkan (48)
Hebrew-Oriental (1399, 2020, 2021, 2025), 28
Hebrew-Persian {2020), z8
Hebrew-Syrian (2020)
Hebrew-Yemenite, sce: Yemenitea
Hebrides {92, 573. IJOO, 3826, 3827), 25, 29
Hehe 25, 27
Hellas, see: Greece (ancient)
Hema J4
Hercegovina (2349, 2744. 2745, 2746, 2935.
3422, 3423. 3421a. 3663). zs. 29, 311
Hessen {3889) .
Hidatsa lndians (872), J
Hill-Reddi tribe {1313)
Hindu, see: Indian subcontinent
Hindu-Java (2362, 2363, 2381, 2384, 2416)
Hispano-Arabs {r119, 4531). See also: Ara-
bian Spain.
Hittites (2678, 4322, 4325, 4533a (p. 64 f!.))
Hoggar (1872, z6o6), 24, 35
Hok (4433 (p. 41 ff.))
Hokkaido (2o69)
Honduras (16, 712, 2776), 119, JZ
Honolulu I6
Hopei (619)
Hopi (1440, 1970), 29, JZ, J
Hori (205)
Hororo JI
Hottentots (21:1, 2220, 2223, 2235). See
also: Korana.
Hova (3249a). See also: Madagascar.
Hudson Bay Eskimo {3123). JO
Hu (so6)
Huichol (2767 (pp. 20, 40, H 144, 147. so.
151, 154), 2797), Z9
Hunedoara (101oa, 2637. 3159)
Hungary (151. 152, 246, 253, 254. 257, 26o,
261, 266, 267, 268, 270, 271. 273. 277. 279,
280, z83, z83a, z8jb, 3250., Jbl, 413, 724 .
728a, 770, 851, 971, 997. 1112a, 1143, 1155.
1271, 1359. 1598a, 1622, 2055. 2070-0073,
2193. 2194. 2267, 2269. 2270, 2272, 2Jo6,
 2)56, 2j2D-2j2oq, 2521-2524, 26)7. 266j,
2716, 2717, 3096, 3128b, 3163, )312, 3313,
3602, 3935. 1012, 4015-1019, 1021, 4021b,
4021c, 4113a, 4191, 4192, 4193, 4195,
4195a, 4195b, 426a, 4329, 4429, 4469,
4509}, ZI, JI, 3:1
Hunyad (257}
Huron( -Iroqois) :15
Hutu (469. 3655a), J4
Hyderabad (3277)
lawa 35
Ibani JI
. ]biza (1332b, 27a7), J.f
Iba (2!1, 1619a, 2oaoa, 2695, 291!3. 3146,
4369), JI
Iceland (72a (vol. 11 p. o6), a2, 15a3, 1585,
16a6a, 1955, 25a2, 2582a, 31a8, 38o7a,
4074,4075, 442a, JI. See also: Scandinavia
(general}.
lfaluk (552a)
lfni (2554, 2555, 2555a)
I:orot (3759)
lla (353:za)
lllyrians (2412) . kim.
Incas (50 (pp. 192, 194, 230), 68, 213, 309, 558,
1599, 16oo, 1943, 487, 488, 2489, 2490.
2818, 2832, 2913a, 304aa, 3656, of2II)
Indiana (2998, 3002)
Indian subcontinent (excl. Assam, Ceylon,
Kashmir, Nepal,. Sikkim):
A. Befare the Moghui period, and in gene-
ral:
a. tribal and folk music (170, 181, 1a5,
19Sa, 219, 434, 640, 1313, 2011)
b. classical music (25, 35, 36, 43. 113c, 113d,
115, 167, 171-1So, 1S6, 1S9-192, 196--
19Sb, 204, 293, 351, 354, 414, 436, 499,
561, 611, 6ub, 612, 639, 675. HD--743
761, 7S4, 7S5, SoS, S09, S10, Su, 8tS,
S22, S32, S37. 961, 962, 967. 969. 102a,
1110, 1144, 1219, 1282, 12S, 1288, 1289,
1290, 1301, 1305, 1350,-1353a, 1408,
1453, 1476, 1477. 1478, 1478a, 1521,
1534, 1535. 1562a, 1587, 168sa, 1848,
1849. 1853. 1855. 188o, 188s, 1957. 2011,
2o..o, 2o56a, 2657. 2107, 2108, 2128a,
218.., 2273. 2323a, 2381, 244a. 2510,
2jll, 2g2, 2721, 2732, 2734 2819, 2821,
283a. 2839, 28..o,288g, 289o,2a99,292a,
2929,2930,3123,3210,3217,3225,3289,
3294, 3297, 3298, 3302-330a, 3308b,
3310, 3311, 3322a, 3324, 3330, 3334,
3335a, 333a. 3351, 3354-3357. 3393a,
3477. 3478.34S0,3506, 3510,3514,3531,
356, 35S2, 3607,36"9.3610, 3611,3613,
3614,3615,3652,3655,3714,3735,3838,
3S43. 3846, 3a94, 3902, 3926--3929,
3941a, 3949, 3950, 3952, 3966, 3967,
3969, 3978, 3979. 4009, 4021, 4026,
4026a, 4026c, 4032, 4062, 4250, 4433 (p.
31),1535R}.4J,jJ,j5,4,5
B. North India in and after the Moghul
period:
a. tribal and folk music (fig. 49) (4, 1a1,
613, 614, 1083- 1086, 1523, 20II, 2074,
2119, 21S2, 2722, 2723, 3480, 4159a,
4512), JS
b. classical music (fig. 47) (31, 40, 59, 172-
175, ,a, 183. 1a1. 201, 220, 226--229,
352, 353. 355, 357, 376, 43a, 439, 6ua,
616, 628, 639, 665, 666, 691, 692, 692a,
739. au, 821, 831, 952, 964, 12ao, 1283,
1318, 1349, 1577a, t6oll, 1Sso, 1851,
18j2, 2010, 2040b, 2071 2075 2107,
2108, 2241a, 23117. 2497, 2692, 2710,
2u, 2722, 2723, 2821, 2900, 2929, 293a,
2939.2940,2941,2965.2973. 2971 3120,
3171,3192,3203,3204,3216,3331,3332,
3333, 3335a, 3348-3353. 3507, 3508,
3509, 3511a, 3520, 3582, 365a, 3S3o,
3838, 3II4Sa, 3a49, 3a5o, 3S91, 3929,
3974. 4022, 4023, 4026b, 4027, 4028,
4030, 4031, 4032, 4101, 4159a, 4188,
4250, 4314, 4379. 4385. 4520), 2J, "5 :il,
27, 28, 29, JO, JI, J2, JJ, 35. 54 See also:
Assam, Bhutan, Kashmir, Nepal, Sik-
C. South India in and after the Moghul
period:
a. tribal and folk music (182, 1023, 36o8,
3924}
b. classica! music (12, 34, 37, 38, .p. 41a,
42. 59, 113, 113d, 636, 6.f1, 834. 835. 953,
962a, 2:037, 2038, 2039, 204oa, 204ob,
20.41, 2042, 2043, 2043a, 2043b, 2043c,
2197, 2323b, 2704a, 27o4b, 2756a, 2962,
29a, 3097. 3098, 3099. 3116, 31a9, 3202,
3252-3293. 3295. 3296. 3299. 3300,
3301, 3306, 3308a, 3309, 3314-3323,
3335a, 3335b, 3335c, 3336, 3337, 3339-
3342d, 3351, 3357. 3479. 3510, 35ll,
36o5, 3600, 3612, 3614, 3616--3623b,
3657a, 3825, 3844. 3845, 4001), :ilj, "7
28, 29, JI, JJ, 54 See a!so: Ceylon.
Indochina (incl. Annam, Cambodia, Dong-
s'on, Kachin, Karn, Laos, Moi, Pemsians,
Sedan:, Tonkin, Viet-nam} (4-42, 505, 506,
721! (vol. I p. 232), 736, 790, a1ab, 966,
1023a. 1249, 1447. 1448, 1419, 146o, 1..62,
1463. 1479 1533. 1642, 1644 1645 1815.
1978. 1995. 2005, 2251, 22j2, 22ja, 2260,
2418b, 2274, 2444, 2516, 2517, 2519, 2525,
2526, 2527, 2530, 2587, 273a, 2739, 2740,
2758, 2772a, 2a73,- 3013, 3112, 3113, 3123,
3177, 3335, 3370, 36ag, 3723, 3784b, 3a14,
3839. 3875. 3952. 3977. 414a. 4197. 4269a,
4349a), z6, 29, JI. See also (in lndex 1):
brass (bronze) drums.
Indo-Germans (1678)
Indonesia. (general) (figs. 36, 41, 53. 55, 57,
58) (195, 206, 478, 4a2, 8oo, 967, g68, 978,
1139, 1142, 1449, 1531, 1646, 1647, 17of4C,
18711. 1879. 2342, 2365. 2J6a, 2369. 2371.
2372, 2375, 2379, 23llo, 2381, 2382, 2388,
2393. 2398. 2400, 24011, 2412, 2415, 2417,
2517 2548. 2724, 2a22, 21172, 287J, 2874
 2952, 3042, 3531, 3721. 3723, 386, 3894. 2779, 278o, 2788, 2793, 2876a, 2914, 916,
3945, 4183, 4380, 4463, 4464), ZZ, :lJ, Z4, :15, 2927, 3Dof9a. 3091, 3158, 3175. 3177 (p. 1-fi
:~6,:~8,JI,JJ,J4,J5,J9.40,4J.44.45.46, fl.). 3183. 318-f, 318j, 3223, 3380, 3586,
5:1, 54. 57. 6o, 64, 6s. See ah;o: Alar, Am- 3785, 3829b, 383oa, 3835a, J!ly-ta, ofOOJ,
bon, Aru lslands, Atj~h (Achin), Babar, of035o 4036, of0of1, of0of2, of0of5, of062a, 4103,
Badujs, Bali, Baoggai Aichipelago, Ban- 4138, -to6a, 8s. 4350, -t361, H38, 4157.
yuwangi, Batak, Benkuleo, Borneo, Cele- of516a), I:l, .OJ, .Oj, :17, :19, JO, JI, Jj, J6, 5 4 ,
bes, Fiaros, Halmaheira Hindu-Java, Java, 64. 65 '
J ogjakarta, Kai lslands, Kisar, Koer, ]arma (1677), 24
kiOnchong (io Iodex 1), Kubu, Leti, Lio, Jauode (1278, 1637. 2972)
Madura (lndoo.), Maoggarai, Manuwoko, Java (figs. 53 and 62) (111, 188, 193, 194,387,
M.ioangkabau, Moluccos, Nag, Ngada, 471- 477 of81 - .. 90. 536. 1449. 1528, 1529,
Nias, Nicobar&, Pantar, Pnihing, Roma, 1530, 1593, 1635, 186, 1877, 2051, 226-f,
Rot, Salayar, Sarawak, Savu, Semarang, 2316, 2359a, 2359<1, 2363, 2365, 2370,2372,
Seran, Siak, Solar, Sula lslands, Sumatra, 2375. 2378, 2378a, 2381, 238., 2386, 2397,
Sumba, Sumbawa, Suoda districts, Sura-
karta, Timar, Toraja, Ulia&:le, West Java.
2399, 2407, 2409, 2414, a. 2536, 28u,
3177 (p. 165 ff.). 3182, 3205, 3251, 3552.
Iogesana (3452) 3742, 3864, 3885, 3886, 3886a, 3890, 395 2,
In Salah J5 4532b).ZJ,Zj,28,J4,35.39.45.S'~.57,bO,
Iran, se~: Persia 64, 65. See also: Hindu Java, Suoda di.&-
Iraq (162, 1201, 3428), JO tricts.
lreland (132, 144, 540, 541, 542, 748, 1281, Jerba (2514)
IJJS, 1597, 1632a, 1633, 2031, 2113, 2114, Jews (1Sofb, 529, 564. 826, 8..2, 1119. 1243.
266, 3049b, 3086, 3087, 3088, 3089, JO<)O, 1293, 1399, 1402, lof02a, 1.o2d, 1482, 1514,
3121, 3123, JI6of, 3165, 4139), Z4, JI, J5 168, 1726, 1739. 2022, 2023, 202-f, 2026,
lroquoi& (241, 683, 762, 763, 1226, 1227, 2419, 2027. 2028, 2051, 212a, 2179. 2307, 251-f,
2420, 2423, 24]1, 2432, 2437. 2438a, 3124), 2599, 2646, 3488, 3513, 3563a, 3580, 3626,
25, JZ,J6 3816,3913,4358a,J914, 3915, 3915&,3930,
Islay :15 4322, 4327, 4352, 1354, 4355. i358, 4151),
Isleta (94 a) JI, J4 See also: Hebrew etc. Israel, Pales-
Israel (529, 564, 842, 11o2b, 1.82, 2127, 3123, tioe, Tlemceo.
3245, 3564, 1351) See alao: Hebrew, Jew&, Jhabua (2n9)
Palestioe. Jivaro {2767 (p .. 167), 1433 (p. 51))
Issaosu (3366 (p. 89 ff.)) Jogjakarta (1528, 1529, 1530, 2378a); 35
Istria (118, 2138b, 2350, 3851) J uchitan (2652)
Italy (aocient aod mdieval) (48, 231, 310, Jurupari {3487)
311, 313, 314, oS, 728 (vol. JI p. 192), Jutland {2326)
842, s4 3a, 8s. 1o61, 1089, 1496, 1968, Kaa-ihwua (3972)
25H8a, 26H2, 2683, 3527, 3787, 4323, 4533c) Kabardinian 33
ltaly (modero) (iocl. Calabria, Capri, Lom- Kabr (4535) Z4
bards, Naples, Sardinia, Savoy, Sicily) Kabyls (71, 290, 3818), 35
(390, 3yoa, 581, o8, 728 (vol. li p. Kachin (4433 (p. 32))
192), 1061, 1152, 1153, 1154, 1213, Kachinsei; (3085)
1215, 1228, 1392, 2599, 2964, 2964a, 3093b, Kadiri (ut, 3864, 3885)
3123, 4o8sa .p8), JI, 34. 66 Ka!iristan (62)
!teso (757a, 2570) Kagaba (45o6b)
Ituri rcgioo (3693), JI Kaibab Paiutes (3649)
lveia (153) Kai Islands (1104 (p. 69 ff.), 1863, 2385,
lvory Coast (incl. Ba'ule, Ebri, Kooo) 2864 (p. 198 f!.), 3417), 25
(1148a, 2453), :16, :17, :18, JI, J4, J5 Kaiogang, see: Caingua
1walapeti JO Kairo, sec: Cairo
Jaba (1710) Kalahari. &ee: Bushmeo
J alait Moogols (1093) Kalai (153)
] amtland (386) Kalina 25, J3
Jamaica (2945, 3432, 3433. 3434 3435. 3438, Kalimantan, see: Borneo
3439, 3442). JO, JI Kamba {1091, 2620)
Japan (130, 348, 349, 386a, 453. 454. 47oa, Kamyura, sce :. Camyura.
493a, 5H1a, 632, 728 (vol. ll p. 198), 751, Karaja (2869)
77H, 832, 838, 850, 1044, 1045. 104H, 1049, Kara Kirghiz (boa)
1050,I050a, 1442, 1612-1618a, 1H6, 1882, Karanga Zj
1949, 2034.2035, 2069, 2082, 2136a, 2136b, Karelia (418, 1056a)
2136c, 21., 2265a, 2299a, 2309, 245oa, Karn (2758. 4531)
, 45 ab, 4 68, 4 69. 2498, 2596, <JBs. 2686, Karesau (3727)

257
Karkar (1983), 25 Kukuya 24, 28, J5
Kasa..i region (4109) IKung Bushmen (1524), J
Kashmir (31, 32, 33, 739, 2145, 3178), JO, JI Kunimaipa 25
Kasongo 26 Kurdistan (2902, 3220, 4246), JO, 34
Katafon (76g) Kuruc (252oi)
Katanga (38.5a) Kurussa 24
Kate (667a) Kuyu :17
Kayabi JO Kwakiutl (379, 1014, 1242), 25
Kayapo, sce: Cayapo K wango region (4109)
Kazakhstan (boo, 1035, 1120, 1121, 3866), 26, Kwesi (4108), 29
JJ,J4 Kwikuru, see: Quicuru
Kazan Tatars (2495, 3781) Kwiri JI, J2
Kei lslands, see: Kai Islanda Lacandn (2767 (pp. 105, 170), 28oo)
Kclantan (772a) Laguna (3431)
Kentucky J4 Lake Murray :15
Kenya (incl. Bukusu, Chewa, Girimaya, Ki- Lala (112e, 2097, 352:5a)
kuyu, Kipsigi, Luo, Nyika, Swahili) (61, La Mancha (3937)
1u, 2296, 2.531a, 2.572, 3o63, 3123, 3504, Lamba (995)
4059), 28 Lamido :z6
Kerala, see: Malabar Laos (818b, 966, 1448, 1995, 2251 (p. 3144
Kerker 35 u., 3335. 3875). :19
Khabardo-Balhare (1056a) La Plata (4208)
Kharchin Mongols (1093) Lapps (572, 8o3, 1095 - 1099, 1497, 1744&,
* Khomani Bushmen (994, 2227)
Khorasan (4010)
2559, 2564, 2719, 4097, H43C), 2I, 32
Lari (3151), 28 .
Khorchin Mongols (1093) Latin America, see: Central America, South
Khorchin J a.saktu Mongola (1093) America
Khwarism (= Khoresm) (318a, uosa) Latvia (356, 1403, 2125, 2126, 2177, 3u2,
Kickapoo lndians (683, 2797) 3519, 4004a)
Kigali (2266b) Lausitz (1627)
Kikiyu (3504) Lbou 27
Kimbisa 28 Leeward lslands, see: Antigua, Gnadeloupe,
Kindiga (3366 (p. 19)) Virgin Islanda
Kiowa lndians (2797, 3405), :15, 36 Leon 25
Kipsigi :z8 Lepcha ( = Rong) (4263, 4439)
Kiptchak (6oo) Leti (3018, 3022 (p. 104 ff.))
Kirdi (3679), 26 Lewis, lsland of, (92), :15
Kirghiz (585, 6oo, 1904, 2495, 2635, 4236, Libanon (3947). See also: Druses.
4239. 4474 4475). 34 Liberia (incl. .Halanta, Dassa, Buzi, Fulup,
Kisar (3022) Gio, Kpelle, Kru, Loma, Mandinga, Mano,
Kissi (3688), J4 Mende) (336, 1479, 1666, 1704, 2087, 2455,
Kiwai (2539) 2630, 2881), JO, 34
Klang (2626) Libya (773. 1151), JI
Koer (3946) Lio (1639. 2383)
Koga J4 Lithuania (223a, 284, 494, 682, 2076, 2125a,
Konjo (370, 426o) 2177 28Ja, 2915, 2963, 2975. 3119, 3398,
Kono 27 3530, 4494). J2
Korana (2217). See also: Hottentnts. Livonia (Livland) (2650)
Korea (393a, 750, 1043, 1212b, 1948, 1991, Loango (2646a, 4433 (p. 3o))
2186, 2577b, 2577c, 3177 (p. 142 f1.) 4.5043, Lobi (2454)
4549a) Lodoyo (111, 3885)
Koukouya, see: Kukuya Logo (749a)
Kouroussa., see: Kurussa Lokele (593), 28
Kpelle JO Lolo (33M2, 3386, 4531b)
Krajina (3931) Loma ( = Buzi) JO, 34
Krim Tatars (248o) Lombards (1228)
Krk (2138b, 3851), 66 Lorraine (3191)
Kroatia, see: Croa tia Louisiana (932), 3:1
Kru (1704), 30, J:l Lovale (-1366a)
Kuala Lumpur (371) Lower California (907, 996, 2836). See also:
Kuba (44oa. 26!8) Yacui.
Kubenkranken 27 Loyalty Islands (incl. Lifu, Uvea.) (552, 4433
Kubu (1894) (p. 39ff.))
Luba (553, 2796a, 41o6), :15, :18 MandakaJI
LubafSanga ::.8 Mandalay (19S2)
Lubaantum (2114a) Mandan (S72), J6
Luchuans (213.5, 3.51.5, 3.516, ....4.5, 4446) Mandingo (336, 1479, 2455, 2567a), JO
Lucbazi (4366a) Manggarai (1639, 2383)
Lucumi (- Cuban Yoruba) (3073, 3077), :18 Mangbetu (359), 34
Luena (4366a) Mangutu (749a)
Luisello (3446) Mano J4
Luluabourg (2266b) Manuwoko Z5
Lummi lndians (3404), J6 Maori (77, 7S, 79, So, 345. 346, szS, 992,
Lunda (2o46a, JOOa, 3366a, 4366a) 1052a, 1064, 14S1, ljO, 1966, 218g, JOIO,
Luo 25, :~8 3173. 3970, H33 (p. ff.)), 019
Luoluo (31 77 (p. 154)) Mapuche (409S)
Lusaans, see: Sorbes Maputo, see: Mozambique
Luzem (136S) Maquiritare :15, 35
Luzon, see: Philippines Maramures (263)
Maa :~6 Maricopa (1709)
Mabuti, see: Mbuti . Marske (1o.56a)
Macedonia (no, 121, 12u, 674, 771, 979, Marowijne River (34S7), :16, JJ
124.5 - 124Sa, 1570, 2319, 41.50, 4200, 4433 Marquesas (incl. Fatu hiva, Uapu) (1o6o,
(p. 2S ff.)), 115, :19, JO, J:l 1450, 159,5, 1,596, 262S, 3942, 4433 (p. 44
Macedo-Rumanians J5 ff.)), 66
Mada:ascar (incl. Ambilube, Betsileo, Hova, Marrakesh (1-436, 2714, 271.5)
Mahaialy, Sakalava, Vezo) (72S (vol. 11 Martinique JJ
p. 307), 1016, una, 1S96, 2.573, 2.573a, Mashona (4116, 4118, 4119)
3123, 3249a, 3347 3.502, 3.561, JSJs. 4090) Massa 26
(p. 3214 ff.) 24, JI, J5 Matabele (2o46b)
Madiun (3S64) Matakam 016
Madras (3276, 3617). See also: !odian aub- Mato Grosso (3762, 4433 (p . .51 ff.)), JO
continent. Mauh (2S6g)
Madrid (27S.5, 376o) Maupiti (1451), 66
Madura (lndon.) (479, 4So) Mauritania. see: Moora
Mafulu (43S4a) Maya (723, 16oa, 2767 (pp. 112, 16<)), J66I),
Magdenburg (3644a, 4318) J2
Maghreb (9, 290, 33.5, 849. 1172D, nBsB. Mayo (748)
11S.5C, 1202, 13.57, 3233, 3492). See also: Mazur (3SS1)
Al:eria, Berber tribes, Kabyls, Moors, Mbae (.594)
Morocco, Tripolitania, Tunisi&. Mbala (4107)
Magudc, aee: Mo.uunbique Mbam (165o)
Mabalaly JI, JJ Mbaya (20.5)
Maidu (921, 946) Mbele (.597a)
Maikal Hills (10S3) Mbeti J5.
Majorca (1332b, 3026), 29, J4 Mbochi 27
Ma.kah lndians (3404), 36 Mboko z8, JI, J5
Makalanga (4II7) Mbudo JI
Ma.kushi (20.5, 1925, 1963, 34S7) Mbunda 28
Ma.kwa JI Mbuti (36<)3), z8, JI, J4
Mala (2036) Mecca ( 1172G)
Malabar (2042, 3202, 3271) Mecklenbur: (1113)
Malaya (incl. Besisi, Kelantan, Klang, Sakai, Medimurje (H90, 4191)
Selangor, Seman:, Pi, Temiar) (214, 371, Mediterranian (4091), JI. See also: a.o.,
]SI, 772a, 967, 1137, 1569, 1930, 2282, Albania, Corsica. Cyprus, Egypt, Fra.nce,
2379, 2626, 2773, 38.59, 397.5, 4433 (p. 32)), Greece, Israel, Italy, Libanon, M.o.shreb,
28, 29,JO,J5 Palestine, Spain. Turkey, Yugoolavia.
Malekula (S39. 4-433 (p. 39 ff.)) Medje z8
Maliok 2, 27. :J8, JZ, 34. J Mekeo (4384a)
Mamberamo Papnans (~ Ta.kutamesso) Mcknes (2591)
Mela.ncsia (~eneral) (728 (vol. Il p. 331), 967,
(2J66), 45
Mambudo, see: M bu do 1571, 16g2, 1893, 2310, 2868, 3682, 3728,
Mambuti, see: Mbu 3754, -4057). 44 See also: Admiraltidl,
Banks lslands, Bismarck Archpeh~o,
Mamvu (749a)
l:luka, Fiji lslando, Futuna, Loyalty b-
Man, lsle ol, (2199)
la.nds, M.o.lckula, Mortlock l.tandll, New
Mancha, La, (3937)

259
 Britain, New Caledonia, New Guinea, New Montencb'TU (308, 9')0'<, 41SO), 25, 29, J2
Hebrides, New Ireland, Solomon Islands. Moorca 66
Mdville Island 25 Moors (o57. 1185C, 1203, 2594, 2594a, 349S.
Mende (1666, 2087, 2630, 2881) 41tio, 4203, 4444). 27. J6
Menomenee (881, 898, go6, 2798, 3859a), 36 Moravia (n, bog, osaa, 2775, 400-f, 4004a,
Mcskwaki, ee: Fox Indians 4227)
Mesopotamia (12o1, uo6 (p. :128 ff.), xa24, Mordvinia (1056a, 2481, 24Bs, of1S2, 4177)
2670, 3211, 3427, 342a, 3525), 63. See also: Morca, s~e: Pcloponnesos
A:;,;yria, Babylunia, Iraq, Sumerians. Murocco (incl. Atlas mountains, Chleuh, Fea,
Mexico (69. zso. 350, 575, s6, 577, sa2, ox, Marra.k~sh, Mcknes, Rabat) (9, 2a, 251,
o2, 6o3, 627, 633, 72a (vol. U p. 341), 996, 2!)0, 330, 33s. 644, 646, 649- 6s7. 659. 66o,
1090, 1331, 1332, 1332a, 1333, 1393, 1394, 6(,3; 718, 9S1, 1207. 1340, 14]6, 2S90, 2S91,
1395, 1549, 1550, 155oa, 1573, 1574. 1599. 2600, 2714, 271s. 2765, .s.p, 34" 3412,
1o3, 1o4, 16o5, 2295, 2357, 2427-43o, 3413, 3497. Js6oa, 3937 4073), JI, JJ, J4
2477. 208, 26S2, 2766, 2767. 279. 2171. See also : Mours .
a.7 . a.8, 2a29- 2a36b, 3215, 3364, 337a. Mortlock Islands (4433 (p. 39 ff.))
346a, 3S90, ~S91, 3662, 38oa, 3a09, 38oga, . Mosho (>os)
3809b.383f3890a,39S3.4105,420S,436. Mossi (n>d), 34
4459, 44O, 4461), 29, JI, J:l, JJ, J6. See l\loqui, see: Moki
also: Aztecs, Chiapas, 1ucbitan, Lacandon, Moundan(g) (3367), .:16
Maya, Michoacn, Meztecs (- Mixtecs), Mozambique (incl. Chewa, Chindau, Chopi,
Otumi, Seri, Taraacans, Toltecs, Yaqui, Ma;ude, lllaputo, Ndau, Ronga, Shangaan,
Zapatee:-;, Shuna, Thunga) (291, 292, SH. 1712, 2ll1,
Meztc::c~. s~e: }tlixtcca 2122, 2123, 2124, 2231, 3S23, 4119, 4120,
Miau (~4. 149a, 2o1s, 2632, 3177 (p. 150 ff.)) 4123). 35
Michia.n lndians (~43s. 3001) Mozarabs (3464)
Michoa.cn (6ox, xssoa, 2357, 2767 (pp. 87, 1\lpondu J6
108, 157ll Mpondomisi J
Micronesia (incl. Hok, Ifaluk, Namoluk, Mpuzuma (2208)
Ponape, Satowal, Truk, Yap) (402, ss2a, Mulari, see: Liri
1706, x72o, 2012b, 2 3 1o, 4os1. 4.a 4433 Mulcra-Ruanda (1020)
(p. 44 ff.)) Mul125
Middle East, see: Afghanistan, Armenia, Munduruc (2a69, 3487)
Central Asia, Persia Muntenia (4sa)
Minangkabau (1626), 28 Muria (1o86, IS>3)
Minas Gerais (3393) Mwera (2001, 2006, 2007, 3377)
Mindoro (73!!) .Mycenae (1467)
Mingrelia (24ao, 24a4. 2493) Nabaloi (2920)
Minjia (3177 (p. 1,54)) Naga tribcs (404, 3177 (p. 1SS)). 45
Minncsuta (934) Na (23H3), 44
Minorca (1332b) Naimancs (oo)
lllisbaria (249S) Namoluk (4433 (p. 4i ff.))
Mixtecs (2767 (pp. 122, 170), 2800, 3186) Nandi (370)
Moche (so (p. 72)) Naples (1061)
lllodoc (1579) Nas lndians (242)
Molu (274oa) Navajo(~ Navaho) (1710, 2799,2800, 3iS1C)
Mohave lndians J2 2j,28, 29,J2,J
Moi (incl. Bahnar, Di, Maa, Sedang, Yarai) Navarrc 29
(2SI7. 2587). 26 Naxos JO
Mojokerto (3864) Nazca (36s7)
Moki (1os7l Ndau J6
Moldau (997) NdauJGarwe 25
Muldavia (I155. 3227) Ndebelc Zulu 28
Muluccos (1244, 2085, 22a1, 23a5. 2864. 3417, Ndugo (2134a)
3946, 40s5. 413a (vol. II p. 162 fl.)). 25 Ndut Lieng li:Ia.k (736)
Mongolia (incl. Barin, Buryats, Chahar, Ncar East (ancient and modero) (general)
Chipchln, Dagbur, Gorlos, Hallar, 1alait, (642, 1018, nos. uoa (p. 421 ff.), 1229,
Kbarchin, Khorchin, Khorcbin 1asaktu, 1323, 1370, 1402C, 1624, 1802, 1816, '2S04,
Oiot, Tumet) (1093, I4S9. 162s, 1669, >bs. 3176, 3>ll, 3233. 3SS7a, (XIII, p.
2335, 3066, 3067, 306g, 3177, 3987, 4037, 448 and 4SO), 3s64, 391sa. 4322, 4337,
4110), 2I, 26, 55 43SH), JI, J2, 33, J4, 62, J. See also: Arab
Montana (3009), :15 ruusic, Anatolia, Armenia, Assyia, Babylo-
Montana l:'lain Cree 25 nia, Chaldea, Hebrew, Hebrew-Oriental,
 Hebrew-Per.;ian, Hebrew-Syrian, Hittitea,
Iraq, Kurdistan, Libanon, lltesopotamia,
Peria, Pboenicia, Sumerians,Syria, Turkey.
Negritos, """: Pygmees, Aaiatic,
Nepal (571, 3123, 4532), JO
Netherland:; (518, 518a, 518b, 705a, 746, 852,
1029~ 10]0, 1302, 1]61, 2109, 2110, 2128,
2248b, 2358, 2359, 2405, 2586, 2588a,
2588b, 281!6, 3212, 3229, 3698 .f228, .f2-fl,
41o6, 4421), J.2. See also: Fla.ndcr&.
Netherlands Guyana, &ee: Surinam
Netsilik Ekimo (334-4)
Neu Mecklenburg, St>e: New lreland
Ncu Pommcm, e: New Britain
Ncw Britain (- Neu Pommem) (incl. Gazelle
pennsula) (1039. 1986, 1987, 1988, 4-433 (p.
39 ff.), -4501)
New Caledonia (3072, .f24-f, 4-433 (p. 39 ff.),
4513). Jj, J
New England (1256)
Newfoundland (1509a, 21-4oa)
New Guinea (incl. Ali, Astrolabe Bay, Azera,
F)y ltivcr, Gogadara, Karesau, Karkar,
Kate, Kiwai, Lake Murray, Mafulu, Mam-
bcramo Papuans, Mekeo, Orokaiva, Papua,
l'apuan Gul!, Ramu district, Sepik, Sialum,
Tami, Torrea Straita, Trans-Fly, Yabim,
Yulelsland) (307, 36o, 373. 382, 6-42, 667a,
668, 1139. 1253. 1253a, 131-4a, 1324a, 1483,
1486, 1488, 1489, 1566, 1567, 1568, 169-f,
1695. 1874 1875 1983. 2281, 2366. 2367.
2402, 2538. 2949. 2950, 3177 (pp. 176. 178
ff.), 3201, 3696a, 3727, 3729, 3736, 3810,
-4383, -4384, .f38.fa, -4422, -4423, -4433 (p.
39 ff.)), .2j, 44, 49 jO, j i , 53
New Hebrideo (incl. Futuna, Malekula) (552,
839. 1253. 3918, 4433 (p. 39 f!.))
New lreland ("" Neu Mecklenburg) (incl.
Tombara) (6, 1658, 1662, 1892, 1g86, 1987,
191!8, 2301!, 2612)
New Mexico (919, 3127, 3-429), .29
New Zealand (4513). See also: Maori
Ngada (1639, 2383), 44
Ngala .aS, 34
Ngbzwdi (4047. 4048)
Ngoma (3148)
Ngundiz., Z7,za,35
Nias (2376, 3177 (p. 170), H33 (p. 34 t.)), I.,
Ij, I, 45
Nicaragua (846, 16o4)
Nicobars (4433 (p. 31 ff.)), 54
Nieder-Lausitz (1627)
Nigeria (fig. 56) (134. 219, 444 8o6, 836,
1145, 1146, 1147. 1148, 1580, 1619a, 1621,
1952, 2o8o,220Ja,25442687,2688,2688a,
2681!b, 2935a, 3065b, 36o4a, .f230), JO, JI,
JZ, 45 See also: Efik, Ewe, Haussa, Ibo,
Sokotu, Tiv, Yoruba.
Niger Territory (incl. Bambara, Ba'ule, Boro-
ro (Afr.), Fulab, Hausa, ]arma, Sarakol,
Senolifo, SongbaifZerma, Sonray, Ye!e)
(287, 1131, 1479, 1677, 2247, 3123, 3161,
3230, 3231, 3871), .2., il7, 35
Nikki (339)
Niue (4433 (p. 44 ff.))
Nkanu (~ Ba.nkanu) (3522)
Nkumbi (3693)
Nkund(j)o (385, 1456, 1993)
Nogai Tatarli (:.495)
Nogundi, aee: Ngundi ,
Nootka (923, 1014, 3-451), 36, 65
Norfolk 35
Normandy!l9
North America, aee: Canada, Eskimo, United
S tates
North American Indian& (general) (loo, 237,
504, 543, 545, 555, 557. 561, 625, 858, 859.
86o, 862, 863, 86., 868, 873 - 879, 882 -
892, 894, 895, 899, 900, 901, 904, 908, 911,
913, 914, 920, 92-f, 927, 928, 929, 930, 935.
936, 937, 939-945, 1103, 1239, 1240, 1241,
1:062, 1267. 1334. 1703, 1716-1719, 178.
1729, 1731, 1735. 1740, 2262, 2421, 2422,
2431, 26o8, 2788a, 2801, :.81!2, :0979,
2981, 2986, 3005a, 3084, 3399, 3400, 3406,
3449,3784,3990,4088, 4425,4509), I.2,Zj,
.aa, zy, JO, JI, 3:1, J. S~e ali;o: Can;,.da,
Unitcd Stateo.
North American Ncgroes (86, 1102, UJ5,
1255. '131!d, 286oa, 3056. 312-4. 3172. 371,
.310), 29, JI. See also: Afro--Americans.
North California (98)
Nortbern Rbodesia (219, 995, 2093, 2og6,
2097, 2102, 3523a, 4136d, 4136h, 4136j,
4366a). See also: Ambo, Bach.ioko, Barotae,
lla, l.ala, Lamba, Luchazi, Luena, Mbuo-
da, Ovimbundu, Thooga, Zambeai.
Northumberland (144, 623), 35
Northwest Greenland (-4o66)
Northwest lndians (incl. Bellakula, Chinook,
Coast Salish, Haida, Kwakiutl, Nootka,
Salish, Tiingit, Tsimshian) (378, 379, 923,
925, 926, 101-4, I2-f2, 133-4, 1300, 1713,
171-4. 1746, 3-401, 3-430, 3451, 38ogb, 3985).
Zj,JI
Norway (30, 89, 93, 333 U, 363-368, .fOO,
728 (vol. II p. -400), 782, 1056, Io65-1o6g,
1375, 1497, 1513, 1537. 156oa, 1674. 2538,
2621, 3082, 3636-3643 3887. 4516), J2,
35 See also: Scandinavia (general).
Nova Scotia (761a, 268ga), JO
Novi Pazar (2654)
Nubiza
Nubia (1652)
Nuer (4153)
Nuristan, see: Katiristan
Nyamwezi (1897), 25, 117, .aa
Nyasaland (incl. Cbewa, Wayao) (1559, 1712,
2918, 3344a, 2933. 4351), 25
Nyaturu (3366 (p. 65 ft.))
NyikaJChooyc za
Nyika/Girimaya .aa
NyikafKambe .aa
Nyoro zs. z8
Nyoro/Haya za
NyorofToro 2a
Oayana (Oyana) (3487), ll, JJ Papago (870, Bg, 2767 (p. 178), 3702), t19,
Ober-Lausitz (1627) JZ,J
Ob-Ugrians (Sos. 4170, 4173. 4174, 4192). See Papcete (4513)
also: Cheremiss, Esthonia, Fin-Ugrians, Papi (1216)
Karelia, Livland, Mordvinia, Ostyaks, Papuans, see: New Guinea
Permiaks, Syrianes, Woguls, Wotyaks. Papuan Gulf (668, of384)
Oceania (general) (>19, 6go, 8oo, nsz. ns3a. Paraguay (incl. Kaa ihwua) (3364, 39721
1276, 1649, 2824, 2917, 3682, 37S4o ofOS7, Parikuta (34871
4072a), 34 See also: Formosa, Hainan, Me- Parintintin (286gl
lancsia, Micronesia, Okinawa, Polynesia, Parsi J4
Rykyii's. Pashtun J4
Ochi rcgion (4364) Passamaquoddy I6
Ofai-Chavantes (3407) Patagonian.s (1250, 2579)
Oglala :z5 Patamona (3487)
Ogow (3502b), tl, J5 Paumotu (5471
Ojibwa, see: Chippewa Pausema (2869)
Okand.i 24, 27, t18 Pawnee (870, 897, 2797), I9, 115, J
Okinawa (2135, 2136, 3515, 3516, H45 4446), Perory district (2708)
30,65 Peda (7691
Okomiut Eskimo JO Pedjeng (1866, 3017)
Olot Mongols (1093) Peloponnesos ( = Morea) (3159, 3241), JO
Oltenia (4s8) 'Pemsians' (790)
Omagua (2869) Pende (2266b, 2726, 2727, 2728, 2729, 2731a,
Omaha lndians (931, 1261, n66) 3065a, 3898), z9. JI
Oneida (1227) Penobscot (39111
Onondaga (1227), 3:1 Perak (214, 371), JJ
Oran J4 Pcre 34
Ordos ( = Ortos, Urdus) (3o66, 3067) Permiaks (2336, 2480, 3105). See also: Fin-
Orinoco (723, 8iof), J5 Ugrians.
Orleans 29 Persia (incl. Papi, Sassanids) (13, 21, 247. 248,
Orokaiva 25 249, 639. 66, 9S4 1165, u83, n85E,
Osage lndians (1259, 126S) n8sF, 118sG. 1192, II93. 1194, 1204,
Ossetes (1o56a, 2480, 248-f) 1212, 1216, 1314. 14S2, 1980, 2020, 2257,
Ost-.Mbam-Land (16so) 2S20, 2534, 2671, 2902, 4010), IIJ, 117, tl8,
Ostyaks (8s (p. 148), 970, 4021a, 4171) JI, 34. 4J. 64, 65. See also: Azerbaijan,
Otee lnd.ians Z5 Hebrew-Persian, Khorasan.
Otomac (3487) Peru (incl. Aymar, Inca, Moche, Nazca,
Otomi (1332, 2767 (pp. 19, 20, 122, ISO, ISI, Quechua) (50, 68, 128, 128a, 128b, 213,
154), 2831), Jtl 309, of93. ss8, 6o6, 1599- 16o3, 16o6, 1929,
Ottawa (2434), Jtl 1943 2045. 2487 - 2of90, 2767 (pp. 96, 167,
Ovakuanyana (2233) 168), 2796, 2818, 2832, 2913a, 30of8a, 3123,
Ovambo (2233) 3467, 3524, 3653, 3656, 36s, .p82, 4207,
Ovimbundu (1715, 4366a) 4211), Z9, JI
Oxfordshire J5 Peul, see: Fulah
Oyampi (286g) Philippines (incl. Hanunol!, Igorot, Luzon,
Oyana, see: Oayana Mindoro, Sagada, Tinguian) (22a, 224, 738,
Pacic, see: Oceana 8ss. 1324, 1520, 2677, 2677a, 26g6, 2697,
Padleirmiut Eskimo J4 2711a, 2717a,3471,364736743758,3759,
Pahouins, see: Fang 4283, 4433 (p. 34 ff,)), JO, JI
Paiute (36.8, 3649), J Phoenicia (3211, 4533a (p. 65)), 4J
Pakistan (4, 2074, 2722, 2723), "9 JO. See Phrygia (3132)
also: ludian subcontinent. Piaroa 115, J5
Palembang (2403) Picuris (1620)
Palestine (529, 564, 86, 787, nos. 1243, Pila (1354a)
1273, 1514, 184od, 2277, 2307, 2322, 2622, Pima ludians (1721), 3"
26.6, 3>11, 3580, 3930, 4322, 4327, 4354, Pindi 29, JI
4533a (p. 65 ff.)), :18, JI. See also: Druses, Pi (4433 (p. 32))
Hebrew, Israel, Jews. Pl-Temiar (1569), z8, JO, JJ
Palikur lndians (3023b) Pnihing z6
Pa.nlltu (4187a) Pogoro (774, 2667a)
Panama (877, 88o, 135S. 2323, 4SJO) Poitou 29
Pangw, see: Fang Poland (112a, 2ooa, 329, 355a, 373a, 676a
Pautar (of202 (p. 267 ff.)) 10Ji, 1386, 1581, 2277a, 228o, 2875. 3042a
 36o2, 3700, 3879, 3880, 3881, 3882, 4103a, Rong, see: Lepcha
4181a, 4390, 4471) Ranga l2123)
Polyn.,;ia (general) (527, 547 - 552, 6')0, 728 Rot (2584)
(vol. li p. 471}, 1276, 1571, 3051, 3754, Roucouyenne (3487)
3859b, 4057), I, 29, JI, 66. See also: RuandajUrundi (393, 469, 470, 1020, 1916,
Aotearoa, Cook Islands, Fatu hiva, Fiji 2743a, 2849, 28:;o, 286ob, 286od, 3125,
Islands, Futuna, Gilbert lslands, Hawa, 36:;:;a). See also: Batwa rrwa), Hutu,
Maori, Marquesas, New Zealand, Niue, Tutsi.
Paumotu, Samoa, Society lslands, Tahiti, Rumania (incl. Banat, Bu' ovina, Dobrucha,
Tonga, Tuamotu. Moldavia, Muntenia, Oltenia, Sicben-
Pomo JS brgen, Walachia) (51, 52, 53, 54, 54a. 201,
Ponapt: 14433 (p. 44 U.)} 202, 256. 257. 261, 262, 263, 265, 266, 74
Panca 25 331, .p1, 458, 46o, 466, 495, 496, 497, sBB,
Pon tic Greeks JO 677--{;81, 709. 710, 733, 973. 1o1o, 1o1oa,
Port au Prince (3503) 1155, 1451a, >054,>055,>155, 2168,2j20n,
Portugal l341, 374, 1327, 1329, 1480, 2120, 2525a, 261o, 2637. 2908, 3011, 3104, 3123,
2121, 2824a, 2898, 3008, 3425, 3470, 3701, 3227, 32>8, 3228a, 3238, 3239, 3216a, 3418,
. 4184). 35 3419, 3420, 3459, 3670, 3837a, 3935, 4021c
Portugese East Africa, see: Mozambique (Nos. 12 and 28), 4137. 4205a, 4227, 4249,
Portugese Guinea (1469a) 4267. 4268, 4328, 4377. 4472, 4192, 4493.
Portugese West Africa, see: Angola 4502, 4503, 4506, 4510, 4551), 2I, <l9, J2,
Provence 11051, 2737a), 29 35 See also: Arumanians.
Pskoff JS Rumelia (3ooa, 2844). See also: Rhodope
Pueblo lndians (incl. Acama, &nito, Cochi- mountains.
ti, Hopi, Isleta, Moki, Santo Domingo Rundi (3047), 34 See also: Burundi.
Pueblo, Taos, Zudi) l902, 909, 919, 947a, Russia (incl. Caucasus) (113, liJa, >Oza,
1057. 1236. 1438. 1of40, 1705, 1721, 2JJ7, >8ga, 290, 324, 325, -465, 670, 7'4 728a,
3431, 3451C}, .:19, J2, 36 974, 1056a, 1094, 1100, 1594, 2137, 2146,
Puerto Rico l56o, 847, 1090, 16JI, 2652a, 2187, 2278, 2279, 2280, 228oa, 2336, 234,
4312), JI 2of49, 246, ... so - 2485, 2493. 2495. 2621,
Puget Sound lndians (3404, 3430), 36 2625, 2625a, 2708, 875. 2928, 96o, 29ti1,
Puget Sound Sa.Jish (3430) 2987, 299>, 3012, 3105, 310, 3123, 3>jO,
Puinave 25, 35 3512, 3697b. 3700, 3707, 3746, 3781, 3783.
Punjab (739), 28 3817,3888,388g,3940b,395oofa,4oo6,ofl5l,
Pygmies, African (469, 3502a, 3502b, 3693, -4175, 4177, 4219, 4238, 4377), JI, J<l, 35
3694, 4156, 4157), I2, 26, 28, J, JI. See See also: Baltic States.
also: Babinga, Batwa (Twa), Mbuti Ryky's (incl. Amami lslands, Luchuans,
Pygmies, Asiatic, (1137) Okinawa) (2135, 2136, 3515, 3516, 4445,
Pyrcnees (3222) 4446), zs. Jo, 65
Pyuma25 Sagada (province) (2677a)
Qucbt:c (236) Sabara (3123). See also: Tuareg.
Quechua (128a, 128b, 493, 3653), 29 Saisett zs
Qu~ensland (457) Sakai (44: (p. 32)}, J5
Quicuru 27 Sakalava 24
Quilcute (923), J Sakhalin (2o69)
Quinault lndiaus (3404), 36 Salayar (1865, 3725)
Qunantuna (4501) Salish (1014, 1713, 1146, 3430)
Rabat (3413) Saliva (3487)
Rada (2859) Saloum (1oJ6a)
Rajahstan (614), 118 Sambesi, see: Zambesi
Hamu district 11483) Samoa (526, 905, 1450, 2282, 3868, 4433 (p.
Rcddi tribe l4512) 44 ff.))
Rhaetoromania (2709) San Andres 33
Rhenania (3u) Sandcbak (4201)
Rhodesia, see: Northem Rhodesia, Southem San Domingo (143 744 1358, 3027)
Rhodesia SangaJ5
Rhodope mountaillli (539, 2154). See also: San lldcfonso lndiallli 29, 32. J
Rumelia. San Paolo Matese JI
Rio Grande do Sul (3oo8a) San Salvador (232)
Ro Plata (:;86) Santa Ana lndians 32
lo Xinu, see: Xingu Santa Catbarina 35
Roanoke (622) Santander (565), 25
Roma (3022) Santo Domingo Pueblo (919)
Sar (1348)
Sara-Kaba (167o)
Sarakol 27
Sarawak (2951, 3485, 3829)
Sardinia (u52, II53. "54 4187), JI, J5, 66
Sarts (146, 585)
Sassanids (249, 66, II92)
Satowal (4133 (p. 44 ff.))
Savoy (581, 4087)
Savu (4363)
Saxony J5
Sazck J5
Scandinavia (general) (85, 86, 88, 89, 93. 509,
So, 782, 1056, 1537, 1584, 2009, 2896,
3831, 4077, 4270, 4523). See also: Den-
mark, FaerOr, Finland, lceland, Lapps,
Norway, Sweden.
Scotch-Gaelic (573, 3826, 382), 115. See also:
Hebridcs.
Scotland (92, 132, 144, 573, 638, 706, 787a,
1268, 1297, 1300, 1503, 1506, 15II, 2623,
2891, 3123, 3194. 348ob, 3826, 3827), 25, Jll,
34
Sea Dyak (1470)
Scdang (1448, 2517), 116
Selangor (371, 2626)
Scmai (1930)
Scmang (II37. 4433 (p. 32)), J5
Scmarang (2051)
Seminales (910, 947), 115
Sena (3953a)
Seneca lndians (737, 1227). 25, J
Sencgal (incl. Lebou, Fulah (Peul), Wolof)
(332, 336, 1479, 1502, 2455, 3161), JI
Scncgambia (incl. Mandinga, Wolof) (332,
336,1479, 1502,2455,3161),JI
Senoufo 27
Sepik (1253, 3201, 4423)
Scran (2o83a, 3579i, 3579j, 4055)
Serbia (282, 779, 981 - 984, 1457, 1748, 2059,
2060 - 2064, 2354, 2571a, 2572a, 2654,
2720, 3521, j86o, 3931, f%98, 4199, 4443b.
Hil, 4521), "5 119, JI, Jll, 34 See alt;o:
Yugola via (general).
Seri (2767 (p. 177, 178), 28oo), 29
Scvero-Ossetcs (1056a). See also: Ossetes.
Shan States (1249, 3370)
Shangaan (4II9)
Shawnee (2978, 2980, 4242)
Shetlands 2 5
Slti (2852, 2856), JI J4
Sltilluk (4153), JJ
Shipibo JO
ShonaKaranga 25
Shona/NdauGarwe 115
Shoshone lndians (2797), J
Siak 57
Sialum (667a)
Siam (Thailand) (102, 214, IOII, 1026, 1027,
1028, 1499. 1920, 2364, 2759. 3177 (p. 162
ff.), 3234. 3235. 3236, 3329a, 3832, 3875.
9348, 3993, 4046, 4221, 4229), I8, 2J,Il9,
JI, J2, 54, 57 See alao: Laos.
Sibcria (general) (17, 1092, 1097, 2495. 4449),
45 See al.a: Altai peoples, Bashkirs, Bok-
hara, Circ""sian Tatars, Kachinses, Ka-
zakhstan, Kirghiz, Mongols, Nogai Ta-
tars, Ordos, Ostyaks, Sakhalin, Sart&, Tad-
jik, Turkcstan, Turkmenes, Uzbekiatan,
Woguls, Wotyaks, Yakuts.
Sicily (1213, 4o8sa), JI, 66
Siebcnbrgen (265)
Sierra Letme (zo87). See alBo: Monde.
Sika (11>39)
Sikkim (11!6g, 3221,4221,4263, 4439), 27
Silesia (6og, 1548)
Sin-kiang 26
Sioux (861, 865, 86g, 938, 949, 2910), 25, 28,
JI,J
Siriono (3737)
Siuai (3062)
Siva Oasis (3699)
Siwah (933)
Six Nations (1225)
SkAne (81)
Skipetars, see: Albania
Skokomish lndians (3404), J
Skye zs
Slavs (2348, 31o6, 3002, 3700). See alBo:
Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, Poland, Russia,
Sorbes, Wends, Yugoslavia.
Slovakia (264, 26g, 6og, 1985, 2321, 2321a,
2716, 2990, 3200, 3206, 3213, 3214, 4021c
(No. 13). 4Io4, 4225, 4313, 4467)
Slovenia (1974. 2356a, 2752, 3971a, 4476), 25,
29. JZ
Smith Sound Eskimo (2577)
Society lslands (incl. Maupiti, Moorea, Tahi-
ti) (76o, 3051, 3447), JI, 66
Sokoto (fig. 56) (1621, 1952), 45
Solomon Islands (incl. Ambrym, Bougain-
ville, Buka), (372, 1551a, 19n, 1915, 2036,
JOb!, 3062)
Solor (4202 (p. 230, 238))
Solothurn (1526)
Sumali (1017, 1536, 1651), 114
Somcrsct 35
Songhai/Zerma :J, JS
Sonora (2836)
Sonray (3495a), 114
Sorbes (1627)
Sosso J
Sotho 25, 28, J6
Soule (1330)
South Africa (fig. so and 52) {Ioo, 109, 216;
219, 2H9, 389, 437, 440, 449, 450, 451, 452,
570, 1024, 1362, 1900, 2046b, 2124, 2208,
2209, 2210, 2212-2216, 2219, 2221 ... 2225,
2229, 2230, 2231, 223J, 2644, 2663, 3043,
3476, 3523, 3588, j86I, 3916, 3917, 4058,
4115, 4116, 4117, 4II8, 4121, 4122, 4126,
4129b, 4363. 4304 . .uos. 4433 (p. 51 ff),
4526, 4527, 4528). Sce also: Bacca, Bantu,
B""uto, Bechuana, Bushmen, Cape Malays,
Matabele, Mpondo, Mpondomisi, Ndau,
Mpuzuma, Ndebele Zulu, Shanga.an, Sotho,
 Swazi, Tbonga, Venda., Waserurn, Xhosa,
Zingili, Zulu.
South America (general) (u4, IZ7, 388, 401,
627, 1038a, 1090, 1299, 1409, 1430, 1471,
1573, 1574, 1005, 1690, 2044, 2008, 2768,
2788a,3741, 3784,386ga,4309.4425,448o,
4481), j i . Sec also: Argentina, Bolivia,
Braill, Caribs, Chili, Colombia, Ecuador,
French Guyana., Paraguay, Pcru, Surinam,
Uruguay, Venezuela.
South Dakota Oglala Sioux :15
South Ea,t A.tiia (112b, p8 (vol. I p. 232),
2873, 3723, 4349a, 4532b, 4.';.41). See also:
Bunna, Cambodia, lndochina, Indonesia,
Laos, Philippine:;, Siam, Viet-nam.
South(east) Europe (4443a, 4468)
South India, see: lndian subcontinent
Southeru Rhodcsia (incl. NdaufGarwe, Mas-
hona, Makalanga, Ndebele Zulu, Shangaan,
ShonafKarauga, ShonafNdaufGarwe, Za.m-
besi. Zezuru) (546, 2000, 3833, 3833a, 3878,
4058. 4Il7, 4Il8, .fll9. 4136h, 4136i, 4136j,
4284). 2j, :18
Soutb Uist, see: UU.t
Southwest Africa (incl. Ovakuanyana, Ovam-
bo) (2233, 4264)
Spain (incl. Andalusia, Arabian Spain, Ara-
gon, Asturias, Baleare, Basques, Catalo-
nia, Extramadura, Galicia (Sp.), Hispano-
Arabs, La Mancha, Leon, Madrid, Navarre,
Santander, Spanish J ews, Zaragoza) (5,
251, 343 344 344& 396. 397. 398, 399.
565, 583, 624, 724, 728 (vol. I p. 296), 728a,
828, 999, 1000, 1001, 1003, 1004, 1005,
1005a, IOOjb, Il15, Ill9, Il2J, IljO,
11850, 1203, 1326, 1327, 1332b, 1357,
1367, 1413-1422, 1575, 1624, 1750, 2340,
2550, 2552a, 2651, 2714, 2783-2787, 2883,
2887, 2898, 3026, 3052, 3064, 3092, 3129,
3'33.3152&,3242,3408,3409.3410, 3458a,
3464, 3469, 3470, 3495. 3587. 3645 3646.
3701, 3749. 3750, 3751, 3752. 3753. 3700,
3764,J76.a,3765, 3705a, 3766,3767,3770,
3772. 3936, 3937. 4Ill, 4Il2, 4Il3, 4141,
4147, 4203, 4206, 4444 4543), :15, .l9, JO, JI,
34
Spanish Guinea (1042, 146ga, 2016a)
Spani.:ib Jews 34
Spanish Wcst Africa (incl. Ifni, Spanish
Guinea) (251, 578, 1042, 2554, >555. 2555a)
Sporads, see: Dodecanesos
St, Lucia (767, 76~)
Styria (4443)
Sudan (incl. Azande, Ingessana, Nuer, Shil-
luk) (112c, 289, 769, 1157, 1187, ugE,
1443, 1443a, 1443b, 144JC, 1628, 1744b,
184od, 2134a, 2584a. 3123, 3452, 3454
4153, 4155), :18, JI, JJ. See also: French
Sudan.
Sueuia 35
Sula lslands (1993a)
Sula wesi, sce: Cele bes
Sumatra (incl. Atjeh, Batak, Benkulen, Ku-
bu, Minangkabau, Palembang, Siak) (3,
1626, 1685, ,s94, 2315. 2369, 2375. 379.
2403, 2757. 3177 (p. 168), 4433 (p. 34 ff.)),
57
Sumba (2344, 2345 (passim), 3473)
Sumbawa (incl. Bima, Donggo) (1059)
Sumerians (1o18, 1186, 1197F, 1339, 1341,
18oz, 2679, 3564, 3939"'. 4322, 45330. (p. 6o
if.)), j
Sunda districts (2359b, 2359C, 2370 (p. 283 ff.),
2397, 2399 (p. 356ff.)), .lJ, JS. 5.2
Surakarta "J
Surinam (incl. Nickery, Oayana., Trio) (584,
734 735. 1270, 1425, 1426, 1428, 2283.
2284, 2609, 31DD-3103, 3487, 3700, H33
(p. 51 ff.)), JI, JJ
Sutton Hoo (516)
Svanes (2480, 2484)
Sverdlow (670)
Swahili (3123), :15, .a8
Swazi (107)
Sweden (incl. Gothland, Jii.mtland) (81, 112,
83, 85-91, 94, 142, 386, 572, 587, 782, 1032,
1303, 1405, 1400, 1744&, 2540, 2892, 28g3,
2894, 3014, 3030, 3036, 3037, 3038, 3059,
30j, -4097, 4185, 4270, 45o8). 5ee also;
Scandinavia (general).
Swinomish Indians (3404), J
Switzerland (incl. Frencb Switurland, Ger-
man Switzerland, Rhaetoromania) (637,
728 (vol. II p. 717), 1019, 1052, 1348a,
1368. 1369. 1387, 1388, 1515, 1526, 1527,
1563, 1990, 2709. 2842, 3123, 3481, 3483.
3484. 4053. 4099 4100, 4499. 4500, 4542),
J4 See also: Alp peoples, and in lndex I:
Alphom, yodeling.
Syria (391, 702, Il7J, 1205, 1323, 1623, 2013,
2020, 2077, 2078. 2079. 3132, 32Il, 3947.
4332), JI. See also: Hebrew-Syiian.
Syrianes (248o)
Tabwaz8
Tadjik (i46, 2888, 3812), JJ, J4
Tahaa (1451)
Tahiti (700, 3447, 4433 (p. 44 fl.)). 66. S..-e
also: 1\laupiti, Moorca, Papoeto, Socidy
Islands.
Taiping (371)
Taiwan. see: Formosa
Takutamesso, see: .Mamberamo Papuans
Tamasna35
Tambacunda (2567a)
Tami 25 .
Tamil (636, 3098). See also: ludian subcont.l-
ncnt (sub C).
Tanganyika (incl. Bena, Gogo, Haya, Hebe,
Isansu, Kikuyu, Kindiga, Mwera, Nya.m-
wezi, NyatU:ru, NyorofHaya, Pogoro, Wa-
sukuma, Zaramo) (774. 775. 1~97, 1900,
1ggua, 2006, 2007, 22gb, 2303, 26<J7a, 2903,
336, 3377. 413), 25, 27, z/J
Tanimbar lslands (2281 (p. 257 fl.))
Tanjore (692b)
Taos 25, 29, 36
 Tarahumare lndians (2767 (p. 178), 2797) Tuamotu (548)
Tarascans (6o1, 155oa) Tua.re; (1872, 2606), 24, JZ, J5
Ta~iana (3487) Tukan (3.87)
Taruma (3487) Tule lndians (877, 88o)
Tasmania (3486) Tumba (1>87)
Tatars (15, 1056a, 2067, 2462, 2480, 2481, Tumereha (205)
2495, 30<)3a, 3105, 3781), JJ Tumet Mongols (1093)
Tata! Tadjik JJ Tun Huan; (3715)
Taulipang (205, 1925, 1963) Tuuisia (S. 11J9, Il-f9, 1446, 1624, 1891,
Tayal (44ss (p. 37)) 2496, 2505, 3983). 2J, J.l
Tchad (1411, 3367) Tupi-Guarani (incl. Apiak, Aueto, Caingua,
Tchuwassians (1056a, 2481) Camayura, Chipaya, Chiriguano, Cocoma,
.Temb (289) Curuaya, Guaran, Guaray, Karaj:l., Mau-
Tembcling (2618) h, Munduruc, Omagua, Oyampi, Parin-
Temiar (Pl-Temiar) (1569), :18, JO, JJ tintin. Pausema, Tcmb, Tupinamba,
Terschelling (2358) Yuruma, Ywuina) (159, 286g, 3487, 3972,
Tesot (426o) 4232), .27.-JO
Tetela {I.f23, 1532a, 2049, 2050, 3819, 3820) Tupinamba (159, 286g)
Teton Sioux (861, 865) Turfan (3715)
Thailand, see: SiaiD Turkestan (146, 1205a, 2012, 2012a, 2500,
Thonga (N. Rhod., Mozamb.) (2124, 2231, JI JI, 3177 (p. 136), 3715. 4162). See also:
2755, 3013a, 3523, 3523a), 25,28 Kir;lliz, Turkmenes, Uzbekistao.
Thracia (21 70, 3962) Turkcy (74, 139, 275. 321, 373b, 4o6, 407,
Tibet (385c, 765, 728 (vol. II p. 631), 1294, 408, 409. 411, 412, 1J40, u82, u88, 1197C,
1295, 1854, 1869, 2636, 3177 (p. i37 ff.), 1379. 1884. 2139. 2354. 3070, 3110, 3176,
3221, 3892, 3980), 27, J.l, J3- 65. See also: 3210, 3385, 3387, 3388b. 3426, 3666, 3668,
Sikkim. -fOHC, (No. 14), 4452), 26, z8, JI, J2, J5
Tigrai (752) Turkmenes (162, 319. 6oo, 2495, 3131, 3387,
Tiki, see: Marquesas 3388b, .op61), z6, 34, 4J
Timor (figs. 55 aod 57) (incl. Atoni, Belu) (22, Turko-Afghans (352)
1238, 2346,2927a),45,54 Turk Tatars (2462, 2480, 2481, 2495)
Tinguian (1324) Tutelo lndians (1727, 2424, 2425, 3912), J2
TirolJ5 Tutsi (469, 3655a), zB, 29, JI, J4
Tiv (1964, 2542, 2543) Twa (46g, 3655a), zB, JI, J4
Tlemcen JJ Twi (73)
Tlingit (1014) Tzotzil zg
Togo (747a, 2247. 3865, 4362, 4364), 24, 27. Uapu (4433 (p. 44 ff.))
See also : Go!d Coast, Otchi region. Uaupes (3487)
Toka (6oo) Ubangi (3155, 3137), 26
Toltecs (2767 (pp. 58, 90, 120)) Ubangi-Chari region (incl. Baya, Bugongo)
Tomaz7. J5 (3367), Z7
Tou>hara (2308) Udmurske (105a)
Tonga hlands (3362, 4433 (p. 44 ff.)) Uganda (incl. Alur, Bamba, Bunyoro, Gaoda,
Tonga (Afr.), sce: Thonga GandaJSoga, Gwere, !teso, Konjo, Nyoro/
Tonkawa (2797) Toro, Tesot, Usuku) (370, 757a, 2450, 2667,
Tonkin (1448, 146o, 1462, 3335) 3460, 3474, 3738, 3790, 3813, 3828, 4257-
Toraja (21 78, 2343, 4433 (p. 34 ff.)) 4262a), zB
Torres Straits (1566, 1567, 2949, 2950) Ugrians (2524, 4193). See also: Fin-Ugrians,
Trans-Fly (4383) OIJ-Ugrians.
Transylvania (261, 266, 2520n) Uigurs 26
Travancore (38>5) Uintab Utes (3649)
Tres Zapotes (2767(pp. 95, II2)) Uist (3826, 3827), 25
Trinidad (105, 456, 590, II22, 2789, 2859, Uitoto (415, 3487)
2942, 3055, 3071, 3127a, 3239a, 431I), 27, Uk.raine (II3, 113a, 2278, 2279, 2280, 228oa,
JI, JJ, J4 2449. 2987. 2992, 3512, 369b, 3700, 3889).
Trio lndians (3487) JO, JI, J5
Tripolitania (163, 257, 3226, 3699, 3983) U!awa (2036)
Truk ( 1706, 4432 (p. 44 ff.)) Uliasse (2085)
Tsariscn J5 Umauca (3.87)
Tsimshian (101-f, 136o) United Kingdom, see: England, Great Bri-
Tschokwe, see: Chokwe tain, Ireland, Man, Scotland, W aJes
Tshopi, see: Chopi United States (general) (237, 252a, 252b, 303,
Tsou (4433 (p. 37)) 301, 304a, 326, 385d, 437, 504, 519, 520,

266
 521, 522, .545, 554, 555, 626, 759C, log<l, U:.bekistan (322, 6oo, 3131, 4162, 4163, 4238,
1255, 1307a, 1377, 1396, 1510, 1561, 158oa, 4252, 4253). 2, 29, 34
16o5, 1634, 1703, 17o8, 1711, 1719, 1728, Vali region (3141)
1730, 1731, 1735, 1737, 1906, 2047, 2647, Vancouver (923, 3451)
2797, 2798, 2858, 2917, 2981, 2985, 2986, Vedda (2947, 436o)
2990, 2999, 3124, 3397. 3405, 3405a. 3796, Venda (3940)
3801, 3821, 4 o88, 4309, 4365). See a.h;o: Vende 29
Acoma, Afro-Americans, Alabama, Alaba- Venezuela (incl. Ama:.onas, Arecuna, Cariba,
roa lndian.s, Alaska, Albcmarle, Amish, Guarahibo, Kalina, Maquiritare, Orinoco,
Anglo-Americans, Apache, Appalachians, Piaroa, Sheriana, Warrau, Yayuro) (29,
Arapaho, Bahamas, Baonock, Bellakula ln- 125, 126, 127a, 205, 501, 723, 844, IOofO,
diaos, Caddo, Cajun,' California, Catali- 1925. 1963. 2551, 2629, 28g, 3123, 3126,
neflo lndians, Cayuga, Cherokee, Cheyen- 3327, 3327a. 3487, 4314),25.35.36
ne, Chinook, Chippt:wa, Chitinlacba, Choc- Ve:.o 24
taw, Coast Salish, Cochiti, Cocopa, Coman- Victoria N ya o u ( 2 296)
che, Como>:, Cora, Cree, Creek, Dakota, Viet-nam (442, 736, 2005, 2.p8b, 2444. 2517,
Delaware, Flathead lndians, Florida, Fox 2519, 3689, 3814, 4197), 2, 29, JI, 65
lndians, Gabrielino lndians, Great Basin Vili (153, 3140)
lndians, Great Lake lndians, Gulf States Virginia (759b)
lndians, Hako, Havasupai, Hidatsa, Hopi, Virgin lslands (161o), JI, 33
Huicbol, Indiana, lroquois Isleta, jabo, Volta (2112, 2454), 24, 26, 27, 34
Kentucky, Kickapoo, Kiowa, Kwakiutl, Vunun, see Bunun
Laguna, Louisiana, Lummi lndiaos, Maidu, Wabaga 25
Makah lndians, Mandan, Maricopa, Meno- Wabena, see: Bena
menee, Meskwaki (- Fox lndians), Michi- Wai-wai (3487)
gan lndians, Minnesota, Mohave, Moki, Walapai lndians 29
Nabaloi, Navajo, New England, New Wales (766, 1145. 1562, 3128a, 3237. 4139.
Mexico, Nootka, North American lndians, 4348), J5
North American Negroes, Oglala, Ojibwa Walese (749a)
(- Chippewa), Omaha, Oneida, Onondaga, Wallachia (4227)
Osage, Otoe, Paiute, Papago, Pawnee, Pe- Wallonia (26o6a, 3193), 35
nobscot, Picuris, Piola, Pueblo lndians, Wanyamwezi, see: Nyarnw.U
Puget Sound Salish, Quileute, Quinault Wapishana (3487)
lndians, Roanoke, Salish, San lldefonso Wapogoro, see: Pogoro
IDdians, Santa Ana Indians, Santo Do- Wara24
mingo Pueblo, Seminales, Seneca, Shaw- Warmii (3881)
nee, Shoshone Indians, Sioux, Siwah, Six Warrau (~ Guarao, Guarauno, Guaray)
Nations, Skokomish lndians, Swinomish (286g, 3487. 4374)
Indians, Taos, Tarahumare Indians, Teton Wasamba (2668)
Sioux, Tonkawa, Tutelo, Uintah Ute, Ute, Washo (2797. 4536), J
Vancouver, Walapai, Washo, West Vir- Wasukuq>a (1900)
ginia, Wichita, Winnebago, W~onsiu, Watsa-Gombari (749)
Woodlaud lndians, Yuci, Yuma, Yurok, Wa.tu(t)si, sce: Tut.i
Zuili. Wayao (3933)
Unon: (1978) Wazeruru (2046b)
Unpelli 25 Wedda, see: Vedda
Upper Amazon 28, JO, 35 Wends (2314, 3700)
Upper Kwilu (2703) Wepses (4175)
Uppcr Orinoco 35 West Africa (general) (133, 221, 222, 306, 443.
Upper Lausitz (1627) 444 77 1a, 7 s8, 8 45 101a, 138o, 1381,
Upper Volta (incl. Bambara, Bobo, Di'ula, 1741, 1747 228, 2594 29)3. 311-t. 3359.
Gwin, Lobi, Mossi, Senoufo, Wara) (2112, 3503a, 3691, 3728, 3882a, -4535). See also:
French Guinea, French West Africa, Cam-
2454). 24. 26, 27, 34
bia, Gold Coast, lfni, lvory Coast, Liberia.,
Ur (1339) Nigeria, Senegal, Senegambia, Sierra. Leo-
Urdus, """: Ordos ne, Togo.
Uru-Chipaya (2046) Westergothlarid (1303, 25-40)
Uruguay (155. 156, 4233) West !odian Archipelago (general) (>9, -4 j6,
Urundi (1437a, 2743a). See also: Ruanda/ 187o. 3071, 3115, 3128, 3235). 28, JO, JI,
Urundi. J2, JJ. See also: Antigua, Bahamas, Carra-
Usuku (757a) cou, Cuba, Curayao, Frcnch Antillea, Haiti,
Ute (871, 2797. 3649), 36 J amalea, Martinique, Puerto Rico, San
Andres, San Domingo, San Salvador, St.
Uvea (552)
 Lucia, Trinidad, Virgin blando, Windward Yekuana (205, 1915, I!Jb3)
Islands. Yemenites (2020, 2127, 295-4, 3913, -fijO),
West Java (2397, 2399 (vol. 1 p. 356 ff.)), J5, z8. 29. JZ
5Z. 57 Yoga .o8
Westphalia (3592, 3593) Yoruba (316, 317, 318, 596, 598, 1148, Iof79,
West Siberian Tatars (2495) 2203, 2549, 291 7a, 3172. 3904a, 4249), 27,
West Virginia (759b) z8, JO, JI. See also: Ewe, Lucumi.
Wichita 25, J Yuchi (2437. 3909, 3910)
Widkopolski (3879) Yucbitan, sec: J uchitan
Windward Islando J5 See also: Martinique, Yugoslavia (general) (282, 289a, 510, 511,
St. Lucia. 980, 991, 1325, 1376, 1404, 1457a, 1457b,
Winnebago (893, 898, 902) 1745, 1748, 206o, 2061, 2o63, 2o65, 23o5a,
Wisconsin (881, 898) 230jb, 2327, 23jl, 2353. 2408, 2.p2, 2653.
Woguls (970, 4021a, -f17I) 2886a,3I23,3125a.3424,3700,3B51,3852,
Wolga Germans J5 3853, 3854, 4150, 4201, 4201a, -4377. -4440,
Wolga peoples (3023a, -fi68). See also: Per- 4441,4443a.4443h,4486,4-t87,-f488,-f4B9,
miaks, Tatars, Wotyaks. 4491a, 4495, 4514). 25, 29, J2. See also:
Wolof (1479), 27, JO, JI Bosnia. Croatia, Dalmatia, Hercegovina,
Woodland Indians (1227, 2437), J. See also: Istria, Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia, Slo
Cherokee, Choctaw, Creek, Fox Indians venia.
(~ Meskwaki), Iroquois, YuchL Yule Island 115
Woro (2134a) Yuma(n) (907, 909, 1702, 1709), 29, J
Wotyaks (2480, 2931, 3105). See also: Fin- Yunka (1601)
Ub'Tians. Yurok (3453, 3-453a, 3702)
Xhosa (4008), J Yuruna (2869)
Xingu J5 Ywuina (2869)
Yabim (382) Zambesi (546. 853, 2000)
Yakuts (1o56a) Zande (1443, 1443a, l-t43b, 1443c, 4153), 118
Yalemba (597) Zande/Bandiya 28
Yao (3933) Zanzibar (103), JI
Yap (402, -4282) Zapatees (1549, 2627 (pp. 122, 171 ff.)), J2
Yaqui (907, 996, 2767 (pp. 176, 177), 2836), Zaragoza (2887)
29,J2,JJ,J Zaramo 25
Yarai 26 Zczuru 35
Yaruro, see: Yayuro Zingili J
Yasawa (3362a) Zulu (568, 569, 2218, 2712, 2795, 3523a, 3792,
Yaswa (= Yassua) 28, J5 4008, 4125). JI, J
Yaulapiti 27 ZuluJNdebele 28
Yayuro 25, J5 Zufli (947a, 1236, 1438, 3-431, ofi5I), I6, 115,
Yefe (1677) 29, JZ, J
 III

INDEX OF AUTHORS, COLLECTORS AND MUSICIANS

Aalst, J. A. van, (1), 63 Alberts, Artbur S., :16, 34

Aarllot, Olav, (2) Alberts, Lois, 34
Abas, S. P., (3) Albini, Eugenio, {47-49)
Abbassuddin. Ahmed, (4) Alden Masan, J. (so)
Abd Rabbihi, lbn, (1191) Alegria, Ricardo E., JI
Abdul Karim Khan 117 Alexandru, Tiberiu, (51-54, 4502, 4503), .f
Abdu-1-Wahab (S) Al-Farabi (315, 1175, 1179, 1117 (vol. 1)
Abel, M. C. S., Father, (6) Alga.zi, Uon, (fig. 13)
Abert, Hermano, (7, 8) Algemon, Rose, (54b)
Abes, M, (9) Al-Kindi (2507)
Abraham, Otto, (188z-188s, 1889, 18g0, Allawerdi, M., (SS)
s.
1895. 1931), r8, 41 Allende, Umberto, (56-59)
Abrabams. L<:ah, (2230) Almeida, Renato, (6o), 64
Abrabamsen, Erik, (1o) Al-Mufaddal lbn Salama (3456)
Absolon, K., (11) Alport, C. J. M., (61)
Abu'l-Sa.lt (154) Alvad, Tbomas, (62)
Acbarya, B. T., (n) Alvarenga, Oneyda, {63-67, 4504), 64
Acbcrmann, Phyllis, (13), 63 Alvina, Leandra, (68)
Acquarone, F., (14) Amel, D., 33
Adaiewsky, E., (15) Ames, David, 30
Adalid y Gamero, Manuel, (16) Amezquita Borja, Francisco, (6g)
Ada.m (3773) Amiot, Fatber, (70), 63
Adamson, T., (1713) Ammal, Maragathavalla, (3097)
Adand, A., (16a) Amroucbe, 1., (71)
Adjeng 35 Amu, E., (72, 73)
Adler, Bruno, (17) Andersen, A. 0., (75)
Adler, Cyrus, (18) Anderson, Arthur 1. C.. (76)
Adler, Guido, (8, 19, 6gB, 2024, 4344) Anderson, Lily Strickland-, see: Strickland-
Adolf, Helen, (2o) Anderson, Lily,
Adriani, N., (2343) Anderssen, Johaones C., (77-Bo), 64
AdvieUe, V., (21) Andersson, Nils, (81)
Afielen van Saemsfoort, C. A. van, (22) Andersson, Olof, (82)
Afzdius, A. A., (14os, 1406) Andersson, Otto, (83-94a), 63
Agbayani, A. T., (22a) Andrade, Mario de, (95, 95a)
Agnew, R. Gordon, (24) Andral, Maguy, (2738), :JI, :14
Agrawala, V. S. (25) Andree, R., (96, 97)
Agero, Gaspar, (26) Angls, Higino, (97a)
Agero, Salvador Garc!a, (27) Angulo, Jaime de, (98)
Aguilar y Tercja, Augustin, (28) Ankermaon, B., (99. 100), 611
Ablbrinck, W., (29) Anki, F., (1ooa)
Ablstrom (30) Anonymous (102-112d, 1547 111) .
Abmed, Na.zir, (31) Antoni Lorenc, see: Lorenc. Antan1.
Aima, M. L. (32, 33) Antonowytsch, Miroslav, (113, 113a)
Aiyar, C. Subra.hmania (34-41a), 63 Appun ro
Aiyar, M. S. Ramaswami, (42, 43) Apkalns, L., (113b)
Akbar Khan, Ali, (1851), 27. 33 Apti, V. M., (IIJC, 113d)
Alba, Gregario Hemaodez de, (44, 45) Ara.ujo, Alceo Maynard, (114)
Albcrsheim, G., (46) Aravamuthan, T. G., (115)

269
Arbatsky, Yury, (108, 116-122a, 2967) Balys, J onas. 32
Arends, H., (4504a) Banaitis, W., (2'23a)
Areh-Thiclc, Isabel, (124-127a) ll<Lnas y Castillo, Raymundo, (224)
Ar:uedas, Jos Maria, ( 128, uSa) Baudar, 1\fahawala, (225)
Arian, Emile, (129) Ba.nt.lopadhyaya, Sri Pada, (226--229), 63
Arima, D., (130) Bank, J. A., (230, 231)
Arlton, Alexander V., (131), 47 Daratta, Maria de, (232)
Arma, Paul, 29 Barbeau, Marius, (fig. 19) (233-242, 136o),
Arwstrong, Robert Bruce, (132) I7, 25, JI, 33
Armstrong, Robert G., (133, 134) Barl>Cs, L.L., (243)
Arnaud, M. (134a) Barbicr, Pierre, (214)
Arnaudin, Flix, (13.5) l:larblan, Guglielmo, (244a, 244b)
Amholtz, A., (136) Brdos, Lajos, (24.5. 246)
Arro, E., (137, 138) l:larkechli, Mehdi, (247, 248, 249)
Arsunar, Ferruh, (139) Barlow, Roberto, (250)
Artemides, Cleobulos, (140) Barrere, Georges, (2809)
Arvey, Vcrna, (141) l:larriuso, P. G., (251)
Arwidsson, Adolf lwar, (142) Barrow, John, (252)
Arzeno, Julio, (143) Barry, Phillips, (252a)
Askew, Gilbert, (144) Bartha, Dnes von, (253, 2.54, 254a)
Asturias, Miguel Angel, (14.5) Bartholomew, Wilmer T., (255)
Atangana, T., (145a) Bartk, Bla, (fig. 9) (2,56-28Ja, 1748, 2321a,
Aubry, Pierre, (146, 147) 2520a, 4021c, 4503), IJ, 2I, 211, :19, J:Z, 37,
Audisio, G., (148) 65
Augusta, Fr. Felix, (149) Bartk, J:l.nos, (283b)
Avasi, Bla, (15o-152) Bartsch, Christian, (284)
Avclot (153) l:larv, Manahar, 33
Avcnary, Hanoch, (154-154b) Barzaga, Margarita Blanco, (285)
Avermaet, E. van, (154c) Bascom, William R., (286), JO, 78
Avicenna (1185D) Basden, G. T., (287)
Ayestaran, Lauro, (1.5.5, 1.56) Basedow, Herbert, (288)
Ayyar, see: Aiyar Basile, P., (289)
Azevcdo, Luiz Heitor Corra de, 157-161), 64 Basoski, Comelis, (289a)
Azevedo, Warren L., (4536) Basset, Ren (290)
Aziz Khan, Abdul, 33 Bastos, Maria Henriqueta Cal~ada, (291, 292)
Azzawi, Abbas al-, (162) Batra, Rai Bahadur R. L., (293)
Baud-Bovy, Samuel, (fig. (13) (294-3ooa), 63
Baas, F., (164) Bauer, Marion, (310)
Bachmann, W., (165) Bax, D .. (4228)
Bagatti, B., (165a) Bayard, Samuel Prestan, (302-304a)
Ba:lioni, S., (166) l:lcart, Charles, (Jos, 306)
!Jahat.lhurji, K. N .. (167) Hcavor, W. N., (307)
Baillct, A., (168) lkcking, Gustav, (3o8)
Baillct, J., ( 168) Beckwith, Martha Warren, (3432, 3433, 3435,
Baines, Anthony, (3968) 3442)
l:lake, Arnold A., (fig. 23) (17<>-198b, 1289). Bclan.l-d'Harcourt, Marghcrite, (98, 309,
63, 65. 76 16oo-16o2, 16o7, 1929, 2489, 2490, 2913a),
Baker, St. B. R., (199) 63
Baker, Theodore, (2oo) Begun, S. J, I3
Bakova-Paulovoviova (2ooa) Bchn, Friedrich, (31<>-314)
Balad, Emanucla, (201) Beicbert, E. A., (315)
Balakrishna, Sangitha Vidwan, 34 Beier, Uli, (316-J18)
Balanchivadze, A., (2o2a) Belayev, Viktor, (318a-325a, 4164)
Balandier, Georgcs, (203) Belden, H. M., (326)
Balasubrahmaniam, G. N., (204) Bclik, Vratislav, (327)
Balasubrahmaniam, P. R., 27, 29 l:lcllan, Ch., (4148)
Baldus, Herbert, {205) Bclvianc. Maree!, (328)
l:lalloort, Dirk J., (2o6, 207) Bcn<l, Sula, (3 29)
!Jallour, Hcnry, (lig. 8) (208-219), 55,58 l:lcniuc, M., (973)
Bali, Roy Umanath, (220) Bennet-Clark, M. A., (329a)
Ball, James Dyer, see: Dyer Ball, J. Ben Smail (330)
Ballanta, Nicholas George J ulius, (221-223) Bentoiu, Pascal, (331, 4328)
Ballif, Noel, 27 Beregovski z :z

270
Berendt, Joachim Erust, (331a)
Brenger-Fra.ud, L. J. B., (332)
Berggreen, A. P., (333)
Bergtrasse~, Gotthelf, (33+)
Beiiiner ao
Bemard, R., (335)
Bernatzik, Hugo Adolf, (336)
Bemer, Allred, (337, 338, 4505)
Bersa., Vla.doje, (338a)
Berthe, Louis, a, J4
Bertho, jacques, (339, 339a)
Bertholon, L., (3-to)
Bcsnerais, H. Le, J5
Bessa, Be oto, (341)
Bessarabolf, N., (342)
Besseler, Heinrich, (343, 344, 344a)
Best, Elsdon, (3i5 346)
BestaJI
Betz, R., (34 71
Bevan, P .. (3+8. 349)
Beyer, Hermano, (350)
Bha.gavatar, Kalyana Krishna, a7
Bhagavatar, Sri Muthia, (33-toe)
Bhandankar, Rao Sahib P. R., (351)
Bhanu, Dha.rma, (352)
Bhara.ta (Igo, 198b, 499, 1957, 2056&, 2184,
2510, 2511), 56
Bha.tka.nde, Vishnu Narayan, (353-355,
385o), J
Bhattacharya., Deben, (1850), :.6, J5, 66
Bhattacharya, Lokena.th, a
Bhavuka., see: Ragha.van, V., (3256)
Bidou JI
Bielawski, Ludwik, (355a)
Bielenstein, J., (356)
Bierens de Haan, J. A., 49
Bighoshak (357)
Billington, R.a.y Allan, (1255)
Biltgen, Claude, z6
Biltgen, ] acq ues, z6
Birket-Smith, Kaj, (358)
llimbauiD, Martin, (359)
Biro, Ludwig A., (36o, 361, 382), I7
iliha.n-Svarup, R.a.i Ba.hadur, see: Swarup,
Rai Bahad ur Bisha.n,
Bishop, Marcia Brown, (362)
llismilla.h JJ
Bj9rodal, Ame, (363-368, 156oa)
Blacking, John A. R., (369-371)
lllackwood, Beatrice, (372)
Blaes, Jacob, (373)
Blagden, C. 0., (3859)
Biaba, Jonas, (373a)
Blainville, De, (373b)
Blanco, Pedro, (374)
Blankenbuq;, Walter, (374a)
lllaukopl, K., (375)
Bleichtcincr, Robert, (2480)
Block, Euwai<l A., (375a)
Blockmann, H .. (376)
Blume, Fricdrich, (377)
Blyau, A., (4506a)
Boas, Franz, (37S-38o)
271
Boden Closs, C., (381)
Boe, Fr., (438b)
Bodrogi, Tibor, (382)
Bohme, Franz Magnus, (383, 383a, 1114)
Boelaert, E., (3 84 , 385)
Boerens, H., (385a)
Bornstein (385b)
Bottger, Walter, (385c)
Boggs, R.a.lph s .. (385d)
Bohlin, Karl, (386)
Bois, F. du, (386a)
Bojanus, Wilhelm, (387)
Bolinder, Gustaf, (388)
Bomos, ] ., (389)
Bonaccorsi, A., (390, 3goa)
Bonnet-Bourdelot 49
Bonvin, L., (391)
Boone, Oiga, (392, 393), 64
Boots, Mrs. ] . L., (393a)
Borchart, L., (394)
Borde, jean Benjamn de la, (395)
Bordes, Charles, (396-399)
Borisofl, Boris, (-too)
Bormida, Marcelo, (401)
Boro (402)
Bomeman, Emest, (403)
Bornemann, Fritz, (404)
Borrel, E .. (405-412)
Borren, Charles van den, 67
Borris, S., (412a)
Borsy, lstvan, (P3l
Bosanquet, R. H. M., (414)
Bose, Fritz, (415-438a, 4492, 45o6b), g, IJ,
Ig, 46, 65, o
Bose, Narcndxa Kumar, (438b)
Bose, S., (439), z6, 46, 64
Boshofl, S. P. E., (44o)
Bossche, A. van den, (44oa)
Boucheman, A. de, (441)
Bouisset, Max, (442)
Boulton, Laura, (443, 444), z9, JO, JI, JZ
Bourguignon :17
Bourinot; Arthur, (240)
Bouteiller, Marcelle, (445)
Bouveignes, Olivier de, (H6-H8e)
Bouws, Jan, (449-452)
Bowers, F., (i53. i5il
Bowles, E. A., (455)
Bowles, Paul, (456)
Boys, R. S. (457)
Brahrns (4407)
Brailoiu, Co~tantin, (figs. 13 and 38) (45S-
467a), 22, 34, J5, 68
Brandel, Rose, (46S-470), I7
Brandts, Buys, Johann Sebasti.an, (lig. 6)
(471-490), 6z
Brandts Buys, M. A., (4241)
Brandts Huy- van Zijp. Mrs, A., (473-482.
486-.. 88)
Braschowanow, St., (491, 492)
Brasseux de Bourbourg, Charles Etienne,
(493)
Brauns, D., (+93a)
 Braunwieser, Martin, (493b)
llrazys, Th., (494)
Breazul, G., (49S)
llrcdiceanu, Tiberius, (496, 497)
Brehmer, Fritz, (498, 193S), 4B
llrcloer, Bernbard, (499)
llrenecke, Emest, (soo)
Briceo, Oiga, (so)
llricqueville, E. de, (S02, so3)
llrinton, G., (so4)
!:Iris, E. le, (sos, so6)
l:lriton, H. H., (so7)
l:lrittcn, l:lcnjamin, (2809)
Broadwood, Lucy, (soS)
Brli=e, Pcter, (SIO, su)
Broholm, H. C., (S09)
Bronson, Bertrand Ha.rris, (SU-515, 638)
llrucc-Mitford, R. L. S., (516)
llrckcn, Fritz, (517)
llruial, J ean, z6
llruning. Father Elis., (51S, 51Sa, 518b), :u
llryan, Charles Faulkner, (SI9-521)
lluchanan. Annabel Morris, (522)
lluchner, Alexander, {523, 524)
lluck, Peter H . (52S-S28a)
llu~san, Andiei, (201, 4So6)
lluddc, Karl, (S29)
Bcken, Ernst, (3968, 45o6c)
l:lcher, Carl, (s3o), 47. 65
llrchner, L . (531)
Buhle, Edward, (S32)
Bukofzer, Manfred F., (fig. 32) (s33-538), I,
I8, I9
Bukoreschliev, A.. (S39)
Bulut, Tarik, :18
Bundu Khan 33
Bunting, Edward, (S4o-S42)
Burlin, Nathalie, (S43-S4S)
Bumier, Th., (s46, 546a)
Burrows, Edwin G., (S47-5S2a), 63
Burssens, A . (SS3)
Burton, Frederick R., (SS4), I6
Buttrec. Julia M., (SSS)
Buvarp, Hans, (SS6. SS7)
Cabral, Jorge, (ss8)
Cabussi-Kabusch, N . (SS9)
Cadilla de Martinez, Maria, (S6o)
Cadruan, Charles W . (561)
Cadwell, Helen, (S62)
Caleroglu. Ahmed, (S63)
Caben, Abraham, (S64)
Calame, Blaise, (s64b-S64d), :16
Calame-Griaule, Genevive, (56-4"-S64d)
Calleja, R., (S6S)
Callen!els, P. V. van Stein, (566)
Calmet, Augustin, (S67)
Caluza, Reuben Tolakele, (s68, s69)
Calvert, W. E . (3s8)
Camp, Ch. M., (s7o), 55
Campbell (S71)
Campbell, A . (S72)
Campbell, J. L., (S73)
Campen, C. F. H., (S74)
Campos, Ruben M., (s75-S77l
Candicd, Fr . (sna)
Cano, D. 111 (578)
Cantcloube, J . (S79)
Canziani. Estella, (Slll)
Canzoneri, V., (Silla)
Capitan (582)
Capmay, A., (s83)
Cappcllc, H. van, (SS4)
Capuo, M. G., (s8s)
Carmt.ula. Huho!u, (s86)
Carlhcim-Gyllcnskitlld (Sl!7)
Caron, Hubert, (7!19)
Carp. Paula, (sSS)
Carpentier, Alejo, (S89)
Carpitclla, Diego, 66
Carr, Andrew T . (s9o)
Carra de Vaux (591)
Carreras y Caudi, F . (.p13)
Carringlon, J. F., (s92-597a)
Carro!, Fatber K., (s98)
Caryb (S99)
Castagn, j . (6oo)
Casta!lctla, Daniel, (6o1-6o3)
Castccle, J. M. van de, (6o3a-6o3e)
Castellanos, Israel, (6o4)
Castcra, J., (2S2)
Castillo, jcsus. (6o5)
Castro, j os, (6o6)
Caughie, Catherine, (6o6a)
Caussin de Perceval, A . (6o, 3153)
Cavazzi, P . (6oS, 24S1)
Cesk)l, Lid, (609)
Chailley. Jacques, (46a, 610, 610a, 3692b,
4506d). 69
Chaitanya Deva, B . (6u, 6na, 6nb)
Chaitanya Mahaprabu, Cri, (183, 198d)
Chakravarthi, Suresh Chandia, (612-614)
Chalmers Wcrner, E., (1033)
Chambers, G. B., (615)
Chandra Vcdi, Pandit R. Dilip, (616)
Chantre, E., (340)
Chao, Md-Pa, (617)
Chao, Wei Pang, (618, 619)
Chao, Y. R., (620, 62oa, 621)
Chapin, James P., (621a)
Chapman, Francis S., JI
Chappel. Louis W., (622)
Chardon, Yves, 4:1
Charlton, George V. B., ( 623
Charpentier, G., 33
Chartres, Samuel B., 33
Chase, Gilbert, (624-27), JO
Chatur Ul, Pandit, sce: Ul, Pandit Chatur,
Chaubey, S. K., (628)
Chauvet, Stphen, (629, 629a), 57
Chavunnes, Edouard, (63o-632, -4506e)
Chavcz, Carlos, (633). 64
Chavcz Franco, M . (634. 63S)
Chclcbi, Ewliya, (1182)
Chengalavarayan, N . (636)
Cherbuliez, Antoine E., (637, 4So6f). 6o
Cbiang K'uei (3181)
Cb'ien, Hsiao, (1232)
Cbild, F. J., (638)
Cbilesotti, 0., (639)
Cbincbore, Prabhakar, (64o)
Cbinnaswamy, Mudaliar, (6.p)
Chinnery, E. W. P., (6-tz)
Choleau, jean, (643)
Chottin, Alexis, (644-63, 1783), J
Chowdburi, B. K. Roy, (665, 666)
Christenscn, A., (667)
Cbristenscn, Dictcr, (667a), J2
Christian, Gcolfry, (6611)
Cluistianowitscb, Alcxandre, (669)
Christianscn, L., (670)
Cbristof, Dobri, (671-67-+)
Christy, A. E., (3569)
Cbrysander, Friedricb, (67 S)
Cibot, Father, (676)
Cigcr, Anton, (66a)
Ciobanu, Gh., (679, 68o, 3104)
Ciortca, VeraProca, (681),
Ciurlionyte, J., (682)
Clandillon, S., (1597)
Clapham, John, (683, 684)
Clarillgc, G. Cyril, (6115)
Clark, J::. H., (686), I7
Clarke, Roger T., (68)
Classe, A., (688, lllla, 688b)
Claudius, Carl, (45o8)
Cleatbcr, Gabriel G., (68g)
Clemens, W. M., (69o)
Clements, E. C., (691-g2b, 316-t, 3171)
Clercx-Lejeune, Suzanne, 67
Clrisse JS
Closson, Emest, (6g3-705a)
Clyne, Anthony, (706)
Coan, E., (707)
Coccbiari, G., (7o8)
Cocisiu, llarion, (709, 710)
Cock, A. de, (4507)
Cocks, William A., (711)
Cocq d'Oliveira, L. V. le, (95)
Coello Ramos, Rafael, (712)
Coeuroy, Andr, (713, 714)
Cobn-Antenorid, W., (715)
Coirault, Patlice, (716, 717)
Cole, Fay Cooper, (1324)
Coliac (718)
Collaer, Paul, (719-728c), 64, 67
Collanettes, Fatber, (729)
Combarieu, J ules, (730, 731), 4J
Comettant, O., (732)
Combaire-Sylvain, S., (732a, 732b)
Comise!, Emilia, (733)
Comvalius, Tbeod, A. C., (734, 735)
Condominas, G., (736)
Confucius (3170)
Conklin, Harold C., (737, 738), JO
Connor, Ellric, J4
Coomaraswamy, AnandaK.,(g64, 739-713), J
Coopersmitb, J. M . (744)
Corbet, August L., (746)
~73
Comell, C. H., (747)
Comevin, R., (747a)
Costello, Editb, (748)
Costennans, B., (749, 74ga)
Courant, Maurice, (750, 751)
Courlander, Emma, JI
Courlander, Harold, (752-755), ~8 .ag, JI
Cousins, Margaret E., (756)
Coussemaker, E. de, (757)
Coutts, P. G., (757a)
Couvreur, J., (758)
Couzens, Edward, JO, JJ
Cowell, Hcnry, (759, 759a), .ag JO, J2, JJ
Cox, J ohn Harrinton, (7 .591>)
Coyne, A. E., (759c)
Crampton, H. E., (76o)
Crawfurd (761)
Creighton, Helen, (761a)
Cresson, H. T., (761b)
Cri Cbaitanya Mahaprabu (183, 198d)
Cringan, Alexander T., (76z, 703)
Crossley-Holland, P., (764-766)
Crowley, Daniel J., (767, 68)
Cruz, Clement da, (g, 769a)
Cruz, Francisco Lopez, see; Lopez Cruz.
Francisco,
Cscnki, Imrc, (77o)
Csenki, Sndor, (770)
Cu. Breazul, G. Georges, see: Breazul, G.,
Cu&ov, Emanuil, (771), .a.a
Cudjoe, S. D., (77xa, 772)
Cuisinier, Jeanne, (772a), Jj
Cultrera, G., (773)
Culwick, A. T., (774)
Culwick, G. M., (775)
Cumming, Charles Gordon, (776)
Cunard, Nancy, (.569, III, 1712)
Cuney-Hare, 111aud, (777)
Cunningham, Eloise, (778)
Cunnison, 1., (77 8a)
Cur~in, M., (779)
Curtis, Natalie, see: Burlin, Natalie,
Dagar, Amin Uddin, 27
Dagar, Mobin Uddin, 27
Da!, Eril<. (fig. 33) (78o-8Jb), 63
Dalal, Navinkumar, (784)
Dalberg, F. H. von, (785)
Dalman, G., (86, 787)
Dalyell, John. (787a)
Dam, Tbeodore van, (788)
Damais, E., (789)
Dam, Bo, (790)
Danckert, Wemer, (791-Bos), H, 46
Daniel, F .. (8o6)
Dauiel, F. Salv-.odor, see: Salvador-Da.nicl, F .
Daniel, Gastan, (8o)
Danie!ou, Alain, (8o8-818b), 24, 2j, 27, J
Darmsteter, J ameo, (819, 820)
Daroesman, M. M., (978)
Das, J. Srinivasa, (82u)
Da.!i, K. N., (b21, bl2)
Dattopant 29
Daugherty, D. N., (823) Djurit-Klajn, Stana, (990a)
Daumas, G., (824) Dob, Klar Scbestyen, (4.548)
Davenson, Henri, (825, 825a) Dobroni, Anton. (991)
David, Emst, (826, 827) Dodge, Ernest, (991)
David, Paul, (828) Doke, Clement M., (994, 99.5)
Davidson, H. G., (829) Dolansk, Vera, (99.5a)
Davies, E. Harold, (830), 64 Dominguez. Francisco, (996)
Davy, J., (831) Domokos Pl, Pter, (997)
Dawes, F., (832) Donadze, V., (202a)
Dawson, Warrington, (833) Donington, Robert, (998)
Day, Charles Russell, (834-838), 63 Donostia, Father JOS<! Antonio de, (999-
Deacon, A. Bemard, (839) 1005b)
Dean-Smith, Margaret, (840, 841) Dosios, Victoria, (4.5.52)
Dcchevrens, A., (842, 843) Dounias, Minos E., (1oo6)
Degani, Mario, (843a) Dr5.ger, Hans Heinz, (1007-1009, 3837), r,
Dejardin, A., (844) 6r
Dclachaux, Thodore, (844a) Dragoi, Sabio V., (1010, 4.510)
Ddapraz, Alain, 66 Dravida, Pandit Ramji Shastri, 29
Delavignette, Robert, (845) Draws-Tychsen, Hcllmut, (IOII)
Ddgadillo, Luis A., (846) Drcyfus-Roche, Simone, (34.58), 27,35
Deliz, Monserate, (847) Driver, Harold E., (1012)
Ddmas, Simon, (848) Drost. Dietrich, (1013)
Delphin, H., (849) Drouart, Marie, (643)
Demiville, Paul, (8so), 46 Drucker, Philip, (1014)
Does, Bartha, (851) Dschou, Wen-G, (3919)
Denis, Armand, 34 Dubois, Henri M., (101.5, 1016)
Denis, Valentin, (8.52, 852a) Duchcmin, G. J., (1o16a)
Dencker, Nils, (3030) Duchenet, Edouard. (1017)
Deony, S. R., (8.53) Duchcsne, J., (1018, 15.52)
Dennys, N., (854) Dsel. jakob, (1019)
Dcosmore, Frances, (fig. 11) (855-949, 2438c), Dufays, Felix, (1020)
16,36 Dufourcq, Norbert, (1021)
Denys, Pierre, (950), 36 Duhamel. M., (1022)
Dereo, Maya, :17 Dumont, Louis, (1023)
Dcrwil, G., (951) Dumoutier, G., (1023a)
Desai, Vibhukumar S., (952, 953) Duncan, T., (1024)
Desprez, Adrien, (954) Dupcyrat. Andr, 25
Dcsvallons, Gilbert, (955) Duran, Sixto M., (1025)
Deub.r, Arnold, (956) Duryanga, Phra Chen, (1026, 1027), 64
Deubner, Ludwig, (957) Dutt, Benoy Krashna, (1028)
Dcv, G., (96o) Dutton, C. E., (1211)
Dcval, K. B., (961, 962, 962a) Duyse, Florimond van, (1029, 1030)
Dcvria. Charlotte, (963) Dworakowska, Maria, (1031)
Dcvi, Ratan. (964) Dybeck, Richard, (1032)
Dvigne, Roger, (965-967) Dyer Ball, J., (1033. 4504b)
Dewey 56 Dy,;acz, Adolf, (1034)
Dcydicr, H., (968) Dzhambul (1035)
Dhanam, Veenai, 117
Dharma, P. C., (969) Eames, Marian. (2813)
Diamant, Ernest, (2404) Eastlake, F. W., (1036)
Didier, Andr, z6, z8, JI, 35 Ebding, F., (1037)
Di Dio, Fran.yois, 66 Eberhard, W . (1038)
Dieterlin, Germaine, (969a, 1517), 35, 66 Eberhardt, Ch. C., (1o38a)
Dikshitar, Sri Muthuswami, (2043b, 2043c, Eberlein. P. J., (1039)
3259. 4215) Ebner, Carlos Borromeu, (1040)
Diocsr, Oszkr, (970-972, 2520l) Ebou, Flix.- (1041, 1041a)
Dirr, A., (974, 248o) Echegaray, Carlos Gonzlez, (1042)
Dittmer, Kunz, (975. 976) Eckardt, Andreas, (1043, 1948)
Dixon, Roland B., (977) Eckardt, Hans, (104-f-IOSOa, 451I), 64
Djajadipura, Raden Mas, (2378a) Ecker, L. E., (10.51)
Djarwo, S., (978) Eckholm, Gordon F., 29
Djordjevi, Vladimir R., (979-984), 64 Edison, Thomas Alva, zr
Djoudjeff, Stoyan, (985-990), 64 Edelman, Albert, (1052)

274
Edge-Parlington, J., (1osu) Falck, R. (uua)
Edwards, Arthur C., (1os3) Falconi, Gerardo, (1149)
Edwards, E. D., (1os3a, ISOI) Falla, Manuel de, (uso)
Edwards, L. F., (IOS.f) Falla, J. C. E., (1151)
Edwards, S. Hylton, (IOSS) Faly, 1., (1151a)
Eggen, Erik, ( IOS6) Fara, Guillo, (1152-1154)
Egorova, V., (1oS6a) Farag, Jzoel, (IISS)
Ehrenreich, Paul, (IOS7) Farmer, Henry George, (us6-ulo, 34S6,
Eichenauer (1os8), r2 36o-t). 46, J, 75
Elbert, Johannes, (1059) Farnsworth, P. R., (un)
Elbert, Sarnuel H., (1o6o) Faroughy, A., (1212)
Elia, Piero, {1061) Faublee, J., (1212a, 3S02)
Eliade, Mircea, (1o62) Faulkner, Maurice, (uub)
Elkin, A. P., (1o63-1063c), 3j, JO, JJ, J, 64 Favari, Alberto, (1213)
Elkin, Clarence, (1064) Feather, Leonard, (1214)
Elling, Catharinua, (1o65-109) Fedeli, Vito, (1215)
Ellis, AlexanderJohn, (fig. 1) (107o-1o82, Feilberg, C. G., (1216)
2411, 3986), :!l ff., IO Felber, Erwin, (1217-1222), I7
Elwin, Verrier, (1o83-1o86) Fline, Pierre, (1223)
Emerson, Joseph S., (1087) Fellerer, Karl Gustav, (1224)
Emerson, Nathaniel H., (1088) Fenton, Williarn N., (1225-1227, 2420), J
Emmanuel, Maurice, (1089) Fenwick Jones, G., (1227a)
Emrich, Duncan, (1090), z6, J7 Ferand, Ernst Th., (1228, 1229)
Emsheimer, Ernst, (fig. 26) (1091-1101), I7, Ferguson, John, (1230)
ZI, 75 Fernald, Helen E., (1231-1233)
Ende, A. von, (1102, 1103) Ferrara, Bertha, (2743)
Endo, Hirosi, (11o4) Ferrars, Max, (2743)
Ene, Augustine, (2688b) Ferreira, Ascenso, (1234)
Engel, Carl, (uos-1109) Ferrero, E., (123S)
Engel, Hans, (1110) Ferryman, A. F. M., (836)
Ennis, Seamua, 34 Fewkes, J. W., (1236), r6
Enright, D. J., (un) Feys 14S32a)
Erdl yi, J nos, ( uua) Fichter, J ean, J:5
Erdmann, Hans, {1113) Ficker, Rudoll von, (1237)
Erk, Ludwig, (1114) Fiedler, Hermano, (1238)
Erkmann, (1115) Figueras, Jos Romeu, see: Romeu Figueras,
Erlimger, Rodolphe d', (1116-1119), J Jos,
Erzakovitsch, B., (1120, 1121) Filipovit, M. S., 39
Escobar, M. L., (2SSI, 2SS2) Fillmore, John Comfort, (1239-12-42)
Eskin, Sam, JI, 33 Finesinger, Sol Baruch, (1243)
Espinet, Charles S., (1122) Fink, Gottfried Wilhelm, (1244)
Essafi (951) Firfov, Givko, (1245-12-48a), 3:!1, 64
Esser, J .. (1122a) Fischcr, Adolf, (1249)
Estella, Pe. H. Olazaran de, (1123) Fischer, E., (uso, 1251)
Estreicher, Zygmunt, (fig. 13) (1124-1133), Fiscber, Hans, (1252, 12SJ, 12s3a)
4I Fiscber, H. W., (1254)
Eugene, Prince, JI Fisher, Miles Mark, (12S5)
Eulenstein. C., (3664) Flanders, Helen Hartness, (1256)
Evans, Bessie, (17os) Fleischer, Oska.r, (1257. 1258)
Evans, Ivor H. N., (113S-1137) Flesche, Fraocis la, (1259. u)
Evans, May G., (17os) Fletcber, Alice Cunningham, (1261-177)
Evrard, W., (1138) Flood, William H. Grattan, (1768, 17g,
Ewald, Z., zz 1506)
Exner, F., (1139), I7 Florenz, Ka.rl, (4511a)
Ezgi, Suphi, (11-40) Florooy, llertrand, 35
Focke, H. C., (1270)
Faber, E., (1141) FOkbvi (1271)
Faber, G. H. von, (1142) Foldes, A., (1772)
Fab, llertalan, (1143) Foley, Rolla, (1273)
Faddegun, llarend, (114-4) Farde, F. van der, (1276)
Fagg, Bemard, (1145-1147) Fortassier, Picrre, (4511b)
Fagg, William, (1148, 1148a) Foucart, F., (1277)
Faiyaz Khan, Ustad, (628) Fourneau, J., (1278)

275
Fowke, Edith Fulton, (1279)
Fowke, Francis, (uSo)
Fox, C., (1281)
Fox, H. Munro, 49
Fox Strangways, A. H., (fig. 7) (1282-1290,
2497. 2515, 3185). j, 20
Foy, Wilhelm, (1291, 1292), 62
Fraknoi, Kaxoly, (1293)
Francke, A. H., (1294, 1295)
Fra.t>yoil;, A., (1296)
Fraser, A. U., (1297)
Fraser, Nonnan, (1298, 1299), 2:1, J7
Frascr, S., (1300)
Fred, B. G., (2859)
Frdric, Louis, (1301)
Frdricq, Paul, (1302)
Fredin, August, (1303)
Freeman, Linton C., (1304, 1304a)
French, P. T., (1305)
Fricdenthal, Albert, (13o6, 1307)
Friedlii.nder, Max, (1307a)
Frizzi (1915)
Frobenius, Leo, (1308, 1309), 62
Frost, Robert, (1256)
Fryklund, Daniel, (131o-1312)
Fuchs, D. R., (2931)
Fuchs, Raphael, (248o)
Fuentes, Eduardo Sanchez de, (3627-3634),
JI, 64
Frer-Haimendorf, Christoph von, (1313,
4512)
Frst, H., (1314)
Fuhrmann, Erost, (1314a)
Fujii, Seishin, (1315)
Fuller Maitland, J. A., (soS)
Funk (1744)
Furlong, Guillermo, (1316)
Furoess, Clifton Joseph, (1317)
FyzeeRaba.tnin, Atiya. Begum, (1318)
Gabus, Jean, (1319)
Gadzekpo, Sinedzi, (13~0) .
Gaguon, E., (1321)
Gailhard, A., (1322)
Gaitdner, W. H. T., (1323)
Gaisseau, Pierre, J5
GaJe, Albert, (1324)
Galimdschan, Tagan, (2481)
Galis, K. W., (1324a)
Gallop, Rodney, (1325-1332a)
Gaims, Antonio, (1332b)
Galpin, Francis W., (1333-1347, 2925, 3930)
Ganay, Solange de, (1348)
Gand, Hanns in der, (1348a)
Gancshan, K., 27
Gangadhara (1349)
Gangoly, Ordhcndra Coomar, (135D-1353a)
Gangopadhyaya, Ardhendra Kumara, (1354)
Gani, 0., (1354a)
Garay, Narciso, (1355)
Garcla, Angclica de Rezendi, (1356)
Garcla Barriuso, Patricinio, (1357)
Garcla, Juan Francisco, (1358)
Garcla Matos, Ma.t~uel, (2783-2787, 3759)
Grdonyi, Zltan, (1359)
Garficld, Viola E., (136o)
Garms, J. H., (1361, 1362)
Gamault, Paul, (1363)
Garncr, F. H., (1364)
Gamct, Jean Saintc-Farc, (1365)
Garrat, G. T., (12!1!1)
Garstau: (1366), 47
Gascu F., (13ll7)
Gaspar, U., (1367a)
Gassmann, A. L., (1368, 1369)
Gaster, Theodor Herzl, (1370), J2
Gastou, Amde, (1371-1373)
Gaubil, Father, (664)
Gaudefroy-Demombynes, J., (1374)
Gaukstad, Oystein, (1375)
Gavazzi, Milovan, (1376)
Gay, R., (1377. 1378), J
Gazimihl, Mahmut R., (1379)
Gbeho, Phillip, (13BD-1385)
Gebik, Wladislaw, (1386)
Geering, Amold, (1387)
Geiger, P., (1388)
Geiringer, Karl, (1389, 1390)
Gclatsl, J oan Amades, ( 1391)
Gcllcr, H., (1392)
Geuin, Au;uste, (1393-1395)
Gcorge, Zelma Watson, (1396)
Georges cu-Breazul, G., (495)
Georgcvi, see: Djordjevi
Georgiades, Thrasybulos, (1397, 1397a,1397b)
Germann, P., (1397c)
Gerson-Kiwi, Edith, (fig. 27) (139S-1402a),
8, 9 .
Gersoni, C., (1403)
Gesemann, Gerhard, (1404)
Gesser, Sam, JI
Geijer, E. G., (1405, 1406)
Geurtjens, Father H., (1407)
Ghcerbrandt, Alain, (844)
Ghcorgicv, Chrislo, (217)
Ghose, Lokuath, (14o8)
Gibling, R. Styx, (1409)
Gibson, H. E., (1410)
Gide, Andr, (1411)
Gigliolo, Enrico H., (1412)
Gil Gaxcla, Bonifacio, (1413-1422)
Gilatt, Roland, I4
Gilbcrt, Doruthy R., (1423)
Gilbert, Henry F. (1424)
Gilbert, Will G., (1425-1437), 65
Gillc, A., (1437a)
Gilman, B. 1., (1438-1441), I6
Gil-Marchex, Henri, (1442)
Giorgetti, Filiberto, (1443, 1443a-d)
Gippius, Ye., 22
Girard, Rafael, (1444)
Gironcourt, Georges de, (1445-1451, 4513), 46
Giurchescu, A., (1451a)
Gjclavik, Martinus, (367)
Gladwin, Frances, (1452, 1453)
Glonar, J., (3971a)
Goddard, P. E., (1453a)
Goooje, C. H. de, (1454, 1455)
Goethe, johann Wolfgaug, X
Goethem, L. van, (1456)
Goetz, Leopold Karl, (1457)
Gojkovic!, Andrijana, (1457a, 1457b, 4514)
Goldstcin, Walter, (1458)
Goloubew, Vctor, (1459-1463)
Golubovic!, llriLDilllav, (288:;)
Gombolli, Otto J., (144-14<>9)
Gones, A., (146ga)
Gomes, Edwin H., (1-470)
Gonzalea Bravo, A., (1471, 1472)
Good, A. 1., (1472a)
Goodwin, A. J. H., (1473)
Goodrich, L. C., (1474)
Goossens, Han, (1475)
Gol, Shiri;h, 33
Goris, R., (2362)
Gosh, Jnau Prakash, (1-476)
Goswami, G. N., (1477)
Goswami, Kanai LA!, (1478)
Goswami, 0., (1478a)
Gouguidis, Pierre, :16
Gover, Charles, (1478b)
Governor or Lagos (1-479)
Graya, Feruaudo Lopez, (I-f8o)
Grace, C. W., (I-f8I)
Gradenwitz, Peter, (1482)
Graebner, F., (1483), 62
Graf, Walter, (1484-1496), 17
Graff, Rab'llwald, (1497)
Graham, David Crockett, (14gB)
Graham, W. A., (1499)
Grainger, Percy, (1500)
Granet, Maree!, ( 1501)
Grauner, Erwin, (1502)
Graut, John, (1503)
Grasserie, R. de la, (1504)
Grattau, C. Hartley, (1505)
Grattau Flood, William, see: Flood, William
H. Grattan,
Gray, H. St. George, (1506)
Grbert, M. F., (1507, 1508)
Green, G. P., (1509)
Grecnleaf, Elizabetb, (1:;oga)
Greenway, John, (1510)
Gregor, Josef, (2863)
Greig, Gavin, (1511)
Grenet, Emilio, (1512)
Grcni, Liv, (1513), 73
Gressma.nn, Heinrich, (151-4)
Greyerz, O. von, (1515)
Griaule, Marcelle, (1516-1519)
Griffith, Charles E., (1520)
Griffith, John, (1521)
Griflith, W. J . (1522)
Grigson, W. V. (1523)
Grirnaud, Yvette, (1524), 36
Groeger, H., (1525)
Gnmbech, Kaare, (2481)
Grolimund, S., (1526, 1527)
Groneman, ] ., (1528-1530, 2536)
Groot,].]. M. de, (1531, 1532)
Grootaert, ] . E. A., (153za)
Groslier, George, (1533)
Grosset, joa.nny, (1534 1535), 63
Grotta.nelli, Vinigi L., ( 1536)
Groves
. Groven, Eivind, (1537, 1,538, 15oa)
Grner NiclS<:n, H., (10, 1539-1544. 4o84)
Grtzmacher 10
Grundtvig, Svcnd, (1545)
Gudenian, Haig, (1546)
Guebels, L .. (1547)
Guenther, E., (1548)
Guerrero, Ral G., (1549, 1550, 155oa, 38goa)
Gugitz, Gustav, (1551)
Guiart, Jean, (1551a)
Guigne&, De, (664)
Guillemin, Marcelle, (1018, 1552)
Guillermin, L., (1553)
Guin, L., (849)
Gulik, R. H. van, (1554-1558)
Gulliver, Pamela, (1559)
GuiVin, Olav, (156o, 156oa), :ro, 4J:, 73
Gustaver, B., (1561)
Gustavson, Herbert, (3030)
Gwynn Williams, W. S., (1562)
Gyai, F., (1562a)
Gysi, Fritz, (1563)
Haas, Mary 8
Haase, R., (1564)
Habig, J. M., (1565, 1565a)
Haddon, A. C.,{156-1568)
Haden, R. Allen, (1569)
Had!i Manov, Vasil, (1570)
Hzberlin, H. K., (3430)
Hagen, Karl, (1571)
Hague, Eleanor, (1572-1575, 3409)
Hahn, Kurt, (1575a)
Hairan 31
Hajck, L., (1576)
Haldc, Jeau Baptiste du, (1577)
Halim, A.; (1577a)
Hall,Henri Usher, (1578)
Hall, jody C., (1579)
Hall, Leland, (:;So)
Halpert, Hcrbert, (759b, 158oa)
Halski, Czeslaw R., (1581)
Hambly, Wilfrid D., (1715)
Hambruch, Paul, (1581a)
Hamilton, 1., (1582)
Hammerich, Angul, (1583-1585, 4515)
Hand, Waylaud D., 77
Handschin, Jacques, (fig. 12) (1586-1594). 19,
4446
Handy, E. S. C., (1595. 1596)
Hanford, ] . H., (122)
Ha.nnaas, Torleif, (4516)
Hannagan, M.. (1597)
Harap, Louis, (159H)
Haraszti, Emile, (1598a)
Harcourt, Marghrite (Bclasd)-d', (98, )09,
16oo-102,107,1929,2489, 2490, 29I)a), 63
Harcourt, Raoul d', (1599-16oa, 1929, 2489,
2490, 2913a), 63
Hardiment, Mclville, (16o8)
Hare, Maud Cuney, (1609--1611)
Harich-Schneider, Eta, (1612-1618a, 4516a),
64
Ha.ring, Dougla.s G., JO
Harlez, C. de, (1619)
1-larpcr, F. J., (1619a)
Harrington, J. P., (1620)
Harris, P. G., (1621, 1952)
Hartmann, Arthur, (1622)
Hartmann, M., (1623)
Hartweg, R., (1212a)
Hasan Husni 'Abd ai-Wahhab (1624)
Haslund-Christensen, H., (1625)
Hasselt, A. L. van, (1626)
Hasselt, J. H. van, (2051)
Haulleville, A. de, (707)
Haupt, Leopold, (1627)
Hause, H. E., (1744b, 1628)
Hauzenberga- Sturm&, E., (4oo4a)
Hawkes, E. W., (1629)
Hawley (1630, 1631)
Haydon, Glen, (1632), 65
Hayes, G<.rald R., (1632a)
Hayward, Richard, (1633)
Haywood, Charles, (1634)
Hazcu, G. A. J., (1635)
Hazrat Inayat Khan, see: lnayat Khan,
Hazrat,
Hedin, Sven, (1625)
Heekeren, H. R. van, (1636)
Hecpe, M., (1637)
Hccrkcns, A., (1638)
Hccrkcns, S. V. D., Fatber P., (1639), 40
Hetfening. W., (4292)
Hcfny, Mabmoud El, (1640, 1641, 1641a)
Heger, Franz, (1642)
Heilfurtb, Gerhard, (1643)
Heine-G<.ldem, Robert von, (16441648)
Heinitz, Wilbelm, (1581a, 1649-1684, 2824,
4072a), :., u, 65
Heintze, R., (1685)
Hclck, W., (1834a)
Helffer, Mireillc, (1685a)
Hclfritz, Hans, (1686)
Hdgason, Hallgrimur, (1686a)
Hellman, Ellen, (2230)
Helmholtz, H. L. F., J, S
Hemsi, A., (168)
Hen, F. J. de, (1688)
Henderson, Hamisb, 25
Hendcrson, Isabel, (1689)
Henning, Waltber, JI
Henriques-Urea, Pedro, (16go)
Herbig, Reinbard, (16g1)
Hritier, Francis, 66
Hermano, Eduard, (16g2)
Hcrnandez de Alba, Gregario, aee: Alba,
Grt!gorio Hemandez de,
Hcrrma.nn, Virginia Hitchcock, (4307, 4308)
Herscber-Clement, J., (1693-1695)
278
Herskovits, Francis, (2283). JI
Hcrskovits, Melville J., (16gf>-1701, 1704,
2183), 26, JI, J4, J6
Herzog, G<:orgc, (fig. 4oa) (252b, 1701-1750,
2597.3912},I2,I6,I9,49.76,78
Heymann, Mrs, Alired, (1751)
Hichcn, William, (1752)
Hickmann, Ha.ns, (fig. 30) (1753-184oc, 4517,
4518, 4519), I9, I, 7I
Hillelon, S., (18+oc)
Hindemith, Paul, 42
Hipkins, A. J., (18.p-18H). J
Hiroa, Te Rangi, see: Buck, Peter H.,
Hirschberg, Walter, (1844a)
Hirth, F., (1845, 1846)
Hitchcock, Polly, 29
Ho Lu-Ting (1846a)
Hobbs, Cecil C., (1847. 4307, 4308)
Hoboken, P. C. J. van, (1848-1855, 4520)
Hodeir, Andr, (1856, 1856a)
Hodge, Fred. Webb, (1264)
Hoerburger, Felix, (1858-1862), 2r
Hoevcll, G. W. W. C. Baron van, (1863-1866)
Hoevcll, W. R. van, (1867)
HOwelcr, Casper, (1868), J
Hoffmann, A., (186g)
Hoffmann, Charles, J
Hofwijk, J. W., (187o)
Hohencmser, H., (1871)
Holiday, Geoffrey, (1872)
Holmes, William Hemy, (861, 1873)
Holst, Gustav, (2839)
Holst, Imogen, (640)
Holzknecht, K., (1874, 1875)
Honda, Yasuji, (1876)
Hood, Mantle, (fig. 44) (1877-1879), I7, 76, 77
Hoogt, l. M. van der, (188o)
Hoose, Harned Pcttus, (1881)
Horubostcl, Erich M. von, (figs. 12 and 18)
(369, 696. 1588, 1882-1963, 2394. 2509.
2510, 3579b, 3996), J, j, 6 ff., IO, IZ, I7, r8,
I9,ZJ,Z4,J9, 4J- 45,46, ss. 56, sa. 59. 6o
Hornburg, Friedrich, (1964, 1965)
Hough, Walter, (1970)
Houis, Maurice, J
Houston, Jobo, (1966)
Houston-Pret, Elsie, (1967)
Houtm...n, Cornelis de, IS
Howard, Albert H., (1968)
Howard, Walter, (1969)
Howes, Frank, (1971, 1972), 65
Howitt, A. W., (1973)
Howland Rowe, John, (1973a)
Hrinchenko 211
Hrovatin, Radoslav, (1974)
Hsiao, Shu Hsien, (1975, 1976)
Hsing Chi (1977)
Huard, Pa.ul, (1978)
Huart, Cl., (1979, 1980)
Hubay, Jcnvd, (4021c (No. 28))
Hubor, Kurt, (1926, 1981, 1982)
Hubers, Fatber Hubert, (1983)
Huchzermeyer, Hclmut, (1984)
Hudcc, Konsta.Dtin, (1985, 3213)
Hbner, Herbert, (1986-1988), I3, 46
Huettner, JobaDn ChristiaD, (1989)
Hufu-anh (IES4o)
Hu;gler, RudolJ, (1990)
Hulbert, Homer B., (1991)
Hulta~rt. G., (385, 1991a, 1992, 1993)
Hulstijn, P. van, (1993a)
Hultkrantz, Ake, (1994)
Humbert-Sauvageot, Mra. M., (1995, 1996,
4110), 3
Hunter, G., (1996a)
Huntington, Mary, (1997)
H urston, Zara, (1998)
Hurt, Ambra H., (1999)
Husmann, Heinrich, (2ooo-2oo8c), 8, I9, 7I
Hustvedt, Sigurd Bemhard, (2009)
Hutchings, Arthur, (2010, 2011)
Hurth, Amo, (2012, 201:oa)
Huth, E. van, (2o12b)
Huxley, H. M., (2013)
Huyser, J. G., (2014)
Hwei, Li, (2015)
Hyslop, Graham H., (2016)
lbarrola, R., (2o16a)
lbn 'Abd Rabbihi (1191)
lbn Kurdadhbih (n66)
ldelsohn, A. Z., (1726, 2017-2028), I7
ldohou (1547)
Ilitch, S. L., (4521)
llyin, A., (20~9)
Inayat Khan, Hazrat, (952)
Isarnitt, Carlos, (2032, 2033)
lsawa, Sh., (2034)
Ita, S., (2035)
lttmann, J., (1037)
lvanoff, Pierre, 26, :17
lvens, W. G., (2036)
lyengar, Devakotai Narayana, 27
lyengar, Ramanuja, 27
lyengar, R. Rangaramanuja, (2037)
Iyengar, V. V. Srinivasa, (2038)
lyer, E. Krishoa, (2039, 2040)
lyer, K. Bharatha, (2040a)
lyer, Madura Mani, 27
Iyer, Mudi Kondan C. Venkatarama, (2oofob),
"7
lyer, Subrahmanya, 27
Iyer, S. Vcnkatasubramania, (2o41-20of2), 35
lyer, T. L. Vcnkatarama, (>Oof3, 2043b)
lyer, T. M. Krishnaswami, 29
lyer, Vina Vidnan A. Sundaram, (2043c)
lzikowitz, Karl Gustav, (2oH-2046), 6r
J., (2oof6a)
Jackson, G. Pullen, (2047)
Jackson, Wi11rid, (2048)
J acobs, J., (2049, 2050)
Jacobson. E . (2051)
Jacovlcff, A., (2052)
Jadat. M. Pj., (2053)
J agamas, loan, (2054)
279
Jagamas, Jnos, (1155, 2055)
Jagannatla, Panditaraja, (1577a)
Jager, H. de, (2056)
)aban, Shah, (1577a)
Jairazbhoy, Na.zir Ali, (2o_s6a), 32, 76
J auatek, Leo~. (2o58, 2058a)
Jancovil, Danica S., (2059-2o63)
J ancovil, L j ubica S., (206o-2o6 5)
Jan.s, P., (2o66)
Jansky, Herbert, (2o67, 2480, 2481, 2495), r7
Janus, Carolus, (2o68)
Japanese Radio lnstitute (2o6g)
Jrdnyi, Pl, (2oo-2073)
Jargy, Simon, (of.S16b)
)a,;im Uddin (2074, 2075)
Jeanuin, Dom ) .. (on-o79)
Je!freys. M. D., (2o8o, 208oa)
Jekyll, Walter, (2945)
Jenkins, B., (2o81)
J enkin.s, J ean, (4522)
Jenkinson, N. H., (2o82)
Jenneas, D., (2083, 3436)
Jen.sen, A. E., (2083a)
Jhering, H. van, (2o83b)
J irnek. J aroslav, (2084)
Joest, W., (2oll5)
John-Laugnitz, A., (2086)
John, J. T., (2087)
Johnson, Guy Benton, (2o88)
John.son, Orme, (2089)
J ohn.sson, Bengt, (lago)
Johnston, Richard, (1279)
Jont:ti, Father Arthur Morril, (2091-2105b),
4I,75
Jont:ti, Trcvor A., (1063b, 21o6)
Jones, Willian1, (71!5, 2107, 2108)
Jong Lsn., J. L., (2109, 2110)
jonsson, F., (of523)
Jorge, Toms, (2111)
J oset, Alain, 35
Jourdain, M., (2112)
Joyce, Patrick Weston. (2113, 2114)
Joyce, Thomas Athol, (2114a, .po7)
Joyeux, Charles, (2115, 2116)
Judd, Neil M., (2117)
]ungbauer, G., (2118)
Jungblut (2119)
Jnior, Santos, (341, 2120, 2121, 4183)
Junod, Henri A., (2122-2124)
Jurjans, A., (2125)
J urk-Bauer, l., (4524)
Ju~kos, Antano, (2126)
Juszkiewicz, A., (2125a)
Kadmau, G., (2127)
Kahan, Y. L., (2127a)
Kalfl, G., (2128)
Kalidasa (3317)
Kallenberg, S .. (2128a)
Kama.la (J ha.ria) JJ
Kamburov, lwan, (2129-2133)
Kamcl el-Kholay (2134)
Kamitin, F. R., (2131a)
 Kamoriki, Te Kautu, (2571)
1\ana.i, Kikoku, (2135, 2136)
Kaneko, Nobori, (2136a)
Kendune-Kiyosuke (1949, 2136b, 2136c)
Kantor, S. A., (2137)
I<ao Tung Chia (2138)
Kappc, Gustav, (2138a)
Karabai, N., (2138b), 66
Karabcy, Lika, (2139)
l{amsloyanov, A., (2140)
1\arim Khan, Abdul, 27
Karl Grcgorius, Duke of Mecklenburg (4519)
Karpeles, Maud, (187, 2030, 214oa-21Ha,
3821, 3824), I4, 65
Kasintha. Merattur, (3270)
KaMik, H., (n)
Kastaljskij, A., (2146)
Kataoka, Gid, (2147)
Kate, ten, (2148, 2149)
Katschulev, lvan, (215D-2155a), 64
Katzarova-Koukoudova, Raina, (fig. 38)
(538, 2156-2176), 64
Katzeoelleobogen, U., (2177)
Kaudem, Walter, (1937, 2178), 6r
Kaulmann, H. E., (404)
Kaulmann, F. M., (2179)
Kaulmann, Nicolay, (2180, 2181)
Kaulmann, Walter, (2182), 78
Kavi, M. Ramakrishna., (2184)
Kawat 35
Keel, Frederick, (2185)
Keh, Chung Sik, (2186), 64
Keldis, Juri, (2187)
Keller, Gustav, (2188)
Kennedy, Keith, (2189-2191)
Kennedy, Peter, 2I, 24,25
Keny, E. C., (2192)
Kernyi, .Gyorgy, (283 I and ll, 2193,
2191)
1\erkar, Dai Kesarbai, 33
Kert"z, Gyula, (2195)
Key"er, P. de, (2196)
l{handalavala, K., (3969)
Khokar, Mohao, (2197)
Kidson, Frank, (2198-22oo)
1\:iesewetter, R. G., (2201, 4525)
Kilpinen. Yajo, (4179a)
Kimotsuki, Kanekazn, (2202)
K in, Maung Tha, (2202a)
King, Hyatt, u
Kingsla.ke, Drian, (2203, 2203a)
King"ley, Victoria, (2204)
Kingsmill, Thomas W., (2205)
Kinkeldey, Otto, (2206, 2207)
Kirby, Percival R., (fig. 21) (196o, 2208-
2237. 4526, 4527, 4528, 4545}. 55
l(irlel, W ., (4292)
Kirstein, Lincoln, (2813)
Kirtikar, Padmavati, (2241a)
Kishibe, Shigco, (2238-2241, 4138, 4511,
4529). 46. J
Kiss, Jzsel, (851)
Kiss, Ljos, (283 III)
280
Klausmeier, Friedrich, (2241b, 2863)
Klier, Karl, (2242-H46)
Klose, H., (2247)
Kluseo, E., (2248, 2248a, 2248b), IJ
Knosp, Gastan, (2248c-2265)
Koott, C. G., (2265a)
Knudsen, Thorkild, (2266, 2266a.)
Kochnitzky, L., (2266b)
Kodly, Zoltn, (lig. 10) (261, 265, 266,283,
n67-2272, 4021b), 2r, 22, 64, 72
Kodikar, Mukta, (2273)
Konig-lleyer, Walter, (1947, 2299)
Kohl. Louis von, (2274, 2275)
Kohlbach, B., (2276)
Kolari, Eino, (2277)
Kolberg, 0., (2277)
Kolessa, Philarct, (2278-228oa)
Koll!, D. H., (2281)
Kolinski, Mieczyslaw, (fig. 22) (2282-2292),
I9, JI
Koller, Oswald, (2293, 2294)
Kollmann, Paul, (2295, 2296)
Kombe, L., (2102)
Komitas (2297, 2298)
Koole, Areod, (2300, 2301)
}{urda, Viktor, (2302)
Koritschner, H., (2303)
Kornleld; Fritz, (2304, 3388)
Koroma, Jean, 26
Kortshmarov, K., (2305)
Koutev, Philip, (2305a, 2305b)
Kouteva, Maria, (23osa. 2305b)
Kozaky, St., (2306)
Kraeliog, Carl H., (2307)
Kramer, Augustin, (2308)
Kra.us, Alex., (2309. 2310)
Kraus, Egoo, (2863)
Krause, Eduard, (2311, 2312)
Krauss, H., (2313)
Krawc, Bjaroat, (2314)
Krcemer, J., (2315, 2316)
Krehbiel, H. E., (2317, 2318)
Kreiger, Herbert W., (4530)
Kremeoliev, Boris A., {2319, 2320)
Kreoo, Ernst, (23>oa)
Kresoek, Jozef, (2321, 2321a)
Krieg, Hans, (2322)
Krieger, Herbert W., (2323)
Krishoacharya, Vidvan Hulugur, (2323a,
2323b)
Krishnamurti, Mrs. Kamata., !l?
Krishoa. Rao (2324, 2325)
Kristeoseo, Evald Tang, (2326)
Kristi, Augustio, (2327)
Kroeber, A. L., (2854. 2920, 3061), 78
Krohn, llmari, (2328-2339)
Krojer, P. S. M., (2339a)
Krumscheid, A., (2340)
Kruyt, Albert C., (2341-2346), 43
Kshetrajoa (334 >d}
Kuba, Ludvik, (2347-2352)
Kuha, F., (2353. 2354)
Khoert, F., (2355, 2356)
Kumaram, Muttu, :17
Kumaraswamy, &ee: Coomaraswamy,
daK.,
Kumer, Zmaga, (2356a)
Kundu, Sri Tarapada, :19
Kunikc (2357)
Kunst, Jaap, (fig. 14) (122, 1593,
2358-2418, 3742), ZI, :15, 3:1, 34, 45,
Kunst-van Wely, Mrs. C. J. A., (236o,
46
Kuratb, Gertrudo Prokosb, (1225, 1226,
2419-2438d), I, 3:1
Kurosawa, Takatomo, (2439)
Kurtb, E .. (2440)
Kutabialian, J ean On.nik, (244Da)
Kutter, Wilhelm, (2441)
Kuttner, Fritz A., (2442-2+45), :to, 48
Kutz, Adalbert, (2446)
Kuusisto, Taneli, (2447)
Kuypers, Jobo M., (2448)
Kvitka, K., (2449), 2:1
Kyagambiddwa, Josepb, (2450)
Kyokai, Nihon HOsO, (245oa, 245ob)
Kyung Ho Park :19
Laade, Wollgang, 3:1
Labat, J. D., (2451)
Labouret, Heori, (2452-2455)
Lacb, Robert, (fi. 17) (1491, 2456-2495),
I3,I7.47,65
Lacbmann, Robert, (fig. 20) (2377, 2496-
2515, 3912), I2, Ig, 43, 46, 65
Lacouperie, Terrien de, (2516)
LadiZiJJSk.i , S., (2137)
Laforest, Frantz, (2517). 26
Lagus, ErJJSt, (2518)
Lahiri, J., (3652)
Lai, Nguyen-Dinb, (2519)
Lajtha, L.sd, (fi. 40), 252D-2525), 64, 7:1
l..akatos, Istvan, (2525a)
Ll, Kanhaiya, 29
U.l, Mishra Shyam, :17, 29
Ll, Pandit Chatur, (1851), z, 33
Laloy, Louis, (2526-2531), 63
Lambert, H. E., (2531a)
Lamson, Roy, (2532)
l..amsweerde, Felix van, (2532a)
Land, J. P. N .. (487. 490, 2532b-2537), 63
Landstad, M. B., (2538)
Landtman, GuDDar, (2539)
l..andtmanson, Samuel, (2540)
l..ane, E. W., (2541)
Lane, M. G. M.. (2542-2544)
l..ang, Andrew, (2545)
Landon, Stephen, (2546)
Lane, Daniel de, (2547, 2548)
Laoye, l. H. H., (2549)
Laparra, R., (2550)
Lara, M. de, (2551, 2552)
Larrea Palacin, Arcadio de, (2553-2555a,
4531)
Larsson, Karl Erik, (2556)
La Rue, Jan, see: Rue, Jan la,
Laub, Th .. (2557)
Aoan- Laubenstein, Paul Fritz, (2558)
Launis, Armas, (2559-2564)
Lavauden, Thrse, (2566, 2567)
Laveda, L., (2567a)
Lavin, Ch., (2568)
1744c, Lawirdi, Mikha'il Khalil Al,, (2569)
46, 72 LawkJI
2361), Lawrance, J. C. D., (2570)
Laxton, P. B., (2571)
Lazarevic!, Stojan, (2571a)
Leach, MacEdward, (2571b)
Leaky, L. S. B., (2572)
Lebesque, Ph., (2572a)
Leblond, A., (2573a)
Leblond, Marius-Ary, (2573, 2573a)
Lecoq, A., (2500)
Leenbardt, Maurice, 35
Leden, Christian, (557, 2574-
2577a)
Lee, Hyeku, (2577b)
Lee, Kang Nyum, (2577c)
Leffingwell, Marion, (1575, 3409)
Lebmann, Dieter, (2187)
Lehmann, JohaDDes, (2578)
LehmaDD, Henri, (250)
LehmaDD-Nitsche, Robert, (2579)
Lehmann. Werner, .10
Lehtisalo, T., (258o)
Lehuraux, Lon, (2581)
Leifs, J., (2582, 2582a)
Leiris, M;chel, (2583)
Lekis, Lisa, 33 .
Lekis, Walter, 33
Lekkerkerker, C., (2584)
Lemm, F. H .. (2584a)
Lennep, Jkvr. Henriette van, (2585-2588b)
Lenoir, Raymond, (2589)
Leos, Threse de, (2590, 2591)
Leon, Argeliers, (2592, 2593)
Leport, J. M .. (2593a)
Leriche, A., (2594, 2594a)
Leroux, Ji.., (2595)
Leroux, Charles, (2596)
Leslau, Wolf, (2597), 29, JI
Lethbridge, H. 0., (2598)
Levi, Leo, (2599)
Levi-Proven~al, E., (26oo)
Levis, J ohn Hazedel, (2374. 26o1-26o4)
Levy, J., (2605)
Lewy, Ernst, (2481)
Lhote, Henri, (2606), 35
Liang, TsaiPing, (4531a)
Li Yuang-Ching, see: Yuang-Ching Li
Libiez, Albert, (26o6a)
Lichtenwanger, William, (4307, .uoB)
Lichtheim, J., (2607)
Lichtveld, Lou, (26o8, 209)
Lieutenant R. N., A, (2613)
Litard, Alfred, (4531b)
Ligeti, Gy1iry, (2610)
Ligtvoet, A. W .. (2611, 2612)
Lima, Emirto de, (2614-2617)
281
Limbert, Fraocis L., (1618)
Liodblom, Gerhard, (2619, 2620)
Liodeman, L. M., (2621)
Lioder, Sveo, (2622)
Liodsay, Maurice, (2623)
Lioeff, Eugeoie, (2624-2625a)
Lioema.o, W., (2626)
Linn, S . (2627)
Lioton, Ralph, (2628)
Liscano, J uao, (2629), .os, 36
Lismer, Arthur, (240)
List, George, (2629a)
Little, K. L., (2630)
Liu, Charles, (2631)
Liu, Chuogsh~e Htiien, (2632)
Liu Fu (2633, 2634)
Livshitz, A., (2635)
Llanos, Carlos A., (2636)
Lloyd, A. L., (2637)
Lloyd, Llewelyn S., (2638-2643), I9
Lloyd, Tbeodosia, (2644)
Lobsi;er-Delleobach, M., (4532)
Lo Liang Chu (2645)
Lods, Adolphe, (2646)
Loesche, E. Pechuel, (2646a)
Loma.x, AJan, (204 7), 25, 34
Loma.x, John A., (2647), .04, .05, 66
Long, Kennetb R., (2648, 26..8a)
Lon;more, L., (2649)
Loomis, A., IO
Loorits, Oskar, (265o)
Looteos (4532a)
Lopez Chavarri, E., (2651)
Lpez Chinas, Gabriel, (2652)
Lopez Cruz, Francisco, (2652a)
Lord, Albert B., (282, 1748, 2653-2655),
zs
Lorenc, Antooi, (2656)
Loret, Vctor, (257-266o)
Lorimer y Paul (2661, 2662)
Lottermoser IO
Louw, J. K., (2663)
Lu btcha.osky, J. C., 34
Lubtchansky, S., 34
Lbke, Anton, (2664)
Lugossy, limma, (2665)
Lundahl, J. E., (3883b)
Lury, Canon, (2666)
Lush, Allan J., (266)
Lussy, K., (266a)
Lussy, M., (827)
Lutter, E., (2668)
Lyle, Robert, (2669)
Maas, Chr. J., (267o-2672)
MacCulloch, J. A., (2673. 2674)
Macdooald, D. B., (2675, 2676)
Macda, Jos, (738, 2677, 2677a, 4532b), JO
Macbabey, A., (2678-268.., 4533. 4533a) 63
Machado, Guillermo AguiJar, (4og6)
l<lachida, Kasho, (2685, 2686), 36
.Mackay, Mercedes, (268j, 2688, 2688a, 2688b)
Macken,..,n, Lutz, (2689)
Mackenzie, Roy, (2689a)
.Maclaud (2690)
Maclean, Charles, (2691)
MacLeao family zs
Maclellan, Jobo A. 32
Macleod (Lady A. C. Wilsoo) {2692)
Macleod, Norma, (3453)
Macler, Frederic, (2693)
Macmillao, Emst, (242)
Madrid, Esther Samonte, (2696, 2697)
Madumere, Ad~le, (2695)
Madura Ma.oi lyer, see: Iyer, Madura Man,
Maes, Josepb, (269S-270J), 55
Maeyeos, L., (2704)
Mahewari Devi, N., (2704a, 2704b)
Ma Hiao Ts'iuo (2705, 2706)
Mahillon, Vctor, (2707), ss. s6, sB, 59, 6I
Mahler, Elsa, (2708)
Maimuoides (1177)
Maissen, Al!ons, (2709)
Maitra, Radhika Mohan, (2710, 2711)
Makin, William J., (2712)
Ma, Ko, (2713)
Malm, William, 77
Mammery, A., (2714, 2715)
Mandra, Anak Anak Gd, .os. 34
Mao;a, Joos, (2716, 2717)
Man;ahas, Ruby K., (2716a)
Mangkoe Nagara Vll, His Highness Kang
jeng Gusti Pangran Adipati Aria, (2359d)
Maoizer, H. H., (2718)
Manahar Barv, see: Barv, Manahar,
Manker, Ernst, (2719)
Manoylovi, K. P., (2720)
Manrato, A., (2721)
Maosfield, Grace Y., (1509a)
Mansoor Uddin, M., (2722, 2723)
Maousama, A. Th., (2724)
Manwaring. G. E., (2725)
Maquet, J. N., (2726-2731b)
Marbe IO
Marcel-Dubois, Clandie, (figs. 13 and 31)
(2381, 2732-2738, 4533b), .OI, 24, I
Marcha!, H., (2739)
Marcha!, Sappho, (2740)
Marchesseau, G., (274oa)
Marcu, G., (274ob)
Marett, R. R., (2741)
Marfurt, Luitfrid, (2741a)
Mariano, P. A., (2742, 2743)
Mari, Father Braoko,_ (2744-2746)
Marie-Eiisabetb, Mother, (2743a)
Marinus, Albert, (fig. 40) (2747-2749)
Marks, R. W., (2751)
Marolt, France, (2752), 22
Marques, A., (2753. 2754)
Marques, Belo, (2755)
Marr, John, (2756, 2756a)
Marrou, Henri-lrne, (4533c)
Marsden, William, (2757)
MarshaiiJ6
Marshall, Harry lgna.tius, (2758, 2759, 4534)
Martenot 6I
Martens, Frederick, l761-2765l
Marti, Samuel, 12766-27711
Martin, E., 12 77>1
Martin, Rudolf, 1773)
Martinengo-Ceraresco, E., 12773a1
Marx, B. L., l2774)
Mas, Tjokorda, 35
MaJek, N., (2775l
Mason, Otis T., (2776, >7771
Maspro, Gaston C. C., (2778l
Masu, Genjiro, 12779, 278ol, 115, 63
Matchinsky, A., (27811
Mtlov-Uhrova, Ludr:nila, (2782l
Matos, Manuel Garcla, (2783-2787, 3759)
Matsunaga, Susumo, (788)
Mattfeld, Julius, (2788al
Matthews, Basil, l2789l
Matthews, F. Schuyler, 127901. 47
Matthews, W., (>79oal
Matthieu, G., (27911
Maung Tha Kin, see: Kin, Maung 1 ha,
Mauny, Raymond, (4535)
Maures, N. G., (27921
Maybom, A., (27931
Mayer, M., (39911, 4I
Maynard Araujo, Alcoo, (>7941
Mayr, Franz, 127951
l\1azaraki, Despina, 116
Muel, Jean, 34
Muiere, Francis, 116, 66
Mazzini, G., l2796l
Mbiye, B . (2796al
McAllester, David P., (>797-28021, :r7, 36,77
Mcleod, Norma, (3453, 3453al
McPhee, Colin, (2803-2817). z5, 63
Mead, Charles W., (1943. 28181
Mead, Margaret, (28161
Meadows, Capt. Taylor, (28191
Mededovi, Avdo, (:z655l
Meertens, P. J., lli
Meeteren, N. van, (2820)
Meeus, F. de, (282oal
Megas, G. A., JO
Mehta, Manharram H., (28211
Meier, John, (2821al
Meijer, D. H., (28221
Meinhof, Carl, (1581a, 2823, 2824, 4072al
Mello Carvalho, Irene da Silva, (2824al
Melo, Guilberme de, (28251
Melo, Vrissimo de, (28261
Mendizabel, Miguel Othn de, (2827, 2828l
Mendoza, Vicente T., (6o2, 6o3, 282g-2836bl
Meng, Chih, (2837l
MeDb'Ielis, Th., (2837al
Menon, N ara yana, (>838-284o, 4535al
Menuhin, Yehudi, (18511, 33
Meny de Maranguc (28411
Merian, W., (28421
Merlier, Melpo, (3ooa, 2843. 2844), .o6
Merriam, AJan P., (fig. 431 (1134, 1304, 1364,
28 4s->86oa,4536,4536ai,I4,I7,JO,J4,7
Merriam, Barbara W., (28571. JO, 34
Mersmann, H., (2861-28631
Merton, Hugo, l2864l
Merwin, B. W., l2865l
Metfessel, Milton E .. 1866, 28671. :ro
Mtraux, Alfred, (2868-2871)
Meulen, R. van der, l871a)
Meyer, A. B., 11>92, 872-2874l
Meyer, Gustav William (28751
Meyer, Leona:rd B., (2875al
Mcyer, Max, (2876, 2876al
M.ichaelides, Solon, l877-288o)
M.igcod, F. W. H., l2881l
Miles, C., (28821
Miller, Philips L., (28B2a)
Miller, Ll., (2883l
Miloscvit, Vlado, (2884, 2885l
Mincoff-Marriagc, Elizabeth, (2886)
Minderovit, C., (2886al
Mingote, Angel, (887)
Mironov, N. N., (>8881
Mishra, Pandit Amarnatha, 119
Mishra, Narayan Das,117
Mishra, Sushila, (2889, 28901
Mitchison, William, (28911
Moberg, Carl Allan, (>89>28941
Moeck, Hermann, (28g5, 2896)
Mhlcr, A., (2897)
Mohammed (762)
Mohan, B. S., (28991
Moheyeddin, K., (29001
Mojzi.sek, Sebral Joscl, 129011
Mokri, M., (29021
Moldoveanu-Nestor, Elisabeta, (45521
Molitor, H., (29031
Molnr, Anta!, (2904)
Moloney, C. AJ!red, (29051
Mondon-Vidailhet, M., (2go6l
Montandon, Georges, (2907-29091. 58, 59,
6o,6:r
Montcz, C., (2921
Montgomeric, William, 115
Mooney, James, (2910)
Moor, Arthur Prichard, (29111
Moorc, George F., (29121
Moravcik, lvo, (29901
Moreilo, Segundo Luis, (2913, 2913al
Moreux, Serge, (29141
Morici, G., (2915)
Morris, E., (2082, 29161
Morris, Frances, (29171
Morton-Williams, P., (2917al
Moseley, A. B., (29181
Moser, Hans Joachim, (2918a, 45371
Mosharrafa, M. M., (2919)
Moss, Claude Russell, (29201
Motzev, Aleksandrc, (2921, 291
Moule, A. C., (2923, 2925. 2926), J
Moule, G. E . (>926)
Mourinho, Father Antonio, (341, 4184l
Mowry, Lucetta, (>307)
Mudaliar, A. H. Chinna5wlLIDy, -= Chin
naswamy 111udaliar, A. H.,
Mller, H . (29271
Muller, Salomen, (2927a)
 Mukerji, D. P., (2928, 2929)
1\Iukhopadyaya, Debabrata, (2930)
Mukhopadyaya, Dhurjati Presada, see: Mu-
kerji, D. P.
lllunkcsi, Bernard, (2480, 2931)
Munoz Sanz (2932)
111urdoch, John, (2933)
1\lurko, M., (2934, 2935), I7
Murray, K. C., (2935a)
Mursell, James L., (2936)
Mutatkar, Mrs, Sumati, (293S-29.p)
Myers, Ch. S., (2943-2951), 46
. Myint, Ma.ung Than, JO
Nabaraoui, Ceza, (2953)
Nade!, Siegfried, (2954-2961), I7, I9, 46
Na.ka.seko, Kazu, (2961a)
Nara.simhan, V. M., (2962)
Nasto, L., (2963)
Nata.Ietti, Giorgio, (296-f, 2g6-4a), 2I
Nathan, J., (2965)
Nathan, M. Montague, (2966)
Natrajan (6g2b)
Nau, Wa.Iter G., (so, 121, 2967)
Nayaka, Gopala, (332oa)
Nayudu, B. Chitti Babu, (2968)
N'doye, M. C., (2968a)
Needham, Joseph, (2969)
Neefe, Konrad, (2970, 2971)
Nekes, Hermann, (2972)
Neog, Sri Maheswa.r, (2973. 2974)
Nesselman, G. H. F., (2975)
Nettel, Regina.Id, (2976, 2977)
Nettl, Bruno, (fig. 42) (570, 1579, 1629,
2978-3003, 3005, 3005a-<:, 4537a, 4537b),
48. ss. 65
Neus, H., (3oo6)
Nevermann, Hans, (3007)
Neves e Mello, Adelino A. Das, (3008)
Neves, Victor, (3oo8a)
Nevin, Arthur, (3009)
Newman, A. K., (3010)
Newmarch, Rosa, (3012)
Nguyen-Dinh Lai, see: Lai, Nguyen-Dinh,
Nguyen-Nghe 26
Nguyen Van Huyen (3013)
N. H. D. S. (3013a)
Nicewonger, Haniet, 8
Niclson, A. C., (3014)
Niemeyer, Wilhelm, (3015, 3016)
Nieuwenkamp, W. O. J., (3017-3022)
Nikolov, Kosla, (3023)
Nikolskji, N. W., (3023a)
Nimuendaj, Curt, (3023b)
Nketia, J. H., (3024, 3025, 3025a)
Noguera, A., (3026)
Nolasco, Florida de, (3027)
Noone, H. D., JO, JJ
Norbeck, Edward, .29
Nordenskjold, Erland, (3028, 3029)
N oreen, Erik, (3030)
Norlind, Tobias, (fig. 5) (3031-30-42a, 4538),
ss. sB
Norton, William Alfred, (3043)
N otopoulos, James A., 30
Nowotny, Karl Anton, (3046)
Ntahokaja, J. B., (3047)
Nuez Caba.Ilero, Seba.stian de la, (3048)
Nul!ez, Julio Epejo, (3048a)
Nyerup, P., (3049. 3346)
O bata, J., (3049a)
O'Boyle, Jean, (3049b)
Obreschkof(, Cb.risto, (3050)
O'Hrien, F., (3051)
Ocn. E., (3052)
Oderigo, Nestor Orti2, (3053-3056)
Oedoen, Beke, (2-480)
0rpen, Truls, (156oa)
Oesau, Wanda, (3057)
Okie, Packard L., 30
Olbrechts, Frans M., (3058, 3058a)
Oldeberg. Andreas, (3059)
Olds, W. B., (3o6o), 47
Oliveira, J. O. de, (3o6oa)
Oliver, D. L., (3061, 3062)
Oliver, Richard A. C., (3063)
Olmeda, F .. (3064)
Olkhovsky, Andrey, 33
Olney, Marguerite, (1256)
Olrik, Axel, (1545. 2557, 4539)
Olrog, Ulf Peder, (3065)
Olympos (2002)
Ombredane, A., (3065a)
Oost, P. J. van, (3o66-3o69), I7
Oransay, Gltekin, (3070)
Orden, Burt, (3071)
O'Reilly, Patrick, (3072)
Ortiz, Fernando, (3073-3o8o), 64
Ortiz Oderigo, Nestor R., see: Oderigo, Nes-
tor R. Ortiz,
Ortman, Otto, (3081)
Ortutay, Gyula, (3o81a)
Osa, Sgbjern B., (3082)
Osafo, F. Onwona, (3082a)
Osanai, Tadao, (3083)
Osbum, Mary Hubbell, (3084)
Ostrowskich, P., (3085)
O'Sullivan, Donai J., (3086-3090)
Ota, Taro, (3091), J
Otano, N., (3092)
Otto, E., (1834a)
Paasonen, H., (3093a)
Paduano, Luigi, (3093b)
Pages, P., (3094)
Paitonjiev, Gancho, (1248)
Palacin, Arcadion de Larrea, see: Larrea
Palacin, Arcadion de,
Paladian, S., (3094a)
Pa.Iavicino, Enrique, (3095)
Paltok, Zoran, 22
Plinkl;, J ozsef, (3096)
Panditar, M. Abraham, (3097-3099)
Panhuys, Jhr. L. C. van, (310D-3103)
Pann, Anton, (3104)
Panoff, Peter, (3105, 31o6, 4540) Pike, Kenneth L., (3186, 3187)
Pauum, Hortense, (3107-3109) Pilet, Raymond, (3188)
Pques, Jll..n;., (31oga), 35 Pillai, T. N. Rajaratnarn, 27, :19
Pariaius, Ludolf, (3646a, 4318) Pillai, Vidvan Manpoondiya, (3189)
P;uisot, J., (3110) Pillai, Vidvan Palani Subrarnania, (3189)
Park, Kyung Ho, :19 Pinches, T. G., (3190)
Parker, D. C .. (3111) Pinck, Louis, (3191)
Parmentier, H., (3112, 3113) Pingle, Bhavanno A., (3192)
Parrinder, E. G., (3114) Pinon, Roger, (2bo6a, 3193)
Parry, Milman, (>8>, >654) Piquet, E., (3483, 3484)
Parsons, Elsie Clewo, (3115) Pischner, Hans, (3195)
Parthasaratbi, S., (3116) Pitts, Harry, (1122)
Parvatikar, Swami D. R., :17, .il9 Plath, Job, Heinrich, (3196)
Pasini, Fr., (3117) Plato (3170), 44
Passin, Herbert, (677) Platt, W., (3197), ,&
Pastor, Willy, (3118) Plessis, l. D. du, (3198, 3199)
Pataik, Rapbael, :18 Plessis, L. J. du, (440)
Patel, Dinesb, 34 Plicka, Karel, (3200)
Paterson, A., (3119) Plischke, Hans, (3201)
Paterson, J. D., (3 no) Poduval, R. V., (3202-3204)
Pattamal, Mrs. D. K., 27, 29, 35 P6ch, Rudolf, (1139, 1488), I7
Patten;on, Annie, (3121) Poensen, C., (3205)
Paucitis, K., (3122) Poi, Baith, van der, 42
Pauli, F. W., (3123, 3124) Polek, Jan, (3>o6)
Pauwels, P. M., (3125) Poladian, Sirwart, (3207-3>09)
Payer (3126) Polak, A. ] ., (3uo)
Peabody, Charles, (3127) Polin, Claire C. J., (3211)
Peaccock, Ken, JO Poleman, Horace L., (4307, .uoS)
Pearse, Andrew, (3na, 3n8), 3:1 Pollmann, Jop, (3212), :li
Peate, Iorwertb, (3128a) Poloczek, FrantiSek, (3213, 3214)
Pczely, A., (3128b) Ponce, M. M., (3215)
Pedrell, Felipe, (3129) Pop, M., (3216a)
Pedrosa, Mario, (3130) Pope (13) .
Peeters, R. P., (1547) Popley, Herbert A., (3217), 63
Peeters, Theophiel, (313oa) Pore-Maspro, Eveline, (3218)
Pekker, lan, (3131) Portmann, M. V., (3219)
Plagaud, Femand, (3132, 4240) Potentier, P., 36
Pelay Briz (3133) Pott, A. F., (3"o)
Pelliot, Paul, (3134) Pott, P. H., (32>1)
Pepper, Herbert, (3135-3152), 63 Poueigh, J., (32>2)
Ppratx-Sa.il;set, Henry, (3152a) Pound, I:;zra, (3>23)
Percival, Coussin de, see: Caussin de Perci- Pradines, Emerante de, (3224)
val, A., Prado, Germn, (3465)
Pcrdomo Escobar, Jos Ignacio, (3154-3156) Prajnanananda, Swarni, (3225)
Pereira Salas, Eugenio, (3157, 3157a) Prasad, N andan, 27
Pri, Noel, (3158), 63 Prasanna, Rahunath, 27
Peristeres, Spyros D., (3159), JO PrateUa, F. B., (oS, 3>26)
Pemot, Hubert, (3160) Preuss, Karl Theodor, (1910, 37-43)
Perron, Michel, (3161) Price, E. W., (3226a)
Petit, Raymond, (3162) Price, Thoma.s J., 33
Petneki, Jenll, (3163) Prichici, Constantin Gh., (3n, 3228, 3228a)
Petri, George, (3164, 3165) Prick van Wely, Max, (39)
Pettazzoni, H.affaele, (3166) Prietze, Rudolf, (3230, 3231)
Pfister, G. A., (3167, 3168) Prin1ovski, A., (4181)
Plrogner, H., (3169) Prin, J. B., (1340, 3232)
Phelps, D. L., (3170) Prince, J. D., (3233)
Philips, Ekundayo, (3172) Pringsbeim, Klaus, (323"1-3236)
Phillips, W. J., (3173) Pritchard, W .. (3237)
Pichiappa, K., 27 Proca, Vera, (3>38, 3239)
Picken, Laurence, (3174-3181), J, 75 Procope, Bruce, (339a)
Pi;eaud, Th., (318>) Psachos, C. A., (3240, 3241)
Pig;ott, Francis, (3183-3185), 63 Pujo!, F., (342 3243),
Piguet, E., (3483) Pulestone, F., (3>-H)
Pul ver, J., (3245, 3246)
Pytha;oras (842)
Quaritsch Wales, H. G., see: Wales, H. G.
Quaritsch,
Quasten, J ohannes, (3247)
Qunum, Maximilien, (3248)
Querino, Manuel, (3249)
Rabbihi, lbn Abd, (1191)
Habesa.hala, E., (3249al
l{abinovitch, M. G., (3250)
Raemsdonck, M. van, (325oa)
Ralfles, Thomas Stamford, (3251)
Raghavan, V., (3252-3308b), 3J, 63
Raja;opalam, T. K., (3309, 3310)
Rajamannar, P. V., (3311)
Rajeczky, Benjamn, (997, 33U, 3313)
Rol.m, Radha Shiri, 37
Ramachandran, K. V., (3314-332oa), 63
Ramachandran, N. S., (3321, 3322)
Raman, C. V., (1433a)
Ramanujachariar, A., (3323)
Ramaswami Aiyar, M. S., (of2, 43. 3324)
Ramirez, Aracelio, (3325)
Ramon y Rivera, Luis Felipe, (n7a., 3326,
332 7. 3327a)
Ramos, Arthur, (3328, 3329)
Ranade, G. H., (333o-3334)
Rangeley, W. H. J., (3334a)
Ranki, Gyorgy, (3335)
Rao, H. P. Krishna, see: Krishna Rao, H. P.,
Hao, Sri B. Subba, (2o4ob, 3335a)
Rao, Bahadur N. M. Adyantayya, (3335b)
Rao, Srinivasa, (3335c)
Rao, T. V. Subba, (333fr334oe)
Rao, Vissa Appa, (3341-3342d)
Rasmussen, K., (3343-3345)
Rasmussen, P., (3346)
Rasen, Marie-Robert, (3347)
Rataojankar, S. N., (220, 3348-3357), 63
Rattray, R. S., (3358-336o)
Raudkats, A., (3361)
Raven-Hart, R .. (3362, 3362a)
Ravindra Shaokar, Pandit, see: Shaokar,
Pandit Ravindra,
Ray, Kumari Juthika, 29
Read, F. W., (3363)
Rebel, J uanita de, (3364)
Reche, Otto, (3366)
Redinha, J., (3366a)
Regelsperger, Gostave, (3367)
Regner, Hermano, (4542)
Reignighausen, Fr. W., (3367a)
Reinach, Theodore, (3368)
Reiner, M., (3369), 8, 9. I7
Reiohard, Kurt, (2oo6, 2007, 337o-3388b),
I7, 69
Reioholm, A., (3389)
Reisner. Robert George, (3390)
Henou, L., (3393a)
Reosch, R., (3393b)
Requile, Ch., (3393c)
286
Resoa, Jbu Hadji, 35
Hvsz, Gza, (3394. 3395), 46, 47. 48
Rexroth, Kenndh, (3397)
Rhesa, L . (3398)
Hhodes, Willard, (3399-3405a), I7, 38, 39,
JO, 36, 76
Ribeiro, Darcy, (3406, 3407)
Ribera y Tarago, J., (1575, 3408-3410, 4543)
Ricard, P., (3411-3413)
Ricard, R., (3414)
Hichaid, Mrs. Timothy, (3415)
Richter, 0., (1292)
Ridgeway (3416)
Riedcl, J. G. F., (3417)
Hiegler-Dinu, Emil, (3418-3420)
Riemann, Hugo, (3420a)
Riemaon, Ludwig, (3421),
Hihtman, Cvjetko, (fig. 36) (3422-3424a),
ZZ, 64
Ringgreo, Helmer, (2622)
Ro, joao do, (3425)
Risari, P. M . (3425a)
Ritchie, J ean, 34
Ritter, Helmuth, (342fr3428)
Riverson, l. D., (3428a)
Robb, John Donald, (3429), 39
Roberts, Heleo Heffron, (fig. 28) (162o, 1958,
34JG-3451C), I, j
Robertson, J. W. R., (3452)
Robins, R. H., (3453, 3453a)
Robinson, Artbur E., (3454)
Robinson, Kenneth (2969, 3455)
Robinson, K. R., (4543a)
Robson, James, (118., 3456, 3457)
Roche, Simone, see: Dreyfus-Roche, Simone,
Roda, Cecilia de, (3458a)
Rod;er, George, (346o)
Rodrigues, J. Barbosa, (3461)
Rodrguez Valle, Flausino, (3462)
Rohrer, Ernst Friedrich, (3463)
Rojo, Casiano, (3464)
Roman, Maicelino M., (3465)
Romansky, L., (3466)
Romero, Fernando. (3467)
Romero, Jsus. (3.68)
Romeu Figueras, Jos, (2785, 3469, 3470)
Romualdez, Norberto, (3471)
Rookmaker, H. R., (3472)
Roosevelt, Leila, 34
Roo van Alderwerelt. J. de, (3473)
Roscoe, Jobo, (3474)
Rose, Algernon S .. (3475, 3476)
Roseothal, Ethel, (3477-3479)
Rosfelder. R., 35
Rosoer. Vctor, (348o)
Rosovsky, Solomou, (348oa)
Ross, Uilleam, (348ob)
Rossa, Ernll, (413)
Rossat, Arthur, (3481, 3483, 3484)
Hoth, Henry Ling, (3485, 3486)
Uoth, Walter Edmund, (3487)
Rothmller, A. M., (3488)
Rouanet, Jules, (3489-3495, 4441)
Rouch, J., (3495a, 3495b), 35
Rouffaer, G. P. (3496)
Rouger, G., (3497)
Rougct, Gilbert, (fig. 34) (uua, 1524,
3502c), 24, 26, 117, 28, 35, 36, 63
Roumain, J acques, (3503)
Rou110eau, M., (3503a)
Routledge, K., (3504)
Routledge, W. S., (3504)
Roy, Carmen, (3505)
Roy, Claude, z6
Roy, Dilip Kumar, (3506)
Roy, Hemendralal, (3507)
Roy, Robindralal, (3508-3511)
Roy, Trina, (35IIa)
Itubec, A., (3512)
Rubin, R., (3513)
Rudya.r, D., (3514)
Rue, Jan la, (3515, 3516)
Ruehl, Father Theodor, (3517)
Ruelle, C. E., (3518)
Rullins, Vera, (3519)
Runge, Paul, (3520)
Rusi~. Branislav, (3521)
Ryckmans, A., (352Z)
Rycroft, David R., (3523, 3523a)
Rydn, Stig, (352 .. )
Sa'adyah Gaon (n81)
Sachau, Edua.rd, (3525)
Sachs, Curt, (fig. 3) (8, 1575a, 1913, 3526-
3579h), s.9. I7, 32, 46, 49 ff., ss. s6. ss.
59,6o.6I,62,65,66
Sacb.se, F. J. P., (3578i, 3579j)
Sa.chsse (3580)
Saefthingen, W. van, (358oa)
Save, P. A . (3030)
Safi ed-Din 'Abd el-Mumin (591)
Sa.fford. W. E., (3581)
Sahuka.r. Mani. (3582)
Saindon O. M. I . Rev. J. Emilc, (3583)
Sainte-Fa.re Ga.rnot. )can. (358)
Saint-Saens. Camillc. (3585)
Saionji, Yoshikazu, (3586)
Salaberry, J. D. J., (3587)
Salas, Samuel. (3588)
Salase. Leon, (3589)
Sala.z.ar, AdoUo, (3590)
Saldiva.r, Gabriel, (3591), 64
Salmen. Walter, (3592-36o2, H09)
Salvador-Daniel, Francesco, (36o3, 36o4,
36o4a)
Sambamurthy. P., (36o5-3623b), 63
Sami, Abdel Rahman. (3624)
Saminslcy, Lazare, (3625. 3626)
Sampson, Mirto, (3127a)
Sanchez de Fuentes. Edua.rdo, (3627-363 .. )
Sanden, Heinrich, (3635)
Sanderson. Stewart F., u
Sandvik, O. M. (fig. 4ob) (3636-3643}, 32
Sa.njuan. Pedro, (364-4)
Sa.nkarananda. (2974)
Sannemann, Friedrich, (36folll)
Sante&son, Hans Stefan. 34
Santesteban. j. B., (3645. 3646)
Santiago, Francisco, (3647)
;u98- Sapir, Edwud, (23 ... 1725, 36.. 8-3650, 3911),
J
Sarasvati. Bl, 27
Sa.rathcha.ndra (3651)
Sa.rgeant, Winthrop, (3652:-365)
Sarkis, S. J., (3655)
Sarkistan. Leo, 34
Sarma, Turaiyur M. Rajagopa.la, 119
Sarnga Dcv (3099)
SartiauJ<, P., (3655a)
Sas, Andr. (3656-3657)
Sastri, K. Vasudcva, (3657a, 3657b)
Sastri, Pandit S. Subrahmanya, &ee: Subrah-
manya Sastri, Pandit S.,
Satyadeva, Geeta, (3658)
Saul, Patrick. 2I
Saulnier, Ton y. 35
Saunders, William, (3659)
Saussine, R. de, (366o)
Savart. 4
Saville, M. H . (3661, 3662)
Sax. C. von. (3663)
Sayer, Thos., (3664)
Saygun, Ahmed Adnan, (fig. 38) (3665-3668),
63
Sbircea. Gcorge, (367o)
Scarborough, Dorothey, (3671)
Schad. Gustav, (3672)
Schaden. Francisco S. G., (3673)
Schadenberg, AlCJ<., (367'1)
Schafer. H . (3675)
Schaefer, K. L . (3992)
Schaeffner, Andr, (fig. 15) (714, 376-
3692h,4543b),24,J5.5B.59.60
Schebesta, Paul. (3693, 3694)
Scheepers. Will D .. (3695), u
Scheierlini:, K. (3696)
Schellong. O., (3696a)
Scherber, F., (3697)
Scherman, Christina, (1981)
Scherman. Lucian, (1981, 3697a)
Scherrer, M. (3697b)
Scheurleer. F. D., (3698)
Schiffer, Brigitte, (3699)
Schimmerling, H. A., (3700)
Schindler. Kurt. (3701)
Schinhan, Jan P . (3702)
Schierrin;, Nils, (fig. 4) (136, 3703-3705). 63,
68
Schipper, Aiy. (3706)
Schirmunski, V., (3707)
Schlager, Ernst, (3708, 3709)
Schlesinger, Kathleen, (87, 13 .. 3. 371o-3719).
I8
Schletterer, H. M., (4544)
Schmaler, Johann Emst. (1627)
Schmeltz, J. D. E., (372D-37>5)
Scbmidt. Leopold. (3726, 372a)
Schmidt, Father Wilhelm, {3727. 3728), 48,611
Schmidt-Ernsthausen, V . (3729)
 Schmidt-Lamberg, Herbert, (3730, 3731)
Schmitz, Hans Peter, (3732)
Schneerson, G., (3733), 74
Schneider, Bernard, (2314)
Schneider, Marius, (fig. 25) (1750, 2785, 3734-
3774b, 4.545), IJ, I9, 45, .f&, 69
Schneider, Thekla, (3775)
Schoen, Max, (165, 3081, 3776, 3780)
Schn berg, Bessie, (3563)
Schole, H., (3777)
Schott, S., (3778)
Schottlander, J. W . , (3735, 3779)
Schubart, W., (3.537)
Schnemann, Georg, (3781-378-ta)
Schullian, D. M., (3780)
Schuyler Matthews, F., (2790)
Scott, A. C., (3785, 3786)
Scott, J. E., (3787)
Scott, J. G., (2742, 3788)
Scott, Nora E., (3789)
Scott, H. R., (3 790)
Scripture, E. W., zo
Scully, Nora, (3791)
Scully, William Charles, (3792)
Seaga, Edward, JO
Seashore, Carl E., (3793, 3794)
Seder, Theodor A., (3795)
Seeger, Charles, (3796-38ooa), J, .fi, 77
Seeger, Peter, (3801)
Seemann, Erich, (3802), 2I
Seewald, Otto, (3803)
Seidel, J., (3804-3806)
Seidenfaden, Erik, (3807)
Selden, Margery Stomme, (3807a)
Seler, Eduard, (3808, 3809)
Seligmann, C. G., (29-f7, 3810, 3968)
Selvas, Eduardo, (3811)
Se-Ma Ts'ien (630, 4506e)
Semenov, A. A., (3812)
Sempebwa, E. K. K., (3813)
Sen, Vuong Hong, (381-t)
Sen, Prodyot, JJ
Sena, Devar Surya, (3815)
Sendrey, A!fred, (3816)
Sereghy, Elemrrel, (4021c (No. 28))
Serov, Aleksandr Nikolaevi, (3817)
Servier, Jean H., (3818)
Seshayyar, Pallavi, (3623)
Shaffer, Mrs. 1. M., (3819, 3820)
Shankar, Ravi, (4314), 27, JJ
Sharp, Cecil J .. (2143, 3821-3824, 4.546)
Shastri, Budalur Krishnamurti, 27
Shastri, M. R., (3825)
Shaw, George Bernard, (fig. la)
Shaw, Margaret Fay, (3826, 3827)
Shay, Felix, (3828)
Shelford, R., (3829)
Shen Tsung-Wen (3829a)
Shiba, Sukehiro, (47oa, 3829b)
Shirali, Vishnudass, (3830)
Shochikubai (383oa)
Shuldham Shaw, Patrick, (3831)
Shyamala, Kumari, 29
288
Sicard, Harald von, (3833, 3833a)
Sichardt, Wo!fgang, (3834)
Sichel, A., (3835)
Siebold, Ph. F. von, (383.5a)
Siegmeister, Elle, (3836)
Siedersbeck, Beatrice Dohme, (3837)
Sihleanu, Stefan, (3837a)
Sihorkar, K. S., (3838)
Simbriger, Heinrich, (3839, 384o), I9
Simruons, Donald C., (3841)
Simon, Fran~ois, (384~)
Simon, ltichard, (3843-38-t6)
Simpson, Geor8e Eaton, (38-t7), JO
Sin'as, lbn, (1640)
Sinclair, A. T., (3848)
Singh, J aideva, (3ll48a)
Singh, Ra Bajrang Bahadur, (3849)
Singh, Samar Bahadur, (385o)
Sinha, Tribhuvana Nath, (220)
Sirola, Bozidar, (3851-3858)
Sivan, Maha Vaidyanatha, (4001)
Skeat, W. A., (3859)
Skinner, Alanson, (38.59a)
Skinner, H. D., (3859a)
Skjerne, G., (509)
Slavenski, 1osip, (386o)
Slocomb, Marie, 2I
Slonimsky, Nicolas, (3861-3863)
Slotkin, J. S., (2798)
Smeding, H., (3864)
Smend (386.5)
Smetana, Robert, (4165)
Smirnov, P., (3866, 3867)
Smith, B. J., (3868)
Smith, C. Alphonso, (3869)
Smith, Carleton Sprague, (386ga)
Smith, H., (387o)
Smith, M. E., (3871)
Smith, Marian W., (1746)
Smith, Peter Kite, 119
Smits van Waesberghe, Joseph, (3872387,d
Smyth, H. Warington, (387.5)
Snelleman, Job. F., (2548, 3876)
Snethlage, Emil Heinrich, (3737, 3877)
Snowden, A. D., (3878)
Sobie.ka, Jadwiga, (fig. 39) (3879, 3882)
Sobieski, Marian, (fig. 39) (388o-3882)
Sobolewska, Maria, (3881)
Sobtchenko, A. 1., (3882a)
Sderberg, Bertil, (3883, 3883a, J88Jb, 3884,
3884a, 3884b)
Soepardi-Handjakiswara (388.5)
Soerjadiningrat, Soewardi, (3886)
Soerjowinoto, Raden, (3886a)
Sohne, L. S., (3887)
Sokoli, Ramadan, (3887a)
Sokolov, F. V., (3888)
Sokolskaja, T., (3889)
Solecki, ll.alph S., JI
Solomons, l::. V., (3890)
Solorzano, Armando, (389oa)
Solvijns, F. Baltazard, (23M7, 3891)
Somanatha (962a, 3274, 3520, 3844, 384.5)
Somervel, T. Howard, (389z)
Sonne, Isaiab, (4358)
Sonner, Rudoli, (3893)
Sonnerat, Pierre. (3894)
Sosrosuwarno, Subendro, (4-463)
Souli, Georges, (3895. 3896)
Souriau, E., (3897)
Sousbergbe, L. de, (3898)
Soutbgate, T. L., (389!r3903)
Sowande, Fela, (3904, 390-41L)
Spanke, H., (3905)
Spannaus, Guentber, (39o6)
Spasow, Vasil, (3907, 3908)
Speck, Frank G., (1727, 3909-3912)
Spector, Jobanna, (3913-3915a)
Speigbt, W. L., (3916, 3917)
Speiser, Felix, (956, 3918)
Speiser, W., (3919)
Spencer Pryse, G., (3920)
Spencer, T. B. W., 5, 7
Spi~ak. J., (3Ho6)
Spier, L., (1709)
Spies, Walter, (2391, 3921-3923, 4-498), 24
Spreen, Hildegard N., (392-4)
Springer, George P., (3925)
Sremec, Nada, (4-48-4)
Sri B. Subba Rao, see: Rao, Sri B. Subba.,
Srinivasa (953)
Srinivasan, M. A., (3926)
Srinivasan, R., (3927, 3928)
Stafford, William C., (3929)
Stainer, J ohn. (3930)
Stankovi. Zivojin, (3931)
Stannus, Hugb, (3932, 3933)
Starkie, Walter, (393-4-3938)
Statius MuUer, Wim, (3939)
Stauder, W., (3939a)
Stayt, Hugh A., (39-40)
Stearns, MarshaU W., (394oa), 26, 30
Steblyanko 22
StecbenkoKoufina, V. K., (394ob)
Steenboven, Geurt van den, (1132)
Stelaniszyn, B., (3941)
Stein, Aurel. (3715)
Stein, O., (31141a)
Stein Callenlels, P. V. van, see: Callenfels,
P. V. van Stein,
Steinen, Karl von den, (3942)
Steinitz, Wollgang, (3943, 3944)
Steinmann, Allred, (3945, 3946, 3946a)
Stepban, Rutb, (128b)
Stepban, S. H., (394 7)
Sterling Adeline, (3948)
Stern, Philippe, (3949-3952)
Stern, Theodore, (4547)
Stern, W., 10
Steszewski, Jan, (355a)
Stevenson, Robert, (3953)
Stewart, J. L., (3954)
Stockmann, Erich, (3954& 4318)
Stoin, Elena, (3955-3957), 63
Stoin, Vasil, (531l, 395&-3965), 64
Stoll, Dennis Gray, (3966, 3967)
289
Stone, Doris, 29, 32
Stone, William H., (3968)
Stooke, Herbert J., (3969)
Stowe, G. W., 55
Stowel, H. M., (3970)
Strang, Gerald, (3971)
Strangways, A. H. Fox, ""': Fox Strangwaya,
A.H., .
Strauberg, K., (4oo4a)
Strekelj, K., (3971a)
Strelnikov, J. D., (3972)
Strehlow, T. G. H., (3973)
Stricldand-Anderson, Lily, (3974-3981)
Struck, Bernhard, (3982)
Stumme, H., (3983)
Stumpf, Carl, (fig. 2) (1951, 398-4-3999), :r,
:ro,:r8,41,44,4,474B
Sturtevant, William C., (737)
Style, E., (4000)
Subandhu (3318)
Subba Rao, Sri B., see: Rao, Sri B. Subba,
Subba Rao, T. V., see: Rao, T. V. Subba,
Subrahmanya lyer, see: lyer, Subrabmanya,
Subramanya Sastri, Pandit S., (ofOOI)
Suchy, Franti~k. (4002)
Sunaga, K., (4003), 63
Suri, Samanna, (3291)
Suil, Franticek, (4oo4)
Suwanto, R., :18
Svabe, A., (4oo4a)
Svensson, Sven E., (4005)
Swadesh, Morris, (3451), 65
Swan, A., (4oo6)
Swanton, John R., (4007)
Swartz, J. F. A., (4oo8)
Swarup, Rai Bahadur Bishan, (of009)
Swets, W., (4ooga)
Syarna Sastri (3297, 3618)
Sykes, M., (4o1o)
Syoti Tudi (1949)
Syus, A. S. Bedelog P., (3049)
Szabolsci, Bence, (2272, 4012-4021a)
Szego, Julia, (4548)
Szendrey, Zsigmond, (4021b)
Szollosy, Andrs, (of021c)
Tagore, Rabindranath, (172-175, 18o, 3974)
Tagore, Surindro Mohun, (+022-4032)
Taig. Th., (4033)
Tak.cs, Jeno von, (+034)
Takano, Kiyosi, (4035. +036), 63
Takeda, Cbuichiro, (4037)
Taki, R., (4038)
Tan Sen (665)
Tanabe, Hideo, (+o41, 4042)
Tanabe, Hisawo, (4043-4045)
Tanaka, S., (4046), 63
Tanghe, Joseph, (4047-4049)
Tannery, P., (4050)
Tantawi, Gawhari (4051)
Tappert, Wilhelm, (4052), 45
Tarenne, G., (4053)
Tasseel, M., (45o6a)
Tate, H., (4054) Trilles, Henri, (4149)
Taueru, O. D., (4055) Trimbom (3773)
Tavares de Lima, Rossini, (4056) Trivie, Ljubomir, (2S84, 2885)
Tax, Sol, (4309) Tro;, F., (4150)
Taylor, C. R. H., (4057) Trowell, Margaret, (4258)
Taylor, M., (4058) Troyer, Carlos, (4151)
Taylor, W. H., (4059) Trubetskoy, Prince N. S., (4152), I7
Tcherepnin, A., (4o6o) Truka, Jaroslav, (4549)
Tchou-lda-kien (2052) Tsala, Th., (4152a)
Tegethoff, W., (4o61) Tschopik, Harry, .:19, JO
Teirlinck, ls., (4507) Tsutsua, P., (202a)
Telang, Mangesa Rama.luishn&, (4062) Tucker, A. N., (4153-4155)
Terada, T., (4062a) Tudi, Syioti, (1949, 2136a)
Termer, Franz, I Turnbull, Colin M., (4156, 4157). JI
Terry, Richard R., (4063) Tvermose Thyregod, S., (4158)
Tessrnann, G., (1914) Tyagaraja (19a, 3118, 3120, 3280, 3282, 3283,
Thakura, Saurindramohana, see: Tagore, Su- 3290, 3293, 3309, 3317, 33J5C, 3336, 3340,
rindro Mohun, 33400, 3479 3620)
Thalbiuer, William, (4o64-4072)
Thilenius (1581a, 2824, 4072a) Udry, Albert. (4159)
Upadyaya, Krishna Deva, (4159a)
Thirakava, Khan Sahil> Ahmadjana, JJ Upanishad Brahma Yogin (3308a)
Thorbecke, F., (1650)
Ursprung, Otto, (416o)
Thorbecke, M., (1650)
Uspensky, V. A., (3131, 4161-.p63)
Thornton, P., (4073)
Tborsteinsson, B., (4074, 4075) Vaananen. Jorma, (4164)
Thuren, Hjalmar L., (4o64, 4066, 4o67, 4076- Vclavek, Bedrich, (4165, 4166)
4084) Vli.isanen, A. 0., (fog. 16) (4167-4'79&.), 63
Thurow, Donald, JI Vakarelski, Christo, (418o, 4181)
Thurston Dart, R., (4o85) ValaUan, Bohuslav, (4181a)
Thyregod, S. Tvermose, see: Tvermose Thy- Va.lcrcel y Vizcarra, L. E., (4182)
re;od, S., Valen, Leigh van, (4182a)
Tiby, Ottavio, (1213, 1213a, 4085a) Valentijn, Fran~ois, (.p83)
Tiersot, Julien, (4o86-4091) Valentin, Afonso, (4184)
Tiessen, Heinz, (4092), 47 Valentin, Karl, (4185)
Til, Saloman van, (4093) Vallas, S., (3232)
Tillema, H., (4094) Valle, Flausino Rodrigues, (4186)
Tillyard, H. Julius W., (4095)
Tinoco, Maria F. de, (4096)
Valle, Nicola, (4187)
Vandewalle, 1., (4187a)
.
.--
Tirn, K., (1744a, 4097) Vandyopadhyarna, Sri Pada, (4188)
Tirunal, Sri S va ti, (20430., 3274) Vansina, J., (41~9)
Titiev, Miscba, (4098) Varagnac, A., (4190), 65
Tobler, Alfred, (4099, .poo) Vargyas, Ljos, (P91-4195b)
Tod, James, (4101) Varlcy, D. H., (4196)
T!imberg, Gerda, (4102) Varnoux, Jean, (4197)
Toms (1003) Va.Sa, P., (osl!a)
Tonkovi~. Pavo), (.flOJa, 4104) Vasantha.kokila.m, Sm. N. C., 33
Toor, Frances, (4105) Vasiljevi~. 1\tiodrag, (fig .p) (4198-42010.),
Torday, Emil, (4106-4109) 22, 64
Torhout, Nirgidna de, (4110), 63 Vatter, Ernst, (4202)
Torner, Eduardo Martinez, (4111-4113) Vattier, M., (4203)
Torre, Emilio de, :19 Vavrinecz, Bla, (4204)
Tth, Klmn Cs .. (4113a) Vaynraykh, M., (2127a)
Touz, M., (4114) Vazq uez Santana, Higinio, (4205)
Tracey, Hugh T., (fig., 24) (4115-4136j), :15, Vechten, C. van, (42o6)
27, 36 Veeder, P. V., (.po6a)
Traeger, P., (4137) Veenai Dhanam, see: Dhanam, Veenai,
Travele, Moussa, (2455) Veerabdhadrayya, Merattur, (3299)
Traynor, Leo, (4138) Vega, Carlos, (4207-4213), 64
Trcbitsch, R., (4139-4141), I7 Vela, David, (4u4)
Trefzger, Heinz, (4142-4146) Veldbuyzen, Marie, :u
Trembley, J. C., (1211) Venkatamakhin (3266)
Trend, J. B., (414 7) Venkatarama lyer, Mudikondan C., aee: lyer,
Tricon, A., (4148) Mudikondam C. Venkatarama,

290
Venkatarama Iyer, T. L., see: Iyer, T. L. Wang, Kno Wei, (4293)
Venkataro~.ma, Wang, Sbih-Hsiang, (4295)
Vcrbeken, A., (-4216-.f218) Wang, Ti, (4295)
Verdeil, R Palikarova, (4219) Wantzlocben, S., (4296)
Veress, Sndor, (252oj .f220) Ward, Herbert, (42!17)
Verger, Pierrc, :16 Wud, Willian> Ernest Frank, (4291>-4300)
Verney, Frederick William, (-4221) Wue, James R., (4549c)
Vemillat, France, (2-44) Wulington Eastlake, D., (4301)
Verwil:hen, Leo, (4221a), :19 Warman, J. W., (4302)
Vetter, Walther, (-4222-.f224) Wumelo, Willem van, (43D3-43o6)
Vetterl, Karcl, (4225-4227), 68 Warner, W. Lloyd, (.uo6a)
Veurman, B., (4228) Wunsinck, J. C. M., I5
Vichitr-Vadakaro, H. E. Nai V., (4229), 64 Wasson, R. G., 33
Viders, Finn, (136) Wasson, V. P., 33
Vid ya, Mrs. S., "7 Waterman, Richaid Alan, (1701, 4307-4312a)
Viellard, Gilbert, (4230) Vl,I7,2I,:l,J:l,34.76
Viggiano Esain, ] ulio, (4231, 4232) Watson, R. W. S., (4313)
Viglieti, Cedu, (4233) W ... , C. P., (4314)
Vilayat Khan (4520) Wead, Charles K., (1315-4317), I7
Vill.,muqu (4233a) Weher-Kellermann, lngeborg, (-4318)
Villoteau, G. A., (4234, 4235) Weber, Max, (4319)
Vinugradov, V., (4236-4239) Wegelin, C. A., (4320)
Virollaud, Charles, (4240) Wegner, Max, (1802, 4321-4325)
Vissa Appa Rao, see: Rao, Vissa Appa, Webrli, Wemer, (2709)
Visvanathan, T., Z7 Weinstock, Herbert, (4326)
Vloten, van, (4241) Weis, K., (4326a)
Voddek, Valens, (fig. 35). 22 Weiss, ] osef, (4327)
Voegelin, Erminie Wheeler, (4242) Weiss, Radica, (4328)
Vuib-1. Alhan, (4243) Weissman, John S., (4329)
Vais, P., (4~44) Wellek, Albert, (4330, 4331)
Vojaeek, l., (4245) Wellesz, ligan, (4332-4346)
Volland (4246) Wells, Evelyn Kendrick, (4347)
Volz, W., (1685) Weman, H., (4349)
Vos, F., (4549a) Werckmeister, Heinrich, (4350)
Voskuil, ] ., (4247) Werner, Alice, (4351)
Vries, H. de, (4248, 4248a) Werner, E. Chalmers, (1033)
Vulpesco, M., (4249) Werner, Eric, (4352-435l!a)
Vuon; Hong Sen, see: Sen, Vuong Hong. Werner, Heinz, (4359), 48
Vyasa, Lakshmidasa Adityuama, (4250) Wertheimer, Max, (43oo)
Vyslou!il, Jiri, (4251) Westarp, Allred, (4301)
Vyzgo, T., (4252, 4Z53) Westerman, 1>., (4362)
Westphal, E., (436za)
Wachsmann, Klaus P., (fig. 37) (425<f-4262a), Weterin;, F. H. van de, (4363)
J, 75 Weule, K., (4364)
Waddcll, L. A., (4263) Wcyer, Edwud, 30
Waenglcr, Hans-Heinrich, (i264) Whall, W. B., (4305)
Wagcner, G., (4265) Whceler, A. J., (4366)
Wagnall (1744) Whinery, Sua, (2859)
Wagner, Eduard, (4266) White, C. M. N., (4366a)
Wagner, 0., (4267) White, Newman lvey, (4367)
Waldmann, Guido, (4268, 4268a, 4269), IJ Whyte, E. T., (4368)
Wales, H. G. Quaritscb, (4269a, 4551) Whyte, Harcourt, (4369)
Walin, Stig, (4270) Wieger, L., (4370)
Wallaschek, Richud, (4271-4279) Wiegra.ebe, Paul, (4371)
'Wallle, l. van de, see: Vandewalle, l., Wiehmayer, Th., (4372)
V.'alleser, Sixtus, (4282) Wieschhoff, Heinz, (1959, 4373), 46
Walls y Merino, M., (4283) Wilbert, J ohannes, (4374)
V.'alton, James, (428.4) Wilhelm, Richard, (1969, 2645. 4289, 1375.
Waly, A., (421!5) 4376)
Wan;, l!etty, (4~1!6, 4287) Wilke, (4377)
Wang, En Shao, (4281!), 64 Wilkes, J. T .. (4378)
Wan;, Kuan Cbi, (4289-4292), 64 Willard, N. A., (4379)
Wang, Kung-Ki, (15i9b) Willekes Macdonald, P. J., (-oSo)

291
 Willems, Edgar, (4381)
Willems, J. F., (4382)
Williams, C. F. Abdy, (4550)
Williams, F. E., (4383, 438-4)
Williams, Ulric, :19
Williamson, Robert W., (438-4a)
Wilson, Lady A. C., (26g2, 4385)
Wilson, E. W., (4386, -4387)
Wilson, Thomas, (4388)
Wimsatt, G., (4389)
Windakiewiczowa, H., (4390)
Wingert, Paul S., (136o)
Winne, J. L., (1596)
Winnington-Ingram, R. P., (-4391, 4392)
Winstedt, Richard, (-455 11
Winternitz, Emanuel, (43931. 63
Wiora, Walter, (fig. 291 (377-4, -4394-Hoal,
I9, ZI, 46
Wiranatakusuma, R. T., (2359bl
Wirth, Herman Felix, (H21I
Wirz, Paul, (4422, -44231
Wisse, Jan, (4424, -44251
Witte, Father A., (44261
Witte, Father Fr., (44271
Wittenwiler (1227al
Wodehouse, Mn;. Edmund, (3o11, 44281
'Weber, 0., (14291
Woll, Johannes, {H3D-4432)
Woll, Siegfried, (44331
Wollenstein, Martba, (2816l
Wolferen, M. D. van, (44341
Woll!, Ernst, 3:1
Wolfram, Richard, (44351
Wong, Raymond, 32
Wood, Alexander, (-14361
Worms, S. A. C., (44371
Woss, lllargareta, (44381
Woykowitz, R. Nebesky de, {44391
Wright, R., (4139al
Wnsch, \\'alter, (444D-4443hl
Wundt, Wilhdm, 48
Wustmann, Erich, (4443cl
Yalil, E. N., (3495, HH)
Yamada, G., (383oa1
Yamanouchi, Seihin, (4445, 44-46)
Yan1ase, S., (383oa1
Yang, Yin-Liu, {44551
Yang, Yin-Lu, (4H71
Yasser, J., (4448-44511
Yekta, Raouf, (4452, 44531. 63
Yeomans, W., (445-41
Yin, Fa-Lu, {44551
Yodh, Gaurang, 34
Yogin, Upanishad Brahma, (33o8a)
Yoshida, Tsuenczo, (44571
YosioNomura, F., (35541
Young, R. W., (44561, 8, ro
Yuan-Ching, Li, (41581
Yurchenko, Henrietta, (4459-44611, :19, 36
Yusuf, Zakariyya, (44621
IJ zerdraat, Bemard, (4463, 44641, 35
2.aba, Zbynek, (4165)
Zaiba, Franz, (4466-447oa)
Zal1an, D., (447obl
Zaldak, Cyril, (4471)
Zamlir, Constantin, (4172, 4552)
Zatayevitsh, A. V., (4173-41751
2.atko, Rudoll, (44761
Zaw, U Khin, (4477, 4178, 4478al, 64
Zehnden-BOhm, E., (39381
Zeiger, Jean, 33
Zen, Sophia Chen, (6211
Zerries, Otto, (4479-44811
2.gane, Vinko, (Iig. 351 (41B2-4491h), 2Z
Zichm, Elsa, (421, 4492, 44931
Zilevicius, ] u o zas, (4494)
Zivkovi, Milenko, (44951
Zlotea, Ion, (44 72)
Zoder, Raimund, (4496, 44971
Zoete, Beryl de, (3923, 4498)
Zuccalma;lio (44o71
Zricher, Gertrud, (4499, 45oo1
Zwingc, Hermann, (45011

INDEX OF PERIODICALS AND OF SOME
PUBLICATIONS CONTAINING ARTICLES BY VARIOUS AUTHORS
Acta Americana (2871)
Acta Asiatica (2636)
Acta Ethnographica (1,52, of19of)
Acta Ethnologica (i172)
Acta Lapponica (2719, .f"~nl
Acta Musicologica (2.53, 276, 697, oo, 8os,
1094, 1.. 01, 1..o2b, I.f66, 1.575a, 1592, 1593,
I74 1791, 18o8, 1821, 2026, 2028, 2614,
2615, a617, 3002, 36.56, 3746, 3757. 4018,
421l)
Acta Oto-rhino-laryngologica Belgica (722)
Aegyptologiscbe Studien (446.5)
Aequatoria (154c, 1992a, 2066, ofo61, .f189)
Alrica (448e)
Arica (19.53, 2097, 2104, 2.. 55, 28,53, 3141,
3871, 3904)
Africa (Madrid) (578, 2o16a, 25.54. 2555b)
Africana (1443b)
Africa.n Afairs (2695, .. 130)
African Muic (61, 316, 317, 318, 369, 370,
.594, 597, 597a, 598, u,.6, 138.5, 1423, 1872,
2016,2105,210,5b,2203a,2542, 2544.2.572,
2J,26, 26H8,2688b, 2717a,286o,3024,
3025a, 3056, 3082a, 3114, 3523, 3523a,
3819, 3820, 4008, .. 133, 4134, f136, 4136j)
African Music Society Newsletter (107, 446,
H7 759C,1o26, 1409,15of7. 2098,2099,2100,
2101, 2203, 2649, 2851, 2935a, 3142, 3146,
3790,3883,395.f,4127,4129a,4129b, .. 218,
4362a)
Arica.n Studie. (593, 732b, 208oa, 2093. 2096,
3941)
Afrika und Uebersee (1037, .4264, 4371)
Afrika Hundschau (1682)
Arique Fran~aise, L', (3149)
Al Kullijja 1-'Arabijja (2.513)
Allgemeine Musikaliscbe Zeitung (338, 1244)
Allgemeine Musikzeitung (1 3o6, 2086, 2331,
2338, 2970)
Alte Oricnt, Der, (3540)
A Magyarsag Nprajza (2.52ok)
American Anthropologist (855, 856, 885, 888,
1199. 901, 905, 9"9. 912, 913, 920, 921, 92-f,
929, 930, 931, 933. 935. 12.4), 1242, 1304,
1561, 1631, 1707, 1717, 174-fa, 1744C,1961,
2o88,2148,243Bb,2776,2777.2790a,2855,
2858, 2933, 2988, 3127, 3402, 3441, 3445
3661, 3662, 3859a, 4242, -4536, 4536a,
.. 537a, 4547)
American AntiquariaD (504)
Americana lndigena (28o)
IV
Americanas (uSa)
American journal of Sociology (687)
American Mercury, Tbe, (882)
American Museum Journal (76o)
American Naturalist (1236)
American-Scandinavian Review (38oa)
American Speecb (889)
Anais Mi&sionarios do Preciosissimo Sa.ngue
(1040)
Anales de la Sociedad de Geografia e Histo-
ria (6os)
Anales del Instituto de Investigaciones est-
ticas (2833)
Anales del Instituto Nacional de Antropolo-
ga e Historia (3468)
Anales del Museo Nacional de Arqueologia
(6o2, 603, 2829, 2830)
Anale Universidad Central del Ecuador
(ll49)
A Nprajzi Muzeum Ertesitje (2,52ol)
Anuales de Bre?gne (1022)
Anuales des Tlcommunications (248)
Anuales du Muse du Gongo Beige (707, .. 109)
Annale. du Service des Antiquits de I'Egy>-
te (1759, 1766, 1775, 1778, 1782, 17!19,
1801, 1837, 2778)
AWiali Lateranensi (3125)
Annals of the American Academy of Politi-
cal and Social Science (3794)
Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Re-
search lnstitute Poona (1352, 3255. 3258)
Annals of the Institute of History, Faculty
of General Culture, Tokyo University (2240)
Annals of the Natal Museum (2795)
Annuaire de la Commission de la Vieille
Chanson Populaire (osa)
Annuaire du Muse du Congo (o, 4109)
AWiual Heport o the JJurcau of American
Ethnology (164, 1259. 1265, 1266, 2910,
3487. 4007)
Annual Hcport of the Smithsonian Institute
(92H, 940, 3118)
Annual Music Festival Souvenir, Madras
(20i3b. 3621)
Antarctica (58)
Anthropological Journal (1973)
Anthropological Papees of the African Mu-
seum of Natural History (2818, 1453a)
Anthropological Publications of the Museum
of tbe University of J:'.:nn.ylvania (3909)
Anthropoloical Quarterly (26a, 29H2)
293
Anthropologie, L', (153, 2112, 2589, 269<>,
2909)
Antbropos (6, 100, 113b, 149, 373. 404, 535,
570, 793. 84<\a. 1012, 1020, 1039. 1129,
1250, 1489, 1496, I4, 1897, 1907, 1918,
1929, 1930, 1983. 1986, 1993. 2282, 2372.
2373, 2579, 2859, 2903, 2961, 3066, 3067,
3069, 371, 3839. 3945 3946a. 405, 4282,
H2, 4426, 4427, 4437, 4501)
Antiquit Classique, L', (1552)
Antiquity and Survival (2612)
Antropolb'Ca (4374(
.Anuario de la Sociedad Folldrica de Mexico
(2836)
Anuario Musical (344a, 464, 724, 728a, 1000,
1003, 1004, 1005, 1005a, 1005b, 2552a,
2784. 2787. 3749. 3751, 3752, 3755. 3758.
3762, 3764a, 3772, 3905)
Anzei:;er der Pbil.-Hist. Klasse der Oester-
reichiscbe Akademie der Wissenscbaften
(1187. 2482, 2483. 2484, 2485, 4466)
Apollo (2916)
Arbok for Nord- og Midtbordland sogelag
(307)
Arcbeolo:;ick Rozhledy (2775)
Archives de Folklore (239)
Archives Suisses d' Antbropologie Gnrale
(546a, 1507, 2907)
Arcbiv fr Antbropol<>gie (1239, 4246, 4315)
Arcbiv fr Musikforschung (254, 418, 795,
1110, 1988, 3738, 3740, 3741, 3744 3784,
4036. 4040)
Arcbiv fr Musikwissenscbaft (801, 8o4, 1653,
1920, 2008b, 2008C,2496, 2497,3535,3538,
3541, 3548. 3781, 3782) . de Moyambique (2111, 4136a)
Arcbiv fr vergleichende Pbonetik (3748)
Arcbiv fr Volkerkunde (1486, 3367a)
Archivio per 1' Antropologa e la Etnologa,
Firenze (1412, 2310)
Arcbiv Orientaln (1795)
Archivos del Folklore Cubano (6o4)
Archivos del Instituto de Estudios Africa-
nos (1042)
Archivos Ethnos (401)
Archivos Venezolanos de Folklore (127, 127a,
3326)
Archivum Europae Centro-Orientalis (273)
Archivum Linguisticum (688a)
Arquinos (1234)
Art and Archeology (869, 1752)
Art and Letters: 1 ndia and Pakistan (Con-
tinuation of lndian Art and Letters) (2397,
3303)
Artibus Asiae (2443)
Art in New Zealand (78)
Art populaire (56, 496, 2957, 3240, 3419,
4112)
Arts Asiatiques (1685a)
Arts et Traditions populaires (2737, 2737a,
!738)
Arv (3065)
Aryan Path (1351)
Asia (26o4, 3980)
294
Asia Magazine ( 1569)
Asia Majar (IH, 1645, 1982, 4293)
Asiana (22a)
Asiatic Review, Tbe, (182, 2371, 3966, 3967)
Ateneo (3811)
Atbene (122)
Atlantic, Tbe, (44 Ba)
Atlantic MontWy (1580, 283~)
Atlantis (336, 419, 431, 436, 437)
Atlantisbucb der Musi.k (417, 3784a)
Atlas, L', (2715)
Auftakt, Der, (2465, 2467, 2468, 2487, 3941a,
4034)
Babylonian and Oriental Record (1504,2516)
Baessler Arcbiv (385b, 1947, 2275, 2357,
3046. 3382, 3386, 3877)
Band (448a, 3219a)
Bantu Studies (994, 2091, 2092, 2122, 2208,
221 ... 2216, 2217, 2221, 2225, 2227, 2:Z:Z.8,
3791, 4351)
Deitrage zur Kolonialforscbung (1684)
Bergen's Museums Aarbok (368, 4516)
Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin (1596)
Berichte des Forschunginstituta fr Osten
und Orient (2172, 24 74)
Bijdragen van het Koninklijk lnstituut voor
Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde (574, 2345,
2584. 3017. 4363)
Bilten Institut za Prou~vanje Folklora u
Sarajevo (3422)
Boletn Bibliografico Universidad Nacional
Mayor de San Marcos (3048a)
Boletn da Sociedade de Estudios da Colonia
Boletn de la Sociedade Venezolana de Scien-
cias Naturales (2629)
Boletn de la Unin Panamericana (501)
Boletn del Instituto de Folklore (125, 126)
Boletn del Museo Nacional de Arqueologa
(282)
Boletn Indigenista (446o, 4461)
Boletn Latino-Americanode Msica(44.4563,
95a, 252a, 3B5d, 493a, oo6, 712, 759, 927,
1472, 155oa, 158oa, 1696, 1699, 1701, 173.5,
2033, 2824a, 2832, 2836a, 3oo8a, 31.54,
3631, 3657, 389oa)
Brage (83)
Britain and Holland (2396)
Britisb J ournal of Psycbology (2944, 3o63)
Briti.sb Museum Quarterly (1148a)
Brousse (112c, 385, 44oa, 11J8, 1.532a)
Budkavlen (92)
Bcken, Handbucb der Musikwissenscbaft
(166, 2.503, JIO, 3550)
Buletin per shkencat sl>oquerore (3887a)
Bul~arie d'Aujourd'bui, La, (215.5a)
Bulletin de 1' Acadmie des Sciences de Cra-
covie (1900)
Bulletin de 1' Agence Gnrale des Colonies
(3161)
Dullctin de la Socit d 'Archologie Capte
(1755)
Bulletin de la SociU des Etudes Camcrou-
naises (2 74oa)
Bulletin de la Socit des Etudes Indochi-
noi:!es (98, 1447. 1448, 1449, 2418b, 2519,
3814)
Bulletin de la SociU des Etudes Ocanien-
nes (8 .. 8, 1so. 51, 513) Bulletin of the United States National Mu-
Bulletin de la SociU des ltechcrches Congo-
laises (1o.. 1a)
Bulletin de la Socit Neucbateloise de Go-
graphle (1126, 1131)
Bulletin de la SociU Royale Bdge de Gc!o-
graphie (701)
Bulletin de la SociU SuU..e des Amricanis-
tes (16oa)
Bulletin de la SociU 'Union Musicologique'
(3549. 3637)
Bulletin de l'Ecle Fran~ d'Extrme
Orient (736, 159, 1463, 3112, 3113)
Bulletin de l'Egypte (129)
Bulletin de l'lnstitut d'Egypte (1793, 1794,
1800, 1812, 1813, 182ga, 1830)
Bulletin de l'lnstitut des Hautes Etudes
Marocaines (2590)
Bulletin de l'lntitut d'Etudes Centrafri-
caines (3150)
Bulletin de l'lnstitut Fran~ais d' Afrique
Noire (2594. 3691, 230)
Bulletin de l'Union des Femmes Coloniales
(1565a, 2728)
Bulletin des Amies du Vieux Hu (505, 5o6)
Bulletin des Recherches Soudanaises ( 2584a)
Bulletin d'Etudes Orientales (HI)
Bulletin du Comit d'Etudes Historiques et
Scientifiques de 1' Afrique Occidentale
Fran~aise (2452)
Bulletin du Muc National d'Ethnographle
(3961)
Bulletin et Travaux de l'lnstitut lndochinois
pour l'Etude de l'Homme (1978)
Bulletin lnternational de 1'Acadmie Yougo-
slave des Sciences et des Beaux Arts(3854)
Bulletin of the American Musicological So-
cicty (1.67, 1724, 1733. 1736, 1738, 1743,
21lll, 3702, 3971, .. 459)
Bulletin of the British lnstitute of Recorded
Sound (16g, 2882a)
Bulletin of the Bureau of American Ethnolo-
gy (857. Bs. 871, 872, 896, 897. 906, 907,
923, 925, 926, 932, 2420, 2133. 2438a)
Bulletin of the Colonial Institute of Amstcr-
dam (3742)
Bulletin of the Deccan College Research
lnstitute (113b, 113c)
Bulletin ol the Folk Song Society ( I 711)
Bulletin of the Institute of Ethnology of the
Academia Sinica (2015, 4325a)
Bulletin of the lnternational Folk Music
Council (745)
Bulletin of the Metropolitan Museum of Art
(3789. 1393)
Bulletin of the New York Public Library
(2781a)
295
Bulletin of the Pan-American Union (57)
Bulletin of the Raffles Museum (566)
Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African
Studies of the University of London (198b,
1053a, 2756a, 3453. 3453a)
Bulletin of the Ohlo Sta te Univerity (4534)
seum, Washington D. C. (4530)
Caecilia (Mainz/Brus.;els/Antwerp) (4525)
Caecilia en het Muziekcollege (3, 132)
CaiJiers Charles de Foucauld (26o6)
Cahlers de Radio-Paris (3M2b)
Cahlers d'Histoire Egyptiennes (1788, 1799,
18o., 181.)
CaiJiers Musicaux (2731b)
Calcutta Review (3981)
Canon, The, (57 os.)
Caribbean Quarterly (590, 767, 3127a, 3239a)
Central Africa (2918)
Century (3051)
Chesterian (256)
China (4320)
China Magazine ( 1 74)
China Pictorial (382ga)
China lteconstructs ( 1846a, P95. HS8)
China lteview (632, 1036. 4301)
Chinesische Musik (Richard Wilhelm) (19g,
2645. 4289, 4375. <t376)
Christoffel (3939)
Chronique d'Egypte (1780, 1825)
Chor, Der. (3730, 3731)
Colloques de Wegimont, Les, (300, 467. 538,
725, 726, 1513. 2525, 2729, 2736, 349\1.
3692, 3771, 4416)
Common Weal, The, {2789)
Communities (1389)
Comptes rendues des Sances de I'Institu l
Fran~ d'Anthropolo:ie (96ga, 3502b)
Congo Mission News (3226a, 3884a. 3884b)
Congo, Revue Gnrale de la Colonie Bel;e
(384, 1456. 1992, 2701, 4216)
Contact (978)
Contemporary Japan (2788, 3234)
Courier de I'Unesco (688b, 2517)
Crisis (1610)
Cuadernos Americanos (2768, 276g, 2770,
2771}
Cultureel Indie (2377. 2378, 2379. 2381, 2384,
2387. 2389. 2391, 3916}
Cultureel Nieuws (1142)
Curtain Can (284o)
Cyclopaedia of Music and Musicians (Thomp-
son} (2911}
Cypriot Studies (140)
Dance Index (2813}
Dance Observer (2422)
Dansk Musiktidsskrift (783, 2090, 2266)
Debreceni Szemle (252oc}
Deutsche lnstrumentenbauzeitung (4243)
Deutsche Literaturzeitung (1926, 1938)
Deutsche Militar-Musiker-Zeitun (2313)
Deutscbe Musikkultur (4395)
Deutsches Jabrbuch fr Volkskundc (186o,
3313, 3944)
Deutsches Kolonial-Lexikon (1917)
Deutscbe Tollknstlerzeitung (4431)
Deutsche Vierteljahrschrift fr Literatur
(1115)
Deutsche Volkslied, Das, (2242)
Dictionnaire de la Bible (1402d)
Diliman Review (2696, 2697)
Discovery (1752)
Djawa (472, 473, 474, 475, 476, 477, 480, 483,
484, 485, 486, 487, .. as. 489, 2359&. 2359b,
2359C, 2359<1, 2378a, 2805, 28o6, 2807,
3182, 3921, 3922)
Douro Litoral (341, 4184)
Dulourcq, Norbert, La musique des origines
a nos jours (411, 610, 661, 713, 1021, 1372.
16o5, 2679, 268o, 2681, 268. o6, 733
2734, 291,., 3685, 3686)
East Alrica and Rbodesia (uosa)
Eastem World (16o8)
Edoth (1398, 1402c)
Education de Base et Education des Adultos
(4129C)
Egyptienne, L', (2953)
I::lsevier's Encyclopaedic van de Muziek (197,
230, 231, 28ga, 518, 518a, 728, 188, 2532a,
z6o, 261,2672, 4424,4425)
Emlkkonyv Kodly Zoltn o. azletsnap- Folklore Americano (128)
jra (283a, 283b, 325a, 1359, 2072, 2194,
2195, 2524,290-f, 3o8Ia,3335o4113&,4193,
4204)
Encyclopaedia Arctica (1124)
Encyclopaedia Brittannica (2207)
Encyclopaedie van Nederlandsch-Indie
(3496, ]86)
Encyclopdie Africainc Fran~se (747a)
.Encyclopdie ColoniaJe et Maritimc (62ga,
663. 3144)
Encyclopdie Mensuelle Outre-Mer (3249&)
Encyclopedia ol Social Sciences (759a, 3451a)
Encyclopedia of the Philippines (3471)
Erdball, Der, (126, 2958)
Erzieher, Der, (422)
Essec (56..c)
Estudios Ao-Cubanos (26, 3073. 3076, 3077)
Estudios Latino-Americanos (576, 1471,
2032, 2551, 2616)
Estudios Musicales (846, 1422)
Estudios y Fuentes del Arte in Mexico (2836b)
Estudos Coloniais (2o..6a)
Ethnographia (151, 257, 2268, 252oa, 252og,
2520i, 2520q, 2716, 4012, 4013, 4021a)
Ethnographia-Npelet (io16)
Etbnographie, L' (6oo, 1695, 2632)
Ethnologica (1291)
Ethnologischer Anzeiger (1937, 1943, 3370)
Ethnologisches Notizblatt (99, 4364)
Ethnomusicology (continuation of Ethno-
musicology Newsletter) (552a, 728c, 2438c,
2677a, 3005d, 4248a)
Ethnomusicology Newslctter (768, 1879,
22-fl, 2290, 2438, 2802, 2993, 3388, 3401,
4>62)
Etbnos (1091, 1092, 1095, 1096, 1097, 1098,
1536, 1613. 1725, 1844a, 1962, 1994, 2395,
2619, 2766, 3042, 3173, 365o, 3833, 3883,
4102)
Etude (141, 1999, 3868)
Etudes Asiatiques (85o)
Etudes Cameroun&Ues (1552a, 1553. 3137)
Etudes Dahomiennes (769, 1354&)
Etude:o Mlanicnnes (4244)
Eurasia Septentrionala Antiqua (4170)
Exotic Music Society, Publ. of., (450..a,
4549&)
Experientia (3369)
Exploration (133)
Exploration and Fieldwork Smithsonian In-
stitute (859, 86z, 870, 874, 86, 877, 881,
886, 893, 898, 904o 910, 915)
Faust (2469. 3546a)
Federation Museums Joumal (371)
Feuilles Musicales (355a)
Finnisch-Ugrischc Forschungen (4173)
Flacara (709)
Flambeau, Le, (703)
Foreniugen !!Ir Svcnsk Kulturhistoria 85)
Folkdancer, The, (3519)
Folklore (London) (4546)
Folklore Americas (z994, 3003)
Folklore Brabanyon, Le, (2747)
Folklore Studies of the Museum of Oriental
Ethnology, Catholic University of Pekillg
(618, 619)
Folklolist, The, (783a, 1457&, 1457b, 2305a,
2305b, 4514)
Forschungen und Fortschritte (249z, 2493,
2505, 2959)
France-Maroc (9, 330, 718, 3497, 4203)
France-Outre-Mer (646, 3413, 3692a)
Galpill Society Journal, The, (1776, 3179,
3181)
Garbe (2842)
Geo;raphic Joumal (3810)
Gographie, La, (1446)
Getouw, 'T, (1475)
Gids, De, 1172)
Giomale de la Societas Asiatica Italiana
(1619)
Glasnik Zemaljkog Muzeja. u Bosni i Her-
cegovine (2349)
Globus (17, 96, 166, 1483, 2012b, 2083b, 2311,
2823,2872, 3696a, 38ogb, 3865,4275!
Gold Coast Review (4298)
Gramoloon voor Kenners en Liefhebbera
(1848, 1849, 185o, 1851, 1852, 1853, 1854.
2312, 2588, 3164, 3221, 3472, 40098., 4520)
Grnds Lacs, Les, (1..5a., 3047)
Grove's Dictionary of Music and Muaicians
(158, 195, 637, u, 746, ;r6s, 66, s.s. gga,
 U98-12o5a, 1209, 1210, 1289, 1299, IJH-
1)47, 1402, 1480, 1581, 1985, 2012a, 2142,
2113 2199, 2200, 2237 2640, :z6-.l, 2735.
2879, 21!93, 3011, 3012, 3o8, 3122, 3174,
3175. 3389, 342-f, 3668, 370-f, 3796. 3662,
31163, 3934, .f065, 4095, 4129, 4147, 4226,
4329, 4358a, 4392, 4412, H28, H96)
Guardiau, The, (H9-ta)
Guide Musical, Le, (Brussels) (693, 694, 696)
Guide Musical, Le, (Paris) (410, 2256, 2257,
2567)
Haudbuch der Musikgcschichtc (Adler) (8,
202-f, 4344)
Haodbuch der Musikwissenschaft (Bckeu)
(166, 2503, 3106, 3550)
Harvard Africau Studiea (3933)
Hastiug'a Eucyclopedia of Religion (2545;
J190,3233.4366,.f501b)
Hebrew Uuiou Collcge Allllual ('l356, 4357,
4358)
Heimatleben (1019, 1563, 1990)
Hawaiiau Auuual (562, 2753, 275-l 2774)
Hespris (644, 645, 3414)
Hessische lllatter fr Volkskuude (3889)
Hiudu music of various authors (S. M. Tagore)
('l14, 571, 761, 831, uSo, 1305, 1453, 2107,
Z965,4031,4101,4379)
Hiurichseo's Musical Yearbook (2648, 3084)
Hobbies (2882)
Hojas de Cultura Popular Colombiana (3156)
Horno (429, 778a)
Hudebui Rozhledy (676)
Hug's Musikkurier (4145)
Hygeia (873)
Illustrated Loudou News (1313, 3920, 4058)
Illustrated Weekly of India (1085)
lllustrazioue Vaticana, L', (48)
ludepeudaot J ourual of Columbia Uuiversity,
The, (1732)
lndiau Aotiquary (351, 631)
lndiau Art aud Letters (174, 177, 179, I8.f,
2375 36o8, 3949)
ludian Culture (969)
ludian Review (330 1)
ludische Gids, De, (22)
ludo-Asiau Culture, The, (2886a)
ludooesia Mouthly (194)
Indonesia Weekly (ed. Perhimpoenau ludo-
uesia) (2386)
Informatiou ColoniaJe (2'l3)
lnteroationale Litteratur (ll19)
Intemationaler Wochenschrift (3994. 3995)
luternatioual Review o! 111issious (596, 597a)
Iuternatiouales Archiv fr Ethuographie
(1254, 1635, 1639, 1865, 1866, 2085, 2u9,
3394, 3530, 3721, 3722, 3723, 3724, 3725,
3840, 4263, 4506a)
Inter-Oceau (3948)
Isis (U70, ll95. 4549C)
Islam, Der, (3427, 3428)
lslamic Culture (31, 352, 1190, 1577a)
jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Petel'll (19,
1237. 1912, 2001, 2002, 2293. 1337)
jahrbuch der Musikwis&euschaft (3579h)
jahrbuch des Bemischeo Historischeo Mu-
seums (3463)
Jahrbuch des Museums fr Volkerkuude z:u
J..eipzig (385c, 1013, 12,52, 1397C, 3201,
1266)
J ahrbuch des Oesterreichischeu Volkslied
werkes (3596, 1467, 4469)
Jahrbuch .fr Lithurgik uud Hymnologie
(4418)
Jahrbuch fr VolksJiedforschuug (4394, 4396)
Jeuue Afrique (2266b, 2850, 286oa, 3139,
325oa, 365sa)
Jewish Music Forum (1726, 1739)
Jewish Music Notes (3914)
Jez:uiteu-Missies (6o3c)
J oug-java (3885)
Jourual Aesth. Art. Crit. (12u)
Joumal Asiatique (6o, 729, 1979, 2079,
2658, 3153)
Jourual de la Socit des Africauistes (13'l8,
1517, 1518, 31Q9a, 3'l95a, 3684, H7ob)
Joumal de la Socit des Amr.icauistes (98,
833, 1128, 16o3, 16o4, IO, 2045, 2868,
3101)
Joumal de la Socit des Oca.uistes (1551a,
3072)
J oumal de la Socit Iutematiouale de Musi-
cologie (Sectiou de Pars) (So, 2573)
Joumal de Pychologie (2646)
Joumal de Psychologie Normale et Patholo
gique (3690)
J ourual des Luxus uud der Modeu (1989)
Joumal Meusuelle de la Fdratiou Natiouale
des Jeuoesses Muicales de Belgiquc (2727,
2730)
Joumal of American Archeolo;y aod Ethuo-
Jogy (i438, 14'fO)
Joumal o! American Folklore (286, 302, 30.a,
378, 379, 512, 686, 12-fO, 1304a, 1572, 1702,
170.. , 1721, 1998, 2320, 2427, 2571b, 2655.
2981, 2986, 2998, 3208, 3'l)O, 3431, 3138,
3648, 38ooa, 3848)
Jourual o! Biblical Literature (2912)
J oumal of East Asiatic Studies (4532b)
J oumal of English and Germanic Philology
(1227a)
Journal of Geuetic Psychology (286)
Journal of Health, Physical Educatioo a.nd
Recreatiou (2426, 2429, 2'l3o)
Joumal of Hellenic Studies (3903)
Joumal of Musicology (922)
Joumal of Music Tbeory (2961a.)
Joumal of Near Eastem Studies (26o7)
Joumal of Negro History (3847)
Joumal of the African Society (3359)
J oumal of the American Musicological So
ciety (118, 469, 470, 47oa, 1469. 1747, 1750,
2846, 2978, 2979, 299z, 2997, 3516, 357-4,
3375. 3798, .. 310, 1537b)
297
J ournal of tbe American Oriental Society
(742. 1628, 2013)
J ournal of the Durma Research Society
(2202a, 2758, 2759, 4477)
Jo u rnal of the College of Science, 1mpcrial
Univerity of Tokyo (4o62a)
] ournal of the East African Swabili Commit
tee (2531a)
] ournal of tbe Englisb Folk Dance and Son
Society ( llll)
Journal of the Folk Song Society (1275. 3822)
Joumal of tbe Galpin Society (1776, 3179,
311li)
] oumal of tbe Indian Society of Oriental Art
(3263)
J ournal of tbe International Folk Muic
Council (185, 191, 2.p, 295, 363, 438, .438a,
515, oo6a, 705, 719, 771, So, 783b, 1001,
ll01, 1246, 1399, 1400, 1497, 1745, 1781,
1836. 1974. 2030, 2073. 2074, 2103, 2127,
2266a, 2302, 219, 2HI, 2637, 2723, 2748,
2749, 2752, 2779, 288,"2H8o, 3005h, 31l8,
3142, 317B.3200,3387.3388a,340Sa.3423,
3513, 3597. )624, 3665, ]666, 3667, 3797.'
JSoo, )Bis, 3831, 3973. 4128, 4178, 4195b,
4225, 4256, 4200, 4262&, 4420, "1435. 4443
4488, 4491a)
]ournal of the lrish Folk Song Society (2031)
] ournal of tbe Manchester Geographic Socie-
ty (2905)
Journal of the Music Academy Madras (25,
34-40, 115, 438c, 6n, 6na, 616, 790, 8o9,
81o, 812, 813, 814, 816, 81Ha, 822, 822a,
1353a,2038,2039,2040b,2041,2042,2043o
2043a, 2043c, 2185a, 2204, 22Bob, 2323a,
2323b. 2756, 2838. 29)8, 2973 )JJ6, 3189,
3252, 3253. 3254 3257. 3200, 3261, 322,
3265, 3266, 3267. 3268, 327D-3279. 3282,
3284-3288, 3291, 3293. 3294. 3295. 3296,
3298, 3299, 3300, 3305, 3306, 3307, 3308a,
3308b,331D,3314,3318,332D,3320a,3330,
3335b, 3335C, 3336, 3337, 3339, 3340,
3340a-334oe, 3341, 3342-3342d, 3348,
335D-3353, 3509, 3510, 35Jl, 3009-3612,
3614, Ji5, 3623, 3657a, 3915a, 3928a,
4197)
J ournal of the Oriental lnstitute Baroda
(952, 2057)
Journal of the Palestine Oriental Society
(3947)
Journal of tbe Polynesian Society (527, 547
551, 992, Jooo, 1966, 2571, 3362a, 3443,
3444 3970)
J ournal of the Royal Anthropological lnstitu
te of Great llritain and lrcland (20~, 212,
217, 219, 1621, 2114a, 2219, 2232, 4107,
4108, 4155 4259)
] ournal of the ltoyal Asia tic Society of Great
Dritain and lrelanu (43. 1J5II, ll59. n64,
u65, u66, 1167, 1175. 1176, 1177, 1178,
u86, 1187, 1188, 1193, 1287, 1768, 1796,
2546, 2675. 2925, 3170, 3219, 3324)
J ournal of tbe Royal Asiatic Society, Korean
Branch (393a)
J ournal of tbe Royal Asiatic Society, Ma-
layan Dranch (381, 2626, 4551)
J ournal of the Royal Asiatic Society, North
China llrancl> (854, 1.opo, 2081, 2205, 2923,
29l6, 4000, 4011)
J ournal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Straits
Branch (3829)
J ournal of the Royal Historical Society o(
Ceylon (225)
Journal of the ltoyal Society of Arts (689,
1055 1082)
Journal of the Science Society of China (2631)
Journal of the Siam Society (2365)
J ournal of the Society for ltesearch in Asiatic
Music (1557, 1876, 2147, 2202, 2239, 2439,
2685, 308], 3091, 4037, 4038, 4043, 4046,
41)3, 4446. 4457)
Journal of the Univcrsity of Gauhati (2974a)
Journal of the Univcrsity of Pennsylvania
1\luscum (1231)
Journal of thc Washington Academy of Sci-
ences (892, 894, 895, 3581)
Journal of the Welsh Folk Song Socfety
(4348)
Journal of the Wcst China Border Research
Socicty (24)
l{alevalaseuran Vuosikirja (4167)
Kashmir (32)
Katho!ieke lllustratie, De, (1B7o)
Ktlcti Szemle (2356)
Kemi (1810, 1811)
Kengele (448c)
Koluniale Rundschau (423, 3982)
Koloniale Studien (471)
Kongo-Overzee (749b, 2049, 2050, 2704,
2796a)
Korean Survey (1212a)
Kosmos (1502)
Kroniek van Kunst en Kultuur (207a, 2380)
Kultur und Schallplatte (1945, soS)
Kwartalnik Muzycky (1127, 4390)
Lakshya Sangeet (229, 666, 2267, 2899, 2939,
2940, 3354. 3355. 3356. 3357)
Lantern (109, 4304)
Larawan (27na)
Lavignac, Histoire de la Musique (309, 564,
750, 751, 1089. 1294 1373 1535. 1599.
1980, 2250, 2251, 2253. 2262, 2263, 2548,
2550, 259. 2906, 3132, 3491, 3492, 3585.
31135. 4240, 4452)
Leaflet Series (4509)
Leven en Werken (26o8)
Lncburg 1950, Kongressbericht, (190, 1044,
1099, 159~a. 161~, 2403, 3802)
Luister (1436, 1437, 4247)
Macmillan (2124)
Magasin Pittoresque (9oo, 963)
Magyar Mvszet (252od)
Magyar Muzsi.ka K!!nyve (252oj)
Manzer Zeitschrift (310)
Maltre Phontique, Le, (62o)
Man (62, 211, 213, 307, 329a, 443, 642, 668,
774. 775. 1052a, 1135. 1146, 1147, 1148,
1506, 1568, 1971, 2o8o, 2192, 2630, 26gB,
2703, 2H81,2917a,3128a,3416,3454,38o7,
3H41, 3932, 4010, 4106, 4116, 4154, 4156,
4157. 4284) . (3135)
Mankind (2189, 2190, 2191)
Marcb of India, 'Ibe, (2962, 3480, 3506,
3623b, 3848a, -4535a)
Mariner's Mirror, The, (2613, 2725)
Marg (33, 3623a)
Masterkey, The, (916, 939, 9-45)
Meddelel.:;er om Gronland (257711, 4066, .f078)
Mlanges offerts a Zoltn Kodly a l'occasion
de son 6oieme anniversaire (139, 279, 4bo,
no. 799. 1192, 1315, 1586, 216o, 2339,
2520p, 3683, 3747 3856, .fOI7, P75)
Melos (427, 1921, 1936, 3374)
Mmoires de la Socit Fnno-Ugrienne (2336)
Mmoires de l'Institut Fran~ais d' Afrique
Noire (3o6)
Memoirs of the American Folklore Society
(1713)
Memoirs of the Manchester Literary Society
(2048)
Mnestrel, Le, (649, 651, 652, 3676, 368o,
4533)
Mens en Maatschappij (2056, -4434)
Mens en Melodie (2110, 2389, 2390, 2-fO.f,
2410, 4305, 4306, 3695. 4'164)
Mercure de France (1223, 2259)
Mercure Musical (146, 2248c, 2254, 2526,
3490, 4064)
Messages de S t. J oseph (3393b)
Mexico en el Arte (2834, 2835)
Mexican Folkways (996, 28::8)
Mexican Magazine (1395)
Meyer's Grosses Konversationslcxikon (1908)
Michiga.n History (3001)
Micro Magazine (2731a)
MidPacific Magazine (1o8)
Midwest Folklore (304, "421, 2425, 2434,
229a,2801,2983,2990,4159a.4159b)
Minncsota Archeologist, The, (934)
Minotaure (2667, 3679)
Mitteilungen aus den Deutscben Schtzge-
bieten (34 7)
Mitteilungen der AnthropologiChen GeseU-
Cbaft Wien (794, 1493, 1495, 2489, 2494.
4276. 4277)
Mittcilun;cn der Deutschen Gesellschaft fr
Natur- und V!!lkerkunde Ost-Asiens (1043.
;927, 4265, 451Ia)
Mitteilungen des Deutschen Archaeologischen
lnstituts, Atheni:K:he Abteilung (957. 16g1)
Mitteilungen des Deutschen Archaeologi:K:hen
lnstituts, Kairo'sche Abteilung (1834b)
Mitteilungen des lnstituts fr Auslandsbe-
ziehungen (r84ob)
llrfittcilungcn des Seminars fr Oricntll.l.iochcn
Sprachen zu Berlin (563, 1846, 3231)
Mittcilungsblatt der Gesollschaft fr VOlker.
kunde (168o)
Mo~a1nbique (291, 292, 4119, 4120, 4136b,
4136e)
Modero Music (456, 2803, 2812, 3644)
Mois de l'Afrique Equatori&le Fran~
Monatschrift fr die Wissenschaft des Juden-
tums (2025)
Monatshefte fr Musikgcschicbtc (715, 1271,
3520)
Montbly Musical Record (2639, 2643)
Monumcnta Nipponica (1615, 1618)
Munsey's Magazine (6go)
Muse Vivant (3503a)
Museum Journal, The, (Philadelphia) (157a.
2865)
Music (2347)
Musica [1933] (1277)
Musica (Madrid) (2786)
Musica [1948] (426, 428, -434. 784, 1612, 1779,
1803, 2442, 4104, 4288)
Musica (Revista Mexicana) (bol)
Musica Di:K:iplina (154)
Musica Divina (-4332, -4333. 4334, -4335, 4336)
Musica Sacra (4338)
Musical America (222, 891, 6g8, 28o8)
Musical Antiquary (2941!, 3162)
Musical Couricr (221, 829, 937, 4448)
Musical joumal (1022, 1742)
Musical Montbly Record (266g)
Musical News (3901)
Musical Opinion (684)
Musical Quarterly (235. 237. 271, 280, 301,
319, 320, 321, 325, 391, 500, 514, 545. 561,
740, 752, 754. 755. 778, BsB, 86o, 8go, goo,
911, 991. 1222, 1228, 1317. 1325, 1328,
1329, 1330, 1331, 1332, 1424, 1465, 1500,
1505, 1598, 1616, 1622, 16g8, 1710, 2022,
2083, 2089, 2182, 2213. 2292. 2-437. 2558,
27 51, 2761-2765, 2814, 2848, 2936, 2955.
2989, 2995, 3009, JObo, 3121, 3181, 3439,
3479. 3508, 3515. 356Ia, 3562, 3566, 358,
3571, 3576. 3625. 3652. 3653. 3659. )l:!og,
3916,)974-3979,4006,.fOb0,4091,4350)
Musical Standard (1157. 1162, 3717, 3718)
Musical Times (3245. 37'4 3892, 4299)
Music and Letters (193. 1112, n8-t. 1285,
1326, 1339. 1340, 1343 2010, 2011, 26)8)
Music and Medicine (936)
Musicand Youth (883)
Musiki Glasnik (38bo)
Music Supervisor& J oumal (15~0)
Muic Thcrapy (3005, 4]12a)
Musik, Die, (311, 559. 1102, 1103, u21, 19~5.
2249.258~.3007.3697.4429,4-448)
Musikali:K:her Kurier (2464)
Musikblli.tter (425. 3381)
Musikblatter der Sudetendeutscben (511)
Musikblatter des Anbruchs (4340, 4341)
Musik der Zeit (272, 275. 278)
299
Musikerziehung (J726)
Musikforschung, Die, (HO, BoJ, 1770, 1771,
18o7, IB.oc, 1862, 1964, 1965, 2005, 2oo6,
2007, 2444, 2445, JODO, JJ75, 3376, JJ77,
3J8J, 3599. 3756. J070, 3775. 422., 4J31,
4470)
Musiki Mecmua.si (2139)
Musik in Gesch.ichte und Gegenwart, Die,
(116, 117, 154b, 198a, 343. 399>., 492, 537.
662, 990>., 999. loo6, 1009, 1009>., 10-47,
1o5oa, liJo, 1248a, 1402a, 1577. 1686a,
I78J, 1784, 1785, 1787, J8oS, IBIS, 1816,
IBI, 1818, J82J, 1824, 2004, 2234. 2235
2356a, 2411. 2413. 2414, 24IS, 2416, 24I7,
2418, 2571a, 3005>.. JOIS. JOI6, J049&.
3424&,J45S.J579.J579h,J08,J7J2,J754
3766, 3767, 377<fb, 3837 J87<f, 4179. 422J,
4J2J,4J244325.4J99.4420&,4<f42449Ib,
4511,45I7.45I8,4545l
Musikleben, Das, (JJ8o, 36oo, 36o1)
Musik und Volk (4268)
Musikwelt, Die, (Shanghai) (.o..)
Musique des origines a nos jours (Dufourcq)
(411, 6Io, 661, 713, 1021, IJ72, I6o5, 2679,
268o, 2681, 2682, 27o6, 27JJ, 2734, 2914,
3685, 3686)
Muziek, De, (479, 1220, 1686)
Muziek en Religie (173)
Muzs.ika (2s2oe, 252of)
Nachrichten der Akademie der WiasellliChaf-
ten in G6ttingen (16g2)
Nada (853. 2o46b, 2648a, 30I3a, 388, 4117,
.piS, 4IJ6d, 4I36f, 4136g, 4136h)
National Geograph.ic Magazine (3828)
Native Teacher's Journal (4115)
Natural History (J59. 444 621a, 1472a, I997,
J4J4, 3451C, 3460)
Nature (I96o, 4257)
Nature, La, (J367)
Naturwissenschaften, Die, (3528a)
Nooerlandsch-Indie, Oud & Nicuw (2o6, 478,
2014, 2J64, J022, 3886a)
Nprajzi Kozlemnyek (J128b, 4195a)
New Asiatic Miscellany (1452)
New Oxford History of Music, The, (196,
1206, 1207, 1208, 168g, 2307, 3177, 3768,
J7B7. 4J54)
New Statesman, The, (2644)
New York I9J9, Papers lntern. Congress
of Musicology, (Jo3, 522, S36, 1468, 1 .o,
2047 2532, 3568, 3634)
New Zealand Official Yearbook (345)
Newberry Library Bulletin (108)
Neza (I549, 2652)
Nieuw Afrika (2593a, 358oa, 4187a)
Nigeria (2549)
Nigerian Field, The, (I522, 16I9a, 2543,
2687. 26ij8b,439}
Ni;rizia, La, (6o3e, 1443a)
Nippon, Arch.iv zur Beschreibung von Japan
(3835a)
Nord-Sud (2714)
Norden, Der. (4176)
Nordisk Musikkultur (SI)
Norsk Musikkgranskning (3639)
Norveg (556, 5S1. 156o}
Notes (299I, 3400, 4307, 43o8}
Notes Africaines de I'Institut Fran~ d' Afri-
que Naire (16a, 305, 3Jg&, 3J9C, s64a,
2837a,2968a,.535)
Nouvelle Revue de Hongrie (25200)
Nova Guinea (J736}
Nuestra Msica (3590)
Nyasaland J ournal (3334&)
Nyugat (252oh)
Oceania (8Jo, 1o63, Io6Ja, 21o6, 3362)
Ochanomizu Josh.i Daigakn Jombun Kagaku
Kiyo (2299a)
Odu (3904a)
Oesterreichische Monatschri!t fr den Orient
(228oa, 2457}
Oesterreichische Musikzeitschrift (4438)
Olympia (247}
Onze Stem (758}
Oost en West (p8o}
Opetatud Eesti-Seltsi Toimetused (2650)
Orgaan der Federatie van Nederlandsche
T oonkunstenaarsvereenigingen (2 373)
Oriens (62oa)
Oriens Christianus (2078, 4339, 4342)
Orient (4516b)
Oriental Economist (2136c)
Orientalische Literaturzeitung (18o2, 1948)
Orientatie (1636, 4380)
Orieot Review (I478b}
Orphe (965, 966}
Ostasiatische Zeitschrift (792, 3697a)
Oversea Education (4059, 4300)
Paideuma (3022a, 448I)
Pakistan Review (2900)
Palastina-Jahrbuch (86)
Papers of the American Musicological Socie-
ty (159. 1734. 3562. 3565)
Papers of the Peabody Museum of American
Archaeology and Ethnography (2800)
Pasztortz (2520n)
Paulistania (3673)
Peabody Bulletin (1729}
People's China (112, 2713, 4455}
Perspective (439}
Philosoph.ical Review (I439}
Phylon (IJ4, 772}
Polyphonie (464, 268J, 3897, 4190)
Prace Ethnologizne (IOJI)
Praehistorica Asiae Orientalis (1461)
Prcis de Musicolo;ie (Chailley) (467a, 3692b,
45o6d, .sub, 4533a, 4533b, 4533c, 4543b)
Prsence Africaine (134a, 203, 403, 403a,
732a,Jo6:;a, JIJ6,3495h.Jf98,J502C)
Presses Missionnaires (4I52a)
Primitive Man (3583)
Pro Arte Musical (3629)
JOO
Problemes d 'Afrique Centrale (720, 1377,
1378, 1565, 1856, 2726, 3152, P31I
Proceedin:s Academy of Natural Sciencea.
of Philadelphia (761bl
Proceedings America.n Academy of Sciencea
(36491
Proceedings Americaa Philosophical Society
(7371
Proceedings of the Music Teachers National
Association (1458, 22o6, 3450, 34751
Proceedings of the Musical Association (54b,
181, 1!19, 837 1327, 1334, 1336, 2220, 2J72,
3176. 3246. 3899. 3900. 43021
Proceedin;s of the Royal Society of London
(414, 101111
Prometheus (13081
Pro Musica (223a, 2340, 45421
Pro Musica Quarterly (H49I
Psychologica.l Review (3440, 3451bl
Publica~oes Culturais Museu do Dundo
(n66al
Publications du Muse de l'Hermitage (27811
Publications of the Exotic Music Society
(1977. 42481
Publications of the Musical Association (1076,
1077, 1078, 1079l
Publication.s of the Royal Society (1070,
1071, 1072, 10731
Publications of thc Smithsonian Instituto
(13941
Quarterly J ournal of Cucrent Acquisitions
(18HI
Quarterly Jouroal of lnter-Amerie&n Rels-
tions (30751
Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Society (6361
Quarterly Statement, The, (33631
Rapport Annuel de l'lnstitut d'Etudes Cen-
tre-Africaines (3147. 3148l
Rayons (nzdl
l<.eallexikou dcr Vorgeschicbte (3557a)
Rccon.structionist, The, (3913, 31951
l<.ecord Changer (28obl
Reliquary and lllustratcd Archaeologist (209,
13351
Rencontres 145491
Repertorio Americano (145l
Review o{ Westem Huma.nities, The, (761
Revista Braziliera (346 11
Revista de Antropologla (37591
Revista de Arqueo- y Etnologla (3078l
Revista de Estudios Musicales (232, 577,
1701, 2285, 2286, 2831, 2964, 43781
Revista de Folclor (54a, 201, 588, 68o, 68oa,
98!1a, 101oa, 2054, 2740b, 3:u6a, 3228a,
3239. 3670, 42511
Revista de Instituto de Etnologia (2o46l
Revista de la Raza (281
Revista del Archivo y Biblioteca Nacionaies
(161
l<.evista del Centro de Estudios Extremenos
(1415, 1416, 1.p7, 1.p81
301
Revista do Arquivo (n4, 2794, 2826)
Revista do Museo P&ulista (3407, 4480)
Revista Jntcmationalo de Estudios V a.ICOol
(13671
Revista Mexico en el Arte (2834, 28351
Revista Municipal de Guay&quil (634, 635,
33251
Revista Universit&ri& (Perul (681
Revue Africaine (2ool
Revue Bulgarska Musika (2172, 21811
Revue ColoniaJe Beige (1367al
l<.evue Congolaise (385a, 11222., 26991
Revue d'Afrique (3412)
Revue d'AiiSSyriologie (1018)
Revue d'Ethnographie (3321
Revue d'Ethno:raphie et des Traditions Po-
pulaires (585, 2II61
Revue de l'Histnire des Religions (3166)
Revue de Folklore Fran~is (10171
Revue de la Socit Beige de Musicologie
(18261
Revue de Madagascar (33471
Revue de Musicologio (4o6, 408, 459, 656,
658, 1371, 1769, 2678, 36891
Revue de Paris, La, (8.f5)
Revue de Psychologie des Peuples (967, 13741
Revue des Etudes Grecques (4o5ol
Revue des Etudes lslaJniques (407, 409, 4121
Revuo des Etudes Roumaines (4661
Revue du Clerg6 Africain (oJ&, C?o3b. 6o3d,
1151&1
Revue du Monde Noir (1041)
Revue du Monde Nouveau (24ool
Revue et Gazette Musica.le de Paris (9541
Revue Fran~. La, (564bl
Revue Grgoriennc (8241
Revue Intemationa.le de Estudios Vascos
(13671
Revue Internationale des Etudes Balkani
ques (989)
Revue Mditerrane (9511
Revue Musicale, La, (103, 148, 260, 335,
564d, 699. 955, u16, 1118, uso. 1314.
1411, 1442, 16o2, 1694, 1751, 2II5, 2530,
2531, 2568, 3168, 3489, 3493, 3494 355,
366o. 3677, 3950, 3952, 4114, 4149. 4249)
Revue Musica.le. Bulletin Fran~ de la So-
cit lnternationale de la Musique (3741
Revue Musica.le de Lyon (2255)
Revue Musica.le du Maroc (648)
Revue Musicale Mensuelle (22971
Revue Nationa.le (448l
Revue Sincere, La, (4o49l
Revue Tunsienne (51
Rbeinisches Jallrbuch fr Volkskunde (3593)
Rbodes-Livingstone Jouroal (3065b, 4124,
4136cl
Ricreazione (4187)
Riemann's Musiklexikon (35790. 3579f,3579g)
Rivista di Etnografia (3054. 417!b)
Rivista Musica.le Italiana (15, 47, 49. 1235.
2258,224,2265,2721,2796,3167,4245)
Roopa-Lekha (29411
Sackbut, The, (259, 318a, 7o6, 1054, 3917)
Sammelbande der Intemationalen Musik-
;escllschaft (531, 639, 843, 1215, 1251,
1257, 1258, 1282, 1333, 1583, 1871, 1882,
1885, 18!!9, 1891, 1895, 2017, 2252, 2294,
2330, 2332, 2625, 26g1, 2951, 3232, 3526,
3710, 4076, 4088, 4267, 436o)
Sammelbande fr Vergleichende Musik-
wissenschaft (263, 1882, 1884, 1885, 1890,
1891, 1892, 1894, 1924, 2537, 3783, 3985,
3987. 3990, 3993)
Sangeet Natak Akadami Bulletin (613, 614,
3308, 3!!25)
Sbornik Musei Antropol. i Etnogr. pri ltoss.
Akad. Nauk. Petiograd (2718)
Sbornik za narodni umotvoreniya (539)
Schweizer Annalen (533)
Schweizerische Musikzeitung (1125, 1562a,
1594, 4144, 45061)
Schweitzer Zeitun; fr lnstiumentalmusik
(1o6)
Science (879, 977, .14 4 1)
Scientific American (688, 866) . Synthc!ses (844)
Scientific Monthly (237, 943, 2424, 2433)
Semaine Egyptienne, La, ( 1764)
Sngal (2567a)
Snica (2274, 4142, 4143, 4290, 4375)
Sinolo;ica (1045, 1048, 1976)
Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie
der \Vissenschaften Wien, Phil.-Hist.
Klasse (1219)
Sitzungsberichte der Oesterreichischen Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften Wien, Phil.-
Hist. Klasse (246o, 2461, 2H3 2476, 2478,
2479. 2480,2495 4359)
Slawische Rundschau (1404)
Slovensky Narodopis (4476)
Sociologus (3373, 3385)
Sociolo;y and Social Research (4286, 4287)
South African Archaeological Bulletin, The,
(4543a)
South African Journal of Science (2209, 2211,
2215, 2218, 2224, 2229, 2231, 2233. 2236,
2301)
South African Museum's Association Bulletin
(4527, 4528)
South African Railways Magazine (22 12)
Southem Folklore Quarterly (622, 944, 1722,
1730, 243Hd, 2985, 4 182a, 4387)
Southern Workman, The, (568)
Southwestern Journalof Anthropology (1579,
2980, 2984, 2996)
Sovetskaia Etnografiia (3250)
Sovctskaya Muzyka (2029, 2635, 3866, 3867,
381!za, 3894a, 4238, 4239, 4252, 4473)
Spanische Forschungen (3770)
SpLoculum (2o, 375a)
Sphynx (266o)
Steyler Missionsbote (1314a)
Stimmen (3235, 3"36, 357oa)
Strai;ht Texas (918) . Trait d'Union (448b)
Studia Ethnographica Uppsaliensia (3833a)
Studia Memqriae Delae Dartk Sacra (52,
302
150, 16o, 245, 299, 324, 723, 733, 802, 1010,
2055, 2071, 2143, 2174, 2193, 2321a, 2271,
3180, 3312,382, 3857-4195-4415.4486)
Studier i Modero Sprakvetenskap (1310)
Studium Generale, Delft (3014)
Sud-Est (442, 2739)
Sudan Notes and Records (1-443C, 2134a,
3452)
Sdostforschungen (122a)
Suomalais-Ub'Tilaisen Seura Aikakausk (2580)
Suomalais-Ub'Tilaisen Seura Toimituksia
(2931, 418, 4171)
Suomcn Kansan Savelmia (2328, 2333, 2562,
41<>9)
Survey Graphic (386ga)
Svenska Landsm/1.1 (81, 386, 587, 1303, 3038)
Svensk .Missiunstidskrift (4349)
Svensk Tidskrift fllr Musikforskning (1312,
2892, 21!94, 2896, 3031, 3033, 3034, 3035,
4005, 4538)
Svenska Utar (82)
Svete Secilije (91!0, 2746)
Tages bote (Brno) ( 11)
Tagespost (2244)
Tagore, Surindro Mohun. Hindu Music from
various authors (414, 571, 761, 831, uSo,
1305. 1453,2107,2965.4031,4101,4379)
Tanganyika Notes and Records (1559, 1996a)
Tauta ir 2.odis (494)
Tautosakos Darbai (682)
Teacher's J ournal {Gold Coast) (72)
Terpsichore (2942)
Theatre Arts Monthly (3130)
Theoria (4129d)
Thompson's Cyclopedia of Music and Musi-
cians (291 1)
T'ien Hsia Monthly (26o1)
Tijdschri!t van Nederlandsch-lndre (1862)
Tijdschrift van de Verenigin; van (Noord-)
Nedcrlandsche Muziekgeschiedenis (1361)
Tijdschri!t van het Koninklijk Aardrijks-
kundig Genootschap (2344, 2346, 3018,
3019, 3020, 3021)
Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Bataviaasch
Genootschap (1863, 1864, 2341, 2342,
2361, 2363, 2365a, 2822, 3473)
Tijdskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns, Die, (450,
452)
Timboel (482)
Tlalocan (3186)
Togo-Cameroun (1278, 3589)
Tuhuku Psychologica Folia (4035, 4039)
To-Morrow (3224, 3403)
T'oun; Pao (1845, 2374, 2529, 2791)
Ty-ongaku-kenky (5H1a, 4529)
Trabalhos da Sociedade Portugesa de Antro-
pulogia e Etnologa (2120, 2121)
Transactions of the American Philosophical
Socicty (3451)
Transactions of the Glasgow University
Oriental Society (uSo)
Transactions of the Gold Coast and Tooland
Historical Suciety (3428a)
Transactions of the New Zealand lnstitute
(77. 79 3010)
Travel (2712)
Tribune de St. Gervais (..os)
Tribus, Jahrbuch de5 Lindenmuseums (>so,
1973&, 3763)
Tropiques (3138, 3143)
Tropisch Nederland (4094)
Turismo (3467)
Uganda Joumal (7s7a. 2667, 3813, 42SS)
Ukrainian Trend; The, (2987)
Ultra (27)
Unesco Courier (688b, 2517)
Ungarisches Jahrbchlein (273. 4015)
Uniled Asia (3658)
United Empire (1383, 4129el
Universal Jewish Encyclopaedia (3563a)
Universitas (4146)
Varruland Fllrr och N u (3059)
Vedanta Kesari (383)
Velhaen und Klasins Monatsbelte (3549a)
Verhanddincn der Koninklijk Nederlandse
Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Let-
terkunde (I14f, 2532b)
Verbandlungen der Naturforscber Gesell-
schalt, Base! (4423)
Vie et les Arts Lithurgiques, La, (702)
Vierteljahrschrift lr Musikwis;.enschalt (675,
2537. 3729, 3984. 3985, 3986, 3990)
Visva-Bharati Quarterly, The, (170, :>-f481
Voix du Congolais (1ooa, 3425a)
Vox (1581a, 1649, 1654, 1664, 1666, 1669,
1b7o, 1675. 1677, 2824, 4072al
Weekblad voor Nederlandsch-lndie(111,112bl
Welt des Oricnts, Die, (1767)
Wereldderllluziek, De,(1429, 1431,1432,1433)
West-Airica (2231
West African Review (771a, 1320, 1380, 1381,
1382, 1384, 2087, 3360)
Wstermann's Monatshefte (1041
Western Folklore (:.428)
West-Indische Gids (734. 735. 1454. 1455,
3102, 3103, 3706)
Wiener Beitrae fr Kunst und Kulturge-
schichte Asiens (175)
Wieoer Medizinische Wochenschrift (2463,
2..66, 2471, 2491)
Wiener Volkcrkundige Mitteilungen (1492,
2136a)
Wiener Zcitschrift fr die Kunde des Morgen-
landes (2355, 2458, 3846)
Wtirter und Sachen (232oa)
Woodwind Magazine (4132)
Word (1741, 1744b)
Y Cerddor (132a)
Yeda-Am (l599)
Yenching Hsch l'a'o (44471
Ymer (388)
Zaire (749, 749&, 2849, 2852, 2856, 3522,
1221&)
Zeitschrt der Deutschen Morgenlandischen
Gesellschaft (162 3)
Zeitschrt der Deutschen Musikesellschalt
(1295. 3843)
Zeitschrift der lnternationalen Musikgesell-
schaft (1886, 1887, 1905, 1906, 1909, 2575.
3902, 4067, 4082, 4082a, 4083)
Zeitschrift der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft
fr Asienkunde (4439)
Zeitschrilt des Deutscben Pa.llistinavereina
(3580)
Zeitschrilt des Vercins fr Volkskundc (2276,
H97)
Zeil.schrift fr Aegyptiscbe Sprache und
Altertumskunde (1809, 3558)
Zeitschrift fr Aestbetik und Allgemeine
Kunstwissenschaft (1922)
Zeitschrift fr Angewandte Psycbologie (498,
(1938)
Zeitschrift lr Deutsche Pbilologie (4413)
Zeitscbrift lr die Alttestamentiscben Wis-
senschaften (S29)
Zeitschrift fr die Oesterreicbiscbe Gym-
nasien (2459)
Zeitscbrift fr Eingeborenen-Sprachen (1637)
Zeitschrift fr Ethnologie (97, 167, 402, 8oo,
976, 1057, 1249, 1253, 1874, 1875, 1883,
188... 1903. 1913, 2000, 2311, 2S7-f. 2702,
3085, 3126, 3378, 3532, 3674, 3737, 3739,
3745. 3809, 3809&, 43771
Zeitschrilt lr lnstrumentenbau (420, 1839a)
Zeitschrift fr Laryngologie (19..6)
Zeitscbrift lr Missionswissenschaft (3517)
Zeitscbrift fr Musik (387, 1659, 166o, 2128a,
3379)
Zeitschrilt r Musikwissenscbaft (257, 258,
312, 1389, 1651, 1652, 1655, 1657, 1651!,
1661, 1D62, 1668, 1919. 2021, 2335. 2190,
25Su, 3105, 3534. 3537. 3545. 35-n. 3557.
4011, 4160, 4330)
Zeitscbrift fr Phonetik und Allgemeine
Sprachwissenschaft (133)
Zeitschrift fr Physik (534, 1923)
Zeitschrilt fr Psychologie und Physiologie
der Sinuesorgane (1931, 2876a, 3989, 3991,
3998)
Zeitscbrilt fr Rassenkunde (124, 1683)
Z<litschrift fr SenUstik (3341
Zeitscbrt fr vergleichende Musikwissen-
cbaft (415, 550, 653. 654. 657. 713. u!l6,
1576. 1693. 1708, 1716, 1950, 1951, 1952,
1951. 1956. 1957. 1958. 1959. 1995. 199b.
2509, 2510, 2511, 2512, 3426, 3448, 3559.
356oa, 3735, 3779)
Zeitscbrift fr Volkskunde (798, 4408, 4409)
Zenei Szemle (2267, 252ob)
Zvuk, Jugoslovenska Muzika Hevija (2o3,
4495)
Zuschauer, Der. (2188l
303